Véa a, S “34 > rn a payo 3 eN NS EPEOS AVES ay ón Dd as A CR > Fra alta '” E Ma aa SEA y ES Yoo. Ss 3 Ca laz io Ci a, 8 ia Ed NS A meta, dt ras taa TAN CS A DS anida pe, TAN eS E A ES SP, ae : AO A A am a dt E HA ae q AD hal d po ap RATA CONOS NE Ñ Uan. Y eS 4 Y. Y TU ld Did e ; pm A MO A he MO LL Iberus Vol. 18 (1) REVISTA DE LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Oviedo, junio 2000 COMITÉ DE REDACCIÓN ÉDITOR Ángel Guerra Sierra EDITORES ADJUNTOS Eugenia M* Martínez Cueto-Felgueroso Francisco Javier Rocha Valdés Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero Comité EDITORIAL Kepa Altonaga Sustacha Eduardo Angulo Pinedo Rafael Araujo Armero Thierry Backeljau Rúdiger Bieler Sigurd v. Boletzky Jose Castillejo Murillo Karl Edlinger Antonio M. de Frias Martins José Carlos García Gómez Edmund Gittenberger Serge Gofas Gerhard Hoszprunar Yuri 1. Kantor Ángel Antonio Luque del Villar María Yolanda Manga González Jordi Martinell Callico Ron K. 0'Dor Tokashi Okutani Marco Oliverio Pablo E. Penchaszadeh Winston E. Ponder Carlos Enrique Prieto Sierra Me de los Ángeles Ramos Sánchez Paul G. Rodhouse Joandoménec Ros ¡ Aragones María Carmen Salas Casanovas Gerhard Steiner José Templado González Victoriano Urgorri Carrasco Anders Warén PORTADA DE lberus Iberus Revista de la SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas, CSIC, Vigo, España Universidad de Oviedo, Oviedo, España Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas, CSIC, Vigo, España Universidad de Oviedo, Oviedo, España Universidad del Poís Vasco, Bilbao, España Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid, España Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruselas, Bélgica The Field Museum, Chicago, Estados Unidos Laboratoire Arago, Banyuls-sur-Mer, Francia Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Santiago de Compostela, España Noturhistorisches Museum Wien, Viena, Austria Universidade dos Acores, Acores, Portugal Universidad de Sevilla, Sevilla, España National Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden, Holanda Universidad de Málaga, España Zoologische Staatssammlung Múnchen, Múnchen, Alemania AN. Severtzov Institute of Ecology and Evolution, Moscú, Rusia Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Madrid, España Estación Agrícola Experimental, CSIC, León, España Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona, España Dalhousie University, Halifax, Canada Nihon University, Fujisawa City, Japón Universitá di Roma “La Sapienza”, Roma, Italia Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales “Bernardino Rivadavia”, Buenos Aires, Argentina Australian Museum, Sydney, Australia Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, Madrid, España British Antarctic Survey, Cambridge, Reino Unido Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona, España Universidad de Málaga, Málaga, España Institut fir Zoologie der Universitút Wien, Viena, Austria Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, Madrid, España Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Santiago de Compostela, España Swedish Museum of Natural History, Estocolmo, Suecia lberus gualterianus (Linnaeus, 1758), una especie emblemática de la península Ibérica, que da nombre a la revista. Dibujo realizado por José Luis González Rebollar “Toza”. Iberus REVISTA DE LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Vol. 13 (1) Oviedo, junio 2000 Iberus Revista de la SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Iberus publica trabajos que traten sobre cualquier aspecto relacionado con la Malacología. Se admiten también notas breves. /berus edita un volumen anual que se compone de dos o más números. INSTRUCCIONES PARA LOS AUTORES Los manuscritos deben remitirse a: Dr. Ángel Guerra Sierra, Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas (CSIC), c/ Eduardo Cabello 6, 36208 Vigo, España. Los trabajos se entregarán por triplicado (original y dos copias). Se recomienda a los autores leer cuidadosamente las normas de publicación que se incluyen en cada número de la revista. SUBCRIPCIONES Iberus puede recibirse siendo socio de la Sociedad Española de Malacología, en cualquiera de sus formas, o mediante intercambio. Aquellos socios que deseen adquirir números atrasados deberán diri- girse al bibliotecario. Los no socios deberán ponerse en contacto con BACKHUYS PUBLISHERS, P.O. Box 321, 2300 AH Leiden, The Netherlands. Tel.: +31-71-51 70 208, Fax: +31-71-51 71 856, Correo Elec- trónico: backhuysCeuronet.nl Los resumenes de los artículos editados en esta revista se publican en Aquatic Science and Fisheries Abstracts (ASFA) y en el Zoological Records, BIOSIS. Contents list published in Aquatic Science and Fisheries Abstracts and Zoological Records, BIOSIS. Dep. Leg. B-43072-81 ISSN 0212-3010 Diseño y maquetación: Gonzalo Rodríguez Impresión: LOREDO, $. L. - Gijón O Sociedad Española de Malacología ——_____———— lIberus, 1% (1): 1-14, 2000 Contribución al conocimiento de los Moluscos Opistobran- quios de la costa de Granada (sureste de la Península Ibérica) Contribution to the knowledge of the Opisthobranch Molluscs from the coast of Granada (southeastern Spain) Luis SÁNCHEZ-TOCINO*, Amelia OCAÑA?, Francisco J. GARCÍA** Recibido el 26-IV-1999. Aceptado el 11-VII1-1999 RESUMEN En un estudio realizado en el litoral granadino durante los años 1994-1999 se identificaron 84 especies de opistobranquios, siendo la distribución de especies por órdenes la siguiente: Cephalaspidea, 4; Thecosomata, 1; Anaspidea, 3; Sacoglossa, 5; Notaspidea, 6 y Nudi- branchia, 65. En el presente artículo se aportan datos sobre abundancia de las especies, rangos de variación en la profundidad, distribución temporal y características del substrato donde fueron observadas cada una de ellas. Del total de especies encontradas, 55 son nue- vas citas para la costa granadina. Polycera faeroensis y Pruvotfolia pselliotes son nuevas ci- tas para el Mar Mediterráneo, Geitodoris planata para el Mediterráneo ibérico y Hermaea paucicirra lo es para el litoral Mediterráneo andaluz. La especie Tambja marbellensis es ci- tada por primera vez desde su descripción. ABSTRACT In a study conducted on the coast of Granada (S. Spain) from 1994 to 1999, 84 opistho- branchs species were identified. The distribution of the species by orders was: Cephalaspi- dea, 4; Thecosomata, 1; Anaspidea, 3; Sacoglossa, 5; Notaspidea, 6 and Nudibranchia, 65. Data are presented for species abundance, depth-variation ranges, temporal distribution, and characteristics of the substrate were each species was found. Of the species found, 55 are new citations for the Granada coast. Polycera faeroensis and Pruvotfolia pselliotes are new citations for the Mediterranean Sea, Geitodoris planata for the Iberian Mediterranean and Hermaea paucicirra for Andalusian Mediterranean. The species Tambja marbellensis is collected for the first time since its description. PALABRAS CLAVE: Mollusca, Opisthobranchia, Mediterráneo, Costa de Granada. KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Opisthobranchia, Mediterranean, Coast of Granada INTRODUCCIÓN Pocos son los estudios malacológicos Granada. LUQUE (1983, 1986) estudió los realizados hasta la fecha en la costa de gasterópodos de las costas de Málaga y * Departamento de Biología Animal y Ecología, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad de Granada, 18071 Granada (Spain); e-mail: IstocinoCretemail.es; ameliaCgoliat.ugr.es ** Departamento de Fisiología y Biología Animal, Facultad de Biología, Universidad de Sevilla; Avda. Reina Mercedes, 6; Apdo. 1095; 41080 Sevilla (Spain); e-mail: fjgarciaCcica. es Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Tabla 1. Coordenadas geográficas (GTM), de las distintas estaciones de muestreo. Table I. Geographical coordinates (GTM) for the different sampling stations. Estaciones de muestreo Coordenadas GTM 1. La Rábita 2.Peñón de San Patricio 3. Castell de Ferro 4. La Rijana 5. Calahonda 6. Peñón de Salobreña 7. Barranco del Cambrón 8. Bahía de Velilla 9. Peñones de Almuñecar 10. Punta de San José 11. Punta de la Mona 12. Cerro Gordo 36” 45,4” N; 03” 10,5" O SON AOS MIA O 36” 44,2" N; 03” 20,5" O JOR AZS NOIA ZO NAS NOOO) SO AN AOS AS OM O 36” 44,5" N; 03” 37,4 O 36" 44,8" N; 032 39,1 O - 36 44,5' N; 03 39,9 O 36” 43,6" N; 03 41.50 35” 43,9 N; 03” 42,6" O 367 43,5" N; 03 43,7" O - 36” 43,6" N; 03” 44,4 O 367 44,3" N; 03% 45,7" O- 36” 44,7" N; 03 46, 6 O Granada, centrándose principalmente en la primera de las dos provincias, ya que sólo una de las 15 estaciones de muestreo establecidas, la de La Herra- dura, pertenece al litoral granadino. Del mismo modo, TEMPLADO, LUQUE Y Mo- RENO (1988) eligieron La Herradura co- mo única estación de muestreo en la costa de Granada. Posteriormente, como consecuencia de la la campaña oceano- gráfica “Fauna I”, TEMPLADO, GUERRA, BEDOYA, MORENO, REMÓN, MALDONADO Y RAMOS (1993) encontraron varias espe- cies de opistobranquios en el circalitoral frente a las costas granadinas. MORENO Y TEMPLADO (1998) completan los estu- dios anteriores en las provincias de Al- mería y Granada, seleccionando, en esta última, sólo 4 puntos, de los 23 muestre- ados. Con el presente estudio se pretende ampliar el inventario de la fauna de opistobranquios del litoral de la provin- cia de Granada. Además, se aportan datos sobre el número de ejemplares, periodo de avistamiento a lo largo de los años de muestreo, profundidad y tipo de substrato donde se encontraron cada una de las especies, así como las citas de otros autores que han encon- trado las especies relacionadas en el pre- sente trabajo, en las distintas provincias del litoral andaluz. MATERIAL Y MÉTODOS Se han seleccionado en total trece estaciones de muestreo, doce en el litoral granadino y una treceava que corresponde a las muestras recolectadas en barcos de arrastre. La selección de dichas estaciones queda justificada por la variabilidad de substratos y por tanto de hábitats diferentes que se encuentran en ellas, ya que es frecuente la combina- ción, en varias de las mismas, de fondos de cascajo, arena, fango, praderas de fanerógamas o rocosos que en algunas ocasiones, como es el caso de la Punta de la Mona, alcanzan grandes profundi- dades. El área de estudio comprende una linea litoral de unos 60 Km, desde el límite con la provincia de Málaga por el Oeste, hasta La Rábita por el Este. El nombre de cada una de las doce estacio- nes de muestreo aparecen en la Tabla 1 acompañadas de las correspondientes coordenadas geográficas, G. T. M. Las estaciones 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 y 10 son puntuales, mientras que las 8, 11 y 12 quedan definidas por la línea de costa comprendida entre las dos coordenadas geográficas que se citan en la Tabla 1. De la estacion 13 se recogen muestras mediante barcos de arrastre que faenan frente a la costa de Motril a profundida- SÁNCHEZ-TOCINO ET AL.: Opistobranquios de la costa de Granada . GRANADA ESPAÑA a] < 14] >] e 0. Oo: a: Figura 1. Mapa ilustrando las situación geográfica de las diferentes zonas de muestreo. Figure 1. Illustrated map showing the geographic situation of the different sampling localities. des comprendidas entre 50 y 150 m. En la Figura 1 se muestra la ubicación de las distintas estaciones de muestreo. Se realizaron una serie de muestreos preliminares desde Enero de 1994 hasta Diciembre de 1995, que han servido para seleccionar aquellas estaciones con una mayor diversidad de opistobrán- quios, que correspondieron con la 8, 11 y 12, y en las que se centraron los mues- treos durante los años 1996, 1997, 1998 y hasta Marzo de 1999. El material examinado, a excepción del recogido mediante arrastres, fué obtenido en inmersiones con escafandra autónoma, entre la zona mediolitoral y 40 m. de profundidad. Para la recogida de datos se realiza- ron en cada estación de muestreo tran- sectos de longitud variable. En la esta- ción 8, se utilizó también un segundo método que consistió en colgar de una boya, a 3 m de profundidad, una tela mosquitera enrollada de 1,5 m de longi- tud. El crecimiento de algas e hidroideos fue bastante rápido, por lo que al cabo de unos dos meses se pudieron recolec- tar opistobranquios. Los opistobranquios que ofrecían alguna duda para su identificación fueron colectados, fotografiados y gra- bados en vídeo. Posteriormente los ejemplares capturados se anestesiaron mediante congelación en agua de mar o añadiendo lentamente alcohol. Se fijaron con formol al 4% y se conservaron en alcohol al 70%. RESULTADOS En la Tabla II se aportan, para cada una de las especies identificadas, los siguientes datos: número que define la zona de muestreo, mes/es de observa- ción, año/s, abundancia, longitud (en milímetros), tipo de substrato y profun- didad (en metros). La abundancia es referida con el siguiente criterio: E, especie escasa de la que sólo se han observado, en todo el periodo de estudio, entre 1 y 10 ejemplares; PA, especie poco abundante de la que se han observado entre 10 y 50 individuos; A, especie abundante de la que se han observado entre 50 y 100 ejemplares; Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Tabla II. Especies observadas en la provincia de Granada acompañadas del número que define la estación de muestreo donde aparecen cada una de ellas, mes/es de avistamiento, año/s, abundancia relativa (E: entre 1 y 10 ejemplares; PA: entre 10 y 50 ejemplares; A: entre 50 y 100 individuos; MA: más de 100 individuos observados en toda la campaña de muestreo), longitud (mm), tipo de sustrato (A: algas; B: fondos blandos; BP: bajo piedra; BR: briozoos; C: cuevas, CA: cascajo; E: esponjas; G: gorgonáceos; H: hidroideos; R: rocoso; S: flotando en superficie) y profundidad (m). Table II. Species observed in the province of Granada, accompanied by the number that identifes the sampling station where each specimen was observed, together with month/s, yearls, relative abundance (E: between 1 and 10 specimens; PA: between 10 and 50 specimens; A: between 50 and 100 specimens; MA: more than 100 specimens observed over the entire sampling campaign), length (mm), type of'subs- trate (A: algas; soft sediments; BP: low rock; BR: briozoa; C: caves; CA: gravel; E: sponges; G: gorgona- cea; H: hydroids; R: rock; S: floating on surface) and depth (m). Estación Mes Año Abun. Long. Subs. Prof. Orden CEPHALASPIDEA P. Fischer, 1883 Familia Bullidae Lamorck, 1801. Bulla striata Bruguiére, 1792 8 10 95 E 15 B 5 Familia Aglojidae Pilsbry, 1895 Aglaja tricolorata Renier, 1804 6 1,8 97 E 10:12 B 5-8 Philinopsis depicta (Renier, 1807) 8 8 95 E 25 B 5 Familia Cylichnidae Adams H.£.A., 1854 Scaphander lignarius (Linnaeus, 1758) 13 6 97 E 40 B 50-150 Orden THECOSOMATA Bloinville, 1824 Familia Cymbuliidae Gray, 1840 Cymbulia peronii Lamarck, 1819 8 4,9 94 E 30 S 0 Orden ANASPIDEA P. Fischer, 1883 Aplysia fasciata Poiret, 1789 8, 11,12 7,10, 12 94,9 MA 200-300 BR 512 Aplysia parvula Guilding in Mórch, 1863 8,11 4,8 95, 97 ESO ISA BRASS Aplysia punctata (Cuvier, 1803) 8,11 9-10 94,96 EA ES Orden NOTASPIDEA P. Fischer, 1883 Fomilia Umbraculidae Dall, 1889 Umbraculum umbraculum (Lighfoot, 1786) 12 1 97,98 E 120-150 CR 59 Fomilia Plevrobranchidae Férussac, 1822 Pleurobranchus testudinarivs Cantraine, 1835 11 4, 10,11 97 E 130-150 CA 520 Berthella ocellata (Delle-Chiaje, 1828) 12 2,17 % E 30-35 c 10-13 Berthella plumula (Montagu, 1803) M6 12 SSA E la AZ Berthella stellata (Risso, 1826) 3,5, 12 1,11 96, 99 E 15 BP 37 Pleurobranchaea meckelii Bloinville, 1825 8,11, 12 2-5, 8, 10 95,96 MA 10-100 B,BP 39 Orden SACOGLOSSA Von Ihering, 1876 Familia Placobranchidae Rang, 1829 Thuridilla hopei (Vérany, 1853) AZ 1,3, 511 9599 PA 1020. AR 515 Elysia viridis (Montagu, 1804) 12 11,12 98 PAS A 30) Familia Hermaeidae H. Adams y A. Adams, 1854 Hermaea paucicirra Pruvot-Fol, 1953 1 1 99 E 1-2 A 5 Familia Polybranchiidae ODonoghue, 1929 Coliphylla mediterranea A. Costa, 1867 5 1 99 E 5-7 A 3 Familia Limapontiidae Gray, 1847 Placida verticillata Ortea, 1981 11,12 ZETA! 98,99 A 13 A 510 Orden NUDIBRANCHIA Blainville, 1814 Suborden DORIDACEA Odhner, 1934 Familia Aegiretidae P. Fischer, 1883 Aegires leuckarti Vérany, 1853 11 | 99 E 3 R 10 Familia Goniodorididoe Adams H.y A., 1854 Trapania hispalensis Cervera y García-Gómez, 1989 2,4, 11,12 1-7, 9-11 95-99 PA 8-15 als Trapania lineata Haefelfinger, 1960 1,12 1, 6-8, 10, 11 97,98 E 8-15 BPE 68 Trapania maculata Haefelfinger, 1960 11,12 1,3, 57, 9-12 95-98 PA 8-20 ER 615 SÁNCHEZ-TOCINO ET AL.: Opistobranquios de la costa de Granada Tabla IL Continuación. Table IT. Continuation Familia Onchidorididae Alder y Hancock, 1845 Diaphorodoris luteocincta (Sars M., 1870) Diaphorodoris papillata Portmann y Sandmeier, 1960 Familia Triophidae Odhner in Franc, 1968 Crimora papillata Alder y Hancock, 1862 Familia Aldisidae Odhner, 1933 Aldisa banyulensis Pruvot-Fol, 1951 Familia Chromodorididae Bergh,1891 Chromodoris britoi Ortea y Perez, 1983 Chromodoris krohni (Vérany, 1846) Chromodoris luteorosea (Rapp, 1827) Chromodoris purpurea (Risso in Guérin, 1831) Cadlina pellucida (Risso, 1826) Hypselodoris bilineata (Pruvotfol, 1953) Hypselodoris cantabrica Bouchet y Ortea, 1980 Hypselodoris fontandraui (Pruvo+Fol, 1951) Hypselodoris picta (Schultz in Philippi, 1836) Hypselodoris midatlantica Gosliner, 1990 Hypselodoris villafranca (Risso, 1818) Familia Discodorididae Bergh, 1891 Discodoris atromaculata (Bergh, 1880) Discodoris fragilis (Alder y Hancock, 1864) Discodoris rosi Ortea, 1979 Geitodoris portmanni (Schmekel, 1972) Geitodoris planata (Alder y Hancock, 1846b) Familia Kentrodorididue Bergh, 1892 Estación 11, 12 11, 12 AZ a UU) ee 2, WU, 2 10,11, 12 11, 12 11,12 111, 12 11,12 11 11, 12 1,4,5,7,8,9, 11, 12 4,11, 12 4,5,7,11, 12 4,11, 12 12 11, 12 9,11 12 Jorunna onubensis Cervera, Gorcio-cómez y Gorcía, 1986 12 Familia Plotydorididae Bergh, 1891 Platydoris argo (Linneo, 1767) Familia Rostangidae PruvotFol, 1951 Rostanga rubra (Risso, 1818) Familia Polyceridae Alder y Hancock, 1845 11,12 11 Polycera aurantiomarginata García-Gómez y Bobo, 1984 12 Polycera faeroensis Lemche, 1929 Polycera quadrilineata (0.F. Múller, 1776) Limacia clavigera (0.F. Miller, 1776) Roboastra europea García-Gómez, 1985 Tambja ceutae Gorcia-cómez y Ortea, 1988 Tambja marbellensis Schick y Cervera, 1998 Familia Dendrodorididae O'Donoghue, 1924 Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) Doriopsilla areolata Bergh, 1880 Suborden DENDRONOTACEA Odhner, 1934 Familia Dotoidae Gray, 1853 Doto koenneckeri Lemche, 1976 Familia Hancockiidae Pruvot-Fol, 1954 Hancockia uncinata (Hesse, 1872) Familia Tethyidae Alder y Hancock, 1855 Tethys fimbria Linné, 1767 Fomilia Tritoniidae Lamarck, 1809 Tritonia manicata Deshayes, 1853 Tritonia nilsodhneri Marcus Ev., 1983 Tritonia striata Haefelfinger, 1963 11 8, 11, 12 10,11, 12 11, 12 2 1H We 2,11, 12 Mes Año 1,2,4,8 96, 97-99 1-5, 8, 9-11 96-99 1,3,4 97-99 8,10 96, 97,98 1,2,7,8,11,12 96,98, 99 1-12 95-99 2,4,911,12 96-98 1-3, 5-7, 9-12 95-99 6,11, 12 95-98 15,7, 8, 10, 12 95-99 3 98 1,3:6,11,12 96-99 1-12 95-99 1-8,10, 11 95-99 1-5, 8, 10-12 95-99 1,3-8,11 94, 96-99 8 97 3,10 96, 97 8,9 96, 97 11 97 12 % 1-8,10,11 95-99 11 97 1-3, 11, 12 96-99 5,8 95, 97 1,3,6,7,12 96-98 1-4, 10-12 96, 99 1,7 95, 97 10,11 % 1-4 98 3-5, 7-11 95-97 2-6, 8, 10,12 94,95, 97-99 1,2, 10 8, 10 99 96, 91 96, 97 97,98 UE) 96-99 Abun. PA PA rm 1 PA Long. 10-20 510 10-15 15-20 515 3-30 10-25 58 8-10 130, 150 10 10-15 8-10 Subs. Prof. LOS el erS All BP,R 8-10 BP,R 5-20 R 720 BP,R 5-20 PESO BP,E,R 6-15 R 59 RO 25 RE 6:28 BP,E,R 520 BP,E,R 5-12 BP, C, E, R 7-28 ELO BPE 7-10 Hp 5%) DEA al, R 6 BP,E,R 5-20 E / E R 2530 RH 1-10 BP, ER 4-10 R 536 BP, BR,R 7-8 BP, BR 57 BP,CA,R 6-15 BP, ER 3-25 B 50-150 DIAAESO Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Tabla II. Continuación. Table II. Continuation Estación Mes Año Abun. long. Subs. Prof. Mariona blainvillea (Risso, 1818) 10,11, 12 1-3, 5, 10,11 95-99 PA 1040 BP.G,R 5-10 Suborden ARMINACEA Odhner, 1934 Familia Arminidae Pruvo+Fol, 1927 Armina maculata Rofinesque, 1814 13 5,6 96, 97 PA 7090 B 50-150 Familia Zephyrinidae Iredale y O'Donoghue, 1923 Janolus cristatus (Delle Chiaje, 1841) 1,3411 12 1,47. 12 NI EOS R 6-7 Suborden AEOLIDACEA Odhner, 1934 Familia Aeolidiidae d'Orbigny, 1834 Aeolidiella soemmeringi (Leuckart, 1828) 4,11 2,4, 9-12 94-96,99 E 1520 BP 4-12 Berghia coerulescens Laurillard, 1830 11 2-8, 10,11 95,97-99 PA 20-30 BP 515 Berghia verrucicomis (A. Costa, 1867) 8 9,10 95,9 E 2025 H 1-3 Spurilla neapolitana (Delle-Chiaje, 1841) 3,8, 11 1,2, 611 97-98 PA 3-25 HBP 15 Familia Eubranchidae Odhner, 1934 Eubranchus farrani (Alder y Hancock, 1844) 6,8,11,12 1,2,5,9,10,12 96-99 PA 8-10 AHBP 1-3 Familia Focelinidae Bergh in Corus, 1889 Focelina annulicornis(Chamisso y Heysenhardt,1821) 8, 11 1-3, 6, 9,10, 12 96-98 A 1020 HBP 16 Facelina coronata (Forbes y Goodsir, 1839) 8,11 1-4, 6-8, 10, 12 96-98 A 10-25 CA 19 Facelina rubrovitatta (A. Costa, 1866) 11 49,10 97,98 PA 10-15 H 7-10 Caloria elegans (Alder y Hancock, 1845) 4, 5,11, 12 1-12 95-99 A 5-15 BP. HR 515 Cratena peregrina (Gmelin, 1791) 4,11, 12 1-11 95-99 MA 10-30 H 7-20 Pruvotfolia pselliotes (Labbé, 1923) 2 2 99 E 15 BP 4 Dicata odhneri Schmekel, 1967 11 4 98 E 3 (AH 9 Dondice banyulensis Portmann y Sandmeier,1960 4,11, 12 25,7,9-11 95-99 PA 1535 RH 1520 Familia Flobellinidae Bergh, 1889 Flabellina affinis (Gmelin, 1791) 4,5,7, 8, 9,10,11, 12 1-12 95-99 MA 5-30 HR 225 Flabellina ischitana Hirano y Thompson, 1990 11,12 1,2,5,8, 12 94-99 A 1020 HR 525 Flabellina babai Schmekel, 1972 11 3,4,8, 10 94, 97,98 PA 1060 CAR 9-16 Flabellina pedata (Montagu, 1815) 2,4,11,12 1,2,411 95-99 MA 525 H 615 Calmella cavolini (Vérany, 1846) 11,12 1,2,911 98, 99 PA 8-15 H 710 Fomilia Piseinotecidae Edmunds, 1970 Piseinotecus gabinieri (Vicente, 1975) 11, 12 2-10 95-99 A 1530 HR 915 Familia Tergipedidae Bergh, 1889 Cuthona genovae (0Donoghue, 1929) 8 5 98 E 6 H | MA, especie muy abundante de la que se han observado más de 100 individuos durante todo el estudio. Los tipos de substratos vienen indicados con las abreviaturas: A (algas), B (fondos blandos), BP (bajo piedra), BR (brio- zO0OS), C (cuevas), CA (cascajo), E (esponjas), G (gorgonáceos), H (hidroi- deos), R (rocoso, cubierto fundamen- talmente de algas fotófilas e hidroideos) y S (especie encontrada flotando en superficie). En el litoral granadino se han identi- ficado 84 especies de opistobranquios distribuidas, en órdenes y subórdenes, de la siguiente manera: Cephalaspidea, 4; Thecosomata, 1; Anaspidea, 3; Notaspidea, 6; Sacoglossa, 5 y Nudibranchia, 65, repar- tidos en Doridacea, 36; Dendronotacea, 7; Arminacea, 2 y Aeolidacea, 20. Como se desprende de la Tabla Il, existen una serie de especies que han aparecido en tres o más estaciones de muestreo, prácticamente a lo largo de todo el año y a lo largo de toda la campaña de muestreo, aunque en oca- siones de forma escasa O poco frecuente. Éstas son: Berthella plumula, Chromodoris britoi, C. krohni, Hypselodoris picta, H. villafranca, Doriopsilla areolata, Mariona SÁNCHEZ-TOCINO ET AL.: Opistobranquios de la costa de Granada blainvillea, Eubranchus farrani, Caloria elegans, Dondice banyulensis, Elabellina affinis y F. pedata. Dichas especies las podemos considerar como las más cons- tantes del litoral granadino. Por el contrario otras especies desta- can por haber aparecido en una sola estación de muestreo y únicamente en una o dos ocasiones, siendo éste el caso de: Umbraculum umbraculum, Berthella ocellata, Elysia viridis, Hermaea pucicirra, Caliphylla mediterranea, Aegires leuckarti, Hypselodoris cantabrica, Discodoris fragilis, Geitodoris planata, Jorunna onubenis, Ros- tanga rubra, Polycera faeroensis, Roboastra europea, Tambja ceutae, Hancockia unci- nata, Tritonia manicata, Berghia verrucicor- nis, Pruvotfolia pselliotes, Dicata odhnert y Cuthona genovae. Dichas especies pueden considerarse raras o de presen- cia accidental en nuestras costas. No hemos tenido en cuenta, en este caso, los Cefalaspideos pues de las cuatro esta- ciones en las que se intensificaron los muestreos una sóla correspondía a fondos blandos, por lo que el número de inmersiones ha sido menor en este tipo de fondos, que es donde preferente- mente se encuentran las especies de dicho grupo. Tampoco hemos tenido en cuenta las especies procedentes de arrastreros. Es igualmente destacable que las tres especies de Trapania: T. hispalensis, T. lineata y T. maculata se han encontrado durante los mismos meses del año, en las mismas estaciones de muestreo y sobre el mismo tipo de substrato. Este hecho justificaría un estudio taxonómico y ecológico de las especies del género en el Mediterráneo. La mayor abundancia de opistobran- quios se ha observado en la zona com- prendida entre 5 y 15 m de profundi- dad, durante los meses de octubre, noviembre, enero, febrero y marzo, que corresponden con otoño e invierno. En la estación de muestreo 11 es donde aparecen un mayor número de especies, dado que en ella se alcanza una mayor profundidad, por lo que la varie- dad de substratos y por tanto de habitats diferentes es mayor. Sin embargo las especies Tambja ceutae, T. marbellensis y Polycera aurantiomarginati, se recolecta- ron exclusivamente como juveniles en la cercana estación 12 y debajo de piedras, sobre el briozoo Sessibugula barrosoi, del que hemos comprobado se alimentan, al menos durante la etapa juvenil. Sólo el ejemplar de T. ceutae de mayor tamaño, unos 20 mm de longitud, fué encontrado directamente sobre una pared a plomo, en un substrato diferente, suponiendo que en una fase juvenil más avanzada dicha especie cambia de habitos alimen- ticios. En general la mayor parte de las especies fueron observadas sobre epi- biontes de substratos rocosos y como infralapidícolas. Respecto a la distribución de las especies que se han encontrado en la costa granadina y en base a la Tabla III, de las especies citadas, 53 son nuevas citas para las costas de Granada. Poly- cera faeroensis y Pruvotfolia pselliotes son primeras citas para el Mediterráneo. Geitodoris planata es nueva cita para el Mediterráneo ibérico y Hermaea paucici- rra lo es para el Mediterráneo andaluz. Polycera faeroensis ha sido citada antes de ahora en el litoral gallego por ORTEA Y URGORRI (1981) y URGORRI Y BESTEIRO (1983) y en el Estrecho de Gibraltar por GARCÍA- GÓMEZ (1983; 1984). Por su parte Pruvotfolia pselliotes ha sido citada con anterioridad en el litoral atlántico de la Península Ibérica desde Galicia hasta el Estrecho de Gibraltar y en las Islas Canarias (CERVERA, TEM- PLADO, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, BALLESTEROS, ORTEA, GARCÍA, ROS Y LUQUE, 1988). Debido a la confusión que ha habido entre las especies Geitodoris planata y Dis- codoris stellifera (CERVERA, (GARCÍA- GÓMEZ Y GARCÍA., 1985; CERVERA ET AL., 1988) resulta dificil establecer las áreas de distribución de ambas, siendo necesario, como señalan estos últimos la revisión de las diferentes citas de las dos especies. Aunque G. planata no ha sido citada en las costas mediterráneas ibéricas, desde hace una década, es relativamente fre- cuente en diferentes localidades de la costa catalana (Ballesteros, com. pers.). Los ejemplares observados en las: costas catalanas junto con los observados en la Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Tabla IT. Artículos donde se citan, en cada una de las provincias andaluzas, la presencia de las diferen- tes especies observadas en la costa de Granada. Simbolos empleados: * especie citada por primera vez en la provincia de Granada; - especie citada por primera vez en el litoral mediterráneo andaluz; = especie citada por primera vez en el litoral mediterráneo ibérico, + especie citada por primera vez en el Mediterráneo. Abreviaturas y números: C: Cervera; HU: Huelva; CA: Cádiz; MA: Málaga; GR: Granada; AL: Almería; 1: AARTSEN, MENKHORST Y GITTENBERGER (1984); 2: BALLESTEROS (1980); 3: BALLESTEROS, BARRAJÓN, LUQUE, MORENO, TALAVERA Y TEMPLADO (1986); 4: BALLESTEROS Y TEMPLADO (1987); 5: BOBO (1998); 6: CERVERA (1988); 7: CERVERA Y GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1986); 8: CERVERA Y GARCÍA- GÓMEZ (1988); 9: CERVERA, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ Y GARCÍA (1985); 10: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ Y CERVERA (1985); 11: CERVERA, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ Y GARCÍA (1986); 12: CERVERA, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ Y ORTEA (1988); 13: CERVERA, LÓPEZ GONZÁLEZ Y GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1998); 14: CERVERA, MEDINA Y GARCÍA (1986); 15: CERVERA ET AL. (1988); 16: GARCÍA, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ Y CERVERA (1986); 17: GARCÍA- GÓMEZ (1982); 18: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1983); 19: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1984); 20: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1985); 21: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1986); 22: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1987); 23: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ Y BOBO (1984); 24: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ Y ORTEA (1988); 25: GARCÍA RASO, LUQUE, TEMPLADO, SALAS, HERGUETA, MORENO Y CALVO (1992); 26: HERGUETA (1985); 27: HERGUETA Y SALAS (1987); 28: HIDALGO (1916); 29: HIDALGO (1917); 30: LUQUE (1983); 31: LUQUE (1986); 32: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ Y GARCÍA (1984); 33: MARTÍNEZ ET AL. (1993); 34: MORENO Y TEMPLADO (1998); 35: NOBRE (1932); 40: RAMPAL (1968); 41: Ros (1975); 42: SALAS Y HERGUETA (1986); 43: SALAS Y LUQUE (1986); 44: SCHICK Y CERVERA (1998); 45: SIERRA, GARCÍA Y LLORIS (1978); 46: TEMPLADO, LUQUE Y MORENO (1988); 47: TEMPLADO ET AL. (1993); 49: VAYSSIERE (1913); 50: VIVES, SANTAMARÍA Y TREPART (1975). Table III. Articles citing, for each Andalusian province, the presence of the different species observed on the coast of the province of Granada. Symbols used: * species cited for the first time in-the province of Granada; - species cited for the first time on the Mediterranean coast of Andalusia; = species cited for the first time on the Mediterranean coast of the Iberian Peninsula; + species cited for the first time in the Mediterranean sea. Abbreviations and numbers: C: Cervera; HU: Huelva; CA: Cádiz; MA: Málaga; GR: Granada; AL: Almería; 1: AARTSEN, MENKHORST AND GITTENBERGER (1984); 2: BALLESTEROS (1980); 3: BALLESTEROS, BARRAJÓN, LUQUE, MORENO, TALAVERA Y TEMPLADO (1986); 4: BALLESTEROS AND TEMPLADO (1987); 5: BOBO (1998); 6: CERVERA (1988); 7: CERVERA AND GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1986); 8: CERVERA AND GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1988); 9: CERVERA, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ AND GARCÍA (1985); 10: GARCÍA- GÓMEZ AND CERVERA (1985); 11: CERVERA, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ AND GARCÍA (1986); 12: CERVERA, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ AND ORTEA (1988); 13: CERVERA, LÓPEZ GONZÁLEZ AND GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1998); 14: CERVERA, MEDINA AND GARCÍA (1986); 15: CERVERA ET AL. (1988); 16: GARCÍA, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ AND CERVERA (1986); 17: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1982); 18: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1983); 19: GARCÍA- GÓMEZ (1984); 20: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1985); 21: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1986); 22: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1987); 23: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ AND BOBO (1984); 24: GARCÍA- GÓMEZ AND ORTEA ( 1988); 25: GARCÍA RASO, LUQUE, TEMPLADO, SALAS, HERGUETA, MORENO Y CALVO (1992); 26: HERGUETA (1985); 27: HERGUETA AND SALAS (1987); 28: HIDALGO (1916); 29: HIDALGO (1917); 30: LUQUE (1983); 31: LUQUE (1986); 32: GARCÍA-GÓMEZ AND GARCÍA (1984); 33: MARTÍNEZ ET AL. (1993); 34: MORENO AND TEMPLADO (1998); 35: NOBRE (1932); 40: RAMPAL (1968); 41: ROS (1975); 42: SALAS AND HERGUETA (1986); 43: SALAS AND LUQUE (1986); 44: SCHICK AND CERVERA (1998); 45: SIERRA, GARCÍA AND LLORIS (1978); 46: TEMPLADO, LUQUE AND MORENO (1988); 47: TEMPLADO ET AL. (1993); 49: VAYSSIERE (1913); 50: VIVES, SANTAMARÍA AND TREPART (1975). ESPECIE HU CA MA GR AL 1* Cito Bulla striata 29,17 29,17,1 29,30,31 3,45 ES Aglaja tricolorata 33 33 34 34 Philinopsis depicta 4] 34 E Scaphander lignarius 29 29,1,47 29 y Cymbulia peronii 40,50 25 S Aplysia fasciata C(obs. pers.) 17 30,31 3,25 z Aplysia parvula 47 4 25 5 Aplysia punctata 7 17,47 30,31,3,43 3,25 z Umbraculum umbraculum 29 29 29,30,31 29 E SÁNCHEZ-TOCINO E7 AL.: Opistobranquios de la costa de Granada Tabla MI. Continuación. Table IT. Continuation ESPECIE Pleurobranchus testudinarius Berthella ocellata Berthella plumula Berthella stellata Pleurobranchaea meckelii Thuridilla hopei Elysia viridis Hermaea paucicirra Coliphylla mediterranea Placida verticillata Aegires leuckarti Trapania hispalensis Trapania lineata Trapania maculata Diaphorodoris luteocincta Diaphorodoris popillata Crimora papillata Aldisa banyulensis Chromodoris britoi Chromodoris krohni Chromodoris luteorosea Chromodoris purpurea Cadlina pellucida Hypselodoris bilineata Hypselodoris cantabrica Hypselodoris fontandravi Hypselodoris picta Hypselodoris midatlantica Hypselodoris vilafranca Discodoris atromaculata Discodoris fragilis Discodoris rosi Geitodoris portmanni Geitodoris planata Jorunna onubensis Platydoris argo Rostanga rubra Polycera aurantiomarginata Polycera faeroensis Polycera quadrilineata Limacia clavigera Roboastra europea Tambja ceutae Tambja marbellensis Dendrodoris limbata Doriopsilla areolata Doto koenneckeri Hancockia uncinata Tethys fimbria Tritonia manicata Tritonia nilsodhneri Tritonia striata Mariona blainvillea HU CA MA 47 22,47 14 7 14 Neza 8,5 4] 30,31,47 17,19,7 30,31 6 17,19 3 1,12 30,31 19,22 8 19 19,8 18,19 30,31 18,19 30,31 5 18,19 17,19,16 5 22 17,19,7 —— 26,31,42 5 18,19,7 5 18,19,7 30,31 5 18,19,7 5 18,19 30,31 18,19 30,31 5 17,18,19 — 41,30,31 18,19 5 19,7 30,31 18,19 18,19 31 9 11,5 7 41,18,19,47 30,31 25,19,5 / 5 18,19 17,19,5 19 30,31 18,19 19,20 24 44 17,19 17,19,7 30,31 19,5 17,19,7,47 30,31,47,42 47 30,31,47 18,19,7 30,31 18,19 49,28,35 17,19 47 GR 34 47,34 30,31 30,31 46 31 31 46 30,31 30,31 30,31 30,31 31 31 46 30,31 34 31 47 46 47 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Tabla HI. Continuación. Table HT. Continuation ESPECIE HU CA MA GR AL 12 Cita Armina moculata 17 30,31 : Janolus cristatus 19 18,19,7 30,31 46,25 E Aeolidiella soemmeringi 19 17,197 E Berghia coerulescens 18,19 26,42,27 34 Berghia verrucicornis 19 18,19,7 3,25 E Spurilla neapolitana 19,10,5 18,19,10,7 30,31 3,25 Ñ Eubranchus farrani 7 46 46,25 Facelina annulicornis 18 46 Facelina coronata 18,7 46 25 Facelina rubrovitatta 7 30,31 3 S Coloria elegans 18,19 3,25 ES Cratena peregrina 19 11977 3,25 hi Pruvotfolia pselliotes 19,7,22 + Dicata odhneri 19 34 ES Dondice banyulensis 17,32,47 30,31 46,25 Flabellina affinis 19 17,18,19,21,7 30,31 30,31 3,25 Flabellina ischitana 5 13 25 % Flabellina babai 19,21 31 25 a Flabellina pedata 19 17,19,7 30,31 46 3 Calmella cavolini 25 Ey Piseinotecus gabinieri 46 Cuthona genovae 18,19,7 3,25 E costa granadina constituyen la primera cita para el Mediterráneo. Hermaea paucicirra ha sido encon- trada con anterioridad en el litoral astu- riano (ORTEA, 1977a, b), en el litoral gallego (URGORRI Y BESTEIRO, 1983), en las costas de Alicante y Murcia (MARÍN Y Ros, 1988), en el litoral catalan (BALLESTEROS, 1980) así como, en las costas de Cádiz (CERVERA Y GARCÍA- GÓMEz, 1986; CERVERA, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ Y ORTEA, 1988). Por tanto el hallazgo de esta especie en la costa de Granada supone su primera cita para el litoral mediterráneo andaluz. Resulta de interes el haber obser- vado en una franja costera tan reducida los dos tipos de coloraciones que se dan en el Mediterráneo español, para Hypse- lodoris villafranca, según ORTEA, VALDÉS Y GARCÍA-GÓMEZ (1996): la que se da en las costas catalanas y la propia del sur de la Península, siendo más frecuente ésta última. Por otro lado, el género Tambja es el que ha proporcionado los resultados taxonómicos más interesantes, al encon- trarse en la costa granadina todas las especies del género citadas por ahora en las costas europeas. Tambja marbellensis se (Página derecha) Figura 2. A: Geitodoris planata, ejemplar de 25 mm; B: Pruvotfolia pselliotes, ejem- plar de 15 mm; C: Polycera faeroensis, ejemplar de 25 mm; D: Hermaea paucicirra, ejemplar de 2 mm; E: Caliphylla mediterranea, ejemplar de 5 mm; E: Tambja marbellensis, ejemplar de 12 mm; G: Polycera aurantiomarginata, ejemplar de 3 mm: H: Placida verticillata, ejemplar de 2 mm. (Right page) Figure 2. A: Geitodoris planata, specimen of 25 mm; B: Pruvotfolia pselliotes, specime of 15 mm; C: Polycera faeroensis, specimen of 25 mm; D: Hermaea paucicirra, specimen of 2 mm: E: Caliphylla mediterranea, specimen of 5 mm: F: Tambja marbellensis, specimen of 12 mm; G: Poly- cera aurantiomarginata, specimen of 3 mm; H: Placida verticillata, specimen of 2 mm. 10 SÁNCHEZ-TOCINO ET 4L.: Opistobranquios de la costa de Granada 11 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 cita por primera vez tras su descripción original por SCHICK Y CERVERA (1998) Respecto a las veces que han sido citadas las especies contempladas en el presente trabajo, en las distintas provin- cias del litoral andaluz (ver Tabla III) resulta resaltable, en primer lugar, que éstas no han sido homogéneas, lo que está motivado por la peculiaridad de la orografía del litoral de cada una de ellas y por la profusión de los muestreos, más intensa en unas que en otras. En cual- quier caso es destacable que en las pro- vincias andaluzas más estudiadas (Cádiz y Almería) determinadas espe- cies son repetidamente citadas por más de un autor. Así, en la costa gaditana, Bulla striata, Scaphander lignarius, Berthe- lla stellata, Thuridilla hopei, Aldisa banyu- lensis, Chromodoris krohni, C. luteorosea, C. purpurea, Hypselodoris bilineata, H. picta, Platidoris argo, Rostanga rubra, Dendrodo- ris limbata, Doriopsilla areolata, Tritonia manicata, Janolus cristatus, Aeolidiella soemmeringi, Bergia verrucicornis, Spurilla neapolitana, Pruvotfolia pselliotes, Dondice banyulensis, Flabellina affinis, Flabellina pedata, y Cuthona genovae, son las espe- cies más frecuentes. De la misma forma, en la costa almeriense, Aplysia fasciata, Aplysia punctata, Berthella plumula, B. ste- llata, Thuridilla hopei, Trapania lineata, T. maculata, Diaphorodoris luteocincta, D. papillata, Chromodoris britoi, C. krohni, C. BIBLIOGRAFÍA AARTSEN, J. J., MENKHORST, H. P. M. G. Y GIT- TENBERGER, E., 1984. The marine mollusca of the Bay of Algeciras, Spain, with general no- tes on Mitrella, Marginellidae and Turridae. Basteria, Suppl. 2: 1-135. BALLESTEROS, M., 1980. La presencia en las cos- tas catalanas de Hermaea paucicirra y Hermaea cremoniana (Opisthobranchia: Sacoglossa). Publicaciones del Departamento de Zoología de Barcelona, 5: 19-23. BALLESTEROS, M., BARRAJÓN, A., LUQUE, A. A., MORENO, D., TALAVERA, P. Y TEMPLADO, J., 1986. Contribución al conocimiento de los gas- terópodos marinos de Almería. Iberus, 6: 39-55. BALLESTEROS, M. Y TEMPLADO, J., 1987. Aplysia parvula Guilding in Morch, 1863 en las costas de la Península Ibérica. Publicaciones del Departamento de Zoología de Barcelona, 13: 55-62. 12 purpurea, Platydoris argo, Rostanga rubra, Polycera quadrilineata, Dendrodoris limbata, Doto koenneckeri, Janolus crista- tus, Berghia verrucicornis, Spurilla neapoli- tana, Eubranchus farrani, Caloria elegans, Cratena peregrina, Dondice banyulensis, Flabellina affinis, Calmella cavolini y Cuthona genovae, presentan una mayor frecuencia. Teniendo en cuenta los datos de todas las provincias, las especies: Bulla striata, Aglaja tricolorata, Aplysia fas- ciata, A. punctata, Umbraculum umbracu- lum, Pleurobranchaea meckelii, Elysia viridis, Chromodoris purpurea, Hypselodo- ris picta, H. villafranca, Polycera quadrili- neata, Dendrodoris limbata, Doriopsilla are- olata, Mariona blainvillea, Janolus cristatus, Spurilla neapolitana, Flabellina affinis y E. pedata han sido citadas en todo el litoral andaluz. AGRADECIMIENTOS Nuestro más sincero agradecimiento al Dr. José Templado por su ayuda en la identificación de algunos ejemplares, así como a Angel Gaytan y Antonio de la Linde por acompañarnos en muchas de las inmersiones. Este trabajo queda englo- bado dentro del Proyecto “Fauna Ibérica IV” (DGICYT PB95-0235), subproyecto de Moluscos Gasterópodos Opistobranquios, y en el proyecto CICYT PB98-1121. Bobo, A., 1998. Huelva desde el Oceano. Ed. Rueda. Madrid. 160 pp. CERVERA, J. L., 1988. Notaspideos, Ascoglosos y Nu- dibranquios (Mollusca: Opistobranchia) de An- dalucía occidental con algunas referencias al Es- trecho de Gibraltar. Estudio faunístico y Siste- múático. Tesis doctoral. Universidad de Sevilla. 312 pp. CERVERA, J. L. Y GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1986. Moluscos Opistobranquios del litoral occi- dental Andaluz: Nuevas aportaciones fau- nisticas. Iberus, 6 (2): 201-207. CERVERA, J. L. Y GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1988. Dos nuevas especies de Trapania Pruvot-fol, 1931 (Gastropoda: Nudibranchia) del sur de España. Bollettino Malacologico, 24, (9-12): 189- 204. SÁNCHEZ-TOCINO ET AL.: Opistobranquios de la costa de Granada CERVERA, J. L., GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C. Y GARCÍA, F.J., 1985. Redescription of Geitodoris planata (Alder and Hancock, 1846) (Gastropoda. Nu- dibranchia). Journal of Molluscan Studies, 51: 198- 204. CERVERA, J. L., GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C. Y GARCÍA, F. J., 1986. Il Genere Jorunna Bergh, 1876 (Mo- llusca: Gastropoda: Nudibranchia) nel lito- rale Iberico. Estratto da: Atti del 1 Congresso Societa Italiana di Malacologia. Lavori della So- cieta Italiana di Malacología, 22: 111-132. CERVERA, J. L., GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C. Y ORTEA, J., 1988. Una nueva especie del género Her- maea (Gastropoda: Opistobranchia: Saco- glossa) y redescripción de dos raros saco- glosos de la Malacofauna europea. Iberus, 8 (22): 215-224. CERVERA, J. L., LÓPEZ GONZALEZ, P. J. Y GAR- CÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1998. Redescription of the Aeolid Nudibranch Flabellina ischitana Hi- rano € Thompson, 1990 (Gastropoda: Opis- tobranchia). The Veliger, 41 (3): 289. 293. CERVERA, J. L., MEDINA, A. Y GARCÍA, J. C., 1986. Comparative study of Berthella stellata and B. plumula (Gasteropoda: Notaspidea), with no- tes on the histology of the mantle. Abstract IX International Malacology Congress. Edinburgh (U. K.). CERVERA, J. L., TEMPLADO, J., GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., BALLESTEROS, M., ORTEA, J]. A., GARCÍA, F. J., Ros, J. Y LUQUE, A. A., 1988. Catálogo actualizado y comentado de los Opisto- branquios (Mollusca, Gastropoda) de la Pe- nínsula Ibérica, Baleares y Canarias, con al- gunas referencias a Ceuta y la Isla de Albo- rán. Iberus, Supl. 1: 84 pp. GARCÍA, F. J., GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C. Y CERVERA, J. L., 1986. Ridescrizione di Aldisa banyulen- sis (Pruvot-Fol, 1951). Lavori della Societa Ita- liana di Malacologia, 22: 97-110. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1982. Contribución al co- nocimiento de los Opistobranquios del lito- ral andaluz. Actas II Simposio Ibeico de Estu- dios del Bentos Marino, MU: 235-241. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1983. Moluscos Opisto- branquios del Estrecho de Gibraltar y Bahía de Algeciras. Iberus, 3: 41-46. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1984. Bulomorfos, Asco- glosos y Nudibranquios (Mollusca: Opistho- branchia) del Estrecho de Gibraltar, con algunas referencias al litoral onubense. Tesis Doctoral Universidad de Sevilla. 343 pp. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1985. A new species of Ro- boastra (Gastropoda: Nudibranchia), from The Gibraltar Strait (Southern Spain). Journal of Molluscan Studies, 51: 169-176. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1986. El género Flabellina (Voight, 1834), Gastropoda: Nudibranchia, en el litoral Ibérico. Bollettino Malacologico, 22 (1-4): 37-48. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1987. Adi“ones a la fauna de Opistobranquios del Estrecho de Gibral- tar (Sur de España). 1. Iberus, 7 (2): 197-209. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C. Y BOBO, A., 1984. Una nueva especie de Polycera Cuvier (Mollusca: Nudibranchia) del litoral ibérico. Extrait des Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 25: 361-373. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C. Y CERVERA, J. L., 1985. Revisión de Spurilla neapolitana Delle Chiaje, 1823 (Mollusca: Nudibranchiata). Journal of Molluscan Studies, 51: 138-156. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C. Y GARCÍA, EF. J., 1984. Es- tudio anatómico y algunas reseñas ecológi- cas de Godiva banyulensis (Portmann y Sand- meier) (Gastropoda: Nudibranchia). Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 25: 49-65. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C. Y ORTEA, J., 1988. Una nueva especie de Tambja Burn, 1962 (Mo- llusca: Nudibranchia). Bulletin du Muséum National d Historie Naturelle, Paris, 4 (10); sect. A, n” 2: 301-307. GARCÍA Raso, J. E., LUQUE, A. A., TEMPLADO, J., SALAS, C., HERGUETA, E., MORENO, D. Y CALVO, M., 1992. Fauna y flora marinas del Parque Natural de Cabo de Gata-Nijar. Madrid, 288 pp. HERGUETA, E., 1985. Malacofauna asociada a Me- sophyllum lichenoides (Ellis) Lemoine (Cora- llinaceae, Rodophyta). Tesis de Licenciatura. Universidad de Málaga. HERGUETA, E. Y SALAS, C., 1987. Estudio de los Moluscos asociados a concentraciones de Mesophyllum lichenoides (Ellis) Lemoine del mar de Alborán. Iberus, 7 (1): 85-97. HIDALGO, J. C., 1916. Datos para la fauna es- pañola (Moluscos y Braquiopodos). Boletin de la Real Sociedad Española de Historia Natural, 16: 235-246. HIDALGO, J. C., 1917. Fauna malacológica de Es- paña, Portugal y las Baleares. Moluscos testáceos marinos. Trabajos del Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, serie Zoológica, n” 30, Madrid. 752 pp. LUQUE, A., 1983. Contribución al conocimiento de los Gasterópodos de las Costas de Málaga y Granada. 1. Opistobranquios (1). Iberus 3: 51-74. LUQUE, A., 1986. Contribución al conocimiento de los Moluscos gasterópodos de las costas de Má- laga y Granada. Editorial de la Universidad Complutense. Madrid. 695 pp. MARÍN, A. Y Ros, J., 1988. Los Sacoglosos (Mo- llusca, Opisthobranchia) del Sudeste ibérico. Catálogo de especies y presencia de cloro- plastos algales en las mismas. Iberus, 8 (1): 25- 49. MARTÍNEZ, E., BALLESTEROS, M., ÁVILA, C., DAN- TART, L. Y CIMINO, G., 1993. La familia Agla- jidae (Opistobranchia: Cephalaspidea) en la Península Ibérica. Iberus, 11 (1): 15-29. IS Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 MORENO, D. Y TEMPLADO, J., 1998. Nuevas aportaciones al conocimiento de los opisto- branquios del sureste español. II. Iberus, 16 (2): 39-58. NOBRE, A., 1932. Moluscos marinhos de Portugal. Porto, 2. 378 pp. ORTEA, J., 1977a. Moluscos marinos gasterópodos y bivalvos del litoral asturiano entre Ribadesella y Ribadeo, con especial atención a la subclase de los opistobranquios. Tesis Doctoral. Universi- dad de Oviedo. ORTEA, J., 1977b. Contribución a la actualización de la fauna de opistobranquios ibéricos. Sa- coglosos. Boletin de la Estación Central de Eco- logía, 6 (11): 75-91. ORTEA, J. Y URGORRI, V., 1981. Opistobranquios nuevos para el litoral ibérico colectados en Galicia, 1. Boletín del Instituto Español de Oce- anografía, 6: 49-60. ORTEA, J., VALDÉS, A. GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1996. Revisión de las especies atlánticas de la familia Chromoddorididae (Mollusca: Nu- dibranchia) del grupo cromático azul. Avi- cennia (1): 165 pp. RAMPAL, J., 1968. Les Ptéropodes Thécosomes en Mediterranée. Comm. Int. Explor. Sci. Mer. Médi., Comité de Plancton. Monaco. 142 pp. Ros, J., 1975. Opistobranquios (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) del litoral ibérico. Investigación Pesquera, 39 (2): 269-372. SALAS, C. Y HERGUETA, E., 1986. La fauna de mo- luscos de las concreciones calcáreas de Me- sophyllum lichenoides (Ellis) Lemoine. Estu- dio de la diversidad de un ciclo anual. Ibe- rus, 6 (1): 57-65. 14 SALAS, C. Y LUQUE, A. A., 1986. Contribución al conocimiento de los gasterópodos marinos de la Isla de Alborán. Iberus, 6 (1): 29-37. SCHICK, K. L. Y CERVERA, J. L., 1998. Description of a new species in the genus Tambja Burn, 1962 (Gastropoda: Nudibranchia: Polycera- tidae) from Southern Spain. The Veliger, 4 (4): 344- 350. SIERRA, A., GARCÍA, L. Y LLORIS, D., 1978. Tro- fismo y competencia alimentaria en asteroi- deos de la Bahía de Almería. Investigación Pesquera, 42 (2): 485-499. TEMPLADO, J, LUQUE, A. Y MORENO, D., 1988. Nuevas aportaciones al conocimiento de los Opistobranquios (Gastropoda, Opistho- branchia) del sureste español. Iberus, 8 (1): 15- 23% TEMPLADO, J]., GUERRA, A., BEDOYA, J., MORENO, D., REMÓN, J. M.. MALDONADO, M. Y Ra- MOS, M. A., 1993. Fauna marina circalitoral del sur de la Península Iberica. Resultados de la cam- paña oceanográfica “Fauna 1”. Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales. Madrid. 135 pp. URGORRI, V. Y BESTEIRO, C., 1983. Inventario de los Moluscos Opistobranquios de Galicia. Investigación Pesquera, 47 (1): 3-28 VAYSSIERE, A., 1913. Mollusques de la France et des regions voisines 1. Encyclopedie Scienti- fiue. G. Doim et Cie Edit. Paris. 257 pp. VIVES, F., SANTAMARÍA, G. Y TREPART, J., 1975. El zooplancton de los alrededores del Estre- cho de Gibraltar. Resultados de la Expedición Científica del B. O. Cornide, 4: 7-100. O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 18 *1): 15-19, 2000 Onoba oliverioi n. sp. (Prosobranchia, Rissoidae), a new gastropod from the Mediterranean Onoba oliverioi n. sp. (Prosobranchia, Rissoidae), un nuevo gasteró- podo para el Mediterráneo Carlo SMRIGLIO* and Paolo MARIO TTINI** Recibido el 1-IX-1999. Aceptado el 1-X-1999 ABSTRACT Onoba oliverioi n. sp. (Prosobranchia, Rissoidae) is here described from material collected on muddy bathyal bottoms surrounding a deep-sea coral bank located off-shore Latium (Cen- tral Tyrrhenian Sea). The new species is known from shells only and it has been placed in the genus Onoba H. and A. Adams, 1852. Onoba oliverioi n. sp. is compared to Onoba gianni- nii [Nordsieck, 1974) (deep-shelf), Onoba dimassai Amati and Nofroni, 1991 (shallow water) and Alvania wareni [lemplado and Rolan, 1986) (deep-shelf), which it resembles. A list of mollusc species found associated with the new taxon ¡is also given. RESUMEN En el presente trabajo se describe, en base exclusivamente a caracteres de la concha, una nueva especie de Onoba, a partir de material recogido en un fondo batial de arena y fango, en las proximidades de una comunidad de corales blancos, localizada a lo largo de las costas del Lazio. El nuevo taxon, denominado Onoba oliverioi n. sp., se compara con las especies similares del género Onoba, O. gianninii y O. dimassai Amati y Nofroni, 1991, y Alvania wareni (Templado y Rolan, 1986). Se incluye la lista de las especies que se han encontrado en el mismo muestreo. KEY WORDS: Onoba, new species, Mediterranean Sea. PALABRAS CLAVE: Onoba, nueva especie, Mediterráneo. INTRODUCTION The genus Onoba H. and A. Adams, 1852 includes small size cylindrical species which share certain shell featu- res with members of Alvania Risso, 1826 s. l. and Crisilla Monterosato, 1917 s. 1., regarded as a genus, according to BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1993). Anatomi- cal differences have been found between * Via di Valle Aurelia 134, 00167 Roma, Italy. some representative taxa of the two genera Onoba and Rissoa, leading to the idea that is an interesting case of shell morphological convergence (PONDER, 1985; OLIVERIO, 1988; BOUCHET AND WARÉN, 1993). The Mediterranean species of Onoba, well illustrated by GIANNUZZI- SAVELLI, PUSATERI, PALMERI ** Dipartimento di Biologia, Universita degli Studi Roma Tre, Viale Marconi 446, 00146 Roma, Italy. Corresponding author: Paolo Mariottini, Dipartimento di Biologia, Universita degli Studi Roma Tre, Viale Marconi 446, 00146 Roma, Italy. E-mail: mariotpaCbio. uniroma3. it 18 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 AND EBREO (1996), consist of mainly shallow-water shells. In fact, the only deep-water taxon is Onoba gianninii (Nordsieck F., 1974), figured by SEM photographs by AMATI AND NOFRONI (1991), who also designate the lectotype, and BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1993). In this paper we describe, on the base of shell morphology, a new species of Onoba from material dredged on some muddy bathyal bottoms surrounding a deep-sea coral bank located off Latium coast and currently under investigation (SMRIGLIO AND MARIOTTINI, 1999). The new species RESULTS is compared to the similar O. gianninii and Onoba dimassai Amati and Nofroni, 1991. A list of mollusc species found in the same material is also given. Abbreviations: MZB: Museo di Zoologia dell Universita di Bologna, Italy. MZR: Reparto Malacologico del Museo Civico di Zoologia di Roma, Italy. CS: C. Smriglio private collection. MO: M. Oliverio private collection. PM: P. Mariottini private collection. Family RISSOIDAE Gray J. E., 1847 Genus Onoba H. and A. Adams, 1852 Onoba oliverioi n. sp. (Figs. 1-6) Type material: Holotype (MZB 14000), 1 sh., dredged, june 1987. Paratype D (MZR), 1 sh., type locality, june 1987. Paratypes A, B, C, E, F, G, H, Iand L (CS), 9 sh., type locality, june 1987. Paratype M (MO) 1 sh., type locality, may 1990. Paratype N (PM), 1 sh., type locality, may 1990. Type locality: Central Tyrrhenian Sea (41? 51 N, 11? 28' E), off coast of Latium, on muddy bottom in a deep-sea coral biocoenosis, [biocoenosis VB and CB sensu PÉRES AND PICARD (1964) ], at a depth of 350-600 m. Material examined: O. oliverioi n. sp., type locality, 32 sh. (CS). Derivatio nominis: This species is named in honour of Dr Marco Oliveiro, expert malacologist and good friend of the authors, who has contributed a great deal to the knowledge of the Mediterra- nean malacofauna. Description: Shell small (from 1.61 to 2.32 mm in height), conical-ovate, with a large aperture, blunt apex. Protoconch dome-shaped consisting of about 1.5 whorls, with a diameter of 400-440 um, sculptured with 6-8 fine and irregular spi- ral cordlets. Among them, several other interrupted fine furrows create a sort of mi- cro-tuberculated sculpture. Teleoconch of about 3.0 rounded convex whorls, the last one is about ?/3 of the entire length, ave- rage ratio H/W=1.55, average ratio H/ Ha = 1.99. Suture pronounced and shallowly channelled, axial growing lines evident, spiral sculpture consisting of about 27 evenly spaced ribs, with about 2-3 much smaller furrows in the inter-spaces. Aper- ture ovoid, umbilical crevice slightly visi- ble. Colour milky-white or yellowish trans- lucent. Operculum and animal unknown. 16 Remarks: O. oliverioi (Figs. 1-6) is con- chologically very similar to O. gianninil (Figs. 7, 8), resulting in the new taxon ha- ving been already recorded in the past by BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1993: fig. 1520, p. 663), but misidentified as O. gianninti. M. Oliverio already mentioned the possibi- lity to face a complex of species when de- aling with O. gianninii: “Studying the spe- cimens usually classified as gianninit it re- sulted that more than one species could be involved” OLIVERIO (1988). Indeed, O. oli- verioi can be separated from the last spe- cies on the ground of some protoconch and teleoconch features. In particular, the protoconchs differ in the two species, being the one of O. oliverioi much flatter, more sculptured and slightly smaller. The tele- oconch outline of O. oliverioi differs from the one of O. giannini being less slender SMRIGLIO AND MARIOTTINI: Onoba oliverioí n. sp., a new Mediterranean Rissoidae Figures 1-6. Onoba oliverioz. 1: holotype. 2.0 x 1.3 mm, (MZB 14000); 2: paratype D, 1.8 x 1.2 mm, (MZR); 3: paratype C, 1.8 x 1.2 mm, (CS); 4: paratype E, 2.2 x 1.3 mm, (CS); 5: paratype A; 6: protoconch, paratype A, 2.2 x 1.4 mm, (CS). Figures 7, 8. O. gianninii. 7: lectotype; 8: pro- toconch,lectotype, 2.2 x 1.2 mm, (MZR). Strait of Bonifacio, off Capo Comino (200-220 m). Lectotype figure after AMATI AND NOFRONI (1991). Scale bars, shells: 1 mm; protoconchs: 200 mm. Figuras 1-6. Onoba oliverioi. 1: holotipo. 2,0 x 1,3 mm, (MZB 14000); 2: paratipo D, 1,8 x 1,2 mm, (MZR); 3: paratipo C, 1,8 x 1,2 mm, (CS); 4: paratipo E, 2,2 x 1,3 mm, (CS); 5: paratipo A; 6: protoconcha, paratipo A, 2,2 x 1,4 mm, (CS). Figuras 7, 8. O. gianninii. 7: lectotipo; 8: protoconcha del lectotipo, 2,2 x 1,2 mm, (MZR), Estrecho de Bonifacio, Capo Comino (200-220 m). Lectotipo figura original de AMATI Y NOFRONI (1991). Escalas, conchas: 1 mm; protoconchas: 200 mm. 17 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 (H/W = 1.55 versus H/W = 1.75, respec- tively), having a smaller average number of whorls (about 2.5-3 versus 3.5-4, res- pectively) and a bigger aperture (H/ Ha = 1.99 versus H / Ha = 2.40, respectively). On the contrary, the sculpture of the teleo- conch in the two species results very si- milar, consisting in rounded spiral ribs of equal breadth and number (26-31). O. oli- verioi also differs from Alvania wareni (Tem- plado and Rolan, 1986), a species closely related to O. gianninil, as stressed by BOU- CHET AND WARÉN (1993: 663): “They may prove to be conspecific, when material beco- mes known from the intermediate area”. The differences outlined between the new spe- cies and O. gianninii, hold when compa- ring the new species to A. wareni as well. Furthermore, the shell of A. wareni has an additional and diagnostic sculpture fea- ture at the protoconch-teleoconch demar- DISCUSSION The shell features observed in the specimens of O. oliverioi from the Central Tyrrhenian Sea, summarised in Table L, are clearly visible in the individual figu- red by BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1993), which is from the Strait of Bonifacio (off Capo Comino, 200-300 m). So, it seems that the morphological characters shown by O. oliverioi are very constant regard- less the collecting spot. Since shells of both O. gianninii and O. oliverioi have been collected together in that area (Bou- CHET AND WARÉN, 1993), the two species could be sympatric in the Strait of Bonifa- cio, corroborating the idea that are in- deed two different taxa and not just two extreme forms of the same species. The shells of O. oliverioi from the Central Tyrr- henian Sea were dredged on a bathyal bottom, at a depth of 350-600 m, resulting in a deeper record than the ones of the specimen from Capo Comino and of O. gianninti (AMATI AND NOFRONI, 1991). The new taxon probably belongs to the biocoenosis VB sensu PÉRES AND PICARD (1964), the other mollusc species found in the same dredged material seem to sup- port this assumption. The identified spe- cies occurring with O. oliverioi are: Propi- 18 cation (BOUCHET AND WARÉN, 1993: 646; fig. 1462); in fact, the last part of the pro- toconch whorl shows about 20 fine cord- lets irregularly interrupted, which are not present in O. olíverioi nor in O. gianninil. The new taxon is distinguishable from O. dimassai too, a shallow water species which has a similar shell shape. O. dimassai has a smooth protoconch with no evident mi- crosculpture, of about 1.20-1.25 whorls and a diameter of about 300-380 um. Its teleoconch sculpture shows 24-30 major spiral ribs which present 4-5 fine furrows, together with the 3-4 furrows at the inter- spaces, the shell surface appears to be more tightly covered by these spiral ribs; furt- hermore, the last whorl does not show any umbilical crevice (AMATI AND NOFRONI, 1991). These shell features pointed out allow an easy separation of O. dimassai from O. oliveriol. lidium exiguum Thompson, 1843, Lepetella cf. laterocompressa (De Rayneval and Ponzi, 1854), Emarginula tenera Locard, 1892, Clelandella miliaris (Brocchi, 1814), Danilia otaviana (Cantraine, 1835), Putzey- sia wiseri (Calcara, 1842), Alvanta cimicoi- des (Forbes, 1844), Alvania subsoluta (Ara- das, 1847), Orbitestella dariae (Liuzzi and Stolfa Zucchi, 1979), Trophon muricatus var. barvicensis (Johnston, 1825), Nassarius lima (Dillwin, 1817), Amphissa acuteo- costata (Philippi, 1844), Granulina gofasi Smriglio and Mariottini, 1996, Gymnobela abyssorum (Locard, 1897), Microdrillia lo- prestiana (Calcara, 1841), Pleurotomella de- mosia (Dautzenberg and Fischer P., 1896), Pleurotomella gibbera Bouchet and Warén, 1980 ex Jeffreys ms., Teretia teres (Reeve, 1844), Conopleura aliena Smriglio, Mariot- tini and Calascibetta, 1999, Heliacus alleryi (Seguenza G., 1876), Mathilda cochlaefor- mis Brugnone, 1873, Japonacteon pusillus (McGillivray, 1843), Asperarca nodulosa (Múller, 1776), Chlamys bruei (Payrau- deau, 1826) and Cadulus subfusiformis (Sars M., 1865). At the present time, the distribution of O. oliverioi is limited to the Tyrrhenian Sea: off Latium and Sardinia (Strait of Bonifacio) coasts. SMRIGLIO AND MARIOTTINI: Onoba oliverioi n. sp., a new Mediterranean Rissoidae Table 1. Shell morphological measurements of Onoba oliverioi type material. A- »reviations. H: height in mm; W: width in mm; Ha: height aperture in mm; Pd: protoconch diame:er in um; Sr: spiral ribs of the last whorl; ND: not determined. Tabla 1. Medidas morfológicas de la concha del material tipo de Onoba oliverioi. Abreviaciones. H: altura en mm; W. ancho en mm; Ha: altura de la boca en mm; Pd: diámetro de la protoconcha en um; Sr: estrias espirales en la ultima vuelta; ND: no determinado. Specimen H wW Holotype 1.85 1.20 Paratype Á 27 1.38 Paratype B 2.26 1.47 Paratype € 2.05 1.26 Paratype D 1.70 17 Paratype E DD 1635 Paratype F 1591 129 Paratype G 179 1.20 Paratype H 179 1.20 Paratype | ZW 1.41 Paratype L 178 1.20 Paratype M 1.61 1.08 Paratype N DSZ 1.47 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We would like to express our grati- tude to Dr Marco Oliverio (Dipartimento di Biologia, Universita di Roma “La Sa- pienza”, Italy) for providing SEM photo- graphs and for critical comments and ad- vice on the present paper. Sincere thanks are due to Dr Antonio Bonfitto (Museo di Zoologia dell'Universita di Bologna, Italy) and to Dr Vincenzo Vomero (Mu- BIBLIOOGRAPHY AMATI, B. AND NOFRONL I., 1991. Designazione del lectotipo di “Setia” gianninii F. Nordiesck, 1974 e descrizione di Onoba dimassai nuova specie (Prosobranchia: Rissoidae). Notiziario C.I.S.M.A., 13: 30-37. BOUCHET, P. AND WARÉN, A., 1993. Revision of the Northeast Atlantic Bathyal and Abyssal Mesogastropoda. Bollettino Malacologico, suppl. 3: 579-849. GIANNUZZI-SAVELLI, R., PUSATERI, F., PALMERI, A. AND EBREO, C., 1996. Atlante delle Conchi- glie Marine del Mediterraneo. Vol. 2. “La Con- chiglia”, Roma, 258 pp. OLIVERIO, M., 1988. On the systematics of “Se- tia” gianninii (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia). Bo- llettino Malacologico, 24 (5-8): 112-114. Ha 0.97 1.08 1.08 0.94 0.88 1.05 1.00 0.94 0.94 1.11 0.94 0.85 JA H/W H/Ha Pd Sr 1.54 1.91 440 26 1.57 2.00 400 31 1.53 2.09 420 27 1.62 2.18 440 28 1.58 2.03 400 28 1.65 2.12 440 26 1.48 1.91 440 26 1.49 1.90 440 26 1.49 1.90 A40 28 1.54 1.95 400 ND 1.44 1.84 420 26 1.49 1.89 400 23 1.57 2.09 400 29 seo Civico di Zoologia di Roma, Italy) for the examination of material kept in MZB and MZR collections related to O. olíve- rioi. We are really grateful to the revie- wers Dr Anders Warén (Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm, Sweden) and Dr Italo Nofroni (University of Rome “La Sapienza”, Rome, Italy) for their cri- tical comments and suggestions in im- proving the manuscript. PÉRES, J. M. AND PICARD, J., 1964. Nouveau Ma- nuel de Bionomie Benthique de la Mer Mé- diterranée. Recuil des Travaux de la Station Marine d'Endoume, 31 (47): 1-137. PONDER, W. F., 1985. A review of the genera of the Rissoidae (Mollusca: Mesogastropoda: Rissoacea). Records of the Australian Museum, suppl. 4: 1-221. SMRIGLIO, C. AND MARIOTTINI, P., 1999. Mo- lluschi del Mar Tirreno Centrale. Contributo XII. Segnalazione di due rari Epitoniidae ba- tiali per le coste laziali (Gastropoda, Pteno- glossa). Bollettino Malacologico, 39 (9-12): 137- 140. O Sociedad Española de Malacología — —__———— Iberus, 18 '1): 21-94, 2000 The subfamily Rissoininae (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Rissoi- dae) in the Cape Verde Archipelago (West Africa) La subfamilia Rissoininae (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Rissoidae) en el archipiélago de Cabo Verde (África Occidental) Emilio ROLÁN* and Ángel A. LUQUE** Recibido el 29-1X-1999. Aceptado el 26-X-1999 ABSTRACT The subfamily Rissoininae (Gastropoda, Rissoidae) is studied in the Cape Verde Archipel- ago. Twenty-nine species belonging to three genera have been found: Rissoina [Rissoina) punctostriata (Talavera, 1975), a species with planktotrophic development widely distrib- uted along West Africa, and currently confused with the also planktotrophic Caribbean species Rissoina (Rissoina) decussata (Montagu, 1803); one new species of Rissoina (Ailinzebina); 26 new species of Schwartziella [(Schwartziella), and one new species of Zebina (Zebina). The paucispiral protoconch of all the new species indicates a non-plank- totrophic development and strongly suggest all them are endemic of the Cape Verde Archi- pelago. The new species are compared among them and with other related West African species. The high level of endemism, the geographical distribution of all the species in the Archipelago and the possible relationships of the Cape Verde Rissoininae are also com- mented. RESUMEN Se estudia la subfamilia Rissoininae en el Archipiélago de Cabo Verde. Se han encon- trado 29 especies pertenecientes a tres géneros: Rissoina (Rissoina) punctostriata [Tala- vera, 1975), una especie con desarrollo larvario planctotrófico ampliamente distribuida a lo largo de la costa occidental africana y hasta ahora confundida con la especie caribeña Rissoina (Rissoina) decussata [Montagu, 1803), también de desarrollo planctotrófico; una nueva especie de Rissoina (Ailinzebina); 26 especies nuevas de Schwartziella [Schwart- ziella), y una especie nueva de Zebina (Zebina). La protoconcha paucispiral de todas las especies nuevas indica un desarrollo larvario no planctotrófico y sugiere que todas ellas son endémicas del archipiélago. Se comparan las nuevas especies descritas con otras del África occidental con las que están relacionadas, y entre sí. Se comentan el alto grado de endemismo, la distribución geográfica de todas las especies en el archipiélago y las posi- bles relaciones de los Rissoininae de Cabo Verde. KEY WORDS: Rissoininae, Rissoina, Zebina, Schwartziella, new species, Cape Verde Islands, West Africa. PALABRAS CLAVE: Rissoininae, Rissoina, Zebina, Schwartziella, nuevas especies, Islas de Cabo Verde, África Occidental. * Cánovas del Castillo, 22, 36202 Vigo, Spain. ** Laboratorio de Biología Marina, Departamento de Biología, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, 28049 Madrid, Spain. 21 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 INTRODUCTION Though many papers dealing with the marine gastropods of the Cape Verde Archipelago have been published during the last years (see BURNAY AND COSEL, 1987; FERNANDES AND ROLÁN, 1991, and ROLÁN AND RUBIO, 1999 for a list), several groups are still awaiting study. One of them is the subfamily Rissoininae (Rissoidae), revised at the generic level by PONDER (1985) and studied in other parts of the world (LEAL AND MOORE, 1989; SUAURS, 10, 1, ISE) LL SO FABER, 1990; SLEURS AND PREECE, 1994; ROLÁN, 1998). However, there are only a few papers dealing with Rissoininae from West Africa and neighbouring islands. WATSON (1873) described Eulima paivensis from the Selvagens Islands, which turned out to be the common species recorded from the Canary Islands as Zebina browniana (d'Orbigny, 1842) or Z. vitrea (C. B. Adams, 1850) by ODHNER (1932), NORDSIECK (1972) and GARCÍA-TALA- VERA (1983) (see GOFAS, 1999). SMITH (1890) described five new species from St. Helena and erroneously recorded Rissoina bryerea (Montagu, 1803), a Caribbean species. [DAUTZENBERG (1913) and TALAVERA (1975), described two new species: Rissoina africana from Senegal, and Zebina punctostriata from Mauritania, respectively. GOFAs (1999) studied Rissoina punctostriata, Schwart- ziella africana and described a new species of Zebina. ROLÁN AND RYALL (1999) recorded Rissoina punctostriata (Talavera, 1975) from Angola. A few probably erroneous records are sparse in different papers: Rissoina elegantula (Angas, 1880) from Sáo Tomé (TOMLIN AND SHACKLEFORD, 1914), Rissoina calia Bartsch, 1915, from Senegal (NICKLES, 1947), Zebina vitrea (A. Adams, 1854) from Sahara, Mauritania (ALTIMIRA, 1978) and the Canary Islands (ALri- MIRA, 1978; NORDSIECK, 1982). FERNANDES AND ROLÁN (1994) rec- orded six amphiatlantic species of Ris- soininae which actually have not been accepted. 22 The first record of a Rissoininae from the Cape Verde Islands is that of DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1906) (Ris- soina decussata (Montagu, 1803), see below under remarks of R. punc- tostriata). MARCHE-MARCHAD (1958) and SAUNDERS (1977) recorded Rissoina africana (Dautzenberg, 1913). GARCÍA- TALAVERA AND PBACALLADO (1978) recorded Rissoina bryerea (Montagu, 1803), but this is a misidentification of a Caribbean species. COSEL (1982a, b, c) recorded R. decussata (Montagu, 1803), R. africana Dautzenberg, 1913, Zebina cf. punctostriata (Talavera, 1975) and other 2-3 probably undescribed species of Ris- soina. A preliminary revision of the subfa- mily Rissoininae from the Cape Verde Archipelago was presented by MORÁN, ROLÁN AND LUQUE (1989) to the 5th Symposium Fauna and Flora of the Cape Verde Islands (Leiden), and an updated checklist of the marine gastro- pods by ROLÁN, FERNANDES, LUQUE, ORTEA AND TEMPLADO (1993) to the First Symposium Fauna and Flora of the Atlantic Islands (Madeira). In both ab- stracts was referred the existence of seven or more undescribed species of Rissoininae. During recent years, a tho- rough revision of the material from dif- ferent expeditions to the Cape Verde Islands has shown that the number of Rissoininae species in this archipelago has been greatly underestimated. A total of 29 species of three genera, 28 of which are new for the science, are de- scribed in the present paper. MATERIAL AND METHODS About 2300 shells and specimens have been studied from almost all the Cape Verde Archipelago (Fig. 157). A part of this material was collected by the “T Expedición Científica Ibérica al Archi- piélago de Cabo Verde” (1985), as well as in several trips of Spanish and Portu- guese malacologists between 1978 and 1988, most of them with the partic- ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago ipation of the first author. A small part of the material was collected by dredg- ing down to 100 m of depth, or by SCUBA diving down to 30 m, but most of the material was collected by skin diving down to 15 m. Additional mate- rial collected by the CANCAP Expedi- tions of the National Museum of Natural History of Leiden has been included in the present study, so as some new material collected in 1997 by the first author during the expedition “Macaronesia 2” of Las Palmas Univer- sity. Some types housed in The Natural History Museum of London and the Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle of Paris have been also studied. Specimens are illustrated using SEM micrographs; the views of microsculp- ture were made at the middle part of the body whorl. Abbreviations: AMNH: American Museum of Natural History, New York. BMNH: The Natural History Museum, London. DBUA: Departamento de Biología, Uni- versidad Autónoma, Madrid. MNCN: Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid. MNHN: Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. NNM: Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Mus- eum, Leiden. CER: Collection of E. Rolán, Vigo. The material with no indication of collection is from CER. sp: live collected specimen. s: empty shell. j: juvenile shell. f: fragment of shell. RESULTS Family RISSOIDAE J. E. Gray, 1847 Subfamily RISSOININAE Stimpson, 1865 Genus Rissoina d'Orbigny, 1840 Subgenus Rissoina s. s. Type species: Rissoina inca d'Orbigny, 1840, by original designation. Diagnosis: PONDER (1985, p. 78) and SLEURS (1993, p. 74). Rissoina (Rissoina) punctostriata (Talavera, 1975) (Figs. 1-3, 6-8) Zebina punctostriata Talavera, 1975. Bol. Inst. Esp. Oceanog., 192: 3, pl. 1, fig. 1, pl. 4, fig. 7. [Type locality: SAHMAS-1, st. EO-8, Mauritania]. Material studied: Cape Verde Archipelago: Sal: 2 s, Palmeira; 2 sp, 8 s, Regona,1-3 m;, 1 sp, 5 s, Rabo de Junco, 3 m; 1 s, 3 f, Mordeira, 5 m; 3 f, off Palmeira, CANCAP Sta. 7.109, 16* 45' N, 22* 59 W, 31 m (31-VIIT-86) (NN M); 2 j, 1 f, Santa Maria Bay, CANCAP Sta. 7.093, 16? 34” N, 22? 54' W, 42 m (29-VIII-1986) (NNM); 3 j, 1 f, Santa Maria Bay, CANCAP Sta. 7.094, 16” 34” N, 22? 54” W, 24 m (NNM). Brava: 8 f, 8 s, Furna, 8 m. Boa Vista: 15 s, 3 f, Sal Rei, 3-7 m,; 2 s, Baia Teodora, 5 m; 4 s, Rife de Chaves, 12 m; 10j, CANCAP Sta. 6.056, 15? 59 N, 22? 47” W, 25 m (12-VI-1982) (NNM) 6 s, 6 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.064, 15? 58' N, 22” 47” W, 29-32 m (12-VI-82) (NN M); 12 s, 1 j, Ilhéu Calheta do Velho, CANCAP Sta. 7.064, 16? 11" N, 22? 58” W, 25 m (NNM); 2 j, Ilhéu Calheta do Velho, CANCAP Sta. 7.068, 16? 11” N, 22? 59 W, (27-VII1-1986) (NNM) 15, 5j 2 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.075, 16? 08' N, 22? 58” W, 33 m (NNM); 1 j, 5 £, CANCAP Sta. 7.079, Ilhéu de Sal Rei, 16” 10' N, 23* 00” W, 60 m (28-VIII-1986) (NN M). Maio: 1 j, CANCAP Sta. 7.042, Ponta Inglez /Ponta Preta, 15* 07' N, 23* 14” W, 76 m (25-VIII-1986) (NN M). Santiago: 1 s, Praia Baixa, 5 m; 1 s, Cidade Velha, 4 m; 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.005, 14? 54' N, 23 30” W, 75-68 m (5-VI-1982) (NNM); 1 s, 2j CANCAP Sta. 6.007, 14” 54” N, 23? 30” W, 70-88 m (5-VI-1982) (NNM), 2 j, CANCAP Sta. 6.015, 14” 53' N, 23? 30” W, 150 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M); 1 j, CANCAP Sta. 6.024, 15% 00' N, 23 44” W, 540 m (7-VI-1982) (NNM); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.054, 14? 54' N, 23? 30” W, 2S Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 29-33 m (11-V1-1982) (NNM); 1 s, 1 j, CANCAP Sta. 7.120, 16? 36" N, 24? 37" W, 208 m (1-IX- 1986) (NNM). Sáo Vicente: 2 sp, Calhau, 3 m, 1 sp, 2 s, Matiota, 5-7 m; 1 s, Porto Mindelo, 12 m; 1 j, CANCAP Sta. 6.162, 16? 54” N, 25* 01” W, 38-45 m (21-VI-1982) (NN M). Santa Luzia: 1 s, Praia Francisca, 2 m. Ilhéu Razo: 1 s, 1 j, CANCAP Sta. 7.116, 16? 36' N, 24” 36" W, 75 m (1-IX- 1986) (NN M). Sáo Nicolau: 2 j, CANCAP Sta. 6086, 16” 34” N, 24” 22” W, 35 m (15-VI-1982) (NNM). Santo Antáo: 1 s, W of Tarrafal, CANCAP Sta. 6.108, 16” 58' N, 25* 20” W, 10 m (6-VI- 1982) (NNM). Mauritania: 3 s, Baie de lEtoile, Nouadhibou, 3 m; 1 s, off Bank d'Arguin, 20* 01' N, 17? 32 W, 53 m (14-VI-1988) (NNM). Ghana: 7 s, 6 f, 3j, Mianmia, 25-35 m; 2 s, Busua, 6 m; 3 s, 4 f, Takoradi, 1-4 m. Senegal: 4 s, Almadies, 30 m; 2 s, N'Gor, Dakar, 5 m; 2 s, Madeleines, Dakar. Sáo Tomé and Principe: 1 s, Esprainha, 3 m, 1 s, Lagoa Azul, 4 m, 7 s, Praia Mutamba, 5 m; 2 s, 3 f, Sáo Tomé city, 4 m. Angola: 4 sp, 18 s, Corimba, Luanda, 20 m; 2 s, Cacuaco, 7 m; 5 s, 10 f, off Luanda, 50 m; 5 s, 4, 4 f, Palmeirinhas, 30 m; 1 sp, 2 s, 3j, Buraco, near Palmeirinhas, prov. Bengo; 3 s, Santa Maria, 15 m. Description: See TALAVERA (1975). Shell (Figs. 1, 2) length 5-10 mm, width 2.5-3.5 mm, not solid, elongate-conical. Protoconch (Fig. 3) of three spiral smooth whorls and about 400 ym of di- ameter of last whorl, of planktotrophic type. A spiral cord in the middle of the last quarter of the last whorl reaches the lower margin of the deep sinusigera notch. Teleoconch of 6-7 whorls; adapical 3- 4 spire whorls angulated; subsequent whorls gradually convex; last whorls convex. Suture shallow, with a subsutu- ral depression gradually better marked which gives a slightly undulated profile to the last whorls. Colour white. Axial sculpture of adapical whorls consisting of somewhat prominent, rounded, narrow, closely spaced, slightly curved, opisthocline ribs, becoming gradually less prominent and more numerous (up to 30 weakly promi- nent ribs on the last whorl) (Figs. 1, 2). Spiral sculpture of about 8-10 prominent spiral cords on adapical whorls, up to more than 60 on the last whorl, those of the base more prominent; interspaces a little wider or of similar width. Micro- sculpture (Fig. 8) of fine spiral threads, with interspaces of the same width or wider. Aperture D-shaped, large; inner lip thin, slightly concave; anterior channel short, shallow; outer lip with thin external varix, slightly opisthocline in profile. Operculum (Fig. 7) yellowish, thick, pyriform, with a prominent and long inner peg. Radula (Fig. 6): central tooth with two pairs of basal denticles, and a pro- minent central cusp with 3-4 small cusps at each edge; lateral teeth with 6-7 cusps on the inner and outer edge; inner mar- ginal teeth with cusps on about distal one third of the outer edge; outer margi- nal teeth with cusps on about distal one third of the inner and outer edge. Habitat: Living specimens were collected at the base of rocks on sandy bottom. Distribution: R. punctostriata is known from Mauritania (TALAVERA, 1975), Senegal, Ivory Coast, Sáo Tomé, Gabon, Cameroun (GorFas, 1999), Angola (Goras, 1999; ROLÁN AND RYALL, 1999), and Ghana and the Cape Verde Archipelago (pers. obs.). Remarks: GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1983) considered this species a junior synonym (Right page) Figures 1-3. Rissoina (Rissoina) punctostriata (Talavera, 1975). 1: shell from Corimba, Luanda, Angola; 2: shell from Sal Rei, Boa Vista, Cape Verde Archipelago; 3: protoconch of a shell from Regona, Sal. Figures 4-5: Rissoina decussata (Montagu, 1803), 4: shell from Los Canarreos Archipelago, Cuba; 5: protoconch of the same shell. (Página derecha) Figuras 1-3. Rissoina punctostriata (Talavera, 1975). 1: concha de Corimba, Luanda, Angola; 2: concha de Sal Rei, Boa Vista, Archipiélago de Cabo Verde; 3: protoconcha de una concha de Regona, Sal. Figuras 4-5: Rissoina decussata (Montagu, 1803), 4: concha del Archipiélago de Los Canarreos, Cuba; 5: protoconcha de la misma concha. 24 in the Cape Verde Archipelago 25 ininae The subfamily Risso tur Z ROLÁN AND LUQUE Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 of Rissoina decussata (Montagu, 1803) from the Caribbean, probably due to the shell similarity and the protoconch of planktotrophic type. But the compara- tive study of the shells and protoconchs (Figs. 1-5 and 8-9) of R. decussata from Cuba and R. punctostriata has showed enough differences to consider both them different species (Table I, see page 86). So, R. decussata is not an amphiatlan- tic species, and all the previous West African records of this species (Senegal, Gabon, Ivory Coast, Sáo Tomé, Came- roun and Angola) should be attributed to R. punctostriata. The record of Rissoina elegantula (Angas, 1880), a similar species described from S Australia, from Sáo Tomé (TOMLIN AND SHACKLEFORD, 1914), must be also referred to R. punctostriata. CoseL (1982a, c) recorded this species (as Zebina cf. punctostriata) from the Cape Verde Islands. The previous records of Rissoina decussata from Santa Luzia and Boa Vista (DAUTZENBERG AND FIsCHER, 1906), and the more recent of CosEL (1982b), who cited the previous authors, should be attributed to R. punc- tostriata. The study of the best preserved of two syntypes of each R. decussata (BMNH, no. 4239) and R. striatocostata (d'Orbigny, 1842) (BMNH 1854.10.4.209) has proved that the last name is a junior synonym of R. decussata. Subgenus Ailinzebina Ladd, 1966 Type species: Zebina (Ailinzebina) abrardi Ladd, 1966, by original designation. Diagnosis: SLEURS (1993, p. 112). Rissoina (Ailinzebina) onobiformis n. sp. (Figs. 10-14, 158) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 11) 1 s of 3.1 x 1.2 mm and 2 paratypes, 2 s, from Rabo de Junco, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 6 m (MNCN 15.05/31713). Other paratypes: 4 s (Fig. 10, broken during the study), 3 f, from the type locality, 2 m (CER); 1 s, Derrubado, Boa Vista, 3 m (CER); 1 s, Pedrinha, Brava, 6 m (CER); 2 s, 2 f, 1 j, Furna, Brava, 20-30 m (CER); 1 s, Furna, Brava, 30 m (AMNH); 1 s, Sal Rei, Boa Vista, 6 m (NNM 58020); 1 s, South of Santiago, CANCAP Sta. 6.015, 14? 53" N, 23? 30' W, 50 m (5-V1-1982) (NNM 59417); 1 s, 5 m, Derrubado, Boa Vista (MNHN); 1 s, Cidade Velha, Santiago, 5 m (DBUA). Other material studied: Boa Vista: 2 s, Morro de Areia, 1 m; 1 f Baijos de Joáo Valente, 20 m; 3 j, Baia Teodora, 4 m. Santiago: 1 f, Cidade Velha, 4 m; 1 f, South of Santiago, CANCAP Sta. 6.015, 14? 53 N, 23" 30” W, 50 m (5-VI-1982) (NNM). Brava: 2 s, Furna, 30 my 6 s, Porto do Anciáo, 6 m. Etymology: The specific name alludes to the resemblance of the shell with that of the genus Onoba. Description: Shell (Figs. 10, 11) length up to 3.5 mm, maximum width 1.4 mm, not solid, elongate, subcylindrical, with pupoid apex. Protoconch (Figs. 12, 13) of a little more than one whorl and 360 um of maximum diameter, of non-planktotro- phic type; transition to teleoconch abrupt; surface smooth with some rather elevated marks like an Arabic writing. Teleoconch of 4 */2 whorls in holo- type, but usually 4, weakly convex, not (Right page) Figures 6-8. Rissoina punctostriata (Talavera, 1975). 6: radula of a specimen of Mor- deira, Sal, Cape Verde Archipelago; 7: operculum of the same specimen; 8: teleoconch microsculp- ture of the shell of Figure 2. Figure 9. Rissoina decussata (Montagu, 1803), teleoconch microsculp- ture of the shell of Figure 4. (Página derecha) Figuras 6-8. Rissoina punctostriata (Talavera, 1975). 6: rádula de un ejemplar de Mordeira, Sal, Archipiélago de Cabo Verde; 7: opérculo del mismo ejemplar; 8: microescultura de la teloconcha del ejemplar de la Figura 2. Figura 9. Rissoina decussata (Montagu, 1803), microescultura de la teloconcha del ejemplar de la Figura 4. 26 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago S a e o Na gi Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 angulated below suture, but with a small angulation near the base; last whorl weakly convex; suture shallow. Colour cream-whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of very weak, narrow, slightly opisthocline, dis- tantly spaced axial ribs, gradually more closely spaced, 30-37 in the last whorl, a little prominent on the suture. Spiral sculpture very fine, appreciable at low magnification. Microsculpture (Fig. 14) formed by bands of 6-10 very fine threads between two irregular fine spiral cords. Aperture D-shaped, relatively large, with an acute angulation on its upper part; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip with a weak external varix; peristome wide and flat when well developed, with an internal and an external sharp rims; inner part with two small depressions, one on the anterior channel and other on the part corresponding, to the anal sinus. Habitat: Shells from sand sediments between 2 and 50 m. Distribution: Sal, Boa Vista, Santiago, Brava (Fig. 158). This species probably will be found in all the islands of the Cape Verde Archipelago. Remarks: PONDER (1985) considered Ailinzebina a synonym of Rissoína s. s., but SLEURS (1993) considered the radular and head-foot characters of Rissoina (Ailinze- bina) elegantissima enough different from those of Rissoina s. s. to warrant a subge- neric status for Ailinzebina. SLEURS (1993) included in this subgenus four Pacific species and Rissoina (Ailinzebina) elegan- tissima d'Orbigny, 1842, from the Carib- bean. Considering the distinctive shell features (and also the known anatomical ones, see SLEURS, 1993) of the species of this subgenus and its wide distribution, we think that Ailinzebina may be elevated to the generic level, but we prefer to do not any taxonomical change waiting for further anatomical information. Rissoina (Ailinzebina) elegantissima is the only other known Atlantic species of this subgenus and it differs from R. (4.) onobiformis n. sp. by the planktotrophic type of protoconch (see LEAL AND MOORE, 1989, fig. 9, and SLEURS, 1993, fig. 41), the rather solid shell with strongly convex whorls, the more pro- minent and opisthocline axial ribs and the more densely spaced spiral cords. Moreover, the sculpture of the proto- conch of R. onobiformis is different from any other known species of Rissoina. Genus Schwartziella Nevill, 1881 Subgenus Schwartziella s. s. Type species: Rissoina orientalis Nevill, 1881 (= Rissoina triticea Pease, 1861), by original designation. Diagnosis: PONDER (1985, p. 98-99). Schwartziella (Schwartziella) robusta n. sp. (Figs. 15-19, 144, 148, 159) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 15) 1 s of 3.7 x 1.9 mm, and 1 paratype, 1 s, Fiura, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archipelago (MNCN 15.05/31718). Other paratypes: 3 s, Regona, 10 m, and 3 s, Punta Preta (Right page) Figures 10-14: Rissoina (Ailinzebina) onobiformis n. sp. 10: paratype (broken during study), Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 11: holotype, Rabo de Junco, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31713); 12- 13: protoconchs of paratypes, Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 14: teleoconch microsculpture of a paratype, Furna, Brava (CER). (Página derecha) Figuras 10-14: Rissoina (Ailinzebina) onobiformis spec. nov. 10: paratipo (roto durante su estudio), Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 11: holotipo, Rabo de Junco, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31713); 12-13: protoconchas de paratipos, Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 14: microescultura de la teloconcha de un paratipo, Furna, Brava (CER). 28 29 un POL As A da E in the Cape Verde Archipelago ET [9] 5) E E [o) Z LES E E Le) 3 YN E DOTE E > A . ROLÁN AND LUQUE Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 (DBUA); 1 s, Rabo do Junco, 4 m (AMNH); 1 s, Rabo do Junco, 3 m (NNM 58028); 4 s, Regona, 2-3 m, and 6s, 1 f, Mordeira Bay, 5 m (CER); 1 s, Regona, 2 m (MNHN). All the type material from Sal. Other material studied: Sal: 2 sp, Mordeira Bay, 4 m (broken for radular study); 2 s, Regona. Boa Vista: 3 s, Sal Rei, 8 m; 8 s, Porto da Cruz, 4 m. Etymology: The specific name alludes to the very solid shell. Description: Shell (Figs. 15, 16) length up to 4.3 mm, maximum width 2.0 mm, very solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 17) of 1 whorl and 400 ym of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, with a spiral cord and a slight angulation below, transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture (Fig. 18) formed by numerous small pits. Teleoconch of 5 whorls; two adapical spire whorls convex below sutures, sub- sequent spire whorls becoming grad- ually angulate only in subsutural part; suture evident; last whorl strongly convex. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, strongly convex, rounded, almost orthocline, widely spaced axial ribs, slightly shouldered in their subsutural part, between 10-12 in the last whorl. Spiral sculpture inconspicuous. Micro- sculpture (Fig. 19) formed by very numerous fine spiral threads, with a wider one between each 5-13 fine threads, sometimes more evident in the subsutural region. Aperture D-shaped, relatively small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel shallow; outer lip opisthocline, with strong varix with several concentric lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Operculum (Fig. 148) translucent, thin, paucispiral, with a very eccentric nucleus, and without any peg on inner side; the insertion area is elongate and close to the edge. Radula (Fig. 144): central tooth with 1 pair of basal denticles, and a prominent central cusp with 3-4 small cusps at each side; inner marginal teeth finely denticu- late; outer marginal teeth without any denticles on the external margin. Habitat: Sandy sediments in shallow water. Distribution: Only known from Sal and Boa Vista Islands (Fig. 159). Remarks: The holotype of Schwartzie- lla africana (Dautzenberg, 1913) (MNHN) from “Pointe de Bel-Air (baie de Hann)””, Dakar (Senegal) lacks protoconch, but it is smaller (2.9x1.2 mm) than S. robusta n. sp., the whorls are not angulate, the axial ribs are 4-5 times narrower than inter- spaces and there are fine growth lines more evident at the subsutural region and very fine spiral threads more evident at the middle of the whorls. The sole specimen of Rissoina africana var. crassior (Dautzenberg, 1913), from the same locality (MNHN), is very different of the holotype in having an undulate suture between the penultimate and the last whorls (almost straight in the holotype), axial ribs only a little nar- rower than interspaces, and apparently no microsculpture. The protoconch is paucispiral (one whorl) and apparently smooth. It is also smaller (2.9x1.4 mm) than S. robusta n. sp. The specimens described and illus- trated by GOFAS (1999) under the name of Schwartziella africana from Senegal are also different from S. robusta n. sp.: they (Right page) Figures 15-19: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) robusta n. sp. 15: holotype, Fiura, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31718); 16: paratype, Fiura, Sal (UNCN 15.05/31718); 17: protoconch of a paratype, Regona, Sal (CER); 18: protoconch microsculpture of the same paratype; 19: teleoconch microsculpture of the same paratype. (Página derecha) Figuras 15-19: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) robusta spec. nov. 15: holotipo, Fiura, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31718); 16: paratipo, Fiura, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31718); 17: protoconcha de un paratipo, Regona, Sal (CER); 18: microescultura de la protoconcha del mismo paratipo; 19: microescul- tura de la teloconcha del mismo paratipo. 30 Archipelago The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde . ROLÁN AND LUQUE 100 um 100 um 11 ¿JA 5344, Y eel 2 6d] ' de 109 sj Di 1) 7 1074 AUD JA: ; a As ad Desa ao * as "Mr bo Sil Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 are larger (up to 5.25x2.15 mm), with the whorls not angulate but convex, and the protoconch has no spiral cords but rounded spots. According to (GOFAS (1999), S. africana is only known with certainty from a small stretch of coast- line around Dakar, Senegal. The only shell recorded from Maio island (Cape Verde Archipelago) must be regarded as an erroneous record, since no specimens of this species were found in the large material examined in this paper. The differences of S. robusta with the other new species of Schwartziella descri- bed below are given in the remarks of each species. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) obesa n. sp. (Figs. 20-24, 160) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 20) 1 s of 5.5 x 2.4 mm from Furna Bay, Brava Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 15-20 m (MNCN 15.05/31712). Paratypes: 3 s (DBUA); 2 s (CER); 1 s (AMNH); 1 s (NNM 58019); 1 s (MNAHN,), all from the type locality. Other material studied: Brava: 2 f, Furna, 30 m; 2 s, Pedrinha, 4 m; 1 s, Porto do Anciáo, 30 m. San- tiago: 1 s, Praia, 5 my 1 sp, 5 s (Fig. 16), 4 f Tarrafal, 3 m; 2 s, Cidade Velha, 5 m, 2 £ CANCAP Sta. 6.015, S of Santiago, 14” 53' N, 23” 30' W, 150 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M); 2 j, 1 £ CANCAP Sta. 6.024, 15? 00' N, 23? 44” W, 540 m (7-VI-1982) (NN M); 2j, CANCAP Sta. 6.054, 14? 54” N, 23? 30" W, 29-33 m (11-VI-1982) (NNM) 13, CANCAP Sta. 7.008, 14” 54” N, 23” 38" W, 320 m (20-VII-1986) (NNM). Fogo: 1 j, CANCAP Sta. 6.052, 14” 53 N, 24? 31” W, 85 m (10-VI-1982) (NNM). Sáo Vicente: 1 s, Calhau, 4 m. Maio: 2 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.050, 15? 06' N, 23? 14' W, 380 m (25-VII1-1986) (NNM). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the wide shell. Description: Shell (Figs. 20, 21) length up to 7.0 mm, maximum width 2.8 mm, solid, elongate-conic, strongly scalari- form. Protoconch (Fig. 22) of 1 whorl and about 300 um of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, with a spiral cord in its upper part; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture formed by very small pits. Teleoconch of 5-6 whorls; spire strongly scalariform, whorls with a prominent subsutural shoulder and rapidly enlarging; suture shallow but clearly visible. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, sharp, narrow and widely spaced axial ribs, which are aligned across several whorls, slightly opisthocline on the first whorls and almost orthocline in the body whorl, on where there are about 14-15 ribs, clearly arched to the base. Spiral sculpture formed by very fine cords. Microsculpture (Figs. 23, 24): all the surface of the shell is covered by very fine threads, both on the spiral cords and the interspaces. Aperture D-shaped, small; inner lip thick; columellar side strong, weakly concave; anterior channel shallow; outer lip opisthocline, with thick external varix, with about eight parallel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: Sandy sediments from 3 to 600 m. Distribution: Known from the group of Brava-Santiago-Fogo Islands, but some fragments from Maio and one shell from Sáo Vicente seem to be this species (Fig. 160). (Right page) Figures 20-24: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) obesa n. sp. 20: holotype, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31712); 21: shell from Tarrafal, Santiago (CER); 22: protoconch of a shell from Tarrafal, Santiago (CER); 23: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype; 24: teleoconch micro- sculpture of a shell from Tarrafal (CER). (Página derecha) Figuras 20-24: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) obesa spec. nov. 20: holotipo, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31712); 21: concha de Tarrafal, Santiago (CER); 22: protoconcha de una concha de Tarrafal, Santiago (CER); 23: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo; 24: microescul- tura de la teloconcha de una concha de Tarrafal (CER). 32 in the Cape Verde Archipelago 33 ininae uu [ The subfamily Risso A ROLÁN AND LUQUE Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Remarks: The shells of Schwartziella obesa n. sp. from Brava seem to be a little different from those of Santiago and Sáo Vicente: the latter are a little smaller, the axial ribs are a little closer, the subsutu- ral angle is slightly more elevate and the spiral threads are more depressed (see Figs. 18, 19). All these differences seem to be not relevant in order to consider both populations to be not conspecific, and probably they are the expression of a difficult genetic flow between popula- tions of different islands, but only more detailed studies on living specimens will clarify this matter. S. robusta n. sp. also has a thick shell, but it lacks the subsutural angulation and the scalariform profile of S. obesa, the axial ribs are less numerous, sharper and more arched in its subsutural part and to the base. The spiral threads of the subsu- tural part are more evident in S. robusta, whereas in S. obesa are more attenuated. S. africana (Dautzenberg, 1913) and S. africana var. crassior (Dautzenberg, 1913) are smaller, their whorls are not angulate, and the axial ribs and the spiral sculpture and microsculpture are different. The protoconch of S. africana var. crassior is apparently smooth, without any spiral cord (see under remarks of S. robusta). The specimens of Schwartziella africana described and illus- trated by GOFAs (1999) from Senegal are also different: they are smaller, the whorls are not angulate, have a lower number of ribs on the body whorl (ca. 12), the protoconch has no spiral cords and its microsculpture consists of rounded spots. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) corrugata n. sp. (Figs. 25-29, 161) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 25) 1 s of 5.6 x 2.1 mm from Furna, Brava Island, Cape Verde Archi- pelago, 30 m (MNCN 15.05/31703). Paratypes: 1 s (MNHN) and 3 s (CER) (Fig. 26), all from the type locality. Other material studied: Brava: 2 s, 1 f, 2] (1 broken), Pedrinha, 10 m;, 1 s, 2 f, Porto do Anciáo, 3 m; 1 s, llhéus do Rombo, 3 m. Etymology: The specific name alludes to the sutural undulation formed by the axial ribs of the shell. Description: Shell (Fig. 25) length up to 5.6 mm, maximum width 2.1 mm, very solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 26) of 1 whorl and 360 um of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, with one spiral cord in its upper part and an angulation below; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture (Fig. 29) formed by very small pits. Teleoconch of 5 whorls, weakly convex, slightly angulated below su- tures; last whorl weakly convex; suture (Figs. 26, 27) well marked and undulous due to the axial ribs. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, rounded, spaced axial ribs, which are almost orthocline in the body whorl and opisthocline in previous whorls, curved subsuturally, and about 12 in last whorl. Near the base, the interspace between ribs is deep. Spiral sculpture formed by fine cords, visible at low magnification, and more evident in the (Right page) Figures 25-29: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) corrugata n. sp. 25: holotype, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31703); 26: protoconch of a paratype, Furna, Brava (CER); 27: detail of the suture of a paratype, Furna, Brava (CER); 28: teleoconch microsculpture of a paratype, Furna, Brava (CER); 29: protoconch microsculpture of a paratype, Furna, Brava (CER). (Página derecha) Figuras 25-29: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) corrugata spec. nov. 25: holotipo, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31703); 26: protoconcha de un paratipo, Furna, Brava (CER); 27: detalle de la sutura de un paratipo, Furna, Brava (CER); 28: microescultura de la teloconcha de un paratipo, Furna, Brava (CER); 29: microescultura de la protoconcha de un paratipo, Furna, Brava (CER). 34 Archipelago e in the Cape Verd ininae The subfamily Risso ROLÁN AND LUQUE url ] Pt AA AS pS SS Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 subsutural zone. Microsculpture (Fig. 28) formed by many irregular threads between and on the spiral cords. Aperture D-shaped, relatively small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel shallow; outer lip thick with external varix with about seven parallel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: The material studied was obtained from sand sediments between a few meters and 30 m deep. Distribution: S. corrugata n. sp. is only known from Brava Island and Ilhéus do Rombo (Fig. 161). Remarks: S. corrugata n. sp. has a shell as solid as the precedent ones (S. robusta and S. obesa), but it can be differentiated by its very undulous sutural line due to the stronger and elevated axial ribs and it lacks of the subsutural depression. S. corrugata and S. robusta have similar pro- toconch and teleoconch microsculpture, and the allopatric distribution of both species point out to be different morphs (or subspecies) of an unique species dis- tributed in different islands. Nevertheless, no intermediate forms between the marked undulous suture of S. corrugata and the linear suture of S. robusta were found in other islands, so we consider them as different species. S. corrugata is sympatric with S. obesa in Brava. Schwartziella africana (Dautzenberg, 1913) is smaller, the whorls are not angulate, and the suture, axial and spiral sculpture and microsculpture are also different (see under remarks of S. robusta). S. africana var. crassior (Dautzenberg, 1913) has an undulate suture, but it is also smaller, its axial ribs are wider, and apparently has no microsculpture both in protoconch and teleoconch. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sanmartini n. sp. (Figs. 30-34, 146, 149-151, 156, 162) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 30) 1 s of 4.8 x 2.0 mm, and paratypes, 2 s, from Mordeira Bay, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 4 m (MNCN 15.05/31719). Paratypes: Paratypes: 3 s, Mordeira Bay, Sal, 5 m (CER); 4 sp, 6 s, Rabo de Junco, Sal, 4 m (CER); 2 sp, 1 s, Mordeira, Sal (DBUA); 2 s, Regona, Sal, 4 m (MNHN); 1 s, Mordeira, Sal, 4 m (AMNH); 1 s, Mordeira, Sal, 4 m (NNM 58029). Other material studied: Sal: 1 s, 6j, Palmeira, 6 m; 6 s, 1 f, Mordeira, 5 m; 1 s, Rabo de Junco, 2 m; 1 s, Algodoeiro, 4 m. Boa Vista: 5 s, Sal Rei, 4 m; 2 sp, 2 s, Ilhéu de Sal Rei, 5 m; 1 s, Porto Ferreira, 5 m; 3 s, Porto da Cruz, 4 m; 2 s, 4 j, Baia Teodora, 5 m; 3 s, Derrubado, 5 m. Maio: 1 s, Navio Que- brado, 3 m. Etymology: The specific name is dedicated to the zoologist Guillermo San Martín, companion of some research trips. Description: Shell (Fig. 30) length up to 5.0 mm, maximum width 2.1 mm, except by a very slight angulation in its upper part. Microsculpture (Fig. 34) relatively solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 31) of 1 whorl and 360 ym of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, no spiral sculpture formed by very small pits. Teleoconch of about 5 whorls weakly convex, slightly angulated below sutures; last whorl large, weakly convex, repre- (Right page) Figures 30-34: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sanmartini n. sp. 30: holotype, Mordeira, Sal (UNCN 15.05/31719); 31: protoconch of the holotype; 32: detail of the suture of a paratype, Mordeira (CER); 33: teleoconch microsculpture of the same paratype; 34: protoconch microsculp- ture of the same paratype. (Página derecha) Figuras 30-34: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sanmartini spec. nov. 25: holotipo, Mordeira, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31719); 26: protoconcha del holotipo; 27: detalle de la sutura de un paratipo, Mordeira (CER); 28: microescultura de la teloconcha del mismo paratipo; 34: microescultura de la protoconcha del mismo paratipo.. 36 un 001 3 in the Cape Verde Archipelago ininae The subfamily Risso A AS A A » ROLÁN AND LUQUE Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 senting more than a half of the shell; suture shallow, slightly undulate due to the axial sculpture. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of depres- sed, rounded, narrow, almost orthocline in last whorl and opisthocline in pre- vious whorls, distantly spaced axial ribs, about 14 in last whorl. Spiral sculpture almost not appreciable at low magnifica- tion. Microsculpture (Figs. 32, 33) formed by very fine threads axially inter- rupted and modified by growth lines. Aperture D-shaped, small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip with ample external varix with several parallel lines towards the inner of the aperture. Operculum (Figs. 149-151) translu- cent, thin, paucispiral with the nucleus very eccentric and without any promi- nent peg on inner side. Radula (Fig. 146): central tooth with one pair of basal denticles, a slightly prominent central cusp, and 3-4 smaller cusps at each side, the more basal ones very small; lateral teeth with 6-8 cusps on the inner edge and 4-5 on the outer edge; inner marginal teeth with many small denticles on both edges (serrated); outer marginal teeth without any denti- cle on the outer edge. The animal (Fig. 156) examined in alcohol is apparently white. The penis has a cylindrical base; in the middle part it is curved ahead, and flattened and enlarged at its distal end; the margin of both sides of this terminal widening are denticulate and also two denticulate fringes appear close to the tip, with a short and sharp appendix towards the right part. Habitat: The material studied was ob- tained in sand sediments between 3-6 m. Distribution: Only known from Sal, Boa Vista and Maio (Fig. 162). Remarks: Schwartziella sanmartini n. sp. has a thinner shell than S. robusta, S. obesa and S. corrugata, and its axial ribs are more depressed and rounded and less elevate. Also it differs from S. ro- busta n. sp. by having more axial ribs, from S. obesa n. sp. by lacking of any subsutural angulation, and from $. co- rrugata by the slightly undulate suture. S. africana y S. africana var. crassior are smaller; the first species has narrower ribs, fine growth lines more evident at the subsutural region and very fine spiral threads more evident at the middle of the whorls. S. africana var. cras- sior has an undulate suture, axial ribs only a little narrower than interspaces, and apparently no microsculpture. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) similiter n. sp. (Figs. 35-40, 147, 152, 163) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 35) 1 s of 5.6 x2.1 mm and 5 paratypes, 5 s, Furna, Brava Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 8-20 m (MNCN 15.05/31721). Other paratypes: 2 s from the type locality in each of MNHN, AMNH, DBUA, NNM (58031), and 42 s in CER. Other material studied: Brava: 3 sp, 115 s, 41 f, 2 j, Furna, 8-20 my 5 s, 8 j, Pedrinha, 4 m; 3 sp, 23 s, 14 j, 3 £, Porto do Anciáo, 3 m; 6 s, 4 j, Ilhéus do Rombo, 3-5 m. Santiago: 31 s, 5 j, 6 f£, Praia, llhéu de Santa Maria, 6 m; 8 s, 5j, 1 f, Prainha, 5 m; 4 s, Cidade Velha, 4 m; 29 s, 2j, Tarrafal, 4 m; 1 s, 15, 1f CANCAP Sta. 6024, 15% 00' N, 23? 44” W, 540 m (7-VI-1982) (NNM). Sáo Vicente: 13 s, Calhau, 3 m; 1 s, Porto Mindelo, 15 m, 4 s, Salamanca. Santa Luzia: 2 sp, 1 s, Praia Francisca, 3 m. (Right page) Figures 35-40: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) similiter n. sp. 35: holotype, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31721); 36: shell from Tarrafal, Santiago (CER); 37: protoconch of a paratype, Furna (CER); 38: protoconch microsculpture of the same paratype; 39-40: teleoconch microsculp- ture of a shell from Furna. (Página derecha) Figuras 35-40: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) similiter spec. nov. 35: holotipo, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31721); 36: concha de Tarrafal, Santiago (CER); 37: protoconcha de un para- tipo, Furna (CER); 38: microescultura de la protoconcha del mismo paratipo; 39-40: microescultura de la teloconcha de un ejemplar de Furna. 38 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago ad a a 99 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Etymology: The specific name alludes to the similarity of the shell of this species with other species of Cape Verde Schwartziella. Description: Shell (Figs. 35, 36) length up to 6.0 mm, maximum width 2.1 mm, relatively solid, elongate conic. Protoconch (Fig. 37) of 1 whorl and about 300 ym of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, with a spiral cord running along a keel on its upper part; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture (Fig. 38) formed by very small pits. Teleoconch of 5 whorls, regularly convex, not angulated below sutures, last whorl weakly convex; suture shallow, slightly undulate. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of slightly prominent, rounded, narrow, almost or- thocline in the last whorl and opisthocline in previous, distantly spaced axial ribs not regularly continued from whorl to whorl. Spiral sculpture appreciable with diffi- culty at small magnification. Microsculp- ture (Figs. 39, 40) consisting in very close relatively thick spiral threads interrupted by axial growth lines, with 2-5 thinner threads between each two of them which are interrupted in some places. Aperture D-shaped, small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip with a thick varix; with about 5 parallel lines. Operculum (Fig. 152) translucent, thin, paucispiral, with a very eccentric nucleus and without any prominent peg on the inner side. Radula (Fig. 147): central tooth with one pair of basal denticles, a few promi- nent central cusp and 3-4 small cusps at each side, those of the extremes very small; lateral teeth with 7-8 cusps on the inner edge and 4-5 on the outer edge inner marginal teeth with many small denticles; outer marginal teeth without denticles on the external edge. Habitat: The material studied was obtained in sand sediments from 4 to 20 m. One sample was collected at 540 m. Distribution: Santiago, Brava, Sao Vicente and Santa Luzia (Fig. 163). Remarks: The shells from the north- ern (Santa Luzia and Sáo Vicente) and the southern (Brava and Santiago) islands are very similar, with only small differences in size, and we consider them conspecific though both groups of islands are quite far for this species with non-planktotrophic development. S. similiter m. sp. is similar to S. san- martini n. sp., and the differences with other species mentioned in its remarks are not repeated here. S. sanmartini n. sp. is wider than S. similiter n. sp., has more axial ribs and these are more depressed, also, it has different microsculpture, with less marked and interrupted spiral threads, and a slightly smaller protoconch. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) typica n. sp. (Figs. 41-45, 142, 143, 145, 164) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 41) 1 s of 3.8 x 1.6 mm and one paratype, 1 s, Palmeira, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 6 m (MNCN 15.05/31705). Paratypes: 1 s from Monte Leste, Sal, in each of MNHN, AMNH, DBUA, NNM (58006), and 1 s, from Guincho do Ninho, 4 m; 2 s, from Palmeira, 6 m, 1 s, from Punta Preta, 3 m; 16 s, from Rabo de Junco, 6 m, and 4 s, from Regona, 10 m, all in CER. Other material studied: Sal: 5 s, Palhona, 1 m; 1 sp (broken for radular study), 3 s, 6 £, Monte Leste, 1 m, 4 s, Algodoeiro, 4 m; 4 s, Palmeira, 8 m; 4 s, Regona, 3 m; 3 s, 1 j, Mordeira, 5m;7s, 3j, 3 f, (Right page) Figures 41-45: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) typica n. sp. 41: holotype, Palmeira, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31705); 42: protoconch of a paratype, Palmeira (CER); 43: protoconch micro- sculpture of the same paratype; 44-45: teleoconch microsculpture of the same paratype. (Página derecha) Figuras 41-45: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) typica spec. nov. 41: holotipo, Pal- meira, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31705); 42: protoconcha de un paratipo, Palmeira (CER); 43: microescul- tura de la protoconcha del mismo paratipo; 44-45: microescultura de la teloconcha del mismo paratipo. 40 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago E el o “S 41 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 CANCAP Sta. 7.100, off Palmeira, 16 45' N, 23? 01” W, 354 m (30-VIII-1986) (NNM), 2 j, off Pal- meira, CANCAP Sta. 7.109, 16? 45' N, 22* 59 W, 31 m (31-VIII-1986) (NN M). Boa Vista: 6 s, 2 j, Sal Rei. Sáo Nicolau: 17 s, 6 j, 6 f Sáo Jorge Bay, CANCAP Sta. 7.129, 16” 33' N, 24? 16" W, 405 m (2-IX- 1986) (NNM); 13 s, 8 £, CANCAP Sta. 7.128, 16? 33/ N, 24? 17" W, 400 m (2-1X-1986) (NNM). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the typical aspect of the shell for the genus. Description: Shell (Fig. 41) length up to 4.5 mm, maximum width 1.8 mm, solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 42) of 1 whorl and about 290 ym of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, with a depres- sed spiral cord running along a keel in its upper part; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture (Fig. 43) formed by flat prominences with irregular edges on an undulated surface. Teleoconch of about 5 whorls, strongly convex, not angulated below sutures; last whorl convex; suture shallow, but evident. Colour white. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, relatively rounded, narrow, almost orthocline in last whorl and opisthocline in previous ones, distantly spaced axial ribs; the ribs are slightly curved in most of spire, but less in the last whorl. Spiral sculpture not appreciable at low magnifi- cation. Microsculpture (Figs. 44, 45) formed by bands of 4-6 closely packed, very fine spiral threads with minute pits between each two of them and 1-3 fine threads between each two of these bands. Aperture D-shaped, small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip with thick and ample varix, almost or- thocline; with 5-6 lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Operculum translucent, with very eccentric nucleus and without any prominent peg on the inner side. Radula (Fig. 145): central tooth with one pair of basal denticles, a slightly prominent central cusp, and 3-4 cusps at each side, those of extremes very small; lateral teeth with 6-8 cusps on the inner edge and 4-6 on the outer edge; inner marginal teeth with many small denti- cles on both edges, outer marginal teeth without denticles on external edge. Habitat: The material studied was obtained in sand sediments from 1 to 400 m. Distribution: Sal, Boa Vista and Sáo Nicolau Islands (Fig. 164). Remarks: S. typica n. sp. is similar to S. sanmartini n. sp. and S. similiter n. sp., but it is smaller than S. sanmartini and S. similiter, has more elevated axial ribs, less evident spiral sculpture and differ- ent teleoconch and protoconch micros- culpture. S. africana has a similar proto- conch microsculpture (GOFAS, 1999), but differs by its oblique axial ribs. One shell (Figs. 142, 143) found in Calhau, Sáo Vicente, is similar to this species and has the same microsculp- ture, but has a more evident spiral sculpture; we provisionally consider it conspecific awaiting for further mate- rial. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) angularis n. sp. (Figs. 46-50, 159) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 46) 1 s of 2.9 x 1.3 mm from Rabo de Junco, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 4 m (MNCN 15.05/31701). Paratypes: 1 s from the type locality in each of MNHN, (Right page) Figures 46-50: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) angularis n. sp. 46: holotype, Rabo de Junco, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31701); 47: paratype, Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 48: protoconch of a paratype, Rabo de Junco (CER); 49-50: teleoconch microsculpture of the same paratype. (Página derecha) Figuras 46-50: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) angularis spec. nov. 46: holotipo, Rabo de Junco, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31701); 47: paratipo, Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 48: protoconcha de un paratipo, Rabo de Junco (CER); 49-50: microescultura de la teloconcha del mismo paratipo. 42 Archipelago in the Cape Verde ininae The subfamily Risso ROLÁN AND LUQUE var 005 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 AMNH, DBUA, NNM (58000); further paratypes in CER: 3 s, Rabo de Junco, 4 m; 2 s, Pesqueiro do Aire, 1 m, and 2 s, Regona, 2 m. Other material studied: Sal: 1 s, Rabo de Junco, 4 m; 2 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.110, 16” 46' N, 23 02” W, 85 m (31-VIIT-1986) (NN M). Boa Vista: 1 f, Sal Rei, 3 m. Etymology: The specific name alludes the angulated subsutural shoulder of the shell. Description: Shell (Figs. 46, 47) length up to 3.0 mm, maximum width 1.5 mm, relatively solid, elongate-conic, strongly scalariform. Protoconch (Fig. 48) of 1 whorl and about 400 ym of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, with only a faint spiral angulation on its upper part; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Teleoconch of about 5 whorls, which are strongly scalaroid, with a prominent subsutural shoulder and rapid develop- ment. Suture shallow, but evident. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, straight, sharp, narrow and spaced axial ribs, regularly continued from whorl to whorl, orthocline or slightly opisthocline in first whorls, and about 12 orthocline ribs in the last whorl. Spiral sculpture formed by very fine cords. Microsculpture (Figs. 49, 50) formed by thick spiral threads with sparse very small pits, with 5-10 very thin threads between each two thick ones. The microsculpture almost disap- pears on the ribs. Aperture D-shaped, small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel very shallow; outer lip thick, strongly opisthocline, with wide external varix, with 5-6 parallel lines on the inner part. Habitat: The material studied was obtained in sand sediments from 1 to 85 m of depth. Distribution: Only known from Sal and Boa Vista Islands (Fig. 159). Remarks: S. angularis n. sp. has a sca- lariform profile like S. obesa n. sp. and S. gradata n. sp. (see below), but S. obesa is larger, wider and more solid, and S. gradata is more slender and has a differ- ent protoconch sculpture. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) luisi n. sp. (Figs. 51-55, 153-155, 159) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 51) 1 s of 2.0 x 1.0 mm and 2 paratypes, 2 s, from Derrubado, Boa Vista Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 2-4 m (MNCN 15.05/31722). Paratypes: 1 sin each of MNHN, AMNH, DBUA, NNM (58032), and 29 s in CER, all from the type locality. Other material studied: Sal: 1 s, Praia do Cascalho, 1 m; 1 s, 3j, Palmeira, 8 m; 3 s, Mordeira, 4 m; 1j, CANCAP Sta. 7.100, off Palmeira, 16? 45” N, 23” 01 W, 354 m (30-VII1-1986) (NNM); 1 sp, 12 s, 2 f, Rabo do Junco, 2-5 m; 1 sp, 34 s, Regona, 2-10 m, 1 s, Palhona, 1 m,; 1 sp, 8 s, 3 j, Mor- deira, 4 m. Boa Vista: 18 s, 35 j, 16 f£, Derrubado, 4 m,; 2 sp, 4 s, Baia Teodora, 6 m; 1 sp, 7 s, llhéu de Sal Rei, 5 m; 52 s, 18 j, 8 f, Porto da Cruz, 6 m, 35 s, 7 f, 1 j, Sal Rei, 8 m, 9 s, Porto Ferreira, 6 m; 3 s, 2 j, Rife de Chaves, 6 m; 34 s, 2 j, 2 f, Morro de Areia, 4 m; 5 s, 1 j, Baijos de Joáo Valente, 23 m. Etymology: The specific name is dedicated to Luis Murillo, malacologist and Secretary of the Socie- dad Española de Malacología, by his contribution to the development of Malacology in Spain. (Right page) Figures 51-55: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) luisi n. sp. 51: holotype, Derrubado, Boa Vista (MNCN 15.05/31722); 52: protoconch of a paratype, Derrubado (CER); 53: proto- conch microsculpture of the same paratype; 54-55: teleoconch microsculpture of the same paratype. (Página derecha) Figuras 51-55: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) luisi spec. nov. 51: holotipo, Derru- bado, Boa Vista (MNCN 15.05/31722); 52: protoconcha de un paratipo, Derrubado (CER); 53: microescultura de la protoconcha del mismo paratipo; 54-55: microescultura de la teloconcha del mismo paratipo. 44 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago 45 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Description: Shell (Fig. 51) length up to 3.0 mm, maximum width 1.3 mm, not very solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 52) of a little more than 1 whorl and about 280 um of maximum diameter, of non-planktotro- phic type, with two spiral angulations, one on the upper part and other a little below; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture (Fig. 53) formed by very small and irregular pits. Teleoconch of 4 strongly convex whorls, not angulated below sutures; last whorl strongly convex; suture shallow but evident. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, sharp, narrow, slightly curved, weakly opisthocline spaced axial ribs, which are continued from whorl to whorl. Spiral sculpture formed by prominent, widely spaced, very fine cords, visible under low magnification. Microsculpture (Figs. 54, 55) formed by small pits on the spiral cords, and 15-20 very fine threads between two cords. Aperture D-shaped, medium sized; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip opisthocline, with thick external varix; with several par- allel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Operculum (Figs. 153-155) translu- cent, thin, paucispiral with the nucleus very eccentric and without any promi- nent peg on the inner side. Habitat: The material studied was obtained in sand sediments between 2- 10 m and at 354 m depth. Distribution: Only known from Sal and Boa Vista Islands (Fig. 159). Remarks: S. luisi n. sp. is smaller than any of the previously described species. Among the smallest of those, S. angularis n. sp. differs by having a subsutural angulation, and S. typica n. sp. has a different protoconch and tele- oconch microsculpture. The differences with the other small species are discus- sed below. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) minima n. sp. (Figs. 56-60, 139, 159) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 56) 1 s of 2.2 x 1.0 mm and 1 paratype, 1 s, from Regona, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 2-4 m (MNCN 15.05/31711). Paratypes: 1 s in each of MNHN, AMNH, DBUA, NNM (58018), and 30 s in CER, all them from the type locality. Other material studied: Sal: 5 s, 1 f, Palhona, 1 m, 1 s, Punta do Cascalho, 2 m; 2 sp, 2 s, Rabo de Junco, 5 m; 8 s, Palmeira, 5 m, 4 s, Pesqueiro do Aire, 1 m; 3 s, 2 f, Mordeira, 4 m; 3 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.100, off Palmeira, 16? 45' N, 23? 01” W, 354 m (30-VIII1-1986) (NN M); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.109, off Palmeira, 16? 46' N, 22? 59% W, 31 m (31-VII1-1986) (NNM). Boa Vista: 1 s, Ilhéu de Sal Rei; 2 f, Derru- bado, 4 m. Etymology: The specific name alludes to the small size of the shell. Description: Shell (Fig. 56) length up to 2.8 mm, maximum width 1.3 mm, relatively solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 57) of 1 whorl and 320 um of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, without spiral sculpture. Microsculpture (Fig. 58) formed by irregular flat prominences with some circular pits on an undulate surface. Teleoconch of about 4 strongly con- vex whorls, not angulated below sutures, (Right page) Figures 56-60: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) minima n. sp. 56: holotype, Regona, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31711); 57: protoconch of a shell from Regona, Sal; 58: protoconch microsculp- ture of a paratype, Regona (CER); 59-60: teleoconch microsculpture of the same paratype. (Página derecha) Figuras 56-60: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) minima spec. nov. 56: holotipo, Regona, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31711); 57: protoconcha de una concha de Regona, Sal; 58: microescul- tura de la protoconcha de un paratipo, Regona (CER); 59-60: microescultura de la teloconcha del mismo paratipo. 46 47 he Cape Verde Archipelago ininae In t The subfamily Risso wn 00S ROLÁN AND LUQUE Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 last whorl convex; suture shallow, but evident. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, rounded, narrow, distantly spaced axial ribs, almost orthocline in last whorl and opisthocline in previous ones. Spiral sculpture formed by very fine cords. Microsculpture (Figs. 59, 60) formed by very fine and irregular spiral threads. Aperture D-shaped, medium sized, inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip strongly opisthocline with thick varix; with about five para- llel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: The material studied was obtained in sand sediments between 1 and 354 m. Distribution: Only known from Sal and Boa Vista Islands (Fig. 159). Remarks: S. minima n. sp. is smaller than any of the previously described species. Among the small species, S. typica n. sp. has a larger shell, different spiral microsculpture, and the irregular flat prominences which form the microsculpture of the protoconch of smaller size and without pits; S. angula- ris n. sp. has a subsutural angulation; S. luisi m. sp. has a different teleoconch and protoconch microsculpture. One shell (Fig. 139) found in Calhau, Sáo Vicente, is similar in size to this species, but it has more curved axial ribs, a slightly different teleoconch micros- culpture and spiral sculpture in the pro- toconch. We prefer not to describe it as new awaiting further material. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) fulgida n. sp. (Figs. 61-65, 165) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 61) 1 s 0f2.4 x 1.1 mm, from Furna, Brava Island, Cape Verde Archi- pelago, 30m (MNCN 15.05/31706). Paratypes: 1 sin each of MNHN, AMNH, DBUA, NNM (58007), and 6 sin CER, all from the type locality. Other material studied: Brava: 4 f, Furna, 30 m; 2 s, 1j, 1 f, Pedrinha, 6 m; 5 s, Ilhéus do Rombo, 6 m; 18 c, 1 f, Porto do Anciáo, 3 m. Santiago; 1 s, 6 j, 5 f Prainha, 5 m; 7 s, 1 f, Tarrafal, 4 m; 2 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.004, 14? 54” N, 23? 30” W, 58-63 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M); 4 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.010, 14? 52 N, 23? 30” W, 310 m (5-VI-1982) (NNM); 4 s, 1 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.015, S of the island, 14? 53' N, 23? 30' W, 150 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.024, 15? 00' N, 23? 44” W, 540 m (7-VI- 1982) (NNM); 2 s, 3 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.008, Ponta Grande da Cidade, 14” 54' N, 23? 38" W, 700 m (20-VIIT-1986) (NN M) 1 s, 2j, 3 f, Cidade Velha, 6 m. Fogo: 2 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.040, 14? 55' N, 24? 31' W, 38-55 m (9-VI-1982) (NNM); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.041. W of the island, 14? 55 N, 24? 31" W, 60 m (9-V1-82) (NNM). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the apparently smooth shell, which gives it a shining appe- arance. Description: Shell (Fig. 61) length up to 2.8 mm, maximum width 1.3 mm, solid, elongate-conic, shining. Protoconch (Fig. 62) of 1 whorl and 300 um of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, with only a very slight angulation at the upper part; tran- sition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculp- ture (Fig. 63) shows irregular flat promi- nences with some circular pits on an undulate surface, but the studied proto- conchs were poorly preserved. Teleoconch of about 4 whorls, regu- larly convex, not angulated below (Right page) Figures 61-65: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) fulgida n. sp. 61: holotype, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31706); 62: protoconch of the holotype; 63: protoconch microsculpture of the holotype; 64-65: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. (Página derecha) Figuras 61-65: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) fulgida spec. nov. 61: holotipo, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31706); 62: protoconcha del holotipo; 63: microescultura de la protoconcha del holotipo; 64-65: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo. 48 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago 49 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 sutures; sutures shallow but evident. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, rounded, wide, spaced axial ribs, slightly opisthocline in last whorl and a little more on previous ones; about 14 in last whorl. At low magnification, appar- ently there is no spiral sculpture, but there is a fine microsculpture (Figs. 64, 65) of very fine threads on the interspaces be- tween ribs, which disappears on the ribs. Aperture D-shaped, medium sized; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip opisthocline with a thick exter- nal varix. Peristome prominent in large specimens, with several parallel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: Sand sediments between 4 and 700 m. Distribution: Only known from Fogo, Brava and Santiago (Fig. 165). Remarks: S. fulgida n. sp. differs from the other small species of Schwartziella previously described: S. minima n. sp. is smaller, with smaller and less numerous axial ribs and it has more evident spiral sculpture; S. luisi n. sp. also has a more evident spiral sculpture and the proto- conch microsculpture formed by very small pits; S. angularis n. sp. has a subsutural angulation; S. typica n. sp. has a larger shell, and a fairly evident and different spiral microsculpture, uniform in S. fulgida and with two diffe- rent alternate zones in S. typica. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) depressa n. sp. (Figs. 66-70, 164) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 66) 1 s of 3.6 x 1.5 mm and 2 paratypes, 2 s, from Mordeira Bay, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 4 m (MNCN 15.05/31704). Paratypes: 1 s in each of MNHN, AMNH, DBUA, NNM (58003), and 15 s, 2 fin CER, all from the type locality. Other material studied: Sal: 1 s, Mordeira, 4 m; 24 s, 4 f, Palmeira, 8 m; 12 s, Regona, 1-3 m; 1 s, Algodoeiro, 4 m; 10 s, Rabo do Junco, 2 m; Boa Vista: 1 sp, 14 s, 3 f Sal Rei, 5 m; 2 s, 1 f, Ilhéu de Sal Rei, 3 m; 10 s, 7 f, Porto da Cruz, 6 m; 9 s, 3 j, 9 f, Derrubado, 4 m; 5 s, Rife de Chaves, 8 m; 1 s, Baijos de Joáo Valente, 23 m. Sáo Nicolau: 13 s, 7 £, CANCAP Sta. 7.128, 16” 33" N, 24? 17 W, 400 m (2-IX-1986) (NNM); 21 s, 11 f, Sáo Jorge Bay, CANCAP Sta. 7.129, 16” 33' N, 24” 16' W, 405 m (2- 1X-1986) (NNM). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the unusual subsutural depression of the shell. Description: Shell (Fig. 66) length up to 4.0 mm, maximum width 1.6 mm, relatively solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 67) of 1 whorl and about 300 ym of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, with a promi- nent spiral cord on its upper part; tran- sition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculp- ture (Fig. 68) formed by irregular flat Teleoconch of 5 whorls, strongly convex, last whorl weakly convex; suture shallow, with a slight subsutural depression. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, rounded, wide, slightly opistho- cline axial ribs, with interspaces of similar size, a little reduced in the subsutural depression specially in the last two whorls; about ten axial ribs in last whorl. At low magnification, appa- prominences with small pits on an undulous surface. (Right page) Figures 66-70: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) depressa n. sp. 66: holotype, Mordeira, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31704); 67: protoconch of the holotype; 68: protoconch microsculpture of the holotype; 69: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype; 70: teleoconch microsculpture of a shell from Mordeira, Sal. (Página derecha) Figuras 66-67: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) depressa spec. nov. 66: holotipo, Mor- deira, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31704); 67: protoconcha del holotipo; 68: microescultura de la protoconcha del holotipo; 69: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo; 70: microescultura de la teloconcha de una concha de Mordeira, Sal. 50 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago e [a a o o 51 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 rently there is no spiral sculpture, but there is a fine microsculpture of bands with small pits and 1-3 fine and irregu- lar threads between each two bands on the interspaces between ribs, which disappear on the ribs (Figs. 69, 70). Aperture D-shaped, relatively small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel shallow; outer lip with thick external varix; with about 6 lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: The material studied was obtained from sand sediments between 1-8 and to 400-405 m. Distribution: Only known from Sal, Boa Vista and Sáo Nicolau Islands (Fig. 164). Remarks: The shells from deep water off Sáo Nicolau are similar in size and sculpture to those from shallow waters of Sal and Boa Vista, but the subsutural depression is less evident. S. depressa n. sp. differs from $. simi- liter n. sp. by its smaller shell, less mar- ked spiral sculpture, narrower interspa- ces between axial ribs, and different mi- crosculpture of the protoconch and teleoconch. S. typica n. sp. has a wider shell, lacking subsutural depression. S. angularis and S. luisi have more evident spiral sculpture. S. minima and S. fulgida n. sp. have smaller shells without subsu- tural depression; S. minima also has a more evident spiral sculpture and lacks spiral sculpture on the protoconch. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) gradata n. sp. (Figs. 71-75, 161) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 71) 1 s of 3.1x 1.3 mm and 1 paratype, 1 s, Furna, Brava Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 30 m (MNCN 15.05/31708); 1 paratype in NNM (58010) from the type locality. Other material studied: Brava: 2 s, 3 j, Pedrinha, 5 m. Etymology: The specific name alludes to the scalariform profile of the shell. Description: Shell (Figs. 71, 72) length up to 3.1 mm, maximum width 1.3 mm, slightly solid, elongate-conic and rela- tively narrow. Protoconch (Fig. 73, 74) of 1 whorl and 270 ym of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, with an apical spiral cord and two narrower cords at both sides, and small and irregular axial threads on the interspaces between cords; transition to teleoconch abrupt. The rest of the surface of the protoconch have irregular flat prominences with small pits on a smooth surface. Teleoconch of about 5 whorls weakly convex, with a strong subsutural angu- lation. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, sharp, narrow, slightly opisthocline, distantly spaced axial ribs, about 12 in last whorl. Spiral sculpture formed by very fine cords. Microsculpture (Fig. 75) for- med by very numerous spiral threads, which disappear on the cords and contin- ue on the ribs. Aperture D-shaped, small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel absent, with a depression in the zone; outer lip opisthocline with thick external varix, with 5-6 parallel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: The material studied was obtained from sand sediments between 5 and 30 m. (Right page) Figures 71-75: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) gradata n. sp. 71: holotype, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31708); 72: paratype, Furna, Brava (NNM 58010); 73: protoconch of a paratype, Furna (CER); 74: detail of the protoconch of the same paratype: 75: teleoconch microsculpture of the same paratype. (Página derecha) Figuras 71-75: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) gradata spec. nov. 71: holotipo, Furna, Brava (MNCN 15.05/31708); 72: paratipo, Furna, Brava (NNM 58010); 73: protoconcha de un paratipo, Furna (CER); 74: detalle de la protoconcha del mismo paratipo: 75: microescultura de la telo- concha del mismo paratipo. IZ wr 001 53 in the Cape Verd: ininae wur ] The subfamily Risso ROLÁN AND LUQUE Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Distribution: Only known from Brava Island (Fig. 161). Remarks: S. gradata n. sp. differs from any other species of Schwartziella of the Cape Verde Islands by the protoconch sculpture. From other species with subsutural angulation, the sympatric $. obesa n. sp. is larger, and S. angularis is smaller and relatively wider (length /width ratio 2.12-2.23, and 2,32- 2,44 in S. gradata), with only a spiral an- gulation in the upper part of the proto- conch, instead of three spiral cords and irregular axial threads in S. gradata. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) pavita n. sp. (Figs. 76-79, 162) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 76) 1 s of 3.3 x 1.3 mm and 1 paratype, 1 s, from Sal Rei, Boa Vista Island, Cape Verde Archipelago, 5 m (MNCN 15.05/31714). Other paratypes: 1 s (NNM 58022) 1 s (MNHN) and 1 s (CER), all from the type locality; 11 s from Porto da Cruz, north of Sal Rei (CER). Other material studied: (in poor condition) Boa Vista: 2 s, 1 f, Tlhéu de Sal Rei, 6 m; 1 s, Sal Rei, 6 m; 1 s, Baia Teodora, 4 m; 1 s, Derrubado, 4 m. Sal: 1 s, Mordeira, 4 m. Maio: 1 s, Pau Seco, 5 m. Etymology: The specific name derives from the Latin verb pavio which means “to level” by the depressed axial ribs of the shell. Description: Shell (Fig. 76) length up to 3.3 mm, maximum width 1.3 mm, relatively solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 77) of 1 whorl, about 300 ym of maximum diameter, in poor condition in all the material studied, of non-planktotrophic type, apparently without spiral sculpture. Teleoconch of about 5 whorls, almost flat-sided; last whorl weakly convex; suture shallow. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of rounded, not prominent, wide, slightly opisthocline, distantly spaced axial ribs, about 12 in last whorl. Spiral sculpture of fine spiral cords densely spaced. Microsculpture (Figs. 78, 79) formed by one or two very fine irregular spiral threads between each cord. Aperture D-shaped, small, inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip opisthocline with thick external varix, with about 3-4 parallel lines. Habitat: The material studied was obtained from sand sediments between 4 and 6 m. Distribution: Only known from Sal, Boa Vista and Maio Islands (Fig. 162). Remarks: S. pavita n. sp. differs from other Cape Verde species of Schwartzie- lla by the very depressed axial ribs and the microsculpture with densely spaced spiral cords and only one-two threads between cords. The sympatric S. sanmartini n. sp. also has non-promi- nent axial ribs, but it has a larger and wider shell, with a teleoconch micro- sculpture formed only by very fine threads. S. similiter n. sp. and S. typica n. sp. have the axial ribs more promi- nent and a different teleoconch micro- sculpture. S. minima n. sp. and S. fulgida n. sp. are smaller and both have more prominent axial ribs and micros- culpture formed almost exclusively by very fine threads. (Right page) Figures 76-79: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) pavita n. sp. 76: holotype, Sal Rei, Boa Vista (MNCN 15.05/31714); 77: protoconch of a shell from Sal Rei, Boavista; 78: teleo- conch microsculpture of a shell from Sal Rei, Boavista; 79: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. (Página derecha) Figuras 76-79: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) pavita spec. nov. 76: holotipo, Sal. Rer, Boa Vista (MNCN 15.05/31714); 77: protoconcha de una concha de Sal Rei, Boavista; 78, microes- cultura de la teloconcha de una concha de Sal Rei, Boavista; 79: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo. 54 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago S ¿ - di at, 2 gut “yz rg An a AA 55 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Schwartziella (Schwartziella) cancapae n. sp. (Figs. 80-84, 165) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 80) 1 s of 3.8 x 1.5 mm (NNM 58001) and 6 paratypes (5 f), CANCAP Sta. 6.009, S of Santiago, Cape Verde Archipelago, 14? 54' N, 23? 30” W, 175 m (5-VI-1982) (NNM 58002). Other paratypes: 1 s (MNCN 15.05/31702) and 1 s (CER), Praia, Santiago, 10 m; 9 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.006, S of Santiago, 14” 54” N, 23” 30” W, 150 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M 59409). Other material studied: Santiago: 1 s, 1 f£, CANCAP Sta. 6.005, S of the island, 14? 54' N, 23? 30" W, 175 m (5-VI-1982) (NNM); 3 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.010, 14? 52” N, 23? 30” W, 310 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M); 2 s, 18 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.015, S of the island, 14? 53' N, 23? 30” W, 150 m (5-VI-1982) (NNM), 1 s, 3 j, CANCAP Sta. 6.024, 15 00' N, 23? 44” W, 540 m (7-VI-1982) (NN M); 1 s, 4 £, CANCAP Sta. 7.004, 142 54' N, 23? 38" W, 320 m (21-VIII-1986) (NN M); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.005, 14? 54” N, 23? 38' W, 235 m (21-VIII-1986) (NN M); 3 s, 5 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.007, 14? 54' N, 23? 38" W, 420 m (20-VI-1986) (NNM) 1 s, 7 j CANCAP Sta. 7.008, 14” 54” N, 23” 38" W, 700 m (20-VIII-1986) (NN M); 1 s, 7 j, CANCAP Sta. 7.014, Ponta Grande da Cidade, 14? 54' N, 23? 38' W, 450-600 m (21-VIII-1986) (NN M). Fogo: 1 j, Sáo Felipe, 20 m. Brava: 2 s, 1 f, Furna, 30 m. Etymology: The specific name alludes to the CANCAP expeditions in which has been collected most of the material of this species and part of the material studied in this paper. Description: Shell (Fig. 80) length up to 4.0 mm, maximum width 1.6 mm, not solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 81) of 1 whorl and 400 ym of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, without spiral sculpture; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture (Fig. 82) formed by a rough surface with many small pits. Teleoconch of about 5 whorls, weakly convex; last whorl weakly convex; suture shallow but evident. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, rounded, narrow, slightly opistho- cline, distantly spaced axial ribs, 13 in last whorl; the ribs are continued from whorl to whorl, except in first whorls. Spiral sculpture appreciable with diffi- culty at low magnification. Microsculp- ture (Figs. 83, 84) of threads with a few parallel lines of minute pits, and more separated, sometimes paired irregularly interrupted striae. Aperture D-shaped, medium-small, inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip opisthocline with thick exter- nal varix, peristome narrow with a few parallel lines. Habitat: Some shells of this species were collected in relatively shallow water (20-30 m), but most of material comes from 60-200 m in depth in sand and shell gravel bottom. Distribution: Only known from San- tiago, Fogo and Brava (Fig. 165). Remarks: S. cancapae n. sp. differs from most of the species described before by its protoconch lacking spiral sculpture and larger than most of Cape Verde Schwartziella species. The more similar species are: S. depressa n. sp., with a more evident subsutural depres- sion, and an evident spiral cord and dif- ferent microsculpture in the protoconch; S. fulgida n. sp. is smaller, almost smooth, with different microsculpture in the teleoconch and protoconch, S. typica n. sp. is smaller and has different proto- conch microsculpture, and S. similiter n. sp. is larger, wider, and with more evident spiral sculpture. S. cancapae is quite similar to S. africana, but the latter species has strongly opisthocline axial (Right page) Figures 80-84: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) cancapae n. sp. 80: holotype, Santiago (NNM 58001); 81: protoconch of the holotype; 82: protoconch microsculpture of the holotype; 83-84: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. (Página derecha) Figuras 80-84: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) cancapae spec. nov. 80: holotipo, San- tiago (NNM 58001); 81: protoconcha del holotipo; 82: microescultura de la protoconcha del holotipo; 83-84: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo. SÓ ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago e rr A OR 7 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 ribs, different protoconch and teleo- conch microsculpture (see GOFAS, 1999). Previous records or S. africana from the Cape Verde Islands (MARCHE-MAR- CHAD, 1958; SAUNDERS, 1977) could be referred to this species. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) puncticulata n. sp. (Figs. 85-87, 140-141, 166) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 85, NNM 58023) 1 s of 4.0 x 1.6 mm and 2 paratypes (NNM 58024), 2 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.119, S of Ilhéu Razo, 16" 36' N, 24? 36" W, Cape Verde Archipelago, 140-160 m (1-D1986). Paratypes: 1 s (MNCN 15.05/31715) and 1 s (CER), both from the type locality; 7 s, 11 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.028, Ilhéu de Cima, 14? 57' N, 24? 39 W, 225 m (23-VIII-1986) (NN M 59414). Other material studied: Sal: 6 £, CANCAP Sta. 7.100, off Palmeira, 16* 45' N, 23* 01” W, 354 m (30- VITI-1986) (NN M). Maio: 6 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.050, 15” 06' N, 23” 14” W, 380 m (25-VIII-1986) (NN M). Santiago: 1 s, 12j, Cidade Velha, 6 m; 10 j, Prainha, 5 m; 6 s, 3 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.095, 16” 35' N, 24? 37' W, 930 m (15-VI-1982) (NNM). Fogo: 9 s, 6 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.041, W of the island, 14? 55' N, 24? 31" W, 60 m (9-VI-82) (NNM). Brava: 12 j, Pedrinha, 6 m; 7 j, Furna, 30 m. Ilhéu de Cima: 2 s, 5 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.037, 14” 57' N, 24” 38" W, 350-385 m (24-VIII-1986) (NNM); 1 s, 2 CANCAP Sta. 7.038, 14? 57" N, 24? 38" W, 410-460 m (24-VII1-1986) (NN M); 1 s, 6j, CANCAP Sta. 7.031, 14? 57' N, 24? 38" W, 75 m (23-VIII-1986) (NN M); 2 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.037, 14? 57' N, 24? 38" W, 385-350 m (24- VIII-1986) (NNM). Sáo Vicente: 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.147, 16? 48” N, 25” 06" W, 99 m (20-VI-1982) (NNM) 4 s, 15, 4£ CANCAP Sta. 6.149, 16 47' N, 25 06" W, 293 m (20-VI-1982) (NN M). Ilhéu Razo: 1 s, 5j, CANCAP Sta. 6.093, 16? 36" N, 24” 37” W, 400-430 m (15-VI-1982) (NNM); 3 s, 10 j, 9 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.119, S of Ilhéu Razo, 16” 36' N, 24? 36" W; 140-160 m (1-1X-1986); 7.s, 21 f CANCAP Sta. 7.121, 16” 36' N, 24? 37" W, 200-230 m (1-DX-1986) (NN M). Santa Luzia: 9 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.103, 16? 43' N, 24? 46' W, 102 m (16-VI-1982) (NNM); 1 s, 6 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.105, SSW of the island, 16 43' N, 24? 47” W, 204 m (16-VI-1982) (NNM). Sáo Nicolau: 1 s, 3j, CANCAP Sta. 6.085, 16? 34” N, 24 22 W, 100 m (14-VI-1982) (NN M). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the microsculpture of this species, formed by undulated rows of small pits. Description: Shell (Fig. 85) length up to 4.5 mm, maximum width 1.7 mm, relatively solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 86) of 1 whorl and 360 ym of maximum diameter, of non- plank- totrophic type; no spiral sculpture; tran- sition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculp- ture formed by irregular flat prominences on a smooth surface, with some pits. Teleoconch of 4-5 whorls, strongly convex, and more convex in the subsu- tural part of the ribs; last whorl regu- larly convex; suture a little deep. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, rounded, narrow, a little opistho- cline distantly spaced axial ribs, which are continued from whorl to whorl. Spiral sculpture not visible at low mag- nification. Microsculpture (Fig. 87) formed by very fine, densely packed undulated threads with intermediate rows of small pits. Aperture D-shaped, small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; 58 anterior channel shallow; outer lip strongly opisthocline with a very thick external varix, peristome with a promi- nent edge and some parallel lines towards the inner part. Habitat: Sand sediments, between 6 and 930 m. Distribution: Sal, Maio, Santiago, Fogo, Brava, Ilhéu de Cima, Sáo Vicente, Santa Luzia, llhéu Razo and Sáo Nicolau (Fig. 166). Probably this species is present in all the archipelago, but it is frequent in some islands and uncom- mon in others. Remarks: S. puncticulata n. sp. differs from the following similar species: S. similiter n. sp. has no subsutural shoul- der and a different protoconch and teleoconch microsculpture; S. typica n. sp. is smaller, less elongate, uniformly convex and with different teleoconch microsculpture, S. fulgida n. sp. is also smaller, with the whorls less convex, and the teleoconch microsculpture more lineal; S. depressa n. sp. is smaller, with a ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago Figures 85-87: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) puncticulata n. sp. 85: holotype, llhéu Razo (NNM 58023); 86: protoconch of a paratype, Ilhéu Razo (NNM 58024); 87: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. Figuras 85-87: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) puncticulata spec. nov. 85: holotipo, llhéu Razo (NNM 58023); 86: protoconcha de un paratipo, llhéu Razo (NNM 58024); 87: microescultura de la telocon- cha del holotipo. 99 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 spiral cord on the protoconch and a subsutural depression on the teleo- conch; S. cancapae n. sp. has a more regular curvature of the whorls, a larger protoconch, and a different protoconch and teleoconch microsculpture. One shell (Figs. 140, 141) found in Sao Vicente, CANCAP Sta. 6.145, 167 48' N, 25? 06” W) is smaller, stouter and the axial ribs are less convex, but we provi- sionally consider it conspecific since it has identical microsculpture. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) hoenselaari n. sp. (Figs. 88-92, 167) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 88) 1 s 0f2.3 x 1.1 mm (NNM 58011) and 26 paratypes (NNM 58012), 26 s, S of Santiago, CANCAP Sta. 6.001, 14? 54' N, 23? 30 W, 15-20 m (4-VI-1982). Other paratypes: 13 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.014, 14? 54 N, 2329 W, 18 m (5-V1-1982) (NNM 59415); 1 s (MNCN 15.05 /31709) and 1 s (CER), both from the type locality; 1 s, Prainha, 5 m (CER). Other material studied: Santiago: 16 s, 2 j, Tarrafal, 4 m; 4 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.003, 14” 54' N, 23? 30" W, 15-21 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M); 3 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.004, 14? 54” N, 23” 30” W, 58-63 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M); 2 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.006, S of the island, 14? 54” N, 23? 30' W, 150 m (5-V1-1982) (NN M); 3 s, 2 CANCAP Sta. 6.007, 14? 54' N, 23? 30” W, 70-88 m (5-V1-1982) (NNM); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.008, 14? 54” N, 23? 30” W, 120 m (5-VI-1982) (NNM); 6 s, 1 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.010, 14” 52” N, 23? 30' W, 310 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M); 6 s, 3) CANCAP Sta. 6.015, S of the island, 14? 53 N, 23 30' W, 150 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M) 4 s, 1 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.024, 15 00' N, 23? 44' W, 540 m (7-V1-1982) (NN M),; 1 s, 1j, CANCAP Sta. 6.025, 15? 00” N, 23? 45” W, 728 m (7-VI-1982) (NNM); 2 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.005, 14? 54' N, 23? 38" W, 235 m (21-VIII-1986) (NNM); 2 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.007, 14? 54” N, 23? 38' W, 420 m (20-VI-1986) (NN M); 3 s, 2 f, Ponta Grande da Cidade, CANCAP Sta. 7.015, 14” 54” N, 23? 38" W, 450-600 m (21-VIII-1986) (NN My; 2 £, CANCAP Sta. 7.020, 14” 45” N, 23” 29 W, 0-2200 m (21-22-VIIT- 1986). Fogo: 2 s, 1 f, in front of Sáo Felipe, 20 m; 6 s, 3j, CANCAP Sta. 6.040, 14” 55' N, 24? 31" W, 38-55 m (9-VI-1982) (NNM). Ilhéu de Cima: 2 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.028, 14? 57" N, 24? 39 W, 225 m (23-VIII-1986) (NN M); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.037, 14? 57' N, 24? 38' W, 350-385 m (24-VII1-1986) (NNM). Santa Luzia: 1 s, 1 f CANCAP Sta. 6.103, 16? 43” N, 24? 46” W, 102 m (16-VI-1982) (NN M); 2 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.107, 16? 44' N, 24? 46' W, 50 m (16-VI-1982) (NNM). Ilhéu Razo: 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.120, 16” 36' N, 24? 37" W, 208 m (1-IX-1986); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.121, 16? 36' N, 24” 37" W, 200-230 (1-IX-1986) (NNM). Sáo Nicolau: 2 s, 6 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.128, Sáo Jorge Bay, 16” 33" N, 24? 17' W, 400 m (2-1X-1986) (NNM); 6 s, 3 f, Sáo Jorge Bay, CANCAP Sta. 7.129, 16” 33" N, 24” 16' W, 405 m (2-1X-1986) (NNM). Sal: 2 s, Palhona, 2 m. Etymology: The specific name is dedicated to Hink J. Hoenselaar, Dutch malacologist who begun the study of the Rissoininae material from the CANCAP Expeditions. Description: Shell (Figs. 88, 89) length up to 3.0 mm, maximum width 1.4 mm, relatively solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 90) of 1 whorl and regular flat prominences with some pits on an undulate surface. Teleoconch of 4-5 whorls, clearly convex, not angulated below suture; last whorl convex; suture shallow, but evident. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, rounded, narrow, almost orthocline about 300 ym of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, with no spiral sculpture; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture (Fig. 92) formed by ir- (Right page) Figures 88-92: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) hoenselaari n. sp. 88: holotype, Santiago (NNM 58011); 89: paratype, Santiago (NNM 58012); 90: protoconch of a paratype, Santiago (NNM 58012); 91: teleoconch microsculpture of a paratype, Santiago (NNM 58012); 92: proto- conch microsculpture of a paratype, Santiago (NNM 58012). (Página derecha) Figuras 88-92: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) hoenselaari spec. nov. 88: holotipo, San- tiago (NNM 58011); 89: paratipo, Santiago (NNM 58012); 90: protoconcha del paratipo, Santiago (NNM 58012); 91: microescultura de la teloconcha del paratipo, Santiago (NNM 58012); 92: micro- escultura de la protoconcha del paratipo, Santiago (NNM 58012). 60 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago 61 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 (slightly opisthocline on first whorls), very distantly spaced axial ribs; being 9- 11 in the last whorl. Spiral sculpture almost unappreciable at low magnifica- tion. Microsculpture (Fig. 91) with zones with 2-3 fine threads irregularly distrib- uted, alternating with wider threads with spiral rows of small pits. Aperture D-shaped, small-medium sized; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel absent; outer lip strongly opisthocline with a very thick external varix; peris- tome narrow with about 5 parallel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: The material studied was collected from 2 to 728 m of depth. Distribution: Sal, Santiago, Fogo, llhéu de Cima, Santa Luzia, Ilhéu Razo, Sao Nicolau (Fig. 167). Remarks: Schwartziella hoenselaari n. sp. differs from most cf the Cape Verde species of the genus by having less axial ribs. It differs from the following species with similar shape and protoconch lacking spiral sculpture: S. puncticulata n. sp. has a larger protoconch, a subsu- tural curvature of the whorls, and the teleoconch microsculpture lacks con- tinuous threads; S. cancapae n. sp. has a smaller protoconch, a more pointed shell, with different protoconch and teleoconch microsculpture; S. depressa n. sp. and S. typica n. sp. have a similar shape, but the protoconch of both species has spiral sculpture and the microsculpture of the teleoconch is dif- ferent. Differences with the similar S. paucicostata n. sp. are discussed under remarks of this species. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) paucicostata n. sp. (Figs. 93-96, 168) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 93) 1s of 3.1 x 1.3 mm (NNM 58004), and 2 paratypes, 2 s (NNM 58005), CANCAP Sta. 7.105, off Palmeira, 16” 45” N, 23? 01” W, 123-142 m. Other paratypes: 1 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.093, Ilhéu Razo, 16? 34” N, 33" 54” W, 42 m (29-VIII-1986) (NNM 59410); 1 s, 1 j, CANCAP Sta. 7.095, Ilhéu Razo, 16? 34' N, 22? 53" W, 30-50 m (29-VIII-1986) (NNM 59411); 1s, 1] (MNCN 15.05/34277), 3 s, 1] (CER) Pau Seco, Maio, 30 m. Other material studied: Sal: 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.088, Ponta do Leme Velho, 16? 34' N, 22? 54 W, 59 m (29-VII1-1986) (NNM). Maio: 2 s, 1 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.050, 15* 06' N, 23” 14” W, 380 m (25-VIII- 1986) (NN M). Santiago: 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.017, 14? 53' N, 23? 30” W, 380 m (5-VI-1982). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the low number of axial ribs of the shell. Description: Shell (Fig. 93) length up to 3.3 mm, maximum width 1.4 mm, relatively solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 94) of 1 whorl and 270 um of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, without spiral sculpture, smooth. Teleoconch of about 5 whorls, strongly convex; last whorl a little less convex; suture shallow. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, sharp, very distantly spaced (4 times narrower than the interspaces) axial ribs, almost orthocline in last whorl and opisthocline in previous whorls; only 6-7 axial ribs in last whorl. Spiral sculpture almost unappreciable at low magnification. Microsculpture (Figs. 95, 96) formed by bands of interrupted and irregularly disposed fine spiral 62 threads and wider threads without sculpture. Aperture D-shaped, small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip with thick external varix; peristome narrow with several parallel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: The material studied was collected in sand bottom between 30 and 380 m. Distribution: Sal, Maio, Santiago and IIhéu Razo (Fig. 168). Remarks: S. paucicostata n. sp. differs from any other of the previously described species of Cape Verde Schwartziella by its smooth protoconch and the few and dis- tant axial ribs. The similar S. hoenselaari n. sp. has a wider protoconch with micro- sculpture, and more numerous axial ribs. ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago e £ o [e] AN Figures 93-96: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) paucicostata n. sp. 93: holotype, Sal (NNM 58004); 94: protoconch of the holotype; 95-96: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. Figuras 93-96: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) paucicostata spec. nov. 93: holotipo, Sal (NNM 58004); 94: protoconcha del holotipo; 95-96: microescultura de la teloconcha del holoipo. 63 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sulcostriata n. sp. (Figs. 97-101, 169) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 91) 1 s of 3.1 x 1.2 mm (NNM 58033), and 3 paratypes, 3 s (NNM 58034), CANCAP Sta. 7.100, off Palmeira, 16” 45' N, 23? 01” W, 354 m (30-VII1-1986). Other paraty- pes: 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.101, off Palmeira, Sal, 16” 45' N, 23” 01" W, 262-280 m (30-VI11-1986) (NNM 59421); 2 s, 2f, CANCAP Sta. 7.120, 16? 36' N, 24? 37 W, Ilhéu Razo, 208 m (1-1X-1986) (NNM 59422). Other material studied: Sal: 2 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.110, 16? 46' N, 23? 02” W, 85 m (31-VIII-1986) (NNM). Sáo Nicolau: 2 s, Sáo Jorge Bay, CANCAP Sta. 7.129, 16” 33' N, 24” 16" W, 405 m (2-1X-1986) (NNM); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.128, Sáo Jorge Bay, 16” 33" N, 2417" W, 400 m (2-IX-1986) (NNM). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the microsculpture of the teleoconch. Description: Shell (Fig. 97) length up to 3.1 mm, maximum width 1.2 mm, not very solid, strongly elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 98) of 1 whorl and 340 ym of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, no spiral sculpture; transition to teleoconch not very abrupt. Microsculpture (Fig. 101) formed by irregular flat prominences with some pits on a smooth surface. Teleoconch of 5 whorls, weakly convex, not angulated below suture but a little on suture; suture shallow, slightly undulate. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of not prominent, rounded, narrow, slightly opisthocline, distantly spaced axial ribs, not always coincident from whorl to whorl. Spiral sculpture appreciable with difficulty at low magnification. Micro- sculpture (Figs. 99, 100) only observable among the spiral ribs and formed by smooth spiral bands separated by furrows with 2-3 spiral striae. Aperture D-shaped, small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip with thick external varix, peristoma narrow and with a few parallel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: Collected in sand sediments between 85 and 405 m. Distribution: Known from Sal, Ilhéu Razo and Sáo Nicolau (Fig. 169). Prob- ably it is present in all the islands of the northern group. Remarks: S. sulcostriata n. sp. is more elongated than most of the previously described species and it also differs from any other by the spiral sculpture of the teleoconch, formed by alternate smooth bands and striated furrows. S. similiter n. sp. has a spiral cord on the top of the protoconch, rectilinear profile and a different microsculpture of the protoconch. S. pavita n. sp. has more depressed axial ribs. S. depressa n. sp. has a spiral cord on the top of the proto- conch and a subsutural depression, S. cancapae n. sp. has stronger axial ribs and a wider protoconch with different microsculpture. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) gibbera n. sp. (Figs. 102-106, 170) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 102) 1 s of 3.7 x 1.3 mm (NNM 58008), and 3 paratypes, 3 s (NNM 58009), CANCAP Sta. 7.079, W of Ilhéu de Sal Rei, Boa Vista, Cape Verde Archipelago, 16? 10' N, 23" 00' W, 60 m (28-VIII-1986). Other paratypes: 5 j, Ilhéu de Sal Rei, CANCAP Sta. 7.080, 16” 10' N, 23? 01” W, 74 m (28-VIII-1986) (NNM 59412); 2 s (Fig. 103), 4 j, off Palmeira, Sal, CANCAP Sta. (Right page) Figures 97-101: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sulcostriata n. sp. 97: holotype, Pal- meira, Sal (NNM 58033); 98: protoconch of the holotype; 99: detail of the spire of the holotype; 100: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype; 101: protoconch microsculpture of the holotype. (Página derecha) Figuras 97-101: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sulcostriata spec. nov. 97: holotipo, Palmeira, Sal (NNM 58033); 98: protoconcha del holotipo; 99: detalle de la espira del holotipo; 100: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo; 101: microescultura de la protoconcha del holotipo. 64 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago 65 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 7.101, 16 45' N, 23? 01W, 262-280 m (30-VII1-1986) (NNM 59413); 1j, (MNCN 15.05/31707) and 1 j, both from Boa Vista (CER). Other material studied: Boa Vista: 43 j, 25 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.066, 15* 53" N, 23” 00” W, 53 m (13-VI- 1982) (NNM). Sal: 2 j, off Palmeira, 16"46' N, 23? 01” W, 165 m (30-VIII-1986) (NNM). Santiago: 1 f, 4 m, Tarrafal; 1 s, 5 £ CANCAP Sta. 6.008, 14? 54' N, 23? 30” W, 120 m (5-V1-1982) (NN M); 11 s, 6 f, CANCAP Sta. 6.010, 14? 52 N, 23? 30' W, 310 m (5-VI-1982) (NN M). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the subsutural hump on the axial ribs of the shell. Description: Shell (Figs. 102, 103) length up to 3.7 mm, maximum width 1.3 mm, relatively solid, strongly elon- gate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 104) of 1 whorl and about 325 um of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, without spiral sculpture. Microsculpture formed by irregular flat prominences with some pits on a smooth surface. Teleoconch of about 6 strongly convex whorls; there is a short depres- sed space below suture, followed by an evident shoulder on the axial ribs; last whorl strongly convex; suture shallow, but evident. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, sharp, narrow, scarcely opistho- cline, distantly spaced axial ribs, about 12 in last whorl. Spiral sculpture almost unappreciable at low magnification. Microsculpture (Figs. 105, 106) shows groups of 6-9 threads, interrupted by the growth lines, alternating with bands with only pits. Aperture D-shaped, relatively small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip opisthocline with thick exter- nal varix; peristome with 4-5 parallel lines towards the inner part of the aper- ture. Habitat: In sandy and muddy bottom, between 53 and 310 m. Distribution: Known from Sal, Boa Vista and Santiago Islands (Fig. 170). Remarks: Schwartziella gibbera n. sp. differs from the previously described species by its elongate shell and subsu- tural hump. S. puncticulata n. sp. also has a subsutural shoulder, but it has a smaller and not so elongate shell and different teleoconch microsculpture. S. sulcostriata n. sp. is also elongate, but it lacks subsutural hump and has a differ- ent teleoconch microsculpture. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) irregularis n. sp. (Figs. 107-109, 171) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 107) 1 s of 3.8 (1.4 mm, CANCAP Sta. 7.042, Ponta Inglez/Ponta Preta, SW of Maio, 15% 07' N, 23* 14” W, 76 m (25-VIII-1986) (NNM 58014). Paratypes: 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.050, SW of Maio, 15 06' N, 23? 14” W, 380 m (25-VIII1-1986) (NNM 58015); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.101, off Palmeira, Sal, 16” 45' N, 23? 01” W, 262-280 m (30-VIII-1986) (NNM 59416). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the irregular distribution of the axial ribs on the shell. Description: Shell (Fig. 107) length up to 3.8 mm, maximum width 1.4 mm, not solid, narrowly elongate-conic. Protoconch (Fig. 108) of 1 whorl and about 175 ym of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, smooth. (Right page) Figures 102-106: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) gibbera n. sp. 102: holotype, llhéu de - Sal Rei, Boa Vista (NNM 58008); 103: paratype, off Palmeira, Sal (NNM 59413); 104: proto- conch of a paratype, Sal Rei, Boavista (NNM 58009); 105-106: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. (Página derecha) Figuras 102-106: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) gibbera spec. nov. 102: holotipo, Ilhéu de Sal Rei, Boa Vista (NNM 58008); 103: paratipo, Palmeira, Sal (NNM 59413); 104: proto- concha de un paratipo, Sal Rei, Boavista (NNM 58009); 105-106: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo. 66 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago - D e 67 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Figures 107-109: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) irregularis n. sp. 107: holotype, Ponta Inglez/Ponta Preta, Maio (NNM 58014); 108: protoconch of the holotype; 109: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. Figuras 107-109: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) irregularis spec. nov. 107: holotipo, Ponta Inglez/Ponta Preta, Maio (NNM 58014); 108: protoconcha del holotipo; 109: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo. 68 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago DIAS NRE ar PA torn e E = u So Val Figures 110-113: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) abundata n. sp. 110: holotype, off Palmeira, Sal (NNM 57998); 111: protoconch of the holotype; 112-113: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. Figuras 110-113: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) abundata spec. nov. 110: holotipo, Palmeira, Sal (NNM 57998); 111: protoconcha del holotipo; 112-113: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo. 69 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Figures 114-115: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) rectilinea n. sp. 114: holotype, llhéu Razo (NNM 58026); 115: protoconch of a paratype from type locality (NNM 58027). Figuras 114-115: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) rectilinea spec. nov. 114: holotipo, llhéu Razo (NNM 58026); 115: protoconcha de un paratipo de la localidad tipo (NNM 58027). Teleoconch of 5 whorls, weakly convex, not angulated below sutures, last whorl weakly convex; suture shallow. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of few prom- inent, sharp, narrow, slightly opisthocline, distantly spaced axial ribs, 10 in last whorl, which have not a regular correspondence from whorl to whorl. Spiral sculpture not visible at low magnification. Microsculp- ture (Fig. 109) only formed by irregular spiral rows of small pits. Aperture D-shaped, small sized; inner lip thin; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip opisthocline with thick exter- nal varix; peristoma simple with a second elevation in the inner part. (Right page) Figures 116-120: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) rarilineata mn. sp. 116: holotype, Rabo de Junco, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31716); 117: protoconch of a paratype; 118: protoconch of the holotype; 119-120: teleoconch microsculpture of a paratype, Rabo de Junco (CER). (Página derecha) Figuras 116-120: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) rarilineata spec. nov. 116: holotipo, Rabo de Junco, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31716); 117: protoconcha del paratipo; 118: protoconcha del holo- tipo; 119-120: microescultura de la teloconcha de un paratipo, Rabo de Junco (CER). 70 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago ZA Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Habitat: Collected in sandy sedi- ments between 76 and 380 m. Distribution: Only known from Sal and Maio (Fig. 171). Remarks: S. irregularis n. sp. differs from the previously described species of Schwartziella by the narrow and elon- gated shell, small protoconch, axial ribs irregularly disposed and the very faint microsculpture with only small perfora- tions. By its elongate shape it is similar to S. gibbera n. sp., but this species has a larger protoconch, a subsutural hump, axial ribs continued over adjacent whorls and a more marked microsculp- ture. S. sulcostriata n. sp. also has a larger protoconch and different proto- conch and teleoconch microsculpture. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) abundata n. sp. (Figs. 110-113, 171) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 110) 1 s of 2.9 x 1.4 mm (NNM 57998) and 2 paratypes, 2 s (NNM 57999), CANCAP Sta. 7.100, off Palmeira, Sal, 16” 45' N, 23” 01” W, 262-280 m (30-VII1-1986). Other material studied: Maio: 4j, 1 f, CANCAP Sta. 7.050, 15” 06' N, 23” 14” W, 380 m (25-VII!- 1986) (NNM). Etymology: The specific name is derived of the Latin abundo (to surpass), alluding to the nume- rous axial ribs of this species, more than in any other Cape Verde Schwartziella. Description: Shell (Fig. 110) length up to 2.9 mm, maximum width 1.4 mm, not solid, elongate-conical. Protoconch (Fig. 111) of 1 whorl and 420 um of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, without spiral sculpture; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture formed by irreg- ular flat prominences with some perfo- rations on a smooth surface. Teleoconch of 4 strongly convex whorls, not angulated below suture; last whorl strongly convex; suture shallow. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of scarcely prominent, narrow, opisthocline, distantly spaced axial ribs, absent just below the suture; about very curved 15-16 ribs on the last whorl. Spiral sculpture not visible at low magnification. Microsculpture (Figs. 112, 113) formed by fine threads separated by rows of small pits. Aperture D-shaped, relatively large; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel shallow; outer lip opisthocline with thick external varix; peristome sharp. Habitat: Muddy bottom between 260 and 380 m. Distribution: Only known from Sal and Maio (Fig. 171). Remarks: S. abundata n. sp. has a larger protoconch than any other of the Cape Verde species of Schwartziella, and also more numerous and curved axial ribs, and a subsutural area without axial sculpture. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) rectilinea n. sp. (Figs. 114, 115, 172) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 114) 1 s of 3.8 x 1.4 mm (NNM 58026), and 16 paratypes, 16] (NNM 58027), CANCAP Sta. 7.121, Ilhéu Razo, 16” 36' N, 24? 37" W, 200-230 m (1-IX-1986). Other paraty- (Right page) Figures 121-125: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) inscripta n. sp. 121: holotype, Pal- meira, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31710); 122: shell from Maio (broken during the study); 123, proto- conch of a paratype, Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 124: protoconch of a shell from Palmeira, Sal; 125: detail of the suture in last whorl of the same shell. (Página derecha) Figuras 121-125: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) inscripta spec. nov. 121: holotipo, Palmeira, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31710); 122: concha de Maio (rota durante su estudio); 123, protoconch of a paratype, Rabo de Junco, Sal; 124: protoconcha de una concha de Palmeira, Sal; 125: detalle de la sutura en la última vuelta de la misma concha. 2 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago AS Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 pes: 1j (MNCN 15.05/31717) and 1 s (CER), both from the type locality; 19 j, CANCAP Sta. 7.119, S of Ilhéu Razo, 167 36' N, 24? 36' W, 140-160 m (1-1X-1986) (NNM 59418); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.095, S of Ilhéu Razo, 16” 35 N, 24? 37" W, 930 m (15-VI-1982) (NNM 59419); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.120, S of Ilhéu Razo, 16 36" N, 24? 36' W, 208 m (1-I1Xx-1986) (NNM 59420). Other material studied: Sáo Nicolau: 25 j, 1 f, Sáo Jorge Bay, CANCAP Sta. 7.129, 16” 33" N, 24” 16' W, 405 m (2-1X-1986) (NNM). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the right profile of the whorls of the shell. Description: Shell (Fig. 114) length up to 3.8 mm, maximum width 1.4 mm, relatively solid, elongate-conical. Protoconch (Fig. 115) of 1 whorl and 380 um of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, without spiral sculpture, transition to teleoconch at- tenuated. Teleoconch of 7 whorls, almost flat- sided, specially the first ones; last whorl weakly convex; suture shallow. Colour cream-whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of promi- nent, narrow, scarcely opisthocline, dis- tantly spaced axial ribs; the ribs are con- tinued from whorl to whorl. Spiral sculpture unappreciable at low magnifi- cation. Microsculpture formed by spiral rows of very small pits on the first whorls. Due to poor condition of the adult shells no microsculpture could be observed on the last whorl except for growth lines. Aperture D-shaped, relatively small; inner lip thick; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel absent; outer lip opisthocline with thick external varix. Habitat: Found in muddy and calca- reous sand between 140 and 930 m. Distribution: llhéu Razo and Sáo Nicolau (Fig. 172). Remarks: S. rectilinea n. sp. is very elongate, and it differs from the fol- lowing similar species with elongate shell: S. irregularis n. sp. has more convex spire whorls and smaller proto- conch; S. gibbera n. sp. has very promi- nent axial ribs and a subsutural hump; S. sulcostriata n. sp. has a smaller proto- conch, a more curved profile of the spiral whorls, and a more marked teleo- conch microsculpture. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) rarilineata n. sp. (Figs. 116-120, 173) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 116) 1 s of 2.3 (1.0 mm, Rabo de Junco, Sal, Cape Verde Archipelago, 6 m (MNCN 15.05 /31716). Paratypes: 1 s, Palmeira, Sal, 8 m (MNHN); 1 s, Regona, Sal, 2 m (NNM 58025); 1 s, Sáo Vicente, CANCAP Sta. 7.161, 16? 54” N, 24? 54” W, 95 m (NNM 59428); 2 s, 2 f, Rabo de Junco, Sal, 6 m (CER); 1 j, Baia Teodora, Boa Vista, 4 m (CER); 1 s, Sal Rei, Boa Vista, 4 m (AMNH). Other material studied: Sal: 2 s, 1 j, 1 f, Palmeira, 8 m; 4 s, Regona, 10 m; 2 s (eroded), 1 j, Rabo de Junco, 4 m. Sáo Nicolau: 1 s (eroded), Sáo Jorge Bay, CANCAP Sta. 7.129, 16? 33" N, 24” 16' W, 405 m (2-1X-1986) (NNM). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the teleoconch microsculpture formed by a few lines. Description: Shell (Fig. 116) length up to 2.5 mm, maximum width 1.1 mm, shining, relatively solid, elongate- conic. Protoconch (Figs. 117, 118) of 1 whorl and about 320 ym of maximum diame- ter, of non-planktotrophic type, smooth, transition to teleoconch not abrupt. (Right page) Figures 126-129: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sculpturata n. sp. 126: holotype, Pal- meira, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31720); 127-128: protoconchs of two paratypes, Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 129: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. (Página derecha) Figuras 126-129: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sculpturata spec. nov. 126: holotipo, Palmeira, Sal (MNCN 15.05/31720); 127-128: protoconchas de dos paratipos, Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 129: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo. 74 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago A ja a [e] [e] UN AS Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Teleoconch of 4 whorls, almost flat- sided, last whorl weakly convex; suture shallow. Colour translucent white. No axial sculpture. Spiral sculpture (Fig. 116, 119) formed only by few spiral bands, composed by groups of 2-3 very fine threads with intermediate striae on subsutural areas (Fig. 120). Aperture D-shaped, relatively large; inner lip thin; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip slightly opisthocline with thin external varix; peristome narrow, rounded. Habitat: Sand sediments, in shallow water (2-6 m), except for two shells dredged from 95 and 405 m, respecti- vely. Distribution: Sal, Boa Vista, Sáo Nicolau and Sáo Vicente (Fig. 173). Remarks: Schwartziella rarilineata n. sp. differs from any of the previously known Eastern Atlantic species of the genus by its teleoconch without axial ribs, almost smooth and shining, like a Zebina. Nevertheless, we include it in the genus Schwartziella because it lacks of tubercles inside of the outer lip, unlike other Atlantic species of Zebina (Z. paivensis, Z. browniana, Z. robustior, see GOFAS, 1999, and below under Zebina villenai). Schwartziella (Schwartziella) inscripta n. sp. (Figs. 121-125, 174) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 121) 1 s of 3.4 x 1.4 mm, Palmeira Bay, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archi- pelago, 6 m (MNCN 15.05 /31710). Paratypes: 1 s, Matiota, Sáo Vicente, 4 m (NNM 58013); 1 s, Pau Seco, Maio (AMNH); 1 s, Rabo de Junco, Sal (MNHN y; 1 s, Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 1 s, 2 f, llhéu de Sal Rei, Boa Vista (CER); 1 s, 1 f, Porto da Cruz, Boa Vista, 4 m (CER). Other material studied: Sal: 2 s (1 destroyed during study), 2 j, 1 £, Palmeira, 8 m; Boa Vista: 1 f, Sal Rei, 5 m; Maio: 1 s (Fig. 121, destroyed during study), Pau Seco; Sáo Vicente: 1 f, Porto Mindelo, 15 m. Etymology: The specific name alludes the presence of striae on the first whorl of the shell. Description: Shell (Figs. 121, 122) length up to 3.5 mm, maximum width 1.5 mm, relatively solid, shining, elon- gate-conic. Protoconch (Figs. 123, 124) of 1 whorl and about 310 ym of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, smooth; transition to teleoconch not conspicuous. Teleoconch of 5 whorls, weakly convex; suture very shallow. Colour translucent whitish. Axial sculpture absent. Spiral sculpture only present on the first whorl of the teleoconch (Fig. 123), formed by 4-5 spiral striae, which disappear immediately (Fig. 125). Aperture D-shaped, relatively large; inner lip thin; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; outer lip opisthocline, with thick exter- nal varix; peristome simple, rounded. Habitat: Sand sediments from shallow water (4-15 m). Distribution: Sal, Boa Vista, Maio, Sao Vicente (Fig. 174). Remarks: S. inscripta n. sp. has a larger shell than S. rarilineata n. sp., and the spiral striae only appear on the first whorl. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sculpturata n. sp. (Figs. 126-129, 175) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 126) 1 s of 2.1 x 1.0 mm, Palmeiras, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archi- pelago, 10 m (MNCN 15.05/31720). Paratypes: 1 s (NNM 58030), 1 s (UNHN) 3 s (CER), all from the type locality; 2 s, 2 f, Sal Rei, Boa Vista (CER); 3 s, Rabo de Junco, Sal, 4 m (CER). Other material studied: Sal: 2 s (1 broken during the study), 2 f, Rabo de Junco, 4 m; 2 s, Palmeira, 10 m; 6 s, 1 f, Regona, 10 m. Santiago: 1 s, Cidade Velha, 4 m; 1 s, Praia, 5 m. Brava: 1 s, Furna, 30 m, 1 s, Porto do Anciáo, 3 m. Sáo Vicente: 1 s, Porto Mindelo, 15 m. Etymology: The specific name alludes to the presence of axial and spiral sculpture. 76 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago Figures 130-132: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) paradoxa n. sp. 130: holotype, Sáo Vicente (NNM 58021); 131: protoconch of the holotype; 132: teleoconch microsculpture of the holotype. Figuras 130-132: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) paradoxa spec. nov. 130: holotipo, Sáo Vicente (NNM 58021); 131: protoconcha del holotipo; 132: microescultura de la teloconcha del holotipo. 77 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Description: Shell (Fig. 126) length up to 2.1 mm, maximum width 1.0 mm, not solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Figs. 127, 128) of 1 whorl and 270 um of maximum diame- ter, of non-planktotrophic type, without spiral sculpture; transition to teleoconch abrupt. Microsculpture (Fig. 128) shows a rough surface formed by small depres- sions with many irregular threads. Teleoconch of 4 whorls, weakly convex; suture shallow. Colour cream- whitish. Axial sculpture consisting of weakly prominent, narrow, almost orthocline, dis- tantly spaced axial ribs, only on the first 2-3 whorls of teleoconch, disappearing on the last whorl. Spiral sculpture very regular, formed by fine spiral cords, about 15 on penultimate and 35 on last whorl. Microsculpture (Fig. 129) formed by spiral bands of 4-5 threads alternating with furrows. Aperture D-shaped, medium sized; inner lip thin; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel absent; outer lip opisthocline with a thin external varix; peristome simple with a pair of parallel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: Sandy sediments from shallow water (3-30 m). Distribution: Known from Sal, Boa Vista, Santiago, Brava, Sao Vicente (fig. 175). Probably it can be found in the entire archipelago. Remarks: S. sculpturata n. sp. differs from S. rarilineata n. sp. and S. inscripta n. sp. by its evident teleoconch and pro- toconch sculpture. Schwartziella (Schwartziella) paradoxa n. sp. (Figs. 130-132, 137, 138, 176) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 130) 1 s of 2.7 x 1.1 mm, Baia das Gatas, Sao Vicente, CANCAP Sta. 7.161, 16% 54” N, 24? 54” W, 95 m (NNM 58021). Etymology: The specific name alludes to the shell characters intermediate between Schwartziella and Zebina. Description: Shell (Fig. 130) length 2.7 mm, width 1.1 mm, not solid, elongate- conic. Protoconch (Fig. 131) of 1 whorl and 320 ym of maximum diameter, of non- planktotrophic type, without spiral sculpture and smooth; transition to teleoconch not abrupt. Teleoconch of 4 whorls, weakly convex; suture shallow. Colour whitish. Axial sculpture of adapical spire whorls consisting of few prominent, sharp, narrow, opisthocline, slightly undulate and distantly spaced axial ribs, which begin on the suture and disappear a little below the middle of the whorl; axial ribs absent on the last whorl. Spiral sculpture visible at low magnification in all the whorls, except on the inferior part of the last whorl. Microsculpture (Fig. 132) formed by groups of few spiral threads separated by wider rough spaces. Aperture D-shaped, relatively large; inner lip thin; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel absent; outer lip opisthocline with a not too thick external varix; peristome simple with some parallel lines towards the inner part of the aperture. Habitat: Muddy bottom, at 95 m. Distribution: Only known from the type locality (Fig. 176). (Right page) Figures 133-136: Zebina (Zebina) villenai n. sp. 133: holotype, S of Ilhéu Razo (NNM 58016); 134: protoconch of the holotype; 135: shell of smaller size, S of Ilhéu Razo (NNM 58017); 136: protoconch of the same shell. (Página derecha) Figuras 133-136: Zebina (Zebina) villenai spec. nov. 133: holotipo, Sur de Ilhéu Razo (NNM 58016); 134: protoconcha del holotipo; 135: concha de pequeño tamaño, Sur de Ilhéu Razo (NNM 58017); 136: protoconcha de la misma concha. 78 he Cape Verde Archipelago 7) ininae 1n t The subfamily Risso ROLÁN AND LUQUE Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Figures 137, 138: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) cf. paradoxa. 137: shell from Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 138: teleoconch microsculpture. Figures 137, 138: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) cf. paradoxa. 1. 137: concha de Rabo de Junco, Sal (CER); 138: microescultura de la teloconcha. Remarks: Schwartziella paradoxa n. sp. differs from any other species of Cape Verde Schwartziella by having prominent axial ribs on first whorls of teleoconch, which are absent on last whorl. S. sculptu- rata n. sp., which also has weak axial ribs on the first 2-3 whorls, is less elongate, has more evident spiral sculpture and a different protoconch microsculpture. One shell (Figs. 137, 138) of 3.0 x 1.0 mm, found in Rabo de Junco, Sal, is similar to that of Schwartziella paradoxa n. sp. but it lacks totally of axial ribs and has more spiral sculpture in the last whorl. We think that it is probably a different species, but we prefer do not describe it awaiting for further mate- rial. Genus Zebina H. and A. Adams, 1854 Subgenus Zebina s. s. Type species: Rissoina semiglabrata A. Adams, 1854, by subsequent designation (REHDER, 1980). Diagnosis: PONDER (1985, p. 85). Zebina (Zebina) villenai n. sp. (Figs. 133-136, 172) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 133) 1 s of 4.2 (1.8 mm (NNM 58016) and 1 paratype, 1 s (NNM 58017), CANCAP Sta. 7.119, S of Ilhéu Razo, 16” 36' N, 24” 36" W, 140-160 m (1-IX-1986). Other paratypes: 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 7.122, S of Ilhéu Razo, 16? 36' N, 24? 35 W, 100 m (1-1X-1986) (NNM 59423); 1 s, CANCAP Sta. 6.093, SW of Ilhéu Razo, 16? 36' N, 24” 37" W, 400-430 m (15-V1-1982) 80 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago e E a a] o a 100 um Figures 139-143: Shells of dubious species of Schwartziella (Schwartziella) from the Cape Verde Islands. 139: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) cf. minima, Calhau, Sáo Vicente. 140, 141: S. (S.) cf. punc- ticulata. 140: shell, CANCAP Sta. 6145, Sáo Vicente; 141: microsculpture of the same shell. 142, 143: S. (S.) cf. typica; 142: shell from Calhau, Sáo Vicente; 143: microsculpture of the same shell. Figuras 139-143: Conchas de especies dudosas de Schwartziella (Schwartziella) de Cabo Verde. 139: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) cf minima, Calhau, Sáo Vicente. 140, 141: S. (S.) cf. puncticulata. 140: concha, CANCAP Sta. 6145, Sáo Vicente; 141: microescultura de la misma concha; 142, 143: S. (S.) ef typica; 142: concha de Calhau, Sáo Vicente; 143: microescultura de la misma concha. 81 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 (NNM 59424); 1 s, 1j, CANCAP Sta. 7.128, Sáo Jorge Bay, Sáo Nicolau, 16” 33' N, 24* 17” W, 400 m (2-1-1986) (NNM 59425). Other material studied: Ilhéu Razo: 2 s (Fig. 134), CANCAP Sta. 7.116, S of Ilhéu Razo, 16" 36' N, 24” 36' W, 75 m (1-1X-1986) (NN M). Etymology: The specific name is dedicated to Miguel Villena, who manages the type collection of molluscs at the MNCN, for his kind cooperation. Description: Shell (Figs. 133, 135) length up to 4.2 mm, maximum width 1.8 mm, very solid, elongate-conic. Protoconch (Figs. 134, 136) of 1 whorl and about 430 ym of maximum diameter, of non-planktotrophic type, without spiral sculpture; transition to teleoconch appreciable with difficulty. Teleoconch of about 5 flat-sided whorls; last whorl strongly convex at the lower part; suture shallow. Colour whitish. Axial and spiral sculpture lacking. Surface smooth and shining. Aperture D-shaped, relatively small; inner lip thin; columellar side weakly concave; anterior channel almost absent; peristome simple, with some parallel lines towards the inner part of the aper- ture; two tubercles not always evident on an interior elevation of the aperture. Habitat: Coarse calcareous sand, gravel and stones, between 75 and 430 m. CONCLUSIONS Twenty-nine species of the subfam- ily Rissoininae belonging to three genera and four subgenera have been found in the Cape Verde Archipelago. Only one of them, the sole species with a protoconch of planktotrophic type (Rissoina (Rissoina) punctostriata) has a wide distribution along the West African coast, whereas the other 28 species, 1 belonging to the genus Ris- Distribution: lhéu Razo and Sáo Ni- colau (Fig. 172). Remarks: Zebina villenai n. sp. is similar to Z. paivensis (Watson, 1873) from the Canary and Selvagens Islands, a species confused with the Caribbean species Z. browniana (d'Orbigny, 1842) or Z. vitrea (C. B. Adams, 1850) by authors (ODHNER, 1932; NORDSIECK, 1972; GARCÍA-TALAVERA, 1983, see GOFAS, 1999), but Z. paivensis has a smaller pro- toconch (340 um) and more convex whorls. Z. browniana and Z. vitrea have protoconchs of planktotrophic type. Z. robustior Gofas, 1999, from Southern Morocco to Senegal is larger than Z. ville- nai (up to 5.3 mm) and its protoconch is smaller (about 350 ym, measurements from figure 80 of GOFAs, 1999). A few shells from Ilhéu Razo are of small size (Fig. 135), but the protoconch (Fig. 136) shows no differences. soina (Ailinzebina), 26 to Schwartziella (Schwartziella), and 1 to Zebina (Zebina) should be considered endemic of the archipelago on the basis of their non- planktotrophic type of protoconch and the absence of records from the neigh- bouring continental coasts (Senegal). The high percentage of endemism of the Cape Verde Rissoininae (96,5%) is comparable to that of other Cape Verde (Right page) Figures 144-147: Radulae of Schwartziella (Schwartziella) from the Cape Verde Islands. 144: radula of Schwartziella (Schwartziella) robusta n. sp., Sal; 145: radula of S. (S.) typica n. sp., Sal; 146: radula of S. (S.) sanmartini n. sp., Boa Vista; 147: radula of S. (S.) similiter n. sp., Brava. (Página derecha) Figures 144-147: Rádulas de Schwartziella (Schwartziella) de las islas de Cabo Verde. 144: rádula de Schwartziella (Schwartziella) robusta spec. nov., Sal; 145: rádula de S. (S.) typica spec. nov., Sal; 146: rádula de S. (S.) sanmartini spec. nov., Boa Vista; 147: rádula de S. (S.) similiter spec. nov., Brava. 82 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago 83 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 rissoideans, like Alvania (16 endemic species from a total of 19, viz. 84,2%; MOOLENBEEK AND ROLÁN, 1988, HOEN- SELAAR AND GOUD, 1998), Manzonia (7 of 7, 100%; ROLÁN, 1987a), Crisilla (6 of 6, 100%; TEMPLADO AND ROLÁN, 1994), Barleeia (3, 100%; GOFas, 1995). Similar high percentages of endemic rissoids were found in other Macaronesian lÍs- lands: Alvania (Canary Islands, 14 of 20, 70%; Madeira, 10 of 14, 71,4%; HOENSE- LAAR AND GOUD, 1998), and Manzonia (Canary Islands, 9 of 10, 90%; Madeira, 6 of 7, 85,7%; MOOLENBEEK AND FABER, 1987a, b, c). Other gastropod genera also show high percentages of endemic spe- cies in the Cape Verde Islands, like Eato- nina (2, 100%, MOOLENBEEK, 1985-86; ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO, 1993), Ammoni- cera (7 species, 100%, RoLÁN, 1992), Euthria (7, 100%; CosEL, 1982d; COSEL AND BURNAY, 1983; ROLÁN, 1985, 1987b), Conus (45 of 48, 93,7%) (ROLÁN, 1990, 1991) and Volvarina (9 of 9, 100%) (Mo- RENO AND BURNAY, 1999). From our own preliminary data, which will be discus- sed in a forthcoming paper, the number of endemic species of Cape Verde ma- rine gastropods reachs 193, from a total of 588 identified species, i. e., a general percentage of 32,8% of endemism. This high percentage of endemic species is comparable with other even more isola- ted oceanic islands (Galapagos, Easter Is., Hawaii), and requires special rese- arch and conservation efforts. Conside- ring only data referring to Rissoininae, Pitcairn Islands, which are 390 km from the nearest islands, have 12 species, with a maximum of three endemic ones, all them with non-planktotrophic proto- conch (SLEURS AND PREECE, 1994). Only four species of Rissoininae are reported from the Galapagos Islands, which are 1000 km off the nearest continental mainland, two of which are probably endemic; the Galapagos Rissoininae fauna is very impoverished compared to the rather rich tropical eastern Pacific (SLEURS, 1989). In contrast, there are four species, three of them endemic in Gua- dalupe Island which is only 260 km off the coast of northern Baja California (SLEURS, 1989). The occurrence of the studied species in each one of the islands of the archipel- ago is showed in Figures 158-176 and Table II. The currently available informa- tion is insufficient to know the actual geographical patterns of distribution of all the species in the archipelago. We have studied only a few samples from deep water from Santo Antáo and Ilhéus do Rombo, and from shallow water from Fogo, llhéu Branco, Ilhéu Razo, Santa Luzia and Sáo Nicolau. Moreover, it is also possible that the original distribution of the species could have been altered by the accidental introduction of species in some islands due to the human activities. Anyway, we can be sure that some species are not uniformly distributed along the archipelago but they are only present in some islands, because we com- monly found them in one or two islands and not at all in the rest. Nothing can be said in species in which little material has been studied, like Schwartziella paradoxa. In these cases, we are not sure of its pre- sence in other islands. Sal and Boa Vista are the islands with a higher number of species (20 and 14, respectively), and this Figures 148-155: Opercula of Schwartziella (Schwartziella) from the Cape Verde Islands. 148: S. (S.) robusta, Sal, inner part; 149: S. (S.) sanmartini, Sal, inner part; 150: S. (S.) sanmartini, Boa Vista, outer part; 151: S. (S.) sanmartini, Sal, inner part; 152: S. (S.) similiter, Brava, inner part; 153: S. (S.) luisi, Palhona, Sal, inner part; 154: S. (S.) luisi, Palhona, Sal, outer part; 155: S. (S.) cf. Iuisi, Calhau, Sáo Vicente. Figures 148-155: Opérculos de Schwartziella (Schwartziella) de las islas de Cabo Verde. 148: S. (S.) robusta, Sal, parte interna; 149: S. (S.) sanmartini, Sal, parte interna; 150: S. (S.) sanmartini, Boa Vista, parte externa; 151: S. (S.) sanmartini, Sal, parte interna; 152: S. (S.) similiter, Brava, parte interna; 153: S. (S.) luisi, Palhona, Sal, parte interna; 154: S. (S.) luisi, Palhona, Sal, parte externa; 155: S. (S.) cf. luisi, Calhau, Sáo Vicente. 84 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago 85 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Table 1. Differences between Rissoina (Rissoina) punctostriata and R. (R.) decussata. Tabla I. Diferencias entre Rissoina (Rissoina) punctostriata y R. (R.) decussata. Rissoina punctostriata size up to 10 mm profile adapical whorls of teleoconch axial ribs subsutural part of last whorls protoconch sinusigera notch deep could be related with its older origin as ROLÁN (1991) pointed for the species of the genus Conus, but also with the fact that these islands were the most sampled, as well as Santiago (11 species), Sáo Vicente (8) and Brava (9). Some species have been found in several close islands of a group and not in the rest. Probably these species are restricted to this group of islands, which is compatible with their non-planktotrophic development and the isolation of islands, as was mentioned by ROLÁN (1991) in the Cape Verde species slightly undulated in the lost whorls by the subsutural depression angulated opisthocline and slightly curved; weakly prominent on the last whorl depressed; axial ribs almost disappear 3 whorls, diameter increases rapidly Rissoina decussata usually up to 7 mm almost rectilineal not angulated almost orthocline; rectilineal; prominent on the last whorl not depressed; axial ribs well marked 2 */2 whorls, diameter increases slowly absent of Conus with non-planktotrophic deve- lopment. More than a half of Schwartziella species (15) apparently have a wide bathymetric distribution, since they were found between shallow water and bathyal depths. Nevertheless, only shells were collected of most of species or were found at deep water, and they are pro- bably transported from shallow to deeper bottoms along the abrupt shelf of the islands. Only S. cancapae are mainly represented by shells collected below 60 m, and S. irregularis, S. abundata, S. rectili- Figure 156: Drawing of the anterior part of a male of Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sanmartini, showing the penis. Figura 156: Esquema de la parte anterior de un macho de Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sanmartini, mostrando el pene. 86 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago Table IT. Distribution of the species in the archipelago. Abbreviations: S, Sal; BV, Boavista; M, Maio; ST, Santiago; E, Fogo; B, Brava; IR, Ilhéus do Rombo ou Secos; C, Ilhéu de Cima; SA, Santo Antáo; SV, Sáo Vicente; SL, Santa Luzia; R, llhéu Razo; SN, Sáo Nicolau. Tabla II. Distribución de las especies en el archipiélago. Abreviaturas: S, Sal; BV, Boavista; M, Maio; ST, Santiago; E Fogo; B, Brava; IR, llhéus do Rombo ou Secos; C, llhéu de Cima; SA, Santo Antáo; SV; Sáo Vicente; SL, Santa Luzia; R, Ilhéu Razo; SN, Sáo Nicolau. Ss BM R. punctostriata + + Se + R. onobiformis + so + S. robusta a da S. obesa e S. corrugata S. sanmartini + + de S. similiter + S. typica S. angularis S. luisi S. minima S. fulgida se S. depressa + e S. gradata S. pavita di + + S S S S S S S S S S) S S S Z. ++ ++ +++ . cancapae . puncticulata .-hoenselaari . paucicostata . sulcostriata . gibbera . Irregularis . abundata . rectilinea . rarilineata + + . Inscripta + . sculpturata + + + . paradoxa villenai + ++++ +++ +++ + + nea, S. paradoxa and Zebina villenai are exclusively represented by shells collec- ted below 75 m of depth. Since only a small part of the studied material was collected alive and the sampling effort was quite different on different islands and depths, a lot of work remains to be done for knowing the basic ecological information of almost all the species (actual habitat, relative abundance, etc.) The sole species with planktotrophic type of protoconch (Rissoina punctostriata) was found in all the islands. Eight species ST + + B IR C SA SV SL R SN + + + + + + + o + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + PE + + + E + + + + + + + + of Schwartziella were only known from the North-east group of islands: two of them from Sal, Boa Vista and Maio (S. sanmartini and S. pavita, Fig. 162), four only from Sal and Boavista (S. robusta, S. angularis, S. luisi and S. minima, Fig. 159), and two other only from Sal and Maio (S. irregularis and S. abundata, Fig. 169). Th- ree species were known only from the North-west group: two from Sáo Nico- lau, lIhéu Razo and Ilhéu de Cima (S. rec- tilinea and Zebina villenai, Fig. 172), and one only from Sáo Vicente (S. paradoxa, 87 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Santo ÁAntáo Sao Vicente Santa Luzia llhéu Branco ha z $ Théu Raso” ; S 20 Nicolau Boavista de 162 Ilhéus do Rombo bh Maio ; llhéu de Cima =. 4 DAN Santiago 23 W Figure 157. Map of the Cape Verde Archipelago. Figures 158-165: Distribution areas. 158: Rís- soina (Ailinzebina) onobiformis, 159: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) robusta, S. (S.) angularis, S. (S.) luisi and S. (S.) minima; 160: S. (S.) obesa; 161: S. (S.) corrugata and S. (S.) gradata (only Brava); 162: S. (S.) sanmartini and S. (S.) pavita; 163: S. (S.) similiter; 164: S. (S.) typica and S. (S.) depressa; 165: S. (S.) fulgida and S. (S.) cancapae. Figura 157. Mapa del Archipiélago de Cabo Verde. Figuras 158-165. Áreas de distribución. 158: Ris- soina (Ailinzebina) onobiformis; 159: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) robusta, S. (S.) angularis, S. (S.) luisi y S. (S.) minima; 160: S. (S.) obesa; 161: S. (S.) corrugata y S. (S.) gradata (sólo Brava); 162: S. (S.) sanmartini y S. (S.) pavita; 163: S. (S.) similiter; 164: S. (S.) typica y S. (S.) depressa; 165: S. (S.) fulgida y S. (S.) cancapae. Fig. 176). Four species were known only from Santiago, Fogo and Brava, and two from the South-west group of islands: (S. corrugata and S. gradata, Fig. 161) only two (S. fulgida and S. cancapae, Fig. 165) from Brava. Finally, five species (Schwart- 88 ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago Figures 166-176. Distribution areas. 166: S. (S.) puncticulata; 167: S. (S.) hoenselaari; 168: S. (S.) paucicostata; 169: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sulcostriata; 170: S. (S.) gibbera; 171: S. (S.) irregu- laris and S. (S.) abundata; 172: S. (S.) rectilinea and Zebina (Zebina) villenai;, 173: S. (S.) rariline- ata; 174: S. (S.) inscripta; 175: S. (S.) sculpturata; 176: S. (S.) paradoxa. Figuras 166-176. Áreas de distribución. 166: S. (S.) puncticulata; 167: S. (S.) hoenselaari; 168: S. (S.) paucicostata; 169: Schwartziella (Schwartziella) sulcostriata; 170: S. (S.) gibbera; 171: S. (S.) irregularis y S. (S.) abundata; 172: S. (S.) rectilinea y Zebina (Zebina) villenai; 173: S. (S.) rariline- ata; 174: S. (S.) inscripta; 175: S. (S.) sculpturata; 176: S. (S.) paradoxa. ziella obesa, S. puncticulata, S. hoenselaari, S. paucicostata and S. sculpturata) were found in the three groups of islands, ot- her five in the NE and NW groups ($. ty- pica, S. depressa, S. sulcostriata, S. rariline- ata and S. inscripta), and three other in the NW and SW groups (S. similiter, S. gibbera and Rissoina (Ailinzebina) onobiformis). Since Rissoininae species do not differ markedly in anatomical features, 89 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 except for the morphology of the penis, species identification is usually based on shell characters only (PONDER, 1985; SLEURS, 1993, 1994). However, shell cha- racters seem to be strongly subject to parallelism, and this makes identifi- cation of the apomorphic conditions extremely difficult (SLEURS, 1994). Only a thorough revision of the genera of Ris- soininae, including teleoconch micros- culpture, protoconch morphology, anatomy (and especially the penial cha- racters) and the fossil record, may give us an accurate idea of the phylogenetic relationships of the species. Neverthe- less, in the absence of sufficient systema- tic and distributional data, we point out in the following lines some considera- tions about the Cape Verde species of Rissoininae that will need further rese- arch. Rissoina punctostriata seems to form with R. decussata from the Caribbean and R. elegantula (Angas, 1880) from South Australia a group of closely related species. The holotype of R. elegantula (BMNH 1881.4.29.4, Aldinga Bay) has similar shell size (6.6 x 2.8 mm), shape and sculpture to the two Atlantic species, and it also has a protoconch of plankto- trophic type with sinusigerous disconti- nuity. As we will say below, this is not the only group of species with an apparently disjunct Atlantic-Pacific distribution. The subgenus Rissoina (Ailinzebina) comprises at least five Recent species, of which four are apparently distributed only in the Western Pacific, and one (R. (A.) elegantissima) has a tropical western Atlantic distribution (SLEURS, 1993). The second Atlantic species described here, Rissoina (Atlinzebina) onobiformis n. sp., se- ems to be more closely related by its size, subcylindrical and thin shell, axial and spiral sculpture and non-planktotrophic type or protoconch to the western Pacific species R. (A.) abrardi (Ladd, 1966). The shell of the western Atlantic R. (4.) ele- gantissima is also similar in size, shape and sculpture, but it is rather solid and the protoconch is of planktotrophic larval type. The remaining three Pacific species of this subgenus clearly differ from the precedent “group” of species in shell 90 shape or size and sculpture (see SLEURS, 1993). It should be considered a vicariant origin of the two non-planktotrophic spe- cies of this “group” from a widely distri- buted Tethyan planktotrophic ancestor (may be R. (4.) elegantissima?), a hypothe- sis proposed by LEAL AND MOORE (1989) for two other related species of Rissoina (Rissoina indiscreta Leal and Moore, 1989, from Brazil, and R. turricula Pease, 1861, from the Indo-Pacific). Nevertheless, spe- cies of the subgenus Ailinzebina are rather uncommon, and therefore more biogeo- graphical and anatomical information is needed to establish reliable relationships. The oldest known fossils of this subgenus date from the Early Tertiary of France and the Lower Miocene of Bikini (SLEURS, 1993), and this supports such hypothesis. These matter deserves further detailed research, since similar groups of closely related species distributed in one (or both) sides of the Atlantic and the Indo- Pacific were recorded in several families, viz. the genus Luria (Cypraeidae), with a pair of related species (Luria lurida from the Eastern Atlantic and L. pulchra from the Red Sea, Gulf of Oman and Persian Gulf) (ALVARADO AND ÁLVAREZ, 1964), the Conus venulatus group from the Cape Verde Islands and Conus suturatus from Central Indo-West Pacific and Australia (ROLÁN, 1991), and the genus Volvarina (Marginellidae), with Western and East- ern Atlantic and Red Sea related species (MORENO AND BURNAY, 1999). The high number of species of Cape Verde Schwartziella is surprising, since only one species of this genus (S. afri- cana) has been recorded from the neigh- bouring West African coast, and as far as we know, there are no endemic species of this genus in the islands of Sáo Tomé and Principe and the Canary Islands. The five species of Schwartziella from St. Helena Island described by SMITH (1890) also have paucispiral pro- toconch and seem to be endemic. The loss of a planktotrophic larval stage and the isolation of Cape Verde islands seem to be the main factors of speciation, but there is yet much work to do on the iso- lation mechanisms within the archipel- ago that has led to such a high specia- ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago tion. The present knowledge does not allow to stablish if such a radiation is dued to one or more colonizations of the archipelago, followed by isolation and speciation. The scarce information on Atlantic Schwartziella, especially regard- ing protoconch characters, teleoconch microsculpture and penial anatomy, makes very difficult to establish rela- tionships based solely on the available 1. - Shell with axial sculpture on all whorls data. It is possible that the non-plankto- trophic Atlantic Schwartziella derived from a widespread Atlantic species with planktotrophic development, but only a revision of the Atlantic recent and fossil species could give solid cues about the speciation of the genus. On the basis of the shell characters used in the descriptions we present a key for the Cape Verde species of Schwartziella. - Shell without axial sculpture or with weak axial sculpture not present on all Os A DO EAS EDO 2. - Shell with a strong subsutural angulation - Shell lacking strong subsutural angulation y e - Shell length up to 3 mm PAE SMA YT IOSS USE IIA 23 4. - Shell relatively wide (1/w ratio 2.12-2.20); protoconch with only a spiral angula- HONRA up penpar as: ds RO ALO 26319312 S. angularis - Shell relatively narrow (1/w ratio 2.32-2.44); protoconch with three spiral cords and irregular axial threads 5. - Suture markedly undulous due to the axial ribs nc astcrs Mitpae ¿he Ade S. gradata ASstturerechlinearonstishtyundulous A A E A 6 do nellivery sold and:strong? soto 0960 ade rola lio IU DAA S. robusta - HE E A A o A 7 7. - Shell showing aperture with 8 axial ribs visible in last whorl ............. 8 - Shell showing aperture with less than 8 axial ribs visible in last whorl ...... 9 8. - Adult shells longer than 3 mm; protoconch diameter about 360 um . S. sanmartini - Adult shells length up to 3 mmy protoconch diameter about 420 um - S. abundata 9. - Shell showing aperture with less than 6 axial ribs visible in last whorl ...... 10 - Shell showing aperture with 6 or more axial ribs visible in last whorl 10. - Shell showing aperture with 5 axial ribs visible in last whorl; protoconch with sculpture, of about 300 ym of diameter E A eS: S. hoenselaari - Shell showing aperture with 4 axial ribs visible in last whorl; protoconch smooth, of about 270 um of diameter O S. paucicostata MIA simo convexinithe subsutural par 12 Aa lbs notmore conve ubsutural pa 13 12. - Teleoconch microsculpture formed by undulated rows of punctae . S. puncticulata - Teleoconch microsculpture formed by groups of 6-9 spiral threads interrupted by the growth lines, alternating with bands with only pits ........0..000. S. gibbera 13. - Spiral sculpture of the teleoconch visible at low magnification .......... 14 - Spiral sculpture of the teleoconch not visible at low magnification ....... 19 A nelllens tu. tos ma a e oe Nes eyes. TEL 15 OS o E Á e 16 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 15. - Shell with evident and separate spiral threads... 00000. S. luisi - Shell with finer and closer spiral threads 16. - Shell with not prominent axial ribs - Shell with prominent axial ribs .... 17. - Protoconch with a spiral cord - Protoconch lacking spiral sculpture A ad 17 18. - Axial ribs not very prominent; protoconch diameter about 400 ym. . S. sulcostriata - Axial ribs prominent; protoconch diameter about 340 ym ........ S. cancapae 19. - Shell with rectilinear profile, specially in first whorls - Shell with convex whorls ........ 20. - Axial ribs not regularly disposed; protoconch diameter < 200 ym po ca S. rectilinea Me ra ec cal. 20 . . S. trregularis - Shell with regular ribs; protoconch diameter >200 4M ......00 0000... ZA AE Shell e E A li de OSO N: S. fulgida cl O 22 22. - Shell with a slight subsutural depressi0N .....000oooooooo o S. depressa ¡Shelllackinesubsutural depression O S. typica 23 ohelliwitaispiralisculptureonl eo ala O AO 24 ¡SheHwitWspiraltandiaxalsculpture a a A O e 25 24. - Shell with spiral striae on first whorl only ...........0...0... S. inscripta - Shell with spiral sculpture on all whorls dos dana S. rarilineata 25. - Shell with uniform spiral sculpture in all the shell ........... S. sculpturata - Shell without spiral sculpture at the base ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This work would not have been pos- sible without the help of the following people and institutions: “Dirección General de Cooperación Técnica y Cien- tífica del Ministerio de Asuntos Exterio- res” (Spain), which provided finantial support for the “Primera Expedición Científica Ibérica al Archipiélago de Cabo Verde”; “Secretaria de Estado das Pescas” and the Government of the Republic of Cape Verde, which gave the facilities for undertaking this expedi- tion; we also acknowledge to our com- panions in this expedition the help with field sampling; the late Francisco Fer- nandes also helped us collecting sedi- ments; “Consejería Territorial y de Medio Ambiente del Gobierno de Cana- rias”, which provided finantial support within the cooperation program “Cana- rias-Cabo Verde” to the project “Evalua- 92 eo S. paradoxa ción de los recursos naturales litorales de la República de Cabo Verde”, in which was included the “Macaronesia 2” expedition; Margarita Mosquera, sorted a lot of sediments; Jesús Méndez (CACTI, Centro de Apoyo Científico y Tecnológico a la Investigación, Universi- dad de Vigo) made most of the SEM photographs, and José Bedoya (Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Ma- drid) made some ones at the beginning of this study; Edmund Gittenberger (NNM) loaned the material from CANCAP expeditions; Virginie Heros (MNHN) loaned the type material of Rissoina africana; Kathie M. Way (BMNH) loaned the type material of R. decussata, R. striatocostata, Rissoina ele- gantula and the five species described by SMITH (1890). We specially acknowledge the kind cooperation of Rosario Morán, ROLÁN AND LUQUE: The subfamily Rissoininae in the Cape Verde Archipelago who begun this study with the material from the “Primera Expedición Científica Ibérica” and Hink L. Hoenselaar, who BIBLIOGRAPHY ALTIMIRA, C., 1978. Moluscos marinos de las cos- tas del NW de África (Expedición “Atlor VIT”). Resultados de las Expediciones Científicas del B/O Cornide, 7: 173-193. ALVARADO, R. AND ÁLVAREZ, J., 1964. Resul- tados de la expedición Peris-Álvarez a la isla de Annobón. VII. Algunos invertebra- dos marinos. Boletín de la Real Sociedad Es- pañola de Historia Natural (Biología), 62: 265- 282. BURNAY, L. P. AND COSEL, R. VON., 1987. His- tory of the investigations of the marine Mo- llusca of the Cape Verde Islands. Courier Fors- chungsinstitut Senckenberg, 95: 5-11. COSEL, R. VON, 1982a. Ergebnisse deutsch-por- tugiesischer Sammelreisen auf den Kapver- dischen Inseln (Republica de Cabo Verde). Vorláufige Liste der marinen Mollusken. Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, 52: 15- 25 COSEL, R. VON, 1982b. Marine Mollusken von Sta. Luzia, Branco und Razo (Kapverdische Inseln). Courier Forschungsinstitut Sencken- berg, 52: 27-33. COSEL, R. VON, 1982c. Marine Mollusken der Kapverdischen Inseln. Úbersicht mit zooge- ographischen Anmerkungen. Courier Fors- chungsinstitut Senckenberg, 52: 35-76. COSEL, R. vVON, 1982d. Zwei neue Euthria-Ar- ten von den Kapverdischen Inseln (Proso- branchia: Buccinidae). Archiv fúr Mollusken- kunde, 112 (1/6): 157-163, 1 pl. COSEL, R. VON AND BURNAY, L. P., 1983. A new Euthria from deeper shelf of the Cape Verde Islands. Archiv fur Molluskenkunde, 113 (1-6): 151-157. DAUTZENBERG, P., 1913 (1912). Mission Gruvel sur la cóte occidentale d'Afrique (1909-1910): Mollusques marins. Annales de l'Institut Océ- anographique, 5 (3): 1-111, pls. 1-3. DAUTZENBERG, P. AND FISCHER, H., 1906. Mo- llusques provenant des dragages effectués a l'Ouest de l'Afrique pendant les campagnes scientifiques de S. A.S. le Prince de Monaco. Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accomplies sur son yacht par Albert 1er Prince Souverain de Monaco, 32: 1-125, pls. 1-5. FABER, M. J., 1990. Studies on West Indian ma- rine molluscs 19. On the identity of Turbo br- yereus Montagu, 1803, with the description of a new species of Rissoina (Gastropoda Pro- sobranchia: Rissoidae). Basteria, 54 (1-3): 115- 120. did the same with the CANCAP mate- rial, and the useful comments of Serge Gofas and José Templado. FERNANDES, F. AND ROLÁN, E., 1991. Biblio- grafía malacológica de la costa occidental de Africa. Reseñas Malacológicas, 6: 1-64. FERNANDES, F. AND ROLÁN, E., 1994. Check-list of the amphiatlantic Mollusca based on a re- vision of the literature. Reseñas Malacológicas, 8: 1-36. GARCÍA-TALAVERA, F., 1983. Los Moluscos Gas- terópodos anfiatlánticos (estudio paleo y biogeo- gráfico de las especies bentónicas litorales). Uni- versidad de La Laguna, Colección Mono- gráfica n” 10: 1-352, 7 pls. GARCÍA-TALAVERA, F. AND BACALLADO, J. J., 1978. Nuevas aportaciones a la fauna de gas- terópodos marinos (Mollusca, Gastropoda) de las islas de Cabo Verde. Boletín del Insti- tuto Español de Oceanografía, 6 (328): 202-208. GOFAS, S., 1995. A remarkable species richness of the Barleiidae (Gastropoda: Rissoacea) in the Eastern Atlantic. The Nautilus, 109 (1): 14- 37 GOFAS, S., 1999. The West African Rissoidae (Gastropoda: Rissooidea) and their rela- tionships to some European species. The Nau- tilus, 113 (3): 78-101. HOENSELAAR, H. J. AND GOUD, J., 1998. The Ris- soidae of the CANCAP expeditions, I. The ge- nus Alvania Risso, 1826 (Gastropoda Proso- branchia). Basteria, 62: 69-115. LEAL, J. H. AND MOORE, D. R., 1989. Rissoina indiscreta, a new rissoid species from the tro- pical Southwestern Atlantic with Indo-West Pacific affinities (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Rissooidea). Bulletin of Marine Science, 45 (1): 139-147. MARCHE-MARCHAD, 1., 1958. Nouveau catalo- gue de la collection de Mollusques testacés de l'I. F.A. N. Catalogues de l'I. F. A. N., 14, 66 PP- MOOLENBEEK, R. G., 1985-86. A new species of Entonina from the Cape Verde Islands. Noti- ziario C. I. S. M. A., 7-8 (8-9): 67-69. MOOLENBEEK, R. G. AND ROLÁN, E., 1988. New species of Rissoidae from the Cape Verde Is- lands (Mollusca: Gastropoda) Part 1. Bulle- tin Zoólogisch Museum, 11 (14): 121-126. MORÁN, R., ROLÁN, E. AND LUQUE, A. A,, 1989. Contribution to the knowledge of the pro- sobranchs (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Proso- branchia) of the Cape Verde Archipelago. V. Rissoininae (Rissoidae). Abstracts of papers and posters of the 5th symposium Fauna and Flora of the Cape Verde Islands, Leiden, p. 20. 93 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 MORENO, D. AND BURNAY, L. P., 1999. The ge- nus Volvarina (Gastropoda: Marginellidae) in the Cape Verde Islands. Journal of Con- chology, 36 (5): 83-124. NICKLES, M., 1947. La collection de Mollusques tes- tacés marins de l'IFAN. Catalogues, IL, IFAN, 23 pp. NORDSIECK, F., 1972. Die europaischen Mee- resschnecken. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stutt- gart, 327 pp. NORDSIECK, F., 1982. Die europaischen Meeres- Gehúuseschnecken (Prosobranchia) Vom Eismeer bis Kapverden, Mittelmeer und Schwarzes Meer. 2. Auflage. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, 539 pp. ODHNER, N. H,, 1932. Beitráge zur Malakozo- ologie der Kanarischen Inseln. Lamellibran- chen, Cephalopoden, Gastropoden. Arkiv for Zoolog1, 23A (14): 1-116, 2 pls. PONDER, W. F., 1985. A Review of the Genera of the Rissoidae (Mollusca: Mesogastropoda: Rissoacea). Records of the Australian Museum, suppl. 4, 221 pp. ROLÁN, E., 1985. A new Euthria of the Cape Verde Islands. La Conchiglia, 17 (190-191): 6- do ROLÁN, E., 1987a. El género Manzonía Brusina, 1870 en el Archipiélago de Cabo Verde. Pu- blicacoes Ocassionaes Sociedade Portuguesa de Malacología, (9): 27-36. ROLÁN, E., 1987b. The species in the genus Euth- ria. (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Argonauta, 3 (5- 6): 291-308. ROLÁN, E., 1990. Descripción de nuevas espe- cies y subespecies del género Conus (Mo- llusca, Neogastropoda) para el Archipiélago de Cabo Verde. Iberus, supl. 2: 1-63, 9 pls. ROLÁN, E., 1991. La familia Conidae (Mollusca, Gas- tropoda) en el Archipiélago de Cabo Verde (Africa Occidental). Tesis Doctoral, Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, 653 pp. ROLÁN, E., 1992. La familia Omalogyridae G. O. Sars, 1878 (Mollusca, Gastropoda) en el Ar- chipiélago de Cabo Verde. Graellsia, 47: 105- 116. ROLÁN, E., 1998. A new species of Zebina (Gas- tropoda: Rissoidae: Rissoininae) from Yuca- tán (Mexico). Apex, 13 (4): 177-179. ROLÁN, E., FERNANDES, F., LUQUE, A. A., ORTEA, J. AND TEMPLADO, J., 1993. Marine gastro- pods of the Cape Verde Islands: an updated and annotated checklist. Abstracts First Sym- posium “Fauna and Flora of the Atlantic Is- lands”, Funchal, Madeira. ROLÁN, E. AND RUBIO, F., 1999. New informa- tion on the malacological fauna (Mollusca, Gastropoda) of the Cape Verde Archipelago, with the description of five new species. Apex, 14 (1): 1-10. ROLÁN, E. AND RYALL, P., 1999. Checklist of the Angolan marine molluscs. Reseñas Mala- cológicas, 10: 1-132. 94 ROLÁN, E. AND TEMPLADO, J., 1993. The family Cingulopsidae (Prosobranchia: Rissoidea) in the Cape Verde Islands, with the descrip- tion of one new species. Basteria, 57: 193-198. SAUNDERS, G. D., 1977. Some notes on shelling in the Cape Verde Islands. La Conchiglia, 9 (97- 98): 3-21. SLEURS, W. J. M., 1989. A zoogeographical analy- sis of the Rissoinine fauna of the eastern Pa- cific with special reference to a comparison with the Caribbean fauna and with a check- list of the Eastern Pacific Rissoininae Stimp- son, 1865 (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Annales de la Societé royale zoologique de Belgique, 119 (2): 155-164. SLEURsS, W. J. M., 1991. Mollusca Gastropoda: Four new rissoinine species (Rissoininae) from deep water in the New Caledonian re- gion. In: A. Crosnier and P. Bouchet (eds), Ré- sultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, vo- lume 7. Mémoires du Muséum national d'His- toire naturelle, (A), 150: 163-178. SLEURS, W. J. M., 1993. A revision of the Recent species of Rissoina (Moerchiella), R. (Apata- xia), R. (Ailinzebina) and R. (Pachyrissoina) (Gastropoda: Rissoidae). Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bio- logie, 63: 71-135. SLEURS, W. J. M., 1994. Two new Rissoina (s. s.) sister species from the Western Pacific. Mo- lluscan Research, 15: 13-19. SLEURS, W. J. M., 1996. A revision of the recent species of the genus Stosicia (Gastropoda: Rissoidae). Mededelingen van de Koninklijke Academie voor Wetenschappen, Letteren en Schone Kunsten va Belgie, 1: 117-158, 19 pls. SLEURS, W. J. M. AND PREECE, R. C., 1994. The Rissoininae (Gastropoda: Rissoidae) of the Pitcairn Islands, with the description of two new species. Journal of Conchology, London, 35: 67-82. SMITH, E. A., 1890. Report on the Marine Mo- lluscan Fauna of the Island of St. Helena. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1890: 247-317, pls. 21-24. TALAVERA, F. G., 1975. Moluscos de sedimen- tos de la plataforma continental de Mauri- tania. Boletín del Instituto Español de Oceano- grafía, 192: 1-18. TEMPLADO, J. AND ROLÁN, E., 1994. Las especies del género Crisilla y afines (Gastropoda: Pro- sobranchia: Rissoidae) en el archipiélago de Cabo Verde. Iberus, 11 (2): 1-25. TOMLIN, J. R. LE B. AND SHACKLEFORD, L. J., 1914. The marine mollusca of Sáo Thomé, 1. Journal of Conchology, 14 (9): 239-256. WATSON, R. B., 1873. On some marine molluscs from Madeira. Proceedings of the Zoological Society London, 1873: 361-391. O Sociedad Española de Malacología —__——T— lberus, 18 (1): 95-123, 2000 A molluscan community from coastal bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar area La comunidad de moluscos de un fondo bioclástico costero del Estrecho de Gibraltar José RUEDA*!, Carmen SALAS* and Serge GOFAS* Recibido el 10-1X-1999. Aceptado el 17-X1-1999 ABSTRACT The molluscan community of a soft bottom of bioclastic gravels and sand has been studied monthly over two years in four stations of the bay of Barbate, SW Spain at the Atlantic entrance of the Strait of Gibraltar, between 18 and 29 m depth. Species richness, domi- nance and frequency over the two years are recorded. Micromolluscs, less than 1 mm in size, were also recorded from the sample of April 1994. Over the two years, 203 species of macromolluscs were found, of which 174 species (115.104 individuals) were collected alive and quantified. A total of 25 species of micro- molluscs were determined, some of which usually considered as rare species. Most species richness values range between 20 to 40 species per sample, which is comparable with, or higher than, the values reported in other studies from soft bottom communities of molluscs. The qualitative analysis based on Jaccard's and Baroni-Urbani and Buser's indices show that three stations are significantly similar (p < 0.01), whereas the lowest similarity was found between the station close to the harbour of Barbate and the other ones. The quanti- tative analysis based on the Bray and Curtis index is biased by the high number of indivi- duals of Chamelea striatula but consistent with the qualitative indices when this species is not taken into account. The main community is similar to “Biocénose des fonds meubles instables (MI)” and “Bio- cénose des fonds detritique du large (DL)” of PÉrEs AND PicARD (1964), but occurs shallo- wer than in the Mediterranean. The concurrence of species from the Lusitanian, Mediterra- nean and Mauritanian regions results in an increment of the total number of species. RESUMEN Se ha estudiado la comunidad de Moluscos de fondos de grava bioclástica y arena durante dos años en la bahía de Barbate, SW de España cerca del Estrecho de Gibraltar. Se han elegido cuatro estaciones entre 18 y 29 metros de profundidad. Se ha determi- nado la riqueza especifica, la dominancia y la frecuencia a lo largo de los dos años. Los micromoluscos, de menos de 1 mm de talla, se han estudiado sólo para la muestra de Abril de 1994. Se han colectado un total de 203 especies de macromoluscos a lo largo de los dos años, de las cuales 174 especies (115.104 individuos) se cogieron vivos y se cuantificaron. Se han determinado también 25 especies de micromoluscos, algunas de las cuales conside- * Depto. Biología Animal, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad de Málaga, Campus de Teatinos s/n, E-29071- Málaga ' Present address: Rijksinstituut voor visserijonderzoek (RIVO-DLO), (Centrum voor Schelpdieronderzoek), Korringaweg, 5, Postbus 77, 4400 AB Yerseke, The Netherlands. YS Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 radas habitualmente como especies raras. La mayoría de los valores de la riqueza especi- fica oscilan entre 20 y 40 especies por muestra, lo que es comparable o incluso mayor que los valores reseñados en otros estudios para comunidades de moluscos de fondos blandos. Los análisis cualitativos de afinidad basados en los índices de Jaccard y de Baroni-Urbani y Buser muestran que tres estaciones son significativamente similares (p < 0,01), mientras que la menor afinidad se encontró entre la estación próxima al puerto de Barbate y las otras. El análisis cuantitativo de afinidad basado en el índice de Bray y Curtis esta ses- gado por el gran número de individuos de Chamelea striatula, pero si no consideramos dicha especie los resultados son similares a los obtenidos por índices cualitativos. La comunidad es similar a la “Biocénose des fonds meubles instables (MI)” y “Biocénose des fonds detritique du large (DL)” de PÉrEs Y PicARD (1964), pero aparece a menor pro- fundidad que en el Mediterráneo. La comunidad de la estación próxima al puerto pre- senta caracteres intermedios con la “Biocénose des sables fins bien calibrés (SFBC)” de PÉRES Y PICARD (1964). La coexistencia de especies procedentes de las tres regiones Lusitá- nica, Mediterránea y Mavritánica supone un incremento de la riqueza específica. KEY WORDS: Molluscan communities, Strait of Gibraltar, Species richness, PALABRAS CLAVE: Comunidades de moluscos, Estrecho de Gibraltar, riqueza específica. INTRODUCTION The Strait of Gibraltar is an interes- ting area for the study of the marine fauna, including molluscs, due to the confluence of Atlantic and Mediterra- nean waters. According to EKMAN (1953), it is the meeting point of three biogeographic regions: Lusitanian, Mau- ritanian and Mediterranean. As a result of this, the species richness in this area is possibly the highest of the European coasts. In addition, there is a clear pre- sence of North African fauna in this zone, and there also occur some endemic mollusc species (GOFAS, 1999). Some XIX century expeditions, such as “Lightning” and “Porcupine”, “Cha- llenger” “Travailleur” and “Talisman” reported on the marine molluscs from the Ibero-Moroccan Gulf (see review in SALAS, 1996) but were mostly concerned with the bathyal fauna. Recently a French expedition “Balgim” (1984) and a Spanish survey “Fauna 1” (1989) added more information about the malacofauna, particularly bivalves (SALAS, 1996). There are relatively few studies regarding the fauna from the Strait of Gibraltar. Some of them reported only 96 faunistic lists (FISCHER-PIETTE, 1959; THORSON, 1965; GARCÍA-GOMEZ, 1983a; VAN AARTSEN, MENKHORST AND GITTEN- BERGER, 1984; CERVERA, TEMPLADO, GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, BALLESTEROS, ORTEA, GARCÍA, ROS AND LUQUE, 1988) and others added information about mollus- can communities (GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, 1983b; TEMPLADO, GUERRA, BEDOYA, MORENO, REMON, MALDONADO AND RAMOS, 1993, GOFaAs, 1999) or other invertebrate groups (CARBALLO, NARANJO AND GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, 1997; LÓPEZ DE LA CUADRA AND GARCÍA- GOMEZ, 1993; MEDEL-SOTERAS, GARCÍA AND GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, 1991). Some general studies have been carried out in the inner Bay of Cádiz (ARlas, 1976; LÓPEZ DE LA ROsa, 1997; DRAKE, ARIAS AND CONRADI, 1997), but these were not directed to molluscan communities. A review of the decapods from expedi- tions carried out off the southern Iberian peninsula and the northern coast of Morocco is given by GARCÍA RASO (1996), and new records were added by LÓPEZ DE LA ROSA, GARCÍA RASO AND RODRIGUEZ MARTÍN (1998). The decapod crustacean community from Barbate RUEDA ET A£.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar Table I. Physical characteristics of the sampling stations in bay of Barbate. Tabla I. Características físicas de las estaciones de muestreo en la bahía de Barbate. Barra 10 Retín 12 Retín 16 Barra 16 Depth 21-22 m 28-29 m 28-29 m 18m O ent coarse sand coarse sand medium sand fine sand yP with bioclasts with bioclasts with bioclasts with bioclasts Organic matter content 0.35- 0.40% 0.40 - 0.60% 0.70- 0.80% 0.80-1.10% was studied by MANJÓN-CABEZA AND GARCÍA RASO (1998a), and the popula- tion structure and growth of the hermit crab Diogenes pugilator from the same area by MANJÓN-CABEZA AND GARCÍA RASO (1998b). None of these previous studies contained data on molluscan communities from infralittoral bottoms and their changes through the year. The present paper was aimed to a better knowledge of molluscan commu- nities from bioclastic infralittoral bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar, and of the influence they receive from the diffe- rent water masses. The results have been obtained from monthly samples over two years of survey. These mollus- can communities are poorly documen- ted in the Spanish coasts, although some information from other European sta- tions is available in the literature (CABIOCH, 1968; PÉRES AND PICARD, 1964; GLÉMAREC, 1969; TEMPLADO ET AL., 1993). AREA OF STUDY Samples were collected in the bay of Barbate (36% 8” N- 5% 56” W), on the Atlantic side of the Strait of Gibraltar (Fig. 1). Four sample stations were selec- ted and sampled monthly throughout two years. Sample stations were placed on two transects, R (Retín) and B (Barra), at different distances from the estuary and harbour of Barbate. The main characteristics of sampling stations are listed in Table 1. The station B10 is the nearest to the harbour and the estuary of Barbate river, with high level of sedimentation (fine particles) and a higher value of percentage of organic matter in the sedi- ment than in the other stations. Hard bottoms are present in the bay as flags- tones between the station R12 and the beach (Fig. 1). The Bay of Barbate is mainly influenced by water masses from the Atlantic Ocean. Most of the flow comes from South Portugal, but due to the pro- ximity of North Africa there are also currents of Southern origin (REY, 1983). Atlantic water currents flow in this bay in direction to the Mediterranean Sea, while Mediterranean water currents flow below 200-250 meters deep in the opposite direction (VIVES, SANTAMARIA AND TREPAT, 1975) and do not affect the bay. Tidal currents can change the direc- tion of the dominant currents, produ- cing local gyres. Water temperature varies from 21” C (Summer months) to 14” C (Winter months). Water salinity values (around 34 %o) can change due to the influence of the river Barbate and some other fresh water reservoirs (ESTA- BLIER AND MARGALEF, 1964; SEOANE- CAMBA, 1965). The mixed sediment (shell frag- ments and sand) is a habitat for some benthic algae, which were reported on by FLORES-MOYA, SOTO, SÁNCHEZ, ALTA- MIRANO AND CONDE (1995a, b) and by CONDE, FLORES-MOYA, SOTO, ALTAMI- RANO AND SÁNCHEZ (1996). MATERIAL AND METHODS Samples were collected from October 1993 to September 1995 with a small fishing boat, by towing a rectan- 97 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Figure 1. Location of the sampling points in Bay of Barbate. The dashed line represents rocky bottoms. Figura 1. Localización de los puntos de muestreo dentro de los fondos de la bahía. La linea discontinua indica la presencia de lajas de roca. gular dredge (42 cm width x 22 cm height), with a 0.5 mm mesh inner holding bag, for 15 minutes at a speed of 1 knot. The dredged area for each sample was approximately 150 m?. Biological samples were sieved on different mesh sizes (10, 5, 3, and 1 mm) in order to split into different size frac- tions and sort them. The smaller frac- tions were sorted under a stereomicros- cope. Molluscs were separated from the rest of macrobenthos and fixed in for- maldehyde 10 % and subsequently pre- served in neutralized alcohol 70%. The fraction above 1 mm shell size, representing the macrofauna, was sor- ted quantitatively for every sample over the two years. Both living and dead spe- cimens were identified, although only li- ving specimens were quantified. The ta- xonomical ordination is according to Sa- BELLI, GIANNUZZI-SAVELLI AND BEDULLI (1990) and current CLEMAM catalogue (www.mnhn.fr / base / malaco.html). Species richness and dominance (percentage of individuals to the total, for a particular species) were calculated in order to describe the community. We also calculated the frequency or percen- 98 tage of the samples in which the species is present over the two years. Three indices of affinity were calculated to classify the molluscan composition from the four stations, in order to check the different communities present in our study area. Two of them are qualitative (JACCARD, 1908; BARONI-URBANI AND BUSER, 1976), the other one quantitative (BRAY AND CURTIS, 1957). The quanti- tative dissimilarity index (I) of BRAY AND CURTIS (1957) was transformed as (1-I) so as to use it as a quantitative similarity index. The qualitative indices were chosen in view of the possibility to test the significance, following REAL AND VARGAS (1996) for the Jaccard index and Baroni-Urbani and Buser tables (BARONI-URBANI AND BUSER, 1976) for their own index. The affinity between stations was represented for each index by a dendrogram, using the UPGMA algorithm. Micromolluscs, mostly species which have a shell size smaller than the bulk of the sediment grain, need special processing to be recovered efficiently and this was done mainly on the sample of April 1994. The fraction not retained RUEDA ET 4£.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar by the 1 mm sieve was sieved on the 0.5 and 0.3 mm sieves. Then, each of these fractions was winnowed in sea water, so that the water movement will carry away the lighter fraction including molluscs. The water outflow was collec- ted on the 0.3 mm sieve, examined for living micromolluscs, and dried. The micromolluscs were sorted in this dry residue under the stereomicroscope, using a Strattman micropaleontological tray and a fine wet brush to manipulate them. Micromollusc data were studied apart due to an incomplete cuantifi- cation, only in the sample of April 1994. Sediment samples were collected and analysed for granulometry and per- centage of organic matter (% OM). The grain size distribution of the sediment was determined by sieving. The mud fraction was separated by wet sieving in a 80um sieve, and finally the dried sand fraction was sieved over a stacked set of grade sieves. Granulometric parameters were calculated according to the method of BUCHANAN (1984). Sediment for determination of % OM was stored in formaldehyde 10% just after collection. A fraction was dried at 100% C for 24 hours and weighted for obtaining dry weight. Later on it was burnt to ashes for 2 h at 525” C and finally weighted again. Difference of dry weight and dry weight after ignition determined %OM in the sediment. RESULTS Analysis of the taxocoenosis of molluscs A: Macromolluscs composition and species richness: Over the two years, a total of 203 species of macromolluscs were found. Of these, 174 species (115. 104 individuals) were collected alive (Tables IL, III). Some individuals were only identified to genus level, either because diagnostic characters are seen only on living animals and could not be observed (e. g. Triphoridae, many Opist- hobranchs), or because they belong to groups where taxonomic problems are not solved (see remarks below). Number and percentage of species by class collected were similar in R12, R16 and B16. In B10, the number of species by class was lower, although the percentages of abundance were similar to those in the other stations (Table HT). The families Trochidae (12 sp., Fig. 2), Nassariidae (9 sp., Fig. 3) and Muricidae (7 sp.) were the best represented among the gastropods; the Veneridae (13 sp.) and Cardiidae (10 sp.) among the bival- ves. Mean values for species richness per month were lower in B10 (between 12 to 36) than in the other sampling points: R12 (17-45 species); R16 (20-49 species); B16 (21-51 species). The number of species of gastropods and their abundance were higher in R16 and B16, where the sediments were cha- racterised by a mixture of bioclasts and of coarse and medium sand, respecti- vely. Total abundances of bivalves were high in R16 and B10 due to a strong set- tlement of the bivalve Chamelea striatula, but richness for bivalves was higher in the stations with mixed sediments (gravels and fine sand) than in the most homogeneous one (B10). In global terms, bivalves were more abundant than gastropods mainly due to their gre- garious occurrence in soft bottoms. The dredge was not adequate for the collec- tion of cephalopods so that a low number of them were registered and always small individuals (2-3 cm). The base of the ascidian Phallusia mammillata (Cuvier, 1815) clusters shells and small stones which provide a micro- habitat for some species of molluscs such as Chauvetia procerula and Ocine- brina edwardsii which were abundant inside the holes and crevices from these structures. We also noted the presence of small individuals of the bivalves Chlamys varia and Striarca lactea both attached by byssal thread. Some associations of molluscs with others organisms were found. The bi- valve Digitaria digitaria usually suppor- ted colonies of the hydrozoan Monobra- chium parasitum Meresckowsky, 1877 lo- cated on the posterior part of the umbo. Colonies of another non determined hy- 9% Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Table II. Species of macromolluscs collected in the survey. Ab: Abundance, Er: Frequency, ff: Dead specimen, +: Non quantitative data. “Total” is (Retín 12 + Retín 16 + Barra 16), excluding Barra 10. Tabla II Especies de macromoluscos recolectadas en los muestreos. Ab: Abundancia, Fr: Frecuencia, ff: Indi- viduo muerto, 4: Datos no cuantitativos. “Total” es (Retín 12 + Retín 16 + Barra 16), excluyendo Barra 10. Retín 12 Ab Fr CLASSIS POLYPLACOPHORA Gray). E., 1821 Family LEPTOCHITONIDAE Dall, 1889 Leptochiton cimicoides (Monterosato, 1879) 36 20.83 Family ISCHNOCHITONIDAE Dall, 1889 Lepidochitona cinerea (Linné, 1767) 148 Lepidochitona corrugata (Reeve, 1848) 2 417 Family ACANTHOCHITONIDAE Pilsbry, 1893 Acanthochitona fascicularis (Linné, 1767) 8 16.66 Acanthochitona sp. CLASSIS GASTROPODA Cuvier, 1797 Family ACMAEIDAE Carpenter, 1857 Acmaea virginea (Miller O. F., 1776) 14417 Family FISSURELLIDAE Fleming, 1822 Diodora gibberula (Lamarck, 1822) Diodora graeca (Linné, 1758) Family SCISSURELLIDAE Gray J. E., 1847 Scissurella costata D'Orbigny, 1824 Family TROCHIDAE Rofinesque, 1815 Calliostoma zizyphinum (Linné, 1758) Calliostoma sp. 1 28 45.83 Calliostoma sp. 2 14:17, Gibbula magus (Linné, 1758) 39 41.67 Gibbula fanulum (Gmelin, 1791) 3 1250 Gibbula guttadauri (Philippi, 1836) 167 70.83 Gibbula cineraria — (Linné, 1758) 1417 Jujubinus dispar — Curini-Golletti, 1982 Jujubinus exasperatus (Pennant, 1777) 2 833 Jujubinus montagui (Wood W., 1828) 12 20.83 Jujubinus striatus (Linné, 1758) 1 417 Clanculus cruciatus (Linné, 1758) +1 f — Family TRICOLIDAE Robertson, 1985 Tricolia pullus — (Linné, 1758) 1 417 Family TURBINIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Bolma rugosa (Linné, 1767) Family CERITHINDAE Férussac, 1819 Bittium reticulatum (Da Costa, 1778) Bittium submamillatum (De Rayneval a Ponzi, 1854) 619 62.50 Bittium simplex (Jeffreys, 1867) ++ l — Cerithium vulgatum Bruguiére, 1792 +$f Family TURRITELLIDAE Lovén, 1847 Mesalia varia (Kiener, 1887) 149 79.17 Turritella communis Risso, 1826 246 50.00 Turritella turbona Monterosato, 1877 250 50.00 Family RISSOIDAE Gray J. E, 1847 Rissoa guerinii Récluz, 1843 Rissoa inconspicua (Alder, 1844) (MAN 100 Retín 16 Ab 86 Fr 20.83 Barra 16 Ab Fr 18 54.17 65 58.33 1004117 1 417 2 8.33 8 12.50 120 95.83 3 1250 264 79.17 4 833 11 20.83 40 58.33 68 58.33 13 37.50 495 100 525 75.00 61 29.17 Barra 10 Total Ab Fr Ab 7 21.74 19 16 30.43 582 13 2174 192 3 8/70 40 826 Fr 66.67 4.17 4.17 75.00 20.83 4.17 8.33 8.33 12.50 95.83 16.67 87.50 25.00 75.00 8.33 58.33 8.33 19.17 8.33 4.17 12.50 4.17 75.00 113 86.96 845 100 45 26.09 1764 7114 3 2 95.83 75.00 12.50 8.33 RUEDA E7 A£.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar Table IH. Continuation. Tabla II Continuación. Alvania cimex (Linné, 1758) +t Alvania discors (Allan, 1818) +f Family APORRHAIDAE Gray J. E., 1850 Aporrhais pespelecani (Linné, 1758) Family CALYPTRAEIDAE Lomarck, 1809 Calyptraea chinensis (Linné, 1758) Family LAMELLARIIDAE D'Orbigny, 1841 Lamellaria. sp. Family TRIVIIDAE Troschel, 1863 Trivia arctica (Pulteney, 1789) Family NATICIDAE Forbes, 1838 Natica hebraea (Martyn, 1784) Polinices alderí (Forbes, 1838) Polinices guillemini (Payraudeau, 1826) Polinices macilenta (Philippi, 1844) Family CASSIDAE Latreille, 1825 Phalium saburon (Bruguiere, 1792) +f Phalium undulatum (Gmelin, 1791) $t Family RANELLIDAE Gray J. E., 1854 Cymotium corrugatum (Lamarck, 1816) Ranella olearia (Linné, 1758) +t Charonia lampas (Linné, 1758) +4 Family TRIPHORIDAE Gray J. E., 1847 Not determined Family CERITHIOPSIDAE Adams H. 8. A., 1853 Cerithiopsis scalaris Locard, 1892 Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Montagu, 1803) Family EPITONIIDAE Berry S. S., 1910 Fpitonium commune (Lamarck, 1822) Epitonium pulchellum (Bivona Ant., 1832) Epitonium jolyi (Monterosato, 1878) Cirsotrema cochlea (Sowerby 6. B. 11, 1844) Family EULIMIDAE Adams H. 8. A., 1853 Eulima glabra (Da Costa, 1778) Melanella alba (Da Costa, 1778) Melanella sp. Family MURICIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Bolinus brandaris (Linné, 1758) Hexaplex trunculus (Linné, 1758) Muricopsis cristata (Brocchi, 1814) Ocenebra erinaceus (Linné, 1758) Ocinebrina aciculata (Lamarck, 1822) Ocinebrina edwardsii (Payraudeau, 1826) Trophon muricatus (Montagu, 1803) Buccinulum corneum (Linné, 1758) Chauvetia procerula Monterosato, 1889 Chauvetia brunnea (Montagu, 1803) $f Chauvetia sp. +4 Fusinus pulchellus (Philippi, 1844) Fusinus rostratus (Olivi, 1792) Retín 12 Retín 16 Ab Fr Ab Fr AE 104 79.17 113 58.33 450 70.83 1297 91.67 l 417 l 417 2 8.33 8 20.83 9 16.67 6 20.83 1M 2917 5 12.50 UE 1 417 Py JE 1 417 3 1250 2 8.33 l 417 3 1250 9 20.83 2 8.33 1 417 1 417 1 417 61 75.00 88 79.17 19 37.50 1 417 2 833 23 58.33 2 8.33 48 58.33 32 58.33 17 3333 44 62.50 1 417 21 37.50 EEN ee 9 1250 14 29.17 2 8.33 Barra 16 Barra 10 Ab Fr 50.00 87.50 4.17 37.50 25.00 20.83 4.17 4.17 70.83 12.50 87.50 4.17 19.17 54.17 45.83 75.00 4.17 Ab Fr 104 56.52 22 52.17 3 13.04 19 56.52 1 435 1 435 1 435 38 65.22 4 17.39 Total Ab Fr 83.33 95.83 4.17 4.17 8.33 62.50 33.33 54.17 12.50 12.50 12.50 4.17 33.33 8.33 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 95.83 37.50 4.17 95.83 12.50 91.67 87.50 4.17 58.33 19.17 12.50 101 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Table IL. Continuation. Tabla II Continuación. Nassarivs elatus (Gould, 1845) Nassarius heynemanni (Von Maltzan, 1884) Nassarius vaucheri (Pallary, 1906) Nassarius incrassatus (Stróm, 1768) Nassarivs pygmaeus (Lamarck, 1822) Nassarius reticulatus (Linné, 1758) Nassarius mutabilis (Linné, 1758) Nassarivs granum (Lomarck, 1822) +f Cyclope donovania Risso, 1826 $f Family COLUMBELLIDAE Swoinson, 1840 Mitrella minor — (Scacchi, 1836) Retín 12 Ab ua co — 0) OQ) O Mitrella bruggeni van Aartsen, Menkh. 8 Gittenb., 1984 +f 4 Columbella rustica (Linné, 1758) +f Family COSTELLARINDAE Mc Donald, 1860 Vexillum tricolor (Gmelin, 1791) +t Family CYSTISCIDAE Stimpson, 1865 Gibberula epigrus (Reeve, 1865) Gibberula miliaria (Linné, 1758) Family VOLUTIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Cymbium olla (Linné, 1758) ++ Family CANCELLARIDAE Gray J. E, 1853 Concellaria cancellata (Linné, 1758) +4 Family CONIDAE — Rafinesque, 1815 Conus mediterraneus Hwass in Bruguiére, 1792 +f Family TURRIDAE —Swoinson, 1840 Bela laevigata- (Philippi, 1836) Bela striolata (Risso, 1826) Bela sp. 1 Bela sp. 2 Mangelia attenuata (Montagu, 1803) Haedropleura septangularis (Montagu, 1803) Crassopleura maravignae (Bivona, 1838) Raphitoma aequalis (Jeffreys, 1867) Comarmondia gracilis (Montagu, 1803) Family PYRAMIDELLIDAE Gray J. E., 1840 Chrysallida terebellum (Phillippi, 1844) Eulimella acicula (Phillippi, 1836) Eulimella scillae (Scacchi, 1835) Odostomia acuta Jeffreys, 1848 Odostomia conoidea (Brocchi, 1814) Brachystomia eulimoides (Hanley, 1844) Turbonilla fulvocincta (Thompson, 1840) Turbonilla rufa (Phillippi, 1836) Turbonilla rufescens (Forbes, ) Turbonilla striatula (Linné, 1758) +4 Family ACTEONIDAE D'Orbigny, 1835 Acteon tornatilis- (Linné, 1758) Family RETUSIDAE Thiele, 1931 Retusa truncatula (Bruguiére, 1792) Retusa mamillata (Philippi, 1836) 102 29 Fr 12.50 4.17 12.50 50.00 16.67 45.83 Retín 16 Ab 69 143 14 19 Fr 19.17 12.50 Barra 16 Ab 13 13 Fr 25.00 16.67 62.50 33.33 8.33 29.17 16.67 AE 17 20 70.83 33.33 41.67 4.17 4.17 29.17 8.33 4.17 37.50 37.50 Barra 10 Ab Fr 202 100 17 39.13 1 435 59 65.22 276 100 243 100 E AUR pa 44 65.22 1 435 118 65.22 9 21.74 2 8.70 13 34.78 1 435 1 435 9 26.09 7 13.04 l 434 42 66 e) =— mn ay — QDD) un — D O == —= — —. NN) hn) 33.33 58.33 95.83 50.00 12.50 12.50 19.17 4.17 12.50 8.33 58.33 4.17 8.33 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 70.83 62.50 4.17 8.33 4.17 16.67 RUEDA E7 4£.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar Table IH. Continuation. Tabla 1 Continuación. Fomily RINGICULIDAE Philippi, 1853 Ringicula auriculata (Menard, 1811) Family BULLIDAE Lamarck, 1801 Bulla striata Bruguiére, 1792 ++ Family HAMINOEIDAE Pilsbry, 1895 Haminoea sp. Family PHILINIDAE — Gray. E., 1850 Philine aperta (Linné, 1767) Philine. sp. Family CYLICHNIDAE Adams H. 8. A., 1854 Scaphander lignarius (Linné, 1758) Family PLEUROBRANCHIDAE Férussac, 1822 Berthella. sp. Family APLYSIIDAE Lomarck, 1809 Aplysia fasciata Poiret, 1789 Family ARCHIDORIDIDAE Bergh, 1892 Archidoris tuberculata (Cuvier, 1804) Archidoris sp. Family DENDRODORIDIDAE 0'Donoghue, 1924 Doriopsilla sp. CLASSIS SCAPHOPODA Bronn, 1862 Family DENTALIIDAE Linné, 1758 Dentalium inaequicostatum Dautzenberg, 1891 Dentalium vulgare Da Costa, 1778 CLASSIS BIVALVIA Line, 1758 Family NUCULIDAE Gray J. E., 1824 Nucula hanleyi (Winckworth, 1931) Family NUCULANIDAE Adams H. 8 A. 1858 Nuculana pella (Linné, 1767) Family ARCIDAE Lomarck, 1818 Arca noae Linné, 1758 Anadara poli (Mayer, 1868) Family NOETIDAE Stewart, 1930 Striarca lactea (Linné, 1758) Family GLYCYMERIDIDAE Newton, 1922 Glycymeris glycymeris (Linné, 1758) Family MYTILIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Modiolarca subpicta (Cantraine, 1835) Modiolus barbatus (Linné, 1758) Modiolus adriaticus (Lamarck, 1819) Amygdalum agglutinans (Cantraine, 1835) Family PINNIDAE Leach, 1819 Atrina fragilis (Pennant, 1777) Family PTERIIDAE Gray J. E, 1847 Pteria hirundo (Linné, 1758) Family PECTINIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Pecten maximus (Linné, 1758) Retín 12 Ab 17 — LL NI 52 147 326 Fr 20.83 8.33 8.33 4.17 4.17 12.50 8.33 70.83 91.67 8.33 29.17 8.33 62.50 12.50 Retín 16 Ab 20 16 289 Fr 41.67 4.17 4.17 8.33 4.17 33.33 33.33 95.83 4.17 29.17 8.33 16.67 16.67 75.00 37.50 4.17 25.00 Barra 16 Fr 19 37.50 8.33 29.17 16.67 20.83 95.83 387100 25.00 8.33 4.17 8.33 66.67 107 47.83 33.33 4.17 25.00 Total Fr 56 70.83 4.17 8.33 8.33 4.17 4.17 8.33 4.17 8.33 87.50 00 4.17 54.17 12.50 45.83 25.00 8.33 91.67 66.67 4.17 4.17 41.67 103 Table IL. Continuation. Tabla 11 Continuación. Aequipecten opercularis (Linné, 1758) Aequipecten commutatus (Monterosato, 1815) Chlamys varia (Linné, 1758) Flexopecten flexuosus (Poli, 1795) Family ANOMIIDAE Rofinesque, 1815 Anomia ephippium Linné, 1758 Family LIMIDAE Rofinesque, 1815 Limatula subauriculata (Montagu, 1808) Lima lima (Linné, 1758) +t Family LUCINIDAE Fleming, 1828 Ctena decussata (Costa 0. G., 1829) $t Family UNGULINIDAE Adoms H. 8. A., 1857 Diplodonta rotundata (Montagu, 1803) Family KELLIIDAE Forbes 8. Hanley, 1848 Kellia suborbicularis (Montagu, 1803) Family ASTARTIDAE D'Orbigny, 1844 Digitaria digitaria (Linné, 1758) Goodallia triangularis- (Montagu, 1803) Family CARDIIDAE Lomarck, 1819 Acanthocardia aculeata (Linné, 1758) Acanthocardia echinata (Linné,1758) Acanthocardia mucronata (Poli, 1795) Acanthocardia tuberculata (Linné, 1758) Acanthocardia spinosa (Solander, 1786) ++ Parvicardium scabrum (Philippi, 1844) Plagiocardium papillosum (Poli, 1795) Loevicardium crassum (Gmelin, 1791) Loevicardium oblongum (Gmelin, 1791) Cerastoderma glaucum (Poiret, 1789) $t Family MACTRIDAE Lamarck, 1809 Mactra stultorum (Linné, 1758) Spisula subtruncata (Da Costa, 1778) Spisula elliptica (Locard, 1890) Lutraria angustior Philippi, 1844 +4 Family PHARIDAE Adams H. 8. A., 1858 Ensis ensis- (Linné, 1758) Ensis sp. Phaxas pellucidus (Pennant, 1777) Family TELLINIDAE Bloinville, 1814 Arcopagia balaustina Linné, 1758 Tellina incarnata- (Linné, 1758) Tellina distorta (Poli, 1791) Tellina pygmaea Lovén, 1846 Tellina donacina Linné, 1758 ++ Family DONACIDAE Fleming, 1828 Donax venustus Poli, 1795 Capsella variegata (Gray J. E., 1851) Family PSAMMOBIIDAE Fleming, 1828 Gari fervensis (Gmelin, 1791) 104 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Retín 12 Ab 13 39 597 Fr 29.17 58.33 37.50 12.50 4.17 91.67 12.50 8.33 41.67 58.33 12.50 100 29.17 19.17 8.33 16.67 4.17 Retín 16 Ab Fr 5 16.67 7 12.50 63 66.67 133 62.50 162 66.67 1188 100 Barra 16 Barra 10 Ab Fr Ab Fr 5 16.67 34 54.17 51 58.33 19 21.74 140 62.50 15 13.04 pra 1 417 1 417 1067 95.83 1272 91.30 2 8.70 2 833 1 435 2 8.33 4 12.50 280100 His 20 25.00 3 13.04 8 25.00 115 79.17 255 78.26 417 pe 5 417 3 13.04 182 91.67 1013100 H — 10 17.39 1 435 l 435 2 8.70 1 417 124 73.91 2 417 2 8.33 Total Ab 10 7 117 259 341 11 Fr 29.17 12.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 12.50 RUEDA ET 4L.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar Table IL. Continuation. Tabla II Continuación. Retín 12 Retín 16 Barra 16 Barra 10 Total Ab Fr Ab Fr Ab Fr Ab Fr Ab Fr Gari depressa (Pennant, 1777) 1417 4 870 1 417 Gari costulata Turton, 1822 A Y ¡A Gari pseudoweinkauffi Cosel, 1990 51 6250 12 1667 5 833 6 435 68 66.67 Family SCROBICULARIIDAE Adoms H. 2. A., 1856 Scrobicularia plana (Da Costa, 1778) +f H— Family SEMELIDAE Stoliczka, 1870 Ervilia castanea (Montagu, 1803) 10 20.83 10 20.83 Family SOLECURTIDAE D'Orbigny, 1846 Solecurtus scopula (Turton, 1822) ++ * — $ — Azorinus chamasolen (Da Costa, 1778) +t e = Family VENERIDAE Rofinesque, 1815 Venus verrucosa Linné, 1758 2 417 3 8.33 5 16.67 Venus casina Linné, 1758 1 417 1 417 Globivenus effossa (Philippi ex Bivona ms., 1836) +f — Chamelea gallina (Linné, 1758) 9 17.39 Chamelea striatula (Da Costa, 1778) 12582 75.0026169 79.17 7028 91.6726052 73.91 45779 100 Clausinella fasciata (Da Costa, 1778) 152 91.67 55 70.83 85 66.67 15 26.09 292 100 Timoclea ovata (Pennant, 1777) Aaa 1 8:33 12 37.50 Gouldia minima (Montagu, 1803) 1074 87.50 1941 100 1142 83.33 299 56.52 4157 100 Dosinia lupinus (Linné, 1758) 4 1250 1 417 5 16.67 Pitar rudis- (Poli, 1795) 12 20.83 55 66.67 42 75.00 109 87.50 Callista chione- (Linné, 1758) 72 87.50 19 41.67 55 62.50 64 69.57 146 100 Tapes rhomboides (Pennant, 1777) 81 50.00 704 75.00 195 75.00 31 21.74 980 91.67 Tapes decussatus (Linné, 1758) +t e == Family CORBULIDAE Lomarck, 1818 Corbula gibba- (Olivi, 1792) 4715 87.50 3886 100 4076 100 1115 78.26 12677 100 Family GASTROCHAENOIDEA Gray J. E., 1840 Gastrochaena dubia (Pennant, 1777) JAS IA, 4 8.33 Family HIATELLIDAE Gray J. E, 1824 Hiatella arctica (Linné, 1767) 1 417 19 25.00 8 25.00 28 50.00 Panopea glycymeris (Von Born, 1778) +t H — — Family THRACIIDAE Stoliczka, 1870 Thracia sp. +4 4 — Family PANDORIDAE Rofinesque, 1815 Pandora inaequivalvis (Linné, 1758) 140 45.83 132 62.50 107 58.33 322 69.57 379 91.67 Pandora pinna (Montagu, 1803) 17 29.17 116 6250 83 50.00 8 17.39 216 79.17 Family LYONSIIDAE Fischer P., 1887 Lyonsia norwegica (Gmelin, 1791) 5 20.83 11 3333 10 3333 7 26.09 26 62.50 CLASSIS CEPHALOPODA Cuvier, 1798 Family SEPIIDAE Leach, 1817 Sepia officinalis Linneo, 1758 100x497 AD, Family SEPIOLIDAE Leach, 1817 Sepietta oweniana- (D'Orbigny, 1840) 1 417 Family OCTOPODIDAE D'Orbigny, 1840 Octopus vulgaris Cuvier, 1798 1 417 1 417 3 12.50 5 20.83 105 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Table III. Species richness and abundance (in brackets) per sampling station, and percentages of each molluscan class. Tabla III. Riqueza específica y abundancia (entre paréntesis) para cada estación de muestreo y porcenta- ges por clase de moluscos. CLASS RETÍN 12 RETÍN 16 POLYPLACOPHORA 4 (47) 2 (91) GASTROPODA 58 (2.580) 60 (4.165) BIVALVIA 44 (21.205) 44 (35.806) SCAPHOPODA 2 (16) 1 (16) CEPHALOPODA 2 (2) 1( TOTAL 110 (23.850) 108 (40.079) drozoan were found in some indivi- duals of Corbula gibba and were mainly located on the posterior part of the shell. The high abundance and frequency of the shells of Panopea glycymeris, Sole- curtus scopula and Lutraria angustior indicates their possible presence in these communities. These species live deeply buried in the sediment (25-40 cm), making difficult their collection with the dredge. The large valves are a substrate for Calyptraea chinensis, and a shelter for many other species. Some other species such as Cerasto- derma glaucum and Scrobicularia plana were transported from the estuary of Barbate which is close to B10 where they were found. B: Micromolluscs list: A total of 25 species of micromolluscs (Table IV) were determined in the sample from April 1994. A few species (e. g. Gibbula magus, Chamelea striatula, Tapes rhomboides) are the juveniles of species otherwise listed in the macrofauna, but most of them are species of which the adult size is small, and which would be totally missed in the 1 mm sieve. A few species, some of which are illustrated on Figure 4, are very abun- dant, and these belong to species which are usually deemed to be rare because they are found preferently on this kind of bottom, where micromolluscs are not easy to collect. The best represented families of microgastropods were Pyra- midellidae (5 sp.), Skeneidae (3 sp) and 106 BARRA 10 35 (1.423) 30 (31.434) 70 (32.896) BARRA 16 TOTAL % 202) 2 (143) 5 (283) 2,87 (0,24) 58 (3.261) 99:(11.429) — 58,89(9,92) 44 (14.905) — 65(103.350) — 37,35(89,74) 2 (36) 2(27) 2 (95) 1,14 (0.082) 1(1) 1(3) 3 (7) 1,72 (0.006) 107 (18.339) 174:(115.164) 100100) Caecidae (3 sp.). The best represented family of microbivalves was Montacuti- dae (3 sp.). As for the number of indivi- duals, the larger numbers correspond to the supposedly rare chiton Leptochiton cimicoides, the gastropods Dikoleps nitens, Pusillina inconspicua-and Retusa mami- llata, and to the bivalve Limatula subauri- culata. The small cerithiid Bittium subma- millatum, also found in the fraction over 1 mm, was quite abundant. In addition to these species which are dominant in their size class, we found several species which are noto- riously rare elsewhere and could be recovered here in moderate numbers, hence are not so rare on this kind of substrate. The gastropod Retrotortina fuscata was found alive for the first time in our study and reported on by GOFAS AND WARÉN (1998). The recently descri- bed bivalve Notolimea clandestina, descri- bed from a few specimens only, is well represented in our samples and could be observed with brooded juveniles inside. The highest overall abundance and species richness of micromolluscs was registered in the samples from R12, with the lowest percentage of organic mater, and the lowest in B10, with the greatest percentage of organic matter (Table 1). Analysis of the Community A: Dominance and Frequency: In spite of the high number of collected species, the molluscan taxocoenosis is domina- ted by few species. The main dominant species were quite similar among the 4 RUEDA E7 42.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar Figure 2. Species of the family Trochidae from Bay of Barbate. A: Calliostoma sp. 1, 8.5 mm; B: Calliostoma sp. 2., 7.0 mm; C: Gibbula guttadauri, 5.5 mm; D: Jujubinus dispar, 3.8 mm; E: Juju- binus dispar, 6.3 mm. Dimensions are for shell height. Figura 2. Especies de la familia Trochidae presentes en la bahía de Barbate. A: Calliostoma sp. 1, 8,5 mm; B: Calliostoma sp. 2., 7,0 mm; C: Gibbula guttadauri, 5,5 mm; D: Jujubinus dispar, 3,8 mm; E: Jujubinus dispar, 6,3 mm. Las medidas indicadas corresponden a la altura. sampled stations. There were 8 to 13 species with dominance values higher than 1 % in R12, R16 and B16, but only 5 species had dominance values higher than 1 % in the station B10 (Table V). Chamelea striatula was the most domi- nant species in all sample stations: in some months it reached abundance of 5000 to 13000 individuals per sample. The strong settlement of juveniles of this species occurred during Spring months of the first year of survey (1994), then it persisted as a dominant species for a limited time in R16, and until the end of the studied period in B10. The higher amount of mud and percentage of the organic matter in the sediment from this latter station could have favoured the development of this species. If we take into account the 20 first dominant species, it is possible to find some differences between stations. The most different composition of dominant species occurs in B10, where 5 species (Acanthocardia tuberculata, Nassarius reti- culatus, Nassarius mutabilis, Nassarius ela- tus and Donax venustus) are typical of shallow sand bottom communities. Their dominant presence in comparison with the other stations indicates simila- 107 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 rity with communities of well sorted fine sand (PÉRES AND PICARD, 1964; GLÉ- MAREC, 1969; GARCÍA RASO, LUQUE, TEMPLADO, SALAS, HERGUETA, MORENO AND CALVO, 1992). This is further sup- ported by the constant occurrence of high numbers of Ophiura texturata La- marck, 1816 and of some individuals of Echinocardium cordatum (Pennant, 1777). In R12 some species with affinities for coarse sand bottoms are listed in the first 20 dominant species: Bittium subma- millatum, Laevicardium crassum (with the highest abundance in the 4 stations), Turritella turbona, Gibbula guttadauri. Some other animals collected frequently in this station, such as Branchiostoma lan- ceolatum (Pallas, 1766) and Echinocyamus pusillus (Múller, 1776), are common in coarse sand bottom communities (FORD, 1923; CABIOCH, 1968; GLÉMAREC, 1969). The species occurring in a high fre- quency throughout the 2 years in B10 were different from those of the other three stations (Table VI), and were mainly the species with affinity for fine and shallow sandy bottoms listed with the dominance data. Species of nassa- rids (Nassarius reticulatus, N. mutabilis and N. elatus) and some bivalves such as Spisula subtruncata, Nuculana pella and Acanthocardia tuberculata were recorded in all monthly samples during two years. Nevertheless, other species recor- ded with a high frequency in the other stations, such as Mesalia varia, Corbula gibba, Digitaria digitaria and Laevicardium crassum, were also important for the community structure of B10. Aplysia fasciata Poiret, 1789 was recorded in spring and summer months from the first year and not in samples from the second year, probably due to a decrease on the production of algae in the bay. B: Faunal affinity between sampling points: The values of qualitative and quantitative similarity indices between sampling stations are shown in Table VII and Figure 5. A single dendrogram was found for each index with the UPGMA reconstructions. From the qua- litative viewpoint, according to Jac- card's as well as to Baroni-Urbani and Buser's indices, the points Retín 12, Re- tín 16 and Barra 16 are significantly si- milar (p < 0.01). The lowest similarity in qualitative terms was found between the station B10 and the other stations, whereas a higher similarity is found bet- ween the two deeper stations R16 and B16. The quantitative analysis according to BRAY AND CURTIS (1957) also showed high similarity between R16 and B16, where a high number of individuals of Chamelea striatula were collected. Assu- ming the invasive character of the settle- ment of this species in this kind of com- munities, the same index was computed also without the data for this species. The influence of the flood of Chamelea brings a bias so as to increase the simila- rity between Barra 10 and other stations (Fig. 5C), whereas the quantitative data without Chamelea are consistent with the qualitative indices (Fig. 5D). DISCUSSION Taxonomic remarks: The species of the genus Calliostoma (Fig. 2) are proble- matic in the area of transition between (Right page) Figure 3. Species of the family Nassariidae from Bay of Barbate. A: Nassarius pygmaens, 11 mm; B: Nassarius vaucheri, 13 mm; C: Nassarius reticulatus, juvenile, 13 mm; D: Nassarius incras- satus, 11 mm; E: Nassarius tingitanus, 9 mm (specimen collected in Tarifa); E: Nassarius heynemanni, 13 mm; G: Nassarius mutabilis, 12 mm; H: Nassarius elatus, 14 mm. Dimensions are for shell height. (Página derecha) Figura 3. Especies de la familia Nassaridae presentes en la bahía de Barbate. A: Nassa- rius pygmaeus, 11 mm; B: Nassarius vaucheri, 13 mm; C: Nassarius reticulatus, juvenil, 13 mm; D: Nassarius incrassatus, 11 mm; E: Nassarius tingitanus, 9 mm (ejemplar recolectado en Tarifa); F: Nas- sarius heynemanni, 13 mm; G: Nassarius mutabilis, 12 mm; H: Nassarius elatus, 14 mm. Las medidas corresponden a la altura. 108 RUEDA ET 4Z.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar 109 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Table IV. Species of micromolluscs collected in the survey, mainly in the samples of april 1994. Numbers in brackets denote specimens collected only in thanatocenosis, >100 denotes abundant species with more than 100 live-collected specimens in the sample. Tabla IV. Especies de micromoluscos recolectadas en los muestreos, principalmente en abril de 1994. Los numeros entre parentesis denotan ejemplares encontrados sólo en tanatocenosis, >100 indica especies abundantes con más de 100 ejemplares colectados en las muestras. Retin 12 Retín 16 Barra 10 Barra 16 POLYPLACOPHORA Leptochitonidae Leptochiton cimicoides (Monterosato, 1879). >100 3 - 1 GASTROPODA Scissurellidae Scissurella costata d'Orbigny, 1824 - - - 3 Skeneidae Skenea serpuloides (Montagu, 1808) 10 Dikoleps nitens (Philippi, 1844) >100 Dikoleps pruinosa (Chaster, 1896) 93 Trochidae Gibbula magus (Linné, 1758) 12 Rissoidae Pusillina inconspicua [Alder, 1844) >100 Obtusella intersecta (Wood, 1857) (1) Caecidae Caecum trachea (Montagu, 1808) 12 Caecum cuspidatum Chaster, 1896 2 Caecum clarki¡ Carpenter, 1858 1 Vanikoridae Macromphalina disciformis (Granata Grillo, 1877) - - - 4 Cerithiidae Bittium pusillum (de Rayneval 8 Ponzi, 1854) 80 Turritellidae Turritella turbona Monterosato, 1877 (2) - Turritella communis Risso, 1826 - (2) Mesalia varia (Kiener, 1887) - (2) Eulimidae Vitreolina sp. 3 - - 2 Fasciolariidae Fusinus pulchellus (Philippi, 1844) - 1 Pyramidellidae Evalea divisa (J. Adams, 1797) (5) Odostomia conspicua Alder, 1850 (2) - - Odostomia unidentata (Montagu, 1803) - - - l Brachystomia eulimoides [Hanley, 1844) 12 l - 4 Brachystomia sp. 2 - - Omalogyridae Retrotortina fuscata Chaster, 1896 20 Ebalidae Ebala pointeli (de Folin, 1868) 3+(10) 1 110 RUEDA ET 4L.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar Table IV. Continuación. Tabla IV. Continuation. Retusidae Retusa mamillata (Philippi, 1836) Cylichnidae Cylichna crossei B.D.D., 1886 Oxynoidae Lobiger sp. BIVALVIA Nuculidae Nucula recondita Gofas 4 Salas, 1996 Glycymeridae Glycymeris glycymeris (Linné, 1758) Pectinidae Chlamys sp. Anomiidae Anomia ephippium (Linné, 1758) Limidae Limatula subauriculata (Montagu, 1808) Notolimea clandestina Salas, 1994 Leptonidae Hemilepton nitidum (Turton, 1822) Kelliidaee Kellia suborbicularis (Montagu, 1803) Montacutidae Mysella bidentata (Montagu, 1803) Tellimya ferruginosa (Montagu, 1808) Montacuta goudi van Aartsen, 1996 Astartidae Goodalia triangularis (Montagu, 1803) Digitaria digitaria (Linné, 1758) Cardiidae Parvicardium scabrum (Philippi, 1844) Matridae Spisula subtruncata [da Costa, 1778) Tellinidae Tellina pusilla Lovén, 1846 Semelidae Ervilia castanea (Montagu, 1803) Veneridae Tapes rhomboides (Pennant, 1777) Gouldia minima (Montagu, 1803) Chamelea striatula (da Costa, 1778) Corbulidae Corbula gibba [Olivi, 1792) Thraciidae Thracia sp. Retin 12 >100 (2) (1) >100 (1) (1) (1) (1) 3 6 38 4 22 2 Retin 16 Barra 10 Barra 16 >100 111 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Mediterranean Sea and Atlantic Ocean. Atlantic forms usually have a heavier sculpture of spiral cords than Mediterra- nean ones, and this variation in sculp- ture obscures the delimitation of the species. Calliostoma zizyphinum was easily recognized by its broader and less conical shape, although some variability occurs between individuals. Calliostoma sp. 1 is close to the Mediterranean species Calliostoma conulus (Linné, 1758), from which it differs by the presence of heavier ribs. Calliostoma sp. 2 resembles Calliostoma laugieri (Payraudeau, 1826), but a detailed comparison of proto- conchs shows a higher number of gra- nulated whorls in Calliostoma sp. 2. The genus Chauvetia is well repre- sented in the area nearby Strait of Gibraltar with 10 to 15 species, and its taxonomy is difficult. Chauvetia sp. from our study has a white band in the shell and resembles Chauvetia crassior Odhner, 1923. However, the latter was described from the Canary Islands and has direct development, so that it is doubtful whether the same species is present in the Strait of Gibraltar. Other species like Chauvetia decorata Monterosato, 1889, described from Morocco, also show white bands, and this character may even not be constant within a single species. Some other taxonomical or nomen- clatural problems are related with the Bela species, which are in need of revi- sion. In our samples some of them were named as Bela sp. 1 and sp. 2. Nomen- clatural problems were found for the species known in the literature as Bela striolata Risso, 1826, a usage which is not correct considering that the type speci- men belongs to the genus Rissoina d'Or- bigny, 1840. The next available name could be Bela smithi Forbes, 1844, but the description is not clear and the type material is lost. We have followed the incorrect usage, as revising this question is beyond the scope of. the paper. According to OLIVER AND COSEL (1993), Anadara poli (Mayer, 1868) is not the same species than the Miocene Arca diluvii Lamarck, 1805: the Recent species has a lower number of ribs (24-28) and a less median umbo. All individuals of Aequipecten opercularis were smaller and more elongate than the usual Atlantic form, and can be grouped in the form audouinii. Although A. audouinii (Pay- raudeau, 1826) is currently regarded as a a synonym of A. opercularis, a reevalua- tion of their relationships is needed in order to clarify if this form is a different species. Chamelea striatula (more Atlan- tic) and C. gallina (more Mediterranean) are two closely related species which live sympatrically in the Southern part of Iberian peninsula. BACKELJAU, BOUCHET, GOFAS AND DE BRUYN (1994) justified the separation of the two species using allozyme electrophoresis. C. gallina is common in shallow and sandy bottoms in our latitudes, but C. striatula prefers muddy and deeper (Right page) Figure 4. Micromolluscs from the soft bottom in Bay of Barbate. A: Bittium subma- millatum, height 3.8 mm; B: detail of the microsculpture of Bittium submamillatum; C: proto- conch of Bittium submamillatum; D: Pusillina inconspicua, height 1.6 mm; E: Caecum cuspidatum, length 2.15 mm; F: detail of the microsculpture of Caecum cuspidatum; G: Retusa mamillata, height 1.85 mm; H: Leptochiton cimicoides, dorsal view, length 2.0 mm; l: Leptochiton cimicoides, lateral view, length 1.65 mm; J: detail of the girdle of Leptochiton cimicoides, showing the two types of spicules. Scale bars 100 pm. (Página derecha) Figura 4. Micromoluscos de los substratos blandos de la bahía de Barbate. A: Bittium submamillatum, 4/tura 3,8 mm; B: detalle de la microescultura de Bittium submamillatum; C: proto- concha de Bittium submamillatum; D: Pusillina inconspicua, altura 1,6 mm; E: Caecum cuspida- tum, longitud 2,15 mm; F: detalle de la microescultura de Caecum cuspidatum; G: Retusa mamillata, altura 1,85 mm; H: Leptochiton cimicoides, vista dorsal, longitud 2,0 mm; I: Lepto- chiton cimicoides, vista lateral, longitud 1,65 mm, J: detalle del cinturón de Leptochiton cimicoides mostrando los dos tipos de espículas. Escalas 100 ym. 112 RUEDA ET AL.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar 113 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Table V. The 20 most dominant species in each of the sampled stations. Tabla V. Las 20 especies con mayor índice de dominancia en cada estación. Retín 12 Chameleo striatula Corbula gibba Gouldia minima Bittium submamillatum Digitaria digitaria Calyptraea chinensis Loevicardium crassum Spisula subtruncata Modiolus adriaticus Turritella turbona Turritella communis Gibbula guttadauri Clausinella fasciata Mesalia varia Nuculana pella Pandora incequivalvis Aporrhais pespelicani Tapes rhomboides Bela laevigata Flexopecten flexuosus % 52.47 19.77 4.50 2.59 2.50 1.88 1.69 1.62 1.36 1.05 1.03 0.70 0.63 0.62 0.61 0.59 0.44 0.34 0.34 0.31 Retín 16 Chamelea striatula Corbula gibba Gouldia minima Colyptraea chinensis Digitaria digitaria Turritella communis Tapes rhomboides Turritella turbona Nuculana pella Modiolus adriaticus bibbula magus Spisula subtruncata Mesalia varia Anomia ephippium Bela loevigata flexopecten flexuosus Bittium submamillatum Pandora inaequivalvis Pandora pinna Aporrhais pespelicani % 65.29 9.69 4.84 3.23 2.96 2.47 1.76 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.69 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.33 0.29 0.28 Barra 16 Chamelea striatula Corbula gibba Gouldia minima Digitaria digitaria Colyptraea chinensis Turritella communis Mesalia varia Gibbula magus Nuculana pella Tapes rhomboides Spisula subtruncata Modiolus adriaticus Ocinebrina edwardsi Anomia ephippium Calliostoma sp. ] Loevicordium crassum Bela loevigata Pandora inaequivalvis Nassarius pygmaeus Pandora pinna % 47.14 27.34 1.66 1.15 4.33 3.52 1.77 1.47 1.31 1.31 1.22 1.03 1.03 0.94 0.80 0.77 0.74 0.72 0.58 0.56 Borra 10 Chamelea striatula Digitaria digitaria Corbula gibba Spisula subtruncata Nuculana pella Pandora incequivalvis Gouldia minima Aconthocardia tuberculata Nassarivs reticulatus Loevicardium crassum Nassarius mutabilis Nassarius elatus Donax venustus Bela loevigata Mesalia varia Modiolus adriaticus Colyptraea chinensis Collista chione Nassarius pygmaeus Turritella communis Table VI. Species with a frequency of more than 75% in each of the sampled stations. Tabla VI. Especies con frecuencia superior a los 75% en cada una de las estaciones. Retín 12 Laevicardium crassum Digitaria digitaria Clausinella fasciata Nuculana pella Corbula gibba Gouldia minima Collista chione Aporrhais pespelecani Spisula subtruncata Mesalia varia Chamelea striatula Bolinus brandaris 114 % 100% > 90% > 90% > 90% > 85% > 85% > 85% > 15% > 15% > 15% > 15% > 15% Retín 16 Corbula gibba Gouldia minima Digitaria digitaria Turritella communis Nuculana pella Colyptraea chinensis Mesalia varia Bela loevigata Chamelea striatula Bolinus brandaris Tapes rhomboides Nodiolus adriaticus Spisula subtruncata % 100% 100% 100% > 95% > 95% > 90% > 90% > 80% > 15% > 15% > 15% > 15% > 15% Borra 16 Corbula gibba Mesalia varia Digitaria digitaria Nuculana pella Colliostoma sp 1 Chameleo striatula Spisula subtruncata Colyptraea chinensis Ocenebra erinacea Gouldia minima bibbula magus Ocinebrina edwardsi Loevicardium crassum Turritella communis Tapes rhomboides Pitar rudis Fusinus pulchellus % 100% 100% > 95% > 95% > 95% > 90% > 90% > 85% > 85% > 80% > 15% > 15% > 15% > 15% > 15% > 15% > 15% Barra 10 Spisula subtruncata Nuculana pella Aconthocardia tuberculata Nassarius reticulatus Nasarius mutabilis Nassarivs elatus Digitaria digitaria Mesalia varia Corbula gibba Laevicardium crassum % 19.19 3.86 3.38 3.07 1.17 0.98 0.91 0.85 0.84 0.77 0.74 0.61 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.31 0.19 0.18 0.14 % 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% > 20% > 85% > 15% > 15% RUEDA £7 4£.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar Table VII. Values of affinity indexes between sampling stations, qualitative (Jaccard and Baroni- Urbani and Buser) and quantitative (Bray and Curtis, with and without Chamelea striatula). Tabla VII. Valores de los índices de de afinidad entre estaciones de muestreos, cualitativos (Jaccard y Baroni-Urbani y Buser) y cuantitativo (Bray y Curtis, con o sin los datos para Chamelea striatula). Jaccard R12 R12 1.000 R16 B10 B16 Baroni-Urbani and Buser R12 R12 1.000 R16 B10 B16 Bray and Curtis R12 R12 1.000 R16 B10 B16 Bray and Curtis (Sin C.s.) R12 R12 1.000 R16 B10 B16 bottoms with a higher amount of organic matter. Species richness: Values of species richness in the Bay of Barbate are com- parable with those obtained in other studies from soft bottom communities of molluscs, although sometimes higher. No information about species richness per month from detritical bottoms com- munities of molluscs have been found in the literature, but some information for communities for other soft bottoms is available. Species richness of Molluscs in soft bottoms from the North Sea is low (10 to 15 sp.) (ELEFTHERIOU AND BASFORD, 1989; KUNITZER, 1990), but there is an increase in the English Channel (CABIOCH, GENTIL GLACON AND RETIERE, 1977). In Northern Spain, species richness values from 15 to 25 R16 B10 BiI6 0.496 0.432 0.510 1.000 0.296 0.536 1.000 0.393 1.000 R16 B10 B16 0.617 0.595 0.029 1.000 0.447 0.059 1.000 OLIVA 1.000 R16 B10 B16 0.667 0.579 0.742 1.000 0.839 0.593 1.000 0.433 1.000 R16 B10 B16 0.701 0.434 0.760 1.000 0.414 0.823 1.000 0.449 1.000 have been recorded in soft bottom com- munities of molluscs (SÁNCHEZ MATA, MORA, GARMENDIA, AND LASTRA, 1993; GARMENDIA, SÁNCHEZ MATA AND MORA, 1996). In Mediterranean coasts Salas (1984) registered values for species richness of molluscs from 20 to 30 in dif- ferent kinds of soft bottoms of Málaga bay (Alboran Sea). The highest values of species richness were recorded (around 40 species per sample) in fine sand bottoms with low percentage organic matter. APARICI SEGUER AND GARCÍA- CARRASCOSA (1996) recorded values of species richness between 4 to 11 per sample in the soft bottoms of Chafarines islands (close to the Mediterranean area of Morocco), but such low values pro- bably reflect incomplete sampling. APARICI SEGUER, ROWLAND, TAYLOR AND GARCÍA CARRASCOSA (1996) found 10-20 INS Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 species per sample in the soft bottoms (fine sand) from the gulf of Valencia at depths of 15 meters. Values of species richness per month comparable to those found in this study have been registered in communities from hard bottoms (TRONCOSO, URGORRI AND OLABARRÍA, 1996), from sea grass beds (HERGUETA, 1996; LEDOYER, 1966 a, b) or the calcare- ous algae Mesophyllum lichenoides (Lemoine) (HERGUETA, 1996). Characterisation of the community: The species living sympatrically in the Bay of Barbate form communities with more components than in other areas. In the Mediterranean Sea similar commu- nities were referred to as “Biocénose des fonds meubles instables (MI) “ and “Biocénose des fonds detritique du large (DL) ” (PÉRES AND PICARD, 1964). These have a similar faunistic compositions, although species richness is higher in Barbate bay. In our study these commu- nities occurred in the infralittoral level (25 m), whereas in the Mediterranean they occur in the circalittoral, deeper than in the Atlantic. The community from B10 is also similar to the “Biocénose des sables fins bien calibrés (SFBC) “ (PÉRES AND PICARD, 1964), but there is a high influence of faunistic components from the previously mentioned communities. In R12 some similarities with the “Biocé- nose des sables grossiers et des fins gra- viers (SGFG) “ (PÉRES AND PICARD, 1964) are found, although the instability of the bottoms due to strong currents changes the composition of the commu- nity through the year. CABIOCH (1968) found similar and comparable communities in the English channel, named as “Peuplements des sédiments fins a Abra alba et Corbula gibba” and “Biocoenose du Maerl”. In these communities a mixture of in- and epifauna occurred over a heterogeneous sediment. The depth in which these communities occurred was similar to those from Barbate, within the infralito- ral. However, the biogeographical diffe- rences result in that some species have been replaced in the Strait of Gibraltar. 116 We could not trace in the literature any reference to communities in the Mauri- tanian region, so that a comparison was not possible. Structure of the community. Domi- nance and Frequency: High values of dominance were more common among bivalves than among gastropod species. This reflects their high abundance in soft bottoms, conforming large popula- tions. Gastropods are less numerous than bivalves in soft bottoms samples. In order to correct this bias, we also took into account the frequency of the species in the samples. It is important to take into account both figures, because some species with a marked seasonality may show high abundance during a short period of time, and thus have a low fre- quency although they are important ele- ments of the community. The highest dominance was for the species Chamelea striatula, although it showed lower percentages of presence than other species. This was caused by a massive and successful recruitment of this species in these bottoms in the first sampling year, although no recruitment occurred in the second year. Such strong settlement has been registered for the same species along the Scottish coasts by ANSELL (1961). At the beginning of this study Chamelea striatula was found in some samples with low abundance. After spring 1994 this species was domi- nant in the four sample stations, alt- hough the population decreased in some stations during 1995. At the end of the sampled period, large population of Chamelea striatula was only present in B10 which is close to the harbour and the estuary. This species is common in fine sand bottoms from shallow coasts (3-20 m) in the North Sea (Muus, 1973; DUINEVELD AND BELGERS, 1994). In the Strait of Gibraltar area, Chamelea striatula is found living sympatrically with Cha- melea gallina which is very common in fine sand bottoms from shallow shores (2-15 m) in the Mediterranean Sea. C striatula is usually found in mud bottoms with high percentages of organic matter in southern Spanish RUEDA ET 4£.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar Baroni-Urbani 8 Buser index 0.3 Er l Jaccard's index 05 E 5d o 0.6 F "| R16 B16 R12 B10 R16 B16 R12 B10 0.6 Bray-Curtis index with C. striatula without C. striatula R16 B10 R12 B16 R16 B16 R12 B10 Figure 5. Dendrograms representing affinity of sampling points, according to the qualitative indices (above) and quantitative (below). Algorithm is UPGMA. Figura 5. - Dendrogramas de afinidad de los puntos muestreados en base a los valores de los índices cua- litativos (Superior) y cuantitativos (Inferior). Algoritmo de aglomeración UPGMA. coasts and never reaches high domi- nance in near-shore sandy bottoms. The persistence of this species may have been favoured by the cleaning and dred- ging of the channel in the harbour of Barbate during our sampling period, which turned more muddy the sedi- ments nearby. Other molluscs of these detritic bottom communities showed high fre- quencies and dominance. Large popula- tions of Corbula gibba were collected, but this is a rather ubiquitous species, com- monly found together with Turritella communities on fine sandy bottoms with large pieces of graves and pebbles (Hrs-BRENKO, 1981). Digitaria digitaria is a typical species of coastal detritic bottoms from North Spanish coasts (ORTEA, 1977; BESTEIRO, TRONCOSO, PARAPAR, SALVINI-PLAWEN AND URGORRI, 1990). Among the gastro- pods, some of the most typical species for detritic bottoms are turritellids. In this location Mesalia varia is an impor- tant component of the community from Barbate and also one of the West African representatives. In station B10, a mixed community occurs. Species from detritic bottom communities (Digitaria digitaria, Mesalia varia, Corbula gibba) have a high fre- quency and dominance but some species from communities of well sorted fine sand (Nassarius species, Acanthocar- dia tuberculata, Spisula subtruncata) showed also high dominances and the highest frequencies. The community from this latter sample station seems to be a transition between both. Communi- ties of well sorted fine sands are known in other points from European coasts: in the North Sea (ForD, 1923; CABIOCH, 1968), in the Mediterranean Sea (SPADA, SABELLI AND MORANDI, 1973; SALAS, 1984; GARCÍA RASO ET AL., 1992). In Barbate bay this community shows a higher species richness than other com- munities from European coasts. Three species of Nassariidae (Nassarius reticu- latus, Nassarius mutabilis and Nassarius elatus) were found in B10 with high fre- quency, while Nassarius pygmaeus and Nassarius vaucheri occurred with low fre- quency. This kind of community in the Mediterranean Sea holds usually only two species of Nassariids (N. mutabilis and N. reticulatus) and in the North Sea N. reticulatus and N. pygmaeus. Other species like Mactra stultorum and Chame- lea gallina were not found as main com- ponents in this sample point but they show high abundance in similar com- munities from the Mediterranean Sea (SPADA ET AL., 1973; SALAS, 1984; GARCÍA RASO ET AL., 1992). 117 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Zoogeographical notes: The area of the Strait of Gibraltar has been said to act as a barrier for many marine species including molluscs (EkMAN, 1953). For some Mediterranean species (Gibbula guttadauri, Nassarius mutabilis, Naticarius hebraeus) there is a barrier which makes them less common or absent in the Atlantic waters even nearby the Strait of Gibraltar. Conversely, a few common species of the North Atlantic waters such as Spisula elliptica are not found, or rarely found, in Mediterranean waters. On the other hand, the area of the Strait can also be regarded as one where species of quite different zoogeographi- cal affinity will concur (PALLARY, 1907; SPADA AND MALDONADO, 1974; RUEDA AND SALAS, 1998). The fauna from tro- pical and temperate West African areas is represented in Barbate by Mesalia varia, Epitonium joly1, Nassarius elatus, Nassarius heynemanni, Nassarius vaucheri and Gari pseudoweinkauffi, among others. These species share a northern limit along the coasts of South Portugal (to the North) and in the Alboran Sea (in the Mediterranean). Most Mediterra- nean species do occur in the Ibero- Moroccan gulf, at least to Cape St. Vincent and sometimes further north. This results in an increase of the number of species from the different biogeographical regions, and Barbate is a locality where their distribution ranges overlap. This trend is well illus- trated by the distribution patterns of the seven species of Nassariids (Fig. 6) which were collected sympatrically in this bay. The fauna of molluscs found in this study includes mostly species which are widespread in the Northeast Atlantic and Mediterranean. Among 27 species with a distribution restricted to one of EKMAN's (1953) three regions, there is a high percentage of similarity (48%) with typical Mediterranean fauna as found along the Italian coast. Nine species are shared with the so-called Mauritanian region (mostly Morocco), according to the information of PASTEUR-HUMBERT (1962 a, b) and of NICKLES (1950, 1955) This represents a high similarity (33%). 118 This percentage of similarity could be higher if the information available about molluscs from North-West Africa were more complete. Five species with a mainly North Atlantic distribution are present in Barbate bay, which represents 18%. This percentage resulted as a com- parison with the British fauna (TEBBLE, 1966; GRAHAM, 1988) and indicates less affinity than the other two regions. It is important from a biogeographic viewpoint to point out the presence of endemic molluscan species in the Strait of Gibraltar area. Recently, several species of endemic gastropods have been described from this area and the data have been summarized by GOFAS (1999). Nevertheless, most of the endemic component are linked to rocky shore in intertidal of very shallow envi- ronments. It is interesting to note the presence of Nassarius tingitanus (Pallary, 1901) on hard bottoms very near the sampling area, but closer to the shore. This species (Fig. 3) shows a typical endemic distribution restricted to the Strait of Gibraltar. In our samples, we found large numbers of the endemic gastropod Juju- binus dispar, which occurs in a restricted area from Tangier to Ceuta (North Africa) and was only cited in European coasts by VAN AARTSEN ET AL. (1984) in Algeciras Bay (South Spain). Another rather well documented endemic com- ponent is the skeneid Dikoleps pruinosa, originally described from Tangier, where it is now very rare due to the extension of the harbour. Other species which occur in the Barbate samples have once been thought to be endemic of the Gibraltar area but are now known to occur on other subtidal current-swept gravel bottoms. The small bivalve Notolimea clandestina Salas, 1994 (SALas, 1994), which is common on the bottoms of Barbate is also known to occur near Lampedusa, in Sicily Channel (Italy). The same pattern is found for the rare skeneid Parviturbo fenestratus, originally described from Tangiers, and now reported from Adventure Bank, Sicily Channel (WARÉN, 1992). RUEDA £7 A£.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar 37 ÑN. incrassatus N. pygmaeus N. reticulatus N. elatus N. heynemanni N. tingitanus N. vaucheri Figure 6. Range of the different species of Nassariidae found in Bay of Barbate. Figura 6. - Distribución geográfica de las diferentes especies de Nasáridos presentes en la bahía de Barbate. To summarize, the results of this study show that the bay of Barbate sup- ports a rich soft bottom fauna of molluscs, which is basically the same in three of the sampled stations. The high species richness recorded in these bottoms may be influenced by three kinds of factors: (1) Environmental factors. The bottom contains a mixture of hard and soft com- ponents in the sediments. The deeper stations (25 m) have more large bioclas- tic material (fragments of shells) deposi- ted over a fine sand bottom. This hetero- geneity of the substrates induces a diversification of the micro-habitats 119 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 (FRONTIER AND PICHOD-VIALE, 1991; DEWARUMEZ, DAVOULT, SANVICENTE ANORVE AND FRONTIER 1992), and con- sequently a diversification of the fauna. The occurrence of large-size particles favours the settling and development of sessile epifaunal molluscs such as Anomia ephippium, Modiolus adriaticus, Calyptraea chinensis, and some mobile pectinids as Flexopecten flexuosus, Chlamys varia and Aequipecten species. In B10 with a lower amount of bioclastic material there was a decrease in the abundance of these species but an incre- ase of others. The mixture of these with fine sand favours well established popu- lations of infaunal molluscs, mainly bivalves as Gouldia minima, Digitaria digitaria or Spisula subtruncata. (2) The sampling method. The survey spanned a longer period of time than in other reviewed researchs. This allowed to record changes in the composition of the community such as occurred with C. BIBLIOOGRAPHY ANSELL, A., 1961. Reproduction, growth and mortality of Venus striatula (Da Costa) in Ka- mes Bay, Millport. Journal of the Marine Bio- logical Association of the United Kingdom, 41: 191-215. APARICI SEGUER, V. AND GARCÍA CARRASCOSA, A. M., 1996. Moluscos de los fondos de sus- tratos blandos de las Islas Chafarinas (Mar de Alborán, Mediterráneo). Datos prelimi- nares. Iberus, 14: 85-91. APARICI SEGUER, V., ROWLAND, R. A., TAYLOR, S. AND GARCÍA CARRASCOSA, A. M., 1996. Moluscos infralitorales de la playa de Pi- nedo-El Saler (Valencia, Mediterráneo Occi- dental). Iberus, 14: 93-100. ARIAS, A., 1976. Contribución al conocimiento de la fauna bentónica de la Bahía de Cádiz. Investigación Pesquera, 40: 335-386. BACKELJAU, T., BOUCHET, P., GOFAS, S. AND DE * BRUYN, L., 1994. Genetic variation, systema- tics and distribution of the venerid clam Cha- melea gallina. Journal of the Marine Biological As- sociation of the United Kingdom, 74: 211-223. BARONI-URBANI, C. AND BUSER, M. W., 1976. Si- milarity of binary data. Systematic Zoology, 25: 251-259. 120 striatula, and to collect species with occa- sional patterns of occurrence (Aplysia fas- ciata and Philine species), or locally rare (Cymatium corrugatum, Atrina fragilis, Pte- ria hirundo, Spisula elliptica), as well as ju- veniles in the recruitment season. (3) The macrogeographic pattern. The confluence of species from different bio- geographical areas has been discussed above, and accounts for much of the species richness in the area. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This study was made within the project DGICYT PB92-0415 supported by the Spanish Government. We are grateful to Dr. Raimundo Real for his useful comments on the indices of af- finity; and the use of the computer program for the significance test of Jac- card's index. Ana S. López is thanked for help in the laboratory. BESTEIRO, C., TRONCOSO, J. S., PARAPAR, J., SAL- VINI-PLAWEN, L. VON AND URGORRI, V., 1990. Hallazgos de Monobrachium parasitum (Cni- daria, Hydrozoa) en asociación con Digitaria digitaria (Mollusca, Bivalvia). Iberus, 9: 91- 9%. BRAy, R. J]. AND CURTIS, J. T., 1957. An ordina- tion of the upland forest communities of southern Wisconsin. Ecological monographs, 27: 325-347. BUCHANAN, J. B., 1984. Sediment analysis. In: N. A. Holme and A. D. McIntyre. Methods for the study of marine benthos. Blackwell, Oxford: 41-65. CABIOCH, L., 1968. Contribution a la connais- sance des peuplements benthiques de la Man- che Occidentale. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 9: 493-720. CABIOCH, L., GENTIL, F., GLACON, R. AND RE- TIERE, C., 1977. Le macrobenthos des fonds meubles de la Manche. Biology of Benthic or- ganisms: 115-128. CARBALLO, J. L., NARANJO, S. AND GARCÍA-GÓ- MEZ, J. C., 1997. Where does the Mediterra- nean Sea begin? Zoogeographical affinities of the littoral sponges of the Straits of Gi- braltar. Journal of Biogeography, 24: 223-232. RUEDA ET AL.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar CERVERA, J. L., TEMPLADO, J., GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., BALLESTEROS, M., ORTEA, J., GARCÍA, F. J., ROS, J. AND LUQUE, A. A., 1988. Catálogo actualizado y comentado de los opistobran- quios (Mollusca, Gastropoda) de la Península Ibérica, Baleares y Canarias, con algunas re- ferencias a Ceuta y la Isla de Alborán. Iberus, suppl. 1, 84 pp., 4 pl. CONDE, F., FLORES-MOYA, A., SOTO, J., ALTA- MIRANO, M. AND SÁNCHEZ, A., 1996. Check- list of Andalusia (S. Spain) Seaweeds. III. Rhodophyceae. Acta Botanica Malacitana, 21: 7-33. DEWARUMEZ, J. M., DAVOULT, D., SANVICENTE ANORVE L. E. AND FRONTIER, S., 1992. Is the “muddy heterogeneous sediment assem- blage” an ecotone between the pebbles com- munity and the Abra alba community in the Southern Bight of the North Sea?. Nether- lands Journal of Sea Research, 30: 229-238. DRAKE, P., ARIAS, A. M., AND CONRADI, M., 1997. Aportación al conocimiento de la ma- crofauna supra y epibentónica de los caños mareales de la bahía de Cádiz (España). Pu- blicaciones Especiales del Instituto Español de Oceanografía, 23: 133-141. DUINEVELD, G. C. A. AND BELGERS, J. J. M., 1994. The macrobenthic fauna in the Dutch sector of the North Sea in 1993 and a comparison with previous data. NIOZ-Rapport, 12. 103 pp. EKMAN, S., 1953. Zoogeography of the sea. Sidg- wick and Jackson, London, XIV. 417 pp. ELEFTHERIOU, A. AND BASFORD, D. J., 1989. The macrobenthic infauna of the offshore Nort- hern North Sea. Journal of the Marine Biologi- cal Association of the United Kingdom, 69: 123- 143. ESTABLIER, R. AND MARGALEE, R., 1964. Fito- plancton e hidrografía de las costas de Cádiz (Barbate), de Junio de 1961 a Agosto de 1962. Investigación Pesquera, 25: 5-31. FIsCHER-PIETTE, E., 1959. Contribution a l'éco- logie intercotidale du Détroit de Gibraltar. Bulletin de lInstitut Océanographique, n* 1.145. FLORES-MOYA, A., SOTO, J., SÁNCHEZ, A., AL- TAMIRANO M. AND CONDE, F., 1995 a. Check- list of Andalusia (S. Spain) seaweeds, I. Phae- ophyceae. Acta Botanica Malacitana, 20: 5-18 FLORES-MOYA, A., SOTO, J., SÁNCHEZ, A., AL- TAMIRANO M. AND CONDE, F., 1995 b. Check- list of Andalusia (S. Spain) seaweeds, II. Ch- lorophyceae. Acta Botanica Malacitana, 20: 19- 26 FORD, E., 1923. Animal communities of the le- vel sea bottom in the waters adjacent to Ply- mouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Asso- ciation of the United Kingdom, 13: 164-224. FRONTIER, S. AND PICHOD- VIALE, D., 1991. Ecosystemes: structure, fonctionnement, évolu- tion. Masson, Paris: 1-392. GARCÍA GÓMEZ, J. C., 1983a. Estudio comparado de las tanatocenosis y biocenosis malacoló- gicas del Estrecho de Gibraltar y áreas pró- ximas. Iberus, 3: 75-90 GARCÍA GÓMEZ, J. C., 1983b. Moluscos opisto- branquios del Estrecho de Gibraltar y bahía de Algeciras. Iberus, 3: 41-46 GARCÍA RASO, J. E., 1996. Crutacea Decapoda (excl. Sergestidae) from Ibero-Moroccan wa- ters. Results of Balgim-84 Expedition. Bulle- tin of Marine Science, 58: 730-752. GARCÍA RASO, J. E., LUQUE, A. A., TEMPLADO, J., SALAS, C., HERGUETA, E., MORENO D. AND CALVO, M., 1992. Fauna y flora marinas del Parque Natural de Cabo de Gata-Nijar. Junta de Andalucia-AMA. 288 pp. GARMENDIA, J. M., SÁNCHEZ MATA A. AND MORA, J. 1996. Estudio ecológico estacional de los moluscos de la Ría de Ares y Betan- zos (Galicia, NO España). Iberus, 14: 115-123. GLÉMAREC, M., 1969. Les peuplements benthi- ques du plateau continental Nord-Gascogne. These Doctorat d'Etat. Paris, 167 pp. GOFAS, S., 1999. Marine molluscs with a very small range in the Strait of Gibraltar. Diver- sity and Distributions, 4: 255-266. GOFAS, S. AND WARÉN, A., 1998. Europe's smal- lest gastropod: habitat, distribution and re- lationships of Retrotortina fuscata (Omalogy- ridae). Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 39: 9-14. GRAHAM, A., 1988. Molluscs: Prosobranch and Pyramidellid Gastropods. Synopses of the Bri- tish Fauna. 662 pp. HERGUETA, E., 1996. Estudio de las taxocenosis malacológicas asociadas a concrecciona- mientos de Mesophyllum lichenoides (Ellis) Le- moine y a una pradera de Posidonia oceanica (Linnaeus) Delile del litoral almeriense. Te- sis doctoral. Universidad de Málaga. 860 pp. Hrs-BRENKO, M., 1981. Population studies of Corbula gibba (Olivi), Bivalvia, Corbulidae, in the Northern Adriatic Sea. Journal of Mol- luscan Studies, 47: 17-24. JACCARD, P. 1908. Nouvelles recherches sur la distribution florale. Bulletin de la Société Vau- doise de Sciences Naturelles, 44: 223-270. KUNITZER, A., 1990. A comparison of the Am- phiura filiformis-associations North-East of the Dogger Bank and of the German Bight. Netherland Journal of Sea Research, 25: 199-208. LEDOYER, M., 1966 a. Ecologie de la faune va- gile des biotopes méditerranéens accessibles en scaphandre autonome. I. Introduction. Domnées analytiques sur les biotopes de subs- trat dur. Recueil des Travaux de la Station Ma- rine d'Endoume, 40: 103-149. LEDOYER, M., 1966 b. Ecologie de la faune va- gile des biotopes méditerranéens accessibles en scaphandre autonome. II. Données analy- tiques sur les herbiers de phanerogames. Re- cueil des Travaux de la Station Marine d'En- doume, 41: 135-164. 121 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 LÓPEZ DE LA ROSA, I., 1997. Crustáceos Decá- podos capturados durante las campañas del TEO ARSA 0393 y ARSA 10993 en el Golfo de Cádiz: distribución batimétrica. Publicación Especial del Instituto Español de Oceanografía, 23: 199-206. LÓPEZ DE LA ROSA, L, GARCÍA RASO, J. E. AND RODRIGUEZ MARTÍN, A., 1998. First record of Gourretia denticulata (Lutze, 1937) (Crusta- cea, Decapoda, Thalassinidae) from the Atlan- tic coast of Spain. Scientia Marina, 62: 393-395. LÓPEZ DE LA CUADRA, C. M. AND GARCÍA-GÓ- MEZ, J. C., 1993. Zoogeographical study of the Cheilostomatida from the Straits of Gibral- tar. In Ryland J.S., Taylor, P. D. and Hayward P. J. (Eds.): Biology and Paleobiology of Bryo- zoans, Olsen and Olsen, Fredensborg: 107- 112. MANJÓN-CABEZA, M. E. AND GARCÍA RASO, J. E., 1998a. Structure and evolution of a deca- pod crustacean community from the coastal detritic bottoms of Barbate (Cádiz, Southern Spain). Journal of Natural History, 32: 1619- 1630. MANJÓN-CABEZA, M. E. AND GARCÍA RASO, J. E., 1998b. Population structure and growth of the hermit crab Diogenes pugilator (Deca- poda: Anomura: Diogenidae) from the Nort- heastern Atlantic. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 18: 753-762. MEDEL-SOTERAS, M. D., GARCÍA, F. J]. AND GAR- CÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1991. La familia Sertularii- dae (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) en el estrecho de Gibraltar y la Península Ibérica: Aspectos ta- xonómicos y zoogeográficos. Cahiers de Bio- logie Marine, 32: 503-543. Muus, K., 1973. Settling, growth and mortality of young bivalves in the Vresund. Ophelia, 12: 79-116. NICKLESs, M., 1950. Mollusques testacés marins de la cóte occidentale d'Afrique. Lechevalier, Pa- rís. 269 pp. NICKLES, M., 1955. Scaphopodes et Lamelli- branches récoltés dans l'Ouest Africain. Atlan- tide report, 3: 93-230. OLIVER, P. G. AND COSEL, R. VON, 1993. Taxo- nomy of tropical West African Bivalves: IV Arcidae. Bulletin du Muséum National d'His- toire Naturelle (4e sér) 14, section A (2): 293- 381. ORTEA, J., 1977. Moluscos marinos Gasterópo- dos y Bivalvos del litoral asturiano entre Ri- badesella y Ribadeo, con especial atención a la subclase de los Opistobranquios. Tesis Doc- toral, Universidad de Oviedo, 581 pp. PALLARY, P., 1907. Sur l'extension de la faune equatoriale du nord-ouest de l' Afrique et re- flexions sur la faune conchyliologique de la Mediterranée. Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique, 16: 421-425. 12:2 PASTEUR-HUMBERT, C., 1962 a. Les mollusques marins testacés du Maroc. Les Gastéropo- des. Travaux de l'Institut Scientifique Chéri- fien, série Zoologie n* 23. 245 pp. PASTEUR-HUMBERT, C., 1962 b. Les mollusques marins testacés du Maroc. Les Lamellibran- ches et les Scaphopodes. Travaux de l Institut Scientifique Chérifien, série Zoologie n” 28. 184 BB: PÉRES, J. M. AND PICAROD, J., 1964. Nouveau ma- nuel de Bionomie benthique de la Mer Mé- diterranée. Recueil des Travaux de la Station Ma- rine d'Endoume, 31: 1-137. REAL, R. AND VARGAS, J. M., 1996. The Proba- bilistic Basis of Jaccard's Index of Similarity. Systematic Biology, 45 (3): 380-385. RExy, J. C., 1983. El paso del atún rojo, Thunnus thynnus (Linnaeus, 1758), a traves del Estre- cho de Gibraltar y su relación con la hidro- logía. Esquemas de migración. Boletín del Ins- tituto Español de Oceanografía, 1: 85-94. RUEDA, J. AND SALAS, C., 1998. Modiolus lulat (Dautzenberg, 1891): A Tropical West Afri- can bivalve recorded from South European coasts. Journal of Conchology, 36: 80. SABELLI, B., GLAANNUZZI-SAVELLI, R. AND BEDU- LLL, D., 1990. Catalogo annotato dei Molluschi Marini del Mediterraneo. Edizioni Libreria Na- turalistica Bolognese. Vol. 1. 781 pp. SALAS, C., 1984. Contribución al conocimiento de los moluscos macrobentónicos infralito- rales (en especial bivalvos) de la bahía de Málaga. Tesis Doctoral. Universidad de Má- laga. 526 pp. SALAS, C., 1994. Notolimea clandestina a new spe- cies of neotenous bivalve (Bivalvia: Limidae) endemic to the Strait of Gibraltar. Journal of - Molluscan Studies, 60: 249-254. SALAS, C., 1996. Marine bivalves from off the Southern Iberian Peninsula collected by the Balgim and Fauna 1 expeditions. Haliotis, 25: 33-100. SÁNCHEZ MATA, A., MORA, J., GARMENDIA, J. M. AND LASTRA, M,, 1993. Estructura trófica del macrozoobenthos submareal de la ría de Ares y Betanzos. I: Composición y distribución. Pu- blicación Especial del Instituto Español de Oce- anografía, 11: 33-40. SEOANE-CAMBA, J., 1965. Estudios sobre las al- gas bentónicas en la costa sur de la Península Ibérica (litoral de Cádiz). Investigación Pes- quera, 29: 3-216. SPADA, G. AND MALDONADO, A., 1974. Nota preliminare sulle specie di molluschi a dif- fusione prevalentemente Atlantica e presenti anche in Mediterraneo nel Mare di Alboran. Quaderni della Cívica Stazione Idrobiologica di Milano, 5: 51-69. SPADA, G., SABELLI, B. AND MORANDI, V., 1973. Contributo alla conoscenza della malaco- fauna marina dell'isola di Lampedusa. Con- chiglie, 9: 29-67. RUEDA ET 42.: Molluscan community from bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar TEBBLE, N., 1966. British Bivalve Seashells. Royal Scottish Museum-BMNH. 212 pp. TEMPLADO, J., GUERRA, A., BEDOYA, J., MORENO, D., REMON, J. M., MALDONADO, M. AND RA- MOS, M. A. 1993. Fauna marina circalitoral del sur de la Península Ibérica. Resultados de la campaña oceanográfica “Fauna I”. MNCN- CSIC. 160 pp. THORSON, G., 1965. The distribution of benthic marine mollusca along the NE shelf from Gibraltar to Murmansk. Proceedings of the first European Malacological congress (1962): 5 - 23. TRONCOSO, J. S., URGORRI, V. AND OLABARRÍA, C., 1996. Estructura trófica de los moluscos de sustratos duros infralitorales de la Ría de Ares y Betanzos (Galicia, NO España). Iberus, 14: 131-141. VAN AARTSEN, J., MENKHORST, H. P. M. G. AND GITTENBERGER, E. 1984. The marine Mollusca of the bay of Algeciras, Spain, with general notes on Mitrella, Marginellidae and Turridae. Basteria, suppl. 2: 1-135 VIVES, F., SANTAMARIA, G. AND TREPAT, J., 1975. El zooplancton de los alrededores del Estre- cho de Gibraltar en Junio-Julio de 1972. Re- sultados de las expediciones cientificas del. B/O Cornide, 4: 7-100. WARÉN, A., 1992. New and little known “Ske- neimorph” gastropods from the Mediterra- nean Sea and the adjacent Atlantic Ocean. Bol- lettino Malacologico, 27: 149-247. 123 e O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 18 (1): 125-131, 2000 Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887) (Mollusca, Solenogastres, Rhopalomeniidae), presente en la costa norte de la Península Ibérica * Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky and Marion, 1887) (Mollusca, Solenogastres, Rhopalomeniidae), present in the north coast of Iberian Peninsula Oscar GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ*, Victoriano URGORRI* y Eco. Javier CRISTOBO** Recibido el15-IX-1999. Aceptado el24-XT-1999 RESUMEN En la actualidad, dentro del proyecto FAUNA IBERICA, se está realizando el estudio de los solenogastros de las costas ibéricas. En este trabajo se describe una especie casi des- conocida para las aguas ibéricas, Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887), que solo había sido mencionada para aguas peninsulares en el Cap de Creus por Pruvot en 1891. ABSTRACT A study on the solenogastres of the Iberian coast is currently underway within the project FAUNA IBÉRICA. This paper offers a description of a species which is practically unknown in Iberian waters, Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky and Marion, 1887), and which has only been cited in the waters of the Iberian Peninsula on the Cap de Creus by Pruvot in 1891. PALABRAS CLAVE: Rhopalomenía algaopheniae, Mollusca, Solenogastres, Península Ibérica. KEY WORDS: Rhopalomenia algaopheniae, Mollusca, Solenogastres, Iberian Peninsula. INTRODUCCIÓN Aunque los Moluscos Solenogastros no constituyen un grupo zoológico raro, ya que su presencia se extiende por todos los fondos marinos, desde la costa hasta las grandes profundidades, sí son una clase poco conocida. Las informa- ciones sobre su biología son escasas y los datos sobre su diversidad y biogeo- grafía son aún pobres y sobre todo desi- guales. Esto se pone de manifiesto en las aguas europeas, donde las costas de la Península Ibérica muestran un vacío muy notable en el conocimiento de esta fauna (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1997). * Laboratorio de Zooloxía Mariña. Departamento de Bioloxía Animal. Facultade de Bioloxía. Universidade de Santiago de Compostela.15706 Santiago de Compostela. baoscarOusc.es / bavitucoOusc.es ** Laboratorio de Biodiversidade e Recursos Mariños. Instituto de Acuicultura. Universidade de Santiago de Compostela.15706 Santiago de Compostela. España. bafjcrisCVusc.es 1 Contribución científica del Instituto de Acuicultura n* 006/99 125 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 j Península ñ o Ibérica E alo 6 Ñ > SN Figura 1. Localización de la estación de recolección. Figure 1. Map showing the location of the sampling station. Fruto de las investigaciones, que, dentro del proyecto FAUNA IBÉRICA, se vienen realizando en el Atlántico y Mediterráneo peninsulares, se recogió en las costas cantábricas españolas el solenogastro Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887). Esta es una especie ampliamente distribuida tanto en el Mediterráneo, donde se conoce del Sur de Grecia, Golfo de Nápoles y Golfo de León (KOwALEVSKY Y MARION, 1887; MALUQUER, 1917; NIERSTRASZ Y STORK, 1940; PRUVOT, 1891; SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1972, 1997), como en el Atlántico, donde existen varias citas en las costas británica e irlandesa, así como de Roscoff (GARS- TANG, 1896; JONES, 1956; JONES Y BAXTER, 1987; SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1997; SEAWARD, 1992). En cambio, a excepción de la única cita de PrRUVOT (1891) en Cap de Creus, la Península Ibérica es una laguna de conocimiento en cuanto a la distribución europea de esta especie. Por todo ello, nos parece de interés acompañar esta nueva localización de Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae, con una des- cripción de los principales caracteres anatómicos de la especie, a los que se acompaña la reconstrucción de su orga- 126 nización interna anterior y posterior, así como de fotografías y dibujos del animal, de algunos cortes y de sus tipos espiculares. MATERIAL Y MÉTODOS El ejemplar estudiado procede de la Estación 165-A de la campaña de mues- treo FAUNA Il, realizada en junio de 1991, a profundidades entre 30 y 1000 m., en las costas del N y NW de la Península Ibérica, desde la zona orien- tal de Guipúzcoa hasta las Islas Cíes, incluyendo el Banco de Galicia. La Esta- ción 165-A se localiza al oeste del Cabo Peñas, norte de España (Fig. 1) (43? 43' 18” N - 43? 43' 46” N; 05% 55' 51” O - 05? 56" 37” O) en un fondo de roca y pie- dras a una profundidad de 122-124 m. El ejemplar tenía unas dimensiones de 12,2 mm de largo por 1,1 mm de ancho y se conserva seccionado en cortes seriados. El ejemplar fue fijado y conservado en alcohol al 70%. Se separaron peque- ños trozos de cutícula de la parte media del cuerpo y del surco ventral, para obtener una representación de los dis- GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ ET AL.: Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae en el norte de la Península Ibérica Figura 2. A: fotografía de Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887); B: microfoto- grafía de una espícula acicular; C: espículas aciculares; D: espícula del surco pedio. Figure 2. A: photograph of Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky and Marion, 1887); B: microp- hotograph of acicular spicules; C: acicular spicules; D: spicules alongside the pedal groove. tintos tipos espiculares. Estas piezas se trataron con hipoclorito sódico al 5% durante 12 horas para el aislamiento de las espículas; posteriormente se lavaron en agua destilada, se secaron en una estufa a 40 “C y se montaron con resina sintética. Para el estudio anatómico, los RESULTADOS ejemplares fueron descalcificados en una solución de EDTA durante 12 horas, se cortaron en parafina en series trans- versales de 10 ym de sección. Se tiñó en Azan de Heidenhain y se realizó la reconstrucción anatómica a partir de los cortes seriados. Orden CAVIBELONIA Salvini-Plawen, 1978 Familia RHOPALOMENIIDAE Salvini-Plawen, 1978 Género Rhopalomenia Simroth, 1893 Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887) Proneomenia aglaopheniae Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887 (denominación original), Rhopalomenia eisigi Thiele, 1894. Descripción Habitus: Animal muy enrollado sobre sí mismo, con el cuerpo liso, sin abultamientos (Fig. 2 A). Surco ventral bien visible. Color en alcohol amarillo. Manto: Cutícula de 100 a 140 um de grosor, con papilas pedunculadas y con el extremo distal grueso. Las espículas se disponen en varias capas estrecha- mente entrelazadas. Son huecas, de 127 Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 Figura 3. Organización esquemática de la parte anterior del cuerpo de Rhapalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887). At: órgano sensitivo atrial; Bg: ganglio bucal; Cg: ganglio cerebral; Dc: ciego dorsal; Ma: manto; Mg; intestino; Ph: faringe; Pp: foseta pedia; Rs: saco radular; Vfg: órgano glandular ventral de la faringe; Vg: ganglio ventral; A, B: cortes en sección correspondien- tes a las líneas A, B. Figure 3. Schematic organizaltion of the anterior body of Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky and Marion, 1887). At: atrial sense organ; Bg: buccal ganglion; Cg: cerebral ganglion; Dc: dorsal caecum; Ma: mantle; Mg: midgut; Ph: pharynx; Pp: pedal pit; Rs: radular sac; Vfg: ventral foregut glandular organ; Vg: ventral ganglion; A, B: cross-section corresponding to lines A, B. forma acicular, de hasta 150 um de lon- gitud, levemente arqueadas, más anchas en su parte central y con los extremos romos (Fig. 2B, C). En el surco ventral se sitúan escamas con forma de hoja de cuchillo de hasta 75 ym de longitud (Fig. 2D). Surco pedio: Comienza en una foseta ciliada (Fig. 3), situada debajo de la faringe, que se comunica con el exterior por una estrecha abertura. En el surco pedio se encuentra un pliegue ciliado que entra en la cavidad paleal. Cavidad paleal: La cavidad paleal es pequeña, no tiene pliegues respiratorios y se comunica con el exterior por una pequeña abertura ventro-terminal. El conducto de desove desemboca, a través de un orificio genital impar, en la parte rostro-central de la cavidad paleal. Dor- 128 salmente al mismo se sitúa el ano. No presenta ni espículas abdominales, ni espículas copulatrices (Fig. 4). Organos de los sentidos: El atrio pre- senta en sus paredes frontal y laterales numerosas papilas pequeñas e indivi- dualizadas (Fig. 3). Dorsalmente tiene dos pliegues ciliados que continúan hasta la parte posterior del atrio. Posee un solo órgano dorsoterminal, situado en posición terminal, en el extremo pos- terior del cuerpo (Fig. 4). Aparato digestivo: La cavidad bucal está separada del atrio por un pliegue, continuándose en una faringe estrecha y larga, que presenta ventralmente un saco radular. No tiene rádula. En el saco radular (Fig. 3) desemboca lateralmente el par de órganos glandulares de la faringe. Estos órganos glandulares, en GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ ET AL.: Rhopalomenia aglaophenzae en el norte de la Península Ibérica Ma y RS 250 um Figura 4. Organización esquemática de la parte posterior del cuerpo de Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887). Dso: órgano sensitivo dorsoterminal; Es: espermatozoides; Ht: corazón; ; Ma: manto; Mg; intestino; Ov: óvulos; Pc: cavidad paleal; Pd: pericardioducto; Pr: peri- cardio; Re: recto; Sc: comisura suprarrectal; Sd: conducto de desove; Sr: receptáculo seminal; A, B: cortes en sección correspondientes a las líneas A, B. Figure 4. Schematic organization of the posterior body of Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky and Marion, 1887). Dso: dorsoterminal sense organ; Es: sperm; Ht: heart; Ma: mantle; Mg: midgut; Ov: eggs; Pc: pallial cavity; Pd: pericardioduct; Pr: pericardium; Re: rectum; Sc: supra-rectal commis- sure; Sd: spawning duct; Sr: seminal receptacle; A, B: cross-section corresponding to lines A, B. su parte posterior, pertenecen al tipo A (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1978), ya que están formados por un conducto muy largo en el que se abren los folículos glandulares subepiteliales, discurriendo ventral- mente al intestino medio hasta la mitad del cuerpo (Fig. 3, 3B); mientras que en la parte anterior, cada órgano glandular de la faringe, es del tipo C (SALVINI- PLAWEN, 1978) con forma de una burbuja de gran tamaño (Fig. 3, 3A). Este par de burbujas se sitúan ventral- mente al ciego rostral del intestino medio y latero-dorsalmente a la faringe. La faringe continúa durante un trecho hasta desembocar por su parte dorsal en el intestino medio. En esta misma zona del intestino medio, parte rostralmente un ciego dorsal, que llega hasta la parte anterior del cuerpo (Fig. 3, 3A). El intes- tino medio presenta en toda su longitud numerosos constricciones seriadas en sus paredes laterales y ventral. El recto discurre bajo el pericardio (Fig. 4B) y se abre en el ano, que desemboca dorsal- mente en la parte rostral de la cavidad paleal (Fig. 4). Sistema nervioso: El ganglio cerebral es aplanado dorso-ventralmente, estando situado ventralmente al ciego rostral del intestino medio y dorsalmente a la cavidad bucal (Fig. 3). El par de ganglios ventrales se encuentran dorsalmente a la foseta pedia, y a ambos lados del saco radular están el par de ganglios bucales (Fig. 3). En la parte terminal del cuerpo, cerca del ano, está la comisura suprarrec- tal (150 ym de longitud) (Fig. 4). Aparato circulatorio: El corazón, situado en la pared dorsal del pericar- 122%) Iberus, 18 (1), 2000 dio, tiene forma tubular (Fig. 3). Las células sanguíneas son de dos tipos: gra- nulocitos redondeados con un diámetro de 7,5 ym, y eritrocitos alargados y sin gránulos de hasta 20 um de longitud. Aparato reproductor: El par de gónadas se extienden sobre el intestino medio. El ejemplar examinado las pre- sentaba llenas de óvulos y espermatozoi- des (Fig. 4A). Las gónadas se unen con el pericardio a través de un par de gonope- ricardioductos. El pericardio es volumi- noso (Fig. 4B), posteriormente se conti- núa en dos pericardioductos, que se curvan y se dirigen anteriormente hasta unirse con los conductos de desove (Fig. 4). Posee un par de receptáculos semina- les situados dorsalmente a los conductos de desove (Fig. 4, 4B), que se encontra- ban llenos de espermatozoides. Estos receptáculos no parecen ser órganos par- ticulares, sinó que cada uno es solamente una parte encorvada del conducto de desove (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1972). Los dos conductos de desove tienen las paredes glandulares (Fig. 4B) y se fusionan en un único conducto, que desemboca impar, ventralmente en la pared rostral de la cavidad paleal (Fig. 4). Distribución: Sur del Peloponeso (fuera del cabo Matapan/Tainaron) (Grecia) (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1972, 1997); DISCUSIÓN El ejemplar estudiado pertenece al or- den Cavibelonia por sus espículas acicu- lares huecas, dispuestas en varias capas dentro de una cutícula gruesa con papilas epidérmicas. Se clasifica dentro de la fa- milia Rhopalomeniidae, por sus órganos glandulares ventrales de la faringe sube- piteliales de tipo A, ausencia de rádula y de pliegues respiratorios en la cavidad paleal. Las características genéricas que lo sitúan dentro de Rhopalomenia están bien definidas en este ejemplar: la cavi- dad bucal está separada del atrio, la de- sembocadura del conducto de desove es impar, presenta un órgano sensitivo dor- soterminal y carece de espículas copula- trices (SALVINEPLAWEN, 1967, 1978). 130 Golfo de Nápoles (Italia), asociada al hidroideo Lytocarpia myriophyllum, a 50- 60 m de profundidad (NIERSTRASZ Y STORK, 1940); Marsella (Francia), en fondos rocosos, asociada al hidroideo Lytocarpia myriophyllum, a 50-60 m de profundidad (KOwALEVSKY Y MARION, 1887); Banyuls (Francia), en fondos limosos, asociada al hidroideo Lytocarpia myriophyllum, a 60-80 m de profundidad (Pruvor, 1891); costa del Rosellón (Francia), sobre Lytocarpia myriophyllum, a 60-80 m de profundidad (MALUQUER, 1917); Isla Portaló (Cap de Creus, España), sobre Lytocarpia myriophyllum, a 80 m de profundidad (Pruvor, 1891); Roscoff (Francia) (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1997); Plymouth (Gran Bretaña), aso- ciada al hidroideo Lytocarpia myriophy- llum, a 47-57 m de profundidad (GARs- TANG, 1896); Isla de Man (Gran Bretaña), en fondos de arena fangosa, a 58-71 m de profundidad (JONES, 1956); costas este y oeste de Gran Bretaña, asociada al hidroideo Lytocarpia (Theocarpus) moyriophyllum, a 50 m o más de profundi- dad (JONES Y BAXTER, 1987); costas este y oeste de Gran Bretaña, Mar de Irlanda y costas norte y sur de Irlanda (SEAWARD, 1992); Liberia (Africa), a 70 m de pro- fundidad (THIELE, 1906), aunque es una cita que necesita un nuevo examen y confirmación (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1997). Esta especie, además de su descrip- ción original de KOWALEVSKY Y MARION (1887), fue redescrita por NIERSTRASZ Y STORK (1940) y posteriormente SALVINI- PLAWEN (1978) ofrece, en una tabla com- parativa con las especies antárticas del género, el conjunto de caracteres especí- ficos más significativos. En nuestro ejemplar se pueden observar todos los rasgos que lo identifican como Rhopalo- menia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887), únicamente no hemos encontrado el botón sensitivo anterior descrito por KOwALEVSKY Y MARION (1887). Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowa- levsky y Marion, 1887), presenta una GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ ET AL.: Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae en el norte de la Península Ibérica distribución, que va desde el Mediterrá- neo oriental hasta las costas atlánticas europeas, asociada al hidroideo Lytocar- pia myriophyllum, a una profundidad de 47-137 m (SALVINEPLAWEN, 1990, 1997). El ejemplar aquí estudiado fue recogido al oeste del Cabo Peñas (Golfo de Vizcaya, norte de España) a una profun- didad de 122-124 m. Esta especie sólo había sido señalada anteriormente en aguas de la Península Ibérica en las costas españolas mediterráneas en el Cap de Creus (Pruvor, 1891), por lo que esta cita representa la primera en las costas atlánticas ibéricas. Del género Rhopalomenia Simroth, 1893, además de Rhopalomenia aglaophe- níae, se conocen en la actualidad otras 6 especies. Cinco de ellas son antárticas y con un conjunto de caracteres específi- cos bien diferenciados de Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Tabla 4, pág. 159 en SALVINEPLAWEN, 1978). La única especie del género, próxima al entorno biogeo- BIBLIOGRAFÍA GARSTANG, W., 1896. On the Aplacophorous : Amphineura of the British Isles. Proc. Mala- col. Soc. London, 2: 123-125. KOWALEVSKY, A. Y MARION, A., 1887. Contri- butions a l' histoire des solénogastres ou apla- cophores. Ann. Mus. Hist. nat. Marseille, Zool., 3 (1): 1-77. Jones, N.S., 1956. The fauna and biomass of muddy sand deposit off port Erin, Isle of Man. J. Aním. Ecol., 25: 217-252. JONES, A.M. Y BAXTER, J.M., 1987. Mollusca: Cau- dofoveata, Solenogastros, Polyplacophora and Scaphopoda. Synopses of the British Fauna, 37: 1-37 LELOUr, E., 1948. Un nouveau solénogastre pro- néoméniidae, Entonomenia atlantica g. nov., sp. nov. Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Natur. Belgique, 24 (EN ETL MALUQUER, J., 1917. Notes para l'estudi dels So- lenogastros (Mollusca anfineures) de Cata- lunya. Treballs Inst. catal. Hist. nat. (Barce- lona), 3: 9-53. NIERSTRASZ, H.F. Y STORK, H.A., 1940. Mono- graphie der Solenogastren des Golfes von Neapel. Zoologica (Stuttgart), 99: 1-92. Pruvor, G., 1891. Sur l'organisation de quelques néomeniens des cótes de France. Arch. Zool. Exptl. Gén., sr. 2, 9: 699-810. gráfico de Rhopalomenia aglopheniae, es Rhopalomenia atlantica (Leloup, 1948). Fue recogida en aguas de Tenerife (Islas Canarias), a una profundidad de 540 m, asociada a hidroideos de la Familia Lafoeidae. Se diferencia de Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae fundamentalmente porque tiene los órganos glandulares de la faringe muy cortos y sólo de tipo A, no presenta saco radular y la faringe es muy corta (LELOUP, 1948; SALVINI- PLAWEN, 1972, 1978). AGRADECIMIENTOS Al Prof. Dr. Luitfried v. Salvini- Plawen de la Universidad de Viena por su inestimable ayuda. Este trabajo se realizó dentro de los proyectos de inves- tigación: Fauna Ibérica III (PB92-0121); y las Acciones Integradas de Cooperación Hispano-Austríaca (HU1995-0002; HU1996-0002; HU1997-0002). SALVINI-PLAWEN, L.v., 1967. Kritische Bemer- kungen zum System der Solenogastres (Mo- llusca, Aculifera). Zeitschr. zool. Syst. Evolut.- forsch., 5 (4): 398-444. SALVINI-PLAWEN, L.v., 1972. Revision der mo- negassischen Solenosgastres (Mollusca, Acu- lifera). Zeitschr. zool. Syst. Evolut.-forsch., 10 (3): 215-250. SALVINI-PLAWEN, L.v., 1978. Antarktische und subantarktische Solenogastres. Eine Mono- graphie: 1898-1974. Zoologica (Stuttgart), 128: 1-315. SALVINEPLAWEN, L.v., 1990. The status of the Caudofoveata and the Solenogastres in the Mediterranean Sea. Lavori S.I.M. Napoli, 23: 5-30. SALVINI-PLAWEN, L.v., 1997. Fragmented know- ledge on West-European and Iberian Cau- dofoveata and Solenogastros. Iberus, 15 (2): 35-50. SEAWARD, D.R,, 1992. Distribution of the marine molluscs of north west Europe. Nature Con- servancy Council, Peterborough, 1- 105. THIELE, J., 1906. Archaeomenia prisca n. g. n. sp. Wissensch Ergebnisse Dtsch. Tiefsee Exped. Val- divia, 1898/99, 9: 317-324. 131 E ME Ed o y TE POR (0 dy, pa e NORMAS DE PUBLICACIÓN * La revista Zberus publica artículos de fondo, notas y monografías que versen sobre cualquiera de los aspectos relacio- nados con la Malacología. Se entiende por artículo un trabajo de investigación de más de 5 páginas de texto, meca- nografiadas, incluidas láminas, gráficos y tablas. Las notas son trabajos de menor extensión. Las monografías son tra- bajos sobre un tema único, de extensión superior a las 50 páginas de la revista y que serán publicadas como un suple- mento de /berus. Los autores interesados en publicar monografías deberán ponerse previamente en contacto con el Editor de Publicaciones. Se entiende que el contenido de los manuscritos no ha sido publicado, ni se publicará en otra parte ni en su totalidad ni resumido. * Los manuscritos, así como toda la correspondencia relacionada con los mismos, deberán ser remitidos a: Dr. Ángel Guerra Sierra, Editor de Publicaciones, Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas (CSIC), C/Eduardo Cabello 6, 36208 Vigo, España. * El texto del trabajo podrá estar redactado en cualquier lengua culta moderna. » En los trabajos que superen las 20 páginas, cada página de exceso será abonada por el(los) autor(es) a precio de coste. * Los artículos, notas y monografías deberán presentarse mecanografiados sobre DIN A-4, por una sola cara a doble espacio (incluyendo referencias, pies de figura y tablas), con al menos 3 centímetros de margen por cada lado. Los tra- bajos se entregarán por triplicado (original y dos copias). En caso de autoría compartida, uno de los autores deberá hacerse responsable de toda la correspondencia. * Los manuscritos se presentarán de acuerdo al siguiente esquema: Primera página. Deberá incluir un título conciso, pero sugerente del contenido del trabajo, así como una traducción al inglés del mismo (si el artículo no está escrito en inglés). Cuando sea preciso, deberá incluir referencia a familia o táxones superiores. A continuación figurarán, por este orden, el nombre y apellidos completos del autor o autores, las direcciones completas de los mismos, y un resumen del trabajo y su traducción al inglés. Dicho resumen deberá sintetizar, en conjunción con el título, tanto los resultados como las conclusiones del artículo; se sugiere una exten- sión de 100 a 200 palabras. El resumen deberá estar seguido de una lista de palabras clave, también con su versión inglesa para su inclusión en los bancos de datos internacionales. Páginas siguientes. Incluirán el resto del artículo, que debe dividirse en secciones precedidas por breves encabeza- mientos. Siempre que sea posible, se recomienda seguir el siguiente esquema: Introducción, Material y métodos, Resultados, Discusión, Conclusiones, Agradecimientos y Bibliografía. Si se emplean abreviaturas no habituales en el texto, deberán indicarse tras el apartado de Material y Métodos. * Las notas breves deberán presentarse de la misma forma, pero sin resumen. + Deberán evitarse notas a pie de página y referencias cruzadas. Deberán respetarse estrictamente los Códigos Internacionales de Nomenclatura Zoológica y Botánica (últimas ediciones). Cuando un táxon aparezca por primera vez deberá citarse su autor y fecha de su descripción. En el caso de artículos sistemáticos, cuando se den las sinonimias de los táxones, éstas deberán citarse COMPLETAS, incluyendo en forma abreviada la publicación donde fueron des- critas, y la localidad tipo si es conocida entre corchetes, según el siguiente esquema (préstese especial cuidado a la pun- tuación): Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) Sinonimias Doris limbata Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. Paris, 4 (24): 468-469 [Localidad tipo: Marsella]. Doris nigricans Otto, 1823, Nov. Act. Ac. Caes. Leop. Car., 10: 275. Dichas referencias no deberán incluirse en la lista de Bibliografía si es la única vez que se nombran en el texto. Si se incluyen una lista completa de referencias de un taxon inmediatamente tras éste, deberá seguirse el mismo esque- ma (sin incluir en Bibliografía las referencias que no se mencionen en otro lugar del texto). * Sólo los nombres en latín y los de táxones genéricos y específicos deberán llevar subrayado sencillo o preferentemente ir en cursiva. En ningún caso deberá escribirse una palabra totalmente en letras mayúsculas, ni siquiera el Título. Las unidades a utilizar deberán pertenecer al Sistema Métrico Decimal, junto con sus correctas abreviaturas. En artículos escritos en castellano, en los números decimales sepárese la parte entera de la decimal por una coma inferior (,), NUNCA por un punto (.) o coma superior (). » Las referencias bibliográficas irán en el texto con minúsculas o versalitas: Fretter y Graham (1962) o FRETTER Y GRAHAM (1962). Si son más de dos autores se deberán citar todos la primera vez que aparecen en el texto [Smith, Jones y Brown (1970)] empleándose et al. las siguientes veces [Smith et al. (1970)]. Si un autor ha publicado más de un trabajo en un año se citarán con letras: (Davis, 1989a; Davis, 1989b). No deberá emplearse op. cit. La lista de referencias deberá incluir todas las citas del texto y sólo éstas, ordenadas alfabéticamente. Se citarán los nombres de todos los autores de cada referencia, sea cual sea su número. Los nombres de los autores deberán escribirse, en letras minúsculas o VERSALITAS. No deberán incluirse referencias a autores cuando éstos aparezcan en el texto exclusiva- mente como autoridades de un taxon. Los nombres de las publicaciones periódicas deberán aparecer COMPLETOS, no abreviados. Cuando se citen libros, dése el título, editor, lugar de publicación, n* de edición si no es la primera y número total de páginas. Deberán evitarse referencias a Tesis Doctorales u otros documentos inéditos de difícil con- sulta. Síganse los siguientes ejemplos (préstese atención a la puntuación): Fretter, V. y Graham, A., 1962. British Prosobranch Molluscs. Ray Society, London, 765 pp. Ponder, W. F., 1988. The Truncatelloidean (= Rissoacean) radiation - a preliminary phylogeny. En Ponder, W. F. (Ed.): Prosobranch Phylogeny, Malacological Review, suppl. 4: 129-166. Ros, J., 1976. Catálogo provisional de los Opistobranquios (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) de las costas ibéricas. Miscelánea Zoolgica, 3 (5): 21-51. e Las gráficas e ilustraciones deberán ser originales y presentarse sobre papel vegetal o similar, con tinta china negra y ajustadas al formato de caja de la revista o proporcional a éste. Este formato es de 57 mm (una columna) o 120 mm (dos) de anchura y hasta 194 mm de altura, si bien se recomienda utilizar el formato a dos columnas. En caso de pre- parar figuras para que ocupen el total de una página, se ruega ajustar su tamaño para que puedan caber los pies de figura bajo ella. Si han de incluirse gráficas de ordenador, deberán imprimirse con impresora láser sobre papel de buena calidad. Las fotografías, bien contrastadas y sin retocar, deberán ajustarse siempre a los tamaños mencionados. Al componer fotografías sobre una hoja, procúrese que los espacios entre ellas sean regulares y que estén debidamente alineadas. Téngase en cuenta que incluir fotografías de distinto contraste en una misma página conlleva una pobre reproducción final. Las escalas de dibujos y fotografías deberán ser gráficas, y las unidades que se utilicen del sistema métrico decimal. Considérese la reducción que será necesaria a la hora de decidir el tamaño de las escalas o letras en las figuras, que no deberán bajar de los 2 mm. En figuras compuestas, cada parte deberá etiquetarse con letras mayús- culas, el resto de las letras deberán ser minúsculas. No deberán hacerse referencias a los aumentos de una determi- nada ilustración, ya que éstos cambian con la reducción, por lo que debe emplearse una escala gráfica. En su caso, se recomienda la utilización de mapas con proyección UTM. Cada figura, gráfica o ilustración deberá presentarse en hojas separadas y con numeración arábiga (1, 2, 3,...), sin separar “Figuras” y “Láminas”. Los pies de figura, en una hoja aparte, deberán acompañarse de su traducción al inglés. Utilícese el esquema siguiente: Figura 1. Neodoris carvi. A: animal desplazándose; B: detalle de un rinóforo; C: branquia. Las abreviaturas empleadas en las ilustraciones deberán incluirse en la hoja de pies de figura. Los autores interesados en incluir láminas en color deberán abonarlas a precio de coste (30.000 ptas por página). Por lo demás, deberán ajustarse a los mismos requisitos que los indicados para las figuras. » Las Tablas se presentarán en hojas separadas, siempre con numeración romana (1, II, IIL...). Las leyendas se inclui- rán en una hoja aparte acompañándose de una traducción al inglés. Deberán evitarse las tablas particularmente com- plejas. Se recomienda reducir el número y extensión de ilustraciones, láminas o tablas al mínimo necesario. * Los artículos que no se ajusten a las normas de publicación serán devueltos al autor con las indicaciones de los cam- bios necesarios. * El Comité Editorial comunicará al autor responsable del trabajo la fecha de recepción del trabajo y la fecha de envío a revisión. Cada original recibido será sometido a revisión por al menos dos investigadores. El Comité Editorial, a la vista de los informes de los revisores decidirá sobre la aceptación o no de cada manuscrito. El autor recibirá en cada caso copia de los comentarios de los revisores sobre su artículo. En caso de aceptación, el mismo Comité Editorial, si lo considera conveniente, podrá solicitar a los autores otras modificaciones que considere oportunas. Si el trabajo es aceptado, el autor deberá enviar una copia impresa del mismo corregida, acompañada por una versión en disco flexi- ble (diskette), utilizando procesadores de texto en sus versiones de DOS o Macintosh. La fecha de aceptación figura- rá en el artículo publicado. * Las pruebas de imprenta serán enviadas al autor responsable, EXCLUSIVAMENTE para la corrección de erratas, y deberán ser devueltas en un plazo máximo de 15 días. Se recomienda prestar especial atención en la corrección de las pruebas. * De cada trabajo se entregarán gratuitamente 50 separatas. Aquellos autores que deseen un número mayor, deberán hacerlo constar al devolver las pruebas de imprenta, y NUNCA POSTERIORMENTE. El coste de las separatas adi- cionales será cargado al autor. INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS e Tberus publishes research papers, notes and monographs devoted to the various aspects of Malacology. Papers are manus- cripts of more than 5 typed pages, including figures and tables. Notes are shorter papers. Monographs should exceed 50 pages of the final periodical, and will be published as Supplements. Authors wishing to publish monographs should contact the Editor. Manuscripts are considered on the understanding that their contents have not appeared or will not appeared, elsewhere in substantially the same or any abbreviated form. + Manuscripts and correspondence regarding editorial matters must be sent to: Dr. Ángel Guerra Sierra, Editor de Publi- caciones, Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas (CSIC), C/Eduardo Cabello 6, 36208 Vigo, Spain. » Manuscripts may be written in any modern language. * When a paper exceeds 20 pages, extra pages will be charged to the author(s) at full cost. + Manuscripts must be typed double spaced (including the references, figure captions and tables) on one side on A-4 (297x210 mm) with margins of at least 3 cm. An original and two copies must be submitted. When a paper has joint authorship, one author must accept responsability for all correspondence. * Papers should conform the following, layout: First page. This must include a concise but informative title, with mention of family of higher taxon when appropriatte, and its Spanish translation. It will be followed by all authors? names and surnames, their full adress(es), an abstract (and its Spanish translation) not exceeding 200 words which summarizes not only contents but results and conclusions, and a list of Key Words (and their Spanish translation) under which the article should be indexed. Following pages. These should content the rest of the paper, divided into sections under short headings. Whenever pos- sible the text should be arranged as follows: Introduction, Material and methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, Acknowledgements and References. Unusual abbreviations used in the text must be grouped in one alphabetic sequence after the Material and methods section. + Notes should follow the same layout, without the abstract. * Footnotes and cross-references must be avoided. The International Codes of Zoological and Botanical Nomencla- ture must be strictly followed. The first mention in the text of any taxon must be followed by its authority including the year. In systematic papers, when synonyms of a taxon are given, they must be cited IN FULL, including the perio- dical, in an abbreviate form, where they were described, and the type localities in square brackets when known. Follow this example (please note the punctuation): Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) Synonyms Doris limbata Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. Paris, 4 (24): 468-469 [Type locality: Marseille]. Doris nigricans Otto, 1823, Nov. Act. Ac. Caes. Leop. Car., 10: 275. These references must not be included in the Bibliography list, except if referred to elsewhere in the text. Ifa full list of references of the taxon is to be given immediately below it, the same layout should be followed (also excluding those nowhere else cited from the Bibliography list). Only Latin words and names of genera and species should be underlined once or be given in ¿talics. No word must be written in UPPER CASE LETTERS. SI units are to be used, together with their appropriate symbols. In Spanish manuscripts, decimal numbers must be separated with a comma (,), NEVER with a point (.) or upper comma (/). » References in the text should be written in small letters or SMALL CAPITALS: Fretter 82 Graham (1962) or FRETTER 82 GRAHAM (1962). The first mention in the text of a paper with more than two authors must include all of them [Smith, Jones 2 Brown (1970)], thereafter use et al. [Smith et al. (1970)]. Ifan author has published more than one paper per year, refer to them with letters: (Davis, 1989a; Davis, 1989b). Avoid op. cit. The references in the reference list should be in alphabetical order and include all the publications cited in the text but only these. ALL the authors of a paper must be included. These should be written in small letters or SMALL CAPITALS. The references need not be cited when the author and date are given only as authority for a taxonomic name. Titles of periodicals must be given IN FULL, not abbreviated. For books, give the title, name of publisher, place of publication, indication of edition if not the first and total number of pages. Keep references to doctoral theses or any other unpu- blished documents to an absolute minimum. See the following examples (please note the punctuation): Eretter, V. and Graham, A., 1962. British Prosobranch Molluscs. Ray Society, London, 765 pp. Ponder, W. F., 1988. The Truncatelloidean (= Rissoacean) radiation - a preliminary phylogeny. In Ponder, W. EF. (Ed.): Prosobranch Phylogeny, Malacological Review, suppl. 4: 129-166. Ros, J., 1976. Catálogo provisional de los Opistobranquios (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) de las costas ibéricas. Miscelá- nea Zoológica, 3 (5): 21-51. e Figures must be original, in Indian ink on draughtsman's tracing paper. Keep in mind page format and column size when designing figures. These should be one column (57 mm) or two columns (120 mm) wide and up 194 mm high, or be proportional to these sizes. Two columns format is recomended. It is desirable to print figures with their legend below, so authors are asked to take this into account when preparing full page figures. If computer generated graphics are to be included, they must be printed on high quality white paper with a laser printer. Photographs must be of good contrast, and should be submitted in the final size. When mounting photographs in a block, ensure spacers are of uni- form width. Remember that grouping photographs of varied contrast results in poor reproduction. Take account of necessary reduction in lettering drawings; final lettering must be at least 2 mm high. In composite drawings, each figure should be given a capital letter; additional letrering should be in lower-case letters. A scale line is recomended to indi- cate size, magnification ratio must be avoided as it may be changed during printing. UTM maps are to be used if neces- sary. Figures must be submitted on separate sheets, and numbered with consecutive Arabic numbers (1, 2, 3,...), without separating Plates” and “Figures”. Legends for Figures must be typed in numerical order on a separate sheet, and an English translation must be included. Follow this example (please note the punctuation): Figure 1. Neodoris carvi. A: animal crawling; B: rinophore; C: gills. If abbreviations are to be used in illustrations, group them alphabetically after the Legends for Figures section. Authors wishing to publish illustrations in colour will be charged with additional costs (30,000 ptas, 300 US$ per page). They should be submitted in the same way that black and white prints. * Tables must be numbered with Roman numbers (1, II, TIL...) and each typed on a separate sheet. Headings should be typed on a separate sheet, together with their English translation. Complex tables should be avoided. As a general rule, keep the number and extension of illustrations and tables as reduced as possible. + Manuscripts that do not conform to these instructions will be returned for correction before reviewing. » Authors submitting manuscripts will receive an acknowledgement of receipt, including receipt date, and the date the manuscript was sent for reviewing. Each manuscript will be critically evaluated by at least two referees. Based of these evaluations, the Editorial Board will decide on acceptance or rejection. Anyway, authors will receive a copy of the refe- rees* comments. If a manuscript is accepted, the Editorial Board may indicate additional changes if desirable. Accep- table manuscripts will be returned to the author for consideration of comments and criticism; a finalized manuscript must then be returned to the Editor, together with a floppy disk containing the article written with a DOS or Macin- tosh word processor. Dates of reception and acceptance of the manuscript will appear in all published articles. * Proofs will be sent to the author for correcting errors. At this stage no stylistic changes will be accepted. Pay special attention to references and their dates in the text and the Bibliography section, and also to numbers of Figures and Tables appearing in the text. e Fifty reprints per article will be supplied free of charge. Additional reprints must be ordered when the page proofs are returned, and will be charged at cost. NO LATER orders will be accepted. p ES NS E A ADA el ta ña E E rote csid Mee A ñ PAN EA Din aii A Ma us ne E LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Junta directiva desde el 18 de octubre de 1996 Presidente Emilio Rolán Mosquera Vicepresidente Diego Moreno Lampreave Secretario Luis Murillo Guillén Tesorero Jorge J. Otero Schmitt Avda. de las Ciencias s/n, Campus Universitario, 15706 Santiago de Compostela, España Editor de Publicaciones Ángel Guerra Sierra Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas, c/ Eduardo Cabello 6, 36208 Vigo, España Bibliotecario Rafael Araujo Armero Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, c/ José Gutierrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, España Vocales Eugenia María Martínez Cueto-Felgueroso María de los Ángeles Ramos Sánchez Francisco Javier Rocha Valdés Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero Jesús Souza Troncoso José Templado González La Sociedad Española de Malacología se fundó el 21 de agosto de 1980. La sociedad se registró como una aso- ciación sin ánimo de lucro en Madrid (Registro N“ 4053) con unos estatutos que fueron aprobados el 12 de diciembre de 1980. Esta sociedad se constituye con el fin de fomentar y difundir los estudios malacológicos mediante reuniones y publicaciones. A esta sociedad puede pertenecer cualquier persona o institución interesada en el estudio de los moluscos. SEDE SOCIAL: Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, c/ José Gutierrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, España. CUOTAS PARA 2000: Socio numerario (en España): 5.500 ptas. (= 33,06 euros) (en extranjero): 7.000 ptas (= 42,07 euros) Socio estudiante (en España): 2.500 ptas. (= 15,03 euros) (en extranjero): 3.500 ptas (= 21,04 euros) Socio Familiar: 500 ptas. (= 3 euros) Socio Protector: 7.000 ptas. (= 42,07 euros)(mínimo) Socio Corporativo (en España): 7.000 ptas. (= 42,07 euros) (en extranjero): 8.000 ptas (= 48,08 euros) INSCRIPCIÓN: 1.000 ptas. (= 6,01 euros) además de la cuota correspondiente. A los socios residentes en España se les aconseja domiciliar su cuota. Todos los abonos deberán enviarse al Tesorero (dirección reseñada anteriormente) el 1 de enero de cada año. Los abonos se harán sin recargos para la sociedad y en favor de la Sociedad Española de Malacología y no de ninguna persona de la junta directiva. Aque- llos socios que no abonen su cuota anual dejarán de recibir las publicaciones de la Sociedad. Los bonos de ins- cripción se enviarán junto con el abono de una cuota anual al Tesorero. Members living in foreing countries can deduce 6 euros if paid before 15 April. Cada socio tiene derecho a recibir anualmente los números de /berus, Reseñas Malacológicas y Noticiarios que se publiquen. e ÍNDICE Iberus 18 (1) 2000 SANCHEZ-TOCINO, L., OCAÑA, A. Y GARCÍA, E J. Contribución al conocimiento de los Moluscos Opistobranquios de la costa de Granada (sureste de la Península Ibérica) Contribution to the knowledge of the Opisthobranch Molluscs from the coast of Granada (sout- DIAS LO ER NA A o e 1-14 SMRIGLIO, C. AND MARIOTTINI, P. Onoba olzverioi n. sp. (Prosobranchia, Rissoidae), a new gas- tropod from the Mediterranean Onoba oliverioi ». sp. (Prosobranchia, Rissoidae), un nuevo gasterópodo para el Mediterrá- O A A A E E E NI 15119) ROLAN, E. AND LUQUE, A. A. The subfamily Rissoininae (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Rissoidae) in the Cape Verde Archipelago (West Africa) La subfamilia Rissoininae (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Rissoidae) en el archipiélago de Cabo Verde E A O A 21-94 RUEDA, J., SALAS, C. AND GOFAS, S. A molluscan community from coastal bioclastic bottoms in the Strait of Gibraltar area La comunidad de moluscos de un fondo bioclástico costero del Estrecho de Gibraltar .. 95-123 GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ, O., URGORRI, V. Y CRISTOBO, E J. Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky y Marion, 1887) (Mollusca, Solenogastres, Rhopalomeniidae), presente en la costa norte de la Penín- sula Ibérica Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae (Kowalevsky and Marion, 1887) (Mollusca, Solenogastres, Rho- palomentidae), present in the north coast of Iberian Peninsula oo... 125-131 ISSN 0212-3010 Iberus REVISTA DE LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Oviedo, diciembre 2000 Vol. 18 (2) ComiITÉ DE REDACCIÓN EDITOR Ángel Guerra Sierra EDITORES ADJUNTOS Eugenia M? Martínez Cueto-Felgueroso Francisco Javier Rocha Valdés Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero ComiTÉ EDITORIAL Kepa Altonaga Sustacha Eduardo Angulo Pinedo Rafael Araujo Armero Thierry Backeljau Rúdiger Bieler Sigurd v. Boletzky Jose Castillejo Murillo Karl Edlinger Antonio M. de Frias Martins José Carlos García Gómez Edmund Gittenberger Serge Gofas Gerhard Hoszprunar Yuri |. Kantor Ángel Antonio Luque del Villar María Yolanda Manga González Jordi Martinell Callico Ron K. 0'Dor Tokashi Okutani Marco Oliverio Pablo E. Penchaszadeh Winston F. Ponder Corlos Enrique Prieto Sierra Me de los Ángeles Ramos Sánchez Paul G. Rodhouse Joandoménec Ros i Aragones María Carmen Salas Casanovas Gerhard Steiner José Templado González Victoriano Urgorri Carrasco Anders Warén PORTADA DE /berus Iberus Revista de la SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas, CSIC, Vigo, España Universidad de Oviedo, Oviedo, España Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas, CSIC, Vigo, España Universidad de Oviedo, Oviedo, España Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Universidad del Poís Vasco, Bilbao, España Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid, España Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruselas, Bélgica The Field Museum, Chicago, Estados Unidos Laboratoire Arago, Banyuls-sur-Mer, Francia Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Santiago de Compostela, España Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Viena, Austria Universidade dos Acores, Acores, Portugal Universidad de Sevilla, Sevilla, España National Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden, Holanda Universidad de Málaga, España Zoologische Staatssammlung Múnchen, Múnchen, Alemania AN. Severtzov Institute of Ecology and Evolution, Moscú, Rusia Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Madrid, España Estación Agrícola Experimental, CSIC, León, España Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona, España Dalhousie University, Halifax, Canada Nihon University, Fujisawa City, Japón Universitá di Roma “La Sapienza”, Roma, ltalia Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales “Bernardino Rivadavia”, Buenos Aires, Argentina Australian Museum, Sydney, Australia Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, Madrid, España British Antarctic Survey, Cambridge, Reino Unido Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona, España Universidad de Málaga, Málaga, España Institut fir Zoologie der Universitút Wien, Viena, Austria Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, ESIC, Madrid, España Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Santiago de Compostela, España Swedish Museum of Natural History, Estocolmo, Suecia Iberus gualterianus (Linnaeus, 1758), una especie emblemática de la península Ibérica, que da nombre a la revista. Dibujo realizado por José Luis González Rebollar “Toza”. Iberus ENITASON fa JUL 122001 REVISTADELA. SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Vol. 18 (2) Oviedo, diciembre 2000 Iberus Revista de la SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Iberus publica trabajos que traten sobre cualquier aspecto relacionado con la Malacología. Se admiten también notas breves. /berus edita un volumen anual que se compone de dos o más números. INSTRUCCIONES PARA LOS AUTORES Los manuscritos deben remitirse a: Dr. Ángel Guerra Sierra, Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas (CSIC), c/ Eduardo Cabello 6, 36208 Vigo, España. Los trabajos se entregarán por triplicado (original y dos copias). Se recomienda a los autores leer cuidadosamente las normas de publicación que se incluyen en cada número de la revista. SUBCRIPCIONES Iberus puede recibirse siendo socio de la Sociedad Española de Malacología, en cualquiera de sus formas, o mediante intercambio. Aquellos socios que deseen adquirir números atrasados deberán diri- girse al bibliotecario. Los no socios deberán ponerse en contacto con BACKHUYS PUBLISHERS, PO. Box 321, 2300 AH Leiden, The Netherlands. Tel.: +31-71-51 70 208, Fax: +31-71-51 71 856, Correo Elec- trónico: backhuysCeuronet.nl Los resumenes de los artículos editados en esta revista se publican en Aquatic Science and Fisheries Abstracts (ASFA) y en el Zoological Records, BIOSIS. Contents list published in Aquatic Science and Fisheries Abstracts and Zoological Records, BIOSIS. Dep. Leg. B-43072-81 ISSN 0212-3010 Diseño y maquetación: Gonzalo Rodríguez Impresión: LOREDO, S. L. - Gijón O Sociedad Española de Malacología ——_____—_—_—_———— lIberus, 18 (2): 1-15, 2000 Nuevos datos anatómicos y taxonómicos del género Chiton Linnaeus, 1758 (Mollusca, Polyplacophora) en la Península Ibérica New anatomical and taxonomical data on the Genus Chiton Linnaeus, 1758 (Mollusca, Polyplacophora) from the Iberian Peninsula Pilar CARMONA ZALVIDE?, Francisco J. GARCÍA? y Victoriano URGORRI ** Recibido el 8-VI-1999. Aceptado el 22-X1-1999 RESUMEN Se presentan aspectos relacionados con la morfología y taxonomía de las especies del género Chiton Linnaeus, 1758 en la Península Ibérica. Para cada una de las espe- cies estudiadas, Ch. olivaceus Spengler, 1797, Ch. corallinus (Risso, 1826) y Ch. phaseolinus Monterosato, 1879, se aportan datos sobre la concha, perinoto y rádula. Finalmente se realiza una discusión sobre la sistemática de este género y otros rela- cionados con él, y se acepta que Rhyssoplax Thiele, 1893 constituye un subgénero de Chiton. ABSTRACT Aspects related to the morphology and taxonomy of the species belonging to the genus Chiton Linnaeus, 1758 in Iberian Peninsula are presented. Anatomical data of the shell, perinotum and radula of Ch. olivaceus Spengler, 1797, Ch. corallinus (Risso, 1826) and Ch. phaseolinus Monterosato, 1879 are included. A systematic discussion on the genus Chiton and other related genera is included. Rhyssoplax Thiele, 1893 ¡is proposed as a subgenus of Chiton. PALABRAS CLAVES: Mollusca, Polyplacophora, Taxonomía, Anatomía, Chiton (Rhyssoplax) olivaceus, Chiton (Rhyssoplax) corallinus, Chiton (Rhyssoplax) phaseolinus. Key WokrDs: Mollusca, Polyplacophora, Taxonomy, Anatomy, Chiton (Rhyssoplax) olivaceus, Chiton (Rhyssoplax) corallinus, Chiton (Rhyssoplax) phaseolinus INTRODUCCIÓN El género Chiton Linnaeus, 1758 ha las posiciones subgenéricas y las ocasionado controversias taxonómicas admiten como géneros. No obstante debido a que ciertos autores no aceptan desde su descripción, se han establecido * Departamento de Fisiología y Biología Animal, Facultad de Biología, Univ. Sevilla; Avda. Reina Mercedes, 6; Apdo. 1095, 41080 Sevilla. (Spain). E-mail: fjgarcia ** Departamento Biología Animal. Facultad de Biología. Univ. Santiago de Compostela. 15706 Santiago de Compostela (Spain). E-mail: bavitucoCusc. es Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 diferentes subgéneros en éste. PILSBRY (1892) consideró en el género Chiton las secciones Chiton s. s., Radsia Gray, 1847 y Sclerochiton Carpenter 1873. THIELE (1893), asimismo, describe nuevos subgéneros y secciones para Chiton: Amaurochiton, Chondroplax, Sy- pharochiton, Triloplax, y Anthochiton. IREDALE Y HULL (1926) no admiten los subgéneros para Chiton y consideran que las diferencias que presentan los distintos grupos justificarían su posición como géneros independientes e incluso aportan los siguientes géneros nuevos: Delicatoplax, Tegulaplax, Mucroquasma, a la vez que mantienen a los géneros Rhyssoplax Thiele, 1893, Clavarizona Hull, 1923, Amaurochiton, Sypharochiton, Liolophura Pilsbry, 1892, Amphitomura Pilsbry, 1892, Acantopleura Guilding, 1829, Onithochiton Gray, 1847, Lucilina Dall, 1882 y Schizochiton Gray, 1847. Posteriormente, THIELE (1929) desa- rrolla una nueva clasificación, en la que admite subgéneros y secciones, de manera que en el género Chiton esta- blece los subgéneros: Chiton y Rhysso- plax. En el primero incluye las secciones: Chiton s. s., Amaurochiton, Diochiton, Chondroplax, Radsia y Sypharochiton; y en Rhyssoplax las secciones: Anthochiton, Delicatoplax, Tegulaplax, Rhyssoplax s. s. y Mucroquasma. En el presente trabajo se ha reali- zado un estudio anatómico de las espe- cies de Chiton (Rhyssoplax) que se distri- RESULTADOS buyen en la Península Ibérica, Chiton (Rhyssoplax) olivaceus Spengler, 1797, Chiton (Rhyssoplax) corallinus (Risso, 1826) y Chiton (Rhyssoplax) phaseolinus Monterosato, 1879. Así mismo, se ha discutido la categoría taxonómica de Rhyssoplax. MATERIAL Y MÉTODOS Los ejemplares estudiados se han recolectado desde Lisboa (Portugal) hasta Punta Europa (Gibraltar) y, a su vez, se han estudiado los ejemplares del Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales de Madrid (MNCN). En el apartado de material estudiado, se especifica la loca- lidad, número de ejemplares, tamaño máximo de éstos, la fecha de la recolec- ción y la profundidad. El material se ha capturado de forma directa tanto en la zona mediolitoral como infralitoral, utilizándose en esta última equipos de inmersión autóno- mos. Los ejemplares se relajaron con cristales de mentol y se fijaron entre dos portas con etanol absoluto, conserván- dose posteriormente en alcohol 70%. Para el estudio de las partes duras se introdujeron los ejemplares en KOH 10%, separándose las placas, escamas y espículas del perinoto y la rádula. La estructura de las diferentes partes se observó mediante microscopía electró- nica de barrido (Philips XL-20). Chiton (Rhyssoplax) olivaceus Spengler, 1797 Chiton olivaceus Spengler, 1797, Skrivt. Naturh. Selsk., 4: 73, pl 6 f 8a-c. [Localidad tipo: Mar Medi- terráneo)]. Chiton squamosus Poli 1791 no Linneo 1764, Test. Utr. Sicil., 1: 8, pl 3 figs. 21, 22 [Localidad tipo: Sicilia] Chiton sulcatus Risso 1826, Hist. Nat, Eur. Mérd., 4: 268 [Localidad tipo: Niza] Chiton siculus Gray 1828, Spicil. Zool., 1: 5 [Localidad tipo: Mar Mediterráneo] Chiton polii Deshayes 1833, Exp. Sci. Morée, 3 Moll.: 132 [Localidad tipo: Peloponeso] Chiton subdivisus Renier en Monterosato 1879, G. Sci. nat. Econ. Palermo, 14: 7 Chiton striatus Chierghini MS, en Nardo, 1847, Ipsa Chieregh. Conch.: 44 [Localidad tipo: Laguna de Venecia] Chiton estuarii Chiereghini MS, en Nardo, 1847, Ipsa Chieregh. Conch.: 44 [Localidad tipo: Venecia] Chiton squammulosus Doilfus 1883, Feuille. Jeun. Nat.: 3. [Localidad tipo: Palavas, Hérault, Francia] CARMONA ZALVIDE ET 4L.: Nuevos datos del género Chiton en la Península Ibérica 0 Sos E 00 29 Figura 1. Chiton (R.) olivaceus. A: valva 1; B: valva IV; C: valva VII; D: articulamento de valva intermedia; E: dientes pectinados del articulamento; F: ornamentación del tegmento; G: costillas de la zona jugal; H: costillas de la zona pleural; I: disposición de las megaloestetas y microestetas. Figure 1. Chiton (R.) olivaceus. A: valve [; B: valve IV; C: valve VIH; D: articulamentum of an inter- mediate valve; E: pectinated teeth from articulamentum; F: ornamentation of tegmentum; G: jugal area; H: pleural area; I: disposition of megalaesthetes and micraesthetes. Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Material estudiado: El total de ejemplares estudiados ha sido de 275. Portinho de Arrabida, Por- tugal: 1 ej., 24 x 12 mm, IX/95 (10 m). Porto Covo, Portugal: 1 ej., 14 x 8 mm, VII /94 (8 m). Praia do Lagos, Portugal: 2 ej., 14,5 x 6,8 mm, VI /93 (17 m). Praia da Marinha, Portugal: 6 ej. 22,4x 11,2 mm, VIII/88 (Intermareal). Almacao de Pera, Portugal: 2 ej., 16, 2x 9 mm, VIII /93 (22 m). El Arre- cifillo, Conil, Cádiz: 2 ej., 17 x 10 mm, VI /92 (12 m). Isla del Tajo, Cádiz: 1 ej., 19 x 11 mm, VI /92 (8 m). Playa del Chorro, Cádiz: 5 ej., 28, 5 x 15 mm, VI /92 (Intermareal). Isla de Tarifa, Cádiz: 7 ej., 16 x 8 mm, 111/91; 2 ej., 27 x 11 mm, VII/91 (Intermareal). Isla de las Palomas, Cádiz: 1 ej., 18 x 11 mum, VII/91; 1 ej., 21 x 12 mm, VIII/91; 5 ej., 25,5 x 16 mm, IX/92 (3-12m). Punta Carnero, Cádiz: 1 ej., 30 x 17 mm, V/91; 3 ej., 18 x 11 mm, VIII/91 (Intermareal). La Ballenera, Cádiz: 10 ej., 21 x 13 mm, IV/91; 1 ej., 14x 7 mm, VII/91; 1 ej., 16,5 x 10,5 mm, VI/91; 5 ej., 19 x 10 mm, VII /91; 8 ej., 12 x 8,2 mm, IV/92 (12 m). Punta de San García, Cádiz: 1 ej., 16 x 9 mm, VIL/90; 1 ej., 10,5 x 6 mm, VI /91; 2 ej., 8x5 mm, VI /91; 3 ej., 16 x 8,5 mm, IX/92; 12 ej. 21 x 13 mm, 1X/92 (12 m). Ensenada de Cucareo, Cádiz: 11 ej., 28,5 x 15 mm, IX/92; 10 ej., 18 x 9, 5 mm, 1/93). Puerto de Algeciras, Cádiz: 2 ej., 18 x 11 mm, VI/91; 3 ej., 24 x 12 mm, VIL/91; 21 ej., 18 x 11 mm, vIn/91; 2 ej., 16x 9 mm, VII/92 (10 m). Punta de Paredones, Cádiz: 3 ej., 8 x 6 mm, VIL/90; 12 ej., 22 x 13 mm, VII /91; 1 ej., 8 x 4 mm, VIII/91 (16 m). El Rinconcillo, Cádiz: 1 ej., 15 x 9 mm, VIL/90; 3 ej., 12,5 x 8 mm, VIL/91 (25 m). Punta del Gallo del Mirador, Cádiz: 5 ej., 9 x 4,5 mm, 1/93 (3-6 m). Campamento, Cádiz: 1 ej., 17x 10 mm, VIL/90; 8 ej., 17x 9 mm, 111/91 (Intermareal). Crinavis, Cádiz: 1 ej., 15x 9 mm, VIL/90; l ej. 19x 11 mm, 11/91; 1 ej., 18x 11 mm, VI/91;5 ej. 19x 11 mm, VII/91;3 ej. 22x 11 mm, VII /91; l ej. 24 x 14 mm, I1/92; 53 ej., 21 x 12 mm, IX/93 (33 m). San Felipe, Cádiz: 3 ej., 25x 12 mm, VI /91; 11 ej. 17 x 11 mm, VII /91; 1 ej., 106 mm, X/91 (17 m). Punta Europa, Gibraltar: 2 ej., 22 x 10 mm, VII /92 (20-25 m). MNCN: N* 1503 /138: 1 ej., 11 x5.5 mm, (Cabrera, Baleares) (Colección: Hidalgo). 1503 /230: 1 ej., 24 x 12 mm, 12/08/84 (La Herradura, Granada) (A. Luque). 1503/356: 1 ej., 21 x 11 mm, (Cádiz) (Colección: Hidalgo). 1503/364: 3 ej., 26 x 13 mm, (Valencia) (Colección: Hidalgo). 1503 /424: 5 ej., 35 x 18 mm, (Mahón, Menorca) (Colección: Hidalgo). 1503/425: 1 ej., 22 x 11 mm, (Palma) (Colección: Hidalgo). 1503 /433: 2 ej., 22x 15 mm, (Pto. Pollensa, Mallorca). 1503 /434: 5 ej., 27 x 10 mm, (Mahón, Menorca) (Colección: Azpeitia, 1408). 1503 /435: 5 ej., 37 x20 mm, (Tarifa, Cádiz) (Colección: Azpeitia, 1408). 1503 /436: 2 ej., 24 x 13 mm, (Valencia) (Colección: Azpeitia, 1408). Descripción: (Figs. 1 y 2). El tamaño de los ejemplares ha variado entre 3 x 2 y 28,5 x 15 mm. El animal es ovalado, carenado y con las valvas gruesas y con- sistentes. Las valvas terminales y áreas laterales ofrecen una estriación radial. En la zona pleural presentan una serie de costillas longitudinales muy marca- das que disminuyen en longitud hacia la zona jugal. El tegmento de las placas está finamente granulado debido a la presencia de pequeños tubérculos, donde se sitúan las estetas. Éstas se dis- ponen en líneas longitudinales en el área central de las placas intermedias, aunque algo distorsionadas en la zona pleural debido a la presencia de las cos- tillas. En el área lateral y valvas termina- les, las líneas se disponen radialmente. Las megaloestetas, se puede considerar que se ordenan en quincunce entre las microestetas, aunque se encuentran insertas en las mismas líneas. El diáme- tro medio de luz de las megaloestetas y microestetas es de 9,92 mm (o: 1,2) y 7,08 mm (0: 1,2) respectivamente. En una misma fila se encuentran con una separación media de 10 mm (0: 0,84) y entre filas de 11, 8 mm (0: 1,81). Los aleros del articulamento ofrecen un aspecto sólido, aunque son algo esponjosos. Los robustos dientes se encuentran pectinados en el margen. Sobre el ápice se distingue el reborde del tegmento. El seno jugal es pectinado. Las láminas suturales son lisas, su aspecto varía desde triangular en las valvas II a IV, rectangular en las valvas V a VII y trapezoidal, aunque con los bordes redondeados, en la valva VIII. La fórmula de las ranuras de las líneas de inserción oscila entre 8-10/1-2/10-11. La situación más frecuente es la presencia de una sola hendidura en cada lado de las placas intermedias, aunque se han encontrado ejemplares que presentan dos, pero sólo en un lado. El perinoto es ancho y está consti- tuido por escamas que ofrecen un aspecto de piel de serpiente. Las escamas presentan a su vez finas y leves estriacio- nes en el borde anterior. El tamaño de las CARMONA ZALVIDE £7 AL.: Nuevos datos del género Chíton en la Península Ibérica Figura 2. Chiton (R.) olivaceus. A: rádula; B: dientes raquídeo y primer lateral; C: placa uncinada del diente mayor lateral; D: diente espatulado; E: perinoto; F: disposición de las escamas dorsales; G: disposición de las escamas ventrales; H: escamas dorsales; 1: espícula marginal. Figure 2. Chiton (R.) olivaceus. A: radula; B: rachidian and first lateral teeth; C: uncinal plate of the major lateral tooth; D: spatulate tooth; E: perinotum; F: disposition of dorsal scales; G: ventral scales; H: dorsal scales; I: marginal spicules. Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Tabla I. Caracteres taxonómicos de las especies de Chiton de la Península Ibérica Table 1. Taxonomical features of Chiton species in the Iberian Peninsula Ch. olivaceus Tamaño máximo (mm) DAS Color Variable Diámetro medio Megaloesteta (0) 9,92 pm (1,2) Diámetro medio microestetas (0] 7,08 pm (1,2) Fórmula de líneas de inserción Longitud máxima de escamas dorsales 475 pm Longitud máxima de escamas ventrales 120 pm Longitud máxima de espículas marginales 125 pm NY? de Costillas en el área pleural 4-11 escamas es variable según la región del perinoto. Próximas a las placas se locali- zan las de tamaño medio, aumentan hacia la zona media del perinoto, y pró- ximas a la zona marginal se encuentran las más pequeñas. En un mismo ejem- plar (de 14 mm), varía desde la zona dorsal, media y próxima a la marginal entre 105, 433 y 210 ym respectivamente. El tamaño máximo de escama encon- trado entre los ejemplares estudiados, ha sido de 475 um de ancho y 230 um de altura. Las escamas ventrales son más pequeñas que las dorsales, generalmente presentan forma rectangular, aunque existen variaciones, de modo que pueden aparecer algo curvadas, con un extremo más estrecho, con bordes muy redondeados, etc. El tamaño oscila entre 63 x 20 y 120 x 25 um en los distintos individuos observados. En un mismo 8-10/1-2/10-11 Ch. corallinus Ch. phaseolinus 16 x 10,2 7,3x4,1 Variable Rosados, Verdosos 8, 17 pm (0,51) 7,7 pm (0,89) 8, 17 pm (0,51) 7,7 pm (0,89) 8-10/1-2/10-12 8-10/1/9-12 280 pm 210 pm 80 pm 57,3 pm 112,5 pm 70 ym 3-8 23 ejemplar el rango de variación es menor, aproximadamente entre 10 y 15 ym. En la zona marginal presenta espículas cónicas curvadas. El tamaño oscila en los distintos individuos entre 65 x 25 ym y 125 x 30 ym. En un mismo ejemplar la máxima diferencia de tamaño que se ha encontrado ha sido de 20 um. El diente central de la rádula es alar- gado y bastante estrecho con el borde flexible muy marcado, de manera que ofrece forma de “bastón”. El primer lateral, algo más ancho y largo que el central, presenta una prominencia redondeada en la parte terminal del diente. El diente mayor marginal, exhibe una protuberancia con forma de aleta en la base de la placa uncinada. Ésta se caracteriza, por no presentar cúspide. En la Tabla I se especifican las carac- terísticas de la especie. Chiton (Rhyssoplax) corallinus (Risso, 1826) Lepidopleurus corallinus Risso, 1826, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., 4: 268. [Localidad tipo: Nizza] Chiton rubicundus Costa 1829, Cat. Sist. Test. Sicil.: i, 1ii, pl 1 f. 3 [Localidad tipo: Sicilia] Chiton pulchellus Philippi 1844 no Gray 1828, Enum. Moll. Sicil. 2: 83, pl 19 f. 14 [Localidad tipo: Nápoles] ? Chiton scytodesma Scacchi 1836, Cat. Conch. Icon. R. Neapol.: 9 [Localidad tipo: Nápoles] ? Chiton freelandi Forbes 1844, Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci.: 188 [Localidad tipo: Mar Egeo] Chiton philippi Issel 1870, Bull. Malac. Ital. 3: 5 [Localidad tipo: Génova] Chiton rubellus Carpenter MS in Pilsbry, 1893, no Nardo, 1847, Man. Conch. 14: 182. Material estudiado: Se han estudiado 90 ejemplares. Isla de Tarifa, Cádiz: 1 ej., 6 x 3 mm, I!I/91; 2 ej., 13,5 x 8 mm, IV /92 (Intermareal). Isla de las Palomas, Cádiz: 1 ej., 6 x 3, 5 mm, VIII/91; 3 ej., 16 x 10,2 mm, IX/92 (3-12 m), 2 ej., 13,2 x 8,7 mm, X1/93 (9 m). La Ballenera, Cádiz: 3 ej., 13 x 9 mm, CARMONA ZALVIDE ET AL.: Nuevos datos del género Chiton en la Península Ibérica CA % Pes ¿LE E e LAA 4 a, E Figura 3. Chiton (R.) corallinus. A: valva l; B: valva IV; C: valva VII; D: ornamentación del teg- mento de la valva I; E: ornamentación del tegmento del área central; F: disposición de las megalo- estetas y Microestetas. Figure 3. Chiton (R.) corallinus. A: valve [; B: valve IV; C: valve VIII; D: tegmentum of valve I; E: tegmentum of central area; F: disposition of megalaesthetes and micraesthetes. Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 IV /92 (12 m). Punta de San García, Cádiz: 1 ej., 8 x 45 mm, VII/91; 1 ej., 7,5 x 5 mm, IX/92; 3 ej., 10,5 x 5 mm, IX/92; 1 ej., 5x 3 mm, II1/93; 1 ej., 10 x 5, 5 mm, VI/93; 2 ej., 16 x 10 mm, VII /93; 1 ej., 15,2 x 9,2 mm, VII /93; 4 ej., 15 x 9 mm, IX/93 (12 m); 5 ej., 16 x 9 mm, XII/93 (8 m); 1 ej., 12,5 x 7 mm, 1/94 (5 m); 4 ej., 12,3 x 6,2 mm, I1/94 (5 m). Ensenada de Cucareo, Cádiz: 2 ej., 10,5 x 7,5 mm, 1/93 (12 m); 1 ej., 12,5 x 7 mm, XI/93 (5 m); 2 ej., 16 x 13 mm, XII/93 (6 m); 2 ej., 14x 8 mm, 1/94 (5 m); 1 ej., 12x 6,5 mm, 11/94 (5 m). Puerto de Algeciras, Cádiz: 4 ej., 7 x 4 mm, VIII/91; 1 ej., 6x 3,5 mum, IX/91 (10 m). Punta de Paredones, Cádiz: 3 ej., 8,5 x 5 mm, VII/91; 1 ej. 3x2 mm, VIII/91 (16 m). Punta del Gallo del Mirador, Cádiz: 3 ej., 6 x 4 mm, VIII/91 (3-6 m). Campamento, Cádiz: 6 ej, 10 x 5,5 mm, 111/91 (Intermareal). Crinavis, Cádiz: 2 ej., 8,5 x 5,5 mm, VII/90 (33 m); 1 ej., 7x 3,5 mm, V/93 (9 m); 4 ej., 7x3 mm, VII/93 (9 m); 1 ej., 7x 5 mm, IX/93 (10 m); 1 ej., 6,5 x 3,8 mm, 11/94 (8 m). San Felipe, Cádiz: 2 ej., 5x 3 mm, VI/91; 4 ej., 7,5 x 4 mm, VIII /91; 1 ej., 14,5 x 9 mm, V/93; 5 ej. 6x 3,5 mm, VII/93; 1 ej., 11 x 5,8 mm, X/93 (17 m). Punta Europa, Gibraltar: 1 ej., 6 x 3 mm, VII/93 (14 m). MCNM: 1503/72: 1 ej., 14 x 8 mm, (Canarias) (Colección: Hidalgo). 1503/234: 1 ej., 10,5 x 6 mm, (Aguilas, Murcia) (Colección: Azpeitia, 3227). 1503/401: 1 ej., 16 x 8,5 mm, (España) (hidalgo). 1503/402: 1 ej., 8,5 x 4,5 mm, (Mahón, Menorca) (Colección: Hidalgo). 1503 /403: 2 ej., 10 x 6 mm, (Aguilas, Murcia) (Colección: Hidalgo). Sin numerar: 5 ej., 11 x 7 mm, (Cabo Menorca) (Colección: Hidalgo). Descripción: (Figs. 3 y 4). El tamaño de los ejemplares recolectados ha variado entre 3,3 x 2,1 mm y 16 x 10,2 mm. El aspecto es ovalado, aunque algo más estrecho en la parte caudal, con conchas consistentes. Se encuentran ornamentados con costillas longitudina- les en el área central. En el tegmento se detecta una granulación fina ocasionada por las estetas, que se disponen en líneas. No se puede distinguir entre megalo y microestetas, ya que todas ofrecen un diámetro similar con una media de luz de 8,17 um (o: 0,51). Las filas que tienden a formar varían, de manera que en la placa oral, áreas late- rales y zona postmucral se disponen radialmente, mientras que en el área central y zona anteromucral son de forma longitudinal, aunque pueden estar algo distorsionadas por la presen- cia de las costillas. La distancia media entre dos estetas en una misma fila y la paralela es de 12,6 um (o: 5,91) y 10,05 ym (0: 5,36) respectivamente. El borde de las láminas de inserción del articulamento se encuentra pectinado en todas las valvas, al igual que los dientes de las placas terminales. Las apó- fisis son lisas y están separadas por el seno jugal. En éste se aprecia la presencia de 4 a 6 láminas ligeramente dentadas en el margen. La forma de las apófisis varía de rectangular, en las valvas Il y IL, a tra- pezoidal, de la IV a VII, aunque en todas los márgenes aparecen redondeados. La fórmula de hendiduras de las láminas de inserción es 8-10/1-2/10-12. Las valvas intermedias exhiben, generalmente, una sola hendidura; en el caso de que pre- sente dos, es sólo en uno de los lados. El perinoto está constituido por escamas romboides imbricadas, que ofrecen un aspecto de piel de serpiente. Las escamas se encuentran ornamenta- das por unas finas y leves estriaciones. El tamaño varía en un mismo ejemplar, encontrándose las mayores en la zona media del perinoto. Las dimensiones varían desde 60 x 25 um a 250 x 100 ym de anchura y altura en el mismo ejem- plar. El tamaño máximo encontrado ha sido de 280 um de ancho por 130 um de alto. Las escamas ventrales son rectan- gular, aunque pueden tener ligeras variaciones. El tamaño ha oscilado en los diferentes ejemplares entre 60 x 13 ym y 80 x 15 ym, con variación máxima de 5 ym en la longitud de las escamas en un mismo individuo. Las espículas marginales, de forma cilíndrica con el extremo terminal apuntado, tienen estrías longitudinales. El tamaño varía, en distintos ejemplares, entre 62,5 x 21 ym y 112,5 x 22,5 ym. El diente central de la rádula es alar- gado y bastante estrecho, con una longi- tud máxima de 598 um. El primer lateral es ligeramente más ancho, sobre- pasa o iguala al central, a pesar de ser más largo. La placa uncinada del diente mayor lateral no presenta cúspides. En la Tabla I se especifican las carac- terística de la especie. CARMONA ZALVIDE £7 AL.: Nuevos datos del género Chiton en la Península Ibérica Figura 4. Chiton (R.) corallinus. A: rádula, B: dientes raquídeo y primer lateral; C, D: placa unci- nada del diente mayor lateral y diente plumoso; E: cintura; E: disposición de las escamas dorsales. Figure 4. Chiton (R.) corallinus. A: radule; B: rachidian and first lateral teeth; C, D: uncinal plate of major lateral tooth and spatulate tooth; E: perinotum, E: disposition of dorsal scales. Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Chiton (Rhyssoplax) phaseolinus Di Monterosato, 1879 Chiton (Rhyssoplax) phaseolinus Di Monterosato, 1879, G. Sci. Nat. Econ. Palermo, 14: 8. [Localidad tipo: Nápoles, Palermo]. Material estudiado: El total de ejemplares estudiados ha sido de 59. Isla de Tarifa, Cádiz: 2 ej., 5 x 3 mm, VII/90; 1 ej., 5x 2, 5 mm, II/91; 1 ej., 5x 3 mm, VII/91 (Intermareal). Punta Carnero, Cádiz: 1 ej. 7x 4 mm, V/91; 2 ej., 6x3 mm, VII /91 (Intermareal). La Ballenera, Cádiz: 1 ej., 3x 2 mm, VIII/91 (12 m). Punta de San García, Cádiz: 3 ej., 6,5 x 3 mm, VII/91; 1 ej., 5x3 mm, 1X/92; 3 ej. 7 x 3 mm, VI/93; 1 ej., 8 x 3,5 mm, VII/93 (10 m); 6 ej., 6, 5x 4 mm, VIII/93; 1 ej., 5, 5 x 3,2 mm, X/93 (12 m); 1 ej. 6 x 3 mm, II/94 (5 m). Ensenada de Cucareo, Cádiz: 2 ej., 3 x 1,5 mm, XI/91 (5 m); 2 ej., 5 x 2,5 mm, 1/93; 1 ej., 7 x 4 mm, IX/93 (12 m); 2 ej., 7,5 x 4 mm, X/93 (5 m); 2 ej, 9 x 3,2 mm, X1/93 (5 m); 1 ej., 9 x 4 mm, XII/93 (5 m). Puerto de Algeciras, Cádiz: 19 ej., 7x 3 mm, VI[/93; 2 ej., 3,2 x 2 mm, X/93 (10 m). Punta de Paredones, Cádiz: 1 ej., 5x 3 mm, VIII/91 (16 m). MCNM: 1503 /426: 2 ej., 12 x 6,5 mm, (Tarifa, Cádiz) (H. L. Strack). Sin numeración: 1 ej., 10, 2x 6,5 mm, (Tánger) (Colección: Azpeitia, 5362). Descripción: Los ejemplares son de tamaño medio, varían entre 3,1 x 2,2 m y 7,3 x 4,1 mm. El animal es ovalado, no carenado, redondeado, con conchas no muy consistentes. Presenta un aspecto granulado fino, con 2-3 costillas no muy marcadas en las áreas pleurales. El teg- mento ofrece un aspecto granuloso deri- vado de las estetas. El diámetro medio de éstas es de 7,7 ym (0: 0,89). Las estetas se sitúan de manera que forman líneas, que varían de disposición, en la valva cefá- lica, áreas laterales de las intermedias y zona postmucral, donde constituyen líneas radiales, mientras que el área central y anteromucral tienden a consti- tuir líneas longitudinales, aunque se encuentran algo perturbadas en la zona pleural, donde aparecen las costillas. La distancia media de las estetas en una misma fila es de 5,6 um (0: 1,81) y de 7,9 ym (o: 2,6) entre las filas paralelas. Los aleros del articulamento son esponjosos. Los dientes de la valvas cau- dales y el borde de las láminas de inser- ción se encuentran dentados. En el seno jugal también se aprecian láminas algo pectinadas, aunque no tan finamente como en las láminas laterales de inser- ción. Por el contrario, las apófisis son lisas, con una forma triangular en las valvas II, III y IV, que varían a trapezoi- dal en las placas siguientes hasta la caudal. La fórmula de ranuras de las líneas de inserción es 8-10/1/9-12. El perinoto está constituido por espículas romboidales imbricadas. 10 Pueden presentar leves estriaciones longitudinales, aunque no se encuen- tran en todas las escamas. En la zona basal presentan una perforación, lugar por donde probablemente se insertan en el perinoto. En un mismo ejemplar aparecen de diferentes tamaños y la variación puede ser desde 63 um de ancho y 20 um de alto, las más pequeñas, a 200 x 40 ym las mayores. El tamaño máximo observado ha sido de 210 um de anchura por 53 um de altura. Las escamas ventrales son blancas y rectangulares, se disponen en filas longitudinales. El tamaño es menor que el de las dorsales, y éste varió de 40 a 57,5 um de longitud y de 9 a 14,4 um de ancho en los distintos ejemplares estudiados. En la zona mar- ginal aparecen espículas de forma có- nica, aplastadas, ligeramente cóncavas y con el borde terminal redondeado y más estrecho que el basal. Estas espí- culas se encuentran adornadas con estrías por la cara dorsal, que surgen en la mitad de ella, dispuestas paralela- mente e inclinadas con respecto al eje longitudinal. El tamaño varía en los distintos ejemplares entre 52,5 x 17,5 um y 70 x 20 um de longitud y base. El diente raquídeo de la rádula es muy estrecho y alargado, con una pequeña protuberancia redondeada en la zona terminal. El primer diente lateral es más ancho y sobrepasa al central. El diente mayor lateral presenta una apófi- sis en la zona basal de la placa con CARMONA ZALVIDE E7 AL.: Nuevos datos del género Chiton en la Península Ibérica IA O .r Figura 5. Chiton (R.) phaseolinus. A: valva 1; B: valva II; C: valva IV; D: valva VIII; E: ornamenta- ción del área central; F: ornamentación del área lateral; G, H: disposición de las megaloestetas y microestetas; 1: articulamento. Figure 5. Chiton (R.) phaseolinus. A: valve I; B: valve II; C: valve IV: D: valve VIII; E: ornamenta- tion of central area. Figure 6: ornamentation of lateral area. Figures 7 and 8: disposition of megalaest- hetes and micraesthetes. Figure 9: articulamentum. 11 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 aspecto de cilindro hueco, con un reborde, en forma de lengúueta, en la parte superior, que está dirigido hacia atrás. DISCUSIÓN DaLL (1879) incluyó en el género Chiton la sección Radsia Gray (1847). PiLsBRY (1892) a su vez consideró en el género Chiton las secciones Chiton s. s. (especie tipo: Ch. tuberculatus Linneo, 1758), Radsia (especie tipo: Ch. barnesil Gray, 1847) y Sclerochiton Carpenter, 1873 (sin mencionar especie tipo dicho autor). KAAS Y VAN BELLE (1980) consi- deran a Sclerochiton sinónimo del género Squamopleura Nierstrasz (1906), clasifi- cado en la subfamilia Acanthopleurinae. THIELE (1893) describe nuevos sub- géneros y secciones para Chiton: Amau- rochiton (especie tipo: Ch. magnificus Deshayes, 1827 = Ch. striatus Barnes, 1824), Chondroplax (especie tipo: Ch. gra- nosus Frembly, 1827), Diochiton (especie tipo: Ch. albolineatus Broderip y Sowerby, 1829), Poeciloplax (especie tipo: Ch. quoyi Deshayes, 1836 = Ch. glaucus Gray, 1828), Sypharochiton (especie tipo: Ch. pellisserpentis Quoy y Gaimard, 1835), Triloplax (especie tipo: Ch. scabri- culus Quoy y Gaimard, 1832 = Ch. pellis- serpentis Quoy y Gaimard, 1835), Georgus (especie tipo: Ch. mauritianus Quoy y Gaimard, 1835), Rhyssoplax (especie tipo: Ch. affinis Issel, 1869), Clathropleura (especie tipo: Ch. siculus Gray, 1828 = Ch. olivaceus Spengler) y Anthochiton (especie tipo: Ch. tulipa Quoy y Gaimard, 1835). No obstante, actualmente sólo se consideran válidos a Chiton y Rhyssoplax ya que tal como señalaron KAaAs Y VAN BELLE (1980) se consideran simples sinó- nimos de Chiton a Amaurochiton, Chon- droplax, Diochiton, Poeciloplax, Sypharo- chiton, Triloplax, Georgus y Anthochiton, y de Rhyssoplax a Clathropleura. NIERSTRASZ (1906), que sigue la clasi- ficación de PILSBRY (1892), incluye en el género Chiton los taxones subgenéricos Chiton s. s., Radsia y Sclerochiton y propone un nuevo género, Squamo- 12 En la Tabla 1 se especifican los carac- teres taxonómicos de las especies de Chiton (Rhyssoplax) de la Península Ibérica. pleura, considerado actualmente por KAAS Y VAN BELLE (1980) como válido en vez de Sclerochiton. Posteriormente, THIELE (1909) admite únicamente dos géneros: Chiton y Sclerochiton. En el primero encuadra la sección Radsia y el subgénero Clathro- pleura, y obvia al resto de los géneros que había descrito anteriormente (THIELE, 1893). BERGENHAYN (1914) sigue los crite- rios de PILSBRY (1892), de manera que acepta los subgéneros. Sin embargo, IREDALE Y HULL (1926) no los admiten y consideran que las diferencias que pre- sentan los distintos grupos justifican su separación como géneros independien- tes e incluso consideran los siguientes nuevos: Delicatoplax, Tegulaplax, Mucro- quasma, a la vez que mantienen Rhysso- plax, Clavarizona Hull (1923), Amaurochi- ton, Sypharochiton, Squamopleura, Liolop- hura Pilsbry (1892), Amphitomura Pilsbry (1892), Acantopleura Guilding (1829), Onithochiton Gray (1847), Lucilina Dal (1882) y Schizochiton Gray (1847). KAAs Y VAN BELLE (1980), de los géneros nuevos propuestos por tales autores, admiten como válidos a Tegulaplax y Mucro- quasma, consideran a Delicatoplax sinó- nimo de Chiton, y aceptan a Squamo- pleura, Liolophura, Acantopleura y Clavari- zona como géneros y subgéneros de la subfamilia Acantopleurinae, y a Onitho- chiton y Lucilina de Toniciinae. El resto se encuentran sinonimizados, como hemos comentado anteriormente. THIELE (1929) desarrolla una nueva clasificación, en la que admite subgéne- ros y secciones, de manera que en la subfamilia Chitoninae incluye los sub- géneros: Chiton y Rhyssoplax. En el primero considera las secciones: Chiton s. s., Amaurochiton, Diochiton, Chondro- plax, Radsia y Sypharochiton; y en Rhysso- plax las secciones: Anthochiton, Delicato- CARMONA ZALVIDE £7 42.: Nuevos datos del género Chiton en la Península Ibérica Figura 6. Chiton (R.) phaseolinus. A: rádula; B: placa uncinada del diente mayor lateral y diente plumoso; C: dientes raquídeo y primer lateral; D: disposición de las escamas ventrales; E: disposi- ción de las escamas dorsales; F: escamas ventrales, vista dorsal; G: escama dorsal, vista ventral; H: escama dorsal, vista lateral; I: espícula marginal; J: escamas ventrales. Figure 6. Chiton (R.) phaseolinus. A: radula; B: uncinal plate of major lateral tooth and spatulate tooth; C: rachidian and first lateral tooth; D: disposition of ventral scales; E: disposition of dorsal scales; F: dorsal view of ventral scales; G: ventral view of dorsal scales; H: lateral view of dorsal scales; I: margi- nal spicules; J: ventral scales. 13 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 plax, Tegulaplax, Rhyssoplax s. s. y Mucro- quasma. Como se ha visto hasta ahora, puede decirse que se han desarrollado dos líneas en la clasificación de todos estos taxones, en una se admiten los subgéne- ros de Chiton, y en la otra se consideran con valor genérico propio. La primera opción es seguida, entre otros, por ASHBY (1931), que admite el subgénero Sypharochiton (considerado sinónimo de Chiton por Kaas Y VAN BELLE, 1980); FISCHER-PIETTE Y FRANC (en GRASSÉ, 1960), que citan como subgénero a Amaurochiton; SMITH Y FERREIRA (1977), que admiten a Radsía como subgénero de Chiton; VAN BELLE (1978), que consi- dera como subgéneros de Chiton a Chiton s. s., Radsia, Rhyssoplax y Mucros- quama; Kaas Y VAN BELLE (1980) añaden al listado de VAN BELLE (1978) el subgé- nero Tegulaplax, aunque VAN BELLE (1983) lo considera como sinónimo de Chiton. Por último, SABELLI et al (1990) y DELL” ANGELO et al (1990) admiten a Rhyssoplax como subgénero. BULLOCK (1988) también sigue esta línea, pero admite como subgéneros de Chiton a Amaurochiton, Diochiton, Chon- droplax y Chiton s. s. Por otro lado, separa del género Chiton a Radsia, Sypha- rochiton y Rhyssoplax, considerados con el mismo rango taxonómico, y en el último incluye como subgéneros a Deli- catoplax y Mucrosquama. Por último, a Typhlolochiton lo sinonimiza con Chaeto- pleura. En la otra línea, podemos a su vez, considerar dos tendencias. En la primera, los autores incluyen todas las BIBLIOGRAFÍA AsHBY, E., 1931. Monograph of the South Afri- can Polyplacophora (chitons). Annals South Africa Museum, 30 (1): 1-59. BALUK, W., 1984. Additional data on Chitons and cuttlefish from the Korytnica Clays (Middle Miocene; Holy Cross Mountains, Central Poland). Acta Geológica Polónica, 34 (3- 4): 281-297. BARASH, A. Y DANIN, Z., 1977. Polyplacophora (Mollusca) from the Eastern Mediterranean. Journal de Conchyliologie, 64 (1-2): 3- 27. 14 especies en el género Chiton (BERGEN- HAY OS ELQUI EZ OS: SABELLI, 1974; LAGHI, 1977; BARASH Y DANIN, 1977; BALUK, 1984; MIFSUD et al., 1990; SABELLI et al., 1990), y en la segunda denominan a la especie con el género que otros han considerado como subgéneros (TAKI, 1962; FERREIRA, 1983; ZEILER Y GOWLET, 1985; ScotT et al., 1990). En el presente trabajo se admite a Rhyssoplax como subgénero de Chiton al igual que lo hacen VAN BELLE (1978; 1983), KaaAS Y VAN BELLE (1980), SABELLI et al. (1990), pues desde que se realiza- ron las primeras clasificaciones se encuadraba en este género, a pesar de que ciertos autores no utilizan la catego- ría de subgénero para denominar a las especies que se encuentran en la Penín- sula Ibérica (BERGENHAYN, 1931; LELOUP Y VoLz, 1938; SABELLI, 1974; LAGHI, 1977; BARASH Y DANIN, 1977; BALUK, 1984; MIFSUD et al., 1990; SABELLI et al., 1990). VAN BELLE (1983) indica la siguiente diagnosis para el subgénero Rhyssoplax: El tamaño varía de pequeño a grande, forma de oval a oval alargado. Valvas carenadas, áreas distinguibles; la pleural siempre provista de costillas más o menos marcadas, la escultura del área lateral y de las valvas terminales varía de microgranular a radialmente estriada. Fórmula de líneas de inserción: 8-9/1/10-12. Perinoto tapizado de escamas. Las tres especies estudiadas presentan estos caracteres, por lo que se les ha denominado Ch. (R.) olivaceus, Ch. (R.) corallinus y Ch. (R.) phaseolinus. BERGENHAYN, J. R. M., 1914. Die Loricaten Von Prof. Dr. Sixten Bocks expedition Nac Japan und den Bonin-Inseln 1914. Kungl. Svenska Ve- tenskapsakademiens Handlingar, 12 (1- 4): 4-57. BERGENHAYN, J. R. M., 1930. Die Loricaten Von Prof. Dr. Sixten Bocks Pazifik Expedition 1917-1918, mit spezieller Berhcksichtigung der Perinotumbildungen und der chalens- truktur. K. Svenska Vetensk, 9 (3): 1-54. CARMONA ZALVIDE ET 4L.: Nuevos datos del género Chiton en la Península Ibérica BERGENHAYN, J. R. M., 1931- Beitruge zur Ma- lakozoologie der Kanarischen Inseln. Arkiv for zoologl. 23 (13): 1-28. BULLOCK, R. C. 1988., The genus Chiton in the New World (Polyplacophora: Chitonidae). Veliger, 31 (3-4): 141-191. DaLL, W. H., 1882. On the genus Chiton. Proce- edings of United States National Museum. 279- 2 DELL'ANGELO, B., S. HONG Y VAN BELLE, R. A., 1990. The chiton fauna (Mollusca: Polypla- cophora) of Korea Part I: Suborder. Korean Journal systematic Zoology, 6 (1): 29-56. FERREIRA, A. J., 1983. Researches on the coast of Somalia. The Chiton fauna (Mollusca Poly- placophora). Monitore Zoologico Italiano, suppl 18 (9): 249-297. FIiscHER-PIETTE, E. Y FRANC, A., 1960. Classe des Polyplacophores. In: P. Grassé, (Ed.) Traité de Zoologie. Paris. 1701-1728. IREDALE, T. Y HULL, A. F. B., 1926. A mono- graph of the Australian Loricates, -VIII. Aus- tralia Zoology, 339-359. Kaas, P. y VAN BELLE, R. A., 1980. Cataloge of living chitons (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Dr. W. Publisher. Rotterdam. 144 pp. LAGHI, G. F., 1977. Polyplacophora (Mollusca) neogenici dell Appennino Settentrionale. Bo- lletino della Paleontologica Italiana, 16 (1): 87- 115. LeLOUP, E. Y VoLz, P., 1938. Die Chitonen (Poly- placophoren) der Adria. Thalassia. 2 (10): 1- 63 MIFSUD, C., CACHIA, C. Y SAMMUT, P. M., 1990. Note sui Poliplacofori delle isole Maltesi. La Conchiglia, 256: 52-61. NIERSTRASZ, H. F. 1906. Remarks on the Chito- nidae. Tijdschrift der nederlandsche. Dierkunde Vereeiging, (2) 10: 141-172. PisBRY, H. A., 1892-1894. Monograph of the Polyplacophora. En: Tryon, G. W.: Manual of Conchology. Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. 331 pp. SABELLI, B. A., 1974. Origine e distribuzione dei Poliplacophora viventi in Mediterraneo. - Quaderni civico Staz. Idrobiologi Milano, 5: 71-78. SABELLI. B., GAANNNUZZI-SAVELLI. R. Y BEDULLI, D., 1990. Catalogo annotato dei Molluschi ma- rini del Mediterraneo. Ed. Librería Naturalis- tica Bolognese, Boloña, vol. 1, 348 pp. Scorr, P. H., F. G. HOCHBERG Y RoTH, B., 1990. Cataloge of recent and fossil molluscan ty- pes in the Santa Barbara Museum of Natu- ral History. I. Caudofoveata, Polyplacop- hora, Bivalvia, Scaphopoda and Cephalo- poda. Veliger 33, Suppl. 1: 1-27. SMITH, A. G., y Ferreira, A. J. 1977., Chiton fauna of the Galapagos Islands. Veliger 20 (2): 82-97. TakKI, IL, 1962. A List of the Polyplacophora from Japanese Islands and Vicinity. Japan Journal Malacology, 22 (1): 29-53. THIELE, J., 1893. Poliplacophora, Lepidoglossa, Schupenziingler. En: Troschel, F. H.: Das ge- gebiss der Schnnecken, 2: 325-336. THIELE, J., 1909-1910. Revision des Systems der Chi- tonen. Zoologica Stuttg. 22: 1-132. THIELE, J., 1929. Handbuch der systematischen Weichtierkunde. Classis Loricata. Smithsonian Institution Libraries and The National Science Foundation. Washington. 1992. 1-22. VAN BELLE, R. A., 1975-1978. Sur la classifica- tion des Polyplacophora. I-VII. Informations de la Société belge de Malacologia, 4 (5): 121-131. 4 (6): 135-145. 5 (2): 15-42. 6 (1): 3-28. 6 (2): 35- 44. 6 (3): 65-82. VAN BELLE, R. A., 1983. The systematic classi- fication of the chitons (Mollusca: Polypla- cophora). Informations de la Société belge de Malacología. 11 (1-3): 1-178. ZEIDLER, W. Y GOWLETIT, K. L., 1985. Mollusc Type-Specimens in the South Australian Mu- seum. 3. Polyplacophora. Australia Museum, 19 (8): 97-115. 15 de mite o , O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 18 (2): 17-30, 2000 El género Lepidochitona Gray, 1921 (Mollusca, Polypla- cophora) en el litoral Atlántico de la Península Ibérica The genus Lepidochitona Gray, 1921 (Mollusca, Polyplacophora) in the Atlantic littoral of Iberian Peninsula Pilar CARMONA ZALVIDE* y Francisco J. GARCÍA GARCÍA* Recibido el 14-VI-1999. Aceptado el 2-111-2000 RESUMEN En el presente trabajo se citan las especies del Género Lepidochitona Gray, 1921 (Poly- placophora) del litoral atlántico de la Península Ibérica con indicación de la distribución de cada especie. Se describen además dos especies nuevas de dicho género. ABSTRACT The species of Lepidochitona Gray, 1921 (Polyplacophora) from the Atlantic littoral of Ibe- rian Peninsula are cited. For each species the geographical distribution in this area is included. Two new species are described. PALABRAS CLAVES: Mollusca, Polyplacohora, Taxonomía, Anatomía, Lepidochitona cinerea, L. corrugata, L. canariensis, L. simrothi, L. monterosatoi, L. iberica, L. kaasi sp. nov. y L. severianoi sp. nov., Península Ibérica. KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Polyplacohora, Taxonomy, Anatomy, Lepidochitona cinerea, L. corrugata, L. cana- riensis, L. simrothi, L. monterosatoi, L. iberica, L. kaasi sp. nov., L. severianoi sp nov., Iberian Peninsula. INTRODUCCIÓN El género Lepidochitona Gray, 1821 ha sido ampliamente discutido desde el punto de vista taxonómico. La contro- versia mantenida ha estado motivada por la clasificación de las especies en diferentes géneros y familias. Amplios estudios de diferentes autores han sino- nimizado con Lepidochitona a los siguien- tes taxones: Trachydermon Carpenter, 1864 (BERRY, 1918; WINCKWORTH, 1932; Kaas Y VAN BELLE 1981; 1985; FERREIRA, 1982), Craspedochilus Sars, 1878 (PILSBRY, 1892; IREDALE, 1914; THIELE, 1929; KAAS Y VAN BELLE, 1981), Middendoffia Dall, 1882 (ex Carpenter MS) (Kaas Y VAN BELLE, 1981; FERREIRA, 1982), Cyanoplax Pilsbry, 1892 (THIELE, 1929; VAN BELLE, 1977; Kaas Y VAN BELLE, 1981; 1985; FERREIRA, 1982), Adriella Thiele, 1893 (THIELE, 1929), Mopaliopsis Thiele, 1893 (THIELE, 1929; Kaas Y VAN BELLE, 1981; FERREIRA, 1982), Mopaliella Thiele, 1909 (KAas Y VAN BELLE, 1981; FERREIRA, 1982), Basiliochiton Berry, 1918 (FERREIRA, 1982), Plotochiton Berry, 1926 (VAN BELLE, 1977; FERREIRA, 1982). En el presente trabajo se enumeran un total de 8 especies: Lepidochitona cinerea (Linneo, 1767), L. corrugata (Reeve, 1848), L. simrothi (Thiele, 1902), L. * Departamento Fisiología y Biología Animal, Facultad de Biología, Univ. Sevilla. Apdo. 1095, 41080 Sevilla. (Spain). 1 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 canariensis (Thiele, 1909), L. monterosatoi Kaas y Van Belle, 1981, L. iberica Kaas y Van Belle, 1981, L. kaasi sp. nov y L. seve- rianoi sp nov., todas ellas pertenecientes al dominio litoral del Atlántico Ibérico. Se describen como especies nuevas para la ciencia a Lepidochitona kaasi y Lepidochitona severianol. MATERIAL Y MÉTODOS Se han estudiado los ejemplares de las colecciones del Departamento de Bioloxía Animal de la Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, del Departa- mento de Biología Animal de la Univer- sidad de Sevilla y del Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales de Madrid (MNCN de Madrid). Determinados ejemplares de L. kaasi y L. severianoi se trataron con KOH 20% al objeto de separar las valvas, elementos del perinoto y la rá- dula. El estudio de las partes duras se ha realizado mediante el uso de mi- croscopía electrónica de barrido (Phi- lips XL-20). RESULTADOS Lepidochitona cinerea (Linneo, 1767) Chiton cinereus Linneo, 1767, Syst. Nat., ed. 12: 1107. Chiton marginatus Pennant, 1777, Brit. Zool. 4: 71. [Localidad tipo: England]. Chiton cimex Gmelin, 1791, Syst. Nat., ed. 13: 3206. [Localidad tipo: Norway] Chiton cimicinus Spengler, 1797, Skkrivt. Naturh. Selsk. 4: 79. [Localidad tipo: Norway]. Chiton quinquivalvis Brown, 1823, Brit. Ennc. (Edinb.) 6 th ed., 6 (2): 402. [Localidad tipo: Wales]. Chiton fuscatus Brown, 1827, IM. Conch. Gr. Brit. Irel. P135 £ 17. Chiton variegatus Philippi, 1836, Enum. Moll. Sicil. 1: 107 [Localidad tipo: Sicilia] Lepidopleurus carinatus Leach, 1852, Syn. Moll. Gr. Brit.: 228 [Localidad tipo: Ireland] (Non: Fleming, 1828; Brown, 1823; 1827; Sowerby, 1841 = Chiton asellus Gmelin, 1791). Material estudiado: Se ha estudiado un total de 1. 087 ejemplares. Praia de Altar, Benquerencia: 3 ej. 6x 5,2 mm IX/83 (intermareal). Praia da Area Longa, Foz: 16 ej., 6, 3 x 4, 1 mm 11/84 (inter- mareal). Area de San Román, Ría de Viveiro: 4 ej., 10 x 6 mm VIII/83 (intermareal). Vicedo, Ría do Barqueiro: 22 ej., 10 x 6 mm IV /76 (intermareal). San Isidro, Ría de Cedeira: 6 ej., 8,2 x 6,1 mm IV/76 (intermareal). Canal da ría, Ría de Ferrol: 2 ej., 2,5 x 1,5 mm V/87 (10-25 m). Enseada de Laxe, Ría de Ferrol: 1 ej., 9,5 x 4,8 mm V/76; 3 ej., 6 x 4,4 mm VI!/87 (16 m). Enseada de Leuseda, Ría de Ferrol: 1 ej. 5,7 x 4,7 mm VI/87 (12 m). Faro da Palma, Ría de Ferrol: 2 ej., 4,4 x 45 mm VIII/91 (14 m). Punta da Redonda, Ría de Ferrol: 1 ej., 3,2 x 2,1 mm IX/87; 20 ej., 6,8 x 4,3 mm XI /90; 1 ej., 7,9 x 5,7 mm VU /91; 1 ej., 4,7 x 3,5 mm VIH /91; 10 ej., 9,8 x 5,7 mm VII /91 (20 m). Punta Piteira, Ría de Ferrol: 1 ej., 6,5 x 4,7 mm VI/91 (16 m). Enseada da Malata, Ría de Ferrol: 10 ej., 11,5 x 7,5 mm 1/75); 24 ej., 17 x 124 mm IX/76; 11 ej., 13 x 8 mm V/84; 1 ej., 79 x 6 mm M/85; 1 ej., 7 x 4,3 mm 11/87 (intermareal-5 m). Enseada da Barca, Ría de Ferrol: 2 ej., 46 x 3,5 mm VII/87 intermareal). O Seixo, Ría de Ferrol: 5 ej., 6, 6 x 6 mm X/87 (intermareal). Maniños, Ría de Ferrol: 4 ej., 8,2 x 5,9 mm X/87 (intermareal). O Montón, Ría de Ferrol: 1 ej., 3,8 x 33 mm 11/87 (5 m). As Pías, Ría de Ferrol: 12 ej., 5,9 x 3,8 mm I11/87; 1 ej., 6,3 x 4,1 mm 111/87 (5 m). A Faísca, Ría de Ferrol: 5 ej., 4,6 x 4,7 mm VIII/87 (intermareal). O Couto, Ría de Ferrol: 105 ej., 10 x 5,1 mm VII1/87; 1 ej., 5,9 x 4,1 mm X/87 (intermareal). O Puntal, Ría de Ferrol: 1 ej., 319 x 4,3 mm 11/87 (intermareal). Illas Mirandas, Ría de Ares: 1 ej., 5x 3 mm IV/87 (13-16 m). Enseada de Ares, Ría de Ares: 1 ej., 8 x 5 mm I1/86; 4 ej., 8 x 5 mm VII /86; 9 ej., 10x 6 mm 1/87; 2 ej., 10x 6,5 mm IV /87 (8 m). Seno de Pontedeume, Ría de Ares: 6 ej., 15 x 9 mm IV/76; 2 ej., 8 x 5 mm II1/87 (5 m). Punta de San Pedro, Ría de Ares: 1 ej., seco 1V/83; 5 ej., 11 x 7 mm 11/87 (intermareal). Punta dos Curbeiros de Miño, Ría de Ares: 3 ej., 7,3 x 6,2 mm IV /83; 2 ej., 9 x 5, 5 mm 1/87 (inter- mareal). Sada, Ría de Ares: 8 ej., 7,5 x 4,9 mm I11/76; 13 ej., 6,5 x 5,7 mm 11/78; 11 ej., 5,6 x 6,1 mm IV/83; 1 ej., 4,8 x 3,2 mm IV/87 (intermareal). Carnoedo, Ría de Ares: 18 ej., 17,4 x 8,5 mm 11/76; 1 ej., 10 x 5 mm IV /87 (intermareal). Lorbé, Ría de Ares: 3 ej., 6,5 x 3/9 mm XI/85 (interma- 18 CARMONA Y GARCÍA: Especies atlánticas de Lepidochitona en la Península Ibérica real). Santa Cruz, Ría da Coruña: 5 ej., 10,6 x 6,1 mm 11/76. Punta do Cabo, Suevos: 1 ej., 3,1 x 2,8 mm IV/78 (intermareal). Praia das Cunchas, Ría de Corme e Laxe: 9 ej., 7,9 x 5,8 mm VIII/80 (intermareal). Baixo do Placer do Cabezo de Laxe: 1 ej., 6,7 x 5,7 mm VIII /80 (42 m). Punta Cabo da Area, Ría de Corme e Laxe: 1 ej., 8,3 x 4,9 mm VII[/80 (intermareal). Fraga de Abaixo, Ría de Camariñas: 14 ej., 8,7 x 5,4 mm II1/76 (intermareal). Punta dos Corvos, Ría de Camariñas: 1 ej., 3,3 x 3,5 mm XII/83 (intermareal). Estorde, Ría de Corcubión: 4 ej., 9 x 6,8 mm 11/76 (interma- real). Punta da Ameixenda, Ría de Corcubión: 2 ej., 11 x 7,1 mm I1/76 (intermareal). O Pindo, Ría de Corcubión: 12 ej., 7,5 x 6,2 mm VII/84 (intermareal). Punta das Pedras, Ría de Muros e Noia: 7 ej, 8 x 5,7 mm 1/84 (intermareal). Punta Aguieira, Ría de Muros e Noia: 5 ej., 12 x 7 mm 111/76 (intermareal). Punta Cabeiro, Ría de Muros e Noia: 63 ej., 11, 4x 7 mm V/76 (intermareal). Punta Sagrada, Porto do Son, Ría de Muros e Noia: 13 ej., 9,8 x 5,6 mm II1/76 (intermareal). Punta do Castro, Baroña, Ría de Muros e Noia: 3 ej., 7,7 x 8,9 mm 11/76; 14 ej., 11,4 x 6,8 mm 11/76; 4 ej., 3,8 x 2,5 mm 111/84. Aguiño, Ría de Arousa: 9 ej., 9,5 x 6,4 mm II1/76; 1 ej., 1,6 x 1,5 mm IV/76; 4 ej. 10, 5x7 mm VI/81; 1 ej., 7 x3,4 mm VI[/82; 3 ej., 4,2 x 3,5 mm 111/92 (intermareal); 29 ej., 8,6 x 5,2 mm. VI/94 (intermareal). As Insuas, Ribeiriña, Ría de Arousa: 2 ej., 13 x 7,6 mm V/76; 28 ej., 11 x7,3 mm VI/76 (intermareal). Vilagarcia, Ría de Arousa: 5 ej., 8,2 x 5,5 mm V/76 (interma- real). Cambelo da Area, Ría de Arousa: 8 ej., 5,7 x 5,3 mm I1/82 (10-15 m). Cambados, Ría de Arousa: 18 ej., 11, 7 x 8,6 mm VI/76 (intermareal). Marisma da Revolta, Ría de Arousa: 2 ej., 8,7 x 6,6 mm 11/76 (intermareal). Punta de A Lanzada, O Grove: 2 ej., 8,5 x 3,7 mm VIII/76 (22 m). Praia de Bascuas, Ría de Pontevedra: 2 ej., 7,8 x 4,7 mm VIIL/76 (intermareal). Portonovo, Ría de Pontevedra: 13 ej., 10,5 x 7 mm VII1/76 (intermareal). Sanxenxo, Ría de Pontevedra: 3 ej., 8,3 x 5,5 mm VIII/76 (intermareal). Punta de Campelo, Ría de Pontevedra: 17 ej., 15 x 11 mm IV/76 (intermareal). Illa de San Clemente, Ría de Pontevedra: 4 ej., 9 x 5,8 mm IV/76; 2 ej., 3,7 x 2,2 mm 111/78; 1 ej., 3,7 x 2,4 mm. Praia Ancora, Portugal: 4 ej., 6,2 x 3 mm. IX/93 (intermareal). Praia S. Bartolomeu do Mar, Portugal: 5 ej., 4,5 x 2,5 mm IX/93 (intermareal). sposende, Portugal: 3 ej., 3,9 x 2,8 mm. IX/93 (intermareal). Vila do Conde, Portugal: 5 ej., 4,2 x 2 mm. IX/93 (intermareal). Aveiro, Portugal: 3 ej., 5,5 x 3,2 mm IX/93 (intermareal). Portinho de Arrabida, Portugal: 5 ej., 5,5 x 3,9 mm. X/96 (intermareal). Troia, Portugal: 1 ej., 9 x 5,5 mm V/88 (intermareal). Porto Covo, Portugal: 1 ej., 7 x 4 mm. VIIL/93 (8 m) Arrifana, Portugal: 1 ej., 4x 2,6 mm (VII/94 (5 m). Praia Mareta, Portugal: 10 ej., 5,5 x 3,6 mm. VII/94 (8 m). Praia do Burgao, Portugal: 6 ej., 12x7, 8 mm. VI /93 (7 m). Praia do Lagos, Portuga): 1 ej., 3,1 x 2 mm. VI /93 (17 m). Praia da Marinha, Por- tugal: 1 ej., 5,8 x 3,2 mm. 1V/88 (intermareal); 4 ej., 8,3 x 4,7 mm. VIII/88 (intermareal). Praia do Hollos, Portugal: 10 ej., 6,2 x 3 mm. VIII/93 (intermareal). Mirador, Río Piedras: 1 ej., 3x 2 mm. V/88 (intermareal). Aguas del Pino, Río Piedras: 1 ej., 6,3 x 3,8 mm VI1/87 (intermareal); 4 ej., 10 x 5,5 mm. V/92 (intermareal); 6 ej., 12 x 7 mm. III/93 (intermareal). El Portil, Río Piedras: 3 ej., 13 x 8 mm. IV/91 (intermareal). Bahía de Cádiz: 1 ej., 6,5 x 4 mm. XI/90 (intermareal). 1 ej., 7x5 mm. VI/92 (intermareal). Cabo de Trafalgar, Cádiz: 1 ej., 8,2 x 3,3 mm. IX/95 (intermareal). Caños de Meca, Cádiz: 1 ej., 9 x 6 mm IV/94 (intermareal). Isla del Tajo, Cádiz: 2 ej., 5x 4 mm. VII/92 (5 - 6 m). Playa del Chorro, Cádiz: 26 ej., 11 x 6 mm. VII/92 (intermareal). Isla de Tarifa, Cádiz: 1 ej., 3x 2 mm. 11/91 (3 m); 2 ej., 7,5 x 5 mm. 1/93 (intermareal). La Ballenera, Cádiz: 4 ej, 15 x 9 mm. V/91 (intermareal). Campamento, Cádiz: 5 ej., 8 x 4 mm. II1/91 (intermareal); 9 ej., 9 x 6 mm. VIII/91 (intermareal). MNCN: N* 1503/223: 10 ej., 19 x 10,5 mm. (La Coruña) (Colec- ción: Azpeitia, 3184). N” 1503 /225: 2 ej., 12 x 8 mm. (Tarifa, Cádiz) (Colección: Azpeitia, 3184). N* 1503/236: 4 ej., 12 x 7,5 mm. (Sangenjo, Pontevedra) (Colección: Azpeitia, 3184). N* 1503/287: 2 ej., 11 x 7 mm. (Cádiz) (Colección: Hidalgo). N” 1503/290: 5 ej., 13,5 x 7,5 mm. (Cascaes, Portugal) (Colección: Hidalgo). N” 1503/291: 3 ej., 9 x 5 mm. (Foz, Lugo) (Colección: Hidalgo). N* 1503/295: 4 ej., 13,5 x 7 mm. (Murgados, Coruña) (Colección: Hidalgo). N* 1503/298: 2 ej., 11 x 6 mm. (Setúbal, Portugal) (Colección: Hidalgo). N” 1503/299: 1 ej., 9 x 5 mm. (Vigo) (Colección: Hidalgo). N” 1503/301: 1 ej., 10 x 7,5 mm. (Bayona, Pontevedra) (Colección: Hidalgo). N* 1503/408: 1 ej., 11 x 7,5 mm. (Cascaes, Portugal) (Colección: Hidalgo). Sin N*: 3 ej.,. 19 x 11 mm. (España) (Colección: Hidalgo). Sin N*: 2 ej., 13,5 x 8 mm. (Inglaterra) (Colección: Azpeitia, 3184). Sin N*: 19 ej., 12 x 8 mm. (Isla la Toja, Pontevedra) (Colección: Azpeitia, 3184). Referencias bibliográficas: Vigo, gal (FORBES Y HANLEY, 1853; BUCQUOY, Coruña, sur de Portugal (MAC ANDREW, DAUTZENBERG Y DOLFUS, 1882; NOBRE Y 1849; 1850); Vigo, (PiLsBRY, 1892); Portu- BRAGA, 1942; PranI, 1980); Algeciras 19 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 (CAPELLINI, 1859); Baiona (HIDALGO, 1867); Vigo, Portugal (JEFFREYS, 1865; 1880; 1882); Gibraltar y Algeciras (Mon- TEROSATO, 1888); Vigo (PILsBRY, 1892; MALUQUER, 1915); Algorta, Baiona, Coruña, Mugardos, San Sebastián, San- tander, Santurce, Vigo, Zumaya, Cascais, Foz, Lisboa, Leca, Setúbal, Algarve, Cádiz y Algeciras (HIDALGO, 1917); Berlengas, Cascais, Balieira, Ría de Faro, y Olhao, (NOBRE, 1932; 1938- 1940); costas Atlánticas de la Península Ibérica (MALATESTA, 1962; SABELLI, 1974); Costas Asturianas (ANADÓN, 1979); Galicia, Minho, Baixo Alentejo y Algarve (KaAas Y VAN BELLE, 1981); costa vasca (BORJA, 1983); Algarve (REIS Y MONTEIRO, 1984); Algeciras (AARTSEN et al, 1984); Galicia, Portugal y Andalucía (Kaas Y VAN BELLE, 1985b); Berlenga (PISANI, 1986); Illas Sisargas (OTERO Y TRIGO, 1986); Ría de Arousa (OTERO Y TRIGO, 1987); Illas Cíes, (ROLÁN ET AL, 1985); Ría de Pontevedra, Islas de Ons (TRIGO Y OTERO, 1987); Ría de Muros (OTERO Y TRIGO, 1989); Lourizán, Ría de Pontevedra (PLANAS Y MORA, 1989); Ría de Vigo (ROLÁN ET AL., 1989); Ría de Ares y Betanzos (IRONCOSO y URRGO- RRI, 1991); Río Piedras (ESTACIO ET AL., 1992); Enseado do Baño (OLABARRÍA ET AL., 1997). Lepidochitona corrugata (Reeve, 1847) Chiton corrugatus Reeve, 1847, Conch. Icon. 4. [Localidad tipo: Mediterráneo]. Chiton cinereus Poli, 1791, Test. Utr. Sicil. 1: 4. [Localidad tipo: Sicilia]. Lophyrus melphinctensis Poli, 1791, Test. Utr. Sicil. 1: 4. [Localidad tipo: Sicilia]. Chiton crenulatus Risso, 1826, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid. 4: 267. [Localidad tipo: Nizza]. Chiton caprearum Scacchi, 1836 (fide Monterosato, 1879), Cat. Conch. Regn. Napoli., 9. [Localidad tipo: Napoli]. Chiton poli Philippi, 1836, Enum. Moll. Sicil., 1: 106. [Localidad tipo: Sicilia]. Chiton decipiens Tiberi, 1877, Boll. Malac. Ital., 3: 14 Nuttallina (Middendorffia) cinerea var. pseudorissoi Carpenter (en Pilsbry, 1893), Man. Conch. 14: 285. [Localidad tipo: Malta]. Chiton (Nuttallina) (sic!) caprearum, Scacchi, 1836 var. major Pallary, 1900, J. Conch. Paris, 48: 366 Non: Chiton cinereus Linneo, 1767 = Lepidochitona (L.) cinerea (Linneo, 1767) Non: Chiton polii Deshayes, 1833=Chiton (Rhyssoplax) olivaceus Spengler 1797 Material estudiado: El total de ejemplares recolectados ha sido de 69. Bahía de Cádiz: 10 ej., 14 x 9 mm VI/92 (intermareal); 8 ej., 14 x 9 mm, [11/94 (intermareal). Isla de Tarifa, Cádiz: 2 e]., 3x 1, 5mm, V/91 (intermareal); 1 ej., 3x 1, 5 mm VI/91 (intermareal). Punta Carnero, Cádiz: 8 ej., 4 x 2, 5 mm. V/91 (intermareal). La Ballenera, Cádiz: 1 ej., 6 x 3, 7 mm. V/91 (intermareal). Puerto de Algeciras, Cádiz: 4 ej., 5, 5x 4 mm, VIII /91 (6 m). Campamento, Cádiz: 1 ej., 10x 7 mm. VIII/91 (intermareal). Crinavis, Cádiz: 2 ej., 8 x 4, 5 mm, VI/93 (10 m); 1 ej., 10,5 x 6, 2 mm, VIT/93 (10 m). MNCN: N* 1503/94: 1 ej., 18, 2 x 12 mm. (Mahón, Menorca, Baleares) (Colección: Hidalgo). N* 1503/227: 5 ej., 16 x 11 mm. (Alicante) (Colección: Azpeitia). N* 1503/228: 5 ej., 15. 5 x 9 mm. (Cartagena, Murcia) (Colección: Azpeitia, 413). N” 1503/464: 2 ej., 14 x 10 mm. (B. Columbreta) (Colección: Hidalgo). N” 1503/465: 4 ej., 14. 5 x 8. 5 mm. (Cartagena, Murcia) (Colección: Hidalgo). N* 1503/466: 4 ej., 13 x 8. 5 mm. (Valencia) (Colección: Hidalgo). N* 1503/467: 2 ej., 11 x 8 mm. (Barcelona) (Colección: Hidalgo). Sin N*: 4 ej., 13 x 8, 2 mm. (Valencia) (Colección: Azpeitia, 413). Sin N*: 4 ej., 11 x 7 mm. (Málaga) (Colección: Hidalgo). Referencias bibliográficas: Portugal, (CAPELLINI, 1858; BUCOOUY, DAUTZEN- BERG Y DOLFUS, 1882; LOCARD, 1886); Lagos, Ría de Faro y Olhao, Cádiz (PILSBRY, 1892); Cádiz (MALUQUER, 1915); Océano Atlántico Ibérico (THIELE, 1929); Lagos, Ría de Faro, Olhao (NOBRE, 1938 - 20 1940); costas suratlánticas de la Península Ibérica, (MALATESTA, 1962); Costas meri- dionales Atlánticas españolas, (SABELLI, 1974); Algarve y Golfo de Cádiz, (KAAs Y VAN BELLE, 1981; 1985b); Algarve (REIS Y MONTEIRO, 1984); Algeciras (AARTSEN ET AL. 1984); Berlenga (PISANI, 1986). CARMONA Y GARCÍA: Especies atlánticas de Lepidochitona en la Península Ibérica Figura 1. Lepidochitona kaasi. A: valva I; B: valva IL; C: valva IV; D: valva VIII; E: disposición de los tubérculos en la valva 1; E: disposición de las estetas en los tubérculos en la valva I; G: disposi- ción de los tubérculos en la zona pleural; H: disposición de las megaloestetas y microestetas. Figure 1. Lepidochitona kaasi. A: valve l; B: valve II; C: valve IV; D: valve VIII; E: arrangement of the tubercles on valve I; EF: arrangement of aesthetes on valve I; G: arrangement of tubercles on pleural area; H: arrangement of megaloaesthetes and microaesthetes. 21 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Lepidochitona simrothi (Thiele, 1902) Nutallina (Middendorffia) simrothi Thiele, 1902, Z. Wiss. Zool. 72: 287. [Localidad tipo: Azores]. Material estudiado: Se ha estudiado un total de 6 ejemplares. Praia da Marinha (Portugal): 6 ej., 9, 8x7,7 mm, IV/88 (intermareal). Lepidochitona canariensis (Thiele, 1909) Trachydermon canariensis Thiele, 1909, Zoologica Stuttg. 22: 15. [Localidad tipo: Tenerife]. Material estudiado: Se ha estudiado un total de 21 ejemplares. Arrifana, Portugal: 1 ej., 3, 7x2, 2 mm, VII/94 (intermareal). Praia Mareta (Sagres, Portugal): 6 ej., 4, 2 x2, 9 mm, VII/94 (8 m). Isla Tarifa, Cádiz: 4 ej., 4, 8x3, 2 mm, VI/91 (intermareal). La Ballenera, Cádiz: 2 ej., 6, 5x4 mm, V/91 (intermareal); 1 ej., 7, 2 x 4 mm, IX/91 (12 m). Puerto de Algeciras, Cádiz: 1 ej., 3,8 x 2, 2 mm, VIII/91 (6 m). Crinavis, Cádiz: 3 ej., 6, 1 x 4, 1 mm, 111/93 (10 m); 1 ej., 4, 5x3 mm, V/93 (10 m); 1 ej, 4x2, 5 mm, VI/93 (10 m); 1 ej., 4x2 mm, IX/93 (10 m). Lepidochitona monterosatoi Kaas y Van Belle, 1981 Lepidochitona (Mopaliella) sp. Van Belle, 1977, Inf. Soc. belg. Malac. 5 (2): 15-42. Material estudiado: Se han estudiado un total de 50 ejemplares: Praia da Area Longa, Foz: 4 ej., 4, 2x2, 5 mm, II/84 (intermareal). Portocelo, Viveiro: 2 ej., 3, 5x2, 7 mm, VIII/83 (inter- mareal). Santa Cruz, Ría da Coruña: 1 ej., 4, 6x3, 4 mm, 1/84 (intermareal). Punta do Cabo, Suevos: 1 ej., 4x2 mm, IV/78 (intermareal). Punta Chan, Malpica: 2 ej., 4, 5x3 mm, XI/83 (intermareal). Praia das Cunchas, Ría de Corme e Laxe: 1 ej., 4, 2x2, 8 mm, VIII /80 (interma- real). Punta dos Corvos, Ría de Camariñas: 1 ej., 4x2, 5 mm, I1/83 (intermareal). Illa da Creba, Ría de Muros e Noia: 4 ej., 4, 4x2, 7 mm, XI/74 (1-4 m). Punta Aguieira, Ría de Muros e Noia: l ej., 3, 7x2, 1 mm, XI /74 (intermareal). Punta Sagrada, Ría de Muros e Noia: 6 ej., 5x3 mm, [11/76 (intermareal). Aguiño, Ría de Arousa: 1 ej., 6x4 mm, III/92 (intermareal); 1ej., 2, 8x1, 5 mm, XII/83 (intermareal); 4 ej., 4, 5x2, 3 mm, VI/94 (intermareal). Marisma da Revolta, Ría de Arousa: 1 ej., 4x2, 5 mm, 111/76 (intermareal). Praia Mexiloeira, Ría de Arousa: 2 ej., 3, 5x2, 5 mm, X/76 (2 m). Illa de San Clemente, Ría de Pontevedra: 1 ej., 4, 2x2, 6 mm, IV/76 (inter- mareal). Monteagudo, Illas Cíes: 1 ej., 4, 5x3, 4 mm, II1/83 (intermareal). Enseada do Lago, Illas Cíes: 4 ej., 5x3 mm, 111/83 (intermareal). Faro, Illas Cíes: 1 ej., 7x5 mm V/84 (interma- real). Canido, Ría de Vigo: 1 ej., 1, 7x1, 1 mm, XI1/74; (intermareal); 3 ej., 7, 5x5, 5 mm, IX/76 (intermareal); 1 ej., 5x3 mm, IV/84 (intermareal). Praia Mareta, Portugal: 1 ej., 3, 8x2 mm, VII[/94 (5 m). Isla Tarifa, Cádiz: 1 ej., 4, 8x3 mm, VI/91 (intermareal). La Ballenera, Cádiz: 2 ej., 5, 5x4 mm, V/91 (intermareal). Puerto de Algeciras, Cádiz: 3 ej., 7x5 mm, VIII/90 (6 m). El Rinconcillo, Cádiz: 1 ej., 3, 5x2 mm, VII/90 (3m). Crinavis, Cádiz: 1 ej., 6x3, 5 mm, IV/93 (11 m). Lepidochitona iberica Kaas y Van Belle, 1981 - Material estudiado: Se han estudiado dos ejemplares. SW da Illa da Arousa, Ría de Arousa: 1 ej., 2 x 1,5 mm, 111/82 (8-28 m). Museum Leiden-Mollusca (paratipo) N1 5538512 (Ría de Arousa, VI /1962, 2,5 x 1 mm, 15 m). Referencias bibliográficas: Ría de Galicia (ROLÁN, 1989; OTERO Y TRIGO, Arousa (KAas Y VAN BELLE, 1981); 1989). 22 CARMONA Y GARCÍA: Especies atlánticas de Lepidochitona en la Península Ibérica Figure 2. Lepidochitona kaasí. A: rádula; B: dientes raquídeo y primer lateral; C: placa uncinada del diente mayor lateral; D: diente plumoso; E: corpúsculos dorsales; F: espícula marginal, vista ventral; G: espícula marginal, vista dorsal; H: escama ventral. Figure 2. Lepidochitona kaasi. A: radula; B: rachidian and first lateral teeth; C: uncinal plate of the major lateral to0th; D: spatulate tooth; E: dorsal corpuscles; E: ventral view of the marginal spicules; G: dorsal view of the marginal spicules; H: ventral scales. 23 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 ) Lepidochitona kaasi spec. nov. Material estudiado: Se ha estudiado un total de 25 ejemplares: Isla Tarifa, Cádiz: 22 ej., 3,5x 2 mm, VI/91 (intermareal); 3 ej., 2,9 x 1,7 mm, VI /95 (intermareal). Se ha designado como holotipo el ejemplar de 3,0 x 1,5 mm, procedente de la Isla las Palomas de Tarifa (localidad tipo, 36? 01' 8” N; 05 36' 22” O), que ha sido depositado en el Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales de Madrid con número de registro MNCN 15.03/486 y los restantes constitu- yen la serie paratípica, que se encuentra en la colección de del Departamento de Fisiología y Bio- logía Animal de la Universidad de Sevilla. Derivatio nomíinis: La especie ha sido denominada como Lepidochitona kaasi, dedicada al Doctor Piet Kaas, recientemente fallecido, y que dedicó la mayor parte de su vida al estudio de los poli- placóforos de todo el mundo. Diagnosis: Ejemplares de hasta 3,5 x 2 mm. La coloración es parda, a veces con manchas blancas. El aspecto es ovalado, las valvas son redondeadas y no carena- das con el ápice muy marcado. La orna- mentación está constituida por gránulos toscos redondeados. El perinoto es estre- cho, con bandas alternas claras y oscuras. Descripción (Figs. 1, 2): La valva cefá- lica muestra el borde anterior semicircu- lar y el posterior triangular, con un ángulo muy obtuso (Fig. 14). La pen- diente de la valva tiende a ser convexa. El tegmento ofrece leves surcos radiales que recorren la valva hasta el margen. Las valvas intermedias son triangulares, en forma de V, con el borde anterior cóncavo (Fig. 1C) a excepción de la valva II (Fig. 1B) que tiende a ser recto, los late- rales son ligeramente redondeados, y los márgenes posteriores concurren de forma casi recta en el ápice. Las áreas laterales sobresalen ligeramente de la central. La valva caudal (Fig. 1D) es de menor tamaño que la cefálica, el margen anterior tiende a ser recto y el posterior semicircular. El mucro, poco marcado, se encuentra en disposición central con una pendiente ligeramente convexa. Todas las valvas se caracterizan por presentar un reborde muy marcado del tegmento en la zona posterior de la cara ventral. El tegmento ofrece una ornamenta- ción constituida por toscos gránulos dis- puestos en quincunce, con alguna varia- ción en las distintas áreas de las valvas. En la valva cefálica, zona postmucral de la caudal y áreas laterales de las interme- dias tienden a formar cadenas semicircu- lares concéntricas (Figs. 1E, F), mientras que en las áreas centrales y anteromucral 24 se disponen en líneas que forman V con- céntricas (Fig. 1 G). En los gránulos se dispone una megaloesteta central de 5 um (o: 0,38) de diámetro y en círculo concéntrico las microestetas de 1,3 um (o: 0,23) de diámetro (Fig. 1H). Entre los gránulos también se disponen de forma azarosa estas microestetas. El articulamento es blanco aunque puede variar a pardo en la zona jugal. Los aleros son muy esponjosos y los dientes algo ondulados. Las apófisis son lisas, de forma triangular con los bordes algo redondeados en las valvas intermedias. Presenta entre 8 y 10 líneas de inserción en la valva cefálica, una en las interme- dias y ninguna en la caudal, ofreciendo 8 ó 9 dientes dirigidos hacia delante. El perinoto se caracteriza por la alternancia de bandas blancas y pardas. Está constituido por corpúsculos no imbricados, cilindrocónicos curvados, con una serie de costillas en ambas caras, que se disponen desde la mitad del corpúsculo hasta el borde apical. Su número varía entre 4 y 6 (Fig. 2E). El tamaño oscila entre 52 y 65 ym de altura y 20 y 30 um de base. Las escamas ven- trales ofrecen una forma cónica de 28 mm de altura y 10 mm de diámetro (Fig. 2H). El fleco marginal está formado por espículas cilíndricas con el borde termi- nal afilado, de un tamaño de 105 ym de longitud y 25 um de diámetro. Se carac- terizan por presentar estrías longitudi- nales en la cara dorsal (Fig. 2G) de la espícula y lisa por los laterales y la cara ventral (Fig. 2H). Las branquias se clasifican como holobranquia abanales. Se han contabili- zado hasta 14 branquias. CARMONA Y GARCÍA: Especies atlánticas de Lepidochitona en la Península Ibérica Eigure 3. Lepidochitona severianoi. A: valva B; 2 valva Il; C: valva IV; D: valva V; E: valva VIII; E: disposición de los tubérculos en la valva I; G: disposición de los tubérculos en la zona jugal; H: dis- posición de los tubérculos en la zona pleural; I: disposición de las megaestetas y microestetas. Figure 3. Lepidochitona severianoi. A: valve l; B: valve II; C: valve IV: D: valve V; E: valve VII; E: arrangement of the tubercles on valve I; G: arrangement of the tubercles on the jugal area; H: arrange- ment of the tubercles on the pleural area; [: arrangement of megaesthetes and microesthetes. 25 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 El diente radular raquídeo es alar- gado, con un borde terminal flexible. El primer lateral es más estrecho y de una longitud similar al central, aunque no lo sobrepasa por encontrarse insertado a un nivel más bajo (Figs. 2A, B). El diente mayor lateral presenta tres puntas de sobresale ligeramente la central (Fig. 2C). El diente plumoso que sobrepasa al diente mayor lateral, presenta el borde pectinado (Fig. 2D). Biología: Solamente se han recolec- tado ejemplares en pozas de roquedos de la zona intermareal de la Isla de tamaños prácticamente iguales, aunque Tarifa. Lepidochitona severianoi spec. nov. Material estudiado: Se ha estudiado un total de 8 ejemplares: Caños de Meca, Cádiz: 1 ej. 9 x 5,2 mm, IX/93 (Intermareal). Islas de las Palomas, Cádiz: 1 ej., 8 x 5 mm, IX/92 (12 m). Punta Carnero, Cádiz: 1 ej. 4x2, 4 mm, V/91 (Intermareal). La Ballenera, Cádiz: 1 ej., 4x 2,5 mm, V/91 (Interma- real). 1 ej., 7, 8x 4 mm, IX/91 (12 m). Crinavis, Cádiz: 1 ej., 8x5 mm, V/93 (10 m); 1 ej. 46 x 2,5 mum, VI/93 (10 m); 1 ej. 5,5 x 3,5, X/93 (10 m). Se ha designado como holotipo al ejemplar de 7,8 x 4 mm recolectado en la bahía de Algeciras (loca- lidad tipo) que ha sido depositado en el Museo de Ciencias Naturales de Madrid con número de registro MNCN 15.03/487 y los restantes constituyen la serie paratípica que se encuentra en la colección de del Departamento de Biología Animal de la Universidad de Sevilla. Derivatio nominis: La especie ha sido denominada como Lepidochitona severianoi dedicada a D. Severiano Carmona Cuñales. Diagnosis: Ejemplares de talla media, de hasta 9 mm de longitud y 5,2 mm de anchura. La coloración es rosada con matices anaranjados muy pálidos y manchas pardas en la zona central de las valvas. La forma es ovalada, con las valvas redondeadas y las áreas laterales son patentes y elevadas, aunque nor- malmente se encuentran muy erosiona- das. La ornamentación la forman gránu- los redondeados de aspecto tosco, dis- puestos en quincunce. Puede ofrecer de 3 a 4 costillas longitudinales en las áreas pleurales. Presenta 8 ó 9 surcos radiales en la valva cefálica y hasta 3 en las áreas laterales. La valva caudal es de menor tamaño. El aspecto del perinoto es gra- nulado, constituido por corpúsculos no imbricados y lisos, entre los cuales sobresalen espículas aisladas o en pena- chos de dos o tres. El fleco marginal es poco patente. Descripción (Figs. 3, 4): La valva cefá- lica ofrece el borde anterior en forma de un tercio de círculo (Fig. 3A). El margen posterior es triangular. La pendiente ori- ginada es fuertemente convexa. Se observan de 8 a 9 surcos radiales muy marcados, dispuestos desde el ápice hasta el margen anterior. La valva 26 segunda es triangular (Fig. 3B). El resto de las valvas intermedias son rectangu- lar, con el margen anterior ligeramente convexo, los laterales curvados y el pos- terior tiende a ser recto pues el ápice generalmente está erosionado (Figs. 3C, D). Las áreas laterales están fuertemente elevadas con respecto al área central y presentan surcos radiales obsoletos, en número de 2 a 3. En las áreas pleurales, pueden presentar hasta 4 costillas longi- tudinales patentes, aunque no en todas las valvas. La valva caudal, de menor tamaño que la cefálica, presenta el borde anterior algo convexo y el posterior semicircular (Fig. 3E). El mucro se posi- ciona de forma anterocentral y es poco prominente. La pendiente que origina el mucro es convexa. La ornamentación de las valvas está constituida por toscos tubérculos redon- deados dispuestos en quincunce en la zona jugal (Fig. 3G) y con tendencia a formar cadenas convergentes hacia el margen anterior en la zona pleural (Fig. 3H), perdiendo de esta forma la identi- dad de tubérculo redondeado. En las áreas laterales y valvas terminales se observa una tendencia a constituir cadenas concéntricas (Fig. 3F). CARMONA Y GARCÍA: Especies atlánticas de Lepidochitona en la Península Ibérica Figura 4. Lepidochitona severianoí. A, B: rádula; C: placa uncinada del diente mayor lateral y diente plumoso; D: dientes raquídeo y primer lateral; E: disposición de los corpúsculos dorsales; F: dispo- sición de las escamas ventrales; G: espículas dorsales; H: corpúsculos dorsales; 1: espículas margina- les; J: escama ventral. Figure 4. Lepidochitona severianoi. A, B: radula; C: uncinal plate of major lateral tooth and spatulate tooth; D: rachidian and first lateral teeth; E: arrangement of dorsal corpuscles; F: arrangement of ventral spicules; G: dorsal spicules; H: dorsal corpuscles; I: marginal spicules; J: ventral scales. 27 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 El diámetro de los gránulos es de 86,99 um (0: 5,92). En el centro se sitúa una megaloesteta de 9,3 um (0: 0,5) de diámetro. Las microestetas se disponen en círculos concéntricos alrededor de la megaloesteta, con un diámetro medio de 3,4 ym (0: 0,83) (Fig. 3D). El articulamento es de color blanco. Los aleros son esponjosos y los dientes fuertes y ligeramente ondulados, dirigi- dos hacia el centro en la valva caudal. En las valvas intermedias y cefálica se observa el reborde del tegmento de la zona del ápice sobre la articulamento. La forma de las apófisis varía desde triangulares en las valvas más anteriores a trapezoidal en las posteriores. Las líneas de inserción son patentes en todas las valvas, la fórmula es 8/1/9. El perinoto ofrece bandas alternas de tonos claros y pardo anaranjado. Está constituido por corpúsculos lisos con forma de “almohadillas”, con los bordes proximal y terminal redondeados y los laterales rectos, aunque pueden estar algo curvadas en posición convexa (Figs. 4E, H). El diámetro oscila entre 15 y 20 um y la longitud de 25 a 50 um. Entre ellas, se encuentran penachos de espículas dorsales curvadas y lisas, que pueden alcanzar tamaños de 200 um (Fig. 4G). Las escamas ventrales son de DISCUSIÓN A las dos especies, Lepidochitona kaasi y lepidochitona severianoi se les ha clasi- fica dentro del género Lepidochitona por manifestar las características propias que definen KaAAs Y VAN BELLE (1981), distinguiéndose de Dendrochiton y Spon- gioradsia por no presentar los apéndices córneos ramificados en el perinoto. Al comparar a Lepidochitona kaasi con otras especies de Lepidochitona del Atlán- tico Oeste, Sur Africa, Noroeste y Noreste del Pacífico, se comprueba que ninguna presenta las valvas intermedias en forma de V, característica marcada de los ejemplares de esta especie. Con respecto a las especies del Atlántico Oriental, por su aspecto externo se puede confundir en un prin- 28 aspecto triangular y lisas (Figs. 4E, J). Su tamaño varía entre 27 y 40 um de altura y de 12 a 15 um de ancho. El fleco mar- ginal es poco patente, estando formado por espículas cilíndricas con el borde terminal agudo y estriadas dorsalmente por 5 costillas longitudinales. El rango de longitud es de 80 a 85 um. Las branquias se clasifican como merobranquia abanal. El numero de branquias en cada lado ha oscilado entre 10 y 14. El diente radular raquídeo presenta forma rectangular, con una lengúeta fle- xible terminal estrecha (Figs. 4A, B). El primer lateral (Fig. 4D), a pesar de no sobrepasar al diente central, ofrece una mayor longitud, y es más estrecho que el diente raquídeo. El diente mayor lateral es tricúspide; la punta central sobresale en los dientes de nueva forma- ción, mientras que en los más antiguos se encuentran al mismo nivel. El diente plumoso exhibe el borde terminal pecti- nado (Fig. 4C). Biología: Se ha recolectado en zonas rocosas con abundancia de algas calcá- reas. Algunos ejemplares se han encon- trado cubiertos, casi en su totalidad, por este tipo de algas. Su distribución bati- métrica se extiende desde la zona inter- mareal hasta 10 m de profundidad. cipio con L. corrugata, L monterosatoi, L. simrothi y L. iberica, descartándose de L. cinerea, L. canariensis, L. furtiva, L. strom- felti y L. severiano! porque éstas presen- tan las valvas intermedias claramente rectangulares. Al estudiar los corpúscu- los calcáreos dorsales del perinoto, se determina que por la forma son diferen- tes a los de L. piceola. De igual manera, se puede distinguir de L. simrothi, ya que la especie en cuestión no presenta espículas calcáreas entre los corpúsculos del perinoto y el tamaño de las espículas marginales y escamas ventrales es menor. Al desmontar las valvas, se observa que no presenta líneas de inserción en la valva VIII, lo que la diferencia de L. CARMONA Y GARCÍA: Especies atlánticas de Lepidochitona en la Península Ibérica iberica y L. monterosatoi. Comparándola con L. corrugata, a pesar de ser diferente la forma de las valvas intermedias, se distingue por el número de costillas de los corpúsculos dorsales del perinoto y el tamaño de éstos, por el nivel de inser- ción de las branquias y disposición y tamaños de los dientes raquídeos y primer lateral de la rádula. Comparando Lepidochitona severianoi con las especies de Lepidochitona del Atlántico Oeste, Sur Africa y Noroeste y Noreste del Pacífico, se diferencia porque las que presentan costillas en la zona pleural también presentan estria- dos los corpúsculos del perinoto. Con respecto a las especies del Atlántico Oriental, partimos de la base que ninguna de ellas presenta costillas en la zona pleural y los corpúsculos del perinoto son estriados en todas. No obs- tante por su aspecto externo tosco se BIBLIOGRAFÍA AARTSEN, J., MENKHORST H. Y GITTENBER, E., 1984. The Marine Mollusca of the Bay of Al- geciras, Spain, with general notes on Mitre- lla, Marginellidae and Turridae. Basteria. 2: 1- 135. ANADON, N., 1979. Poliplacoforos de las costas Asturianas. L, Estudios taxonómicos. Sup. Cien. Bol. Idea. 24: 119-130. BERRY, S. S., 1917. Notes on West American chi- tons. I. Proceeding California Academy of Science, 7 (10): 229-248. BORJA, A., 1983. Sistemática de los moluscos ma- rinos de la costa vasca. Clave de moluscos de la zona intermareal. Publicaciones de la Sociedad cultural INSUB, 2 San Sebastián. BucouoyY, M. M. E., DAUTZENBERG, P. H. Y DOLLFUS G., 1882: Les Mollusques marins du Roussillon. Vol I. Paris (Bailliere). CAPELLINI J., 1859. Catalogue des Oscabriones de la Mediterranée. Journal de Conchologia de Paris, 2 ser., 3: 320-328. ESTACIO, F., CARBALLO, J. L., CARMONA, P. Y ZU- RITA, F., 1993. Preliminary study about the aquatic fauna from the Piedras river marshes (Huelva, SW Spain). Arquivos do Museo de Bocage, 2 (18): 337-343. FERREIRA, A. J., 1982. The Family Lepidochito- nidae Iredale, 1914 (Mollusca: Polyplaco- phora) in the Eastern Pacific. Veliger, 25 (2): 93-138. puede confundir en un principio con L. corrugata, L monterosato1, L. piceola, L. simrothi, L. iberica y L. kaasi, descartán- dose del resto de las especies que son de apariencia más finas. Sin embargo por la forma de las valvas, que la presentan en V, se excluye L. piceola, L. simrothi, L. iberica y L. kaasi. En relación con el articulamento, L. corrugata no ofrece las líneas de inser- ción de la valva caudal, por lo que se diferencia de L. severianoi. Y con res- pecto a L. monterosatoi se distingue porque esta especie no presenta las áreas laterales tan elevadas, ni costillas en la zona pleural y los corpúsculos del perinoto se encuentran estriados en el tercio terminal. Estas diferencias de L. kaasi y L. seve- rianoi con el resto de las especies de este género, es lo que nos lleva a proponerlas como nuevas especies para la ciencia. FORBES, E. Y HANLEY, S., 1853-55. History of Bri- tish mollusca and their shells. 4. Vols figs. Lon- don (John Van Voorst). HIDALGO, J. G., 1867. Catalogue des coquilles marines des costes de l'Espagne et des lles Baleares. Journal de Conchologia. 15: 416 pp. HIDALGO, J. G., 1917. Fauna malacológica de Es- paña, Portugal y las Baleares: Moluscos Tes- táceos Marinos. Trabajo del Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, serie Zoológica, Madrid, 30: 752 pp. IREDALE, T., 1914. Some more notes on Poly- placophora. Part I. Proceeding of the malacolo- gical Society of London. 11: 123-131. JEFFREYS, J., 1865. British Concholog:., or an account of the Mollusca which now inhabit the British Is- les and the Surrounding Seas. Vol. IL London. John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. 211-229. JEFFREXYS, J., 1880. On a new Species of Chiton lately found on the British Coasts. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Serie 5 (6). 33-35. JEFFREYS, J., 1882. On the Mollusca procured during the “Lightning” and “Porcupine” Ex- peditions, 1868-70. Proceedings of the Zoologi- cal Society of London: 656-687. Kaas, P. y VAN BELLE, R. A., 1981. The genus Lepidochitona Gray, 1821 (Mollusca: Polypla- cophora) in the northeastern Atlantic Ocean, the mediterranean Sea and Black Sea. Zoolo- gische Verhandelingen, 43 pp. eS) Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Kaas, P., y VAN BELLE, R. A., 1985. Monograph of living chitons. 2, Suborder Ischnochitonina, Ischnochitonidae: Schizoplacinae, Callochitoninae y Lepidochitoninae. E. J. Brill/W Backhuys, Leiden. 198 pp. LOCARD, A., 1898. Mollusques Testaces. Expe- dition scientifique du “Travailleur” et du “Talisman” pendant les anées 1880-1883, 2: 1-515, pls 1-18 (París) Matthews, E. H. 1897. Exhibits. Journal Conchology of London, 8: 378 2128 MAC ANDREW, R., 1849. On the Mollusca of Vigo Bay in the North-West of Spain. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 2 (3): 507-512. MAC ANDREW, R., 1850. Notes on the Distri- bution and range in depth of Mollusca and other Marine animals observed on the coast of Spain, Portugal, Barbary, Malta, and Sou- thern Italy in 1849. Report British Association Advance Science, 8: 264-304. MALATESTA, A., 1962. Mediterranean Polypla- cophora Cenozoic and Recent. Geologia ro- mana, 1: 145-171. MALUQUER, ]., 1915. Amfineures de Catalunya. Treballs de la Institució Catalana d' Historia na- tural, 186-280. MONTEROSATO, T. A. DI, 1888. Coquilles ma- rines Marocaines. Journal de Conchyologie, 37 (1): 20-40. NOBRE, A., 1932. Moluscos Marinhos de Por- tugal. Instituto Zoologico de la Universidad de Porto: 1-466. NOBRE, A., 1938-40. Fauna malacologica de Por- tugal. Moluscos Marinhos e das aguas salobras. Companhia Editora do Minho, Porto. NOBRE, A. Y BRAGA, J. M. 1942. Notas sobre a fauna das ilhas Berlengas e Farilhoes. Memoria Est. do Museo Zoologico da Universidad do Coim- bra, N1 138: 1-66. OLABARRIA, C., URGORRI, V. Y TRONCOSO, J. S., 1997. Distribución y autoecología de la ma- lacofauna infralitoral de la Ensenda do Baño (Ría de Ferrol, NO de España). Nova acta cien- tifica compostelana (Bioloxia), 7: 177-192. OTERO, J. J. Y TRIGO, J. E., 1986. Contribución al conocimiento de los Moluscos de las Islas Sisargas. Iberus, 6: 19-27. 30 OTERO, J. J. Y TRIGO, J. E., 1987. Adiciones a la fauna malacológica de la Ría de Arousa (No de España). Iberus, 7 (1): 129-135. OTERO, J. J. Y TRIGO, J. E., 1989. Moluscos de la Ría de Muros. Thalassas, 7: 79-90. PIANr P., 1980. Catalogo dei molluschi conchi- feri viventi nel Mediterraneo. Bolletino mala- cologico Milano, 16 (5-6): 113-224. PiLsBRY, H. A., 1892-1893. Monograph of the Polyplacophora. In: Tryon, G. W.: Manual of Conchology, 1. Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 331 pp. Pisani, L., 1986. Moluscos Testáceos Marinhos da Berlanga (Portugal). MPAT. Secretaria de Estado do Ambiente e dos Recursos Naturais. Servico Nacional de Parques, Reservas e Con- servacao da Natureza. Lisboa. REIS, C. A. Y MONTERO, A. J., 1984. Aspectos eco- logicos dos polyplacophora (Mollusca) da costa portuguesa. Actas do IV Simposio Iberico de Estudos do Benthos Marinhos. 1: 219-227. ROLÁN, E., TRIGO, J., OTERO-SCHMITT, J. Y RO- LÁN-ÁLVAREZ, E., 1985. Especies implantadas lejos de su área de distribución natural. Tha- lassas. 3: 29-36. ROLÁN, E., OTERO, J. Y ROLAN-ÁLVAREZ, E., 1989. Moluscos de la Ría de Vigo IL Thalas- sas. Anexo II. 276 pp. SABELLI, B. A., 1974. Origine e distribuzione dei Poliplacophora viventi in Mediterraneo. Quaderni cívico Staz. Idrobiologi Milano, 5: 71- 78. THIELE, J., 1929. Handbuch der systematischen Weichtierkunde. Classis Loricata. Smithsonian Institution Libraries and The National Science Foundation. Washington. 1992. 1-22. TRIGO, J. E. Y OTERO, J. J., 1987. Contribución al conocimiento de los moluscos matrinos de la Ría de Pontevedra e Isla de Ons. Iberus, 7 (1): 121-128. TRONCOSO, J. S. Y URGORRI, V., 1991. Los mo- luscos intermareales de la Ría de Betanzos (Galicia, España). NACC (Bioloxia). 2: 83-89. VAN BELLE, R. A., 1977. Sur la clasification des Polyplacophora. Informations de la Société belge de Malacologia. 5 (2): 15-42. WINCKWORTH, M. A., 1932. The Britisth marine Mollusca. Journal of Conchology, 19 (7): 211-252. O Sociedad Española de Malacología ——_—_—_—— Iberus, 18 (2): 31-39, 2000 Descripción de Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesíi spec. nov. (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Hygromiidae) de la Comunidad Valenciana (España) Description of Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Hygromiidae) from “Comunidad Valenciana” (Spain) Alberto MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ* Recibido el 23-XII-1999. Aceptado el 20-1X-2000 RESUMEN Se describe una nueva especie de Hygromiidae, Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov., endemismo valenciano que se ha recolectado en varias localidades de la Sierra Cal- derona, en la provincia de Valencia. Se caracteriza por su concha pequeña, parduzca con flamulaciones blanquecinas y abundante pilosidad. Genitalia con la porción masculina y el conducto de la bolsa copulatriz de gran longitud. Se compara con otras especies de la misma familia como Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) penchinati (Bourguignat, 1868), T. (X.) ripa- curcica (Bofill, 1886), T. (X.) salvanae (Fagot, 1886) y Microxeromagna armillata (Lowe, 1852), con las que guarda alguna similitud conquiológica o de la genitalia. ABSTRACT A new species from Hygromiidae, Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov., is descri- bed, a Valencian endemism which has been collected in various localities of the Sierra Calderona, in Valencia (Spain). lt is characterised by ¡ts small, brown shell with white stre- aks and abundant hair. Genitalia with the masculine section and copulatrix bursa's duct in great length. The Trochoidea (X.) roblesi spec. nov. is compared to other species of the same family such as, Trochoidea (X.) penchinati (Bourguignat, 1868), T. (X.) ripacurcica (Bofill, 1886), 7. (X.) salvanae (Fagot, 1886) and Microxeromagna armillata (Lowe, 1852), with those which have some conquiological or genitalial similarity. PALABRAS CLAVE: Mollusca, Hygromiidae, 7rochoidea roblesi, especie nueva, Comunidad Valenciana, España. KEY WORDS: Molluscs, Hygromiidae, Trochoidea roblesi, new species, “Comunidad Valenciana”, Spain. INTRODUCCIÓN Durante los últimos 10 años el autor en el este de la Península Ibérica. Uno ha realizado un intensivo muestreo por de los resultados obtenidos destacables toda la Comunidad Valenciana, con el ha sido el hallazgo de una nueva propósito de estudiar la malacofauna especie, perteneciente al género Trochoi- terrestre presente en esta región, situada dea Brown, 1827 (MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ, 1999). * Museu Valencia d “Historia Natural. Passeig de la Petxina, 15. E-46008 Valencia. Comunidad Valenciana (España). E-mail: alberto.martinezOuv.es 31 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Este género se caracteriza por presen- tar una variabilidad conquiológica tan acusada que no permite realizar una des- cripción a nivel genérico satisfactoria. En su genitalia destaca la presencia de un aparato estimulador constituido por dos sacos sin dardos, dispuestos a ambos lados de la vagina, con sus bases contiguas O alejadas, incluyendo todas las posiciones intermedias, y dos a cuatro glándulas mucosas simples o bifurcadas dispuestas alrededor de la vagina (PUENTE, 1994). En la Comunidad Valenciana se han hallado 12 especies atribuidas al género SISTEMÁTICA Trochoidea, tres del subgénero Trochoidea s. str. y nueve de Xerocrassa Montero- sato, 1892 (MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ Y ROBLES, 1998) siguiendo los criterios de FORCART (1976). Así, el nuevo taxon se asigna a Xerocrassa por la ausencia de apéndice atrial. Dado el número elevado de espe- cies del subgénero Xerocrassa presentes en la Comunidad Valenciana, el nuevo taxon se ha comparado con las especies que presentan características conquioló- gicas O del aparato reproductor simi- lares. Género Trochoidea Brown, 1827 Subgénero Xerocrassa Monterosato, 1892 Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. Localidad tipo: Náquera: La Fonteta, (263V), 305YJ2292, 260 m, 25 ejemplares y 19 conchas. Material tipo: Holotipo depositado en el Museu Valencia d Historia Natural (MVHN) de Valen- cia con N* 401-A; 36 paratipos depositados en el MVHN (20 ejemplares y 16 conchas), N* 401-B; 2 paratipos (ejemplares) en el Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales de Madrid con N* 15.05 /32055; 3 paratipos (2 ejemplares y una concha) en el Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum de Leiden (Holanda) con N* 59157; 2 paratipos (conchas) en el Museo de Geología de la Universitat de Valen- cia con N* 5751. Todos ellos proceden de la misma localidad que el holotipo. Otras localidades: Olocau: Barranco de Olocau (258V), 305YJ1197, 260 m, 1 concha; Náquera: Fuente del Salt (271V), 305YJ2293, 280 m, 1 ejemplar y 2 conchas. Serra: Fuente del Berro (262V), 305YJ1698, 4 conchas. Etimología: Especie dedicada al Doctor Fernando Robles Cuenca por su larga trayectoria en el estudio de los moluscos valencianos y por sus consejos y ayuda para llevar a cabo mi proyecto de Tesis doctoral. Diagnosis: Concha pequeña, de coloración parduzca con pequeñas fla- mulaciones blanquecinas y recubierta por una pilosidad diminuta y abun- dante. La genitalia está caracterizada por una gran longitud del conjunto pene, epifalo y flagelo, y del conducto de la bolsa copulatriz. Descripción: Concha (Figs. 1-4): dextrógira, sub- globosa cónica de pequeño tamaño, con 4 a 5 vueltas de espira, de crecimiento regular, con una ligera quilla en la última vuelta. Protoconcha formada por 1 1/4 vueltas, con flamulaciones y pre- sencia de una diminuta pilosidad menos abundante que en la teloconcha. 32 Abertura oval, con el peristoma interrumpido, simple, cortante y sin re- borde interno. Ombligo pequeño, entre 1,20 y 1,50 mm de diámetro, parcial- mente oculto por la reflexión del peris- toma, que posee una anchura máxima de 1 mm, dejando ver el interior del ombligo. La superficie de la teloconcha posee una ligera y fina costulación. Coloración parduzca con numerosas flamulaciones blanquecinas de pequeño tamaño, sobre todo en la zona más próxima al ápice y que forman bandas a lo largo de toda la concha en ambas caras, si bien en la umbilical se forma un reticulado. Pre- senta una abundante pilosidad consti- tuida por pelos cortos, curvados en su MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ: Trochoidea roblesi spec. nov. de la Comunidad Valenciana (España) 6 y 1 mm | 1 mm Figuras 1-6. Holotipo de Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. 1a-c: Concha (4,77 mm h; 7,52 mm 0); 2: protoconcha; 3: teloconcha; 4a-c: dibujo de la concha; 5: aparato genital; 6: papila penial. Figures 1-6. Holotype of Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. 1a-c: Shell (4.77 mm h; 7.52 mm 1D); 2: protoconch; 3: teloconch; 4a-c: drawing of the shell; 5: genital system; 6: penial papilla. 93 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 «sed. riada e A A A . Figuras 7-10. Rádula del Holotipo de Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesí spec. nov. (M.E.B.) 7: dientes central y laterales; 8: diente central; 9: dientes marginales; 10: diente marginal. Figures 7-10. Holotype radula of lrochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. (S.E.M). 7: central and lateral teeth; 8: central tooth; 9: marginal teeth; 10: marginal tooth. extremo más distal, que se presentan ali- neados siguiendo las estrías colabrales. Las dimensiones oscilan entre 3,73 y 4,89 mm de altura y 6,66 y 7,84 mm de diámetro. Holotipo, 4,77 mm de altura y 7,52 mm de diámetro. Aparato genital (Figs. 5, 6): El esquema general de la genitalia, cuyo estudio ana- tómico se ha realizado sobre siete ejem- plares, es similar al de las restantes espe- cies de Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) (Fig. 5). En el atrio, corto, aparece un ensan- chamiento de la pared en la zona enfrentada al pene, que se presenta en algunas otras especies del género Tro- choidea y que posiblemente pueda estar relacionado con la eversión del pene, ya que únicamente se ha observado en ejemplares que ya han copulado. Vagina desde 2,2 hasta 3,05 mm de longitud, en cuya zona media o en la más próxima a la inserción con el con- ducto de la bolsa copulatriz se insertan los dos sacos del dardo, a ambos lados 34 10 relativamente distanciados, curvados, rudimentarios, de 1,35 mm de longitud máxima, con un engrosamiento basal y carentes de dardo. El oviducto libre es corto, curvado, de 1 a 1,2 mm, formando un fuerte pliegue. Las glándulas mucosas, que se pre- sentan insertadas en la vagina, se reúnen en cuatro troncos independien- tes. Se han encontrado seis glándulas, dos de ellas bifurcadas y con una longi- tud máxima de 2,9 mm. El conjunto pene, epifalo y flagelo tiene una longitud considerable. El pene proporcionalmente pequeño, tiene una longitud entre 2,65 y 3,55 mm. En su interior se presenta una papila penial corta, cónica, en ocasiones curvada, de 1,25 mm de longitud y con la abertura subapical (Fig. 6). El epifalo presenta una longitud comprendida entre 6,25 y 10,5 mm y el flagelo varía entre 5,5 y 10,05 mm. El conducto deferente pre- senta una longitud entre 7,60 y 10,75 MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ: Trochoidea roblesi spec. nov. de la Comunidad Valenciana (España) 16 e Figuras 11-16. Conchas. 11a-c: Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) penchinati (3,09 mm h; 6,19 mm (DJ), Tibi, Les Casetes, No 89A; 12: teloconcha de 7. (X.) penchinati (M.E.B., No 89A); 13a-c: T (X) ripacurcica (5,7 mm h; 10,6 mm 0), Fredes, Barranco del Salt, N9 205C; 14a-c: T (X.) salvanae (4,54 mm h; 6,88 mm (1D), Utiel, ermita Virgen del Remedio, No 299V; 15a-c: M. armillata (2,7 mm h; 5,16 mm 9), Ayora, Meca, No 169V; 16: teloconcha de M. armillata (M.E.B., Ne 169V), colección Martínez-Ortí. Figures 11-16. Shells. 11a-c: Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) penchinati (3.09 mm h; 6.19 mm 0D), Tibi, Les Casetes, N* 894; 12: teloconch of Y. (X.) penchinati (S.E.M., N* 894); 13a-c: Y. (X.) ripacurcica (5.7 mm h; 10.6 mm 0D), Fredes, Bco. del Salt, N* 205C; 14a-c: T. (X.) salvanae (4.54 mm h; 6.88 mm 0D), Utiel, ermita Virgen del Remedio, N* 299V; 15a-c: M. armillata (2.7 mm h; 5.16 mm O), Ayora, Meca, N* 169V; 16: teloconch ofM. armillata (S.E.M.), Martínez-Ortí collection. 35 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Figuras 17-23. Aparato genital de: 17. Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) penchinati. Tibi: Cabezo de la Alcocha, N* 202. 18. Papila penial de 7. (X.) penchinati, No 202. 19. T (X.) ripacurcica. Eredes: Barranco del Salt, N2 205C. 20. Papila penial de 7; (X.) ripacurcica. 21. T. (X.) salvanae. Aras de Alpuente: ermita Santa Catalina, No 267V. 22. Papila penial de 7! (X.) salvanae, N* 267V. 23. M. armillata. La Loberuela: entrada, N“ 189V. (e= 1 mm). Figures 17-23. Genital system of: 17. Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) penchinati. Tibi. Cabezo de la Alcocha, No 202. 18. Penial papilla of T. (X.) penchinati, No 202. 19. T. (X.) ripacurcica. Fredes: Barranco del Salt, No 205C. 20. Penial papilla of T. (X.) ripacurcica. 21. T (X.) salvanae. Aras de Alpuente: ermita Santa Catalina, No 267V. 22. Penial papilla of T. (X.) salvanae, N* 267V. 23. M. armillata. La Lobe- ruela: entry, No 189V. (b= 1 mm). mm. Músculo retractor del pene corto, inferior a 2 mm de longitud. El conducto de la bolsa copulatriz presenta una gran longitud, llegando a alcanzar entre 11,4 y 15,25 mm. La bolsa copulatriz, sin espermatóforo en su inte- rior, es de aspecto redondeado y pre- 36 senta unas dimensiones de 1,60 mm de ancho por 2,05 mm de alto. Sin embargo, con espermatóforo presente ésta puede deformarse hasta alcanzar 2,35 mm de ancho y 2,50 mm de longitud. Otros caracteres: El cuerpo es de color blanquecino sin pigmentación aparente. MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ: Trochoidea roblesi spec. nov. de la Comunidad Valenciana (España) Figuras 24, 25. Localización geográfica de 24* Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. (puntos), T. (X.) ripacurcica (circulo vacío), T. (X.) penchinati (aspas), T. (X.) salvanae (triángulos); 25: M. armi- llata. (círculos llenos: nuevas localidades; círculos vacíos: localidades citadas; círculos semivacíos: ambas). Figures 24, 25. Geographic location in the “Comunidad Valenciana” of 24: Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. (points), T. (X.) ripacurcica (empty circle), Y. (X.) penchinati (crosses), T. (X.) salvanae (trian- gles); 25: M. armillata (full circles: new localities; empty circles: cited localities; halfempty: both). Pie de tipo holópoda. Presenta el músculo retractor del ommatóforo derecho inde- pendiente del aparato genital. La mandíbula del holotipo es de tipo odontognato, con 0,50 mm de anchura, arqueada y con once costillas. La rádula del holotipo presenta 1,70 mm de longitud y 0,50 mm de anchura (Figs. 7-10) con la siguiente fórmula ra- dular: 13M+12L+C+15L+16M. Como se puede observar la fórmula radular del ho- lotipo es asimétrica. La hemirrádula de- recha está constituida por 25 dientes de los cuales 12 corresponden a dientes laterales y 13 a marginales. La fila 15 presenta dien- tes de morfología anómala. La hemirrádula izquierda está constituida por 31 dientes de los cuales 15 corresponden a los late- rales y 16 a los marginales. La fila 27 pre- senta dientes de morfología anómala. Distribución geográfica y hábitat: Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. es un endemismo valenciano que vive en la Sierra Calderona, comarca de El Camp de Túria (provincia de Valencia), donde se ha recogido en varias localida- des próximas entre sí (Fig. 24). 37 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Vive en ambientes xerófilos, como pinadas y matorral mediterráneo, y en una Ocasión se recogió una concha en un barranco con curso de agua, junto al municipio de Olocau, probablemente arrastrada. Los ejemplares vivos se cap- turaron semienterrados entre la pinocha (hojarasca) y debajo de pequeñas pie- dras, a altitudes desde los 260 hasta los 560 m. Se ha encontrado conviviendo con Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) murcica (Gui- rao in Rossmássler, 1854). Ninguna de las especies con las que se podría confundir conquiológica o anatómicamente se ha recolectado junto a T. (X.) roblesi spec. nov., siendo M. armillata la especie más extendida por la región, mientras que las otras tres apare- cen en áreas más concretas y reducidas (MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ, 1999) (Figs. 24-25). Conservación: Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. es una especie poco común en la Comunidad Valenciana que se extiende por un área muy reducida de su territorio, la Sierra Calderona. Se conoce viva en pocas localidades, por lo que es recomendable realizar un mayor número de prospecciones para intentar encontrar nuevas poblaciones. Las prin- cipales amenazas para esta especie son el auge urbanístico en la zona, los incen- dios, vertederos, carreteras y canteras. Por todo ello, T. (X.) roblesi spec. nov. debe considerarse como especie vulne- rable, según la IUCN-1994, y el autor pretende realizar las gestiones oportu- nas para incluirla en el catálogo de espe- cies amenazadas de España. Discusión: Desde el punto de vista conquiológico, las especies más parecidas a T. (X.) roblesi spec. nov. son Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) penchinati (Bourguignat, 1868) (Fig. 11) y Microxeromagna armillata (Lowe, 1852) (Fig. 15), ya que ambas pre- sentan una pilosidad diminuta y abun- dante por toda la concha (Figs. 12 y 16), y unas dimensiones que entran en el rango de variabilidad de T. (X.) roblesi spec. nov. De ellas difiere principalmente por las numerosas flamulaciones blanquecinas que presenta por toda la concha, el menor aquillamiento de la última vuelta y el ombligo más reflejado. Las genitalias 38 de estas dos especies, son claramente dis- tintas de T. (X.) roblesi spec. nov.; T. (X.) penchinatí presenta una menor longitud de los conductos de la parte masculina y del conducto de la bolsa copulatriz (Fig. 17) y una papila penial con morfología distinta (Fig. 18), mientras que M. armi- llata presenta un aparato estimulador constituido por un saco del dardo, con un dardo en su interior, y un saco accesorio a un lado de la vagina, y dos glándulas mucosas bifurcadas que se insertan en el mismo lado que los sacos (MANGANELLI Y GIUsTI, 1988; PUENTE, 1994; PUENTE Y ALTONAGA, 1995) (Fig. 23). En cuanto al aparato genital, Trochoi- dea (Xerocrassa) ripacurcica (Bofill, 1886), Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) salvanae (Fagot, 1886) y T. (X.) roblesi spec. nov. presentan un esquema general similar (Figs. 5, 19, 21). Las principales diferencias halladas entre las tres especies se basan en las dife- rentes medidas obtenidas del pene, epifalo, flagelo y la bolsa copulatriz y su relación entre ellas. El flagelo es largo en todas ellas. El epifalo es de mayor longi- tud en T. (X.) roblesi spec. nov. y T. (X.) ripacurcica que en T. (X.) salvanae, mien- tras que el conducto de la bolsa copula- triz es de mayor longitud en T. (X.) roblesi spec. nov. que en las otras dos especies. Además, las papilas peniales de las tres especies presentan distinta morfología (Figs. 6, 20, 22). Por otra parte, las caracte- rísticas morfológicas de la concha de estas especies permiten diferenciarlas cla- ramente (Figs. 1-4, 13 y 14). Las dimen- siones máximas de los ejemplares valen- cianos de T. (X). ripacurcica son 5,97 mm de altura y 10,08 mm diámetro, mayores que las de las otras dos especies. Las medidas obtenidas por Faci (1991) para esta especie en Aragón son 7,0 mm de altura y 12,25 mm de diámetro. Las dimensiones máximas encontradas para T. (X.) salvanae en la Comunidad Valen- ciana son de 6,0 mm de altura y 8,60 mm de diámetro, mientras que para T. (X.) roblesí spec. nov. son 4,89 mm de altura y 7,834 mm de diámetro. Además, la presen- cia de pilosidad en la concha y una colo- ración característica permiten que 7. (X.) roblesi spec. nov. pueda ser fácilmente diferenciada de las otras dos especies. MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ: Trochoidea roblesi spec. nov. de la Comunidad Valenciana (España) AGRADECIMIENTOS Al Dr. E. Gittenberger (Nationaal Na- tuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden), Chus del Valle y Eulalia García (Museu de Zo- ologia de Barcelona) y al Dr. Óscar So- riano y Miguel Villena (Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales de Madrid) por la cesión de algunas muestras de las especies tratadas en este trabajo. También agrade- BIBLIOGRAFÍA Faci, G., 1991. Contribución al conocimiento de di- versos moluscos terrestres y su distribución en la Comunidad Autónoma Aragonesa. Tesis Doc- toral (inédita). Universidad de Zaragoza. 787 ar L., 1976. Die Cochlicellinae und He- licellinae von Palástina und Sinai. Archiv fur Molluskenkunde, 106 (4-6): 123-189. MANGANELLL G. Y GIUSTI, F., 1988. A new Hy- gromiidae from the italian Apennines and no- tes on the genus Cernuella and related taxa (Pulmonata: Helicoidea). Bolletino Malacolo- gico, 23 (11-12): 327-380. MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ, A., 1999. Moluscos terrestres testáceos de la Comunidad Valenciana. Tesis doctoral (inédita). Univ. Valencia. 743 pp. MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ, A. Y ROBLES, F., 1998. El Sub- género Xerocrassa Monterossato, 1892 (Gas- tropoda, Pulmonata, Hygromiidae) en la Co- munidad Valenciana. XII Congreso Nacional de Malacología. Málaga. C. Salas Ed.: págs. 24- DO, cer al Dr. Gittenberger, a la Dra. M* Teresa Aparicio (Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales de Madrid) y al Dr. Benjamín Gómez (Universidad del País Vasco) por sus Observaciones sobre esta nueva espe- cie. Asimismo, al Dr. Agustín Tato por su ayuda en la realización de las imágenes en el microscopio electrónico de barrido. PUENTE, A. L, 1994. Estudio taxonómico y bioge- ográfico de la superfamilia Helicoidea Rafines- que, 1815 (Gastropoda:Pulmonata:Stylomma- tophora) de la Península Ibérica e Islas Baleares. Tesis Doctoral (inédita). Universidad del País Vasco. 1.037 pp. PUENTE, A. L Y ALTONAGA, K., 1995. Estudio morfológico y corológico de dos especies conquiológicamente similares, Helicella cons- purcata (Draparnaud, 1801) y Microxeromagna armillata (Lowe, 1852), en la Península Ibérica e Islas Baleares (Pulmonata: Helicoidea: Hy- gromiidae). Zoologica baetica, 6: 121-148. 39 LEA O Sociedad Española de Malacología ——_—_—_—_—_—_——— Iberus, 18 (2): 41-50, 2000 Plaxiphora mercatoris Leloup, 1936 (Polyplacophora: Mopaliidae) de Isla de Pascua, Chile Plaxiphora mercatoris Leloup, 1936 (Polyplacophora: Mopaliidae) from Easter Island, Chile Cecilia OSORIO RUIZ!, María E. RAMÍREZ CASALI?, Ana M. MORA TAPIA? y Marco VEGA PETOKVIC' Recibido el 6-IV-2000. Aceptado el 13-X-2000 RESUMEN Se analizaron 588 ejemplares de P. mercatoris por tallas y sexos, entre 6 y 57 mm. de longi- tud total. P. mercatoris presenta sexos separados, sin diferencias sexuales externas. No se observaron hermafroditas. La proporción entre machos y hembras fue de 1,04: 0,89. Los machos se diferenciaron sexualmente a los 15,6 mm y las hembras a los 18,2 mm de longi- tud; las tallas máximas registradas para ambos sexos fueron de 53 y 57 mm respectiva- mente, P. mercatoris es una especie endémica y exclusiva de isla de Pascua, que se distri- buye verticalmente en el intermareal medio al inferior de los sistemas rocosos de la isla. P mercatoris se presenta con densidades entre 1 y 8 individuos/m?. La flora acompañante de este quitón presentó una dominancia de las algas calcáreas Mesophyllum siamense, Amphi- roa yendoi y otras Corallinaceae. La fauna acompañante está constituida por las especies Chthamalus belyiaevi, Cypraea caputdraconis, Echinometra insularis, Nodilittorina pyrami- dalis pascua, Nerita morio, Polychaeta, Cnidaria (Antozoa), Briozoa y otros. ABSTRACT A total 588 specimens of Plaxiphora mercatoris were analyzed, in terms of sizes and sex, registering sizes between 6 and 57 mm. P. mercatoris presents separate sexes, with no external sexual differences; no hermaphrodites were observed. The proportion of males versus females was 1.04: 0.89. Males differentiate sexually at 15.6 mm and females at 18.2 mm, and the maximum sizes registered were 53 mm and 57 mm respectively. P mer- catoris is distributed only along the perimeter of the island. lts vertical distribution in the rocky system is from mid to low intertidal with densities between 1 and 8 individuals/m?. The accompanying flora of this chiton presented some algae, calcareous algae being dominant: Mesophyllum siamense, Amphiroa yendoi and other Corallinaceae. The accom- panying fauna is made by following species Chtamalus belyiaevi, Cypraea caputdraconis, Echinometra insularis, Nodilittorina pyramidalis pascua and Nerita morio. PALABRAS CLAVES: Plaxiphora mercatoris, Polyplacophora, población, distribución, densidades, fauna y flora asociada, Isla de Pascua, Océano Pacífico. KEY WORDS: Plaxiphora mercatoris, Polyplacophora, population, distribution, densities, fauna and flora asso- ciated Easter Island, Pacific Ocean. ! Departamento de Ciencias Ecológicas, Universidad de Chile, Casilla 653, Santiago. E-mail: cosorioGuchile.cl 2 Laboratorio de Botánica, Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Casilla 787, Santiago Chile. E-mail: mrami- rezQmnhn.cl 41 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 INTRODUCCIÓN Los poliplacóforos constituyen un grupo de invertebrados marinos que ha- bitan especialmente las zonas rocosas intermareales de gran parte de las costas del mundo (VAN BELLE, 1983). Por su abundancia y hábitos alimentarios, estas especies son estructuradoras y/o modi- ficadoras de las comunidades de algas del sistema intermareal (Prercey, 1987; GLYNN, 1970; OTAÍZA Y SANTELICES, 1985; PEÑA, ZUÑIGA Y RODRIGUEZ, 1987), forman parte de la dieta de peces, aves y estrellas de mar (OTwaY, 1994); y tam- bién han constituido históricamente un recurso alimenticio para el hombre. Existen antecedentes de su consumo por los habitantes en la Isla de Pascua, en la Polinesia, en Oriente, en las costas de Chile Continental y en Cape Banks, Australia (OSORIO, ATRIA Y MANN, 1979; Orway, 1994). Poca importancia se ha dado al conocimiento de la biología y ecología de este grupo pese a su relativa importancia en algunos ecosistemas. El conocimiento científico de la única especie registrada para la Isla de Pascua (o Rapa Nui), Plaxiphora mercato- ris Leloup, 1936 está limitado sólo su taxonomía. Se ha recolectado en las loca- lidades de Hanga Piko, Haka Ea, Hotu Iti, Otuu, Hanga Pukura, Ovahe, y Anakena (REDHER, 1980). Al igual que Isla de Pascua, en Sa- moa, Marquesas, Tahití y Mangareva, los poliplacóforos se conocen con el nombre común de “mama” cuyo signi- ficado en lengua pascuense es “bostezo” (Atan, com. pers). En Rapa Nui, los gru- pos de isleños más tradicionales creen que estos moluscos son un alimento muy nutritivo para los niños. Por otra parte, su extracción es parte de la trans- ferencia de conocimientos entre padres e hijos. Esta actividad es una práctica co- mún, donde participa la familia en la ex- tracción de organismos marinos, para alimentarse y obtener materia prima para su artesanía, permitiendo además la enseñanza del medio marino. Los “mamas” son preferidos como alimento a Otros moluscos, por ser grandes y más fáciles de comer que los caracoles Ne- 42 rita morio (Sowerby, 1833) y Nerita lire- llata Redher (1980). Se comen crudos o cocidos en agua. Los análisis químicos ratifican que son una buena fuente de proteína (14,3%) y de minerales (3,6%), con un bajo contenido graso (2,6%) una humedad de 77,1% y un 2,4% de extrac- tivo no nitrogenado (hidratos de car- bono y otros) (Masson com. pers). Los escasos antecedentes biológicos sobre representantes del Género Plaxip- hora en el mundo, se limitan a los trabajos de BRANDANI, FAEDO Y PENCHAZADEH (1974), quienes estudian la estructura por tallas y sexo, densidad específica y la epi- biosis de P. aurata del intermareal de Mar del Plata, Argentina. En la ultima década sólo conocemos los trabajos de GALVEZ (1991) sobre la hipomería en P. fernandezi; de OrwaY (1994) quien describe la ecolo- gía poblacional de Plaxiphora albida (Blain- ville, 1825) en Australia y LÓPEZ Y TABLADO (1997) quiénes estudian aspec- tos del crecimiento y producción en P. aurata en Quequen, Argentina. Las características especiales de ais- lamiento geográfico, de este único y endémico representante de la Clase Polyplacophora en Isla de Pascua, y el uso que los isleños hacen de ella, hicie- ron particularmente interesante este estudio, cuyos objetivos son caracterizar la especie basados en aspectos biológi- cos como la morfogravimetría, la estruc- tura poblacional y la sexualidad, ade- más de caracterizar su hábitat y distri- bución en el intermareal. El conocimiento de la fauna de Isla de Pascua es muy escaso, debido princi- palmente a su lejanía y a la dificultad para trabajar en sus costas, por lo cual la información de este trabajo es valiosa y amerita ser conocida por la comunidad científica, datos que serán útiles en futuras investigaciones. MATERIAL Y MÉTODOS El estudio fue realizado en Isla de Pascua (2710'S, 109%20'0). Las mues- tras proceden de diferentes localidades OSORIO ET AL.: Plaxiphora mercatoris en Isla de Pascua, Chile 109%25' == HANGA ROA NES HANGA — VINAPU OCEANO PACIFICO HAKA EA 10920" 109%15' ANAKENA PAPA TI Y OVAHE LA PEROUSE 27:05 d (—MOTU ARIKI MT PRAURE TUU AKAHANGA o 1000 Km . » ISLA DE PASCUA Figura 1. Mapa de Isla de Pascua y su localización en el océano Pacífico. Las localidades señaladas con un circulo corresponden a lugares de recolección de muestras de Plaxiphora mercatoris. Figure 1. Eastern Island in the Pacific Ocean. Sampling stations of Plaxiphora mercatoris are indicated by an open circle. del intermareal rocoso (Fig. 1), y fueron recolectadas durante los períodos de marea baja, en distintas fechas desde 1991 a 1994 (Tabla I). El muestreo consi- deró una muestra de un mínimo de 50 ejemplares, número que en algunas oportunidades no se alcanzó. Estos ejemplares se mantuvieron extendidos y congelados sobre una base de madera por algunas horas, finalmente fueron fijados en formol al 10% diluido en agua de mar y trasladados al laboratorio en Santiago para su análisis. El análisis poblacional para determi- nar la estructura de talla y la sexualidad de la especie se hizo sobre un total de 588 ejemplares, que incluían los anterio- res. La determinación de sexos se realizó después de la disección, basado en la observación de frotis gonádico y/o por observación del color de las gónadas, verde para hembras y rojo para machos. En un total de 278 ejemplares, de los 588 recolectados, se midió a cada ejem- plar la longitud y ancho máximos consi- derando el cinturón, con un calibre 0,01 mm precisión. También se registró el peso total de cada ejemplar con una balanza Sartorius de 0,02 g de precisión. La cobertura de algas y la densidad de las especies, se cuantificó en terreno mediante dos transectos extendidos desde un punto máximo superior hasta el mínimo de marea, el día 20 de Sep- tiembre de 1993. Se cuantificó la densi- dad y cobertura usando cuadrantes reti- culados de 0,25 m? y de 0,50 m”. La des- cripción del hábitat se hizo basándose en la identificación de muestras de la flora y fauna acompañante, recolectadas en los transectos indicados. Para describir la morfometría de ma- chos y hembras se usaron diagramas de dispersión y un análisis de regresión sim- ple. En los cálculos se utilizó el programa Microsof Excel para Windows 95 para describir las relaciones longitud - ancho y longitud - peso. La selección del modelo A3 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Tabla IL. Plaxiphora mercatoris de Isla de Pascua. Localidad de recolección, fecha, número de indivi- duos por sexo y tipo de análisis realizado. Q: químico; M: morfométrico; G: gravimétrico; Med*: medidos ¿n situ. E Table I. Plaxiphora mercatoris of Easter Island. Sampling station, date, number of individual, sex and type of analysis. Q: chemical; M: morphometric; G: gravimetric; Med. *: measured in situ. Localidad Fecha Número de individuos Tipo análisis Total Machos Hembras Indeterminados Prai Ahure 13.03.91 53 28 19 o) MG Prai Ahure 23.06.91 43 19 24 M, G Prai Ahure 22.09.91 15 8 Ys M, G Prai Ahure 10.10.91 23 14 8 1 M, 6 Motu Ariki 19.05.92 55 2 23 M, G One Tea 21.11.92 35 23 12 M, 6 Tahai 22.09.93 58 24 28 o) M, 6 La Perouse 22.09.93 90 M,Q Papa lti 19.09.93 A Med* Vaihu 19.02.94 9 S) 3 1 MG Vaihu 18.03.94 44 2 ZA MG Vaihu 27.04.94 54 28 26 M, 6 Vaihu 09.05.94 IZ 25 27 M, 6 Total 588 229 198 14 de regresión se basó en el coeficiente de determinación 1? para los modelos lineal, exponencial y potencial (CANAVOS, 1996). Además se compararon las relaciones longitud - ancho y longitud - peso entre machos y hembras, a través de la prueba de Chow (GUJARATI, 1997). Para describir la estructura de la población, se usó el método tradicional de Petersen del análisis de frecuencias de tallas (MIRANDA, 1967). Para describir la distribución por sexos se utilizaron frecuencias acumuladas expresadas en porcentajes de machos y hembra y pro- porción sexual (HERNÁNDEZ, FERNÁN- DEZ Y BAPTISTA, 1996). RESULTADOS A. Parámetros Morfológicos: Las relaciones entre la longitud total (LT) con el ancho total (AT) y el peso total (PT) fueron estudiadas en 278 ejempla- res (142 machos y 136 hembras). Dado que no se encontró diferencias significativas entre sexos (FAT v/s LT: 44 2,66; gl=2.274; p< 0,05 y F PT v/s LT: 0,52; gl=2.274; p< 0,05), machos y hembras fueron analizados conjunta- mente para cada relación. La relación potencial en ambos casos fue la que mejor se ajusta a los datos (Figs. 2 y 3): AT = 2,426 * LT 0,6286, 1”: 0,4861 PT = 0,0013 * LT 2,3916, r”: 0,7582 B. Análisis de la población: Plaxip- hora mercatoris presenta sexos separados, sin diferencias sexuales externas. De los 435 ejemplares analizados (Tabla 1), 192 correspondieron a hembras (44,1%) y 229 fueron machos (52,6%) y en 14 ejem- plares (3,2%) no se pudo determinar el sexo por presentar gónadas incoloras, pese a realizarse frotis. La proporción entre machos y hembras, fue 1,04: 0,89. La talla mínima a la cual se reconoció el sexo fue de 15,6 mm en machos y 18,2 mm en hembras. La talla máxima obser- vada en machos fue de 53 mm, mientras que las hembras alcanzan tallas de hasta 57 mm. Los individuos indeterminados presentaron tallas entre 12 mm y 47 mm. De 11 muestreos, en ocho oportunidades OSORIO ET AL.: Plaxiphora mercatoris en Isla de Pascua, Chile N NN an ANCHO (mm) o 15 25 35 45 55 65 LONGITUD (mm) 25 3 PESO TOTAL (gr) LONGITUD (mm) Figuras 2, 3. Relación longitud - ancho (2) y longitud total y peso total (3) en Plaxiphora mercato- ris de Isla de Pascua. Figures 2, 3. Length - width (2)and total length vs total weight (3) relationship of Plaxiphora mercato- ris from Easter Island. predominaron los machos, y en tres las hembras (Tabla ID). El rango de tallas estudiado osciló entre 13 y 57 mm a excepción de 3 indi- viduos del área de Papa Iti (19/09/93) que registraron tallas inferiores a 13 mm. Aún cuando existe una gran dife- rencia en el número de individuos por muestra (9 a 90), el promedio de las tallas tiene poca variación, (Fig. 4). Los promedios de tallas variaron entre 30 y 44 mm y solo la muestra 3 (22/09/91) tiene un promedio bajo (23,35mm). Se observó una tendencia a la disminución de tallas en junio 1991 (muestra 2), sep- tiembre 1991 (muestra 3) y septiembre de 1993 (muestra 9). En las localidades de Prai Ahure (1991) y Vaihu (1994), se realizó un muestreo continuo de cuatro meses de duración, donde se observó una distri- bución normal de tallas de la población. En Prai Ahure (Fig 5A), el rango de tallas estuvo entre 11 y 57 mm de longi- tud total. En cada uno de los meses se encontró una moda principal y otras secundarias. La moda principal parece desplazarse hacia tallas menores al pasar el tiempo y sólo en el último mes aumenta con relación al anterior. En Vaihu (Fig. 5B), las tallas de la población estuvieron entre 15 y 55 mm de longitud total. Se encontró una moda principal en cada uno de los meses casi sin desplaza- miento de moda, registrándose una talla media, de 35 mm entre febrero y mayo de 1994. C. Descripción del hábitat: Los ejemplares de P. mercatoris se encontra- ron adheridos a grandes rocas en áreas semi expuestas con suaves a pronuncia- das pendientes y en pozas del interma- real. Su distribución se observa desde el intermareal medio al intermareal infe- rior. Se adhieren por medio de su pie al sustrato, de superficies casi lisas o algo rugosas, en grietas o fisuras estrechas, ajustados a su talla; en paredes vertica- les, laterales u horizontales al oleaje. La flora acompañante de este Poli- placóforo consistió principalmente en algas calcáreas como (Mesophyllum sia- mense (Foslie) Adey, Amphiroa yendoi Borgesen y otras Corallinaceae). Tam- bién se encontraron otras algas como Hypnea cenomyce J. Ag., Ulva sp, Entero- morpha sp., Lobophora variegata (Lamour) Wom., Hincksia mitchelliae (Harv.) Silva, Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derb. y Sol., Hydroclathrus clathratus (Bory) Howe y Cladophora socialis Kuetz., representadas escasamente en cobertura, cuya distri- bución vertical y abundancia en porcen- taje se indican en la Tabla II La fauna acompañante a P. mercato- ris está constituida preferentemente por un conjunto de organismos como Chtha- malus belyiaevi Zevina y Kurshakova, 1973; Cypraea caputdraconis Melvill, 1888; Echinometra insularis Clark, 1972; Nodilittorina pyramidalis pascua Rosewa- ter, 1970; Nerita morio (Sowerby,1833), Polychaeta, Cnidaria (Antozoa), Brio- zOa y otros. 45 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Q o LONGITUD (mm) 13-03-91 23-06-91 22-09-91 10-10-91 19-05-92 21-11-92 22-09-93 22-09-93 19-09-93 19-02-94 18-03-94 27-04-94 09-05-94 Figura 4. Promedio de tallas y desviación estándar por muestra en Plaxiphora mercatoris, Isla de Pascua. En el recuadro se indica el número de individuos controlados por muestra. Figure 4. Mean length and standard deviation per sample in Plaxiphora mercatoris of Easter Island. boxes: number of individuals in each sample. D. Distribución vertical y abundan- cia de P. mercatoris: En Tahai, en un frente semiexpuesto se ubicaron los transectos realizados (Fig. 1, Tabla II). En el muestreo, realizado el 20/09/93, se observó la presencia de P. mercatoris desde los 32 cm del máximo de altura de las mareas, hacia el intermareal infe- rior. Los ejemplares se encuentran por lo general aislados, con una densidad de l ind/m?, ocasionalmente se observa- ron 3 o más ejemplares juntos. También tenemos constancia de la presencia de 4 ejemplares, de pequeña talla (<2 cm) en el interior de marmitas (orificios concá- VOS) marinas, bajo el erizo Echinometra insularis y junto a turbelarios. Como resultado de este análisis es posible reconocer que Plaxiphora mercatoris tiene densidades entre 1 ind/m? (20/09/93 Tahai) a 8 ind/m? (22/09/91 Prai Ahure). E. Cobertura: Se midió la cobertura de los organismos dominantes en la localidad de Tahai (20/09/93), en una extensión de superficie de playa de 9,25 m2 y desde el punto de marea máxima, denominado Estación 0 (Tabla II). Entre las Estaciones O y 1, que equivalen a un desplazamiento de 3,75 m horizontales y 0,77 m de altura intermareal, las dos especies dominantes son Nodilittorina pyramidalis pascua (12%) y Chthamalus belyiaevi (22%). 46 Entre la Estación 1 y la Estación 2, que equivale a un desplazamiento de 3,0 m horizontales hacia el mar y 0,12 m de altura de marea, los organismos domi- nantes son Chthamalus belyiaevi (41% en el cuadrante 21), las algas Ulva sp (60% cuadrante 25) e Hypnea cenomyce (45% cuadrante 24). En las áreas inferiores, entre las Estaciones 2 a 3, aumenta la cobertura de otras algas como Lobophora variegata (40% cuadrante 33), Hincksia mitchelliae (58% cuadrante 35) y en el cuadrante 36, las algas H. mitchelliae (19%) y Amphiroa yendo! (14%). DISCUSIÓN La talla máxima registrada en P. mer- catoris (57 mm de longitud) es seme- jante a lo indicado por REDHER (1980), quien da una longitud máxima de 60 mm, medida estimada para un ejemplar parcialmente doblado (USNM 756279), y superior a lo señalado por LELOUP (1936), quien dio una longitud máxima de 31 mm, basado en cuatro ejemplares. La estructura de la población de P. mercatoris en Isla de Pascua mostró tres grupos modales, semejantes a lo regis- trado por LÓPEZ Y TABLADO (1997) en Plaxiphora aurata para las costas de Argentina. Similar observación realiza GLYNN (1970) para tres especies de poli- placóforos tropicales donde existirían OSORIO ET AL.: Plaxiphora mercatoris en Isla de Pascua, Chile Tabla II. Distribución vertical de Plaxiphora mercatoris en el intermareal de Isla de Pascua. Cober- tura de algas y presencia de fauna asociada en la localidad de Tahai (20/09/93, 10:50 a 15:30 h). Anp: Anphiroa yendoni Borgesen; Cla: Cladophora socialis Kutzing; Cirr: Chthamalus belyiaevi Zevina y Kurshakova, 1973; Col: Colpomenia sinuosa(Roth)Derb. y Sol.; Cor: Coralinaceae; Ech: Echinometra insularis Clarck, 1972; Ent: Enteromorpha sp.; Hin: Hincksia mitchelliae (Harv.) Silva; Hyd: Hydroclathrus clathratus (Bory) Howe; Hyp: Aypnea cenomyce Agardh; Lob: Lobophora varie- gata (Lamour) Wom.; Mes: Mesophyllum siamense (Foslie) Adey; Nod: Nodilittorina pyramidalis pascua Rosewater, 1970; Pla: Plaxiphora mercatoris Leloup,1936; Ulv: Ulva sp. X: presencia de P mercatoris en áreas paralelas. Cuadrantes de 25 cm?. Table IT. Vertical distribution of Plaxiphora mercatoris on the rocky intertidal of Easter Island. Algal cove- rage and presence of associated fauna in Tahai, (20/09/93, 10:50 to 15:30 h). Anp: Anphiroa yendoni Borgesen; Cla: Cladophora socialis Kutzing; Cirr: Chthamalus belyiaevi Zevina and Kurshakova, 1973; Col: Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derb. and Sol.; Cor: Coralinaceae; Ech: Echinometra insularis Clarck, 1972; Ent: Enteromorpha sp.; Hin: Hincksia mitchelliae (Harv.) Silva; Hyd: Hydroclathrus clathratus (Bory) Howe; Hyp: Hypnea cenomyce Agardh; Lob: Lobophora variegata (Lamour) Wom.; Mes: Mesophyllum siamense (Foslie) Adey; Nod: Nodilittorina pyramidalis pascua Rosewater, 1970; Pla: Plaxiphora merca- toris Leloup, 1936; Ulv: Ulva sp. X: presence ofP. mercatoris in adjacent areas. Squares has 25 cor. Cuadrante Estación ESPECIES N?2 N* Nod Cirr Hyp Cor Ulv Ent Pla Lob Mes Hin Col Anp Ech Hyd Cla Na o o o INE o O adoro lero Ne loo 1 0 1 2 o) 3 3 4 12 5 0 o 1 YA 0 8 0 9 2 10 0 11 0 12 1 8 13 3 14 10 15 1 22 16 1 30 17 10 18 14 3 1 19 3 16 20 ONES 21 41 AA 22 12 10 43 1 23 12 33 Xx 24 ARAS 50 Xx 25 60 Xx 26 $) 18 23 Xx 1 2 17 8 Xx 28 2 20 19 Xx 32 29 3 3 Xx 30 Xx 31 Xx 24 32 8 10 A 50 4 4 33 5 x 40 Y 34 4 Xx lo) 30 al 35 S) 0 Xx IA 36 1 Xx 19 14 47 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 ta [0)) Frecuenc OÍ Lo 40 . A 20) o a Rm Ss $ Na N N Intervalo de Talla (mm) 46-51 / Frecuencia NN o 22-27 34-39 Intervalo de Talla (mm) E - re o Q co o) 23-jun : 13-mar Fecha de muestreo 2/-Apr 18-mar Fecha de muestreo 19-feb Figura 5. Distribución de tallas de la población de Plaxiphora mercatoris de Isla de Pascua, durante cuatro muestreos realizados en 1994 en dos localidades diferentes. A. Prai Ahure; B. Vaihu. Figure 5. Size distribution of the Plaxiphora mercatoris population found in two different sampling stations of Easter Island during a period of four month, 1994. A. Prai Ahure; B. Vaihu. tres grupos de edades, compuestos por animales jóvenes, o menores a 2 años, con un rápido reemplazo de los ejem- plares, esto explicaría que las poblacio- nes se mantienen en el tiempo con tallas mas O menos constantes. La población de chitones de Prai Ahure muestra un desplazamiento de las modas con reducción de sus tallas entre marzo, junio y septiembre. Esto indicaría reclutamiento a la población y ausencia de individuos de mayor tamaño. En octubre nuevamente desa- parecen los juveniles y aumenta el número de ejemplares de tallas mayores (Fig. 5A). El bajo número de ejemplares supe- riores a 40 mm en Isla de Pascua, (octubre, septiembre y junio 1991; sep- 48 tiembre 1993; marzo y abril de 1994), podría estar relacionado con la extrac- ción de este recurso en tallas superiores a 40 mm, (Obs. per.; González, com. pers.). En Plaxiphora mercatoris predominan los machos, lo que coincide con otras especies del grupo, GLYNN (1970) indica que la relación machos:hembras en Chiton stokesi Broderip, 1832, es de 1,46:1,0, en Acanthozostera gemmata (Blainville, 1825), es de 1,52:1,0 y en Chiton marmoratus Gmelin, 1791, es de 1,1:1,0. Orway (1994) encontró una rela- ción de 2:1 para Onithochiton quercinus (Gould, 1846), mientras que en Plaxi- phora albida el mismo autor encontró una proporción (1,0:0,99) entre ambos sexos que no difiere significativamente. Por OSORIO ET AL.: Plaxiphora mercatoris en Isla de Pascua, Chile otra parte BRANDANI ET AL. (1974) indican para P. aurata, un 48% de machos y un 52% de hembras. Microscópicamente la diferenciación de sexos en P. mercatoris ocurre tempra- namente en ambos sexos, a partir de los 15,6 mm de longitud en machos y a los 18,2 mm en hembras, en el primer año de vida. BRANDANI ET AL. (1974) indica para P. aurata una talla de 12 mm de lon- gitud. También GLYNN (1970), encuentra que la madurez sexual se logra en el primer año, en las tres especies de poli- placóforos tropicales que ha estudiado. Los estudios que describen el hábitat de otras especies de Plaxiphora.son coin- cidentes con lo encontrado para P. mer- catoris. SAITO Y OKUTANI (1991) mencio- nan que Plaxiphora integra (Taki, 1954) y Plaxiphora kamehamehae Bertsch, 1979, viven en áreas con gran cantidad de algas; LOPEZ Y TABLADO (1997) indican que Plaxiphora aurata vive en paredes verticales sombreadas del intermareal sin embargo mencionan que faltan completamente sobre sustratos horizontales. La densidad de P. mercatoris (1 a 8 individuos /m?), fue ligeramente inferior a los datos publicados para otros poli- placóforos. LOPEZ Y TABLADO (1997) indican para Plaxiphora aurata, densida- des de 7,3 y 11,8 indiv/m?* y un prome- dio de 9,5 indiv /m? en Quequen, Argen- tina. Para la misma especie, BRANDANI ET AL. (1974) registran valores entre 5 a 20 indiv/m?, en Mar del Plata. GLYNN (1970) indica para Achantopleura sp. 1 a 8 indiv/m?, y para Chiton sp. 1 a 22 indiv / m?. En contraste a lo que ocurre general- mente en los sistemas intermareales, P. mercatoris no es abundante en Isla de Pascua. Entre los factores que pueden causar esto, cabe destacar la acción antrópica ya que, continuamente son recolectados por los isleños (González, com. per.). Por otra parte, la acción de fenómenos naturales ocasionales, también colabora a disminuir la densi- dad de P. mercatoris. Por ejemplo semanas antes del muestreo de septiem- bre de 1993, ocurrieron mareas diurnas extremadamente bajas (Tabla de mareas Ferreira y de la Costa de Chile, 1993) que coinci- dieron con altas temperaturas, lo que ocasionó una elevada mortalidad en la especie; los “mamas” se desprendían fácilmente con una pequeña presión de los dedos, y durante los días posteriores al fenómeno se observaron muchos ejemplares muertos en las rocas (Paka- rati, com. per.). El efecto de la deshidra- tación es probablemente importante; BOYLE (1970), describe que en Sypharo- chiton pelliserpentis Quoy y Gaimard, 1835, la deshidratación es un factor importante que afecta la densidad de la población. El autor determinó que la especie tolera pérdidas del 75% del con- tenido de agua, antes de ocurrir una mortalidad del 50% de la población. GLYNN (1970) observó mortalidades naturales como resultado de una pro- longada exposición a bajas mareas diurnas, desprendimiento por impacto del oleaje, abrasión y probablemente depredación de aves y peces. Así, P. mercatoris constituye actual- mente un recurso explotado por los isleños, cuya población parece mante- nerse sin llegar a estar sobre-explotada ya que no se registra una disminución en la talla media de la población. Aunque su densidad se mantiene baja, tanto por la mortalidad natural como por la antrópica, la población se man- tendría estable gracias a un rápido recambio de individuos. AGRADECIMIENTOS Los autores agradecen la ayuda reci- bida en las diferentes etapas del trabajo a las siguientes personas: Sras: G. Acosta, M. Bustos , E. Elgueta, Sres. H. Atan y F. Rocha . A la antropóloga L. González por informaciones sobre las costumbres de isleños. A la Dra. L. Masson por los datos del análisis químico. A los Sres. O Gálvez, Dr. J. López Gappa y Dr. P. Penchazadeh, por el material bibliográfico. Este estudio fue financiado por el proyecto N*3638- 9312, del Departamento de Investiga- ción y Desarrollo de la Universidad de Chile. 49 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 BIBLIOGRAFÍA BOYLE, P. R., 1970. Aspects of the ecology of a littoral chiton, Sypharochiton pelliserpentis (Mollusca, Polyplacophora). New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 4 (4): 364-384. BRANDANI, A., FAEDO, J. C. Y PENCHASZADEH, P.E., 1974. Aspectos de la ecología de los qui- tones del litoral de Mar del Plata (Mollusca Polyplacophora) con especial referencia a sus epibiosis. Ecología, 11: 19-33. CANAVOS, G., 1996. Probabilidad y Estadística, Aplicaciones y Métodos. Editorial McGraw In- teramericana, México, 651pp. GÁLVEZ, H. O., 1991. Hipomería en Plaxiphora fernandezi Thiele, 1909, (Mollusca Polypla- cophora Mopalidae). Noticiario Mensual. Mu- seo Nacional de Historia Natural, 318: 3-5. GLYNN, P. W., 1970. On the ecology of the Ca- ribbean chitons Achanthopleura granulata Gmelin and Chiton tuberculatus Linne, den- sity, mortality, feeding, reproduction and growth. Smithsonian Contribution to Zoology, 66: 21 pp. GUJARATI, D., 1997. Econometría. Editorial Me- Graw, Interamericana, México, 824 p. HERNÁNDEZ, R., FERNÁNDEZ, C. Y BAPTISTA, P., 1996. Metodología de la Investigación. McGraw, Interamericana, México 505 pp. LELOUP, E., 1936. Chitons recoltés au cours de la croisiere (1934-1935) du navire ecole belge Mercator. Bulletin du Musée Royal d'Histoire naturelle de Belgique, 12 (6): 1-6. López, G. J. Y TABLADO, A., 1997. Growth and Production of an Intertidal Population of the Chiton Plaxiphora aurata (Spalowki, 1795). The Veliger, 40 (3): 263-270. 50 MIRANDA, O., 1967. Edad y grupos modales en Thais chocolata, una descripción de los méto- dos usados. Apuntes Oceanológicos, 3: 1-25. OSORIO, C., ATRIA, J. Y MANN, S., 1979. Moluscos marinos de importancia económica en Chile. Biología Pesquera, 11:3-47. OTAIZA, R. D. Y SANTELICES, B., 1985. Vertical Distribution of Chitons ( Mollusca: Polypla- cophora) in the rocky Intertidal Zone of Cen- tral Chile. Journal of Experimental Marine Bio- logy and Ecology, 86:229-240. OTwaY, N. M., 1994. Population ecology of the low-shore chitons Onithochiton quercinus and Plaxiphora albida. Marine Biology, 121: 105- 116. PEÑA, R., ZUNÑIGA, O. Y RODRIGUEZ, L., 1987. Va- riación estacional del índice gonadosomá- tico en Acanthopleura echinata (Barnes 1823) (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Estudios Ocea- nológicos, 6: 59-65. REDHER, H. A,, 1980. The marine mollusks of Easter Island and Sala y Gómez. Smithsonian Contribution to Zoology, 289: 1-167. SAITO, H. Y OKUTANI T., 1991. Taxonomy of Ja- panese species of the Genera Mopalia and Plaxiphora. The Veliger, 34(2): 172-194. TABLA DE MAREAS DE LA COSTA DE CHILE, 1993. Servicio Hidrográfico de la Armada. Valpa- raíso, Chile, 228 pp. VAN BELLE, R. A., 1983. The systematic classi- fication of the chitons (Mollusca: Polypla- cophora). Informations Societé Belge de Mala- cologie, Serie 11 (1-3): 1-178, 13 pls. O Sociedad Española de Malacología —___—__———— Iberus, 18 (2): 51-76, 2000 The shallow-water Rissoidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology Los Rissoidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) de las Azores y algunos aspec- tos de su ecología Sérgio P. ÁVILA* Recibido el 11-VIT-2000. Aceptado el 16-X-2000 ABSTRACT A critical review of the distribution of the Rissoidae on the islands of the Azorean Archipe- lago is made, on the basis of bibliographic data as well as newly-collected samples. Twenty three taxa of Rissoidae are given to the Azores: twelve endemic species, three res- tricted to the Azores and Madeira/Selvagens archipelago and two with wider distribution. Of the remaining taxa, one is an unidentified species of Setia and five are records not confirmed by this study. The assemblage of Rissoidae associated with heterogeneous algae on a rocky shore on the northern coast of Sáo Miguel Island, Azores, is also descri- bed. Aspects of community structure [species composition, abundance and zonation) were studied and a multispecies analysis conducted using clustering techniques. Some com- ments are also made regarding the Rissoidae speciation that has occurred in the Azores and its relation to the main sea-surface circulation in this area of the Atlantic Ocean. RESUMEN Se realiza una revisión crítica de la distribución de los Rissoidae de las Azores, en base a datos bibliográficos y a muestras recientes. Se han encontrado 23 táxones de Rissoidae: 12 especies endémicas, 3 restringidas a las Azores y a Madeira/Salvajes y otras dos con una distribución mayor. De las especies restantes, una es una especie sin identificar de Setia y otras 5 son citas no confirmadas en el presente estudio. Se describe también la asociación de Rissoidae con algas en una costa rocosa del norte de Sáo Miguel (Azores). Se incluyen datos sobre la estructura de la comunidad (composición específica, abundan- cia y zonación), así como un análisis multiespecífico empleando técnicas de cluster. Se comenta también la especiación que ha tenido lugar en las Azores con la famila Rissoi- dae y su relación con las principales corrientes superficiales en esta zona del Atlántico. KEY WORDS: Rissoidae, Azores, taxonomy, ecology, geographic range. PALABRAS CLAVE: Rissoidae, Azores, taxonomía, ecología, distribución geográfica. INTRODUCTION The marine Rissoidae of the Azores ZENBERG (1889) and NOBRE (1924; 1930), were studied by DROUÉT (1858), DAUT- who provided annotated check-lists. * Seccáo de Biologia Marinha and CIRN. Departamento de Biologia, Universidade dos Agores. Rua da Máe de Deus, 9500 Ponta Delgada. Azores - Portugal avilaWalf.uac.pt 51 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 During the scientific expeditions made by the Prince of Monaco to the Azores, 25 species of Rissoidae were described from deep-water samples, most of them Alvania (11 species) (DAUTZENBERG, 1889). Using SEM techniques, two new species were described by AARTSEN (1982a; 1982b; 1982c; 1982d) and Amati (1987), from material collected by the Prince of Monaco. With the same metho- dology (SEM photos of the protoconch and of the microsculpture of the body whorl), MOOLENBEEK AND FABER (1987) revised the genus Manzonia in the Maca- ronesian islands, identifying a single species from the Azorean archipelago (Manzonia unifasciata Dautzenberg, 1889). As a result of the scientific expedi- tions organized by the Department of Biology of the University of the Azores to some of the islands (e.g.: “Gra- ciosa/88”, “Flores/89”, “Santa Maria e Formigas 1990” and “Pico/1991”) and also the scientific expedition “Acores 89”, organized by the Department of Oceanography and Fisheries (DOP/UA) of the University of the Azores, several check-lists (some of them not yet publis- hed) have allowed preliminary reports on the geographical distribution of Ris- soidae species on the islands of the Azores (AZEVEDO AND MARTINS, 1989; AZEVEDO, 1990; AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990; ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1996; ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997; ÁviLa, 1998; ÁVILA, AZEVEDO, GONCALVES, FONTES AND CARDIGOS, 1998; ÁVILA, AZEVEDO, GONCALVES, FONTES AND CARDIGOS, in press). During the “I International Works- hop of Malacology” held at Vila Franca do Campo (Sao Miguel island), GOFAS (1989; 1990) refers to 11 species of Ris- soidae from the Azorean littoral (Alvania angioyi Van Aartsen, 1982, A. cancellata (Da Costa, 1778), A. mediolittoralis Gofas, 1989, A. poucheti Dautzenberg, 1889, A. sleursi (Amati, 1987), Botryphallus ovum- muscae (Gofas, 1990), Cingula trifasciata (Adams, 1798), Crisilla postrema (Gotas, 1990), Manzonia unifasciata (Dautzen- berg, 1889), Rissoa guernei Dautzenberg, 1889 and Setia subvaricosa Gofas, 1990) to 2 which we must add Alvania formicarum Gofas 1989, a species endemic to Formi- gas and Santa Maria (GOFaAs, 1989; 1990). Samples taken by the author from several locations in the Azores revealed another species at Sáo Miguel island that was formerly reported by Gofas (1990) to be restricted to the islands of the central and western groups 1.e., Onoba moreleti Dautzenberg, 1889. AZEVEDO AND GOFAS (1990) recorded a species of Setia from Flores. This species was later found by ÁVILA ET AL. (1998) at Pico and Sáo Miguel. A new species of Alvania, described by Hoenselaar and Goud (1998) as A. internodula, was also collected from Formigas by Ávila and AZEVEDO (1997). The revision of the material of the CANCAP expeditions (1976-1986) has confirmed some species and described a few others to the Azores (Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998). The Rissoidae is one of the best represented families of shallow-water marine molluscs in the Azores, with 8 genera and 18 confirmed taxa, of which 12 species are considered as endemic (MOOLENBEEK AND FABER, 1987; GOFAS, 1989; 1990; KNUDSEN, 1995; HOENSE- LAAR AND GOUD, 1998). This study had three main objecti- ves: to undertake a taxonomic revision of Rissoidae in the Azores, to identify any island to island endemisms, that is species restricted to some of the islands and to describe the zonation of the Ris- soidae on the Azorean shores. MATERIAL AND METHODS A bibliographic analysis was made, in order to compile published informa- tion about the shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores (intertidal to a depth of about 50m). The synonymy and the dis- tribution of the species, by islands, was also annotated. A table with the distri- bution of the Rissoidae species, by islands, was constructed and multiva- riate analysis was performed on the data obtained (Bray-Curtis similarity index/UPGMA as well as MDS). The ÁvILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology * VESTERN GROUP Flores ñ Graciosa Faial 5) Pico 31 W 30 Y 29 Y Figure 1. Map of the Azores Archipelago. Figura 1. Mapa del archipiélago de las Azores. gastropod classification follows PONDER AND LINDBERG (1997). CLEMAM (Check List of European Marine Mollusca) data- base classification was quite useful for synonymy. Protoconchs of almost all the Azorean Rissoidae were photographed with a SEM, as well as other detailed structures of the shells (e.g. microsculp- ture of the last whorl and protoconch, shell aperture and the whole shell). The zonation of the Rissoidae was examined for Sáo Miguel, which is located in the eastern group of islands of the archipelago (Fig. 1). Several dives were performed in July 1996 at Porto da Baleia, a former whaling ramp boat, located at Sáo Vicente (Capelas) on the north coast of Sáo Miguel (Fig. 2). In the selected zone, a 400m long transect was done, from the intertidal zone to a depth of 30m (Fig. 3). Quadrates of 50x50 cm, placed on algae covering the rocky subs- tratum were scrapped, and the material collected put into labeled cotton draws- tring bags. Three replicates were obtai- ned from eight chosen deptbs, ¡.e., 3.5m, 5.1m, 8m, 12m, 13.6m, 16.3m, 22m and 26.8m. In the laboratory, each of the replicates was washed several times and the animals removed from the algae by CENTRAL|GROUP a Sao Jorge 28” W 40% N 39 N 38 N Sao Miguel EASTERN | Formigas GROUP Santa Maria islets 37 N 25” W 26" W 27. W pouring the washing water through a sieve tower with decreasing mesh sizes (Imm, 0.5mm and 0.25mm). Samples were then labeled and preserved in 70% ethanol. The molluscs from the 1mm mesh were sorted and the Rissoidae identified and counted. Multispecies analysis between all the samples were conducted using ordina- tion techniques. Prior to the multivariate analysis, the absolute values of the counts were transformed, in order to standardize the data and ensure that the multivariate ordination would not be determined by the most abundant species (CLARKE AND AINSWORTH, 1993). Absolute counts were transformed by double square root transformation, which weights the abundant species and is advisable when a Bray-Curtis measure is used as a similarity coeffi- cient in further steps (FIELD, CLARKE AND WARWICK, 1982). Triangular matrices of similarities between every pair of samples were then computed from transformed data of absolute counts, using the Bray- Curtis coefficient (FIELD ET AL., 1982; CLARKE AND AINSWORTH, 1993). The similarity matrices were subjected to clustering by an hierarchical agglomera- 53 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Lat 37% 50” N N A Long 25” 50” W Figure 2. Sáo Miguel island. SVC - Sáo Vicente. Figura 2. Isla de Sáo Miguel. SVC - Sáo Vicente. tive method employing group-average linking (UPGMA). Data analysis were undertaken using the PRIMER (Plymouth Routines in Multivariate Ecological Research) set of programs developed and tested by Plymouth Marine Laboratory. All the material is deposited at the reference collection of the Department of Biology of the University of the Azores (DBUA), unless otherwise stated. RESULTS 0 kl Abbreviations used in text: DBUA: marine molluscs reference col- lection of the Department of Biology of the University of the Azores. MCM(HN): Museu Carlos Machado / História Natural, Ponta Delgada, Azores. MNHN: Muséum National d Histoire Naturelle, Paris (Malacologie). NNM: Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden. Phylum MOLLUSCA Class GASTROPODA Subclass ORTHOGASTROPODA Superorder CAENOGASTROPODA Order SORBEOCONCHA Suborder HYPSOGASTROPODA Superfamily RISSOOIDEA Family RISSOIDAE Alvania Risso, 1826 Alvania abstersa Van der Linden and Van Aartsen, 1994 References to the Azores: Alvania obsoleta Van der Linden, 1993: 79-82. Alvania abstersa Van der Linden and Van Aartsen, 1994: 2; Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998:71. Occurrence: Pico(Lajes do Pico), Ter- ceira (Porto Martins), Sáo Jorge (Faja da Caldeira), Sao Miguel (Lagoa and Mos- teiros), Santa Maria (VAN DER LINDEN, 1993: 80). Azores (CANCAP expeditions) (HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 71). DBUA 726. 54 Comments: although more common just below the intertidal, it may appear to a depth of 35m. Dimensions: up to 3.3 mm long, 1.7mm wide. Geographic distribution: endemic to the Azores. ÁviLa: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology Transect (m) 0 50 100 150 200 Depth (m) 30 250 300 350 400 450 Figure 3. Transect performed at Porto da Baleia (Sáo Vicente, Capelas), north coast of Sio Miguel island, Azores. Figura 3. Transecto realizado en Porto da Baleia (Sáo Vicente, Capelas), costa N de la isla de Sáo Miguel, Azores. Alvania angioyi Van Aartsen, 1982 References to the Azores: Alvania (Alvinia) watsoni Schwartz, in Watson, 1873: Dautzenberg, 1889: 51. Alvania watsoni (Schwartz MS) Watson, 1873: Bullock, Turner and Fralick, 1990: 45. Alvania angioyi Van Aartsen, 1982: Azevedo and Martins, 1989: 69; Gofas, 1990: 112; Azevedo and Gofas, 1990: 85; Ávila, 1996: 27; Ávila and Azevedo, 1996: 106; Ávila and Azevedo, 1997: 326; Bullock, 1995: 16; Knudsen, 1995: 140; Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998: 72. Alvania angioyi Van Aartsen, 1982d: Azevedo 1991b: 44. Occurrence: Sáo Miguel, Faial (Bay of Horta, -15 to -20 m, Stn. 103, “Hironde- lle”, 1887), Pico (-1287 m) (DAUTZEN- BERG, 1889: 51), Graciosa (AZEVEDO AND MARTINS, 1989: 69), Flores (Santa Cruz, - 20m) (AZEVEDO AND GOFAs, 1990: 85), Sáo Miguel (BULLOCK ET AL., 1990: 45); Sáo Miguel (Vila Franca (-24m) and Morro das Capelas (“Biacores” 1971 expedition); Lagoa (-10 to -22m); Fetei- ras (-15 to -22m); Ponta da Galera (inter- tidal and -13 to -18m); Ponta Delgada; Capelas (intertidal); llhéu de Vila Franca; Ponta da Pirámide (-13m)), Faial (Horta, -3m; -7m; Monte da Guia, -20m, “Biacores” 1971), Terceira (Pedra Furada, Angra do Heroísmo; Praia da Vitória), Flores (“Pr. Alice” st. 703, 1896; Santa Cruz, -20m) and Formigas (west coast, -l6m, “Biacores” 1971) (GOFas, 1990: 112), Sáo Miguel (Caloura and Ribeirinha) (AZEVEDO, 1991la: 22), Santa Maria (Vila do Porto, Ponta do Marvao) (AZEVEDO, 1991b: 44), Sáo Miguel (Mhéu de Vila Franca) (BuLLock, 1995: 16; KNUDSEN, 1995: 140), Pico (intertidal) (ÁviLa, 1996: 27), Pico (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1996: 106), Formigas islets (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997: 326) and Azores (CANCAP expeditions) (HOEN- SELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 72). DBUATI94A73, 188,227, 2/4 9217, 281, 335, 340, 343, 350, 352, 353, 35), 372, 374, 379, 394, 398, 400, 407, 410, 412, 462, 493, 496, 499, 556, 560, 564, 568, 571, 574, 579, 666, 675, 715, 719. MCM(HN)7, 9. Comments: this species is closely related to specimens from Madeira and is also similar to Alvania oranica (Pallary, 1900) from Ceuta (Gorras, 1990). It occurs to a depth of 35m, but is commo- nest in the first 10m. Although Gofas raises the hypothesis of its existence at Madeira archipelago, its presence was not confirmed in the samples from the CANCAP expeditions (HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 72). Dimensions: 1.8mm long, 1.1 mm wide. Geographic distribution: endemic to the Azores. 55 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Alvanta beani (Hanley in Thorpe, 1844) References to the Azores: Rissoa calathus Forbes and Hanley, 1858: Mac Andrew, 1856: 121. Alvania (Turbona) reticulata (Montagu, 1803): Simroth, 1888. Occurrence: Azores (-10 to -90m) (MAC ANDREW, 1856: 121). Sáo Miguel (Ponta Delgada) (SimrOoTH, 1888). Comments: this record needs to be confirmed. Its occurrence in the Azores is possible and, if so, it lives predomi- nantly at depths >50m and I have only a few samples collected by scuba diving at these depths. However, in the significant amount of samples collected at the Azores by the CANCAP expeditions, not a single specimen was found (HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998). Dimensions: 3.5mm long, 2.0mm wide (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1978). Geographic distribution: Norway to the Mediterranean, Azores (?) and Canary Islands (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1978; ROLÁN, 1984). Alvanta cancellata (Da Costa, 1778) References to the Azores: Rissoa crenulata Michaud, 1832: Mac Andrew, 1856: 148. Rissoa (Alvania) cancellata Da Costa: Watson, 1886: 592. Alvania laxa Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896: 62-63, pl. 19, figs. 10,11. Alvania cancellata Da Costa: Dautzenberg, 1889: 49. Alvania cancellata (Da Costa, 1778): Nobre, 1924: 80; 1930: 57; Morton, 1967: 36; Azevedo, 1990: 59; Gofas, 1990: 104; Azevedo and Gofas, 1990: 85; Azevedo, 1991a: 21; 1991b: 44; Ávila, 1996: 27; Ávila and Azevedo, 1997: 326; Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998: 73. Occurrence: Azores (MAC ANDREW, 1856: 148); Faial (-823 to -914m) (WATSON, 1886: 592), Faial (Horta, -15 to -20m, Stn. 103, “Hirondelle”, 1887), Pico (-1287m) and Sáo Miguel (DAUTZEN- BERG, 1889: 49), Azores (NOBRE, 1924: 80; 1930: 57), Sao Jorge (Velas) (MORTON, 1967: 36), Pico (Baía de Sao Pedro, Lajes do Pico) (AZEVEDO, 1990: 59), Flores (Santa Cruz) (AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990: 85), Sao Miguel (Ponta Delgada; Vila Franca do Campo, -10m, -24m; Morro das Capelas (“Biacores” 1971 expedition); Feteiras, -15 to -22m; Ponta da Galera, -13 to -18m, -20m, Lagoa, -10 to -22m; Ponta da Pirámide, -13m), For- migas (east coast, -16m), Terceira (Ponta de Sao Diogo, Pedra Furada - Angra do Heroísmo), Flores (Santa Cruz, -20m) and Pico (-1287m) (GOFas, 1990: 104), Sao Miguel (infralittoral of Ribeirinha) (AZEVEDO, 1991a: 21), Santa Maria (Vila do Porto, Ilhéu da Vila) (AZEVEDO, 1991b: 44), Sáo Miguel (Ilhéu de Vila Franca) (KNUDSEN, 1995: 141), Pico (sub- 5Ó tidal) (ÁviLa, 1996: 27), Formigas islets (ÁvILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997: 326) and Azores (CANCAP expeditions) (HOEN- SELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 73). DIU MS MS, 197, 220), 274, 281, 341, 350, 379, 394, 395, 405, 408, 410, 411, 415, 421, 422, 438, 441, 446, 448, 459, 489, 493, 496, 499, 500, 555, 558, 561, 569, 570, 574, 579, 605, 608, 609, 614, 658, 659, 660, 661, 662, 665, 666, 667, 670, 672, OACI OS Comments: it occurs from low tide le- vel to a depth of 45m (SALDANHA, 1995), but its presence at low depths is rare (GRAHAM, 1988; GOFaS, 1990). It is detri- tivorous (GRAHAM, 1988). The popula- tions in the Azores are conspecific with those on European mainland, their pro- toconchs matching exactly (KNUDSEN, 1995). GOrAS (1990) also states their conspecificity with the populations of Madeira and the Canary Islands, be- cause of external similarities and the existence of a multispiral protoconch, denoting a planktotrophic development. ÁVILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology Dimensions: 3.7 mm long, 2.4 mm wide. Geographic distribution: Atlantic, Azores, English Channel and North Sea (CAMPBELL, 1994), Madeira (NOBRE, 1889, 1937; Goras, 1990), British isles, Mediterranean, Canary islands and Cape Vert Islands (KNUDSEN, 1995). Sáo Tomé island (FERNANDES AND ROLÁN, 1993). Alvantia cimex (Linnaeus, 1758) References to the Azores: Rissoa granulata Philippi, 1836: Mac Andrew, 1856: 121. Occurrence: Azores from shores (dead) (MAC ANDREW, 1856: 121). Comments: DAUTZENBERG (1889), raised doubts about the specific status of the specimen(s) identified by Mac Andrew. 1 agree with him and consider that this record needs to be confirmed. Alvanta formicarum Gofas, 1989 References to the Azores: Alvania formicarum Gofas, 1989: 40-41; Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998: 72. Occurrence: Formigas and Ilhéu de Sao Lourenco (Santa Maria) (GOFAS, 1989:40-41). DBUA 332, 335, 338, 340, 341, 342, 343, 345, 348, 350, 352, 353, 355, 359. Comments: the zonation of this species is not known. However, living specimens have been collected from 15 to 43m depth. Dimensions: 2.4mm long, 1.4mm wide. Geographic distribution: restricted to Formigas islets and Santa Maria island. Alvania internodula Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998 References to the Azores: Alvania sp.: Ávila and Azevedo, 1997: 326. Alvania internodula Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998: 83. Occurrence: Formigas (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997: 326). Azores (CANCAP expeditions: Sta. 5033, 33m/1 specimen,; Sta. 5039, 43m/2; Sta. 5040, 41-47m/25; Sta. 5091, 33m/7; Sta. 5098, 40m/1; Sta. 5113, 45m/12; Sta. AZO.022, at shore/1) (HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 83). DBUA 336, 338. Comments: in their check-list of the shallow-water marine molluscs of Formi- gas, ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO (1997) indica- ted the presence of a new species of Alva- nia in 6 lots of the DBUA collection: DBUA 332, 335, 336, 338, 350, 355. Later work at the SEM level revealed the exis- tence of a species already described as A. internodula Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998. Also, only the specimens in the DBUA 336 and 338 lots were correctly assigned to this new species, all other specimens being Alvania angioyi Van Aartsen, 1982d. The shells of the young specimens of Al- vania internodula resemble Alvania angioyi Van Aartsen, 1982d, but the adults are quite different, with stronger knobs in the whorls and with deeper sutures. Additional description: Protoconch sculp- tured with 5-6 marked spiral ribs, the in- terstices covered with numerous very small nodules, not aligned. In the second whorl of the teleoconch, the intermediate 3 ribs are more prominent than the others, DA Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 the same happening in the body whorl. The crossings of spiral ribs and costae pro- duce nodules, that are stronger in the in- termediate 3 ribs. The ribs located in the anterior part of the body whorl are quite smooth. Inside the outer lip there are 8-9 faint denticles (Fig. 8: A-J). Dimensions:2.3mmlong, 1.32mm wide. Geographic distribution: restricted to the Formigas islets, Azores. Alvania mediolittoralis Gofas, 1989 References to the Azores: Alvania mariae (D'Orbigny): Dautzenberg, 1889: 49. Rissoa (Alvania) reticulata Montagu var. mariae D'Orbigny: Nobre, 1924: 81. Alvania (Turbona) reticulata (Montagu, 1803): Martins, 1980: 17 (misidentification, A.M.F. Martins, pers. comm). Alvania mediolittoralis Gofas, 1989: Gofas, 1989: 39; Azevedo and Martins, 1989: 69; Azevedo, 1990: 59; Azevedo and Gofas 1990: 85; Gofas, 1990: 110-112; Azevedo, 1991a: 21; 1991b: 44; Ávila, 1996:27; Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998: 91. Occurrence: Sao Miguel and Pico (- 1287m) (DAUTZENBERG, 1889: 49), Sáo Miguel (Ponta Delgada; Praia do Rosto do Cao), Terceira, Pico and Graciosa (NOBRE, 1924: 81; 1930: 57), Sao Miguel (Atalhada, Lagoa) (MARTINS, 1980: 17), Graciosa (mediolittoral of Porto Afonso and Santa Cruz; infralittoral of Baía da Folga) (AZEVEDO AND MARTINS, 1989: 69), Flores (Santa Cruz) (AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990: 85), Pico (Baía de Sáo Pedro, Lajes do Pico) (AZEVvEDO, 1990: 59), Sao Miguel (Caloura, -4m; Vila Franca, -9m, -24m “Biacores” 1971 expe- dition; Ponta da Galera, intertidal; Capelas, intertidal; Água d'Alto, interti- dal; Calheta - Ponta Delgada, intertidal), Faial (Horta, -7m), Terceira (Praia da Vitória; Cais da Silveira; Pedra Furada - Angra do Heroísmo); Flores (Santa Cruz) (GOFAs, 1989: 39; 1990: 110), Sáo Miguel (mediolittoral of Caloura; infralittoral of Caloura and Ribeirinha) (AZEVEDO, 1991a: 21), Santa Maria (Vila do Porto, Ponta do Marváo) (AZEVEDO, 1991b: 44), IIhéu de Vila Franca (BULLOCK, 1995: 16), Pico (mediolittoral) (ÁviLA, 1996: 27) and Azores (CANCAP expeditions) (HOEN- SELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 91). DBUA 124, 188, 193, 197, 229, 240, 274, 442, 444, 445, 446, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452, 453, 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 462, 471, 473, 474, 475, 476, 483, 486, 489, 490, 492, 493, 496, 499, 500, 551, 553, 558, 560, 561, 564, 565, 566, 568, 570, 571, 574, 579, 614, 632, 659, 661, 662, 663, 665, 666, COTAS SAO: Comments: common in sheltered places, especially under rocks. Sometimes present in large numbers in the intertidal zone, together with Fossarus ambiguus (Lin- naeus, 1758) and Cingula trifasciata (Adams, 1798) (GOFAs, 1990). It is similar to Alvania manzonía (Nordsieck, 1972) from the Canary Islands and Selvagens, and resembles also Alvania leacocki (Watson, 1873), from Madeira (GOFAS, 1989). Dimensions: up to 2.7 mm long, 1.5 mm wide. Geographic distribution: Azores and Ma- deira archipelago (CANCAP expeditions, Sta. 1.D48, 0-22m/1 specimen, Sta.1.K14, at shore /1 and Sta. 1.K16, at shore /2) (Ho- ENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 91). Alvania poucheti Dautzenberg, 1889 References to the Azores: Alvania poucheti Dautzenberg, 1889: 49-50; Bullock et al., 1990: 45; Gofas, 1990: 108; Morton and Britton, 1995: 70; Knudsen, 1995: 141; Ávila, 1996: 27; Ávila and Azevedo, 1996: 106; Ávila and Azevedo, 1997: 326; Ávila et al., 1998: 497; Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998: 99. Alvania poucheti var. cingulifera Dautzenberg, 1889: 50. 58 ÁVILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology Occurrence: Sáo Miguel (DAUTZEN- BERG, 1889: 49-50), Sao Miguel (Ponta da Galera; Queimada, Água d'Alto; Mostei- ros; llhéu de Vila Franca) (BULLOCK ET AL., 1990: 45), Sao Miguel (Capelas, -24m (“Biacores” 1971 expedition); Feteiras, -15 to -22m; Ponta Delgada, -10 to -20m; Lagoa; Ilhéu de Vila Franca, -1m; Ponta da Pirámide, -13m; Calheta, Ponta Delgada; Ponta da Galera, -13 to -18m), Faial (Horta, -17 and -20m), Terceira (Praia da Vitória; Angra do Heroísmo, Pedra Furada) (GoFas, 1990: 108), Sio Miguel (off Vila Franca do Campo) (MORTON AND BRITTON, 1995: 70), Sáo Miguel (Ilhéu de Vila Franca) (KNUDSEN, 1995: 141), Pico (intertidal) (ÁviLA, 1996: 27), Pico (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1996: 106), Formigas islets (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997: 326), Flores (ÁVILA ET AL., 1998: 497) and Azores (CANCAP expeditions) (HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 99). DBUA 119, 173, 240, 350, 352, 353, 355, 447, 465, 493, 499, 500, 556, 563, 570, 631, 666. MCM(HN) 3, 11, 107, 108. Comments: usually associated with brown algae. It may occur at 20m depth, but is commonest in the first 10m. Dimensions: up to 2.2mm long, 1.3mm wide. Geographic distribution: endemic to the Azores. Alvanía sleursi (Amati, 1987) References to the Azores: (?) Rissoa (Alvania) hispidula Monterosato: Watson, 1886: 593 (misidentification). Alvania hirta Monterosato: Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896: 456 (misidentification). Manzonia sleursi Amati, 1987: 25-30. Alvania sleursi (Amati, 1987): Gofas, 1990: 107; Knudsen, 1995: 142; Ávila, 1996: 27; Ávila and Azevedo, 1996: 106; Ávila and Azevedo, 1997: 326. Occurrence: Faial (-823 to -914 m) (WATSON, 1886: 593), Banco Princesa Alice (st. 46, -1385 m) (DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER, 1896: 456), Sáo Miguel (Ponta da Galera, -7 to -8m, -13 to -18m and -20m; Vila Franca, -24m; Morro das Capelas, -15 to -20m,; Lagoa, -10 to -22m; Feteiras, -15 to -22m; Ponta da Pirámide, -13m; Ilhéu de Vila Franca, -1m), Pico (- 1287m), Terceira (Angra do Heroísmo, Pedra Furada; Praia da Vitória), Flores (Santa Cruz, -40m) (GOFAas, 1990: 107), Il- héu de Vila Franca (KNUDSEN, 1995: 142), Pico (intertidal) (ÁviLa, 1996: 27), Pico (ÁvILa AND AZEVEDO, 1996: 106) and Formigas islets (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997: 326). DBUA 173, 335, 340, 341, 342, 343, 350, 352, 353, 355, 446, 448, 458, 459, 493, 496, 499, 500, 666, 667, 719. MCM(HN) 40. Comments: occurs from the intertidal to 45m depth, being more abundant on rocky shores, between -10 to -20m. HOEN- SELAAR AND GOUD (1998) reported this spe- cies to Selvagens archipelago (CANCAP expeditions, Sta. 3070, 645m depth / 8 speci- mens; Sta. 3072, 830m / 3; Sta. 3087, 322m/8, with all specimens strongly eroded). Dimensions: up to 2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide. Geographic distribution: Azores and Sel- vagens archipelago (HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 103). Alvania tarsodes (Watson, 1886) References to the Azores: Rissoa (Alvania) tarsodes Watson, 1886: 595, pl. XLIV, fig. 2. Alvania tarsodes (Watson, 1886): Bouchet and Warén, 1993: 642; Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998: 106. Occurrence: Azores, from 35m depth to 620m (HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 106). Comments: although first reported to be a bathyal species (480-1385m depth, DY Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 BOUCHET AND WARÉN, 1993), HOENSE- LAAR AND GOUD (1998) have found spe- cimens in some shallow samples of the CANCAP expeditions (Sta. 5033, 33m/3 specimens; Sta. 5039, 43m/8; Sta. 5040, 41-47m/8; Sta. 5050, 55m/3; Sta. 5096, 52m/4; Sta. 5100, 55m/1 and Sta. 5113, 45m/1). Dimensions: 2.2mm long, 1.3mm wide (WATSON, 1886). Geographic distribution: restricted to the Azores. Botryphallus Ponder, 1990 Botryphallus ovummuscae (Gofas, 1990) References to the Azores: Peringtella nitida Brusina: Dautzenberg, 1889: 53. Cingula (Peringiella) nitida (Brusina) Monterosato: Martins, 1980: 5. “Peringiella” sp.: Azevedo and Gofas, 1990: 85. “Peringiella” ovummuscae (Gofas, 1990): Gofas, 1990: 119-121, fig. 11. Botryphallus ovummuscae (Gofas, 1990): Ávila, 1996: 27; 1998: 466; Ávila and Azevedo, 1996: 106. Occurrence: Faial (-15 to -20m) and Sáo Miguel (DAUTZENBERG, 1889, p. 53), Ter- ceira (Poca dos Frades, Silveira; Caminho de Baixo, Sáo Mateus) e Sáo Miguel (Água d'Alto; Pópulo; Atalhada, Lagoa) (MaAr- TINS, 1980, pp. 9-16), Flores (Santa Cruz, mediolittoral) (AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990: 85), Sao Miguel (Ponta da Galera, interti- dal; Calheta, Ponta Delgada), Terceira (Porto Martins), Flores (Santa Cruz, up- per intertidal zone), (GOFAS, 1990, p. 120), Pico (intertidal) (ÁviLaA, 1996: 27; 1998: 466) and Pico (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1996: 106). DBUA 209, 493, 499, 500, 659, 661, 662, 665, 666, 715. Comments: according to GOFAS (1990), there are related species in the Straits of Gibraltar (Peringiella epidaurica Brusina, 1886), at Madeira and also on the Canary Islands (in this last archipe- lago there are two species similar to the Azorean one). Dimensions: up to 1.3 mm long, 0.7 mm wide. Geographic distribution: endemic to the Azores. Cingula Fleming, 1828 Cingula ordinaria Smith References to the Azores: Cingula ordinaria Smith: Chapman, 1955: 803. Occurrence: Faial (Feteira, mid-tide) (CHAPMAN, 1955: 803). Comments: this species was pro- bably misidentified. Most probably, it represents Cingula trifasciata (J. Adams, 1800), the only representative of this genus that lives at the Azores Archipe- lago. Cingula trifasciata (J. Adams, 1800) References to the Azores: Rissoa (Cingula) cingillus Montagu, 1803: Mac Andrew, 1856: 148. Cingula cingillus Montagu, 1803: Dautzenberg, 1889: 52; Knudsen, 1995: 143. Rissoa (Cingula) cingillus Montagu, 1803: Nobre, 1924: 80; 1930: 57. Cingula (Cingula) cingillus (Montagu, 1803): Martins, 1980: 5; Lemos and Viegas, 1987: 65. Cingula trifasciata (Adams, 1798): Azevedo and Gofas, 1990: 85. 60 ÁVILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology Cingula trifasciata, (Adams, 1800): Gofas, 1990: 97-134; Bullock, 1995: 9-55; Ávila, 1996: 27 Ávila and Azevedo, 1997:326. Occurrence: Azores, at shore (Mac Andrew, 1856: 122, 148), Sáo Miguel (DAUTZENBERG, 1889: 52), Sáo Miguel (Ponta Delgada), Faial (Horta), Terceira (Angra do Heroísmo), Graciosa, Pico and Sáo Jorge (Calheta; Velas) (NOBRE, 1924: 80; 1930: 57), Sáo Jorge (Velas) (MORTON, 1967: 36), Terceira (Poca dos Frades, Silveira; Fanal, Sáo Pedro, Angra do Heroísmo; Caminho de Baixo, Sáo Mateus) and Sao Miguel (Água d'Alto; Calheta, Ponta Delgada; Pópulo; Atalhada, Lagoa) (MARTINS, 1980: 9-17), Sáo Miguel (Vila Franca do Campo: intertidal) (LEMOS AND VIEGAS, 1987: 65), Flores (mediolittoral of Santa Cruz) (AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990: 85), Sáo Miguel (Ponta da Galera, interti- dal; Água d'Alto, intertidal) (GOFAS, 1990: 119), Sáo Miguel (Mhéu de Vila Franca) (BuLLock, 1995: 9-55), Pico (intertidal) (ÁviLa, 1996: 27) and Formigas islets (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997: 326). DBUA 128, 205, 240, 352, 442, 445, 448, 449, 457, 460, 461, 470, 474, 475, 489, 490, 496, 499, 500, 659, 632, 660, 661, 662, 663, 665, 666, 667. Comments: NOBRE (1924; 1930) states that this species is common in littoral debris. It is extremely common in shelte- red places, especially under rocks (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997). This species is detritivorous and usually occurs from the upper limit of barnacles (Chthamalus stellatus) to a few meter's depth (GRAHAM, 1988). It has non- planktotrophic development (KNUDSEN, 1995) and because of this, GOFAs (1990) has some doubts about its conspecificity with populations in Europe. The speci- mens collected by the author at Lajes do Pico, have a wide range of external color, from almost black to light-brown (pers. obs.). Dimensions: 3.9 mm long, 2.1 mm wide. Geographic distribution: Bay of Biscay to the West coast of Norway, the English Channel, Azores (GRAHAM, 1988; POPPE AND GOTO, 1991; HAYWARD, WIGHAM AND YONOW, 1995; KNUDSEN, 1995), Madeira (NOBRE, 1937), Berlenga (Portu- gal) (BURNAY, 1986). Crisilla Monterosato, 1917 Crisilla postrema (Gotas, 1990) References to the Azores: Setia abjecta (Watson, 1873): Dautzenberg, 1889: 52. Setia picta (Jeffreys, 1867): Dautzenberg, 1889: 53. Alvania (Crisilla) sp.: Azevedo and Gofas, 1990: 85. Alvania (Crisilla) postrema Gotas, 1990: 114. Alvania postrema Gofas, 1990. Azevedo, 1991b: 44; Ávila and Azevedo, 1997: 326; Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998: 99. Occurrence: Azores (colec. G. Doll- fus), Sao Miguel and Faial (-15 to -20 m) (DAUTZENBERG, 1889: 53), Flores (Santa Cruz) (AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990: 85), Sáo Miguel (Capelas, -12m; llhéu dos Mosteiros, -3 to -5m; Morro das Capelas, intertidal and at -29m (“Biacores” 1971 expedition); Ponta da Galera, intertidal and from -13 to -18m; Ponta Delgada, - 10 to -20m, Ilhéu de Vila Franca; Ponta da Pirámide, -13m; Calheta, Ponta Del- gada), Faial (Horta, -3m, -7m and -17m), Terceira (Praia da Vitória; Angra do He- roísmo, Pedra Furada), Flores (Santa Cruz, intertidal pool), Formigas (-16m) (GoFas, 1990: 114-115), Caloura and Ri- beirinha (AZEVEDO, 199la: 22), Santa Maria (Vila do Porto, llhéu da Vila, Ponta do Marváo) (AZEVEDO, 1991b: 44), Sao Miguel (Ilhéu de Vila Franca) (Bu- LLOECK, 1995: 16), Pico (intertidal) (ÁviLa, 1996: 27), Pico (ÁVILA AND AZE- VEDO, 1996: 106) and Formigas islets (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997: 326). 61 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 DBUANRIA73 11887198 2748277; 340, 350, 351, 352, 353, 355, 359, 447, 462, 465, 470, 472, 492, 496, 499, 500, 545, 564, 632, 670. Comments: this is an uncommon species. It occurs from the low-tide level to a depth of 20m. Two specimens were recently found at Madeira (CANCAP expeditions, Sta. 4.K27, at shore) (HOEN- SELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 99). Dimensions: 1.5mm long, 0.9mm wide. Geographic distribution: Azores and Madeira (HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998: 99) Manzonia Brusina, 1870 Manzonia unifasciata Dautzenberg, 1889 References to the Azores: Manzonia costata J. Adams, 1797 var. ex coloure: unifasciata: Dautzenberg, 1889: 51, pl. II, fig.10. Manzonia costata J. Adams var. ex coloure: bifasciata: Dautzenberg, 1889: 51, pl. IL, fig. 9. Manzonia costata J. Adams var. ex coloure: luteola: Dautzenberg, 1889: 51. Manzonia aurantiaca (Watson, 1873): Dautzenberg, 1889: 52. Manzonia costata (Adams, 1797). Pico (Nobre, 1924: 80; 1930: 56). Alvania (Manzonia) crassa (Kanmacher, 1798): Morton, 1967: 36. Manzonia aurantiaca (Watson, 1873): Nordsieck, 1972: 176, pl. R VI fig. 2. Alvania (Manzonia) costata (Adams): Martins, 1980: 5, 16. Manzonia unifasciata Dautzenberg, 1889: Moolenbeek and Faber,1987, p.26, fig. 42; Azevedo and Martins, 1989: 69; Azevedo, 1990: 59; Azevedo and Gofas, 1990: 85; Gofas, 1990: 116, figs. 9; 59- 64; Azevedo, 199la: 22; Ávila, 1996: 27; Ávila and Azevedo, 1997: 326. Manzonia crassa (Kanmacher, 1798) (misidentification?): Bullock et al., 1990: 45. Manzonia unifasciata (Dautzenberg, 1889): Azevedo, 1991b: 44. Alvania crassa (Kanmacher, 1798) (misidentification?). Knudsen, 1995: 141. Occurrence: Sáo Miguel (Ponta Del- gada), Faial (Horta), Pico, Graciosa and Terceira (Angra do Heroísmo) (DAUT- ZENBERG, 1889: 51-52), Sáo Miguel (Ponta Delgada), Faial (Horta), Pico, Graciosa and Terceira (Angra do Hero- ísmo) (NOBRE, 1924: 80; 1930: 56) Sáo Jorge (Velas) (MORTON, 1967: 36), Pico (- 1276m) and Sao Miguel (NORDSIECK, 1972: 176), Sáo Miguel (Brejela, Atal- hada, Lagoa) (MARTINS, 1980: 5, 16), Graciosa (mediolittoral of Fonte da Areia, Porto Afonso and Santa Cruz. In- fralittoral of Baía da Folga and Carapa- cho) (AZEVEDO AND MARTINS, 1989: 69), Faial (Monte da Guia) (AZEVEDO, 1990: 59), Flores (Santa Cruz) (AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990: 85), Sao Miguel (Ponta da Galera; Queimada, Água d'Alto; Mostei- ros; Calheta, Ponta Delgada; Ilhéu de Vila Franca) (BULLOCK ET AL., 1990: 43, 45), Sáo Miguel (Caloura, -4m; Vila Franca do Campo, -24m; Ilhéu de Vila Franca do Campo; Morro das Capelas, - 29m (“Biacores” 1971 expedition); Cape- 62 las, intertidal; Lagoa, intertidal; Calheta, Ponta Delgada, 0 to -1m; Ponta da Ga- lera, -13 to -18m), Faial (Horta, -3m, - 20m), Terceira (Porto Martins; Praia da Vitória; Pedra Furada-Angra do Hero- ísmo); Flores (Santa Cruz, intertidal) (GOFAs, 1990: 116), Sáo Miguel (medio- littoral of Caloura. Infralittoral of Ca- loura and Ribeirinha) (AZEVEDO, 199la: 22), Santa Maria (Vila do Porto, llhéu da Vila, Ponta do Marváo) (AZEVEDO, 1991b: 44), Sáo Miguel (Ilhéu de Vila Franca) (BULLOCK, 1995: 16; KNUDSEN, 1995: 142), Pico (intertidal) (ÁviLa, 1996: 27) and Formigas islets (ÁVILA AND AZE- VEDO, 1997: 326). DBUA 173, 188, 266, 273, 274, 281, 332, 338, 340, 341,346, 390/1392,1999% 355442, 443, 445, 446, 449, 451, 452, 462, 470, 471, 475, 476, 486, 492, 493, 496, 499, 500, 556, 571, 574, 579, 657, 660,661, 662, 665, 666, 667, 670, 715, 719. MCM(HN) 1, 75. Comments: from low-tide level to - 20m. This species has a quite variable ÁviLa: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology color pattern (pers. obs.). The diameter of the protoconch (340 ym, KNUDSEN, 1995: 142, fig. 3B), seems to indicate that M unifasciata has non-planktotrophic development (KNUDSEN, 1995). Manzo- nia crassa, a species that exists on the Portuguese mainland (e.g.: Berlenga, see BURrNAy, 1986: 27; BULLOCK ET AL., 1990), Rissoa costata, reported from the Canary Islands (MAC ANDREW, 1852: 5) and Alvania costata, reported from Madeira by NOBRE (1937: 45) have also been reported from the Azores. 1 believe that all of them were misidentified with Manzonia unifasciata, which is endemic to the Azores and is the only representa- tive of this genus in the Azorean Archi- pelago. Dimensions: 2.5 mm long, 1.2 mm wide. Geographic distribution: endemic to the Azores. Onoba Adams H. and A,., 1854 Onoba moreleti Dautzenberg, 1889 References to the Azores: Onoba moreleti Dautzenberg, 1889: 52; Moolenbeek and Hoenselaar, 1987: 154; Ávila et al. in press. Occurrence: Pico, Faial and Flores (ÁVILA ET AL., 1998: 498), Faial, Horta bay (Stn. 193) (-20m) (MOOLENBEEK AND HOENSELAAR, 1987: 154), Sáo Miguel (ÁVILA ET AL., in press). DBUA 181, 410, 411, 500, 556, 666, 748. Comments: this is a rare species of the Azorean littoral. AARTSEN, MENKHORST AND GITTENBERGER (1984) were surpri- sed to find specimens of Onoba moreleti at the Bay of Algeciras (Southern Spain), but this species was later described as Onoba josae by MOOLENBEEK AND HOEN- SELAAR (1987). Its presence was also reported from Graciosa, Canary Islands (collection M. C. Fehr-de Wal) by AARTSEN ET AL. (1984) but, once again, it was a different species, described as Onoba manzoniana by ROLÁN (1987). According to MOOLENBEEK AND FABER (1987) this species is Manzonia manzo- niana (Rolán, 1987). Formerly thought to be restricted to the western and central groups of islands of the Azores, recent sorting of material collected at Sáo Miguel island (DBUA 748 - Capelas, north coast, 14m depth) has revealed that O. moreleti also occur in the eastern group. Dimensions: 2.6mm long, 1.3mm wide. Geographic distribution: endemic to the Azores. Rissoa (Fréminville, ms.) Desmarest, 1814 Rissoa guerini Récluz, 1843 References to the Azores: Cingula costulata Alder, 1844: Chapman, 1955: 803. Occurrence: Faial (Feteira, mid tide) (CHAPMAN, 1955: 803). ; Comments: a dubious record. This species has not since been cite from the Azores yet, although its distribution ranges from the British isles to the Cana- ries (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1978; POPPE AND GOTO, 1991). Probably, Chapman misidentified specimens of Rissoa guer- nei Dautzenberg, 1889 for his species Cingula costulata. Dimensions: 6.0 mm long, 3.0 mm wide (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1978). Geographic distribution: British isles to Portugal and the Canaries (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1978; POPPE AND GOTO, 1991). 63 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Rissoa guernei Dautzenberg, 1889 References to the Azores: Rissoa guernei Dautzenberg, 1889: 47-48, pl. 3, figs. la, b; Azevedo and Gofas, 1990: 85; Bullock et al., 1990: 45; Gofas, 1990: 100; Azevedo, 1991a: 21; 1991b: 44; Bullock, 1995: 16; Knudsen, 1995: 140; Ávila, 1996: 27; Ávila and Azevedo, 1996: 106. Rissoa obesula Dautzenberg, 1889: 48, pl. 3, figs. 2a, b. Rissoa jousseaumei Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896: 60-61, pl. 19, fig. 9 fide Gofas, 1990, p. 99. Moniziella moniziana azorica Nordsieck, 1972: 173, pl. R V, fig. 28. Occurrence: Sao Miguel and Faial (-15 to -20 m) (DAUTZENBERG, 1889: 47-48), Pico (-1287m) (DAUTZENBERG, 1889: 48, pl. 3, figs. 2a, b), Sao Miguel (-1385m) (DAuT- ZENBERG AND FISCHER, 1896: 60-61, pl. 19, fig. 9), Sao Miguel (Ponta Delgada) (NORrD- SIECK, 1972: 173, pl. R V, fig. 28), Graciosa (mediolittoral of Porto Afonso; infralitto- ral of Baía da Folga) (AZEVEDO AND MAR- TINS, 1989: 69), Pico (Lajes do Pico) (AZE- VEDO, 1990: 59), Flores (Faja Grande; Santa Cruz) (AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990: 85), Sao Miguel (Ponta da Galera; Queimada, Água d'Alto; Mosteiros; Calheta, Ponta Delgada; Théu de Vila Franca; Porto do Ilhéu, Vila Franca do Campo) (BULLOCK ET AL.,1990: 43, 45), Flores (infralittoral of Faja Grande and Piscina of Ponta Delgada) (NETO AND AZEVEDO, 1990: 96, 98), Sáo Miguel (Vila Franca (“Biacores” 1971 expedition); Ponta Delgada, (-10 to -20m); Ponta da Galera (intertidal); Capelas (intertidal); Vila Franca (0 to -5 m); Mlhéu de Vila Franca (0 to -1 m); Calheta, Ponta Delgada (intertidal); Ponta da Pirámide (-13m) (GOFas, 1990: 100), Sao Miguel (mediolittoral of Caloura; infralittoral of Caloura and Ribeirinha) (AZEVEDO, 1991la: 21), Santa Maria (Vila do Porto, Ponta da Malbusca, Ilhéu da Vila, Ponta do Marváo) (AZEVEDO, 1991b: 44), Sáo Miguel (Ilhéu de Vila Franca) (Bu- LLOCK, 1995: 16; KNUDSEN, 1995: 140), Pico (intertidal) (ÁviLa, 1996: 27) and Pico (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1996: 106). DBUA 188, 190, 193, 195, 220, 240, 274, 281, 442, 443, 448, 451, 452, 459, 460, 462, 468, 470, 471, 472, 473, 475, 492, 493, 496, 499, 500, 551, 554, 556, 565, 566, 568, 570, 571, 574, 579, 632, 661, 662, 666, 667, 719. Comments: feeds on detritus and on epiphytics algae (GrRAHAM, 1988). Accor- ding to GOFAS (1990) this species is sexual dimorphic. It occurs from the low-tide level to -8m. PONDER (1985) states that the genus Rissoa has pelagic larvae, being restricted to the Mediterra- nean and north-eastern Atlantic. Rissoa guernei however, is a direct development species and one may hypothesize that the ancestral of this species probably lost its planktotrophic veliger larvae after colonizing the Azores. Dimensions: up to 2.3 mm long, 1.3 mm wide. Geographic distribution: endemic to the Azores, even though it is closely related to Macaronesian/European species (GOFAS, 1990). Setia H and A. Adams, 1852 Setia sp. References to the Azores: Setia sp. Azevedo and Gofas, 1990: 85; Ávila et al., 1998: 496. Occurrence: Flores (Santa Cruz, -20m) (AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990: 85), Pico and Flores (ÁVILA ET AL., 1998: 496). DBUA 274, 276, 277, 281, 446, 449, 478, 496, 499, 662. Comments: the small dimensions of this species has probably led to its being 64 overlook in samples. The sorting of samples with a mesh size of 0.5mm will help to clarify its zonation and its geo- graphical distribution. Dimensions: 1.0mm long, 0.8mm wide. Geographic distribution: Flores, Pico and Sao Miguel. ÁVILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology Setia pulcherrima (Jeffreys, 1848) References to the Azores: Cingula pulcherrima (Jeffreys, 1848): Bullock et al., 1990: 45; Knudsen, 1995: 143-144. Occurrence: Sáo Miguel (Ponta da Galera; Queimada, Água d'Alto; Mostei- ros; Calheta, Ponta Delgada; Ilhéu de Vila Franca; Porto do Ilhéu, Vila Franca) (BUL- LOCK ET AL., 1990: 45), Sáo Miguel (Ilhéu de Vila Franca) (KNUDSEN, 1995: 143-144). Comments: this record needs to be confirmed. This species is reported to live on rocky shores, among fine weeds at the low tide (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1978). However in all the samples collected from such places in the Azores, I have never found this species. It might be a misidentification for Setia subvari- cosa Gofas, 1990. Dimensions: 1.2 mm long, 0.8 mm wide (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1978). Geographic distribution: Azores (?). North to the Channel islands (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1978). Setia quisquiliarum Watson, 1886 References to the Azores: Setia quisquiliarum Watson, 1886: Dautzenberg, 1889: 53. “Rissoa” quisquiliarum Watson, 1886: Gofas, 1990: 103. Occurrence: Sao Miguel (DAUTZEN- BERG, 1889: 53). Off Faial (38? 38' N, 28* 28" 30 W, in 730-910 m), Terceira (GOFas, 1990). Comments: GOFAS (1990) states that this species is restricted to the central group of islands, but DAUTZENBERG (1889) quotes it from Sáo Miguel, in the eastern group. Dimensions: 1.4mm long, 0.9mm wide. Geographic distribution: Faial, Terceira and Sao Miguel. Setia subvaricosa Gofas, 1989 References to the Azores: Setia abjecta Watson, 1873: Dautzenberg, 1889: 52. Setia subvaricosa Gofas, 1989: Azevedo, 1990: 58; Gofas, 1990: 102-104; Ávila, 1996: 27; Ávila and Azevedo, 1996: 106; Ávila and Azevedo, 1997: 326; Ávila et al., 1998: 496. Occurrence: Faial (-15 a -20 m) (DAUTZENBERG, 1889: 52), Faial (Monte da Guia) (AZEVEDO, 1990: 58), Sáo Miguel (Ilhéu de Vila Franca, intertidal; Capelas, intertidal; Feteiras, -15 m; Lagoa, -10 to -22 m; Ponta da Galera, intertidal; Ponta da Pirámide, -13 m; Calheta, Ponta Delgada, intertidal), Ter- ceira (Praia da Vitória, Pedra Furada - Angra do Heroísmo), Flores (Santa Cruz, -20 m) (GOFAs, 1990: 102-103), Pico (intertidal) (ÁviLA, 1996: 27), Pico (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1996: 106), Formi- gas islets (ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997: 326), Flores (ÁVILA ET AL., 1998: 496). DBUA 176, 188, 193, 195, 223, 274, 281, 332, 335, 336, 338, 343, 345, 350, 352, 355, 447, 451, 462, 465, 467, 471, 481, 496, 499, 500, 545, 557, 564, 571, 574, 660, 662, 666. Comments: this is an uncommon species. The outer lip of the adult shell of S. subvaricosa is thicker than that in the other species of Setia from the Mediterranean and the Atlantic (GOFAs, 1990). Dimensions: up to 1.4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide. Geographic distribution: endemic to the Azores. 65 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Table I. Distribution of the Rissoidae on the islands and islets of the Azorean Archipelago. Tabla 1. Distribución de los Rissoidae en las islas e islotes del archipiélago de las Azores. western group central group eastern group Flores Pico Súo Jorge Faial Graciosa Terceira Súo Miguel Santa Maria Formigas Alvania abstersa 1 | | 1 Alvania angioyi l 1 1 1 1 1 Alvania cancellata | l 1 1 1 1 | Alvania formicarum Alvania internodula Alvania mediolittoralis | Alvania poucheti 1 Alvania sleursi 1 Botryphallus ovummuscae 1 Cingula trifasciata l 1 1 1 1 Crisilla postrema Manzonia unifasciata Onoba moreleti Rissoa guernei Setia quisquiliarum Setia subvaricosa 1 1 Setia sp. 1 l Total number of taxa 13 14 4 13 6 12 15 8 10 — al ll o a A A o a al al o o A A a dd a o a al al al a a — — Table IL. Morphometry of the Rissoidae of the Azores. 4Wp: number of protoconch whorls; 4Wt: number of teleoconch whorls; Di p: diameter of the protoconch; 1 protoconch 1; II: protoconch 2; L: total length of the shell; W: total breadth of the shell (based on own data; WATSON, 1886; GOFAS, 1990; KNUDSEN, 1995; HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998). Tabla 1. Morfometría de los Rissoidae de las Azores. 4Wp: número de vueltas de la protoconcha; 4W!t: número de vueltas de la teleoconcha; Di p: diámetro de la protoconcha; I protoconcha 1; II: protoconcha 2; L: longitud total de la concha; W: anchura total de la concha (basado en datos propios; WATSON, 1886; GOFAS, 1990; KNUDSEN, 1995; HOENSELAAR AND GOUD, 1998). RISSOIDAE +Wp FWt Di p (m) L (mm) W (mm) Alvania abstersa Van der Linden and Van Aartsen, 1994 1,5 3.5 300-400 DINSA Alvania angioyi Van Aartsen, 1982 1.5 3.25 -3.75 283.3 -292.3 1.2-1.8 0.7-1.1 Alvania cancellata (Da Costa, 1778) El 3,5 ENLAZA 11: 1.5 Il: 375.0 — 440.0 Alvania formicarum Gotas, 1989 1.25 3 366.7 2.4 1.4 Alvania internodula Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998 1.25 3,5 310.0-333.3 20-23 11-13 Alvania mediolittoralis Gotas, 1989 1.25 3.25 -3.75 294.1 - 304.0 22-27 13-15 Alvania poucheti Dautzenberg, 1889 1.25 3.25 363.4 - 383.4 18-22 1.0-13 Alvania sleursi (Amati, 1987) 1.25 3.75-4 358.3 - 400.0 22-25 15-16 Alvania tarsodes (Watson, 1886) ? ? ? 2.2 1.3 Botryphallus ovummuscae (Gofas, 1990) 1.25 3 222.2 11-13 0.6-07 Cingula trifasciata (Adams, 1798) 20-25 4 500.0 IMAN Crisilla postrema (Gotas, 1990) 1.25 3 ? 1.4-1.5 0.8-0.9 Manzonia unifasciata (Dautzenberg, 1889, 1.25 4 304.3 - 347.8 20-25 1.0-1.2 Onoba moreleti Dauizenberg, 1889 1.25 3 322.7 - 333.3 1.9-2.6 09-13 Rissoa guernei Dautzenberg, 1889 1.25 4 258.8 -281.3 19-23 11-13 Setia sp. 0.6 2.0-2.5 200.0 - 213.0 0.8-1.0 0.6-0.8 Setia quisquiliarum Watson, 1886 ? 3 ? 1.4 0. Setia subvaricosa Gotas, 1990 1.25 3 238.5 1.1-1.4 0.7-0:8 66 ÁVILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology 40 50 60 70 80 Formigas Faial Flores Pico Sáo Miguel Terceira Graciosa Santa Maria Sáo Jorge 90 100 Figure 4. Bray-Curtis/non transformed presence/absence data / UPGMA for the Rissoidae of the Azores. Figura 4. Análisis Bray-Curtis/no transformado de presencialausencia data / UPGMA de los Rissoidae de las Azores. RESULTS At the present status of our know- ledge, 23 taxa of Rissoidae are given to the Azores: 12 are endemic species, three are restricted to the Azores and Madeira /Selvagens archipelago, two have a wider distribution, one is an uni- dentified species of Setia and there are five records that were not confirmed by this study. The presence / absence of Ris- soidae species on the islands of the Azores, based on the literature and new data, is shown in Table I. Classification techniques used for this table, resulted in Figure 4. Sáo Miguel, Pico and Flores, clustered at more than the 95% similarity level, form a consistent group, to which Faial (92%) and Terceira (85%) are also joined. Formigas, clustered at 65%, seems to be different from the first group of islands in terms of the Rissoidae species. Sáo Jorge is the last island to cluster, at only the 44% similarity level. Morphometry: The largest Rissoidae present on Azorean littoral are Alvania cancellata (3.7 x 2.4 mm) and Cingula tri- fasciata (3.9 x 2.1 mm), whereas the sma- llest are Setia sp. (1.0 x 0.8 mm), Botryp- hallus ovummuscae (1.3 x 0.7 mm) and Setiía subvaricosa (1.4 x 0.8 mm). Almost all protoconchs have 1 */4 whorls, Alvania cancellata being the exception with 2 */2 whorls. The smallest proto- conchs belong to Setia sp. and S. subvari- cosa (200 to 238,5 um). Alvania cancellata, with a multispiral protoconch, has the largest (protoconch I= 120 yum; proto- conch Il= 440 um). The number of the teleoconch whorls range from 3 to 4 in all rissoids (Table ID). Zonation: Nine species of Rissoidae were found at Sáo Vicente, Capelas, on the north coast of Sáo Miguel, Azores. A total of 1,564 specimens were counted, on the 24 collected quadrates of 50 x 50 cm, Manzonía unifasciata Dautzenberg, 1889 being the most abundant with a total of 631 individuals, whilst Setia sp. and S. subvaricosa Gofas, 1990 uncom- mon species, (11 and 13 specimens, res- pectively) (Table ID). The zonation of the Rissoidae at Sáo Vicente, Capelas, seems to indicate the 67 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Table IM. Rissoidae collected in July 1996 at Sáo Vicente-Capelas, north coast of Sao Miguel (all specimens larger than 1mm). Tabla III. Rissoidae recogidos en julio de 1996 en Sáo Vicente-Capelas, costa norte de Sáo Miguel (todos los especimenes mayores de Imm). Depth (m) 3.5 3.5 EL A. angioyi 0) 6 27 27 A. cancellata | 0 1 | A. poucheti 2 4 3 3 A. sleursi 16 19 28 18 C. postrema 0 0 8 0 M. unifasciata 10 11 28 87 R. guernei 16 14 4] 16 S. subvaricosa 1 0 2 2 Setia sp. 1 1 1 2 TOTAL 53 55 139 156 5.1 24 0 2 30 197 existence of common species at shallow depths (from low tide level to -10 m), such as Rissoa guernei, Manzonta unifas- ciata and Alvania angioyi, and species more abundant from 15 m down, such as Alvania sleursi, A. cancellata and A. poucheti (Figs. 5 and 6). By clustering the stations, at the 60% similarity level, two groups appear. The first one, with the highest number of sta- tions and with the exception of replicates 20 and 21 (22 m depth), contains stations in shallow/medium depths. The second group, with the exception of stations 10 (12 m depth) and 14 (13.6 m depth) are all medium / high depths (Fig. 7). DISCUSSION It seems evident that there is some island to island endemism, as suspected by GOFAS (1990), Alvania formicarum and A. internodula being restricted to the eastern group of islands (Sáo Miguel, Santa Maria and Formigas islets). Pico, Faial, Flores and Sáo Miguel, the best studied islands, are almost identical in the composition of the Rissoidae, with the exceptions of Setia quisquiliarum (not found yet at Flores and Pico), Alvania abstersa (not found at Flores and Faial) and Setía sp. (not found at Faial). There is a clear distinction between the Rissoidae of Formigas islets and the remai- 68 5.1 8 8 8 12 127812 4 6 15 16 0 1 9 1 8 o) l 1 3 4 0 0 Y) 3 0 | 1 23 11 15 20 6 5 11 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 16 51 ISSO 0 5 13 11 8 7 9 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 l 2 35 SA O NAS y IAS ning islands of the Azores. In fact, A. inter- nodula is restricted to these islets and A. mediolittoralis and Rissoa guernei, common species in the other islands, do not occur at Formigas. The importance of the For- migas islets as a Nature Reserve is there- fore reinforced by the results of this study. Santa Maria, Sao Jorge and Graciosa must be considered as outsiders in this biogeographic puzzle, as long as the number of samples and the quality of them is not increased (Table I and Fig. 4). As for Setia sp., it may have been overlooked in some samples because of 1ts small size. The abundance of the Rissoidae in the littoral of the Azores seems to be variable. AZEVEDO (1991) found that Cri- silla postrema (= Alvania postrema) (Ímedio- littoral) and Rissoa guernel (infralittoral) were the most abundant species associa- ted with macroalgae in two sites at Sáo Miguel island (Caloura / south coast and Ribeirinha /north coast). At Lajes do Pico (rocky intertidal conditions), the most abundant species is Cingula trifasciata, which may reach densities of 32,500 spe- cimens / m? (ÁviLa, 1998). In this study, Manzonia unifasciata and Alvania sleursi are revealed to be the most abundant species, both in the infralittoral. Only long term and seasonal studies will answer this apparent discrepancy between mine and Azevedo's data. ÁVILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology Table HI. Continuación. Tabla UI. Continuation. 13.6 136 13.6 163 16.3 16.3 0 1 0 4 0 59 4 2 2 3 0 2 2 1 0 2 0 11 20 A7 8 16 6 11 0 0 0 0 0 5 18 8 3 14 2 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ad 59 13 41 8 39 With the sole exception of Alvania cancellata none of the other species of Rissoidae in the Azores has a long plank- totrophic larval development, because their protoconchs are bigger than about 200 um (VERDUIN, 1982; 1985) (Table ID. However, studies on other marine Proso- branchs (e.2. Turridae) have demonstra- ted that a paucispiral protoconch (as seen in the majority of the Azorean Ris- soidae) must not be interpreted as evi- dence for lacking a planktonic phase (SHIMEK, 1986; BOUCHET, 1990). Nevert- heless, if there is a planktonic phase, it must be of small duration, but of high importance to the dispersal of the species within the archipelago. The similarity between the shells of Alvania cancellata and A. sleursi was pointed out by Goras (1990), who thought the latter species could have speciated from the former, by losing the planktotrophic phase. On the other hand, Alvania abstersa, A. formicarum and A. mediolittoralis are so similar in their protoconchs as well as in their teleo- conchs, that we may hypothesize their relation with a common ancestor. MAC ANDREW (1854: 49), stated that the marine molluscs of the Azores, Madeira and Canary Islands were «closely related to that of the old conti- nent, notwithstanding that the prevai- ling set of currents is from America». 22 22 26.8 26.8 26.8 TOTAL 3 0 0 0 3 160 19 6 2 1 1 71 16 2 0 1 0 59 106 13 4 4 Y A55 0 0 0 0 0 18 19 3 0 0 1 631 0 0 0 0 0 143 0 0 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 11 163 24 o o) 12 1,564 The surface currents in the Northern Atlantic, especially the Gulf Stream, have been studied in detail during this century (ISELIN, 1936; GOULD, 1985; FIALHO AND BARROS, 1988; KLEINE AND SIEDLER, 1989; ALVES, 1990; 1992;). All studies indicate that the surface currents are mainly from West to the East, that is, from America to Europe. The larvae of Alvania formicarum pro- bably did not reach the islands of the central and western groups because of the main direction of surface currents in the Azores. The same may be true for A. inter- nodula, but the scarcity of data on this last species, does not allow for a stronger con- clusion. Additional samples must be taken at Formigas, in order to determine the zonation of A. internodula. If it becomes apparent that it usually occurs at depths of about 45 m (as is the case at Formigas islets), this species may be common on the other islands of the Azores, but not found yet, because no representative samples have been collected by me at depths greater than 30m. However, this species was not found in any of the CANCAP samples (ranging from 33 to 47 m depth), so we have some evidence that it may be restricted to Formigas. A non-planktotrophic species may be distributed over a large area if there is another plausible means of transport. It is likely that those species of Rissoidae 69 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 3.5 5.1 8 12 US SS SI Rissoa guernel 26.8 Depth (m) 13.6 16.3 22 14 ANgioyl 0) 5.1 8 12 13.6 16.3 22 26.8 Depth (m) Figure 5. Common Rissoidae species collected at shallow depths (from low tide level to -10m) collected at Sáo Vicente, Capelas, Sio Miguel, Azores (O: maximum; 0: average; U: minimum values). Figura 5. Especies de Rissoidae comunes en aguas someras (del nivel de bajamar hasta -10m) recogidas en Sáo Vicente, Capelas, Sáo Miguel, Azores (O: máximo; O: media; U: mínimo). living in the first few meters of water (e.g. Alvania angioyi, Manzonia unifasciata and Rissoa guernei) may drift from island to island on “rafts” of algae provided by heavy seas breaking into the shore. There are 231 confirmed species of shallow-water molluscs on the littoral of the Azores (ÁvILA, 2000). Only 16 spe- cies (6.9%) are amphi-Atlantic species, in contrast to the 181 species (78.4%) shared with the western Mediterranean, or the 70 147 species (63.6%) shared with Madeira (with the Desertas and Selvagens). Main- land Portugal and Canary Islands, share 144 (62,3%) and 137 species (59,3%), res- pectively, with the Azores, whereas Saint Helena (5,2%) and Ascension island (5,6%) share only a small number of spe- cies. A total of 112 species (48,5%) occurs simultaneously in the Azores, Madeira and the Canary Islands, and 53 species (22,9%) occur in all the Macaronesian Ar- ÁVILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology Alvania sleursi 100 50 30) 5.1 8 12 13.6 16.3 22 Dd) P= == === === === === Alvania cancellata Do) el 8 12 13.6 16.3 22 26.8 Depth (m) Figure 6. Common Rissoidae species collected at high depths (-15 to -30m) collected at Sáo Vicente, Capelas, Sao Miguel, Azores (O: maximum; 0: average; U: minimum values). Figura 6. Especies de Rissoidae comunes en aguas profundas(-15 a -30 m) recogidas en Sáo Vicente, Capelas, Sáo Miguel, Azores (O: máximo; O: media; Ú: mínimo). chipelagos (ÁVILA, 2000). Of the 231 re- ported species, 19 are endemic (8,2%) and of these, 13 (5,6%) are endemic Ris- soidae (ÁVILA, 2000). The dominance of the Rissoidae in the littoral fauna of the Azores, is one piece of evidence that supports its higher similarity with that of Europe (GOFASs, 1990). An understanding of the coloniza- tion and subsequent speciation that has occurred in the molluscan fauna of the Azores, with special emphasis on the Rissoidae, clearly merits further rese- arch. Samples of plankton should be taken in the three groups of islands, in order to evaluate the dispersal capabili- ties of the endemic Rissoidae, especially the most problematic species (Alvania formicarum, A. internodula, Onoba moreleti and the undescribed Setia). Deeper samples should also be collected in order to respond to the questions raised by the so far apparent restricted range of Alvania internodula. 71 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 6 Y 2 5 3 9 1 4 8 102 RO PO A de Depth (m) Quadrats 20 35) 1-3 11 al 4-6 14 8.0 7-9 15 12.0 10-12 2 13.6 13-15 SS 16.3 16-18 19 22.0 19-21 5 26.8 22-24 17 15 $ + + + + + 4 2 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Figure 7. Rissoidae at Sáo Vicente, Capelas, Sio Miguel, Azores. Double Square Root/Bray- Curtis/UPGMA. Figura 7. Rissoidae de Sáo Vicente, Capelas, Sáo Miguel, Azores. Doble Raíz/Bray-Curtis/UPGMA. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS with the SEM photos and to Robert Moolenbeek, by the generous help with I am grateful to Frias Martins (Uni- bibliography and comments on the versity of the Azores) for the support manuscript. I specially acknowledge the given during the last three years and to useful comments of Winston Ponder Brian Morton (University of Hong and an anonymous referee. Kong), whose comments have greatly This study was supported by grants improved a first draft of this paper. l am PRAXIS XXI BM/20521/99, PRAXIS also indebted to Jorge Medeiros (Uni- XXI/BIC/2788/96 and PRAXIS/2/2.1/ versity of the Azores) for his assistance BIA/169/94. (Right page) Figure 8. Alvania internodula Hoenselaar and Goud, 1998. A: shell (DBUA 338/19- 3) 2.3 x 1.3 mm; B, C: protoconch (lateral and frontal view); D: microsculpture of protoconch; E: microsculpture of 1* post-larval whorl; F: microsculpture of body whorl; G: aperture of the shell; H: shell (DBUA 338/19-4), 2.0 x 1.1 mms; I: shell (DBUA 338/31-4), 1.6 x 0.9mm,; J: shell of juvenile (DBUA 338/31-2), 1.1 x 0.9 mm. (Página derecha) Figura 8. Alvania internodula Hoenselaar y Goud, 1998. A: concha (DBUA 338/19-3) 2,3 x 1,3 mm; B, C: protoconcha (vistas lateral y frontal); D: microescultura de la protocon- cha; E: microescultura de la primera vuelta postlarvaria; EF: microesculptura de la vuelta del cuerpo; G: apertura de la concha; H: shell (DBUA 338/19-4), 2,0 x 1,1mm, I: concha (DBUA 338/31-4), 1,6 x 0,9mm; J: concha de juvenil (DBUA 338/31-2), 1,1 x 0,9mm. a ÁVILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology nn EE a 73 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 BIBLIOGRAPHY AARTSEN, J. J. VAN, 1982a. Synoptic tables of Me- diterranean and European conchology (Gen. Alvania). La Conchiglia, 14 (158-159): 4-5. AARTSEN, J. J. VAN, 1982b. Synoptic tables of Me- diterranean and European conchology (Gen. Alvania). La Conchiglia, 14 (160-161): 16-17. AARTSEN, J. J. VAN, 1982c. Synoptic tables of Mediterranean and European conchology. Gen. Alvania (Subgen. Alvinia and Galeodina). La Conchiglia, 14 (162-163): 8-9. AARTSEN, J.J. VAN, 1982d. Synoptic tables of Me- diterranean and European conchology. Gen. Alvania (Subgen. Arsenia and Alvaniella). La Conchiglia, 14 (164-165): 4-6. AARTSEN, J. J. VAN, MENKHORST, H. P. M. G. AND GITTENBERGER, E., 1984. The marine Mollusca of the Bay of Algeciras, Spain, with general notes on Mitrella, Marginellidae and Turri- dae. Basteria, Supplement 2: 1-135. ALVESs, M., 1990. Enquadramento oceanográfico da regiáo dos Acores. 10* Semana das Pescas dos Acores: 163-169. ALVES, M., 1992. Condicóes Oceanográficas na regiáo dos Acores. Sua influéncia nas pescas demersais e pelágicas. 12” Semana das Pescas dos Acores: 153-171. AMATTI B., 1987. Manzonia (Alvinia) sleursi sp. n. (Gastropoda, Prosobranchia). Notiziário CISMA 10: 25-30. ÁVILA, S. P., 1996. Malacological composition of the intertidal zone ota rocky shore in Pico island, Azores. Abstracts of the II Symposium “Fauna and Elora of the Atlantic Islands” 27. ÁVILA, S. P., 1998. Zonacáo intertidal de uma comunidade malacológica numa lagoa cos- teira localizada na costa Sul da ilha do Pico, _ Acores. Acoreana, 8(4): 436-486. ÁVILA, S. P., 2000. Shallow-water marine mo- lluscs of the Azores: biogeographical rela- tionships. Arquipélago. Life and Marine Scien- ces. Supplement 2 (Part A): 99-131. ÁVILA, S. P. AND AZEVEDO, J. M. N., 1996. Checklist of the marine molluscs of the lit- toral of Pico island (Azores, Portugal). Li- bro de Resúmenes XI Congreso Nacional de Malacología. Sociedad Española de _ Malacología: 106-107. ÁVILA, S. P. AND AZEVEDO, J. M. N., 1997. Sha- llow-water molluscs from the Formigas islets, Azores, collected during the “Santa Maria e Formigas 1990” scientific expedition. Acore- ana, 8(3): 323-330. ÁviLA, S. P., AZEVEDO, J. M. N., GONCALVES, J., FONTES, J. M. AND CARDIGOS, F., 1998. Chec- klist of the shallow-water marine molluscs of the Azores: Pico, Faial, Flores and Corvo. Acgoreana, 8 (4): 487-523. 74 ÁviLA, S. P., AZEVEDO, J. M. N., GONCALVES, J., FONTES, J. M. AND CARDIGOS, E., (in press). Checklist of the shallow-water marine mo- lluscs of the Azores: 2 - Sáo Miguel island. Agoreana. AZEVEDO, J. M. N., 1990. Microgastrópodes. Expedicáo Acores 89. Ecologia e Taxonomía do Litoral Marinho. Relatório Preliminar, 1: 54-59. AZEVEDO, J. M. N., 1991a. Estudo das comunida- des malacológicas fitais do litoral em Sao Mi- guel, Agores, IV+75pp.. Provas de A. P. €. C.. Universidade dos Acores, Ponta Delgada. AZEVEDO, J. M. N., 1991b. Moluscos litorais da ilha de Santa Maria. Santa Maria e Formi- gas/1990. Relatórios e Comunicacoes do De- partamento de Biología, 19: 43-46. AZEVEDO, J. M. N. AND MARTINS, A. M. de E,, 1989. Moluscos Marinhos do Litoral da Ilha Graciosa. In:: Relatórios e Comunicacoes do De- partamento de Biologia. Expedicao Científica Gra- ciosa/88, 17: 67-72. AZEVEDO, J. M. N. AND GOFAS, S., 1990. Mo- luscos marinhos litorais da ilha das Flores. In: Relatórios e Comunicacoes do Departamento de Biología. Expedicao Científica Flores/89 (Relató- rio Preliminar), 18: 83-87. BOUCHET, P., 1990. Turrid genera and mode of development: the use and abuse of proto- conch morphology. Malacologia, 32(1): 69-77. BoucHeT, P. AND WARÉN, A., 1993. Revision of the Northeast Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Mesogastropoda. Bolletino Malacologico Sup- plemento 3: 579-840. BULLOCK, R. C., 1995. The distribution of the mo- lluscan fauna associated with the intertidal coralline algal turf of a partially submerged volcanic crater, the llhéu de Vila Franca, Sáo Miguel, Azores. In MARTINS, A. M. DE F. (Ed.): The marine fauna and flora of the Azo- res. Proceedings of the Second International Workshop of Malacology and Marine Bio- logy, Vila Franca do Campo, Sáo Miguel, Azores. Acoreana, Suplemento Maio de 1995: 9-55. BULLOCK, R. C., TURNER, R. D. AND FRALICK, R. A., 1990. Species richness and diversity of al- gal - associated micromolluscan communi- ties from Sáo Miguel, Acores. In MARTINS, A. M. DEF. (Ed.): The marine fauna and flora of the Azores. Proceedings of the First Interna- tional Workshop of Malacology Sáo Miguel, Azores. Acoreana, Suplemento Outubro de 1990: 39-58. BURNAY, L. P., 1986. Moluscos testáceos marinhos da Berlenga, 64 pp., 1 mapa. Servico Nacional de Parques, Reservas e Conservacáo da Na- tureza, Lisboa. ÁVILA: The shallow-water Rissoidae of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology CHAPMAN, G., 1955. Aspects of the fauna and flora of the Azores. VI. The density of animal life in the coralline alga zone. Annals and Ma- gazine of Natural History, 12 (8): 801- 805. CLARKE, J. AND AINSWORTH, M., 1993. A met- hod of linking multivariate community struc- ture to environmental variables. Marine Eco- logy Progress Series, 92: 205-219. DAUTZENBERG, P., 1889. Contribution a la faune malacologique des Illes Acores. Résultats des dragages effectués par le yacht 1 Hirondelle pendant sa campagne scientifique de 1887. Révision des mollusques marins des Aco- res. Resultats des Campagnes Scientifiques Prince de Monaco, 1: 112 pp., 4 pls.. DAUTZENBERG, P. AND FISCHER, P. H., 1896. Dragages effectués par l'Hirondelle et la Prin- cesse Alice. Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France, 9: 395-498, pls. 15-22. DROUET, H., 1858. Mollusques Marins des Illes Acores. Mémoires de la Société Académique de l"Aube, 22: 53 pp., 2 pls.. Paris. FERNANDES, F. AND ROLÁN, R., 1993. Moluscos marinos de Sáo Tomé. Iberus, 11(1): 31-47. FIALHO, G. L. AND BARROS, V. P., 1988. Resul- tados das bóias oceanográficas lancadas nos Acores 1980-1983. Correntes de superfície. 8” Semana das Pescas dos Acores: 187-192. FIELD, J. G., CLARKE, K. R. AND WARWICK, R. M., 1982. A practical strategy for analysing mul- tispecies distribution patterns. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 8: 37-52. FRETTER V. AND GRAHAM, A,, 1978. The proso- branch molluscs of Britain and Denmark. Part 4 - Marine Rissoacea. Journal of Mollus- can Studies, Suppl. 6: 153-241. GHISELIN, M. T., 1966. Reproductive function and phylogeny of opistobranch gastropods. Malacologia, 3: 327-378. GOFAS, S., 1989. Two new species of Alvania (Rissoidae) from the Azores. Publicagóes Oca- sionais da Sociedade Portuguesa de Malacologia, 14: 39-42, 15 figs.. GOFAS, S., 1990, The littoral Rissoidae and Ana- bathridae of Sáo Miguel, Azores. In Mar- TINS, A. M. de F. (Ed.): The marine fauna and flora of the Azores. Proceedings of the First International Workshop of Malacology Sáo Miguel, Azores. Acoreana, Suplemento 1990: 97-134. GOULD, W. J., 1985. Physical oceanography on the Azores front. Progress in Oceanography, 14 (1-4): 167-190. GRAHAM, A., 1988. Molluscs: Prosobranch and Pyramidellid Gastropods, 2nd ed., VII+662 pp. Synopsis of the British Fauna (New Series), 2. E. J. Brill, Leiden. HASZPRUNAR, G., 1988. On the origin and evo- lution of major gastropod groups, with spe- cial reference to the Streptoneura. Journal of the Molluscan Studies, 54: 367-441. HAYWARD, P. J., WIGHAM, G. D. AND YONOW, N., 1995. Molluscs (Phylum Mollusca). In HAYWARD, P. J. AND J. S. RYLAND (Eds.): Handbook of the Marine Fauna of North-West Eu- rope, XI+800 pp.. Oxford University Press, Oxford. HOENSELAAR, H. J. AND GOUD, J., 1998. The Ris- soidae of the CANCAP expeditions, I: the ge- nus Alvania Risso, 1826 (Gastropoda Proso- branchia). Basteria, 62: 69-115. ISELIN, C. O. D., 1936. A study of the circulation of the western North Atlantic. Papers in Phy- sics, Oceanography and Meteorology, 4: 1-101. KLEINE, B. AND SIEDLER, G., 1989. On the origin of the Azores current. Journal of Geophysical Research, 94(C5): 6159-6168. KNUDSEN, J., 1995. Observations on reproduc- tive strategy and zoogeography of some ma- rine Prosobranch Gastropods (Mollusca) from the Azores. In MARTINS, A. M. de F. (Ed.): The marine fauna and flora of the Azores. Pro- ceedings of the Second International Works- hop of Malacology and Marine Biology. Aco- reana, Suplemento 1995: 135-158. : DO LEMOS, M. L. F. C. C. AND VIEGAS, M.DOC., 1987. Contribuicáo para o estudo da zona intertidal (substrato rochoso) da ilha de Sáo Miguel-Acores. Fácies de Corallina elongata Ellis and Solander. Resultados preliminares. Cuad. Marisq. Publ. Téc., 11: 59-69. LINDEN, J. VAN DER, 1993. Alvania obsoleta spec. nov. from the Azores (Gastropoda, Proso- branchia: Rissoidae). Basteria, 57(1-3): 79-82. LINDEN, J. VAN DER AND AARTSEN, ]J. J. VAN, 1994. Alvania abstersa nom. nov., a new name for A. obsoleta Van der Linden, 1993, non A. obsoleta (S. V. Wood, 1848) (Gastropoda Pro- sobranchia: Rissoidae). Basteria, 58: 2. MAC ANDREW, R., 1852. Note of the Mollusca observed during a short visit to the Canary and Madeira islands, in the months of April and May, 1852. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1852:1-8. MAC ANDREW, R., 1854. On the geographical dis- tribution of testaceous Mollusca in the North Atlantic and neighbouring seas, 51pp.. H. Gre- enwood, Liverpool. MAC ANDREW, R., 1856. Report on the marine testaceous Mollusca of the North-East Atlan- tic and neighbouring Seas and the physical conditions affecting their development. Re- port of the Brit. Assoc. for the Adv. of Sc., 158 pp-. London. MARTINS, A. M. DE F., 1980. Notes on the habitat of five halophile Ellobiidae in the Azores, 24 pp., 6 figs., 2 pls.. Museu Carlos Machado, Ponta Delgada. MARTINS, A. M. DEF. 1995. Anatomy and sys- tematics of the western Atlantic Ellobiidae (Gastropoda, Pulmonata). Malacología, 37(2): 163-332. AS Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 MOOLENBEEK, R. G. AND FABER, M. J., 1987. The Macaronesian species of the genus Manzonia (Gastropoda: Rissoidae), part II. Kreukel, 2-3: 23-31. MOOLENBEEK, R. G. AND HOENSELAAR, H. J., 1987. On the identity of Onoba moreleti Daut- zenberg, 1889 (Gastropoda: Rissoidae), with the description of Onoba josae n. sp.. Basteria, Dl ESAS: MORTON, B., 1967. Malacological Report. Chel- sea College Azores Expedition, July - October 1965. Final Report : 30-38. MORTON, B. AND BRITTON, J. C., 1995. Partitio- ning of shell resources by Aspydosiphon mue- lleri (Sipuncula) and Anapagurus laevis (Crus- tacea) in the Azores. In MARTINS, A. M. DE F. (Ed.): The marine fauna and flora of the Azores. Proceedings of the Second Interna- tional Workshop of Malacology and Marine Biology. Acoreana, Suplemento 1995: 65-77. NOBRE, A. 1924. Contribuicóes para a fauna dos Acores. An. Inst. Zool. Univ. Porto, 1: 41- 90. NOBRE, A., 1930. Materiais para o estudo da fauna dos Agores, 108 pp.. Instituto de Zoologia da Universidade do Porto, Porto. NOBRE, A., 1937. Moluscos testáceos marinhos do arquipélago da Madeira, 101 pp.. Memó- rias e Estudos do Museu Zoológico da Universi- dade de Coimbra, Série I, 98. Coimbra Editora, Coimbra. NORDSIECK, F., 1972. Die europaischen Mee- resschnecken (Opisthobranchia mit Pyramidelli- dae; Rissoacea), 327 pp., 41 pls.. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart. OLIVERIO, M., 1996. Contrasting developmen- tal strategies and speciation in N.E. Atlantic Prosobranchs: a preliminary analysis. In: Ori- gin and evolutionary radiation of the Mollusca (ed. J. Taylor): 261-266. The Malacological Society of London, Oxford University Press. PONDER, W. F., 1985. A Review of the Genera of the Rissoidae (Mollusca: Mesogastropoda: Rissoacea). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 4: 1-221. PONDER, W. F. AND LINDBERG, D. R., 1997. To- wards a phylogeny of gastropod molluscs — an analysis using morphological characters. Zoological Journal ofthe Linnean Society, 19(2): 83-265. 7Ó PorPPE, G. T. AND GOTO, Y., 1991. European Se- ashells, vol. 1 (Polyplacophora, Caudofoveata, Solenogastra, Gastropoda), 352 pp. Verlag Christa Hemmen, Wiesbaden. ROLÁN, E., 1984. Moluscos de la Ria de Vigo I- Gas- teropodos, 383 pp.. Santiago de Compostela (Colegio Universitário de Vigo). ROLÁN, E., 1987. Aportaciones al estudio de los Risoaceos de las Islas Canarias: I. Description de tres especies nuevas. Publicagoes Ocasionais da Sociedade Portuguesa de Malacología, 8: 1-4. SALDANHA, L., 1995. Fauna Submarina Atlán- tica, 364 pp.. Publicacoes Europa-América, Mem-Martins. SHIMEK, R. L., 1986. The biology of the north- western Pacific Turridae. V. Demersal de- velopment, synchronous settlement and ot- her aspects of the larval biology of Oenopota levidensis. International Journal of Invertebrate Reproduction and Development, 10: 313-333. VERDUIN, A., 1982. On the taxonomy and va- riability of Recent European and North Afri- can marine species of the subgenus Rissosto- mia Desmarest, 1814 (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Prosobranchia). Basteria, 45: 143-166. VERDUIN, A., 1985. On the taxonomy and va- riability of Recent European and North Afri- can species of the subgenera Apicularia and Goniostoma of the genus Rissoa (Gastropoda, Prosobranchia). Basteria, 49(4-6): 105-132. WARWICK, R., PLATT, H., CLARKE, K., AGARD, J. AND GOBIN, J., 1990. Analysis of macro- benthic and meiobenthic community struc- ture in relation to pollution and disturbance in Hamilton harbour, Bermuda. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 138: 119-142. WArson, R. B., 1886. Report on the Scapho- poda and Gasteropoda collected by H.M.S. “Challenger” during the years 1873-1876. Re- ports on the Scientific Results of the “Challenger” Expedition 1873-76. Zoology, Vol. XV, part XLIL, 756 pp., LM pls. O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 18 (2): 77-97, 2000 A peculiar high-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach Una peculiar comunidad de moluscos del nivel superior de la marea en una playa de cantos rodados de Madeira Emilio ROLÁN* and José TEMPLADO** Recibido el 7-VILI-2000. Aceptado el 23-X-2000 ABSTRACT The molluscs living at the higher intertidal level in a protected area of boulders in Madeira are described. Fourteen species of molluscs were found in this peculiar habitat, the gastro- pods Littorina striata, Melaraphe neritoides, Assiminea cf. grayana, Paludinella littorina, Caecum armoricum, Caecum clarkii, Truncatella subcylindrica, Botryphallus epidauricus, Odostomia microeques (parasitizing the former species), Ovatella aequalis, Auriculinella bidentata, Pedipes pedipes, Pseudomelampus exiguus, and the bivalve Lasaea rubra. Their abundance and distribution assemblages in this habitat are noted and they are compared with the molluscs found in similar habitats in other areas of the Northeastern Atlantic and Mediterranean. RESUMEN Se describen los moluscos hallados en el nivel superior de la marea en una zona de bloques y cantos rodados de la isla de Madeira. Se hallaron catorce especies de moluscos en este hábitat tan peculiar, los gasterópodos Littorina striata, Melaraphe neritoides, Assiminea cf. grayana, Paludinella littorina, Caecum armoricum, Caecum clarkii, Truncatella subcylin- drica, Botryphallus epidauricus, Odostomia microeques (parasitando la especie anterior), Ovatella aequalis, Auriculinella bidentata, Pedipes pedipes, Pseudomelampus exiguus y el bivalvo Lasaea rubra. Se aportan datos sobre la abundancia de todas estas especies y su distribución dentro de este hábitat. Por último, se compara esta comunidad de moluscos con las halladas en hábitats similares en otras zonas del Atlántico nordeste y del Mediterráneo. KEY WORDS: Madeira, boulder beach, high-tidal molluscan assemblage, Littorinidae, Assimineidae, Caecidae, Truncatellidae, Rissoidae, Pyramidellidae, Ellobiidae, Kelliidae. PALABRAS CLAVE: Madeira, playa de cantos rodados, comunidad de moluscos supralitoral, Littorinidae, Assimineidae, Caecidae, Truncatellidae, Rossoidae, Pyramidellidae, Ellobiidae, Kelliidae. INTRODUCTION Faunas associated with boulder beachs were described by MORTON (1975) in New Zealand. He pointed out that the molluscs that lives at the high- * Cánovas del Castillo 22, 36202 Vigo, Spain tidal level in such places form a distinc- tive ecological grouping. These mollus- can communities are characterised by species of both marine and terrestrial ** Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales (CSIC), José Gutiérrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, Spain Dd, Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Figure 1. Schematic representation of the sampling site. 1: the upper level formed by cobbles of about 15-25 cm, occasionally receiving sunlight; 2: among and under them, there was another layer of scarcely smaller stones of about 9-15 cm, never exposed to sunlight; 3: other small stones without any contact with sand; 4: smaller ones mixed with some coarse sand formed a layer of about 6-8 cm thick; 5: bed of gravel and coarse sand mixed with very small stones; A: high tide level. Figura 1. Esquema del lugar de muestreo. 1: nivel superior formado por cantos rodados de unos 15-25 cm, que reciben ocasionalmente la luz del sol; 2: entre ellos y por debajo hay otro nivel con piedras lige- ramente más pequeñas (9-15 cm), que nunca están expuestas a la luz del sol; 3: otras piedras más peque- ñas sin contacto alguno con arena; 4: otras piedras pequeñas mezcladas con arena compacta formando un estrato de unos 6-8 cm de espesor; 5: nivel de grava y arena compactada con pequeñas piedras; A: nivel de la marea alta. groups, which form a mixed assem- blage. According to this author espe- cially common here are species of the caenogastropods families Assimineidae and Caecidae, and primitive pulmona- tes of the family Ellobiidae. PONDER (1990) studied a close related habitat in the Strait of Gibraltar, but in a some- what lower level. He pointed out that “these habitats, long neglected by bio- logist, clearly deserve much closer attention”. During a short visit to Madeira Island in Octuber of 1993 we had the opportunity to find a surprisingly diverse molluscan assemblage, quite similar to that described by MORTON (1975), in such seemingly inhospitable habitat. These molluscs and their abun- dance and distribution within this habitat are here described. The small molluscs of Madeira were firstly studied by MANZONI (1868a, 1968b), WATSON (1873, 1891, 1898), and in more recent times by NORDSIECK AND DS GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1979), VERDUIN (1984, 1988), MOOLENBEEK AND FABER (1987), PALAZZI (1988) and MOOLENBEEK AND HOENSELAAR (1989, 1998), among others. All these publications are mainly lists, inventories or description of new species, and most of them are based on dead material. In the other hand, the Ellobids from Madeira were studied firsly by WOLLASTON (1878) and in recent times by MARTINS (1995, 1996, 1999). MATERIAL AND METHODS The Madeiran coast is very steep, and exposed to an intense wave action. In most part of its coast only boulder beachs are found. In October of 1993 a small area of about 2 x 2 m was sampled in Funchal, near the Club Naval. The sampling site was located at the corner of a small bay, where wave-rounded boulders and large cobbles were over a ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach Table L. Species found in Madeira and their abundance and habitat where they predominated. 1: upper part of big boulders; 2: amongst and under boulders; 3: under cobbles without any contact with the sand layer. ; 4: amongst and under small stones in contact with the sand layer. ; 5: in the sand under cobbles; +: 1 - 10 specimens; ++: 11 - 50 specimens; +++: 51-150 specimens; ++++: more than 150 specimens. Tabla I. Especies encontradas en Madeira, su abundancia y nivel en el que eran predominantes. 1: parte superior de bloques grandes; 2: entre y bajo bloques; 3: bajo guijarros sin ningún contacto con la capa de arena; 4: entre y bajo pequeñas piedras en contacto con la arena; 5: en la arena bajo guijarros; +: 1 - 10 especímenes; ++: 11 - 50 especímenes; +++: 51-150 especímenes; ++++: más de 150 especímenes. Species 1 2 3 4 5 L. striata + M. neritoides + A. cf. grayana +++ de P. littorina + eri C. clarkii A C. armoricum Joc T. subeylindrica + su B. epidauricus + A O. microeques ai O. aequalis + dnd + A. bidentata se EN P. pedipes ES P. exiguus + L. rubra + coarse sand and gravel layer, among rocks (Fig. 1). It was a moderately stable, shady place, protected against the direct impact of the waves. The sea- water was received slowly braked by its filtration through the gravel. Thus, the main ecological factors of the small area sampled were the high humidity, and permanently low levels of light and temperature. Some decaying algal wrack and plant debris can be found under stones, which constitute the food for most of the animals inhabiting there. No macroscopic seaweeds were observ- ed in this habitat. Material was collected in the high tide spring level by direct observation with frontal lens. Also, some cobbles were cleaned in a box with sea-water, and samples of the coarse sand and gravel placed under boulders and stones were taken in order to be studied later under magnification. The samples obtained cannot be treated as a valid quantitative estimates. Therefore, the number of specimens given might be interpreted as a general picture of abundance and distribution of each species. In order to make comparisons, a very similar habitat and level was sampled in other localities, two located in the Atlantic coast of NW Spain (Cies Islands, Ría de Vigo, June, 1997, and Ribadeo, Lugo, June, 1998), and another in the Mediterranean (Los Escullos, Almería, SE Spain, September 1996). Some specimens from the Muséum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle of Paris (MNHN) (loaned by Serge Gofas), coming from Ceuta, Azores and Canary Islands were used for comparison. Voucher material of all the species recorded has been deposited in the Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales of Madrid. JE) Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Table II. Species found in similar habitat in Madeira and in several localities of the Spanish coasts (Ribadeo, Cies Islands, in NW Spain, and Los Escullos, SE Spain). Tabla 11. Especies presentes en hábitats similares en Madeira y varias localidades del litoral español (Ribadeo, Islas Cies, en el NO de España, y Los Escullos, SE de España). Species in NW SPAIN L. saxatilis P. littorina C. trifasciata T. subcylindrica Species in SE SPAIN M. neritoides P. littorina C. armoricum T. subcylindrica B. epidauricus Genera Species in MADEIRA Littorina L. striata Melaraphe M. neritoides Assiminea A. cf. grayana Paludinella P. littorina Ca C. armoricum C. clarkii Cingula Truncatella T. subcylindrica Botryphalus B. epidauricus Odostomia O. microeques Ovatella O. aequalis Myosotella Auriculinella A. bidentata Pedipes P. pedipes Pseudomelampus P. exiguus Lasaea L. rubra RESULTS Description of the habitat: We consid- ered the following levels in the sampling site (Fig. 1), with independence of the big stones which were around the place: 1- the upper level was formed by cobbles of about 15-25 cm, occasionally receiving sunlight; 2- among and under them» there was another layer of scarcely smaller stones of about 9-15 cm, never exposed to sunlight; some algal debris were deposited here; 3- under these, other small stones without any contact with sand; 4- amongst and under small stones, smaller ones mixed with some coarse sand formed a layer of about 6-8 cm thick. 5- under this layer there was a bed of gravel and coarse sand mixed with very small stones. M. myosotis M. myosotis A. bidentata A. bidentata P. exiguus P. exiguus L. rubra All these levels were at the higher intertidal level. Probably, the sea-water could reach the upper cobbles when the sea was strong, but normally the waves arrived to this place very attenuated. The cobbles and stones under boulders were always humid and they were not hardly heated by the sun. The molluscan species found in this habitat lived very close one to another but occupied different levels or niches. Most of them were found very close because there were only about 25 cm from the higher to the lower level. Species found: The species found in Madeira and its relative abundance and location within this habitat are shown in Table I. The Table II shows the species found in similar habitat in Madeira, NW Spain, and SE Spain. (Right page) Figures 2-8. Assíminea cf. grayana, Madeira. 2: shell; 3-5: protoconch; 6: detail of the suture; 7-8: radula. (Página derecha) Figuras 2-8. Assiminea cf. grayana, Madeira. 2: concha; 3-5: protoconcha; 6: detalle de la sutura; 7-8: rádula. 80 ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach 81 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Family LITTORINIDAE Gray, 1840 Littorina striata King and Broderip, 1832 Material studied: 8 specimens from Madeira. Habitat: Found in the upper level amongst big boulders. Remarks: This species is known from Azores, Madeira, Canarias, Cabo Verde and Sáo Tomé islands. Our specimens were found in the upper part of the studied area, on the rocks. Most of them were not adults. Some of them had tubercles in the upper part of the first whorls, even in one specimen the tuber- cles reached the last whorl. This pattern is frequent in the same species in Cape Verde Islands. No other differences were appreciated between Madeiran and Canarian populations of this species. A detailed study on patterns of shell varia- tion in this species along Macaronesia was done by DE WOLF ET AL. (1998). Melaraphe neritoides (Linné, 1758) Material studied: 7 specimens from Madeira, 20 specimens from Almería. Habitat: Found in the upper level on the surface of big boulders. Remarks: The species ranges from Scandinavia to the Mediterranean. The shells from Madeira had the same characteristics that the ones found in the European mainland coasts popula- tions. Family ASSIMINEIDAE H. and A. Adams, 1856 Assiminea cf. grayana Fleming, 1828 (Figs. 2-8, 30) Material studied: 104 specimens from Madeira. Description: Shell (Fig. 2) small, solid, globose-conical, with spire scarcely pointed. Surface smooth, only with growth lines and a subsutural spiral groove (Fig. 6), not clearly appreciated in first whorls. Suture slowly depressed. Protoconch (Figs. 3-5) smooth, with somewhat more than one spiral whorl. Its nucleus measured 130 um in diame- ter Animal white, with short and con- tractile cephalic tentacles, showing the eyes close to their tip. The anterior part of the foot is rounded and bilobulated (Fig. 30). Black pigmentation was very constant in the external apical part of the tentacles. A black or grey spots in the head, between the tentacles, can be also present. In some specimens a quite dark first whorls can be observed by transparence. Radula (Figs. 7-8) with a narrow and elongate rachidian tooth, which presents a prominent central cusp, with one or two at each side. There are also three small cusps near its base at each side, being less prominent the more basal. The lateral teeth have a spoon-like form, (Right page) Figures 9-12. Paludinella littorina, Madeira. 9: shell; 10-11: protoconch; 12: micros- culpture of the protoconch. Figure 13. Caecum armoricum, apex (Madeira). Figure 14. Caecum clarki, apex (Madeira). (Página derecha) Figuras 9-12. Paludinella littorina, Madeira. 9: concha; 10-11: protoconcha; 12: microescultura de la protoconcha. Figura 13. Caecum armoricum, ápice (Madeira). Figura 14. Caecum clarki, ápice (Madeira). 82 ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach 83 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 with some cusps at their margin. The marginal internal are very similar to the lateral, being also spoon-like, somewhat wider, with smaller and more numerous cusps. Habitat: Found living under boulders in humid parts, without contact with the sand, but very near to this layer. Remarks: In a first glance we identi- fied this species as A. grayana Fleming, 1828. But after a most detailed study we had some doubts because FRETTER AND GRAHAM (1978) noted spiral lines in the protoconch of this taxon, which are not present in our shells. They referred also a protoconch of two whorls, but our shells have only somewhat more than one (using the method of VERDUIN, 1984). We have tried to examine the pro- toconch of specimens of populations of this species recorded in the Ría de Arosa by CADÉE (1968) and ROLÁN (1987), but all the shells had the protoconch eroded. A. grayana ranges from the Atlantic coast of Europe to the Mediterranean Sea. Other forms of the genus Assiminea has been observed in some areas of West Africa down to Angola. ÁVILA (1998, 2000) used the name Assiíminea eliae Paladilhe, 1875 for the specimens of the Azores. Until a detalied review of all these forms is done, we prefer to keep the specimens from Madeira under the current name A. grayana, following the nomenclature proposed by the CLEMAN checklist. Paludinella littorina (delle Chiaje, 1828) (Figs. 9-12, 29) Material studied: 62 specimens from Madeira; 30 from Almería; 35 from Cies Islands; 15 from Ribadeo. Description: Shell (Fig. 9) small, globose, glossy, semitransparent. Proto- conch (Figs. 10-12) with a huge nucleus and one whorl and little more; its surface is covered by a fine microsculp- ture of irregular granulations. There is a distinc boundary with the teleoconch. Animal milky-white, with cephalic ten- tacles very short, flat, semitriangular, with subapical eyes (Fig. 29). A pinkish area can be observed by transparence between the tentacles. Habitat: P. littorina was living under boulders near or in contact with the sand layer. Remarks: FRETTER AND GRAHAM (1978) noted that P. littorina has a protoconch of 1 3/4 smooth whorls. The photograph presented by them (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1978, fig. 130) show a protoconch that seems to have less than one whorl. In fact, in our material there is only a little more than 1/2 whorl after a wide nucleus (using the method of VERDUIN, 1984). The surface of the protoconch of our mate- rial is covered by irregular fine sculp- ture and was never smooth, as in the protoconch showed by FRETTER AND GRAHAM (1978, p. 149, fig. 130). Perhaps, the shells studied by these authors had eroded protoconchs or they were not studied at enough magnification. We have compared the Madeiran shells with those from SE Spain, and their microsculpture (Fig. 12) is similar in both populations. Thus we consider to be the same species both Madeiran and Mediterranean specimens. This species occurs throughout the Mediterranean Sea and along the Eastern Atlantic coast, from Madeira to the southern coast of the British Isles. (Right page) Figures 15-16. Truncatella subcylindrica, protoconch, Madeira. Figures 17-20. Botryp- hallus epidauricus., Madeira. 17: shell; 18: protoconch; 19-20: radula. (Página derecha) Figuras 15-16. Truncatella subcylindrica, protoconcha, Madeira. Figuras 17-20. Botryphallus epidauricus., Madeira. 17: concha; 18: protoconcha; 19-20: rádula. 84 ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach 85 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Family CAECIDAE Gray, 1850 Caecum armoricum de Folin, 1869 (Fig. 13) Caecum incomptum (Monterosato, 1884). Material studied: 22 specimens from Madeira; 9 specimens from Almería. Description: A complete description of the shell of this species can be seen in the papers of VAN AARTSEN AND HOEN- SELAAR (1984) and HOEKSEMA AND SEGERS (1993). The specimens studied did not differ from these descriptions. Animal white. Habitat: Found buried in the sand, under boulders and stones. Remarks: PONDER (1990) pointed out that this species (as C. incomptum) is very abundant in the intertidal gravel habitat in the Strait of Gibraltar. Our specimens are quite similar to those mentioned by this author. Caecum armo- ricum occurs throughout the Mediterra- nean Sea and along the Eastern Atlantic coast, from Canary Island to Azores and Northern France. Its distribution and systematic had been discused by AARTSEN AND HOENSELAAR (1984) and HOEKSEMA AND SEGERS (1993). Caecum clarkiú Carpenter, 1858 (Fig. 14) Material studied: 1 living specimen from Madeira. Habitat: Buried in sand under cobbles. Remarks: C. clarkii was originally described from Canary Islands and widespread throughout the European Atlantic coasts and the Mediteranean Sea. Family TRUNCATELLIDAE Gray, 1840 Truncatella subcylindrica (L., 1767) (Figs. 15-16, 28) Material studied: 39 specimens from Madeira; 109 from Almería; 12 from Vigo; 45 from Ribadeo. Description: Shells of Madeiran speci- mens were very similar to those from the Mediterranean populations, with numerous axial ribs, but some speci- mens were smooth. Protoconch smooth (Figs. 15-16). Animal white. Anterior end of the foot with two flat enlarge- ments. Tentacles not very long, cylindri- cal with the eyes at their bases (Fig. 28). Habitat: Amongst vegetal debris and cobbles. Remarks: The characteristics of the habitat and shells are quite similar to those of the European populations. Family RISSOIDAE Gray, 1847 Botryphallus epidauricus (Brusina, 1866) (Figs. 17-27) Material studied: 570 specimens from Madeira; 409 from Almería, more than 500 from Canary Islands (MNHN), and more than 500 from Ceuta (MNHN). Description: Shell (Fig. 17) minute, tall-spired, almost cylindrical, smooth, whitish, with a dome-shaped apex. Aperture pyriform, slightly widening, 86 peristome continuous and outer lip smooth. Protoconch (Fig. 18) with about 1 smooth whorl. Teleoconch with about 3 whorls. ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach Figures 21-27. Botryphallus epidauricus, Madeira. 21: sketch of one specimen showing by transpa- rence part of the intestinal tract; 22, 23: details of the head-foot; 24-27: penis of several males. Figure 28. Sketch of the head-foot of Truncatella subcylindrica, Madeira. Figure 29. Sketch of the head-foot of Paludinella littorina, Madeira. Figure 30. Sketch of the head-foot of Assiminea cf. grayana, Madeira. Figure 31. Sketch of the head-foot of Pseudomelampus exiguus, Madeira. Figure 32. Sketch of the head-foot of Pedipes pedipes, Madeira. Figure 33. Sketch of the head-foot of Odostomia microeques, Madeira. Figure 34. Live position of Odostomia microeques On its host, Botryphallus epidauricus, Madeira. Figuras 21-27, Botryphallus epidauricus, Madeira. 21: esquema de un ejemplar mostrando por trans- parencia parte del tracto intestinal; 22, 23: detalles de la parte anterior del animal; 24-27: penes de algunos ejemplares. Figura 28. Esquema de la parte anterior del animal de Truncatella subcylindrica, Madeira. Figura 29. Esquema de la parte anterior del animal de Paludinella littorina, Madeira. Figura 30. Esquema de la parte anterior del animal de Assiminea cf. grayana, Madeira. Figura 31. Esquema de la parte anterior del animal de Pseudomelampus exiguus, Madeira. Figura 32. Esquema de la parte anterior del animal de Pedipes pedipes, Madeira. Figura 33. Esquema de la parte anterior del animal de Odostomia microeques, Madeira. Figura 34. Posición habitual de Odostomia microe- ques sobre su hospedador, Botryphallus epidauricus, Madeira. 87 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Figures 35-37. Shells of Odostomia microeques, Madeira. 35: Holotype (MNCN); 36-37: paratypes (CER and MNHN). Figuras 35-37. Conchas de Odostomia microeques, Madeira. 35: holotipo (MNCN); 36-37: parati- pos (CER y MNAN). Animal (Figs. 22, 23) translucent white, with cephalic tentacles thin and elongated. The eyes lie at their bases. Pro- podium with a conspicuous, triangular, and opaque-white pedal gland. Snout with two pronounced distal lobes. Intes- tine visible by transparence throughout the last whorl of the shell, with a slight curvature (Fig. 21). Males with a large and flower-like penis (Figs. 24-27), also visible by transparence, bearing several (from 11 to 16) digitiform appendages (apocrine glands, sensu Ponder, 1990). Operculum thin, translucent, paucispiral with a eccentric nucleus. Radula (Figs. 19-20) taenioglossan, with a raquidian tooth having the cutting edge with 9 cusps (the central more elongated and the others smaller towards the periphery). Lateral teeth with 9 cusps also, one of the central more prominent and the others decreasing in size at both sides. Marginal teeth with many small cusps of the same size in their distal edge. Habitat: Some specimens were found under cobbles and stones that were per- manently humid and in contact with the 88 sand, but most of them were buried in the sand. Remarks: At first we suspected that our specimens belonged to an undescri- bed species, due its short protoconch (meaning a direct development) and the long distance between Madeira and the Mediterranean Sea. Besides, the drawing of the penis of B. epidauricus showed by PONDER (1990, fig. 8C) upon material from the Strait of Gibraltar appeared to be rather different from our drawings. But later, we had the oppor- tunity to study samples of a population of B. epidauricus from Los Escullos (Almería, SE Spain) and we found that the shell and the male genitalia in speci- mens of this population were identical to those from Madeira, and therefore belong to the same species. Perhaps the differences between our observations and the Ponder drawings are due to the fact that we have studied alcohol preser- ved material and he probably examined living specimens. We have also studied two similar forms from the Canary Islands (MNHN) ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach Figures 38-41. Ovatella aequalis, Madeira. 38: shell; 39-40: protoconch; 41: radula. Figuras 38-41. Ovatella aequalis, Madeira. 38: concha; 39-40: protoconcha; 41: rádula. of different size, about 1. 5 mm hight the larger one, and about 1. 0 the smaller. The bigger form is almost identical with the Madeiran specimens and probably is the species named by MANZONI (1868a) Rissoa balteata, as VERDUIN (1988) and GOFAS (1990) suspected. The smaller form from the Canary Island, has a shell quite similar, but the males lack the characteristic penis of the genus Botryp- 89 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 hallus and it might be an undescribed species of the genus Peringíella. Two similar species have been descri- bed in recent years: B. ovummuscae (Gofas, 1990) from Azores and B. tuber (Rolán, 1991) from Cape Verde islands, both described under the genus Peringie- lla. According to the results of this study, the type species of this genus, B. epidauri- cus, occurs along the Mediterranean Sea, Atlantic coast of Spain and Portugal, and Madeira and Canary Islands. Family PYRAMIDELLIDAE Gray, 1840 Odostomia microeques Rolán and Templado, 1999 (Figs. 33-37) Material studied: 22 specimens from Madeira. Description: Shell (Figs. 35-37) minute, oval-cylindrical, very fragile. Spire from 2 to 3 spiral whorls, slightly rounded, with suture impressed, and very evident prosoclines growth lines. Apex blunt, dome-shaped, with the pro- toconch of type C of 206 um, emerging and showing less than one spiral whorl. Aperture oval and somewhat pyriform. Columela slightly curved. Peristoma continuous. Umbilicus absent. Columel- ar lip not showing any fold externaly, but a slight fold begin somewhat inner and continues internally well developed. Animal translucent white, with short and divergent cephalic tentacles, slightly tapering distally but the distal end is expanded into a spheric tip (Fig. 33). Eyes small and placed very close behind the base of the tentacles. Opercu- lum with a perpendicular line to the columela. Habitat: Found just with its host, Botryphallus epidauricus, in the sand under stones. Remarks: O. microeques is the smallest pyramidellid gastropod known. It was not observed during the first time in the collecting site due its very small size. Some samples of the sand taken under the cobbles was carried to the laboratory for examination under magnification. During this study the presence of some tiny shells, smaller than those of Botryp- hallus epidauricus, were observed, which was abundant in the sample. Curiously, it was observed that these specimens were placed on the shell of B. epidauricus (Fig. 34). Many times, we took off the specimens of O. microeques from the shells of B. epidauricus, but immediately, they looked for another specimen to go up it again. In oposition, they rejected the shells of other species that lived in the same habitat. This convinced us that O. microeques parasites B. epidauricus. The closest species to O. microeques is Odostomia megerlei (Locard, 1886), but the latter is clearly bigger (see com- ments in PEÑAS AND ROLÁN, 1999). Family ELLOBIDAE Pfeiffer, 1854 Ovatella aequalis (Lowe, 1832) (Figs. 38-41) Material studied: 260 specimens from Madeira. (Right page) Figures 42-47. Protoconchs of some European species of Ellobiidae. 42: Auriculinella bidentata, Cies Islands; 43: A. bidentata, Almería; 44-45: Myosotella myosotis, Cies Islands; 46: M. myosotis, Almería; 47: Ovatella firminii, Cies Islands. (Página derecha) Figuras 42-47. Protoconchas de algunas especies europeas de Ellobiidae. 42: Auriculi- nella bidentata, /5/as Cies; 43: A. bidentata, Almería; 44-45: Myosotella myosotis, /slas Cies; 46: M. myosotis, Almería; 47: Ovatella firminii, /slas Cies. 90 ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach 91 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Description: Shell (Fig. 38) oval-conic, elongated, somewhat solid, brown. Pro- toconch (Figs. 39-40) smooth, with about one whorl. Teleoconch of about 6 whorls. Body whorl about 70% of the total height. First whorls with fine spiral stria- tion and narrow and spaced prosocline axial ribs. There is a deep subsutural furrow in which sharp periostracal hairs inserted at each axial rib. Suture not depressed. Aperture oval-elongated with two columelar folds and two prominent parietal teeth. Animal whitish to pale- yellowish. Radula (Fig. 41) with many teeth, all quite similar, disposed in rows. Habitat: Below and under cobbles of middle size, in humid places, not close to the sand layer. Remarks: MARTINS (1995, 1999) has compared the Acorean O. vulcani (Morelet, 1860) with the Mediterranean O. firminii (Payraudeau, 1826) and the Madeiran O. aequalis, concluding, for the recognition all of them as valid species, often previously considered as synonyms. According to this author, the sculpture of the protoconch and the first whorls of the teloconch seems to be very important as specific characters in this group. To show the differences with other close European species we present the protoconchs of Myosotella myosotis (Draparnaud, 1801) (Figs. 44-46) from Cies Islands and Almería, and Ovatella firmini (Payraudeau, 1826) (Fig. 47) from the Cies islands. Auriculinella bidentata (Montagu, 1808) (Figs. 42, 43, 48-50) Material studied: 39 specimens from Madeira; 21 from Almería; 12 from Ribadeo; 15 from Cies Islands. Description: Shell (Fig. 48) oval-conic elongated, smooth, withish, with blunt apex, very similar to the European popu- lations studied. Protoconch (Figs. 42, 43, 49, 50) smooth with about half whorl. The teleoconch begins with axial proso- cline striation which cross fine spiral threads. This sculpture almost desappe- ars in subsequent whorls. Aperture oval, elongated with a prominent parietal tooth and a curved columelar fold below. Animal white, sometimes with small dark areas at the tip of the cephalic tentacles. Habitat: Found amongst and under cobbles of middle size, in humid places. Remarks: The specimens from Ma- deira are almost identical to the Euro- pean populations examined, showing the specimens from Almería the typical sculpture of the first whorl of the teleo- conch (Figs. 49-50), and being less evi- dent in the shells of the Cies Islands (Fig. 42). This species widespread from the British Isles to the Mediterrnean, Azores and Madeira. Pedipes pedipes (Bruguiere, 1789) (Figs. 32, 51-54) Pedipes afer (Gmelin, 1791) Material studied: 5 specimens from Madeira. Description: Shell (Fig. 51) globose, solid, brown, with low spire and very large body whorl, that averaging near the 90% of shell length. Protoconch (Figs. 52- 54) very small, with less than one whorl. The teleoconch begins with spiral and pro- socline axial sculpture, the later desap- pearing in the following whorls. Aperture 92 ovate, widely rounded at base, about 70% of the length of body whorl. There are two strong columellar teeth, and one strongest parietal tooth very elongated. Animal (Fig. 32) white with grey pigmentation towards the tip of the cep- halic tentacles. Anterior part of the foot bilobulated by a central incision. Snout ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach 500 um 100 um Figures 48-50: Auriculinella bidentata, Madeira. 48: shell; 49-50: protoconch. Figuras 48-50: Auriculinella bidentata, Madeira. 48: concha; 49-50: protoconcha. short and cephalic tentacles contractile, somewhat elongated when extended. Habitat: Found amongst boulders in the upper level of the collecting site. Remarks: This species is known from Azores, Madeira, Canary, Cape Verde and Sao Tomé Islands (FERNANDES AND ROLÁN, 1993; ÁVILA, 2000). Pseudomelampus exiguus (Lowe, 1832) (Figs. 31, 55-57) Material studied: 2 specimens from Madeira; 12 from Almería; 20 from Ribadeo. Description: Shell (Fig. 55) ovoid, solid, pinkish-brown, body whorl more than 90% of total shell hight. Protoconch (Fig. 56) smooth, heterostrophic, with its spiral axis perpendicular to the axis of the shell, and partly covered with first whorl of teleoconch. Microsculpture of irregular spiral striae (Fig. 57). Aperture elongate with one columellar tooth and two parietal theeth. Animal (Fig. 31) whitish, foot bilobulated anteriorly, cep- halic tentacles short, somewhat flattened, with the eyes in the middle of their bases. Habitat: Found amongst big stones in the upper part of the bottom. Remarks: The lectotype of this species was figured by MARTINS (1996, fig. 180), being Madeira the type locality. 93 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 Family KELLIDAE Forbes and Hanley, 1848 Lasaea rubra (Montagu, 1803) Material studied: 2 specimens from Madeira; more than 200 specimens in Cies Islands. Remarks: L. rubra is an extremely common species, frequently associated with some of the previously mentioned DISCUSSION The under-boulder molluscs assem- blage studied in a protected place of the upper level of the tide and its distribu- tion in different levels in Madeira has some resemblance with that described by MORTON (1975) in New Zealand (dominated by species of Ellobiidae, Assimineidae and Caecidae). Four of the fourteen species we found clearly domi- nated in this habitat in Madeira. Botryp- hallus epidauricus in the lowest level, on the sand under rocks, Paludinella litto- rina in a somewhat higher layer, amongst small stones in contact with sand. Ovatella aequalis and Assiminea cf. grayana dominated in an upper level, under boulders without contact with sand. Other species frequent in this habitat were Caecum armoricum, Trunca- tella subcylindrica and Odostomia microe- ques in the same layer that B. epidauricus, and Auriculinella bidentata, living togeth- er with Paludinella littorina. The other species found were scarce. The ellobids Pedipes pedipes and Pseudomelampus exiguus, and the littorinids Littorina striata and Melaraphe neritoides are typical supralittoral species, which sometimes can be found in the highest level of the habitat studied. Lasaea rubra is very common in tufts of coralline algae and lichens (Lichina sp.) high in the intertidal zone and only isolated specimens can be found in boulder beach (BULLOCK ET AL., 1990). Last, species in other areas, sometimes in high number. In the studied community its presence was scarce. Caecum clarkii prefer lower shore (mid- littoral or sublittoral) but is capable of penetrating the upper levels when con- ditions are favourable (PONDER, 1990). Only two of the species found are apparently endemic of Madeira: Ovatella aequalis and Odostomia microeques. The latter might be present in other areas where its host occurs, but it might be over looked due its minute size (smaller than 1 mm). Ovatella aequalis is replaced by its related species Myosotella myosotis (Draparnaud, 1801) in the European coasts and by O. vulcani (Morelet, 1860) in Azores. All the other species, but Lit- torina striata and Pedipes pedipes, are also present in the European mainland, both in the Atlantic and Mediterranean coasts. Ten of the species found in Madeira occurs also in Azores and eight in Canary Islands. The most abundant species, Botryp- hallus epidauricus, widespreads along the Atlantic and Mediterranean coasts of Europe and also in Canary Islands. It is replaced in Azores (northward) and in Cabo Verde Island (southward) by the related species B. ovummuscae and B. tuber, respectively. PONDER (1990) studied a similar ha- bitat in the Strait of Gibraltar, but in a so- mewhat lower level. He studied an inter- tidal gravel beach at Ceuta, and its up- per level coincides with the lowest one studied by us. In both localities (Funchal (Right page) Figures 51-54. Pedipes pedipes, Madeira. 51: shell; 52-54: protoconch. Figures 55-57: Pseudomelampus exiguus, Madeira. 55: shell; 56: protoconch; 57: microsculpture. (Página derecha) Figuras 51-54. Pedipes pedipes, Madeira. 51: concha; 52-54: protoconcha. Figuras 55-57: Pseudomelampus exiguus, Madeira. 55: concha; 56: protoconcha; 57: microescultura. 94 ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach 9 Iberus, 18 (2), 2000 in Madeira, and Ceuta in the Strait of Gi- braltar) this level is dominated by the same species: Botryphallus epidauricus. The small molluscs found in this peculiar habitat in Madeira seem to form a distinctive ecological grouping which have close parallels in Euro- pean/North African mainland and in other Macaronesian Islands. Some species of this grouping are present in this habitat in all areas of the temperate NE Atlantic, and other are replaced by close related species according to the geographical area. The species found in this habitat in Madeira and in some localities of the Spanish coasts (Ribadeo and Cies Islands, NW Spain, and Los Escullos, SE Spain) are included in Table II. Four species have been found in this habitat in all localities sampled: P. littorina, T. subcylindrica, A. bidentata and P. exiguus. In Madeira this molluscan assemblage is particularly diverse. Six of the species found here, including the two endemic of Madeira, were not found in the other localities sampled. Some of them are present in these localities, but they did not find in this habitat. The more remar- kable peculiarity of this molluscan assemblage in Madeira is the presence of an parasitic pyramidellid gastropod (O. microeques). In contrast, only two of the species collected in this habitat in BIBLIOGRAPHY AARTSEN, J. J. VAN AND HOENSELAAR, H. J., 1984. European marine Mollusca: notes on less well-known species. VIII. Caecum armo- ricum De Folin, 1869. Basteria, 48: 23-26. ÁVILA, S. P., 1998. Zonacáo intertidal de uma comunidade malacológica na “Poca da Ba- rra”, uma lagoa localizada na plataforma costeira da Vila das Lajes do Pico, Acores. Acgoreana, 8 (4): 457-485. ÁVILA, S. P., 2000. Shallow-water marine mo- lluscs of the Azores: biogeographical rela- tionships. Arquipélago, Supplement 2 (Part A): 99-131. BOLLOCK, R. C., TURNER, R. D. AND FRALICK, R. A. 1990. Species richness and diversity of al- gal-associated micromolluscan communities from Sáo Miguel, Acores. Acgoreana, suple- mento 1990: 39-58. 96 the Spanish coasts were not found in Madeira: Littorina saxatilis (Olivi, 1792) and Cingula trifasciata (J. Adams, 1800). The former is not typical of this habitat but it can be found sometimes in the upper part of big boulders in the Atlan- tic European mainland. C. trifasciata is quite common beneath large boulders in shaded, stable places in other areas (PONDER, 1990), including Azores Islands (ÁVILA, 1998), but it was not present in the samples taken in Madeira. AKNOWLEDGEMENTS The SEM photographs presented in this work were done by Josefo Bedoya, Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales of Madrid, and by Jesús Méndez, CACTEF Universidad de Vigo. Marta Calvo, Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero and Chefy Álvarez accompanied us during the collecting trip. We are also indebted to Antonio Frias Martins by his helpful comments on the manuscript and by his help in the identification of the species of Ellobiidae, and to Serge Gotas for loaned material for comparisons from Ceuta, Azores and Canary Islands. This work has been partially sponso- red by the projects of the Xunta de Gali- cia PGIDTOOPXI30121PTR and Fauna Ibérica IV (PB950235). CADÉE, G. C., 1968. Molluscan biocenoses and tha- natocoenoses in the Ria de Arosa, Galicia, Spain. J. Brill, Leiden, 121 pp, 6 pls. CLEMAM. Unitas Malacologica Check List of European Marine Mollusca. Internet site [cu- rrent URL http: / / www. mnhn. fr/base/ma- laco. html, last searched june 2000]. FERNANDES, F. AND ROLÁN, E., 1993. Moluscos marinos de Sáo Tomé y Príncipe: actualiza- ción bibliográfica y nuevas aportaciones. Ibe- rus, 11 (1): 31-47. FRETTER, V. AND GRAHAM, A,, 1978. The pro- sobranch molluses of Britain and Denmark. Part 3- Neritacea, Viviparacea, Valvatacea, te- rrestrial and fresh water Littorinacea and Rissoacea. The Journal of Molluscan Studies, Suppl. 5: 101-153. ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: High-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach GOEAS, S., 1990. The littoral Rissoidae and Ana- bathridae of Sáo Miguel, Acores. Acoreana, su- plemento 1990: 97-134. HOEKSEMA, D. F. AND HOENSELAAR, H. J., 1984. On the distribution of Caecum clarkii, Car- penter, 1858 (Prosobranchia, Caecidae) in the Channel. Basteria, 48: 27-30. HOEKSEMA, D. F. AND SEGERS, W., 1993. On the systematics and distribution of the marine Gastropod Caecum armoricum de Folin, 1869 (Prosobranchia, Caecidae). Gloria Maris, 31 (6): 79-88. MARTINS, A. M. de F., 1995. Anatomy and sys- tematics of Ovatella vulcani (Morelet, 1860) (Pulmonata: Ellobiidae) from the Azores. Acoreana, supplement 1995: 231-248. MARTINS, A. M. de F., 1996. Anatomy and sys- tematics of the Western Atlantic Ellobiidae (Gastropoda: Pulmonata). Malacologia, 37 (2): 163-332. MARTINS, A. M. de F., 1999. On the generic se- paration of Ovatella Bivona, 1832 and Myo- sotella Monterosato, 1906 (Pulmonata: Ello- biidae). Iberus, 17 (2): 59-75. MANZONL, A., 1868a. Nouvelles especes de Ris- son recueillies aux Íles Canaries et a Madére par Mac-Andrew en 1852. Journal de Conchy- liologie, Paris, 16: 164-168. MANZONI, A., 1968b. Sur les Rissoa des lles Ca- naries et de Madére par Mac-Andrew en 1852. Journal de Conchyliolog1e, Paris, 16: 236- 256. MOOLENBEEK, R. G. AND FABER, M. J., 1987. The Macaronesian species of the genus Manzonia (Gastropoda: Rissoidae). De Kreukel, 23 (1): 1- 16, pl. 1; 23 (2-3): 23-31; 23 (10): 166-179, pl. 2-3. MOOLENBEEK, R. G. AND HOENSELAAR, HH. J., 1989. The genus Alvania on the Canary Islands and Madeira (Mollusca: Gastropoda), part 1. Bulletin Zoologisch Museum, Universiteit van Amsterdam, 11 (27): 215-228. MOOLENBEEK, R. G. AND HOENSELAAR, H. J., 1998. The genus Alvania on the Canary Islands and Madeira (Mollusca: Gastropoda), part 2. Bulletin Zoologisch Museum, Universiteit van Amsterdam, 16 (8): 53-62. MORTON, J., 1975. Form and habit in some small gastropods of New Zealand boulder beachs. The Veliger, 18 (1): 1-15. NORDSIECK, F. AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA, F., 1979. Moluscos marinos de Canarias y Madera (Gas- tropoda). Aula de Cultura de Tenerife. 208 pp, 46 pls. PALAZZI, S., 1988. Note sugli Omalogyridae mediterranei e maderensi. Bollettino Malaco- logico, 24 (5-8): 101-111. PEÑAS, A. AND ROLÁN, E., 1999. La familia Py- ramidelloidea Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gas- tropoda, Heterostropha) en África occiden- tal. 4. Los géneros Megastomia, Odostomia, Ondina, Noemiamea y Syrnola. Iberus, suple- mento 5: 1-150. PONDER, W. F., 1990. A gravel beach shelled mi- cro-gastropod assemblage from Ceuta, Strait of Gibraltar, with description of a new trun- catelloidean genus. Bulletin Muséum natio- nale d'Histoire naturelle,, Paris, 4 sér., 12, sec- tion A (2): 291-311. ROLÁN, E., 1987. Primera cita de Assiminea gra- yana Fleming, 1828 (Mollusca; Gastropoda) para la fauna ibérica. Iberus, 7 (2): 241-242. ROLÁN, E., 1991. Peringiella tuber, new species for the Cape Verde fauna. La Conchiglia, 22 (258): 54-55. VERDUIN, A., 1984. On the taxonomy of some recent European marine species of the genus Cingula s. 1. (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia). Basteria, 48: 37-87. VERDUIN, A., 1988. On the taxonomy of some Rissoacean species from Europe, Madeira and the Canary Islands (Gastropoda Proso- branchia). Basteria, 52: 9-35. WATSON, R. B., 1873. On some marine mollusca from Madeira, including a new genus of the Muricidae, a new Eulima, and the whole of the Rissoidae of the Group of Islands. Proce- eding of the Zoological Society of London, 1873: 361-391, pls. 34-36. WATSON, R. B., 1891. The marine Mollusca of Madeira. Journal of Conchology, 4: 365-377. WATSON, R. B. 1898. On the marine Mollusca of Madeira; with descriptions of thirty-five new species, and an Index-list of all the known sea-dwelling species of that island. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, 26: 233-329. WoLrE, H. DE, BACKELJAU, T., VAN DONGEN, S. AND VERHAGEN, R., 1998. Large-scale pat- terns of shell variation in Littorina striata, a planktonic developing periwinkle from Ma- caronesia (Mollusca, Prosobranchia). Marine Biology, 131: 309-317. WOLLASTON, T. V., 1878. Testacea Atlantica or the Land and Freshwater Shells of the Azores, Madeiras, Salvages, Canaries, Cape Verde and Saint Helena. L. Reeve and Co. London, xi + 588 pp. Ye A os E al Pa NORMAS DE PUBLICACIÓN * La revista /berus publica artículos de fondo, notas y monografías que versen sobre cualquiera de los aspectos relacio- nados con la Malacología. Se entiende por artículo un trabajo de investigación de más de 5 páginas de texto, meca- nografiadas, incluidas láminas, gráficos y tablas. Las notas son trabajos de menor extensión. Las monografías son tra- bajos sobre un tema único, de extensión superior a las 50 páginas de la revista y que serán publicadas como un suple- mento de /berus. Los autores interesados en publicar monografías deberán ponerse previamente en contacto con el Editor de Publicaciones. Se entiende que el contenido de los manuscritos no ha sido publicado, ni se publicará en otra parte ni en su totalidad ni resumido. * Los manuscritos, así como toda la correspondencia relacionada con los mismos, deberán ser remitidos a: D. Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero, Editor de Publicaciones, Apartado 156, 33600 Mieres, Asturias, España. » El texto del trabajo podrá estar redactado en cualquier lengua culta moderna. * En los trabajos que superen las 20 páginas, cada página de exceso será abonada por el(los) autor(es) a precio de coste. e Los artículos, notas y monografías deberán presentarse mecanografiados sobre DIN A-4, por una sola cara a doble espacio (incluyendo referencias, pies de figura y tablas), con al menos 3 centímetros de margen por cada lado. Los tra- bajos se entregarán por triplicado (original y dos copias). En caso de autoría compartida, uno de los autores deberá hacerse responsable de toda la correspondencia. * Los manuscritos se presentarán de acuerdo al siguiente esquema: Primera página. Deberá incluir un título conciso, pero sugerente del contenido del trabajo, así como una traducción al inglés del mismo (si el artículo no está escrito en inglés). Cuando sea preciso, deberá incluir referencia a familia o táxones superiores. Á continuación figurarán, por este orden, el nombre y apellidos completos del autor o autores, las direcciones completas de los mismos, y un resumen del trabajo y su traducción al inglés. Dicho resumen deberá sintetizar, en conjunción con el título, tanto los resultados como las conclusiones del artículo; se sugiere una exten- sión de 100 a 200 palabras. El resumen deberá estar seguido de una lista de palabras clave, también con su versión inglesa para su inclusión en los bancos de datos internacionales. Páginas siguientes. Incluirán el resto del artículo, que debe dividirse en secciones precedidas por breves encabeza- mientos. Siempre que sea posible, se recomienda seguir el siguiente esquema: Introducción, Material y métodos, Resultados, Discusión, Conclusiones, Agradecimientos y Bibliografía. Si se emplean abreviaturas no habituales en el texto, deberán indicarse tras el apartado de Material y Métodos. * Las notas breves deberán presentarse de la misma forma, pero sin resumen. » Deberán evitarse notas a pie de página y referencias cruzadas. Deberán respetarse estrictamente los Códigos Internacionales de Nomenclatura Zoológica y Botánica (últimas ediciones). Cuando un táxon aparezca por primera vez deberá citarse su autor y fecha de su descripción. En el caso de artículos sistemáticos, cuando se den las sinonimias de los táxones, éstas deberán citarse COMPLETAS, incluyendo en forma abreviada la publicación donde fueron des- critas, y la localidad tipo si es conocida entre corchetes, según el siguiente esquema (préstese especial cuidado a la pun- tuación): Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) Sinonimias Doris limbata Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. Paris, 4 (24): 468-469 [Localidad tipo: Marsella]. Doris nigricans Otto, 1823, Nov. Act. Ac. Caes. Leop. Car., 10: 275. Dichas referencias no deberán incluirse en la lista de Bibliografía si es la única vez que se nombran en el texto. Si se incluyen una lista completa de referencias de un taxon inmediatamente tras éste, deberá seguirse el mismo esque- ma (sin incluir en Bibliografía las referencias que no se mencionen en otro lugar del texto). » Sólo los nombres en latín y los de táxones genéricos y específicos deberán llevar subrayado sencillo o preferentemente ir en cursiva. En ningún caso deberá escribirse una palabra totalmente en letras mayúsculas, ni siquiera el Título. Las unidades a utilizar deberán pertenecer al Sistema Métrico Decimal, junto con sus correctas abreviaturas. En artículos escritos en castellano, en los números decimales sepárese la parte entera de la decimal por una coma inferior (,), NUNCA por un punto (.) o coma superior (*). * Las referencias bibliográficas irán en el texto con minúsculas o versalitas: Fretter y Graham (1962) o FRETTER Y GRAHAM (1962). Si son más de dos autores se deberán citar todos la primera vez que aparecen en el texto [Smith, Jones y Brown (1970)] empleándose et al. las siguientes veces [Smith et al. (1970)]. Si un autor ha publicado más de un trabajo en un año se citarán con letras: (Davis, 1989a; Davis, 1989b). No deberá emplearse op. cit. La lista de refe- rencias deberá incluir todas las citas del texto y sólo éstas, ordenadas alfabéticamente. Se citarán los nombres de todos los autores de cada referencia, sea cual sea su número. Los nombres de los autores deberán escribirse, en letras minús- culas o VERSALITAS. No deberán incluirse referencias a autores cuando éstos aparezcan en el texto exclusivamente como autoridades de un taxon. Los nombres de las publicaciones periódicas deberán aparecer COMPLETOS, no abreviados. Cuando se citen libros, dése el título, editor, lugar de publicación, n* de edición si no es la primera y número total de páginas. Deberán evitarse referencias a Tesis Doctorales u otros documentos inéditos de difícil con- sulta. Síganse los siguientes ejemplos (préstese atención a la puntuación): Eretter, V. y Graham, A., 1962. British Prosobranch Molluscs. Ray Society, London, 765 pp. Ponder, W. F., 1988. The Truncatelloidean (= Rissoacean) radiation - a preliminary phylogeny. En Ponder, W. EF. (Ed.): Prosobranch Phylogeny, Malacological Review, suppl. 4: 129-166. Ros, J., 1976. Catálogo provisional de los Opistobranquios (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) de las costas ibéricas. Miscelánea Zoolgica, 3 (5): 21-51. e Las gráficas e ilustraciones deberán ser originales y presentarse sobre papel vegetal o similar, con tinta china negra y ajustadas al formato de caja de la revista o proporcional a éste. Este formato es de 57 mm (una columna) o 120 mm (dos) de anchura y hasta 194 mm de altura, si bien se recomienda utilizar el formato a dos columnas. En caso de pre- parar figuras para que ocupen el total de una página, se ruega ajustar su tamaño para que puedan caber los pies de figura bajo ella. Si han de incluirse gráficas de ordenador, deberán imprimirse con impresora láser sobre papel de buena calidad. Las fotografías, bien contrastadas y sin retocar, deberán ajustarse siempre a los tamaños mencionados. Al componer fotografías sobre una hoja, procúrese que los espacios entre ellas sean regulares y que estén debidamente alineadas. Téngase en cuenta que incluir fotografías de distinto contraste en una misma página conlleva una pobre reproducción final. Las escalas de dibujos y fotografías deberán ser gráficas, y las unidades que se utilicen del sistema métrico decimal. Considérese la reducción que será necesaria a la hora de decidir el tamaño de las escalas o letras en las figuras, que no deberán bajar de los 2 mm. En figuras compuestas, cada parte deberá etiquetarse con letras mayús- culas, el resto de las letras deberán ser minúsculas. No deberán hacerse referencias a los aumentos de una determi- nada ilustración, ya que éstos cambian con la reducción, por lo que debe emplearse una escala gráfica. En su caso, se recomienda la utilización de mapas con proyección UTM. Cada figura, gráfica o ilustración deberá presentarse en hojas separadas y con numeración arábiga (1, 2, 3,...), sin separar “Figuras” y “Láminas”. Los pies de figura, en una hoja aparte, deberán acompañarse de su traducción al inglés. Utilícese el esquema siguiente: Figura 1. Neodoris carvi. A: animal desplazándose; B: detalle de un rinóforo; C: branquia. Las abreviaturas empleadas en las ilustraciones deberán incluirse en la hoja de pies de figura. Los autores interesados en incluir láminas en color deberán abonarlas a precio de coste (30.000 ptas por página). Por lo demás, deberán ajustarse a los mismos requisitos que los indicados para las figuras. * Las Tablas se presentarán en hojas separadas, siempre con numeración romana (1, II, IIIL...). Las leyendas se inclui- rán en una hoja aparte acompañándose de una traducción al inglés. Deberán evitarse las tablas particularmente com- plejas. Se recomienda reducir el número y extensión de ilustraciones, láminas o tablas al mínimo necesario. * Los artículos que no se ajusten a las normas de publicación serán devueltos al autor con las indicaciones de los cam- bios necesarios. + El Comité Editorial comunicará al autor responsable del trabajo la fecha de recepción del trabajo y la fecha de envío a revisión. Cada original recibido será sometido a revisión por al menos dos investigadores. El Comité Editorial, a la vista de los informes de los revisores decidirá sobre la aceptación o no de cada manuscrito. El autor recibirá en cada caso copia de los comentarios de los revisores sobre su artículo. En caso de aceptación, el mismo Comité Editorial, si lo considera conveniente, podrá solicitar a los autores otras modificaciones que considere oportunas. Si el trabajo es aceptado, el autor deberá enviar una copia impresa del mismo corregida, acompañada por una versión en disco flexi- ble (diskette), utilizando procesadores de texto en sus versiones de DOS o Macintosh. La fecha de aceptación figura- rá en el artículo publicado. * Las pruebas de imprenta serán enviadas al autor responsable, EXCLUSIVAMENTE para la corrección de erratas, y deberán ser devueltas en un plazo máximo de 15 días. Se recomienda prestar especial atención en la corrección de las pruebas. * De cada trabajo se entregarán gratuitamente 50 separatas. Aquellos autores que deseen un número mayor, deberán hacerlo constar al devolver las pruebas de imprenta, y NUNCA POSTERIORMENTE. El coste de las separatas adi- cionales será cargado al autor. INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS * Iberus publishes research papers, notes and monographs devoted to the various aspects of Malacology. Papers are manus- cripts of more than 5 typed pages, including figures and tables. Notes are shorter papers. Monographs should exceed 50 pages of the final periodical, and will be published as Supplements. Authors wishing to publish monographs should contact the Editor. Manuscripts are considered on the understanding that their contents have not appeared or will not appeared, elsewhere in substantially the same or any abbreviated form. + Manuscripts and correspondence regarding editorial matters must be sent to: D. Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero, Editor de Publicaciones, Apartado 156, 33600 Mieres, Asturias, Spain. + Manuscripts may be written in any modern language. » When a paper exceeds 20 pages, extra pages will be charged to the author(s) at full cost. + Manuscripts must be typed double spaced (including the references, figure captions and tables) on one side on A-4 (297x210 mm) with margins of at least 3 cm. An original and two copies must be submitted. When a paper has joint authorship, one author must accept responsability for all correspondence. * Papers should conform the following layout: First page. This must include a concise but informative title, with mention of family of higher taxon when appropriatte, and its Spanish translation. It will be followed by all authors names and surnames, their full adress(es), an abstract (and its Spanish translation) not exceeding 200 words which summarizes not only contents but results and conclusions, and a list of Key Words (and their Spanish translation) under which the article should be indexed. Following pages. These should content the rest of the paper, divided into sections under short headings. Whenever pos- sible the text should be arranged as follows: Introduction, Material and methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, Acknowledgements and References. Unusual abbreviations used in the text must be grouped in one alphabetic sequence after the Material and methods section. * Notes should follow the same layout, without the abstract. » Footnotes and cross-references must be avoided. The International Codes of Zoological and Botanical Nomencla- ture must be strictly followed. The first mention in the text of any taxon must be followed by its authority including the year. Ín systematic papers, when synonyms of a taxon are given, they must be cited IN FULL, including the perio- dical, in an abbreviate form, where they were described, and the type localities in square brackets when known. Follow this example (please note the punctuation): Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) Synonyms Doris limbata Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. Paris, 4 (24): 468-469 [Type locality: Marseille]. Doris nigricans Otto, 1823, Nov. Act. Ac. Caes. Leop. Car., 10: 275. These references must not be included in the Bibliography list, except if referred to elsewhere in the text. Ifa full list of references of the taxon is to be given immediately below it, the same layout should be followed (also excluding those nowhere else cited from the Bibliography list). Only Latin words and names of genera and species should be underlined once or be given in ¿talics. No word must be written in UPPER CASE LETTERS. SI units are to be used, together with their appropriate symbols. In Spanish manuscripts, decimal numbers must be separated with a comma (,), NEVER with a point (.) or upper comma (). » References in the text should be written in small letters or SMALL CAPITALs: Fretter 82 Graham (1962) or FRETTER 82 GRAHAM (1962). The first mention in the text of a paper with more than two authors must include all of them [Smith, Jones 87 Brown (1970)], thereafter use et al. [Smith et al. (1970)]. Il£an author has published more than one paper per year, refer to them with letters: (Davis, 1989a; Davis, 1989b). Avoid Op. Cit. The references in the reference list should be in alphabetical order and include all the publications cited in the text but only these. ALL the authors of a paper must be included. These should be written in small letters or SMALL CAPITALS. The references need not be cited when the author and date are given only as authority for a taxonomic name. Titles of periodicals must be given IN FULL, not abbreviated. For books, give the title, name of publisher, place of publication, indication of edition if not the first and total number of pages. Keep references to doctoral theses or any other unpu- blished documents to an absolute minimum. See the following examples (please note the punctuation): Eretter, V. and Graham, A., 1962. British Prosobranch Molluscs. Ray Society, London, 765 pp. Ponder, W. F., 1988. The Truncatelloidean (= Rissoacean) radiation - a preliminary phylogeny. In Ponder, W. F. (Ed.): Prosobranch Phylogeny, Malacological Review, suppl. 4: 129-166. Ros, J., 1976. Catálogo provisional de los Opistobranquios (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) de las costas ibéricas. Miscelá- nea Zoológica, 3 (5): 21-51. e Figures must be original, in Indian ink on draughtsman 's tracing paper. Keep in mind page format and column size when designing figures. These should be one column (57 mm) or two columns (120 mm) wide and up 194 mm high, or be proportional to these sizes. Two columns format is recomended. It is desirable to print figures with their legend below, so authors are asked to take this into account when preparing full page figures. If computer generated graphics are to be included, they must be printed on high quality white paper with a laser printer. Photographs must be of good contrast, and should be submitted in the final size. When mounting photographs in a block, ensure spacers are of uni- form width. Remember that grouping photographs of varied contrast results in poor reproduction. Take account of necessary reduction in letrering drawings; final lettering must be at least 2 mm high. In composite drawings, each figure should be given a capital letter; additional lettering should be in lower-case letters. A scale line is recomended to indi- cate size, magnification ratio must be avoided as it may be changed during printing. UTM maps are to be used if neces- sary. Figures must be submitted on separate sheets, and numbered with consecutive Arabic numbers (1, 2, 3,...), without separating Plates' and “Figures”. Legends for Figures must be typed in numerical order on a separate sheet, and an English translation must be included. Follow this example (please note the punctuation): Figure 1. Neodoris carvi. A: animal crawling; B: rinophore; C: gills. If abbreviations are to be used in illustrations, group them alphabetically after the Legends for Figures section. Authors wishing to publish illustrations in colour will be charged with additional costs (30,000 ptas, 300 US$ per page). They should be submitted in the same way that black and white prints. e Tables must be numbered with Roman numbers (I, II, TIL...) and each typed on a separate sheet. Headings should be typed on a separate sheet, together with their English translation. Complex tables should be avoided. As a general rule, keep the number and extension of illustrations and tables as reduced as possible. + Manuscripts that do not conform to these instructions will be returned for correction before reviewing. * Authors submitting manuscripts will receive an acknowledgement of receipt, including receipt date, and the date the manuscript was sent for reviewing. Each manuscript will be critically evaluated by at least two referees. Based of these evaluations, the Editorial Board will decide on acceptance or rejection. Anyway, authors will receive a copy of the refe- rees” comments. If a manuscript is accepted, the Editorial Board may indicate additional changes if desirable. Accep- table manuscripts will be returned to the author for consideration of comments and criticism; a finalized manuscript must then be returned to the Editor, together with a floppy disk containing the article written with a DOS or Macin- tosh word processor. Dates of reception and acceptance of the manuscript will appear in all published articles. e Proofs will be sent to the author for correcting errors. At this stage no stylistic changes will be accepted. Pay special attention to references and their dates in the text and the Bibliography section, and also to numbers of Figures and Tables appearing in the text. . e Fifty reprints per article will be supplied free of charge. Additional reprints must be ordered when the page proofs are returned, and will be charged at cost. NO LATER orders will be accepted. LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE IMALACOLOGÍA Junta directiva desde el 18 de octubre de 1996 Presidente Emilio Rolán Mosquera Vicepresidente Diego Moreno Lampreave Secretario Luis Murillo Guillén Tesorero Jorge J. Otero Schmitt Avda. de las Ciencias s/n, Campus Universitario, 15706 Santiago de Compostela, España Editor de Publicaciones Ángel Guerra Sierra Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas, c/ Eduardo Cabello 6, 36208 Vigo, España Bibliotecario Rafael Araujo Armero Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, c/ José Gutierrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, España Vocales Eugenia María Martínez Cueto-Felgueroso María de los Ángeles Ramos Sánchez Francisco Javier Rocha Valdés Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero Jesús Souza Troncoso José Templado González La Sociedad Española de Malacología se fundó el 21 de agosto de 1980. La sociedad se registró como una aso- ciación sin ánimo de lucro en Madrid (Registro N“ 4053) con unos estatutos que fueron aprobados el 12 de diciembre de 1980. Esta sociedad se constituye con el fin de fomentar y difundir los estudios malacológicos mediante reuniones y publicaciones. A esta sociedad puede pertenecer cualquier persona o institución interesada en el estudio de los moluscos. SEDE SOCIAL: Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, c/ José Gutierrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, España. CUOTAS PARA 2000: Socio numerario (en España): 5.500 ptas. (= 33,06 euros) (en extranjero): 7.000 ptas (= 42,07 euros) Socio estudiante (en España): 2.500 ptas. (= 15,03 euros) (en extranjero): 3.500 ptas (= 21,04 euros) Socio Familiar: 500 ptas. (= 3 euros) Socio Protector: 7.000 ptas. (= 42,07 euros) (mínimo) Socio Corporativo (en España): 7.000 ptas. (= 42,07 euros) (en extranjero): 8.000 ptas (= 48,08 euros) INSCRIPCIÓN: 1.000 ptas. (= 6,01 euros) además de la cuota correspondiente. A los socios residentes en España se les aconseja domiciliar su cuota. Todos los abonos deberán enviarse al Tesorero (dirección reseñada anteriormente) el 1 de enero de cada año. Los abonos se harán sin recargos para la sociedad y en favor de la Sociedad Española de Malacología y no de ninguna persona de la junta directiva. Aque- llos socios que no abonen su cuota anual dejarán de recibir las publicaciones de la Sociedad. Los bonos de ins- cripción se enviarán junto con el abono de una cuota anual al Tesorero. Membess living in foreing countries can deduce 6 euros if paid before 15 April. Cada socio tiene derecho a recibir anualmente los números de /berus, Reseñas Malacológicas y Noticiarios que se publiquen. ÍNDICE Iberus 18 (2) 2000 CARMONA ZALVIDE, P., GARCÍA, FE. J. Y URGORRI, V. Nuevos datos anatómicos y taxonómicos del género Chiton Linnaeus, 1758 (Mollusca, Polyplacophora) en la Península Ibérica New anatomical and taxonomical data on the Genus Chiton Linnaeus, 1758 (Mollusca, Poly- placophera) from tbe Ibersán Peninsula o oc (515 CARMONA ZALVIDE, P. Y GARCÍA GARCÍA, EF. J. El género Lepidochitona Gray, 1921 (Mollusca, Polyplacophora) en el litoral Atlántico de la Península Ibérica The genus Lepidochitona Gray 1921 (Mollusca, Polyplacophora) in the Atlantic littoral of UBIERA NA E A ES DE RA AN 17-30 MARTÍNEZ-ORTÍ, A. Descripción de Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesí spec. nov. (Mollusca, Gastro- poda, Hygromiidae) de la Comunidad Valenciana (España) Description of Trochoidea (Xerocrassa) roblesi spec. nov. (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Hygromii- dae) from “Comunidad Valenciana” (Spain) ooo... 31-39 OSORIO RUIZ, C., RAMÍREZ CASaLi, M? E., MORA TAPIA, A. N. Y VEGA PETOKVIC, M. Plaxip- hora mercatoris Leloup, 1936 (Polyplacophora: Mopaliidae) de Isla de Pascua, Chile Plaxiphora mercatoris Leloup, 1936 (Polyplacophora: Mopaliidae) from Easter Island, Chile Ed A ad MA E a A E 41-50 ÁVILA, S. P. The shallow-water Rissoidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) of the Azores and some aspects of their ecology Los Rissordae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) de las Azores y algunos aspectos de su ecología . . 51-76 ROLÁN, E. AND TEMPLADO, J. A peculiar high-tidal molluscan assemblage from a Madeiran boulder beach Una peculiar comunidad de moluscos del nivel superior de la marea en una playa de cantos dadas de Madera a A A NN 77-97 ISSN 0212-3010 REVISTA DE LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Oviedo, junio 2001 Vol. 19 (1) Iberus Revista de la SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Comité DE REDACCIÓN (BOARD OF EDITORS) EDITOR DE PUBLICACIONES (EDITOR-IN-CHIEF) Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero Universidad de Oviedo, Oviedo, España EDITORA EJECUTIVA (MANAGING EDITOR) Eugenia M* Martínez Cueto-Felgueroso Universidad de Oviedo, Oviedo, España EDITORES ADJUNTOS (ASSOCIATE EDITORS) Benjamín Gómez Moliner Ángel Antonio Luque del Villar Emilio Rolán Mosquera José Templado González Jesús S. Troncoso Universidad del Poís Vasco, Bilbao, España Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Madrid, España Universidad de Vigo, Vigo, España Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, ÉSIC, Madrid, España Universidad de Vigo, Vigo, España Comité EDITORIAL (BOARD OF REVIEWERS) Kepa Altonaga Sustacha Eduardo Angulo Pinedo Rafael Araujo Armero Thierry Bockeljau Rúdiger Bieler Sigurd v. Boletzky Jose Castillejo Murillo Karl Edlinger Antonio M. de Frias Martins José Carlos García Gómez Edmund Gittenberger Serge Gofas Gerhard Haszprunar Yuri |. Kantor María Yolanda Manga González Jordi Martinell Collico Ron K. 0'Dor Tokashi Okutani Marco Oliverio Pablo E. Penchaszadeh Winston F. Ponder Carlos Enrique Prieto Sierra Me de los Ángeles Romos Sánchez Paul 6. Rodhouse Joondoménec Ros ¡ Aragones María Carmen Salas Casanovas Gerhard Steiner Victoriano Urgorri Carrasco Anders Warén PORTADA DE Jberus Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Museo Nacional de Ciencias Noturales, Madrid, España Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruselas, Bélgica The Field Museu, Chicago, Estados Unidos Loboratoire Árago, Banyuls-sur-Mer, Francia Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Santiago de Compostela, España Noturhistorisches Museum Wien, Viena, Austria Universidade dos Acores, Acores, Portugal Universidad de Sevilla, Sevilla, España National Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden, Holanda Universidad de Málaga, España loologische Staatssammlung Múnchen, Múnchen, Alemania AN. Severtzov Institute of Ecology and Evolution, Moscú, Rusia Estación Agrícola Experimental, CSIC, León, España Universidad de Borcelona, Barcelona, España Dalhousie University, Halifax, Canada Nihon University, Fujisawa City, Japón Universitá di Roma “La Sapienza”, Roma, Italia Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales “Bernardino Rivadavia”, Buenos Aires, Argentino Australian Museum, Sydney, Australia Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, ÉSIC, Madrid, España British Antarctic Survey, Cambridge, Reino Unido Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona, España Universidad de Málaga, Málaga, España Institut fir Zoologie der Universitat Wien, Viena, Austria Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Santiago de Compostela, España Swedish Museum of Natural History, Estocolmo, Suecia Iberus gualterianus (Linnaeus, 1758), una especie emblemática de la península Ibérica, que da nombre a la revista. Dibujo realizado por José Luis González Rebollar “Toza”. Iberus REVISTA DE LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Este volumen ha sido subvenciorad8 ¿garcialmente por las ayudas para Organización de Congresos del Vitegrectorado de Investigación de la Universidad de Vigo. A UNIVERSIDADE DE VIGO Vol. 19 (1) Oviedo, junio 2001 Iberus Revista de la SOCIEDAD ESPANOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Iberus publica trabajos que traten sobre cualquier aspecto relacionado con la Malacología. Se admiten también notas breves. /berus edita un volumen anual que se compone de dos o más números. INSTRUCCIONES PARA LOS AUTORES Los manuscritos deben remitirse a: D. Gonzalo Rodríguez, Apartado 156, 33600 Mieres del Camino, Asturias, España. Los trabajos se entregarán por triplicado (original y dos copias). Se recomienda a los autores leer cuidadosamente las normas de publicación que se incluyen en cada número de la revista. SUBCRIPCIONES Tberus puede recibirse siendo socio de la Sociedad Española de Malacología, en cualquiera de sus formas, o mediante intercambio. Aquellos socios que deseen adquirir números atrasados deberán diri- girse al bibliotecario. Los no socios deberán ponerse en contacto con BACKHUYS PUBLISHERS, PO. Box 321, 2300 AH Leiden, The Netherlands. Tel.: +31-71-51 70 208, Fax: +31-71-51 71 856, Correo Elec- trónico: backhuysCeuronet.nl Los resumenes de los artículos editados en esta revista se publican en Aquatic Science and Fisheries Abstracts (ASFA) y en el Zoological Records, BIOSIS. Contents list published in Aquatic Science and Fisheries Abstracts and Zoological Records, BIOSIS. Dep. Leg. B-43072-81 ISSN 0212-3010 Diseño y maquetación: Gonzalo Rodríguez Impresión: LOREDO, S. L. - Gijón O Sociedad Española de Malacología — —______—_——— lberus, 19 (1): 1-5, 2001 Toxicity of Alphamethrin, Dimethoate and Carbaryl pesti- cides to the freshwater snails Lymnaea acuminata and Indoplanorbis exustus Toxicidad de los pesticidas Alfametrín, Dimetoato y Carbaril sobre los caracoles dulceacuícolas Lymnaea acuminata y Indoplanorbis exustus Vijay Kumas SRIVASTAVA? and Ajay SINGH* Recibido el 14-111-2000. Aceptado el 12-VI-2000 ABSTRACT To use the snails as bio-indicator of pesticidal pollution, different doses of a pyrethroid (Alp- hamethrin), an organophosphate (OP) (Dimethoate) and a carbamate (Carbaryl) were administrated for 24 to 96 hours to the snails Lymnaea acuminata and Indoplanorbis exustus. Both species were susceptible to the three pesticides at concentrations in the range of 0.008 mg/l to 16.92 mg/l. The order of toxicity was pyrethroid > organophosphate (OP) > and carbamate. The toxicity of all the pesticides was both time and dose dependent as expected. Variation in water temperature influenced the toxicity of pyrethroid signifi- cantly, however, OP and carbamate were not influenced significantly. At low temperature pyrethroid became 3 to 4 times more toxic. Similar results are also reported in the case of fish. Thus, the susceptibility of snails may be directed in the field of pollution monitoring. RESUMEN Con el fin de usar caracoles como bioindicadores de la polución por pesticidas, se administraron distintas dosis de un piretroide (Alfametrín), un organofosfato (OP) (Dimetoato) y un carba- mato (Carbaril), entre 24 y 96 horas a las especies Lymnaea acuminata y Indoplanorbis exus- tus. Ambas respondieron a los tres a concentraciones de 0,008 mg/l hasta 16,92 mg//l. El orden de toxicidad fue piretroide > organofosfato > carbamato. La toxicidad se comporto de acuerdo con lo esperado en cuanto a dosis y periodos de exposición. La variación en la temperatura del agua afecto significativamente a la toxicidad del piretroide, pero no a las de los otros. A baja temperatura el piretroide es de 3 a 4 veces más tóxico. Se obtuvieron resultados similares en el caso de peces. Así pues, se pueden usar estas especies en el estudio la polución. KEY WORDS: Pesticides, Lymnaea acuminata, Indoplanorbis exustus, toxicity. PALABRAS CLAVE: Pesticidas, Lymnaea acuminata, Indoplanorbis exustus, toxicidad. INTRODUCTION It has been reported that both snails (SINGH AND AGARWAL, 1981; 1990; 1991). are susceptible to most of the synthetic SINGH AND AGARWAL (1990) reported that pesticides entering the freshwater bodies the pyrethroids permethrin, cypermeth- * Department of Zoology, D.D.U. Gorakhpur University, Gorakhpur - 273 009 (U.P.) India. ' Corresponding author Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Table I. Experimental conditions of tap water at different temperature, determined by methods of APHA/WPCE (1985). Tabla I. Condiciones experimentales del agua del grifo a diferentes temperaturas, determinadas según los métodos de APHA/WPCF (1985). Water temperature, *C 18 28 pH 6.70-7.05 7.20-7.40 Dissolved oxygen, mg/L 6.5-7.2 6.8-7.40 Free carbon dioxide, mg/L 4.5-6.5 4.3-6.2 Bicarbonate alkalinity, mg/L 105-109 106-109 rin and fenvalerate are highly toxic to snail Lymnaea acuminata. Fishes are also very sensitive to pyrethroids (COATS AND DONNELL-JEFFERY, 1979; HAYa, 1989). Currently most of the works concer- ning these snails are in the direction of their control by using synthetic pestici- des, as they are the intermediate host of Fasciola species, causing endemic fascio- liasis in the cattle and livestocks. But, considering, the fact if snails are sensi- tive to these pesticides, their population may not remain unaffected by pesticidal pollution. We are also interested to assess the effect of the water tempera- ture, which varies with season, on the toxicity of pesticides. MATERIALS AND METHODS Snails Lymnaea acuminata (1.8 + 0.1 cm in shell height) and Indoplanorbis exustus (0.8 + 1.1 cm in shell height) were collec- ted locally and used as test animals. Toxi- city experiments were performed using the method of SINGH AND AGARWAL (1990). Commercial grade pesticides, Stop (Synthetic pyrethroid alphamethrin), Rogohit (Organophosphate, Dimethoate) and Sevin, (Carbaryl Carbamate) were purchased from local market. Adult animals were kept in glass aquaria, con- taining 3 L of dechlorinated tap water. The aquaria contained 20 snails. Test animals were exposed to five different concentra- tions of the three pesticides for 24, 48, 72 or 96 hours. Concentrations of alpha- methrin, dimethoate and Sevin used for both snails were 0.001, 0.005, 0.009, 0.03 and 0.07 mg/l; 11, 14, 17, 20 and 23 mg/l; and 12, 15, 18, 21 and 24 mg/l, respecti- vely. Pesticides doses were given as the final concentration (w/v) of active ingre- dient in the test aquaria. Control groups were kept in dechlorinated tap water without any treatment. Each set of expe- riments was replicated six times. Mortality was recorded every 24 hours during the observation period of 96 hours. The LC50 values, lower (LCL) and upper (UCL) confidence limit, slope values, *t' ratio and heterogeneity were calculated by the computer POLO programme (RussELL, ROBERTSON AND SAVIN, 1977). The product momentum correlation coef- ficient was determined between exposure time and different values of LC50 (SOKAL AND ROHLE, 1973). Some toxicological experiments were performed first in the month of January (water temperature 18 *C) and then, in May (water temperature 28 *C) to assess the effects of water temperature on the toxicity of pesticides. RESULTS LC50 values of the three pesticides for periods ranging from 24h to 96h at 18 *C and 28 *C water temperature are shown in Tables Il and III, respectively. The three pesticides had the following order of toxicity, Alphamethrin (pyrethroid) > Dimethoate (OP) > Sevin (carbamate). The toxicity was time dependent, as there was a significant negative correlation between LC50 and exposure times. Thus, with increase in exposure time, LC50 of alphamethrin for Lymnaea acuminata decreased from 0.008 mg/L (24h) to 0.002 SRIVASTAVA AND SINGH: Toxicity of three pesticides to freshwater snails Table II. Toxicity data (LC50; mg/l) for different exposure periods of the three different pesticides against the snails Lymnaea acuminata and Indoplanorbis exustus at 18%C water temperature. LCL: lower confidence limit; UCL: upper confidence limit; SE: slope function. Tabla II. Datos de toxicidad (LCSO; mgll) de diferentes periodos de exposición a 3 pesticidas distintos de las especies Lymnaea acuminata y Indoplanorbis exustus a 18 *C de temperatura del agua. LCL: límite inferior de confianza; UCL: límite superior de confianza; SF: función de ajuste. Exposure period Pesticides L. acuminata l. exustus 24h 48h 72h 96h 24h 48h 72h 96h LC5o 0.008 0.006 0.003 0.002 0.005 0.004 0.002 0.001 Alphamethrin LCL 0.005 0.004 0.001 0.001 0.003 0.002 0.000 0.000 (Pyrethroid) UCL 0.018 0.010 0.008 0.004 0.012 0.009 0.005 0.004 SF 1.48 1.39 1.37 1.32 178 1.49 IIIEZA LC5o AAST LOAZA: 18.09 1L6S M7 1008 Diamethoate LCL 13.06 10.79 10.19 10.02 9.02 8.21 8.01 7.32 (OP) UCL 16.07 13.88 12.71 12.01 17.42 15.91 14.81 14.06 SF ASA IO ZO 4.72 3.78 92] 4.59 4.78 LCso 1592. TAZA AE 129 1942 AGO. VEL VOL Sevin LCL 15.16 125 WIeZ 1112 11.16 10.23 8.43 7.51 (Carbamate) UCL 18.28 16.00 14.79 14.00 DONDIDES SI SONAS SF 4.91 ADS DIAS 6.58 3.36 3.56 ARAS 2 Table III. Toxicity data (LCS0; mg/l) for different exposure periods of the three different pesticides against the snails Lymnaea acuminata and Indoplanorbis exustus at 280C water temperature. LCL: lower confidence limit; UCL: upper confidence limit; SF: slope function. Tabla 111. Datos de toxicidad (LCSO; mg/l) de diferentes periodos de exposición a 3 pesticidas distintos de las especies Lymnaea acuminata y Indoplanorbis exustus 4 28 *C de temperatura del agua. LCL: límite inferior de confianza; UCL: límite superior de confianza; SF: función de ajuste. Exposure period Pesticides L. acuminata l. exustus 24h 48h 72h 96h 24h 48h 72h 96h LC5o 0.020 0.012 0.009 0.005 0.018 0.120 0.008 0.003 Alphamethrin — LCL 0.015 0.009 0.006 0.003 0.012 0.008 0.004 0.001 (Pyrethroid] UCL 0.036 0.017 0.011 0.007 0.030 0.021 0.017 0.011 SF 1.47 1.29 1.83 1.82 1.82 1.36 1.21 1.96 LC5o 104. AS 182 O 16.23 14.26 11.96 9.41 Diamethoate LCL 17:90 18978 1878 7.43 ISA TEZO 9.43 6.43 (OP) UCL DOS OL OASIS DIED A ES ZA AEZÓ, SF 4.10 3.35 2.97 2.62 3.21 3.15 3.16 4.21 Es) “2005 ee. 162 LLL 18.43 15.32 13.26 12.53 Sevin LCL 1631. 108 MD 1218 14.42 11.46 OS AZ (Carbamate) UCL LADO 19007 708 19,30 DESIL 18.39 17.91 SF 6.57 6.56 5.61 5.11 6.21 6.26 5.41 4.53 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 mg/L (96h) at 18 *C and for Indoplanorbis exustus it decreased from 0.005 mg/L (24h) to 0.001 mg/L (96h). In case of Dimethoate, at 18 *C this decrease was 14.31 mg/L (24h) to 11.24 mg/L (96h) and 3.09 mg/L (24h) to 10.12 mg/L (96h) for Lymnaea acuminata and Indoplanorbis exustus, respectively. With Sevin, at 18 *C it decreased from 16.92 mg/L (24h) to 12.99 mg/L (96h) and 15.42 mg/L (24h) to 10.02 mg/L (96h) for Lymnaea acumi- nata and Indoplanorbis exustus respecti- vely, (Table II). Same trend was also observed at 28 “C water temperature (Table III). The lower and upper limits were within 95% confidence limit and the slope values were steep (Tables II, III). DISCUSSION It is clear from the data given above that both the snails are highly sensitive to all the three tested pesticides. Of the three, alphamethrin (pyrethroid) was found to cause snail mortality at very low doses. The synthetic pyrethroids are mainly absorbed through the dermal, oral and respiratory routes. Their meta- bolic degradation occurs at numerous sites (MIYAMOTO, 1976). Due to their lipophylic nature, they undergo rapid absorption and are distributed in all the tissues of the body. Their concentrations vary according to the lipophilicity of the tissue. Higher concentrations have been reported in skin, fat, liver, kidney and brain tissue (RUZO, EUGEL AND CASIDA, BIBLIOGRAPHY APHA/WPCE, 1985. Standard method for the examination of water and waste water. 16 ed. APHA Washington. 1080 pp. COATS. J. R. AND O'DONNELL-JEFFERY, N. L., 1979. Toxicity of four synthetic pyrethroid in- secticides to Rainbow Trout. Bulletin of En- vironmental Contamination and Toxicology, 23: 250-255. Haya, K., 1989. Toxicity of pyrethroid insecti- cides to fish, Environmental Toxicology and Chem.istry, 8: 381-391. 1979; RICHARD AND BRODIE, 1985). Pyrethroids are well known to change the Na+ and K+ permeability of nerve membrane resulting in repetitive dis- charges at the synapse and neuromus- cular junction (SINGH AND AGARWAL, 1986; WILKINSON, 1976; NARAHASHI, 1983). SINGH AND AGARWAL (1986, 1991) reported that pyrethroids also cause inhibition of Acetylcholinesterase and reduction of Cytochrome oxidase and lactic dehydrogenase and increase ness in the Succinic dehydrogenase level. This multifarious mode of action rapid absorption of pyrethroid might explain its extreme toxicity to snails. The LC5O0 of all the three pesticides showed a significant (P< 0.05) negative correlation with exposure times. It demonstrates that detoxification of pes- ticides in the snail body might be slow. This result also justifies the effectiveness of three pesticides up to at least 96 hours. Both the snails are very sensitive to pesticides. Thus, their mortality or decreasing population in water body result of pesticidal pollution. Finally, it may be concluded that the snails may be taken as bio indicator with bioassay spp. of water (pesticidal) pollution monito- ring. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS One of the authors (V.K. Srivastava) is thankful to C.S.T. (U.P.) for providing financial support for this work. MIYAMOTO, J., 1976. Degradation, metabolism and toxicity of synthetic pyrethroids. Envi- ronmental Health Perspectives, 14: 15-28. NARAHASHI, T., 1983. Neurophysiological study of pyrethroids: Molecular and Membrane Mecha- nism of Action. (Edited by J. Miyamoto, P.C. Kearney). Pesticide Chemistry, Human Wel- fare and Environment, Oxford, Pergamon Press. 365 pp. SRIVASTAVA AND SINGH: Toxicity of three pesticides to freshwater snails RICHARD, J. AND BRODIE, M. E., 1985. Correla- tion of blood and brain levels of the neuro- toxic pyrethroid deltamethrin with the onset of symptoms in rats. Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology, 23: 143-156. RussELL, R. M., ROBERTSON, J. L. AND SAVIN, N. E., 1977. POLO: A new computer programme for probit analysis. Bulletin of the Entomological Soc iety of America, 23: 209-213. Ruzo, L. O., EUGEL, J. L. AND CASIDA, J. E., 1979. Cecamethrin metabolites from oxida- tive, hydrolytic and conjugative reactions in mice. Journal of Agriculture and Food Chem.istry, 2278 YD SINGH, A AND AGARWAL, KR. A. 1990. Mollusci- cidal properties of synthetic pyrethroids. Journal of Med ical and Applied Malacology, 2: 141-144. SINGH, D. K. AND AGARWAL, R. A,, 1986. Pi- pronyl butoxide synergism with two syn- thetic pyrethroids against Lymnaea acumi- nata. Chemosphere, 15: 493-498. SINGH, D. K. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1991. Action sites of cypermethrin, a synthetic pyrethroid in the Lymnaea acuminata. Acta Hydrochemica et Hydrobiologica, 4: 411-516. SOKAL, R. R. AND ROHLE, EF. J., 1973. Introduc- tion to biostatistic. San Franciosco, W.H. Free- man. 386 pp. WILKINSON, C. F., 1976. Insecticide biochemistry and physiology. Plenum Publcorp, NewYork. 768 pp. ICA ' es A pe 0 E, e a O AA al Deia $ NT ds AA O ; Ñ e de ES A e CINCO IEA pisos Y A 9 AREAS MA 0 10 CUE 2 Po EA E de $ ¿ MY pl DER ni í b he: Any e EUA EN. A ' A Me f y E Y . Y y Fost úl ey PR y AT 1 p e F Ñ ] de 4 y] a! H dE 5 037 0) Í a d q Ss ¿ EN » ño O o CAEN ' O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19: (1): 7-24, 2001 Eulimid gastropods (Caenogastropoda: Eulimidae) of the Canary Islands. Part I. Species parasiting sea urchins Eulímidos (Caenogastropoda: Eulimidae) de las Islas Canarias. Parte I. Especies parásitas de erizos de mar Myriam RODRÍGUEZ, Jacinto BARQUÍN and Gustavo PÉREZ-DIONIS* Recibido el 11-VII-2000. Aceptado el 22-XI-2000 ABSTRACT The present paper deals with 4 species of eulimid gastropods parasitic on sea urchins: Echi- neulima leucophaes parasite of Diadema antillarum; Vitreolina philippi parasite of Arbacia li- xula, Paracentrotus lividus and Sphaerechinus granularis; and Nanobalcis nana and Sabine- lla bonifaceae both parasites of the sea urchin Cidaris cidaris. A complete description of shell and soft parts of these species along wiht data on lifestyle and infestation rates is provided. RESUMEN Este trabajo versa sobre 4 especies de eulímidos parásitos de erizos de mar: Echineulima leucophaes parásita de Diadema antillarum; Vitreolina philippi parásita de Arbacia lixula, Paracentrotus lividus y Sphaerechinus granularis; y Nanobalcis nana y Sabinella bonifa- ceae ambas parásitas del erizo Cidaris cidaris. Se incluyen descripciones de concha y partes blandas, así como datos sobre su ecología y tasas de infección. KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Eulimidae, Echineulima leucophaes, Vitreolina philippi, Nanobalcis nana, Sabinella bonifaciae, Tenerife, Canary Islands, NE Atlantic. PALABRAS CLAVE: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Eulimidae, Echineulima leucophaes, Vitreolina philippi, Nanobalcis nana, Sabinella bonifaciae, Tenerife, Islas Canarias, Atlántico NE. INTRODUCTION The Eulimidae is a large family of parasitic gastropods. Almost all species are parasites on echinoderms and typi- cally have small, glossy, white shells. Many are free-living, able to move from one host to another, but some are per- manently attachet to their host, or have become endoparasites. There are pro- bably thousand species worldwide, many of them undescribed. According to WARÉN (1984), there have been des- cribed about 850 living species, of which about 150 from North Atlantic, but few of them are known from their host. Nevertheless, the species of eulimids are almost impossible to place in genera if the host is unknown, and often difficult to determine. In many species there is a pronounced sexual dimorfism and to some extent the development of the shell depends on sex of the animal or on the presence or absence of additional individuals of the same species, which in some of them determine the sex of * Departamento de Biología Animal (Ciencias Marinas), Facultad de Biología, Universidad de La Laguna, CA Astrofísico Francisco Sánchez s/n. 38206 La Laguna, Tenerife, Spain. 7 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Garachico_ O) Alcalá Q Playa Paraíso Q Pta. la RascaQ Pta. Salema Figure 1. Sampling localities. Figura 1. Localidades de muestreo. newly settle larvae (WAkRÉN, 1984). This complicates specific classification. A complete review of the biology and sys- tematic of the family can be seen in the above mentioned work (WARÉN, 1984). The eulimids from the Canary Islands are poorly known. NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1979) included eighteen species of Eulimidae in their book on marine molluscs of Madeira and Canary Islands, mainly based upon the work of WATSON (1897). The status of most of these nominal species must be questioned in light of recent work. BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1986) in their revision of the northeast Atlantic bathyal and abyssal molluscs described six new species of Eulimidae near the Canary Island, between 500 and 850 m in depth. In recent year ENGL (1997a, 1997b, 1998) has described three new species of euli- mids in circalittoral bottoms of Puerto del Carmen, Lanzarote. All these des- criptions were based upon dead shells. An additional paper was published by ENGL (1999) on “Eulima” fuscozonata Bouchet and Warén, 1986. In recent years we have carried out an exhaustive searching for species of Eulimidae, mainly in Tenerife Island. In a former paper the first author (RODRÍ- GUEZ, 2000) described the new species Melanella lutea, which parasites the sea cucumber Holothuria sanctori Delle Chiaje. Here we deal with four species found parasiting sea urchins. In another paper in this volume we focus our atten- Pta. del Hidalgo y La Barranquera/O Las Aguas as Teresitas Las Caletillas HEl Tablado tion on two species found parasiting the crinoids Antedon bifida (Pennant), and a next work will deal whith the species found in sediments. MATERIAL AND METHODS The specimens of eulimids studied in this paper come from samples of the more common littoral species of sea urchins in the Canary Islands: Paracen- trotus lividus (Lamark), Arbacia lixula (L.), Sphaerechinus granularis (Lamark) and Diadema antillarum (Philippi). Twenty eight samples were taken by scuba diving in eighteen localities of Tenerife Island (see Figure 1) between 5 and 35 m in depth. Besides, some samples of the circalittoral sea urchin Cidaris cidaris (L.) coming from fishing nets were studied. These samples were caught from some localities of Tenerife, Gran Canaria and Fuerteventura (see Table VII. In the laboratory each specimen of sea urchin was carafully examined under a binocular microscope. The living specimens of eulimids found in each one were recorded and measured. Some spe- cimens were photographied alive an others were selected to be observed at scanning electron microscopy. Voucher material of all the species studied was deposited in the Depart- ment of Animal Biology, La Laguna Uni- versity, Tenerife. RODRÍGUEZ ET AL.: Eulimids parasiting sea urchins in the Canary Islands RESULTS Family EULIMIDAE Philippi, 1853 Genus Echineulima Lútzen and Nielsen, 1975 Echineulima leucophaes (Tomlin and Shackleford, 1913) (Figs. 2, 4-9) Mucronalia leucophaés Tomlin, J. R, le B. and Shackleford, L. J. “Descriptions of new species of Marginella and Mucronalia from Sáo Thomé. The Journal of Conchology,24: 1913-1915. Type locality: Sáo Thomé Material estudied: The number of specimens studied and the localities where they were collected are specify in Table I and Figure 1. Description: Shell solid, white, glossy, translucent, rather globular, sharpened apically and last whorl inflated occup- ying ?/3 of the shell. Spire straight without curvature. Whorls clearly convex. Suture very evident because of the whorl convexity. Below the suture a narrow whitish band is appreciated which corresponds to the false suture. Surface smooth with only growing scars, strongly marked in some shells. Protoconch clearly differentiated, since the larval whorls have a very reduced diameter, meanwhile the teleo- conch diameter increases rapidly. It con- sists of three whorls and lacks ornamen- tation or colour that differentiates from the rest of the shell. Male and female shells have been studied with scanning electron microscopy and no significant differences with respect to their morp- hology were observed (Fig. 2). Protoconch smooth, increasing slightly its diameter between one whorl and the next. These larval whorls easily differentiate from those of the teleo- conch, the diameter of the latter increase more rapidly, are clearly more convex and have fine grooves that cross the whorl perpendicularly with respect to the suture. These grooves appear on the shell of both sexes, although in males they are more marked. The growing scars are very clear. Aperture rounded and large in males, and slightly more quadrangular in females. Outer lip fine, no terminal swelling. In profile almost straight, first third part projected faintly and with- draws ending at the base, further behind than the apical union with the suture. Inner lip slightly swelled forming a small columelar callosity. Size: The specimens studied had a range of 4 to 9 whorls. The measure- ments were carried out separating pre- viously the males from the females, because of the great difference in size. A male of a determinate number of whorls presents a much smaller size with respect to a female with the same number of whorls. Terefore, males have less whorls inflated and smaller diame- ter (Figs. 5, 6). In the 54 specimens measured the ratio (width/length) ranged from 2.44/1.73 mm in a male of 4 whorls to 13.45/7.15 mm in a female of 9 whorls (Tables Il and III. Soft parts: Soft parts white and similar in both sexes. Neither spots nor coloured marks are normally apprecia- ted in the head-foot or mantle. In some specimens small dark spots are seen by transparency in the suture zone and areas slightly yellowish that correspond to the internal organs. Tentacles long, fine, sharpened at the tip, strong yellow in colour with some whitish spots on the surface. Tip and ventral zone white. Some animals with lighter coloured tentacles were obser- ved, sometimes almost white. Eyes small, black, located at the base of the tentacles, with a yellow border. Vision through the shell. Once the animal is in the parasite position on the host the different parts of the foot are observed, partially cove- ring the base of the shell. When it is Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Table I. Material studied of Diadema antillarum and Echineulima leucophaes, and infestation rates. Tabla I. Material estudiado de Diadema antillarum y Echineulima leucophaes, y porcentajes de infección. N? of specimens of D. antillarum Locality studied Abades 100 Agua Dulce 180 Alcalá 18 El Palm-mar 61 El Tablado 80 La Barranquera 100 Las Aguas 30 Las Caletillas 290 Las Eras 258 Playa Paraiso 200 Pta. Salema 125 Pta. La Rasca 166 Punta del Hidalgo o Tajao 200 Total 1.911 repeatedly disturbed it withdraws partly in the shell, unable to completely introduce itself, leaving part of the foot covering the base of the shell. Snout elongated, thick, cylindrical, used to hold on to the host, slightly swelled at the centre, with an apical disk to adhere on to the host. The proboscis, used to suck food, penetrates this disk and outer tissue of the host, and it inserts itself inside (Fig. 7). According to LÚUTZEN AND NIELSEN (1975) the species of this genus present an operculum oval and transparent, not observed in our specimens. Radula absent. Data on life history: Echineulima leu- cophaes seems to be an exclusive parasite of the sea urchin Diadema antillarum (Philippi, 1845). It is a permanent para- site, once adhered to the host it is unable to free itself. The apical disk of the snout fuses with the host's tissue, wich in res- ponse creates a callosity or fibroid gall leaving the snail's snout firmly adhered (Fig. 4). Proboscis very long, sometimes duplicating the length of the shell com- 10 N? of specimens of D. antillarum N? of specimens of parasited Infestation rates (%) E. leucophaes 4 4.0 7 7 3.9 13 1 0.9 1 1 1.6 2 2 ES 3 0 0.0 0 0) 0.0 0) 1 3.8 21 5 1.9 10 4 2.0 11 2 1.6 2 2 1.2 4 0 0.0 0) 2 1.0 3 41 X=2.1 7 pletely stretched out. Several specimens had the proboscis evaginated after the fixative procedure. A female presented a shell of 11.7 mm and a proboscis of 22.3 mm; another had a shell of 11.4 mm and a proboscis of 25.1 mm (Fig. 7). The snail, using this appendix, can reach any internal organ of the sea urchin to feed on. The proboscis has a slight swelling at the apical end where the suction pump is located. According to LUTZEN and NIELSEN (1975), the gonadal tissues of the sea urchins are the food source of this species. Inside the sea urchin fixation zone of the parasite is clearly appreciated as a necrotic spot, darker and black rimmed, surrounding the proboscis. In this zone, the shell of the sea urchin is soft and brakes easily. If several parasites are located next to each other the necrotic zone is shared by all, although the same number of spots as parasites are appre- ciated (Fig. 9). The insertion zone of the parasite is variable. E. leucophaes was observed adhered to the oral side, to the sides or on the aboral zone of the sea urchin. RODRÍGUEZ ET AL.: Eulimids parasiting sea urchins in the Canary Islands Figure 2. Echineulima leucophaes, female (A-D), male (E-K). A: ventral view of the shell; B: apex in ventral view; C: shell in dorsal position; D: apex in dorsal position; E: ventral view of the shell; E: apex in ventral view; G: shell in lateral view; H: apex in shell profile; 1: shell in dorsal position; ): apex with shell in dorsal position; K: upper view of the protoconch. Figure 2. Echineulima leucophaes, hembra (A-D), macho (E-K). A: vistra ventral de la concha; B: ápice en vista ventral; C: concha en posición dorsal; D: ápice en posición dorsal: E: vista ventral de la concha; F: ápice en vista ventral; G: concha en vista lateral ; H: ápice en el perfil de la concha; 1: concha en posición dorsal; J: ápice con la concha en posición doral; K: vista superior de la protoconcha. 10 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Table IL. Number of whorls and mean size of the male specimens of Echineulima leucophaes studied. Tabla 11. Número de vueltas y talla media de los machos de Echineulima leucophaes. N? whorls N? of specimens 7 4 lo) 17 5 10 4 1 TOTAL IZ width/ length (mm) 6.06/3.47 4.98/3.08 3.41/2.24 2.44/1.73 EA DIOS Table III. Number of whorls and mean size of the female specimens of Echineulima leucophaes studied. Tabla III. Número de vueltas y talla media de las hembras de Echineulima leucophaes. N? whorls N? of specimens width/ length (mm) / 9 lo) 12.29/6.86 8 3 10.84/6.64 Y Y 8.85/5.38 6 4 6.23/3.83 TOTAL 29 X =9.55/5.67 Several specimens were also seen adhered to the same sea urchin, forming clearly differentiated groups. The groups can be made up of one or more specimens, and each group has a sole female and one or several males. The high grade of aggregation examined in the individuals of E. leucophaes assumes the existence of some type of chemical attraction among them. Internally, the insertion area is also variable. Parasites were seen on the ambulacralia or interambulacralia plates. Occasionally some specimens were observed adhered to the peri- buccal soft area. The experiments conducted to deter- mine the ability of the species to free themselves from the host indicate that the fixation is definitive and irreversible. The parasites released artificially lost the locomotor capacity. This species is protandric hermaph- rodite with environmental sex determi- nation (ESD). The first individual, once settled on the host, spends a short phase as a male and continues to grow as a female. The following specimens that 112 settle next to her develop as males and remain like this until the female disap- pears, then one of them reverses and becomes a female. There also exists a marked sexual dimorphism, males are much smaller than the females, there- fore very easy to differentiate. Fre- quently there is one or several groups of individuals on a same host, each with only one female along with one or more males (Fig. 8). The infestation rate of E. leucophaes on D. antillarum is very low, never higher than 4.0% (see Table 1). Distribution: This species seems to be restricted to the tropical and subtropical Eastern Atlantic. It is only known from Sáo Thomé Island, Guf of Guinea, and Canary Islands. Remarks: This species was described for the first time as Mucronalia leucophaes in Sáo Thomé Island by TOMLIN AND SHACKLEFORD (1913). This description did not provide any data on soft parts or host. LUTZEN AND NIELSEN (1975) descri- bed the new genus Echineulima to include some species parasitic on sea RODRÍGUEZ ET 4L.: Eulimids parasiting sea urchins in the Canary Islands urchins of the families Diadematidae and Echinometridae. These authors synonymized M. leucophaes with the type species (by original designation) of Echineulima, E. mittrei, that is wides- pread throughout the tropical Indo- Pacific. They recorded it also from the Gulf of Guinea and Tenerife Island. WARÉN (1980) revised the genus Echi- neulima and considered E. mittrei and E. leucophaes as different species, being the former of Indo-Pacific distribution and the latter Atlantic. Although the shell appearance is quite similar in both species, we follow the opinion of Warén due the big gap in disribution between them from the Gulf of Guinea (West Africa) to Mozambique (East Africa). Nevertheless, the divergence of these species must be confirmed by mean of genetic or DNA studies. According to WARÉN (1980) the species of this genus presents plankto- trophic larval development, since the egg diameter ranges from 65 to 70 ym and the height of the protoconch is 300 yum or more, evidencing the presence of protoconch l and II. Genus Vitreolina Monterosato, 1884. Vitreolina philippi (Rayneval, Hecke and Ponzi, 1854) (Figs. 3, 10-12) Eulima philippi Rayneval, Hecke and Ponzi, 1854. “Catalogue des fossiles du Monte Mario (prés Rome), recueillis par M. le Cte de Rayneval, Mgr Van den Hecke et M. le professeur Ponzi, 1854.” Versailles Beaujeune: 20 + 6 pp. Type locality: Monte Mario, Roma, fossil Material studied: The number of specimens studied and the localities where they were collected are specify in Tables IV, V and VI, and Figure 1. Description: Shell conical, slender, sharpened, slightly curved, generally towards the right, more clear in larger individuals (Fig. 10), glossy, completely transparent, without any colouration and fragile in appearance; ornamenta- tion absent. True suture hard to observe in live specimens, forming a fine and tenuous groove along the whorls causing a dis- continuity in the shell's brilliance. False suture very evident, appreciated as a more opaque line. Both sutures are para- llel, false under true. The space between them is quite narrow, approximately ?/5 of the height of the whorls. On the shell surface the sutures and growth scars are observed. Most shells have scars located dorsally on the right side, each one ahead of the one before, indicating that the animal has grown more than one whorl in each growth period. One scar per whorl is observed. The study of the shells with scanning electron microscopy confirms the absence of ornamentation or micro- sculpture on the shell's surface, only the sutures and growth scars are apprecia- ted (Fig. 3). Whorls of teleoconch flat, and those of the protoconch slightly convex. On some areas of the surface deteriorated zones appeared, probably due to chemical disintegration by immersion in preservative fluids or by erosion caused by friction with the subs- tratum when the animal was alive. Protoconch of four whorl, with pointed apex, smooth, transparent and without sculpture or colour. Aperture ovated, small, with apical zone faintly sharpened. Outer lip not swelled, withdrawn at the suture forming a sinus, very marked at the centre. Inner lip straight, swelled at the base forming a patent callus at the base of the columella. Size: The sizes (length/ width) of the specimens studied ranged from 3.73/1.32 mm, in an specimen of 8 whorls, and 0.52/0.17 mm in the sma- llest specimens of 2 whorls. The average sizes obtained are shown in Table VII. 13 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Table IV. Material studied of Vitreolina philippi parasiting Arbacia lixula and infestation rates. Table IV. Material estudiado de Vitreolina philippi parasitando Arbacia lixula y porcentajes de infección. N? of N* of sea N? of Max n? of specimens of urchins with specimens of specimens of Infestation Locality A. lixula parasites V. philippi V. philippi /sea urchin rates Abades 5 1 1 1 20.0 Aguadulce 10 8 38 12 80.0 Alcalá Y, Z 2 1 28.6 El Médano 3 (0) 0 0 0.0 El Palm-mar 2 1 5 5 50.0 Garachico 4 4 16 Y 100.0 La Barranquera 2 ds 16 lo) 28.0 Las Aguas Y 5 17 Y 71.4 Las Caletillas 11 8 26 8 DAL Las Eras 18 13 0S lo) 86.7 Las Teresitas 3 1 3 3 SOS Playa Paraíso 10 5 6 2 50.0 Porís de Abona 24 19 118 27 79.2 Pta. Hidalgo 13 0 0 - 0.0 TOTAL 139 74 301 X=6.5 X= 49.9 Table V. Material studied of Vitreolina philippi parasiting Patacentrotus lividus and infestation rates. Table V. Material estudiado de Vitreolina philippi parasitando Patacentrotus lividus y porcentajes de infección. N? of N? of sea N? of Max n? of specimens of urchins with specimens of specimens of Infestation Locality P. lividus parasites V. philippi V. philippi /sea urchin rates Abades Sil 8 112 3 25.8 Aguadulce 1 0 0 - 0.0 Alcalá 2 6 Y 2 2D El Médano 22) 4 5 2 16.0 El Palm-mar 2 1 29 29 50.0 Garachico 29 29 187 18 100.0 La Barranquera 15 4 10 4 ZO Las Aguas 34 31 148 12 SAEZ Las Caletillas 19 19 131 19 100.0 Las Eras 1 1 2 2 100.0 Las Teresitas 10 S 8 3 50.0 Playa Paraíso 0 0 0 - Porís de Abona 9 8 90 30 88.9 Pta. Hidalgo 25 S) 6 2 20.0 TOTAL 228 121 635 X=10.5 X = 53.1 14 RODRÍGUEZ ET AL.: Eulimids parasiting sea urchins in the Canary Islands S T U Figure 3. A-H: Vitreolina philippii, A: ventral view of the shell; B: apex in ventral view; C: detail of aperture and operculum; D: profile of shell; E: apex in lateral view; E: upper view of the proto- conch; G: shell in dorsal position; H: apex in dorsal position. I-N: Vanobalcis nana, 1: ventral view of the shell; J: apex in ventral view; K: profile of shell; L: apex in lateral view; M: apex in dorsal position; N: shell in dorsal position. O-U: Sabinella bonifaciae, O: ventral view of the shell; P: apex in ventral view; Q: detail of aperture and growth scar of the last whorl; R: profile of shell; S: apex in lateral view; T: shell in dorsal position; U: apex in dorsal position. Figura 3. A-H: Vitreolina philippii, A: vista ventral de la concha; B: ápice en vista ventral; C: detalle de la apertura y el opérculo; D: perfil de la concha; E: ápice en vista lateral; E: vista superior de la pro- tochocha; G: concha en posisicón dorsal; H: ápice en posición dorsal. IN: Nanobalcis nana, /; vista ventral de la concha ; J: ápice en vista ventra; K: perfil de la concha; L: ápice en vista lateral; M: ápice en posición dorsal; N: concha en posición dorsal. O-U: Sabinella bonifaciae, O: vista ventral de la concha; P: ápice en vista ventral; Q: detalle de la apertura y marca de crecimiento de la última vuelta; R: perfil de la concha; S: ápice en vista lateral; T: concha en posición dorsal; U: ápice en posición dorsal. IS Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Soft parts: The soft parts are perfectly observed by transparency. The first whorls are plain yellow and the last ones have a series of orange and yellow- whitish spots on the head and foot. The disposition of these spots is variable but there are two patterns that repeat fre- quently. In the first pattern when observed from the side of the aperture, the first four whorls are yellowish, the fifth and sixth have orange dots arranged forming lines perpendicular to the sutures, the seventh whorl has disperse punctuation and the last one presents scattered orange and yellow-whitish dots. These orange dots are mainly dis- posed around the eyes and sides of the head and the most whitish areas are placed at the top of the head. In dorsal view the same colour pattern of the whorls is appreciated, but in the last one a series of orange dots aligned parallel to the suture are observed, along with orange and whitish dots dispersed around the head (Fig. 11). The two black eyes are very patent in this position with an orange dot under each one. The second pattern differs from the previous in the third, fourth and fifth whorls, which have three reddish lines per whorl. These lines are wide in the upper suture and they get narrower until disappear at the lower one. The sixth whorl has a very patent red dot. Cephalic tentacles long and slender, translucent, with a row of small bright yellow dots on its dorsal surface. At the base of each one a small orange dot is observed besides the large and black eyes, located in faint protuberances at the sides of the head. The vision is by transparency through the shell. Foot dorsally yellow with bright orange and yellow scattered dots at its base. Operculum paucispiral, transparent, slightly yellowish. Fine growth lines are observed that emerge from one point within the inner margin and head towards the outer one gradually fading before reaching the edge of the opercu- lum (Fig. 3). Radula absent. 16 After short fixative periods in pre- servative fluids, the pattern of colora- tion disappears and the colour becomes uniform from white to yellow-orange. Data on life history: Vitreolina philippi was found parasiting the sea urchins Arbacia lixula, Sphaerechinus granularis and Paracentrotus lividus. It is a sporadic parasite, associates with sea urchins to feed, but capable of freeing himself and crawl around looking for another host. The adherence to the sea urchin is weak, freeing himself very easily once distur- bed and therefore occasionally seen on rocks or substratum. In the specimens of A. lixula studied in Tenerife, V. philippi was parasite always on the oral zone (Fig. 12). In P. lividus and S. granularis the position of this parasite is more difficult to specify, since these sea urchins adhere algae, stones or other objects on their surface, being very difficult locate the eulimids. Most of the specimens of V. philippi freed themselves from the host during the trip to the laboratory, appearing free in the bags. The ones remaining on the host were adhered to the soft parts at the base of the ambulacralia feet in the peri-buccal zone. A total of 502 sea urchins were stu- died, collected in 14 localities of the co- ast of Tenerife, in a depth range of 5-20 m (Tables IV, V and VI). V. philippi para- sites preferably on Sphaerechinus granu- laris, and 80% of the specimens of this sea urchin had parasited. The infestation rate on Arbacia lixula and Paracentrotus lividus is quite similar and somewhat greater than 50%. The maximum num- ber of specimens of V. philippi found on a single host (P. lividus) was 30. Distribution: It is known from north to Norway to the Canary Islands, inclu- ding the Mediterranean Sea. Remarks: Despite the high specificity of host choice that characterises most of the genera of Eulimidae, the species of the genus Vitreolina present a wide variety of hosts, Ophiuroidea (WARÉN, 1984) and several genera of sea urchins (WARÉN, BURCH AND BURCH, 1984). FRETTER AND GRAHAM (1982) indicated that they have appeared also on holot- RODRÍGUEZ ET AL.: Eulimids parasiting sea urchins in the Canary Islands Table VI. Material studied of Vitreolina philippi parasiting Sphaerechinus granularis and infestation rates. Table VI. Material estudiado de Vitreolina philippi parasitando Sphaerechinus granularis y porcenta- jes de infección. N? of N? of sea specimens of urchins with Locality S. granularis parasites Abades o 0 Aguadulce 16 16 Alcalá 7 5 El Médano 4 0 El Palm-mar 27 18 Garachico 0) 0 La Barranquera 1 0) Las Aguas 0 0) Las Caletillas 6 5 Las Eras 23 22 Las Teresitas 2 1 Playa Paraíso 20 12 Porís de Abona 9 9 Pta. Hidalgo 2 1 TOTAL 135 99 N? of Max n* of specimens of specimens of Infestation V. philippi V. philippi /sea urchin rates 0 - 0.0 125 20 100.0 21 11 71.4 10) - 0.0 83 16 66.6 0 d ¿ 0 - 0.0 0 e z 31 21 83.3 113 14 88.0 64 12 91 2) 5 60.0 78 18 100.0 1 1 50.0 543 ISA X= 59.2 Table VIL Number of whorls and mean size of 48 specimens of Vitreolina philipp:. Table VII. Número de vueltas y talla media de 48 ejemplares de Vitreolina philippi. N* whorls N? of specimens 8 4 7 lo) lo) 10 5 Y 4 lo) 3 9 2 o) TOTAL 48 hurians and crinoids, if all available data are correct. Several works record V. philippi in the Mediterranean. MIFSUD (1990a) point out that it is common on P. lividus, but very rare on A. líxula in Malta, but RINALDI (1994) found it very common on both species of sea urchins in Sardi- nia. OLIVERIO, BUZZURRO AND VILLA width/ length (mm) SIS MEZO ESTAS 2.38 /0.95 1.90 /0.64 1.46 /0.47 1.18 /0.29 0.60 /0.19 ESA MORA (1994) add S. granularis, Centrostephanus longispinus (Philippi) and Psammechinus microtuberculatus (Blainville) to their host list in the Eastern Mediterranean. FRETTER AND GRAHAM (1982) recorded V. philippi in the Atlantic coasts of Europe and lastly, NORDSIECK AND TALAVERA (1979) in Madeira and Tene- rife. 17 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Genus Nanobalcis Warén and Mifsud, 1990. Nanobalcis nana (Monterosato, 1878) (Figs. 3, 13 -15) Eulima nana Monterosato, 1878. “Note sur quelques coquilles draguées dans les eaux de Palerme, par le Marquis de Monterosato”. Journal de Conchyliolog1e, 26: 143-160. Type locality: Palermo, Sicily, 50-90 m deep. Material studied: The number of specimens studied and the localities where they were collected are specify in Table VIIL Description: Shell conical, almost straight in profile, small, completely transparent, without ornamentation or coloured zones (Fig. 13). The transpa- rency fades with the fixation, although it is maintained in those preserved dried. In these, the sutures and growth scars are well observed. Teleoconch whorls flat and slightly convex at the protoconch. Last whorl quite high, occupying almost half of the height of the shell. In the dry specimens, the suture and false suture are clearly distinct. Both are parallel, the space between them quite narrow and more opaque in appearance than the rest of the shell. The growth scars are not aligned, lo- cated at a different place in each whorl. There are growth periods in which the animal almost form a complete whorl, while in others only a half whorl is for- med. The scars appearing irregularly. The SEM photographs show the surface of the shell totally smooth, without any kind of micro-sculpture, except the su- tures and growth scars (Fig. 3). These scars are strongly marked and located irregularly in the different whorls. Apex slightly sharpened. Protoconch with 2 whorls faintly convex, transpa- rent, whitout ornamentation or colour that differentiates it from the teloconch. There is no mark indicating the exis- tence of protoconch II, and therefore this species might lack a planktotrophic larval phase. No micro-sculpture is appreciated in the protoconch (Fig. 3). Aperture wide, round and slightly sharpened at its upper margin. It is quite low and faintly surpasses the edge of the lower part of the shell. In lateral view, the inner lip presents the first 18 section straight coinciding with the zone between the sutures; then projected forming a sinus, very marked at the centre. Inner lip with columelar callus very patent, located at the lower margin of the aperture, coinciding with the base of the columella. Size: The size (length / width) of the specimens from Tenerife ranged from 0.45/0.31 mm in an specimen with one whorl to 1.85/0.79 mm in other of 6 whorls. The average size of the specimens studied are shown in Table IX. Soft parts: Soft parts orange-brown, clearly observed by shell transparency. Several yellowish spots are observed in the gonad-visceral zone and other reddish stand out on an orange back- ground. These spots do not seem to follow a constant colour pattern. In the suture of the last whorl a reddish spot is appreciated, diffused and edges scarcely defined. At the sides of the head there are also small reddish zones. Cephalic tentacles very long, slender, sharpened and almost transpa- rent, with faint yellow highlights on the surface, mainly on the apical zone. Eyes black and large, placed quite close and slightly behind with respect to the tentacles. At the base of each eye a more intense orange spot is observed. Vision by transparency through the shell (Fig. 14). Foot also orange. Operculum very thin, transparent, oval, with faint growth lines. Animal capable of complete retraction inside the shell. Radula absent. After fixation the soft parts loose their pigmentation becoming pale RODRÍGUEZ £7 AL.: Eulimids parasiting sea urchins in the Canary Islands Figures 4-9. Echineulima leucophaes. 4: group of one female and two males; 5: males; 6: females; 7: female with snout and proboscis evaginated; 8: male and female, in parasitic position on Diadema antillarum; 9: inner face of Diadema antillarum where three necrotic marks, the proboscis of a female (centre) and two males of E. leucophaes are observed. Figuras 4-9. Echineulima leucophaes. 4: grupo de una hembra y dos machos; 5: machos; 6: hembras; 7: hembra con el morro y probóscide evaginados; 8: macho y hembra, parasitando un ejemplar de Diadema antillarum; 9: cara interna de Diadema antillarum con tres marcas necróticas correspondien- tes a la probóscide de una hembra (centro) y dos machos de E. leucophaes. yellow, almost white or even hyaline in smaller specimens. Some individuals, after fixation, present faint dark spots in the last whorl of the suture and on the cephalic zone. Date on life history: Nanobalcis nana was found on the sea urchin Cidaris cidaris (L., 1758). It is an sporadic para- site, capable of freeing itself when distur- bed. The insertion zone of the parasite 19 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 on the host is at the base of the largest spines (MIFSUD, 1990b), although most of the specimens from Tenerife was found free in the transportation bag, crawling, floating or moving on the surface of the sea urchin (Fig. 15). Therefore the inser- tion zone was not determined. The sea urchins were captured using fishing nets, suffering an intense mani- pulation to untangle and free them. lt is possible that during this process some parasites freed themselves. The sea urchins were introduced together in a container with sea water, many parasi- tes were liberated, making it difficult to determine the number of eulimid para- siting each sea urchin. The localities studied and the number of hosts and parasites are shown in Table VIIL Distribution: It was only known from Malta, Sicily and Gulf of Naples. We recorded it here for the first time in the Atlantic ocean. Engl (com. pers.) has found this species in sediments coming from the CANCAP expeditions, and Templado (com. pers.) has found a quite similar species (probably the same) in Cape Verde Islands parasiting the Cidarid Eucidaris tribuloides. Remarks: MONTEROSATO (1875) named for the first time this species as Eulima nana, collected in Palermo at a depth of 90 m. There is not more data on the species in this work. Later MONTE- ROSATO (1878) presented the first formal description of the shell of this species. This description was based on speci- mens from sediment dredged and no data on soft parts of the animal or possi- ble hosts were done. MIFSUD (1990) found several speci- mens of this species (cited as Eulima nana) adhered to the largest spines of the sea urchin Cidaris cidaris. The same year, WARÉN AND MIFSUD (1990) erected the new genus Nanobalcis to embrace a group of small eulimids parasitic on cidaroid sea urchins, and designed E. nana as type species of this genus. They recorded this species from Malta and the Gulf of Naples. Until now this species has not been recorded outside of the Mediterranean Sea. Genus Sabinella Monterosato, 1890 Sabinella bonifaciae Nordsieck, 1974 (Figs. 3, 16) Eulima (Sabinella) bonifaciae Nordsieck, 1974. “Molluscs from the continental shelf bottom betwen Corsica and Sardinia (Bocche di Bonifacio, station K1)”. La Conchiglia, 61: 11-14. Type locality: off Capo Comino, between Sardinia and Corsica, 200-220 m deep. Material studied: The number of specimens studied and the localities where they were collected are specify in Table VIIL Description: Shell conical, small, quite translucent but not totally trans- parent, apex slightly sharpened and aperture very large. Ornamentation or colour absent (Fig. 16). Shells in preser- vative fluids become white and opaque. Profile straight, whorls convex, the last one very high, occupying ?/3 of the shell height. Sutures clearly distinct by whorl convexity. The false suture is very evident as a fine opaque line located under the true suture. Both sutures are parallel and the space between them is very narrow. The 20 growth scars are strongly marked. Nor- mally there are two per whorl, located irregularly because the snail grows more than half a whorl each growth period. These scars are the only marks appreciated on the surface of the shell. The shells lack micro-sculpture in the teleoconch and protoconch (Fig. 3). Some shells present the first whorls deeply eroded, probably due to chemi- cal attack of the preservative fluids, indicating a greater debility of the larval shell with respect to the teleo- conch. RODRÍGUEZ ET AL.: Eulimids parasiting sea urchins in the Canary Islands AUD A] A $ l mm : .. ñ Figure 10. Some specimens of Vitreolina philipp:. Figure 11. Vitreolina philippicrawling on the substratum after freeing himself from the host; the most common colour pattern of soft parts can be observed. Figure 12. Oral zone of Arbacia Lixula with 6 specimens of Vitreolina philippz. Figure 13. Some speci- mens of Nanobalcis nana. Figure 14. Common colour pattern of Nanobalcis nana. Figure 15. Three specimens of Nanobalcis nana on Cidaris cidaris. Figure 16. Some specimens of Sabinella bon:faciae. Figura 10. Varios ejemplares de Vitreolina philippi. Figura 11. Vitreolina philippi arrastrándose sobre el sustrato tras alimentarse del hospedador; se puede observar el patrón de color más común de las partes blan- das. Figura 12. Zona oral de Arbacia Lixula con 6 ejemplares de Vitreolina philippi. Figura 13. Varios ejemplares de Nanobalcis nana. Figura 14. Patrón de color habitual de Nanobalcis nana. Figura 15. Tres ejemplares de Nanobalcis nana sobre Cidaris cidaris. Figura 16. Varios ejemplares de Sabinella bonifaciae. ZA] Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Table VII. Material studied of Cidaris cidaris and its parasites Nanobalcis nana and Sabinella bonifaciae. Table VIII. Material estuciado de Cidaris cidaris y sus parásitos Nanobalcis nana y Sabinella bonifaciae. N? of specimens studied Locality Island Depth (m) C. cidaris N. nana S. bonifaciae Mogán Gran Canaria 22-11-94 100 32 12 10 Ptito. de Guímar Tenerife 13-11-96 - 1 28 0 28” 29,38 N, 16” 09,15 W Tenerife 5-12-96 293 70 437 0 28” 22,80 N, 16” 20,23 W Tenerife 6-12-96 253 2 13 1 Los Gigantes Tenerife 4-12-97 135 2 Z 0) 28” 10,56 N, 14* 22,32 W Fuerteventura 1-10-97 232 68 280 5 Pto. de la Cruz Tenerife 28-2-98 198 1 3 0 Table IX. Number of whorl and mean size of 47 specimens of Nanobalcis nana. Table IX. Número de vueltas y talla media de 47 ejemplares de Nanobalcis nana. N* whorls N? of specimens ó 1 5 13 4 12 3 8 2 11 1 2 TOTAL 47 width/ length (mm) 109/09 1357/0770 V2/1/ 039 O93/AQ*A7 DADES 0.47 / 0.31 MISAS Table X. Number of whorl and mean size of 9 specimens of Sabinella bonifaciae. Table X. Número de vueltas y talla media de 9 ejemplares de Sabinella bonifaciae. N* whorls N* of specimens 4 2 3 4 Zo 3 TOTAL 9 Mucronate protoconch of 2.5 whorls, without coloration or ornamentation that differentiates it from the teloconch. Aperture large, oval, slightly sharpe- ned at it upper part and rounded at the base. Outer lip faintly swelled at the tip of the aperture, surpassing largely the edge of the shell. In profile, the lip in the sutural zone is withdrawn and then pro- jected forming a very marked sinus. 22 width/ length (mm) 1277/0772 OS WAOISS 0.81 / 0.45 X=1.00 / 0.56 Inner lip swelled forming a notable columelar callus. Size: The specimens obtained in the Canary Islands (Tenerife, Gran Canaria and Fuerteventura) had from 2 to 4 whorls. The average sizes are shown in Table X. Soft parts: The study of S. bonifaceae was done with specimens kept in fixa- tive fluids, therefore we have not photos RODRÍGUEZ ET AL.: Eulimids parasiting sea urchins in the Canary Islands of living animals nor description of colour patterns were obtained. The pre- served animals presented a uniform whitish coloration in the cephalic zone, and only big black eyes stood out. The gonad-visceral zone presents the same colour as the cephalic area, although some individuals were reddish brown. Operculum very thin, yellowish and transparent. Date on life history: Sabinella bonifaciae was found living on the sea urchin Cidaris cidaris (L., 1758). The specimens observed in the Canary Islands were found crawling freely on the sea urchin, indicating that they are sporadic para- site, capable of freeing themselves from the host. S. bonifaciae is parasite of C. cidaris jointly with the eulimid above mentio- ned, Nanobalcis nana. In specimens of C. cidaris from Tenerife the latter was much more abundant than the former. The localities studied and the number of hosts and parasites are shown in Table VIII The intense manipulation suffered by the sea urchins using the fishing nets, as with Nanobalcis nana, could have made caused the parasites to free them- selves from the host. Distribution: It was known from the Western Mediterranean and Sicilian Chanel, and from Bay of Biscay to the Ibero-Moroccan Gulf. Here recorded for the first in the Canary Islands. Remarks: MONTEROSATO (1875) des- cribed this species for the first time as Eulima piriformis Brugnone, in Palermo. Later, MONTEROSATO (1890) created the new genus Sabinella, were S. piriformis was included. NORDSIECK (1975) described the new species Eulima (Sabinella) bonifaciae, for ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Our gratitude to Dr. Anders Warén (Swedish Museum of Natural History) and to Mr. Mifsud, for the interesting comments and corroboration of the spe- cimens determinations. To Leopoldo the area between Corsica and Sardinia. The description was obtanied from shells of sediments, therefore lacks data on possible hosts. VAN AARTSEN (1978) and GAGLINI (1990) considered Sabinella bonifaciae as synonum of S. piriformis Brugnone, 1873, but WARÉN (1984) and BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1986) discusses on the taxonomy of these taxa and con- sidered the former as a valid species. According to BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1986) the females of this species are larger than the males and are perma- nently adhered to the host, meanwhile the males may crawl freely. This species has tentacles smooth, wide and short, with eyes located at the base of each one. The foot is well developed and functional and, after comparing the shell's size of the veliger larva with the postlarval specimens, concluded that the size difference indicated a plankto- trophic development. WARÉN AND MIFSUD (1990) found some specimens of S. bonifaciae on C. cidaris in Malta and provided new addi- tional data on sof parts and life-style. They noted that the insertion zone of this eulimid on its host is at the base of the primary spines, originating a distinc thickening. When the specimens had a size of 1-2 mm they attached perma- nently to the host with a mucous collar, covering the base of the proboscis, which remained in the sea urchin once the parasite was separated from the host. The small size of the specimens found in Canaries and the fact that they were observed free on C. cidaris may indicate that they were juveniles or males. Although the spines of this sea urchin were carefully examined, none specimen of S. bonifaciae was found atta- ched to them. Moro, author of the photo n” 15, for his generous contribution. To José Tem- plado (Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid) for the revision of the manuscript. 23 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 BIBLIOGRAPHY AARTSEN, J. J. VAN, 1978. Eulima (Sabinella) bo- nifaciae Nordsieck, 1974 a synonym of E. (Sab.) piriformis Brugnone, 1873. Conchiglie, 14 (11-12): 219-220. BOUCHET, P. AND WARÉN, A., 1986. Revision of the northeast Atlantic Bathyal and Abyssal Aclididae, Eulimidae, Epitoniidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Bollettino Malacologico, Sup- plemento 2: 300-576. ENGL, W., 1997a. New species of the family Eu- limidae from the Canary Islands. Part I: Des- cription of Sticteulima richteri mn. sp. La Con- chiglia, 283: 44-47. ENGL, W., 1997b. New species of the family Eu- limidae from the Canary Islands. Part II: Des- cription of Sticteulima wareni n. sp. La Con- chiglia, 285: 43-45. ENGL, W., 1998. New species of the family Eu- limidae from the Canary Islands. Part 3: Des- cription of Fusceulima boscheineni n. sp. La Conchiglia, 289: 11-14,60. ENGL, W., 1999. New or pourly known species of the family Eulimidae from the Eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean. Part 4: “Eulima” fuscozonata Bouchet and Warén, 1986. La Con- chiglia, 292: 45-46. FRETTER, V. AND GRAHAM, A,, 1982. The pro- sobranch Molluscs of Britain and Denmark. Part 7- “Heterogastropoda” (Cerithiopsacea, Triforacea, Epitoniacea, Eulimacea). The Jour- nal of Molluscan Studies, Supplement 11. 360- 435. GAGLINI, A., 1990. Sulla valitá del taxon Sabi- nella piriformis Brugnone, 1873 (Eulimidae). Notiziario CISMA, 12: 29-31. LE RENARD, J., 2000. CLEMAN (Check list of Eu- ropean Marine Mollusca). Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. www.mnkhn.fr/base / malaco.html LUTZEN, J. AND NIELSEN, K., 1975. Contribu- tions to the anatomy and biology of Echi- neulima n.g. (Prosobranchia: Eulimidae), pa- rasitic on sea urchins. Videnskablige Meddelelser Danske Naturhhistoriske Forening, 138: 171- 19%, MIFSUD, €., 1990a. Vitreolina philippi (Ponzi, De Rayneval and Van Den Heck, 1854) (Euli- midae) found living on the echinoid Para- centrotus lividus (Lamark) in infralittoral Mal- tese Waters. Bollettino Malacologico, 26 (10- 12): 165-168. MIFSUD, C., 1990b. Due specie di Eulimidi pa- rassiti dell' echinoide Cidaris cidaris (L., 1758). La Conchiglia, 258: 30-31. MONTEROSATO, M., 1875. Nuova rivista delle conchiglie Mediterranee. Atti dell Accademia di scienze, Lettere ed Arti, Palermo Vol V, ser. 2: 1-50. 24 MONTEROSATO, M., 1878. Note sur quelques coquilles draguées dans les eaux de Palerme. Journal de Conchyliologie, Paris 26: 143-160. MONTEROSATO, M., 1890. Conchigjlie della pro- fondita del mare di Palermo. 1! Naturalista Si- ciliano, 9 (7): 157-66. NORDSIECK, F., 1974. Molluscs from the conti- nental shelf bottom between Corsica and Sar- dinia (Bocche di Bonifacio, station K1). La Conchiglia, 61:11-14. NORDSIECK, F. AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA, F., 1979. Moluscos marinos de Canarias y Madera (Gas- tropoda). Aula de Cultura de Tenerife, 208 ¡19% OLIVERIO, M., BUZZURRO, G. AND VILLA, R., 1994. A new Eulimid Gastropod from the eastern Mediterranean sea (Caenogastro- poda, Ptenoglossa). Bollettino Malacologico, 30 (5-9): 211-215. RAYNEVAL, L. M. A. G. DE, HECKE, M. VAN DEN, AND PONZI, M,. 1854. Catalogue des fossiles du Monte Mario (prés Rome), recueillis par M. le Cte de Rayneval, Mgr Van den Hecke et M. le pro- fesseur Ponzi. Versailles Beaujeune: 20 + 6 pp. RINALDI, A. C., 1994. Frecuenza e distribuzione di Vitreolina Philippi (De Rayneval and Ponzi, 1854) (Prosobranchia, Eulimidae) su due spe- cie di Echinoidei regolari lungo le coste me- ridionali della Sardegna. Bollettino Malacolo- gico, 30 (1-4): 29-32. RODRÍGUEZ, M., 2000. Description of a new Eu- limid (Mollusca: Gastropoda) off the Canary Islands. Melanella lutea mn. sp. La Conchiglia, 294-295: 82- 86. TOMLIN, B. AND SHACKLEFORD, L. J., 1913. Des- criptions of new species of Marginella and Mucronalia from Sáo Thomé. The Journal of Conchology, vol. XIV (1913-1915): 43- 44. WARÉN, A., 1980. Revision of the genera Thyca, Stilifer, Scalenostoma, Mucronalia and Echi- neulima (Mollusca, Prosobranchia, Eulimi- dae). Zoologica Scripta, 9: 187-210. WARÉN, A., 1984. A generic revision of the Fa- mily Eulimidae. The Journal of Molluscan Stu- dies, supplement 13: 96 pp. WARÉN, A., BURCH, B. L. AND BURCH, T. A,, 1984. Description of five new species of Ha- waiian Eulimidae. The Veliger, 26 (3): 170- 178. WARÉN, A. AND MIFSUD, C., 1990. Nanobalcis a new Eulimid genus (Prosobranchia) parasi- tic on Cidaroid sea urchins, with two new species, and comments on Sabinella bonifa- ciae (Nordsieck). Bollettino Malacologico, 26 (1-4): 37-46. WATSON, IR. B., 1897. Marine Mollusca of Ma- deira. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, 26: 233-239. O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (1): 25-35, 2001 Eulimid gastropods (Caenogastropoda: Eulimidae) of the Canary Islands. Part II. Species parasiting the crinoid Antedon bifida Eulímidos (Caenogastropoda: Eulimidae) de las Islas Canarias. Parte II. Especies parásitas del crinoideo Antedon bifida Myriam RODRÍGUEZ, Gustavo PEREZ-DIONIS and Jacinto BARQUÍN* Recibido el 11-VII-2000. Aceptado el 18-X11-2000 ABSTRACT The present work deals with two species of eulimids, Curveulima dautzenbergi and Cri- nophtheiros collinsi, found parasiting the crinoid Antedon bifida in Tenerife, Canary Islands. Data on shell, soft parts, lifestyle and infestation rates are provided. RESUMEN El presente trabajo versa sobre dos especies de eulímidos, Curveulima dautzenbergi y Cri- nophtheiros collinsi, que parasitan al crinoideo Antedon bifida en la Isla de Tenerife (Canarias). Se aportan datos sobre la concha, partes blandas, ecología y tasas de infec- ción. KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Eulimidae, Curveulima dautzenbergi, Crinophtheiros collinsi, Crinoidea, Antedon bifida, Tenerife, Canary Islands. PALABRAS CLAVE: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Eulimidae, Curveulima dautzenbergi, Crinophtheiros collinsi, Crinoidea, Antedon bifida, Tenerife, Islas Canarias. INTRODUCTION We follow the serie of works dealing with the eulimids gastropods of the Canary Islands. We dedicated a former paper in this same volume to the species parasiting sea urchins, and we deal here with those found on the crinoid Antedon bifida (Pennant), very common in littoral waters of this Archipielago. In a pre- vious paper, RODRÍGUEZ (2000) descri- bed the new species Melanella lutea, which parasites the sea cucumber Holot- huria sanctori Delle Chiaje. In the other hand, in recent year ENGL (1997a, 1997b, 1998) has described some new species of eulimids in circalittoral bottoms of Puerto del Carmen, Lanzarote, based upon dead shells. MATERIAL AND METHODS The material studied comes from samples of the crinoid Antedon bifida taken from the infralittoral zone of Tene- (*) Departamento de Biología Animal (Ciencias Marinas), Facultad de Biología, Universidad de La Laguna, C/ Astrofísico Francisco Sánchez s/n. 38206 La Laguna, Tenerife, Spain. 25 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 1 11 r Z (GS d 5 ] JD 6 Antedon bifida 8 7 Figure 1. Sampling localities. Figura 1. Localidades de muestreo. rife in 16 dives, between 5 and 35 m in depth, in several localities throughout this island (see Table I and Figure 1). Some additional samples were taken in other islands (Fuerteventura, el Hierro y La Palma). RESULTS y % C. dautzenbergi parasites NS % without parasites The crinoids captured (294 speci- mens) along with the eulimid parasites were preserved in ethanol 70% and voucher material was deposited at the Animal Biology Department of the Uni- versity of La Laguna. Family EULIMIDAE Philippi, 1853 Genus Curveulima Laseron, 1955 Curveulima dautzenberg1 (Pallary, 1900) (Figs. 2, 4-10) Eulima (Vitreolina) dautzenbergi Pallary, 1900 “Coquilles marines du littoral du département D'Oran.” Journal de Conchyliologie, 48: 211-422. Type locality: Roseville (Orán). Material studied: The material studied in Tenerife Island is detailed in Table l and Figure 1, as well as the infestation rate for each locality (Table II). A total of 181 specimens of this eulimid were found in the 294 specimens of Antedon bifida collected. Additional specimens were obtained in most of the samples of A. bifida from Fuerteventura, El Hierro and La Palma islands. Shell: Live specimens with transpa- rent shell, smooth, glossy, clearly curved and delicate aspect (Figs. 4, 5). The cur- vature of the axis of the shell varies in the specimens studied and it is very obvious in the larger. In big specimens the shell is clearly curved towards the right. Sometimes a slight dorsal curva- ture of the apex with respect to the aper- ture is observed. 26 Whorls slightly convex. Suture slightly marked, like a thin line along the whorl. False suture very evident, parallel and below the true suture. The space between the sutures is approxima- tely one third of the height of the whorls. Surface of the shell without orna- mentation. A fine line is observed marking the suture and the scars left by RODRÍGUEZ £7 AL.: Eulimids parasiting the crinoid Antedon bifida in the Canary Islands Figure 2. Curveulima dautzenbergí. A: ventral view of the shell; B: apex in ventral view; C: apex in lateral view; D: shell in lateral view; E: shell in dorsal position; F: apex in dorsal view; G: upper view of the protoconch. Figura 2. Curveulima dautzenbergi. A: vista ventral de la concha; B: ápice en vista ventral; C: ápice en vista lateral; D: concha en vista lateral; E: concha en posición dorsal; F: ápice en vista dorsal; G: vista superior de la protoconcha. the previous position of the inner lip during the periods when the animal growth stopped. These scars are mainly on the right margin, although the posi- tion varied in the specimens studied. There were shells with scars clearly lined up that presented a very marked curvature; others had a scar ahead or behind with respect to the previous one. The study of the shells with SEM con- firms the absence of ornamentation or micro-sculpture on the surface of the shell, only the sutures and growth scars are appreciated. In spite of the live shells studied, a high degree of abrasion was observed (Fig. 2). Protoconch smooth, transparent, without ornamentation or colour. The presence of individuals with one whorl adhered to the host seems to indicate the absence of a planktotrophic larval phase. This would be corroborated by the lack of marks on the shell that indi- cate the presence of protoconch II. Aperture oval, drop-shaped, tall, quite sharp adapically and rounded at the base. The lower margin of the aper- ture exceeds the shell edge. Outer lip not swelled, projected at the centre forming a sinus. The internal margin of the aperture swelled. This callus is appreciable in younger specimens and very marked in larger shells. Size: The number of whorls of the specimens studied ranged from one to nine. The average size was 4.90/1.56 mm (width/length) in specimens of nine Whorls (Table III). Soft parts: Can be perfectly observed by transparency in living specimens, held to the host or crawling once they are free (Fig. 6). Two zones are clearly differentiated: 1. Gonad-visceral zone yellow- orange in colour. Reddish tones may be present in larger specimens. Juveniles paler, almost hyaline in smaller indivi- duals. A series of small reddish dots, located in all the whorls and without any pattern, are visible in this zone. In larger specimens the reddish dots are more numerous and intense. 2 Table I. Sampling localities in Tenerife Island. Table I. Localidades de muestreo en Tenerife. N? N* samples 3 0 No 0haho0N— 50) 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Latitude 3153502 3142338 3139345 3130701 3118638 3116209 3101415 3098165 SAIZ OTS 3120183 3139814 3155267 2. Cephalic zone orange with nume- Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Longitude Locality 383734 Las Teresitas 369506 Radazul 366594 Las Caletillas 365361 Ptito. Guímar 359865 Las Eras 359468 Porís de Abona 344499 Agua Dulce 334277 Pta. La Rasca 325169 Playa Paraíso 320729 Alcalá 326886 Garachico 360932 La Barranquera Operculum slender, paucispiral, rous reddish dots, whose position varies according with the size of the specimens: a) In smaller specimens the dots had not an apparent pattern on the dorsal view and they are slightly aligned para- llel to the suture on the ventral one. In some medium or large specimens this same pattern was observed. b) In larger specimens the colour of the dots is much more intense, in some areas they join forming a red band, and the lines starting at the suture of the shell progress towards the centre of the last whorl where they fragment forming a transverse band with clearly defined dots. The red lines beginning at the suture alternates with orange zones and glassy yellow highlights are observed. On the head, a dorsal zone, whitish with yellow highlights, is appreciated, flanked at both sides by small pale- orange dots (Fig. 7). Cephalic tentacles thin, long and blunt. The edge is hyaline and the mid-line yellow. An orange spot is observed at the base of the tentacles. Eyes black, immediately behind the orange cephalic spot, very obvious and always inside the shell. The vision is through the shell whether the animal is crawling or adhered to the host. Foot hyaline with small orange and yellow dots (Fig. 8). 28 transparent, slightly yellowish with tenuous growth lines. Radula absent. Data on life history: Curveulima daut- zenbergi parasites the crinoid Antedon bifida (Fig. 9). It is a sporadic parasite, which if disturbed looses itself from the host and crawl freely around the subs- tratum without suffering any damage. The position of the parasite on the host is variable. Specimens of C. daut- zenbergi were observed adhered to the finials, arms or central disk in both dorsal and ventral sides of crinoids (Fig. 10). Those adhered to the central disk were always large specimens and juve- niles were never seen in this zone. Para- sites Of different sizes were observed in arms and finials. The maximum number of parasites per crinoid was 19, all small sized, on a specimen of A. bifida. A total of 181 specimens of C. daut- zenbergi were found in 294 specimens of A. bifida. The results obtained in the samples are detailed in Tables L, II and Figure 1, as well as the infestation rates for each locality and total. In all the samples taken in the islands of Fuerteventura, El Hierro and La Palma this species was observed, which confirms that it is a common RODRÍGUEZ ET AL.: Eulimids parasiting the crinoid Antedon bifida in the Canary Islands Figure 3. Crinophtheiros collinsi. A: ventral view of the shell; B: apex in ventral view; C: apex in lateral view; D: shell in lateral view; E: shell in dorsal position; E: apex in dorsal view. Figura 3. Crinophtheiros collinsi. A: vista ventral de la concha; B: ápice en vista ventral; C: ápice en vista lateral; D: concha en vista lateral; E: concha en posición dorsal; E: ápice en vista dorsal. species all around the Canarian Archi- range of distribution to the Canary pelago. islands. Distribution: Until now it was only Remarks: The specimens studied has known from the western Mediterranean been identified as C. dautzenbergi by Dr. Sea. We extend here its geographical Warén (com. pers.). PALLARY (1900) des- Table II. Number of specimens studied of Antedon bifida, Curveulima dautzenbergi and Crinopht- heiros collinsí in each locality. Table 11. Número de ejemplares de Antedon bifida, Curveulima dautzenbergi y Crinophtheiros collinsi estudiados en cada localidad. N? of % C. dautzenbergi N? of % C. collinsi Locality N* of crinoids C. dautzenbergi parasited C. collinsi parasited 1 93 14 181 3 3.2 2 36 17 42.2 2 DD 3 46 36 78.3 5 10.9 4 24 3 1285 2 8.3 S) 19 11 IAS, 3 15.8 lo) 39 23 59.0 1 2 Ze lo) 4 66.6 1 16.6 8 1 5 100.0 0) 0) 9 4 64 100.0 3 75.0 10 8 2 25.0 0) 0) 11 14 1 7.1 0) 0) 12 4 1 25.0 0) (0) TOTAL 294 181 X= 49.1 20 X =6.8 29 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Figures 4-10. Curveulima dautzenbergí. 4: living specimen; 5: several specimens; 6-8: common colour pattern; 9: an specimen adhered to the finial of Antedon bifida; 10: another specimen adhered to the central disk of A. bifida. Figuras 4-10. Curveulima dautzenbergi. 4: ejemplar vivo; 5: conchas; 6-8: patrones de coloración; 9: ejemplar fijado a un brazo de Antedon bifida; 10: otro ejemplar fijado al disco central de A. bifida. cribed this species under the genus Vitreolina, due great similarity with others species of this genus. Later, LASERON (1955) erected the genus Cur- veulima to embrace a group of Austra- lian and Antarctic species. 30 In the book of NORDSIECK AND TALA- VERA (1979) on marine molluscs from Madeira and Canary Island, some species of eulimids with curved shell were included, but none fit well with C. dautzenbergi. Only the species cited by RODRÍGUEZ ET AL.: Eulimids parasiting the crinoid Antedon bifida in the Canary Islands Figures 11-15. Crinophthetros collinsí. 11: living specimen; 12: several specimens; 13: common coloration; the proboscis of the parasite is observed adhered to the finial of the crinoid; 14: pinna scar of Antedon bifida; 15: an specimen parasiting A. bifida. Figuras 11-15. Crinophtheiros collinsi. 11: ejemplar vivo; 12: conchas; 13: coloraciones; se ve la pro- bóscide del parásito sujeta al brazo del crinoideo; 14: cicatriz en la pinna de Antedon bifida; 15: un ejemplar parasitando A. bifida. Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Table TIL. Number of whorls and mean sizes of 48 specimens of Curveulima dautzenbergi. Table III. Número de vueltas y talla media de 48 especímenes de Curveulima dautzenbergi. N* whorls 0 h00O0oNxos0o hh 0o00o00ua0N TOTAL 48 these authors as Eulima (vitreolina) cf. spiridioni Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896, could refer to C. dautzenbergi, although they described the shell as white in deep water of Azores, Porto Santo and Tene- rife, without any mention to the depth or information concerning soft parts and lifestyle of the animal. The illustrations slightly resemble this species, although the aperture is clearly different. WARÉN (1984), in his revision of the eulimids genera, included in Curveulima some species from Japan and Cuba, N? of specimens width/ length (mm) ALO /AIESO 3.62 / 1.40 SAY ZADS ABS 1692/4058 1.38 / 0.49 107/4039, NS AV Y OS pointing out the similarities between Curveulima and Vitreolina. BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1986), in their revision of bathyal and abyssal eulimids of the northeastern Atlantic, included within the genus Curveulima two deep waters species found near the Canary Islands: C. macrophtalmica (Warén, 1972), and C. eschara described as new. We record C. dautzenbergi for the first time in the Canary Islands, and no other species parasiting Antedon bifida has been previously mentioned in this area. Genus Crinophtheiros Bouchet and Warén, 1986 Crinophtheiros collinsi (Sykes, 1903) (Figs. 3, 11-15) Eulima collinsi Sykes, 1903. Notes on some British Eulimidae. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 5: 348-353. Type locality: Guernsey (British Islands), in 10 fathoms. Material studied: The material studied in Tenerife Island is detailed in Table land Figure 1, as well as the infestation rate for each locality (Table II). A total of 20 specimens of this eulimid were found in the 294 specimens of Antedon bifida collected. Additional specimens were obtained in samples Of A. bifida from El Hierro and La Palma islands. Shell: Shell completely transparent, glossy, thin, very delicate, extremely fragile and perfectly smooth, without any orna- mentation or colour (Fig. 11). Teleoconch straight and protoconch generally slightly curved with respect to the shell axis, but some specimens may have a straight shell (Fig. 12). Last whorl very high. Suture very faint, hardly noticeable under magnifying glass. False suture 32 evident and clear, even if the animal is completely or halfway inside the shell. Faint scars on the surface of the pre- vious position of the outer lip, irregu- larly arranged since the animal growths more than one whorl each growth period. The study of the shells with SEM confirms the absence of ornamen- tation or micro-sculpture on the surface of the shell, and only the sutures and RODRÍGUEZ ET A2.: Eulimids parasiting the crinoid Antedon bifida in the Canary Islands growth scars are appreciated (Fig. 3). Some shells present an eroded surface, this may be caused by erosion or chemi- cal attack due to preservative fluids. Teleoconch whorls smooth, those of the protoconch slightly convex and width not constant originating a faint curva- ture of the larval shell. Apex round. Protoconch transparent, smooth, without ornamentation or colour. Distinguished from the teloconch by a slight curvature of the shell and by the convex whorls. According to FRETTER AND GRAHAM (1982) the protoconch has four whorls, but in the specimens studied by us only three larval whorls are visible. There is no trace in the proto- conch indicating the presence of proto- conch II, therefore this species probably lacks planktotrophic larval phase. Aperture extremely fragile. Only five specimens collected in Tenerife pre- sented the aperture entire. Parasites alive on the host had the aperture broken or broke it when released. It is tall, narrow and slightly rectangular in the central zone. Upper part sharpened. Outer lip thin, not swelled terminally and almost straight in the middle. Base rounded and surpassing the edge of the shell, making it elongated. Size: The specimens collected in Tenerife presented a range of 3-7 whorls. The dimensions (length / width) of the shells with intact aperture were: 3.56/1.20 mm and 4.06 mm/1.33 mm in two specimens with 7 whorls; 2.91 /1.04 mm in one specimen with 6 whorls; and 2.18/0.49 mm and 2.49/0.97 mm in two specimens with 5 whorls. Soft parts: Perfectly visible by shell transparency. The gonad-visceral zone varies in colour from orange, red, brow- nish-gray-greenish to clearly greenish. In all cases intense red dots are obser- ved in this area. These dots are clearly defined as small rounded spots with diffuse edges. In the last three whorls of some specimens small yellow spots are observed close each other and forming lines starting at the suture and almost reaching the next one (Fig. 13). Last whorl with many red dots arranged without an apparent order. The centre of the spots has a more intense colour and the edges much more diffuse. In many specimens these spots are very close and look like an unique crimson red coloured area. Close to the suture the dots are arranged in order, forming wide lines alternating with bright yellow spotted areas. Upper part of the head yellow. On the sides, red dots are observed from the red spot of the last whorl to the tentacles. Eyes big, black, rounded and very evi- dent, located at the centre of this dotted line. The animal can see by shell transpa- rency either when held to the host or crawling freely on the substratum. Tentacles long, blunt, divergent, hyaline, with yellow highlights on the surface and red base. Foot whitish, with red dots at the posterior end and middle part, with hyaline margins. Proboscis whitish, without coloured area, strongly fixed to the host. Once the eulimid is detached from its host a marked scar left (Fig. 14). Operculum yellowish, paucispiral, very thin and transparent, hence two orange spots on the foot can be obser- ved, one on the apex and another on the base of the aperture. The study of the operculum with SEM shows that it pre- sents faint growth lines in the inner basal zone and the rest is completely smooth. Radula absent. Data on life history: Crinophtheiros collinsi lives parasite on the crinoid Antedon bifida (Fig. 15). It is sporadic parasite, able of releases from the host and crawls over substratum. All the specimens collected in Tene- rife remained adhered to the host during the study. In the laboratory they were only freed after persisten disturba- tion. This fact, along with the absence of specimens in the scraped stones, washed seaweeds or free in the sedi- ment, presumes that in spite of the ability of freeing themselves from the host, this occurs infrequently in nature. The insertion zone of the eulimid on the host is variable. Specimens have been found in the arms or finials of the crinoid, but never near the central disk. In all the cases one only specimen of C. 33 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 collinsi was found on the crinoid, alt- hough they frequently had simultane- ously one specimen of C. collinsi and one or several of Curveulima dautzenbersi. In the samplings conducted in Tene- rife a total of 294 crinoids were studied, obtaining 20 specimens of C. collinsi. In all the cases there was only one parasite per host, and the infestation rate of C. collinsi was 6.8% (Table ID). Distribution: lt was known from the northeastern Atlantic. Remarks: SYKES (1903) described this species as Eulima collinsi in British waters, without providing any data regarding soft parts of the animal or lifestyle. FRETTER (1955) make a detailed des- cription of the anatomy and way of life of an eulimid gastropod (identified as Balcis devians) parasite of Antedon bifida. According to BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1986) and judging from the figure of FRETTER AND GRAHAM (1962, fig. 139), this species should probably be referred ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Our gratitude to Dr. Anders Warén (Swedish Museum of Natural History) for his interesting comments and identifica- tion of the specimens. To Dr. José Tem- BIBLIOGRAPHY BOUCHET, P. AND WARÉN, A., 1986. Revision of the northeast Atlantic Bathyal and Abyssal Aclididae, Eulimidae, Epitoniidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Bollettino Malacologico, Supple- mento 2. 300-576. ENGL, W., 1997a. New species of the family Eu- limidae from the Canary Islands. Part I: Des- cription of Sticteulima richteri n. sp. La Con- chiglia, 283: 44-47. ENGL, W., 1997b. New species of the family Eu- limidae from the Canary Islands. Part II: Des- cription of Sticteulima wareni n. sp. La Con- chiglia, 285: 43-45. ENGL, W., 1998. New species of the family Eu- limidae from the Canary Islands. Part 3: Des- cription of Fusceulima boscheineni n. sp. La Conchiglia, 289: 11-14,60. FRETTER, V., 1955. Observations on Balcis de- vians (Monterosato) and Balcis alba (Da Costa). Proceeding of the Malacological Society of Lon- don, 31: 137-144. 34 to C. collinsi. Subsequently, the same authors (FRETTER AND GRAHAM, 1982) included a complete description of Vitre- olina collinsi within their serie on the prosobranch molluscs of Britain and Denmark. This description of V. collinsi fits well with the specimens found in Tenerife, except for some details regar- ding colour pattern, although this minor differences could be caused by the fixa- tive process. BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1986) erected the new genus Crinophtheiros to include some species of eulimids parasite of cri- noids. Up to date this genus includes C. comatulicola (Graff, 1875), parasite of Antedon mediterranea (Lamark) and C. glustii Gaglini, 1991, probable parasite of Leptopmetra phalangium (Múller) (see GAGLINI, 1991), in the Mediterranean, and C. collinsi, parasite of Antedon bifida and C. junii, in the northeastern Atlantic, the last one only known from deep water of the Azores area (J. Templado com. per.). plado (Museo Nacional de Ciencias Natu- rales) for the revision of the manuscript. To Leopoldo Moro, author of the photo n* 15, for his generous contribution. FRETTER, V. AND GRAHAM, A,, 1962. British Pro- sobranch Molluscs. Ray Society, London, 755 Pp- FRETTER, V. AND GRAHAM, A., 1982. The pro- sobranch Mollusc of Britain and Denmark. Part 7- “Heterogastropoda” (Cerithiopsacea, Triforacea, Epitoniacea, Eulimacea). The Jour- nal of Molluscan Studies, Supplement 11: 360- 435. GAGLINI A., 1991. Melanellide del Mediterra- neo, III: Il genere Crinophtheiros, C. comatuli- cola Graff, 1875 e C. giustii n. sp. Notiz. CISMA, 13: 23-29. LANSERON, C. F., 1955 . Revision of the New South Wales Eulimoid shells. The Australian Zoologist, 12, part 2: 83-107 NORDSIECK, F. AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA, F., 1979. Moluscos marinos de Canarias y Madera (Gas- tropoda). Aula de Cultura de Tenerife, 208 BE: RODRÍGUEZ E7 AL.: Eulimids parasiting the crinoid Antedon bifida in the Canary Islands PALLARY, P., 1900. Coquilles Marines du litto- ral du département d'Oran. Journal de Conchy- liologie, 48: 211-422. RODRÍGUEZ, M., 2000. Description of a new Eu- limid (Mollusca: Gastropoda) off the Canary Islands. Melanella lutea n. sp. La Conchiglia, 294-295: 82- 86. RODRÍGUEZ, M., BARQUÍN, J. AND PÉREZ-DIONIS, G., 2001. Eulimid gastropods (Caenogastro- poda: Eulimidae) of the Canary Islands. Part [. Species parasiting sea urchins. Iberus, 19 (1): 7-24. SYKES, E. R., 1903. Notes on some British Euli- midae. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 5:348-353. WAARÉN, A., 1984. A generic revision of the Fa- mily Eulimidae. The Journal of Molluscan Stu- dies, supplement 13: 96 pp. US a, DAA E UA O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (1): 37-48, 2001 Updated and annotated checklist of the opisthobranch molluscs (excluding Thecosomata and Gymnosomata) from the Azores archipelago (North Atlantic Ocean, Portugal)” Lista comentada y actualizada de los moluscos opistobranquios (excepto los Thecosomata y Gymnosomata) del archipiélago de las Azores (Océano Atlántico Norte, Portugal)' Manuel António Encarnagao MALAQUIAS* Recibido el 15-1X-2000. Aceptado el 18-[-2001 ABSTRACT The literature available on the opisthobranch molluscs of the Azores archipelago is revie- wed in this study. A critical discussion is done on some of the most recent papers concer- ning this subject. A summary of the opisthobranch species from the Azores is presented. The opisthobranch fauna (excluding the planctonic Thecosomata and Gymnosomata) com- prises 107 identified species distributed among six orders, Cephalaspidea s.Í.: 50, Anas- pidea: 5, Tylodinoidea: 2, Pleurobranchoidea: 6, Sacoglossa: 4 and Nudibranchia: 40. RESUMEN En el presente trabajo se ha hecho una revisión de la literatura existente sobre los molus- cos opistobranquios del archipiélago de las Azores.Son discutidos los trabajos más recientes en relación con esta materia. Se incluye una sinopsis de las especies de opisto- branquios de las Islas Azores . La fauna identificada (excluyendo las especies de los gru- pos plantónicos Thecosomata y Gymnosomata) comprende 107 especies que se distribu- yen en seis órdenes, Cephalaspidea s./.: 50, Anaspidea: 5, Tylodinoidea: 2, Pleurobranchoidea: 6, Sacoglossa: 4 and Nudibranchia: 40. KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Opisthobranchia, Azores, Atlantic Ocean, Portugal PALABRAS CLAVE: Mollusca, Opisthobranchia, Azores, Océano Atlántico, Portugal INTRODUCTION The first works concerning the ZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896), LOCARD Azorean opisthobranch molluscs are those by DROUET (1858), WATSON (1883; 1886), SIMROTH (1888), DAUTZENBERG (1889), Rush (1891) BERGH (1892), PiLsBRY (1895), VAYSSIERE (1896), DAUT- (1897) and BERGH (1899), based particu- larly on material collected during some scientific expeditions carried out during the last century, “Challenger”, “Princesse Alice”, T“Hirondelle” and “Talisman. ! Contribution of the Instituto Portugués de Malacologia * Centro de Ciéncias do Mar, Faculdade de Ciéncias do Mar e do Ambiente, Universidade do Algarve, Campus de Gambelas, 8000 — 810 Faro, Portugal, tel. +351-289 800 900 (ext.7031), fax +351-289 818 353, email mmalaquiCualg. pt Sí Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Besides the description of new species, based on specimens captured in Azores, those studies given an important contri- bution to testacean opisthobranch taxo- nomy (Cephalaspidea s./.) as well as to that of non-testacean forms of the orders Pleurobranchoidea and Nudibranchia from the archipelago. During the twentieth century, espe- cially in the second half, many works have contributed considerably to the knowledge of opisthobranch molluscs from Azores (SYKES, 1904; NOBRE, 1924; ODHNER, 1931; EaALEsS, 1957, 1960; MARCUS, 1967, 1970; NORDSIECK, 1972; BOUucHEr, 1975; 1977; NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA, 1979; GARCÍA-TALA- VERA, 1983; (GOSLINER, 1990; 1994; AZEVEDO AND GOFAs, 1990; AZEVEDO, 1991; MENEZES, 1991; WIrTZ, 1992; 1995; 1999; WIRTZ AND MARTINS, 1993; LINDEN, 1994; 1995; ORTEA, VALDÉS AND ESPINOSA, 1994; PICTON AND MORROW, 1994; JENSEN, 1995; MORO, ORTEA, BACA- LLADO, VALDÉS AND PÉREZ-SÁNCHEZ, 1995; ORTEA, VALDÉS AND GARCÍA- GÓMEZ, 1996A; ORTEA, BACALLADO, PÉREZ-SÁNCHEZ AND VALLES, 1996B; VALDÉS AND ORTEA, 1996; VALDÉS, ORTEA, ÁVILA AND BALLESTEROS, 1996; ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1996; 1997; ÁVILA, AZEVEDO, GONCALVES, FONTES AND CARDIGOS, 1998; MORTON, BRITTON AND MARTINS, 1998; ORTEA AND MORO, 1999 and ÁVILA, 2000). Very recently, the opisthobranch molluscs of the Azores were the goal of MIKKELSEN (1995) and WIRTZ (1998). MIKKELSEN (1995) given the account of cephalaspidean species of the archipe- lago and reported the occurrence of forty-six species. This author described shells and provided anatomical details for several species, possible synonymies and misidentifications, and also discus- sed zoogeographical affinities. WIRTZ (1998) presented an updated summary of the opisthobranch gastropods (except the Cephalaspidea s.l.), with a record of sixteen new species. The detailed analysis of these recent contributions shows that several species previously recorded from the Azores were not considered in MIKKELSEN 38 (1995) and WIrTZ (1998). The list of opisthobranch molluscs occurring in the Azores archipelago is completed in the present study by means of a comprehen- sive literature review. RESULTS Based on the analysis of the known literature, it can be noted that two species, Philine rugulosa Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896 and Philine intricata Monterosato, 1884 were excluded from Mikkelsen's inventory of the azorean cephalaspids and twenty-two species previously mentioned for the coasts of the Azores islands, were not included in WIRTZ (1998): four Pleurobranchoidea, one Sacoglossa and seventeen Nudi- branchia (see species with an asterisk in the appendix). Four species previously mentioned, were referred to by Wirtz as first references for the archipelago. A complete taxonomic list of the opistho- branch species from the Azores is pre- sented in an appendix. DISCUSSION Previous studies (BERGH, 1892, 1899; BOUCHET, 1977; AZEVEDO AND GOFAS, 1990; AZEVEDO, 1991; LINDEN, 1994; ORTEA ET AL. 1996A; VALDÉS AND ORTEA, 1996; ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO, 1997 and MORTON ET AL. 1998), mentioned opist- hobranch species for the Azores not included in WIRTZ (1998) account. Even one genus (Thorybopus) and five species (P. morosus, K. atlanticus, H. goslineri, P. stomascuta, and T. lophatus) for which the Azores is the type-locality were not con- sidered. On the the contrary WIRTZ (1998) claimed first records of species already mentioned in the literature. This was the case of Fionna pinnata, cited by BERGH (1892: 6) as Fiona marina, Geitodoris planata, recorded by AZEVEDO AND GOFAS (1990: 86), Flabellina pedata, cited by GOSLINER (1994) and Marionia blainvi- llea, recorded by the author himself (WIRTZ, 1995: 182). MALAQUIAS: Checklist of the opisthobranch molluscs from the Azores Among the species of opistho- branchs recorded from the Azores, eight have not been identified at species level. GOSLINER (1990) mentioned the occu- rrence of Runcina sp. noting that, with the exception of the body coloration, the specimens are anatomically similar to the species R. coronata, which leads the author to the hypothesis that the studied specimens may be conspecific with this species. However, given the present lack of a revision of this group showing the intra-specific and inter-spe- cific variation among different geograp- hic regions, the author decided not to attribute the specimens to any particular species. Although the anterior situation has not yet been altered, ORTEA AND Moro (1999) describe the species Runcina hidalgoensis based on specimens which were collected in the Canaries and Azores, similar to those studied by GOSLINER (1990). BOUCHET (1977) refered to an unde- termined species of the genus Platydoris externally similar to Platydoris stomas- cuta, but with marked differences in the digestive and genital organs and also to other two specimens of the family Dori- didae. After the anatomical study of these two dorids, the author concludes that identification is difficult considering the fact that these are the only speci- mens, collected at great depth (more than 1000 m) and that the external morp- hological characteristics may have suffe- red damage along the sampling proce- dures (BOUCHET 1977: 42-43 and 46-48). WIRTZ (1998) based solely on the external morphology, distinguished four undetermined species from the Azores BIBLIOGRAPHY ÁVILA, S. P., 2000. Shallow-water marine mo- lluscs of the Azores: biogeographical rela- tionships. Arquipélago. Life and Marine Scien- ces, Supplement 2 (1): 99-130. ÁVILA, S. AND AZEVEDO, J. M. N., 1996. Cheklist of the marine molluscs of the littoral of Pico Island (Azores, Portugal). Libro de Résumenes XI Congresso Nacional de Malacología. Sociedad Española de Malacología: 106-107. (one sacoglossan and three nudi- branchs). However, the assumption that specimens with small external morpho- logical differences belong to different species can lead to misconsiderations, once the biological species concept admits the existence of intra-specific variability. E.g. specimens of the genus Tambja were regarded as two different species: Tambja sp. (WIRTZ 1998: pl. 5, fig.6, p. 14) and Tambja ceutae (WIRTZ 1998: pl. 5, fig.5, pag.14). Despite the chromatic differences between speci- mens observed by WIRTZ (1998) a more detailed study of the morphology and coloration of the mantle tubercles and radula (Cervera and Malaquias, unpu- blished data), revealed the existence of two distinct chromatic forms for Tambja ceutae and not two different species as suggested by Wirtz. The opisthobranch molluscs of the Azores (excluding the planctonic Theco- somata and Gymnosomata) comprise a total of 107 identified species distribu- ted as follows: Cephalaspidea s.!.: 50, Anaspidea: 5, Tylodinoidea: 2, Pleuro- branchoidea: 6, Sacoglossa: 4 and Nudi- branchia: 40. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank my friends and colle- agues Alexandra Marques, Jeff Wallace, Eduardo Esteves and Anxo Conde (Uni- versidade do Algarve), llidio Félix- Alves (Instituto Portugués de Malacolo- gia) and Sérgio Ávila (Universidade dos Acores), for their su improved this paper. ÁVILA, S. AND AZEVEDO, J. M. N., 1997. Shallow- water molluscs from the Formigas Islets. Azores, collected during the “Santa Maria e Formigas 1990” Scientific Expedition. Acore- ana, 8 (3): 323-330. ÁVILA, S., AZEVEDO, J. M. N., GONCALVES, J. M., FONTES, J. AND CARDIGOS, F., 1998. Chec- klist of the shallow-water marine molluscs of the Azores: 1-—Pico, Faial, Flores and Corvo. Agoreana, 8 (4): 487-523. 39 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 AZEVEDO, J. M. N., 1991. Moluscos litorais da ilha de Santa Maria. Santa Maria e Formi- gas/1990. Relatórios e Comunicagoes Cientifi- cas do Departamento de Biología, 19: 43-46. AZEVEDO, J. M. N. AND GOFAS, S., 1990. Mo- luscos marinhos litorais da ilha das Flores. Ex- pedicáo Científica Flores/89 (relatório pre- liminar). Relatórios e Comunicacóes Científicas do Departamento de Biología, 18: 83-87. BERGH, L. S. R., 1892. Opisthobranches prove- nant des campagnes du yacht l'Hirondelle. Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accomplies sur son Yacht par Albert ler Prince souverian de Monaco. Fascicule IV: 1-35. BERGH, L.S. R., 1899. Nudibranchs et Marsenia provenant des campagnes de la «Princesse Alice» (1891-1897). Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accomplies sur son yacht par Albert ler prince souveriain de Monaco, Fascicule XIV: 1-45p. BOUCHET, P., 1975. Opisthobranches de pro- fondeur de l'océan Atlantique. 1 — Cepha- laspidea. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 16: 317- 365. BoucHer, P., 1977. Opisthobranches de pro- fondeur de l'océan Atlantique: II — Notaspi- dea et Nudibranchiata. Journal of Molluscan Studies, 43: 28-66. CERVERA, J. L., GARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C. AND GAR- Cía, F. J., 1991. The genus Runcina Forbes and Hanley, 1851 (Opisthobranchia: Cepha- laspidea) in the Strait of Gibraltar, with the description of a new species from the Bay of Algeciras. Journal of Molluscan Studies, 57: 199-208. DAUTZENBERG, P., 1889. Révision des mollus- ques marins des Acores. Contribution a la faune malacologique des Iles Acores. Résul- tats des dragages effectués par le yacht l'Hi- rondelle pendant sa campaigne scientifique de 1887. Résultats des campagnes scientifiques, accomplies sur son yacht par Albert 1er Prince Souverain de Monaco, 1: 1-112, pls. IV. DAUTZENBERG, P. AND FISCHER, H., 1896. Cam- pagnes scientifiques de S. A. le Prince Albert ler de Monaco. Dragages effectués par 1'Hi- rondelle et par la Princesse-Alice, 1888-1895. Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France, IX: 395-498, Pls. XV-XXIL DAUTZENBERG, P. AND FISCHER, H., 1897. Cam- pagnes scientifiques de 5. A. le Prince Albert ler de Monaco. Dragages effectués par l'Hi- rondelle et par la Princesse-Alice, 1888-1896. Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France, X: 139-234, Pls. I-VI. Droutr, H., 1858. Molusques marins des ¡les Acores. Mémoires de la Société d'Agriculture du Départment de l'Aube, 22: 1-53. EALEs, N. B., 1957. Revision of the species of Aplysia of the Muséum National d Histoire Naturelle (Malacologie), Paris. Bulletin du Muséum, 2*série, t. XXIX, n%3: 246-255. 40 EALES, N. B., 1960. Revision of the world spe- cies of Aplysia (Gastropoda: Opisthobran- chia). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) (Zoology), 5 (10): 267-404. GARCÍA-TALAVERA, C. F., 1983 (1981). Los mo- luscos gasteropodos anfiatlanticos (estudio paleo y biogeografico de las especies bentonicas litora- les). Universidad de la Laguna, Secretariado Publicaciones, Coleccion Monograficas, No.10, 352p. GOSLINER, T. M., 1990. Opisthobranch mollusks from the Azores Islands. 1. Runcinidae and Chromodorididae. Acoreana, Suplemento 1990: 135-166. GOSLINER, T. M., 1994. New records of Flabe- llinidae (Opisthobranchia: Aeolidacea) from the Tropical Americas, with descriptions of two new species. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 48 (9): 171-183. JENSEN, K. R., 1995. Anatomy and Biology of Aplysiopsis formosa Pruvot-Fol (Mollusca, Opisthobranchia, Sacoglossa) from the Azo- res. Acoreana, Suplemento 1995: 217-230. LINDEN, J. VAN DER, 1994. Philine intricata Mon- terosato, 1884, an overlooked species from the North-East Atlantic and the Mediterranean Sea (Gastropoda, Opisthobranchia, Philini- dae). Basteria, 58: 41-48. LINDEN, J. VAN DER, 1995. Philinidae dredged by the CANCAP expeditions (Gastropoda, Opisthobranchia). Basteria, 59: 65-83. LOCARD, A., 1897. Expéditions scientifiques du «Travailleur» et du «Talisman», pendant les an- nées 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883. Molusques testa- cés. Masson et Cie, Paris, 512pp. MARCUS, E. D. B.-R., 1967. Opisthobranchs from the southwestern Caribbean Sea. Bulletin of Marine Science, 17 (3): 597-628. MARCUS, E. D. B.-R., 1970. Opisthobranchs from northern Brazil. Bulletin of Marine Science, 20 (4): 922-951. MENEZES, G., 1991. Umbraculum mediterraneum (Lamarck, 1819) (Mollusca: Opisthobranchia: Umbraculomorpha), a new record for the lit- toral fauna of the Azores. Arquipélago. Life an 4 Marine Sciences, 9: 101-102. MILLEN, S.V. AND GOSLINER, T. M., 1985. Four new species of dorid nudibranchs belonging, to the genus Aldisa (Mollusca, Opisthobran- chia), with a revision of the genus. Zoologi- cal Journal of the Linnean Society, 84 (3): 195- 233. MIKKELSEN, P. M., 1995. Cephalaspid opistho- branchs of the Azores. Agoreana, Suplemento 1995: 193-215. MORO, L., ORTEA, J., BACALLADO, J., VALDÉS, A. AND PÉREZ-SÁNCHEZ, J]. M., 1995. Nuevos ae- olidaceos (Gastropoda, Nudibranchia) para la fauna de Canarias. Revista de la Academia Canaria de Ciencias, 7 (2, 3 y 4): 63-75. MALAQUIAS: Checklist of the opisthobranch molluscs from the Azores MORTON, B., BRITTON, J. C. AND MARTINS, A. M. F., 1998. Ecología Costeira dos Agores, Sociedade Afonso Chaves, Associacáo de Estudos Aco- reanos, 249pp. NOBRE, A., 1924. Contribuicóes para a fauna dos Acores. Annais do Instituto de Zoología, Uni- versidade do Porto, 1: 41-90. NORDSIECK, F., 1972. Die europaischen Mee- resschnecken (Opisthobranchia mit Pyramidelli- dae; Rissoacea) vom Eismeer bis Kapverden, Mit- telmeer und Schwarzes Meer, Gustav Fischer Verlag, Suttgart, 327pp. NORDSIECK, F. AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA, F., 1979. Moluscos marinos de Canarias y Madera (Gas- tropoda), Aula de Cultura de Tenerife, 208pp, 46pls. ODHNER, N. H., 1931. Beitráge zur Malakozo- ologie der Kanarischen Inseln Lamelibran- chen, Cephalopoden, Gastropoden. Arkiv for Zoologí, Stockholm, 23A: 1-116. ORTEA, J., VALDÉS, Á. AND ESPINOSA, J., 1994. North Atlantic nudibranchs of the Chromo- doris clenchi colour group (Opisthobranchia: Chromodorididae). Journal of Molluscan Stu- dies, 60: 237-248. ORTEA, J., VALDÉS, A. ANDGARCÍA-GÓMEZ, J. C., 1996a. Review of the Atlantic species of the family Chromodorididae (Mollusca: Nudi- branchia) of the blue chromatic group. Avi- cennia, Suplemento 1: 1-165. ORTEA, J., MORO, L., BACALLADO, J. J., PÉREZ- SÁNCHEZ, J. M. AND VALLES, Y., 1996b. Nue- vos datos sobre la fauna de dóridos fanero- branquios (Gastropoda, Nudibranchia) de las Islas Canarias. Revista de la Academia Ca- naria de Ciencias, 8 (2, 3 y 4): 125-138. ORTEA, J., MORO, L., BACALLADO, J. J. AND Es- PINOSA, J., 1998. Catálogo abreviado de las es- pecies del orden Sacoglossa (=Ascoglossa, Mollusca: Opisthobranchia) de las islas Ca- narias y de Cabo Verde. Revista de la Acade- mia Canaria de las Ciencias, 10 (número 4): 85- 9%. ORTEA, J. AND MORO, L., 1999. Estudio de las especies del género Runcina Forbes y Hanley, 1853 (Opisthobranchia: Cephalaspidea) de coloración rojiza (grupo “ferruginea) en la Macaronesia, con la descripción de tres es- pecies nuevas. Revista de la Academia Canaria de las Ciencias, 11 (Númos. 3-4): 63-74. PICTON, B. E. AND MORROW, C. C., 1994. A field gutde to the nudibranchs of the British Isles. Im- mel Publishing Limited, London, 143p PiLsBRY, H. A., 1895. Polyplacophora. Acanto- chitonidae, Cryptoplacidae and appendix. Tectibranchiata. Manual of Conchology (1), 15 (60): 181-436. Rush, W. H., 1891. List of shells collected on Fa- yal Islands, Azores; and on Madeira Islands; with prefatory notes. The Nautilus, 5 (5): 49- az SIMROTH, H., 1888. Zur Kenntnis der Azoren- fauna. Arch. fúr Naturg. Berlim, 54 (1): 179- 234. SYKES, E. R., 1904. Mollusca of the “Porcupine” expeditions, 1869-70. Part 1. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 6 (1): 23-40. VALDÉS, A. AND ORTEA, J., 1996. Review of the family Phyllidiidae in the Atlantic Ocean (Nudibranchia, Doridoidea). American Ma- lacological Bulletin, 13 (1/2): 1-9. VALDÉS, A., ORTEA, J., ÁVILA, C. AND BALLES- TEROS, M., 1996. Review of the genus Den- drodoris Ehrenberg, 1831 (Gastropoda: Nu- dibranchia) in the Atlantic Ocean. Journal of Molluscan Studies, 62: 1-31 VAYSSIERE, A., 1896. Description des coquilles des quelques especes nouvelles ou peu con- nues de Pleurobranchides. Jornal de Conchy- liologie, 44: 113-137. VAYSSIERE, A., 1902. Opistobranches, in Expé- ditions scientifiques du «Travailleur» et du «Ta- lisman», pendant les années 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883. Masson et Cie Editeeurs, Paris, 221- 270, Pls. IX-XL WATSON, R. B., 1883. Mollusca of H. M.S. Cha- llenger, Pt. XIX. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology, 17 (101): 319-340; 17 (20): 341-346. WATSON, R. B., 1886. Report on the Scapho- poda and Gasteropoda collected by H.M.S. Callenger during the years 1873-1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Zoology. 17 (ID), i-v+1-756, Pls. I-LHIL. WIRTZ, P., 1992. Pleurobranchier von der Azo- ren. Die Aquarien und Terrarien Zeitschrift (DATS), 1992 (1): 45-46. WIRTZ, P., 1994. Three shrimps, five nudi- branchs, and two tunicates new for the ma- rine fauna of Madeira. Boletim do Museu Mu- nicipal do Funchal, 46 (257): 167-172. WIRTzZ, P., 1995. Unterwasserfúhrer Madeira Ka- naren / Azoren, Niedere Tiere, Delius Klasing, Edition Naglschmid, 247pp. WIRTz, P., 1998. Opisthobranch molluscs from the Azores. Vita Marina, 45 (1-2): 1-16. WIRTZ, P., 1999. Hydatina physis (Mollusca: Gas- tropoda: Opisthobranchia) from the Azores. Arquipélago. Life and Marine Sciences, 17A: 97-99. WIRTZ, P. AND MARTINS, H., 1993. Notes on some rare and little known marine inverte- brates from the Azores, with a discussion on the zoogeography of the area. Arquipélago, Life and Marine Science, 11A, 55-63. 41 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Appendix — Synopsis of the opisthobranch molluscs from the Azores Apéndice — Sinopsis de los moluscos opistobranquios de las Azores Order CEPHALASPIDEA s./. Fischer, 1883 Family Ringiculidae Meeck, 1862 Ringicula blanchardi Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896 DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897), MIKKELSEN (1995). Ringicula semistriata Orbigny, 1853 NORDSIECK (1972), MIKKELSEN (1995). Family Acteonidae D'Orbigny, 1835 Acteon incisus Dall, 1881 DAUTZENBERG AND FisHER (1896), MIKKELSEN (1995). Acteon monterosatoi Dautzenberg, 1889 DAUTZENBERG (1889), DAUTZENBERG AND FISHER (1896, 1897), NORDSIECK [1972 as Acteon (Metacteon)], MIKKELSEN (1995). Acteonina amabilis (Watson, 1883) WATSON (1883, 1886 in both works as Acteon), DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Acteon), DAUTZENBERG AND FISHER (1897 as Acteon), NorDsieck [1972 as Callostracon [Ovacteonina)], MIKKELSEN (1995). Acteonina chariis (Watson, 1883) WATSON (1883, 1886 in both works as Acteon), DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Acteon), DAUTZENBERG AND FISHER (1897 as Acteon (Acteonina)), NORDSIECK [1972 as Callostracon [Ovacteonina)], Mikkelsen (1995). Crenilabium exilis (Jeffreys, 1870) DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Acteon), DAUTZENBERG AND FISHER (1896, 1897 in both works as Acteon (Lisacteon)), WATSON (1886 as Acteon), NORDSIECK (1972 as Crenilabrum), MIKKELSEN (1995). Inopinodon azoricus (Locard, 1897) LOCARD (1897), BouchHeT (1975), MIkkELSEN (1995). 2Japonacteon pusillus (Forbes, 1843) BOUCHET (1975), MIKKELSEN (1995). Liocarenus ?globulinus (Forbes, 1843) WATSON (1886 as Acteon). The identification made by Watson was based on a shell fragment collected at 1828 m, DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Acteon), NORD- SIECK (1972), MIKKELSEN (1995). Mysouffa turritus (Watson, 1886) Boucher (1975), DAUTZENBERG AND FISHER (1896 as Acteon grimaldii), MIKKEL- SEN (1995). Ovulactaeon meeki Dall, 1889 NORDSIECK (1972), MIKKELSEN (1995). Family Hydatinidae Pilsbry, 1893 Hydatina physis (Gmelin, 1794) WirTz (1999) Micromelo undatus (Bruguiére, 1792) NoRDsIECK (1972), GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1983), MIKKELSEN (1995). Family Diaphanidae Odhner, 1914 Diaphana seguenzae (Watson, 1886) WATSON (1886), DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Amphisphyra), NORDSIECK (1972 as Toledonia seguenzae), MIKKELSEN (1995). Family Retusidae Thiele, 1926 Pyrunculus ovatus (Jeffreys, 1870) BOUCHET (1975), MIKKELSEN (1995). 42 MALAQUIAs: Checklist of the opisthobranch molluscs from the Azores Relichna simplex (Locard, 1897) BOUCHET (1975), MIKKELSEN (1995). Retusa leuca (Watson, 1883) WATSON (1883, 1886 in both works as Utriculus leucus), DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Tornatina), NORDSIECK (1972), MIKKELSEN (1995). Retusa truncatula (Bruguiére, 1792) DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Tornatina truncatula and also as Tornatina mariei n.sp.), NORDSIECK [1972 as Retusa (Coleophysis) marieil, NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1979 as Retusa mariae), MIKKELSEN (1995), MORTON ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Retusa multiquadrata Oberling, 1970 MIKKELSEN (1995), MORTON ET AL. (1998), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998). Cylichnina umbilicata (Montagu, 1803) ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO (1996), ÁviLA ET AL. (1998,), ÁviLa (2000). Family Cylichnidae Rudman, 1978 Acteocina protracta (Dautzenberg, 1889) DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Tornatina), DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897 both works as Tornatina), MIKKELSEN (1995). “Bulla” semilaevis Seguenza, 1879 WATSON (1886 as Bulla), DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Bulla guernei and also as Bulla semilaevis), DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897 both works as Bulla guerneí), NorDSIECK [1972 as Bulla (Leucophysena)], MIKKELSEN (1995). Cylichna alba (Brown, 1827) WATSON (1886), SYkes (1904), NorbDsieck (1972), MIkkELSEN (1995), ÁVILA ETAL. (1998). Cylichna chevreuxi Dautenberg, 1889 DAUTZENBERG (1889), DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897), NORDSIECK (1972), MIikkELSEN (1995). Cylichna cylindracea (Pennant, 1777) PiisBRY (1895), Sykes (1904), Norbsieck (1972), MIKKELSEN (1995), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Cylichna oliviformis (Watson, 1883) WATSON (1883, 1886 in both works as Utriculus), DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Tor- natina), DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897 in both works as Ufriculus), NoRDsIEcK (1972 as Cylichnium), MIKKELSEN (1995). Cylichna ovata Jeffreys, 1871 WATSON (1886), DAUTZENBERG (1889), DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897), Locarb (1897), MIKKELSEN (1995). Cylichna piettei Dautzenberg and Fisher, 1896 DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897), MIKKELSEN (1995). Mamillocylichna richardi Dautzenberg, 1889 DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Cylichna richardi), DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1897 as Cylichna), NORDSIECK (1972), MIKKELSEN (1995). Meloscaphander imperceptus Bouchet, 1975 BOUCHET (1975), MIKKELSEN (1995). Roxania monterosatoi Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896 DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897), MIKKELSEN (1995). Scaphander gracilis Watson, 1883 WATSON (1883, 1886), DAUTZENBERG (1889), DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897), Locarb (1897), NorDsieck (1972), BOUCHET (1975), MIKKEL- SEN (1995). Á3 44 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Scaphander nobilis Verrill, 1884 BoucheT (1975), MIKKELSEN (1995). Scaphander punctostriatus (Mighels, 1841) WATSON (1886), DAUTZENBERG (1889), DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897), Locaro (1897), Norbsieck (1972), BoucHeT (1975), MIKKELSEN (1995). Family Philinidae Gray, 1850 Philine approximans Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896 DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896, 1897), BoucHET (1975), MIKKELSEN (1995). Philine azorica Bouchet, 1975 BoucHeT (1975), MIkKELSEN (1995). Philine 2lima Brown, 1827 DAUTZENBERG (1889), Norbsieck (1972), MIKKELSEN (1995). Philine monilifera Bouchet, 1975 BoucHET (1975), MIKKELSEN (1995), LINDEN (1995 as P. cf. monilifera). Philine quadrata (S. Wood, 1839) WATSON (1886), DAUTZENBERG (1889), Norbsieck [1972 as Laona (Ossia- nia)], MIKKELSEN (1995); LINDEN (1995), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Philine rugulosa Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896 DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896). Philine intricata Monterosato, 1884 LINDEN (1994; 1995). Philine calva Linden, 1995 LINDEN (1995) Philine condensa Linden, 1995 LINDEN (1995) Family Runcinidae H. and Adams, 1854 Runcina adriatica Thompson, 1980 GOSLINER (1990), MIKKELSEN (1995), ÁviLA (2000). Runcina coronata (Quatrefages, 1844) GOSLINER (1990), MIKKELSEN (1995), Ávita (2000). All this authors refer to this species as R. aurata García, Lopez, Luque and Cervera, 1986 that is a junior synonym of R. coronata. For a discussion of this subject see CERVERA ET AL. (1991: 200-201). Runcina hidalgoensis Ortea and Moro, 1999 GosLuINER (1990), MIKKELSEN (1995), Ávia (2000) all this authors as Runcina sp.. ORTEA AND MORO (1999: 67), Sáo Miguel, Azores. Family Bullidae Lamarck, 1801 Bulla pinguicula Watson, 1886 WATSON (1886), DAUTZENBERG (1889), NorDsiecK (1972 as Roxania), MIKKEL- SEN (1995). Bulla striata Bruguieére, 1792 Droutr (1858), DAUTZENBERG (1889), RusH (1891), Norbsieck (1972), GARcÍA-TALAVERA (1983), MIKKELSEN (1995), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Family Haminoeidae Pilsbry, 1895 Atys macandrewii E. A. Smith, 1872 Marcus (1970), Norbsieck [1972 as Atys (Limulatys)], GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1983), MikkeLseN (1995), Ávita (2000). Haminoea hydatis (Linné, 1758) GarcíA-TALAVERA (1983), MikkeLSEN (1995), ÁviLA ET AL. (1998 as H. cf hydatis), ÁviLa (2000). MALAQUIAS: Checklist of the opisthobranch molluscs from the Azores Haminoea orteai Talavera, Murillo and Templado, 1987 MIKKELSEN (1995), MORTON ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Order ANASPIDEA Fischer, 1883 Family Akeridae Pilsbry, 1893 Akera bullata Múller, 1776 NoBrE (1924), ÁviLa (2000). Family Aplysiidae, Lamarck, 1809 Aplysia parvula Guilding in Mórch, 1863 Entes (1960), WIirTZ (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998). Aplysia depilans Gmelin, 1791 AZEVEDO AND GOFAS (1990 as Aplysia sp), WIRTZ (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Aplysia fasciata Poiret, 1789 WIRTZ AND MARTINS (1993), ÁviLa AND AZEVEDO (1997), WIrTZ (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Aplysia punctata Cuvier, 1803 SIMROTH (1888), ÁviLa AND AZEVEDO (1997), WirTZ (1998), MORTON ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Order TYLODINOIDEA Gray, 1847 Family Tylodinidae Gray, 1847 Tylodina perversa (Gmelin, 1791) DAUTZENBERG (1889 as Tylodina citrina), WIrTZ (1998), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Family Umbraculidae Dall, 1889 Umbraculum umbraculum (Lightfoot, 1876) MENEZES (1991), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Order PLEUROBRANCHOIDEA Férussac, 1822 Family Pleurobranchidae Férussac, 1822 Pleurobranchus testudinarius Cantraine, 1836 WIRTZ AND MARTINS (1993), WIrTZ (1992, 1998), Ávila ET AL. (1998), ÁVILA (2000). *Pleurobranchaea morosa (Bergh, 1892) BerGH (1892: 28 as Pleurobranchillus morosus). Type-locality channel Pico- Faial, 130 m depth. *Pleurobranchaea meckelli Blainville, 1825 BErGH (1899: 26). Near Terceira island, 599m depth. *Berthella plumula (Montagu, 1803) BERGH (1892: 19, 1899: 27 as Pleurobranchus plumula). Channel Pico-Faial, 130 m depth. *Berthella aurantiaca (Risso, 1818) BerGH (1892: 26 as Pleurobranchus aurantiacus). Channel Pico-Faial, 130 m depth. Berthellina edwardsi (Vayssiére, 1896) VAYSSIERE (1896: 1902), AZEVEDO AND GOFAS (1990 As BERTHELLINA SP.), WIRTZ (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Order SACOGLOSSA lhering, 1876 Family Plakobranchidae Gray, 1840 Elysia ornata (Swainson, 1840) WIRTZ (1995, 1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), Ávita (2000). *Elysia viridis (Montagu, 1804) AZEVEDO (1991: 27), ÁviLa (2000). Santa Maria island. 45 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Family Hermaeidae H. and A. Adams, 1854 Aplysiopsis formosa Pruvot-Fol, 1953 JENSEN (1995), WIrTZ (1998); ORTEA, ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Family Limapontiidae Gray, 1847 Placida verticillata Ortea, 1981 ÁviLA (2000). Placida sp. (see WirTZ, 1998: 3), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998). Order NUDIBRANCHIA Blainville, 1814 Family Onchidorididae Alder and Hancock, 1845 Diaphorodoris luteocincta (M. Sars, 1870) WIRTZ AND MARTINS (1993), WIrTZ (1998), Ávita ET aL. (1998), Ávita (2000). Family Triophidae Odhner, 1941 Kaloplocamus ramosus (Cantraine, 1835) WIRTZ (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). *Kaloplocamus atlanticus (Bergh, 1892) BerGH (1892: 12, 1899: 19 as Euplocamus atlanticus), NORDSIECK (1972 as Kaloplocamus ramosus f. atlanticus). Type-locality channel Pico-Faial, 130 m depth. Family Polyceridae Alder and Hancock, 1845 Tambja ceutae García-Gómez and Ortea, 1988 WIRTZ AND MARTINS (1993), ORTEA ET AL. (19968), WIrTZ (1995 as Tambja ceutae and also as Roboastra europea), WIRTZ (1998 as Tambja ceutae and as Tambja sp.), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998) and ÁviLa (2000) as Tambja ceutae and as Tambja sp.. Limacia clavigera (Muller, 1776) WIRTZ (1998), ORTEA ET AL. (19968), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Polycera elegans (Bergh, 1894) WIRTZ AND MARTINS (1993), WirTZ (1998), ORTEA ET AL. (19968), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Polycera quadrilineata (Múller, 1776) WIRTZ (1998), ORTEA ET AL. (19968), MORTON ET AL. (1998), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Polyceratidae indet. (see WIrTZ, 1998: 13). Family Chromodorididae Bergh, 1891 Chromodoris britoi Ortea and Pérez, 1983 (see GOSLINER, 1990 [as C. clenchi]: 148, ORTEA ET AL., 1994 and WIRTZ, 1998: 8 for a discussion on this species), WIRTZ (1994; 1995), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), Ávia (1999). Chromodoris purpurea (Risso in Guérin, 1831) GOSLINER (1990), WirTZ (1994; 1995; 1998), MORTON ET AL. (1998), ÁviLA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Chromodoris krohni (Vérany, 1846) ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), Ávita (2000). *Chromodoris goslineri Ortea and Valdés, 1996 ORTEA ET AL. (1996a: 143). Type-locality Santa Maria island. Hypselodoris picta (Schultz in Philippi, 1836). This species was recorded for the first time from Azores by BerGH (1899: 7) as Chromodoris cantrainei. GOSUNER (1990: 155) recorded to it as H. webbi and ORTEA ET AL. (1996a: 56 as H. picta azorica) and WIRTZ (1994 as H. webbi; 1998: 8 as H. picta azorica). ÁVILA ET AL. [1 998), ÁviLa (2000). 46 MALAQUIAS: Checklist of the opisthobranch molluscs from the Azores Hypselodoris fontandravi (Pruvot-Fol, 1951) WIRTZ (1995, 1998), ÁviLa ET al. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Hypselodoris midatlantica Gosliner, 1990 (see Gostiner, 1990: 152), ORTEA ET AL., 1996a: 32 and WirTZ, 1998: 9 for a discussion on this species). ÁVILA ET AL (1998: 504), ÁviLa (2000). This species is usually mentioned under the name H. tricolor. Glossodoris edmundsi Cervera, García-Gómez and Ortea, 1989 GOSLINER (1990), WirTZ (1995, 1998], ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), Ávica (2000). Family Aldisidae Odhner, 1939 *Aldisa zetlandica (Alder and Hancock, 1854) BERGH (1899: 8), Norbsieck (1972), Picron AND MORROW (1994). Azores 38” 30' 30” N-38” 31' N and 29* 09 30” W-29* 10' 30” W, 845 m depth. Aldisa smaragdina Ortea, Pérez and Llera, 1982 WIRTZ (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998: 504), Ávica (2000). S. Ávila, cited this species as A. binotata according to the synonymy proposed by MILLEN AND GOSLINER (1985). Family Dorididae Rafinesque, 1815 *Doris ocelligera (Bergh, 1881) AZEVEDO AND GoraAs (1990: 86), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998: 504), Ávita (2000). Azores, Flores island. *Thorybopus lophatus Bouchet, 1977 BoucheT (1977: 43). Azores type-locality 37” 37" N-25* 32” W, 395-465 m depth. *Dorididae sp. 1 BouchHET (1977). See BoucHET (1977: 46) for a discussion on this species. Azores 37” 57' N-25* 33" W, 1070-1235 m depth. *Dorididae sp.2 BoucheT (1977). See BoucHET (1977: 47) for a discussion on this species. Azores 37” 57' N-25* 33" W, 330 m depth. Family Discodorididae Bergh, 1891 Discodoris atromaculata (Bergh, 1880) WIRTZ AND MARTINS (1993), WirTzZ (1994; 1995, 1998), MORTON ET AL (1998 as Peltodoris atromaculata), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). *Discodoris tristis Bergh, 1892 BerGH (1899: 11). Ponta Delgada, Sáo Miguel island, 98 m depth. *Discodoris cf. millegrana (Alder and Hancock, 1854) ÁVILA AND AZEVEDO (1997: 328), ÁviLA (2000: appendix), Azores, Formigas Islets. According to Ávila (personal communication) this was a misidentification with an unknown species. Geitodoris planata [(Alder and Hancock, 1846) AZEVEDO AND GOFAS (1990 as Geitodoris cf. planata), WirTZ (1998), ÁVILA ET AL (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Family Kentrodorididae Bergh, 1892 *Jorunna tomentosa (Cuvier, 1804) MORTON ET AL. (1998: 151). Family Platydorididae Bergh, 1891 Platydoris argo (Linné, 1767) BERGH (1899), WIirTZ AND MARTINS (1993), WirTzZ (1994; 1998), ÁVILA ET AL (1998), ÁviLa (2000). *Platydoris stomascuta Bouchet, 1977 BoucHET (1977: 35). Azores 37” 43' N-29” 04' W, 370-450 m depth. 47 48 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 *Platydoris sp. BoucheT (1977). See BoucHeT (1977: 42) for a discussion on this species. Azores 37” 39' N-25* 35" W, 330 m depth. Taringa sp. (see WIrTZ, 1998: 12). Family Phyllidiidae Rafinesque, 1815 *Phyllidiopsis berghi Vayssiére, 1902 BoucheT [1977: 48 cited this species as P. gynenopla but according to VALDÉS AND ORTEA (1996: 3), itis a synonym of P. berghi], VALDÉS AND ORTEA (1996). Azores 38* 22' -28* 48W, 525-600 m depth. *Reticulidia gofasi Valdés and Ortea, 1996 VALDÉS AND ORTEA (1996: 7). Azores 38” 30' 00” N-27* 14' 05” W, 75-106 m depth. Family Dendrodorididae O'Donoghue, 1924 *Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) BerRGH (1892: 16 as Doriopsis limbata). Channel Pico-Faial, 130 m depth. Dendrodoris herytra Valdés and Ortea, 1996 ODHNER (1931 as D. grandiflora), VALDÉS ET AL. (1996), WIrTZ (1995 as Den- drodoris n.sp., 1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), Ávica (2000). Family Tritoniidae Lamarck, 1809 *Tritonia (Tritonidoxa) griegi Odhner, 1922 BouchET (1977: 53). Azores 47” 46' N - 8* 04' W, 820-940 m depth. Marionia blainvillea (Risso, 1818) WIRTZ (1995, 1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Family Scyllaeidae Fischer, 1883 Scyllaea pelagica Linné, 1758 SIMROTH (1888), MORTON ET AL. (1998), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Family Phylliroidae Férussac, 1821 Phylliroe cf. atlantica Bergh, 1871 WIrTZ (1998). Family Dotoidae Gray, 1853 Doto floridicola Simroth, 1888 SIMROTH (1888), WIrTZ (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Family Flabellinidae Bergh, 1889 Flabellina pedata (Montagu, 1815) GosuiNeR (1994), WirTZ (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Family Facelinidae Bergh, 1889 Caloria elegans (Alder and Hancock, 1845) MORO ET AL (1995), WIRTZ (1998), ÁVILA ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa (2000). Family Aeolidiidae D'Orbigny, 1834 *Aeolidiella sanguinea (Norman, 1877) MORTON ET AL. (1998: 79), ÁviLa (2000). Spurilla neapolitana Delle Chiaje, 1823 SIMROTH (1888) anb WirTZ (1998). Cited by both authors as $. sargassicola. Family Glaucidae Menke, 1828 Glaucus atlanticus Forster, 1777 SIMROTH (1888), BErGH (1899), WirTz (1998). Family Fionidae Alder and Hancock, 1855 Fiona pinnata Eschscholtz, 1831 BercH (1892 as Fiona marina), WIRTZ (1998), MORTON ET AL. (1998), ÁviLa ET AL. (1998), Ávita (2000). O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (1): 49-52, 2001 A new species of Alvania (Mollusca, Rissoidae) from Annobón (Gulf of Guinea, West Africa) Una nueva especie de Alvanía (Mollusca, Rissoidae) de Annobón (Golfo de Guinea, África occidental) Emilio ROLÁN* Recibido el 21-X11-2000. Aceptado el 8-11-2001 ABSTRACT Alvania gascoignei spec. nov. from Annobón is described as new for science. lt is compa- red with other species of this genus in eastern Atlantic. RESUMEN Se describe una especie nueva para la ciencia, Alvania gascoignei spec. nov., proce- dente de Annobón y se compara con otras del mismo género del Atlántico oriental. KEY WORDS: Alvanza, Rissoidae, new species, Annobón, Guinea Equatorial. PALABRAS CLAVE: Alvania, Rissoidae, nueva especia, Annobón, Guinea Ecuatorial. INTRODUCTION The genus Alvanía Risso, 1826 is one of most numerous in species within the Rissoidae of the Eastern Atlantic. So, descriptions of species of this genus are present in a high number of publica- tions. GOFAS AND WARÉN (1982) showed the genus in the Iberian and Moroccan coast. In the Mediterranean, this genus has been mainly studied by Italian malacologist and a compendium of colour photographs of all of them can be seen in GIANUZZI-SAVELLI, PUSATERI, PALMERI AND EBREO (1996). A recent revision of the West African species of Alvania was included in GOFAS (1999). In the other hand, MOOLENBEEK AND HOENSELAAR (1989) and HOENSELAAR AND GOUD (1998) dealt the genus in the eastern Atlantic archipelagos, and BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1993) studied the bathyal and abyssal species of the nort- hern Atlantic. Annobón is the most southestern island in the Gulf of Guinea, about 200 kms at southwest of Sáo Tomé. The marine molluscan fauna of Sáo Tomé and Principe has been studied by FER- NANDES AND ROLÁN (1993). Few infor- mation exists on the Annobón molluscan fauna (ALVARADO AND ALVAREZ, 1964). An unknown species of this genus was found in sediment obtained during the Annobón 2000 Expedition and is described in the present work. Abbreviations: MNCN Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid MNHN Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris * C/Cánovas del Castillo 22, 36202 Vigo, Spain E-mail: emiliorolanGinicia.es 49 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 RESULTS Family RISSOIDAE Gray, 1847 Genus Alvania Risso, 1826 Alvania gascoignei spec. nov. Type material: Holotype (Fig. 1) and 1 paratype in the MNCN,; one paratype (Fig. 2) in MNAN; six more in CER. All from type locality. Other material examined: 1 shell, 4 juveniles and 16 fragments. Etymology: The specific name is after Angus Gascoigne, an English naturalist living in Sáo Tomé, who participated and played an important role in the organization of the Annobón 2000 Expedition. Type locality: San Antonio de Palé, Annobón, Guinea Equatorial. Obtained in sediment from 10- 15 m depth. Description: Shell (Figs. 1, 2) modera- tely solid, ovate-conical, dirty white in colour. Protoconch (Fig. 3) somewhat more that 1 convex whorl, sculptured by seven irregularly undulating fine spiral threads. Teleoconch of about 4 convex whorls, sculptured with axial ribs and narrower spiral cords and a well defined suture. Axial ribs almost ortocline, sepa- rated by wider interspaces, which are more evident subsuturally and almost disappear on the suture. Five spiral cords on the first whorl, 9-10 on the penulti- mate and about 18 on the last one, with approximately equal interspaces. Aper- ture ovoid with a continuous peristome lacking any internal tooth. The external border of the aperture is undulating due the end of the spiral cords. The micros- culpture can be observed with high mag- nification (Figs. 4-5), showing a great quantity of small pits on the spiral cords and 4-7 spiral nodulous fillets in the interspaces. Umbilicus absent. Dimensions: the holotype is 2.7 x 1.5 mm. Distribution: Only known from the type locality. Discussion: Alvania gasco1gnel spec. nov. is different from most of the European and West African species because of its nume- rous spiral cords. Related species with similar profile and a protoconch with a similar sculpture are, for example, A. sub- soluta (Aradas, 1847), A. parvula (Jeffreys, 1884), A. testae (Aradas and Maggiore, 1844), A. tomentosa (Pallary in Montero- sato, 1920) and A. imperspicua (Pallary in Monterosato, 1920) (in the Mediterranean) and A. africana Gotas, 1999, A. coseli Gotas, 1999, (in West Africa). Other species of the genus have a quite similar number of spiral cords, but are different in profile and pro- toconch, as A. beanii (Hanley in Thorpe, 1844), A. lactea (Michaud, 1832), A. punc- tura (Montagu, 1803), A. regina Gotas, 1999, or A. zylensis Gofas and Warén, 1982. Due to its high number of spiral cords, A. gascoignel spec. nov. shows affinity to some species of the genus Onoba H. and A. Adams, 1852, but its sculpture is more prominent and the external enlargement of the aperture is different from that of most of the species of this genus. In the other hand, this species shows affinity with the genus Manzonía Brusina, 1870 in some characters (shape and microsculpture). This species has not been found in the many samples made by several collectors on the island of Sáo Tomé. Thus, it can provisionally be considered to be endemic to the island of Annobon. (Right page) Figures 1-5. Alvania gascoignei spec. nov. 1: holotype, 2.7 mm, San Antonio de Palé, Annobon (MNCN); 2: paratype, 2.7 mm, Annobon (MNHN); 3: protoconch, paratype (MNCN); 4, 5: microsculpture of the holotype. (Página derecha) Figuras 1-5. Alvania gascoignei spec. nov. 1: holotipo, 2,7 mm, San Antonio de Palé, Annobon (MNCN); 2: paratipo, 2,7 mm, Annobon (MNHN); 3: protoconcha, paratipo (MNCN); 4, 5: microescultura del holotipo. 50 ROLÁN: A new species of Alvaniía from Annobón (West Africa) a A O SS NES E PA Ls 100 PA JO IAS A ES E E pS e ÍS E AOS $ E SR us AS OS 51 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Thanks are due to Carlos Principe, Concejal de Cultura del Concello de Vigo for his help in supporting the Annobon 2000 Expedition, and to the friends who accompanied me during the fieldwork (Angus Gascoigne, Patxi Heras, Marta Infante, Crisantos Obama, Jaime Pérez del Val, Jon Segurado and BIBLIOGRAPHY ALVARADO, R. AND ALVAREZ, J., 1964. Resulta- dos de la expedición Peris-Alvarez a la isla de Annobón. VII. Algunos invertebrados marinos. Boletín de la Real Sociedad Española de Historia Natural (Biología), 62: 265-282. BOUCHET, P. AND WARÉN, A., 1993. Revision of the Northeast Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Mesogastropoda. Bollettino Malacologico, supl. 3: 579-840. FERNANDES, F. AND ROLÁN, E., 1993. Moluscos marinos de Sáo Tomé y Principe: actualiza- ción bibliográfica y nuevas aportaciones. Ibe- rus, 11 (1): 31-47. GIANNUZZIESAVELLI, R., PUSATERI, F., PALMERI, A. AND EBREO, C., 1996. Atlante delle conchi- glie marine del Mediterraneo. La Conchiglia, Roma. 259 pp. 2 Ita). To Arturo Nenas, Delegado de Pesca y Medio Ambiente of Annobón, who helped me in the collecting. The authorities of Sáo Tomé and Annobón who collaborated in our trip. This work was partially supported by the project of the XUNTA DE GALICIA PGIDTO00PXIS0121PR. GOFAas, S., 1999. The West African Rissoidae (Gastropoda: Rissooidea) and their similari- ties to some European species. The Nautilus, 113 (3): 78-101. GOFAS, S. AND WARÉN, A., 1982. Taxonomie de quelques especes du genre Alvania (Mollusca, Gastropoda) des cótes iberiques et marocai- nes. Bollettino Malacologico, 18 (1-4): 1-16. HOENSELAAR, H. J. AND GOUD, J., 1998. The Ris- soidae of the CANCAP expeditions,1: the genus Alvania Risso, 1826 (Gastropoda Pro- sobranchia). Basteria, 62 (1-2): 69-115. MOOLENBEEK, R. G. AND HOENSELAAR, H. J., 1989. The genus Alvania on the Canary Islands and Madeira (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Part 1. Bulletin Zoologisk Museum, Amsterdam, 11 (27): 215-230. O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (1): 53-63, 2001 La superfamilia Pyramidelloidea Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Heterostropha) en África Occidental. 8. Los géneros Bacteridium y Anisocycla The superfamily Pyramidelloidea Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Heterostropha) in West Africa. 8. The genera Bacteridium and Anisocycla Anselmo PEÑAS* y Emilio ROLÁN** Recibido el 13-X1-2000. Aceptado el 16-11-2001 RESUMEN Se revisan las especies de Africa Occidental de los géneros Bacteridium y Anisocycla. En total se estudian 1 taxon en Bacteridium y 5 en Anisocycla, de los que uno de ellos es descrito como nuevo para la ciencia. ABSTRACT The West Africa species of the genera Bacteridium and Anisocycla are studied. In total 1 taxon in Bacteridium and 5 in Anisocycla are in the study, one of the latter being descri- bed as new. PALABRAS CLAVE: Pyramidelloidea, Bacteridium, Anisocycla, África Occidental, nuevas especies KEY WORDS: Pyramidelloidea, Bacteridium, Anisocycla, West Africa, new species. INTRODUCCIÓN Las más pequeñas, frágiles y alarga- das especies de piramidélidos, han sido objeto reciente de numerosas disquisi- ciones en cuanto a su posición taxonó- mica y ubicación genérica. De los numerosos taxones que han sido utilizados a nivel genérico para estas pequeñas conchas, el más antiguo es Ebala Leach in Gray, 1847 que, según WENZ (1938) tiene como especie tipo a Turbo nitidissimus Montagu, 1803. GOUGEROT Y FEKI (1980) hacen una revision del género Anisocycla y GOUGE- ROT (1991) completa la misma con las especies fósiles de este género. En esos trabajos se justifica el uso Anisocycla en vez de Ebala. Sin embargo WARÉN (1994) no opina así y cree que el nombre a usar debería ser Ebala, explicando sus razones y creando la familia Ebalidae para incluir las especies de algunos géneros que poseen aparato masticador, como Ebala Gray, 1847, Henrya Bartsch, 1947 y Mur- chisionella Mórch, 1875. En la misma publicación AARTSEN (1994) presenta * Carrer Olérdola, 39,59C, 08800 Vilanova 1 la Geltrú (Barcelona) ** Cánovas del Castillo, 22, 36202 Vigo (Pontevedra) DS) Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 una opción diferente. En la actualidad, aparece como Ebala en la lista existente en Internet (CLEMAM: Gofas y Renard (eds.), http://www.mnhn.fr/base/ malaco / html). Poco después, AARTSEN (1995) muestra de nuevo una opinión contraria al uso de Ebala y repasa los comentarios sobre las publicaciones que WARÉN (1994) había hecho en su trabajo y, en relación a los trabajos en los que es utili- zado por primera vez este nombre, afirma lo que sigue: “The «october»- paper gives Ebala elegantissima (Montagu) as a synonym of Turritella and both Warén and I do agree that the name Ebala Leach in Gray, Oct. 1847 has Turbo- nilla elegantissima (Montagu, 1803) as its type-species by monotypy”. De esta forma, esta especie debería ser conside- rada la especie tipo ya que, aunque pos- teriormente Gray utiliza Turbo nitidissi- mus Montagu, 1803 “como especie tipo del género”, esto no cambia la designa- ción inicial. Este problema taxonómico, comentado y enfatizado por AARTSEN (1995) y no contestado por otros autores, parece nos debe hacer considerar por tanto que Ebala es un sinónimo de Turbo- nilla Risso, 1826. Según AARTSEN (1995) el nombre a utilizar para estas especies sería Anisocy- cla Monterosato, 1880, nombre introdu- cido para sustituir el previamente ocupado Aciculina Deshayes, 1861 non H. y A. Adams, 1853, cuya especie tipo, Aciculina scalarina Deshayes 1861, define este género. FABER (1995) señala, no obs- tante, que esta designación de especie tipo fue hecha por primera vez por DALL Y BARTSCH (1909). Otros taxones posteriores, como Careliopsis Mórch, 1895, Ebalina Thiele, 1929, Bermudaclis Bartsch, 1947 y Pando- rella Laseron, 1951 (non Conrad, 1863) han sido considerados sinónimos por otros autores (WARÉN, 1994). Según AARTSEN (1995) el nombre de familia Ebalidae Warén, 1994, sería substituido por el de Anisocyclidae Aartsen, 1995. El presente trabajo es el octavo de una serie dedicada al estudio de los 54 Pyramidelloidea de las costas de África occidental. En los dos trabajos anteriores (PEÑAS Y ROLÁN, 1999b, 2000) se hace referencia a los diversos géneros previa- mente estudiados. En este trabajo presentamos juntos los géneros Bacteridium Thiele, 1929 y Anisocycla Monterosato, 1880 por la similitud morfológica de sus conchas, con independencia de que ambos puedan estar situados en familias dife- rentes. MATERIAL Y MÉTODOS En este apartado remitimos al lector al trabajo de PEÑAS Y ROLÁN (1999a). Las abreviaturas empleadas son las siguientes: BMNH The Natural History Museum, Londres MMF Museo Municipal de Funchal, Madeira. MNCN Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid. CAP colección Anselmo Peñas, Vilanova i la Geltrú, Barcelona. CCO colección Cristina Ortiz, Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Canarias. CER colección Emilio Rolán, Vigo. CFR colección Federico Rubio, Valen- cia. CFS colección Frank Swinnen, Lommel, Bélgica. CJP colección Jacques Pelorce, Le Grau du Roi, Francia. CPD colección Gustavo Pérez-Dionis, Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Canarias. CPS colección José Luis Pérez Sixto, Alcalá de Henares, Madrid. CWE colección Winfried Engl, Dússel- dorf, Alemania. c concha j juvenil f fragmento ex ejemplar con partes blandas El material sin indicación de perte- nencia a una colección se encuentra en la del segundo autor (CER). PEÑAS Y ROLÁN: Bacteridium y Anisocycla (Pyramidelloidea) en África Occidental Figuras 1, 2. Bacteridium carinatum; 1: concha, 1,5 mm, Sahara (CFR); 2: detalle de la última vuelta. Figuras 3-6. Anisocycla pointeli, 3: concha, 2,9 mm, Banc d'Arguin, Mauritania; 4: concha, 1,8 mm, Baia de Etoile, Mauritania; 5: concha, 1,8 mm, Miamia, Ghana; 6: protoconcha, Banc d'Arguin. Figures 1, 2. Bacteridium carinatum; 1: shell, 1.5 mm, Sahara (CFR); 2: detail of the last whorl. Figures 3-6. Anisocycla pointeli; 3: shell, 2.9 mm, Banc d'Arguin, Mauritania; 4: shell, 1.8 mm, Baía de l Etoile, Mauritania; 5: shell, 1.8 mm, Miamia, Ghana; 6: protoconch, Banc d'Arguin. SO Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 PARTE SISTEMÁTICA Familia TURBONILLIDAE Subfamilia Eulimellinae Género Bacteridium Thiele, 1929 Especie tipo: Eulimella praeclara Thiele, 1925. Concha pequeña, muy delgada, alar- gada, lisa o con fina microescultura. Sin diente ni pliegue columelar, ni ombligo. Protoconcha planispiral. Las especies pertenecientes a este género apenas se diferencian de las del género Anisocycla por la morfología de la concha. Sin embargo, el animal tiene el estilete característico de los Pyramide- llidae, mientras que las pertenecientes al género Anisocycla tienen un aparato masticador. SCHANDER (1994) incluyen este género en la familia Turbonillidae (Eulimellinae). Bacteridium carinatum (De Folin, 1870) (Figs 1, 2) Eulimella carinata De Folin, 1870. Les fonds de la Mer, 1, pág. 209, lám. 28, fig. 8 [Localidad tipo: Cagnabac, Senegall. Material tipo: no examinado. Material examinado: Península Ibérica: Mediterráneo, ver PEÑAS ET AL. (1996). Sahara: 1 c, en Solea sp. (CER). Senegal: 1 c, Sec de Thouriba, Cap Vert, 30 m (CJP). Ghana: 15 c, Miamia, 12-35 m. Angola: 1 e, Luanda, 50 m. Descripción: Descripción en PEÑAS, TEMPLADO Y MARTÍNEZ (1996: 73-74, fig. 81). Mlustración en SCHANDER (1994, figs. 1c, 9e, f) y en AARTSEN, GITIENBERGER Y GOUDp. (2000, fig. 20) como Anisocycla cf. carinata. Concha (Fig. 1) diminuta, delgada, subcilíndrica, lisa, blanquecina. Protoconcha planispiral, del tipo B. Vueltas escalonadas, con un claro hombro subsutural. Sutura muy marcada. Líneas de crecimiento flexuo- sas, Opistoclinas bajo la sutura (Fig. 2). Abertura semicircular, sin pliegue colu- melar ni ombligo, peristoma continuo. Distribución: Mediterráneo español, Túnez, Israel (BoGI Y BELLA, 1997). África Occidental hasta Angola. Infrali- toral y circalitoral. Comentarios: SCHANDER (1994) incluye por primera vez esta especie en el género Bacteridium, basándose en que no posee aparato masticador. Familia ANISOCYCLIDAE Género Anisocycla Monterosato, 1880 Especie tipo: Aciculina scalarina Deshayes, 1861. Concha pequeña, delgada, alargada, lisa o con microescultura, sin diente ni pliegue columelar, ni ombligo. Proto- concha planispiral, con la espira total- mente visible y un ángulo de su eje con el de la teleoconcha superior a 130” (tipo B de van Aartsen). El animal tiene un 56 sistema mandibular complejo (“aparato masticador”). Este género fue revisado por GOUGE- ROT Y FEKI (1979, 1980) y posteriormente por AARTSEN (1994). WARÉN (1994) crea la familia Ebalidae y defiende la validez del nombre Ebala Gray, 1847 frente a PEÑAS Y ROLÁN: Bacteridium y Anisocycla (Pyramidelloidea) en África Occidental Figura 7. Anisocycla gradata, concha 2,3 mm, Cabo Verde. Figuras 8-16. Anisocycla nitidissima. 8: concha, 2,2 mm, Dakar, Senegal; 9: concha, 2,1 mm, Porto Mindelo, Sáo Vicente, Cabo Verde; 10: concha, 2,2 mm, Luanda, Angola; 11: detalle de la espira, Cabo Verde; 12: protoconcha, Angola; 13: protoconcha, Vigo, España; 14: detalle de la microescultura, Senegal; 15: microescul- tura, España; 16: microescultura, Angola. Figure 7. Anisocycla gradata, shell 2.3 mm, Cape Verde. Figures 8-16. Anisocycla nitidissima. 8: shell, 2.2 mm, Dakar, Senegal; 9: shell, 2.1 mm, Porto Mindelo, Sáo Vicente, Cape Verde; 10: shell, 2.2 mm, Luanda, Angola; 11: detail of the spire, Cape Verde; 12: protoconch, Angola; 13: protoconch, Vigo, Spain; 14: detail of the microsculpture, Senegal; 15: microsculpture, Spain; 16: microsculpture, Angola. 57 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Anisocycla. AARTSEN (1995) sigue la dis- cusión y defiende Anisocycla, conclu- yendo que Ebala es un sinónimo de Tur- bonilla Risso, 1826, tesis que comparten SCHANDER ET AL. (1999) y que nosotros aceptamos. Anisocycla pointeli (De Folin, 1868) (Figs. 3-6) Turbonilla pointeli De Folin, 1868. Les fonds de la Mer, 1, pág. 100, lám. 11, fig. 4. [Localidad tipo: isla de Syra, Grecia]. Material tipo: No encontrado. Material examinado: Península Ibérica: Mediterráneo, ver PEÑAS ET AL. (1996). Atlántico: 1 c, Bahía de Cádiz, 30 m; 1 c, Lagos, Portugal. Islas Canarias: Tenerife: 40 c, 27 m (CPD); 35 ce, 27 m, (CCO); 2 c, Fañabé, 25 m. Lanzarote: 6 c, Playa del Reducto (CES); 3 c, Puerto del Carmen, 45-50 m (CWE). Gran Canaria: 1 c, Playa Sardina (CFS). Madeira: 3 c, Funchal, 50-75 m (CES); 2 c, Funchal, 50-75 m (CWE); 1 c, Cabo Guirado, 75-100 m (CWE). Sahara: 9 c, Cabo Loven, 35-50 m (CFR). Mauritania: 10 c, Banc d'Arguin, litoral. Ghana: 8 c, Miamia, 35 m. Archipiélago de Cabo Verde : 1 c, Porto da Cruz, Boavista, litoral; 5 c, Tarrafal, Santiago, 15 m. Descripción: En PEÑAS ET AL. (1996: 74, figs: 82-83, 85)). Concha (Figs. 3-5) peque- ña, alargada, lisa, blanca vítrea, semi- transparente. Protoconcha (Fig. 6) planis- piral, típica del género. Espira muy ele- vada con las vueltas bien convexas, redon- deadas; sutura profunda; líneas de creci- miento prosoclinas; abertura circular; sin diente ni pliegue columelar, ni ombligo. Distribución: Mediterráneo y Atlán- tico europeo próximo. Atlántico africano desde el Sahara hasta Ghana; archipiéla- gos de Canarias, Madeira y Cabo Verde. Infralitoral y circalitoral. Comentarios: Se trata de una especie muy polimorfa, que se diferencia de E. nitidissima en la ausencia de escultura espiral. Anisocycla gradata Monterosato, 1878 (Fig. 7) Odostomia pointeli var. gradata Monterosato, 1878. Enum. e sinon. conch. med.: 95.[ Localidad tipo: Joly, Argel]. Nomen nudum. Odostomia (Eulimella) pointeli Folin, var. gradata Monterosato, 1878. Jour. Conchy. 26: 458. ¿Eulimella trigonostoma De Folin, 1870. Les fonds de la Mer, 1, pág. 260, lám. 31, fig. 11. [Localidad tipo: Canal de Suez]. Material tipo: El tipo de A. gradata, supuestamente en el Museo Civico de Roma, no ha sido encon- trado hasta el momento, debido a que se está realizando la organización de la colección, aunque su búsqueda continua. Material examinado: Península Ibérica: Mediterráneo, ver PEÑAS ET AL. (1996); Atlántico: 1 c, Tarifa, litoral. Marruecos: 3 c, Agadir, litoral (CES). Islas Canarias: Tenerife: 2 c, dragado a 10-27 m (CCO); 2 c, dragado a 10-27 m (CPD). Gran Canaria: 1 c, Las Canteras (CPS). La Palma: 1 c, Los Cancajos (CWE). Fuerteventura: 1 c, Puerto del Rosario (CWE). Madeira: 1 c, dragado 12-35 m (CES); 1 c, Funchal (CFS). Archipiélago de Cabo Verde: 1 c, Pau Seco, Maio, 30 m. Descripción: En PEÑAS ET AL. (1996: 75, fig. 86). Concha (Fig. 7) pequeña, alargada, delgada, lisa, blanca vítrea, semitransparente. Protoconcha planispi- ral típica del género; vueltas casi planas, escalonadas, con una repisa subsutural; sutura profunda, muy inclinada: líneas de crecimiento ortoclinas. Abertura 58 semicircular, sin pliegue columelar ni ombligo. Distribución: Mediterráneo y Atlán- tico europeo y marroquí. Archipiélagos de Canarias, Madeira y Cabo Verde. Infralitoral y circalitoral. Comentarios: GOUGEROT Y FEKI (1980) constataron que en el tubo de los tipos PEÑAS Y ROLÁN: Bacteridium y Anisocycla (Pyramidelloidea) en África Occidental Figuras 17, 18. Anisocycla striatula; 17: concha, 1,8 mm, Banc d'Arguin, Mauritania. Figuras 19- 24. “Anisocycla” micalii spec. nov. 19: holotipo, 1,6 mm, Banc d'Arguin (MNCN); 20: concha, 1,0 mm, Guinea Conakry (CER); 21: protoconcha del holotipo; 22: protoconcha, Guinea Conakry; 23: microescultura del holotipo; 24: microescultura, Guinea Conakry. Figures 17, 18. Anisocycla striatula; 17: shell, 1.8 mm, Banc d'Arguin, Mauritania. Figures 19-24. “Anisocycla” micalii spec. nov. 19: holotype, 1.6 mm, Banc d'Arguin (MNCN); 20: shell, 1.0 mm, Guinea Conakry (CFR); 21: protoconch of the holotype; 22: protoconch, Guinea Conakry; 23: micros- culpture or the holotype; 24: microsculpture, Guinea Conakry. 59 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 de A. trigonostoma había dos conchas que no eran de esa familia, pero la tercera coincidía con la descripción de De Folin y por tanto, según estos autores, sería el holotipo, opinando que A. pointeli var. gradata de Nordsieck, 1972 era un sinónimo de A. trigonostoma. No obstante, siendo la localidad tipo de esta última especie el Canal de Suez y el ejemplar existente en el lote de los sinti- pos de muy pequeño tamaño, podría tratarse de una especie de origen Indo- Pacífico, por lo que preferimos utilizar el nombre de Monterosato y dejar en posición de dudas para un futuro estudio a la especie de De Folin. Anisocycla nitidissima (Montagu, 1803) (Figs. 8-16) Turbo nitidissimus Montagu, 1803. Testacea Britannica, pág. 299, lám. 12, fig. 1. [Localidad tipo: puerto de Falmoutth, Islas Británicas]. Material tipo: No examinado. Material examinado: Península Ibérica: Mediterráneo, ver PEÑAS ET AL. (1996). Atlántico: 6 c, Ría de Vigo, Pontevedra; 15 c, Panxon, Pontevedra; 5 c, Tarifa. Marruecos: 6 c, Agadir, litoral (CES); 6 c, Agadir, litoral (CWE). Sahara: 2 c, Cabo Loven, 40-50 m (CFR). Islas Canarias: Lanzarote: 7 c, Puerto del Carmen (CWE). La Gomera: 1 c, Playa Santiago, 58 m. Tenerife: 41 c, (CCO). Gran Canaria: 1 c, Las Canteras (CPS). Madeira: 1 c, Santa Cruz (MME); 5 c, dragado 27-100 m (CES); 2 c, Cabo Guirado, 75-100 m (CES). Archipiélago de Cabo Verde: 2 c, Pau Seco, Maio, 30 m; 3 c, Tarrafal, San- tiago, 15 m. Mauritania: 103 c, Banc d'Arguin, litoral; 21 c, Bahía de la Estrella, 3 m. Senegal: 25 c, Sec de Thouriba, Cap Vert, 30-33 m. Angola: 4 c, Corimba, 20 m, 1 c, Luanda, 50 m. Descripción: Ver PEÑAS ET AL. (1996: 74-75, figs. 87-88, 92). Concha (Figs. 8- 10) pequeña, delgada, muy alargada, blanca amarillenta, semitransparente. Protoconcha (Figs. 11-13) planispiral, típica del género. Vueltas bien convexas, con la sutura profunda. Líneas de creci- miento flexuosas, opistoclinas bajo la sutura. Microescultura (Figs. 14-16) formada por estrías espirales; con gran aumento pueden verse microescavacio- nes. Abertural oval, sin pliegue colume- lar ni ombligo. Distribución: Mediterráneo y Atlán- tico europeo. Atlántico africano hasta Angola y los archipiélagos de Canarias, Madeira y Cabo Verde. Infralitoral y cir- calitoral. Anisocycla striatula (Jeffreys, 1856) (Figs. 17, 18) Eulimella striatula Jeffreys, 1856. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2, 17: 186, lám. 2, figs. 14-15. [Localidad tipo: La Spezia, Italia, 10 brazas]. Eulimella folini P. Fischer in De Folin, 1869. Les fonds de la Mer, 1: 149-150, lám. 22, fig. 8. [Locali- dad tipo: Golfo de Gascogne]. Odostomia hyalina Jeffreys, 1870. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser.4, 5: 79. Nuevo nombre para Eulimella striatula Jeffreys, 1856 non Odostomia striatula (L., 1758). Reemplazamiento innecesario. Material tipo: De E. striatula: Originalmente en el BMNH, registrado 1856.2.18.9, desaparecido. Dos fragmentos de sintipos, reg. n” 196470, imposibles de determinar, pero en los que no hemos apreciado escultura espiral. De E. folini: no encontrado. Material examinado: Península Ibérica: 2 c, L'Ampolla, Tarragona (CAP); 10 c, San Carlos de la Rápita, Tarragona, 4 m (CAP); 1 c, Tarifa, litoral. Mauritania: 4 c, Banc d'Arguin, litoral. Descripción: En AARTSEN (1994: 95, fig. 14). Concha (Fig. 17) pequeña, delga- da, alargada, blanca vítrea, semitraspa- 60 rente. Protoconcha planispiral, típica del género. Vueltas ligeramente convexas, escalonadas, que crecen relativamente PEÑAS Y ROLÁN: Bacteridium y Anisocycla (Pyramidelloidea) en África Occidental Figuras 25-27. Mathilda epicharis, sintipos, 2-3 mm, Pointe de Pitre, Guadalupe, Caribe (MNHN). Figures 25-27. Mathilda epicharis, syntypes, 2-3 mm, Pointe de Pitre, Guadalupe, Caribbean (MNHN). deprisa, con una clara repisa subsutural; sutura profunda, inclinada; líneas de cre- cimiento algo flexuosas, opistoclinas ba- jo la sutura; numerosas estrias espirales (Fig. 18), las cuales en su cruce con las lí- neas de crecimiento forman una especie de retículo. Abertura estrecha, oval; sin pliegue columelar ni ombligo. Distribución: Mediterráneo y Atlán- tico europeo. Mauritania. Infralitoral. Comentarios: Los holotipos de A. striatula y A. folini mo son utilizables para la diagnosis de la especie. Por tanto, nuestra determinación es tenta- tiva, basada exclusivamente en la des- cripción de los autores. “Anisocycla” micalii spec. nov. (Figs. 19-24) Material tipo: Holotipo (Fig. 19) en el MNCN (15.05/43726), en sedimentos de la playa. Otro material examinado: Mauritania: 1 c, Banc d'Arguin (CAP). Senegal: 1 c, Cap Vert, 15-34 m (CJP) (destruida durante el estudio). Guinea Conakry: 1 c, en el estómago del pez Solea sp. (CFR). Localidad tipo: Banc d'Arguin, Mauritania. Etimología: El nombre de la especie se dedica a Pasquale Micali, de Fano, Italia, por su constante ayuda en nuestros trabajos. Descripción: Concha (Figs. 19, 20) diminuta, pupoide, blanca vítrea, semi- transparente. Protoconcha (Figs. 21, 22) planispiral, del tipo B, con la espira visible, y con un diámetro de 170-190 ym. Teleoconcha de espira corta, con las vueltas bien convexas, las cuales crecen muy deprisa. Sutura inclinada y muy profunda, de forma que la última vuelta no queda soldada a la anterior, dando la impresión de que se trata de una concha umbilicada. Escultura espiral (Figs. 23, 24) formada por 5-7 cordoncillos, espa- ciados, casi equidistantes, bien conspi- cuos. Escultura axial formada por las líneas de crecimiento prosoclinas, muy marcadas, formando una especie de retí- culo con los cordones espirales. Aber- tura oval, grande, sin diente ni pliegue columelar. Peristoma continuo. Dimensiones. El holotipo tiene una dimensión máxima de 1,6 mm; las otras conchas examinadas medían entre 1,0 y 1,2 mm. Distribución: Solamente conocida entre Mauritania y Guinea Conakry. Discusión: “A.” micalti spec. nov. tiene un cierto parecido con la especie Mat- 61 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 hilda epicharis de Folin, 1870 (Figs. 25-27). Sin embargo, esta última especie tiene la espira con las vueltas más próximas, la protoconcha está menos separada de la primera vuelta de la teleoconcha y, final- mente, la escultura está formada por cor- dones espirales y costillas axiales, ambas de un tamaño similar y que forman un reticulado muy evidente. Aunque, a primera vista, esta especie no se parece a ninguna de las Anisocycla conocidas en el área de estudio y próxi- mas, hemos preferido su ubicación en este género como más próximo por el COMENTARIO FINAL Se estudian 6 especies que presentan una morfología bastante similar (excepto una de ellas) y que se consideran perte- necientes a los géneros Bacteridium y Ani- socycla. “Anisocycla” micalii spec. nov. es incluidas tentativamente en uno de estos géneros, ya que no se conoce su anatomía. Algunas de las especies estudiadas en este trabajo tienen un área de distri- bución relativamente amplia, como Bac- teridium carinatum y Anisocycla nitidis- sima, presentes ambas en Europa en su límite septentrional, la primera en en Mediterráneo y la segunda en el Atlán- tico norte, extendiéndose por el sur hasta en un país tan distante como Angola. No obstante, existiendo una cierta variabili- dad morfológica y con escasez del mate- rial en estudio, no puede excluirse que dentro de estos taxones pudiese existir más de una especie. Anisocycla pointeli y A. gradata son conocidas desde el Mediterráneo hasta Ghana, incluyendo los archipiélagos de Canarias y Cabo Verde. A. striatula se conoce desde el Medi- terráneo hasta Mauritania. Finalmente, “Anisocycla” micalii, se ha encontrado BIBLIOGRAFÍA AARTSEN, J. J. VAN, 1994. European Pyramide- llidae: IV. The genera Eulimella, Anisocycla, Syrnola, Cingulina, Oscilla and Careliopsis. Bo- llettino Malacologico, 30 (5-9): 85-110. 62 tipo de protoconcha, por la delgadez de la concha, por la ausencia de ombligo y por la ausencia de pliegue columelar. Las conchas procedentes de Senegal y Guinea Conakry son proporcional- mente más anchas y con un crecimiento de las vueltas más lento que las de Mau- ritania, tienen más cordones espirales y una protoconcha con un diámetro algo menor. Sin embargo, la escasez de ejem- plares en este estudio no nos ha permi- tido conocer su verdadera variabilidad, y por tanto preferimos considerarlas como conespecíficas. desde Mauritania hasta Guinea Conakry, presentando por tanto un área de dispersión reducida, aunque es pro- bable que, dada su pequeñez y lo difícil de su recolección, en el futuro se pueda encontrar en otras localidades. AGRADECIMIENTOS Los autores agradecen la cesión de material de las especies estudiadas a las siguientes personas: a Winfried Engl, de Dusseldorf, Alemania; a Cristina Ortiz y a Gustavo Pérez-Dionis, de Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Canarias; a Jacques Pelorce, de Le Grau du Roi, Francia; a José Luis Pérez Sixto, Alcalá de Henares, Madrid; a Fede- rico Rubio, de Valencia; a Frank Swinnen, de Lommel, Bélgica. A Virgine Héros del MNHN por el préstamo de material tipo. Las fotografías al MEB fueron realizadas por Jesús Méndez, del CACTI de la Uni- versidad de Vigo. También a los revisores P. Micali e I. Nofroni por sus correcciones. Este trabajo ha sido parcialmente subvencionado por el proyecto PGIDTO0PXIS0121PR. AARTSEN, J. J. VAN, 1995. Anisocycla Montero- sato, 1880 or Ebala in Gray, 1847: that is the question. Bollettino Malacologico, 31 (1-4): 65- 68. PEÑAS Y ROLÁN: Bacteridium y Anisocycla (Pyramidelloidea) en África Occidental AARTSEN, J. ]. VAN, GITTENBERGER, E. Y GOUD, J., 2000. Pyramidellidae (Mollusca, Gastro- poda, Heterobranchia) collected during the Dutch CANCAP and MAURITANIA expe- ditions in the south-eastern part of the North Atlantic Ocean (part 2). Zoologische Med. Lei- den, 74. Boci, C. Y BELLA, G.S., 1997. Discoveries along the Israeli coast. La Conchiglia, 29 (284): 42-45. DaLL, W. H. Y BARTSCH, P., 1909. A monograph of west American pyramidellid Mollusks. Bulletin U. S. N. M., 68: 1-258. FABER, M.J., 1995. On the type species of the ge- nus Anisocycla Monterosato, 1880. De Kreu- kel, 31 (5): 70-72. GOUGEROT, L., 1991. Les especes d'Anisocycla Monterosato du Paléocéne et de l'Éocene francais (Gastropoda, Pyramidellidae). Cahiers des Naturalistes, 47 (1): 1-25. GOUGEROT, L. Y FEK1, M., 1979. Contribution a la revision du genre Anisocycla Monterosato (1884) (Gastropoda, Pyramidellidae). Bulle- tin Societé de Sciences Naturelles, Tunisia, 13: 87-96. GOUGEROT, L. Y FEKI, M., 1980. Etude critique des especes d'Anisocycla Monterosato d'ap- partenance generique certain, subsistant ac- tuellment. Bulletin Societé de Sciences Nature- lles, Tunisia, 15: 25-50. PEÑAS, A. Y ROLÁN, E., 1999a. La familia Pyra- midellidae en Africa Occidental. 4. Los gé- neros Megastomia, Odostomia, Ondina, Noe- miamea y Syrnola. Iberus, suplemento 5: 1- 150. PEÑAS, A. Y ROLÁN, E., 1999b. La familia Pyra- midellidae Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gastro- poda, Heterostropha) en África Occidental. 6. El género Pseudoscilla Boettger, 1901. Ibe- rus, 17 (2): 11-22. PEÑAS, A. Y ROLÁN, E., 2000. The family Pyra- midellidae Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gastro- poda, Heterostropha) in West Africa. 7. Ad- denda to the genera Eulimella and Turbonilla, with a list of the east Atlantic species and sy- nonyms. Argonauta, 13 (2): 59-80. PEÑAS, A., TEMPLADO, J. Y MARTÍNEZ, J. L., 1996. Contribución al conocimiento de los Pyra- midelloidea (Gastropoda: Heterostropha) del Mediterráneo español. Iberus, 14 (1): 1-82. SCHANDER, C., 1994 (1993). Twenty-eight new species of Pyramidellidae (Gastropoda, He- terobranchia) from West Africa. Notiziario CISMA, 15: 11-78. SCHANDER, C., AARTSEN, J. J. VAN Y CORGAN, J. X., 1999. Famillies and genera of the Pyra- midelloidea (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Bollet- tino Malacologico, 34 (9-12): 145-166. WARÉN, A., 1994. Systematic position and va- lidity of Ebala Gray, 1847 (Ebalidae Fam. N., Pyramidelloidea, Heterobranchia). Bollettino Malacologico, 30 (5-9): 203-210. WENZz, W., 1938. Handbuch der Palaozoologie 1. Borntraeger, Berlin, 948 pp. 63 its O Sociedad Española de Malacología ——___—_—_——T— Iberus, 19 (1): 65-73, 2001 Environmentally safe molluscicides from two common eu- phorbiales Molusquicidas no perjudiciales para el medioambiente obtenidos a partir de dos euforbiáceas Ram P YADAV* and Ajay SINGH* Recibido el 15-V-2000. Aceptado el 14-111-2001 ABSTRACT Aqueous extracts of latex and stem bark of Codiaeum variegatum and Croton tiglium (Eup- horbiaceae) have a high molluscicidal activity. lt was observed that the molluscicidal acti- vity of extracts of both the plants against two harmful freshwater snails Lymnaea acuminata and Indoplanorbis exustus was time as well as dose dependent. There was a significant negative correlation between LC5O values and exposure periods thus increase in exposure time, the LC50 of Croton tiglium and Codiaeum variegatum latices were decreased from 0.060 mg DW/L (24h)> to 0.014 mg DW/L (96h) and 0.381 mg DW/L (24h)> to 0.159 mg DW/L (96h), respectively against lymnaea acuminata and 0.034 mg DW/L (24h)> to 0.009 mg DW/L (96h) and 0.246 mg DW/L (24h)> to 0.030 mg DW/L (96h), respectively against Indoplanorbis exustus. These plant part extracts at higher doses were also lethal to freshwater fish Channa punc- tatus, which shares the habitat with these snails, but the doses LC9O, (24h) of snails are safe for fish. RESUMEN Los extractos acuosos de latex y corteza del tallo de Codiaeum variegatum y Croton tiglium (Euphorbiaceae) tienen una alta actividad molusquicida. Esta actividad, frente a dos caracoles de agua dulce dañinos, lymnaea acuminata y Indoplanorbis exustus , depende tanto del tiempo como de la dosis. Hay una correlación negativa significativa entre los valores LC50 y los periodos de exposición según se aumentan éstos, el [ESO de los latex de Croton tiglium y Codiaeum variegatum fueron decrecientes 0.060 mg DW/L (24h)> hasta 0.014 mg DW/L (96h) y 0.381 mg DW/L (24h)> hasta 0.159 mg DW/L (96h), respectivamente contra lymnaea acuminata y 0.034 mg DW/L (24h)> hasta 0.009 mg DW/L (96h) y 0.246 mg DW/L (24h)> desde 0.030 mg DW/L (96h), respec- tivamente contra Indoplanorbis exustus. Estos extractos de partes de plantas a dosis mayores fueron también letales para el pez de agua dulce Channa punctatus, que comparte hábitat con estos dos caracoles, pero la dosis LC9O, (24h) era inocua para los peces. KEY WORDS: Molluscicide, Codiaeum variegatum, Croton tiglium, Lymnaea acuminata, Indoplanorbis exustus, Euphorbiaceae. PALABRAS CLAVE: Molusquicida, Codiaeum variegatum, Croton tiglium, Lymnaea acuminata, Indoplanorbis exustus, Euphorbiaceae. * Department of Zoology, D.D.U. Gorakhpur University, Gorakhpur-273009 U.P. INDIA ' Author to whom correspondence should be made. 65 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 INTRODUCTION Recent studies have indicated that there are a number of medicinal plants which may be useful for control of snail population and hence control transmis- sion of schistosomiasis and fascioliasis (MEDINA AND RITCHI, 1980; MARSTON AND HOSTETTMAN, 1987; GOPALSAMY, GUEHO, JULIEN, OWADALLY AND Hos- TETTMAN, 1990; SINGH, SINGH AND SINGH, 1996; SINGH AND SINGH, 1997; SUKUMARAN, PRASHAR AND Rao, 1994; MARSTON, DUDAN, GUPTA, SALIS, CORREA AND HOSTETIMAN, 1996; GEERTS, ALARD, BELOT AND SIDHOM, 1992; AMUSAN, MSOTHI AND MAKHUBA, 1997 and LAURENS, FOURNEAN, HOAQNEMI- LLER, CARE, BORIES AND LOISEAU, 1997). Molluscicides derived from plants that can be grown in endemic areas of fascioliasis transmission may provide a relatively low cost means for controlling snail intermediate hosts, since expenses of synthesis, marketing and transporta- tion are reduced or eliminated. But, the use of plant products as molluscicides would be justified only, if it can be demonstrated that the effect of the dose needed as molluscicide is non-toxic to other aquatic animals, especially fish. The present study reports the molluscicidal effect of the two euphor- bious plants i.e. Codiaeum variegatum and Croton tiglium (which is a commonly cul- tivated as an ornamental plant in gardens, and is usually called a Croton) against the harmful snails Lymnaea acu- minata and Indoplanorbis exustus. These snails are vectors of liver fluke, Fasciola hepatica and Fasciola gigantica, which causes endemic fascioliasis in Eastern Uttar Pradesh (SINGH AND AGARWAL, 1981). Toxicity experiments have also carried out on freshwater fish Channa punctatus (which shares the habitat with snails) for environmental toxicity, if any. MATERIALS AND METHODS Latex and stem bark of both the eup- horbiales were collected from the Bota- nical garden of D.D.U. Gorakhpur Uni- 66 versity, Gorakhpur and identified by Prof. S.K. Singh (taxonomist), Botany Department, D.D.U. Gorakhpur Univer- sity, Gorakhpur. Preparation of aqueous extracts of Stem bark and Latex Stem bark: The fresh stem bark (50mg/5ml) were minced with distilled water homogenized for 5 min and cen- trifuged at 1000 g for 10 min The super- natant was used as a water extract for the molluscicidal activity. Latex: The white latex from these plants was drained in glass tubes by cutting their stem apices, this latex was lyophilized at - 40 *C and lyophilized powder was stored for further use. The freeze-dried powder was mixed with appropriate volume of distilled water to obtain the desired concentrations. The wet weight of volume of 1 ml latex of Codiaeum variegatum and Croton tiglium was 810 mg and 800 mg respectively and dry weight was 305 mg and 300 mg respectively. Lymnaea acuminata (2.6+0.3 cm in shell height), Indoplanorbis exustus (0.87+0.035 cm in shell height) and Channa punctatus (10.5+0.9 cm in total length) were collected from Ramgarh Lake of Gorakhpur district, and used as test animals. Toxicity experiments were performed using the method of Singh and Agarwal (1988). Ten experimental animals were kept in glass aquaria, con- taining 3L of dechlorinated tap water for both the snails. The experimental ani- mals were exposed continuously for 96h to four different concentrations. Control animals were kept under similar condi- tions without any treatment. Toxic effect of aqueous extracts of latex and stem bark of both the plants was also studied in mixed populations of fish and snails. In these experiments, a group of 10 snails Lymnaea acuminata and 10 fish Channa punctatus were put together in 6L dechlorinated tap water. These mixed populations were exposed to previously determined LC90 (24h) of snails for 24h. YADAV AND SINGH: Environmentally safe molluscicides from two common euphorbiales Table 1. Toxicity (LC10, 50, 90) of aqueous freeze-dried latex extracts of Croton tiglium (Family Euphorbiaceae) against Lymnaea acuminata at different time intervals. Batches of ten snails were exposed to four different concentrations of aqueous extracts of latex of Croton tiglium. Concentra- tions (Dry weight of latex) given are the final concentrations W/V in aquarium water. Regression coefficient showed that there was significant (P<0.05) negative regression between exposure time and different LC values. LCL: lower confidence limit. UCL: upper confidence limit. There was no mortality in control groups. Tabla 1. Toxicidad de extractos acuosos liofilizados de latex (LC10, 50, 90) de Croton tiglium (Familia Euphorbiaceae) frente a Lymnaea acuminata en diferentes intervalos de tiempo. Grupos de 10 caracoles fueron expuestos a 4 diferentes concentraciones de extractos acuosos de latex de Croton tiglium. Las con- centraciones indicadas (peso seco de latex) son concentraciones finales P/V en el agua del acuario. Los coeficienes de regresión muestran que hay regresiones negativas significativas (P<0.05) entre el tiempo de exposición y diferentes valores de LC. LCL: límite inferior de confianza. UCL: límite superior de con- fianza. No hubo mortalidad en los grupos de control. Effective Limit Exposure dose (W/V) (mg DW/L) Slope value “t' ratio “g' value Heterogeneity periods (mg DW/L) LCL UCL 24h 1[C10= 0.015 0.011 0.017 [C50=0.06 0.03 0.07 SASEOJAS DOS 0.15 0.22 1[C90=0.19 0.14 0.42 48h 1C10= 0.011 0.005 0.013 1[C50=0.04 0.03 0.06 2.17:0.56 3.86 037 0.22 1C90=0.15 0.07 0.31 72h [C10= 0.007 0.004 0.01 1C50=0.02 DOI OZ IZ O EOS ODES O) 0.13 0.77 1C90=0.061 OOASMOSTS 96h 1[C10= 0.04 0.002 0.006 1[C50=0.014 0.012 0.017 2.38:0.47 4.99 0.15 0.30 1C90=0.05 0.036 0.106 Mortality was recorded at 24h inter- vals up to 96h. Lethal concentrations (LC10, 50, 90) values, Upper and Lower confidence limits (UCL, LCL) and slope values were calculated by the Probit log method using POLO computer pro- gramme of Russell et al. (1977). The regression coefficient was determined between exposure time and different values of LC50 (SOKAL AND ROHLE, 1973). RESULTS Experimental conditions of water determined by the method of APHA/WPCEF (1980). Atmospheric and water temperature was ranging from SU) = LO AC Ena 2/0) == 20) AS) REJDER tively. pH of water was 7.3 — 7.5, while dissolved oxygen, free carbon dioxide and bicarbonate alkalinity were ranging from 6.8 — 7.6, 4.4 — 6.5 and 105.0 — 109.0 mg/L, respectively for whole experi- ments. (A) Effects on Behavioural changes and Poisoning Symptoms Exposure to the aqueous extracts of latex and stem bark of Codiaeum variega- tum and Croton tiglium caused signifi- cant behavioural changes in the fresh- water snails Lymnaea acuminata and Indoplanorbis exustus. Behavioural changes appear with 5 to 10 min of exposure. The initial 30 — 45 min was a 67 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Table IH. Toxicity (LC10, 50, 90) of aqueous freeze-dried latex extracts of Croton tiglium (Family Euphorbiaceae) against Indoplanorbis exustus at different time intervals. Other details are as given in Table 1. Tabla 11. Toxicidad de extractos acuosos liofilizados de latex (LC10, 50, 90) de Croton tiglium (Familia Euphorbiaceae) frente a Indoplanorbis exustus en diferentes intervalos de tiempo. Resto de detalles como en la Tabla 1. Effective Limit Exposure dose (W/V) (mg DW/L) Slope value 't' ratio “g' value Heterogeneity periods (mg DW/L) LCL UCL 24h 1C10= 0.009 0.006 0.018 1C50=0.034 0.026 0.063 2.36:0.53 4.50 0.18 0.28 1C90=0.117 0.063 0.549 48h 1C10= 0.005 0.003 0.008 1C50=0.02 OOOO 2 ESO EA ZA DO OSTZ 0.18 1C90=0.068 0.044 0.161 72h 1[C10= 0.004 0.002 0.006 1C50=0.015 0.012 0.017 2.420,40 6.04 0.10 0.26 1C90=0.050 0.035 0.095 96h 1C10= 0.03 0.002 0.004 1C50=0.009 OOO SOON 1029604 15527522 0.48 0.74 1C90=0.026 0210037 Table II. Toxicity (LC10, 50, 90) of aqueous freeze-dried latex extracts of Codiaeum variegatum (Family; Euphorbiaceae) against Lymnaea acuminata at different time intervals. Other details are as given in Table 1. Tabla III. Toxicidad de extractos acuosos liofilizados de latex (LC10, 50, 90) de Codiaeum variegatum (Familia Euphorbiaceae) frente a Lymnaea acuminata en diferentes intervalos de tiempo. Resto de deta- lles como en la Tabla I. Effective Limit Exposure dose (W/V) (mg DW/L) Slope value “t' ratio “g' value Heterogeneity periods (mg DW/L) LCL UCL 24h 1C10= 0.159 0.108 0.189 1C50=0.381 0.321 0.546 3.41:0.77 4.42 0.19 0.39 1C90=0.906 0.600 2.589 48h 1C10= 0.120 0.081 0.147 1C50=0.258 OZ OZ OZ EDIOS O OZ. 0512 0.15 1C90=0.546 0.432 0.870 72h 1[C10= 0.099 0.066 0.120 1C50=0.195 0.171 0:213 4.3710.69 6.26 0.98 0.20 1C90=0.381 0.330 0.501 96h 1[C10= 0.090 0.060 0.117 1C50=0.159 0.141 0.171 6.60+0.93 7.08 0.07 0.69 1C90=0.246 0:22 8400:279 68 YADAV AND SINGH: Environmentally safe molluscicides from two common euphorbiales Table IV. Toxicity (LC10, 50, 90) of aqueous freeze-dried latex extracts of Codiaeum variegatum - (Family Euphorbiaceae) against Indoplanorbis exustus at different time intervals. Other details are as given in Table 1. Tabla IV: Toxicidad de extractos acuosos liofilizados de latex (LC10, 50, 90) de Codiaeum variegatum (Familia Euphorbiaceae) frente a Indoplanorbis exustus en diferentes intervalos de tiempo. Resto de detalles como en la Tabla 1. Effective Limit Exposure dose (W/V) (mg DW/L) periods (mg DW/L) LCL UCL 24h 1C10= 0.045 0.024 0.063 1C50=0.246 ONSIAAAOA 7 1C90=1.29 0.651 5.793 48h 1C10= 0.018 0.006 0.027 1[C50=0.093 MOZO 1C90=0.471 0.318 0.996 72h 1C10= 0.009 0.003 0.018 1C50=0.048 0.036 0.060 1C90=0.222 0.165 0.248 96h 1[C10= 0.006 0.003 0.012 1C50=0.030 0.018 0.039 1C90=0.117 010930168 period of hyperactivity during which slugish smails moved rapidly in the aquarium water. After some time they started crawling on each other. As the poison enters in the snail's body, a mus- cular twitching and the snails become spirally twisted, which resulted ataxia, convulsion, paralysis and finally death of snails. Prior to death, there was com- plete withdrawal of the body inside the shell that indicates nerve poisoning. (B) Dose-mortality response LC values (LC10, 50, 90) of aqueous extracts of latex and stem bark of Croton tiglium and Codiaeum variegatum for period ranging from 24h to 96h for the snails, Lymnaea acuminata and Indopla- norbis exustus have been given in (Tables LIV and Figure 1). In case of both the snails toxicity was time as well as dose dependent. There was a significant negative correlation between LC50 values and exposure time (Tables I-IV Slope value “t' ratio “g' value Heterogeneity 1.78+0.3 el l 0.1 0.27 1:82:0:28 6:42 0.09 0.28 1.98+0.28 6.42 0.09 0.92 2.16+0.32 6.60 0.08 0.98 and Figure 1). Thus increase in exposure time the LC50 of Croton tiglium latex decreased from 0.06 mg DW/L (24h);> 0.04 mg DW/L (48h);> 0.02 mg DW/L (72h);> to 0.014 mg DW/L (96h) and 0.034 mg DW/L (24h);> 0.02 mg DW/L (48h); 0.015 mg DW/L (72h);> to 0.009 mg DW/L (96h) in case of Lymnaea acu- minata and Indoplanorbis exustus, respec- tively (Tables I, II). Same trend of toxi- city was observed in case of stem bark extracts of Croton tiglium and Codiaeum variegatum against both the snails at all the exposure periods (Fig. 1). Laboratory experiments also indica- tes that the latex and stem bark extracts of both the plants were more toxic against Indoplanorbis exustus than Lymnaea acuminata at all the exposure periods. At higher dose, active moiety of plants, which were effective against the snails, would also cause death amongst the fish. Consequently, a mixed popula- 69 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Table V. Per cent mortality (mean +SE) of Lymnaea acuminata and Channa punctatus caused by aqueous extracts of latex and stem bark (i.e. 24h LC9O of snail) of Codiaeum variegatum and Croton tiglium after 24h exposure period. Each aquarium contained ten fish (Channa punctatus) and ten snails (Lymnaea acuminata) in 6L dechlorinated tap water. There was no mortality in case of control group. Table V. Porcentaje de mortalidad (media +SE) de Lymnaea acuminata y Channa punctatus produ- cida por extractos acuosos de latex y corteza de tallos (i.e. 24h LC90 de caracoles) de Codiaeum variega- tum y Croton tiglium despues de 24 horas de exposición. Cada acuario contenía 10 peces (Channa punctatus) y 10 caracoles (Lymnaea acuminata) en 6 / de agua de grifo desclorada. No hubo mortali- dad en el grupo de control. Experimental Concentration A , Plants Plant Parts ia (mg DW/L) (w/v] % Mortality Codiaeum variegatum Latex L. acuminata 0.906 (LC9O) 91.6+2.31 C. punctatus - Zero Stem bark L. acuminata 50.14 (LC90) 93.3+1.15 C. punctatus - Zero Croton tiglium Latex L. acuminata 0.19 (LC9O) 100 C. punctatus - Zero Stem bark L. acuminata 35.52 (LC90) 95.0+2.45 C. punctatus - Zero tions of 10 snails (Lymnaea acuminata) and 10 fish (Channa punctatus) were treated with the 24h, LC90 of latex and stem bark of Croton tiglium and Codia- eum variegatum, up to the LC9O doses for snail Lymnaea acuminata there was no mortality amongst fish (Table V). The slope values given in toxicity tables (I — IV) were steep and heteroge- neity factor was less than 1.0 indicates the result found to be within the 95% confidence limits of LC values. The regression test ('t' ratio) was greater than 1.96 and the potency estimation test ('g” value) was less than 0.5 at all probability levels. DISCUSSION Data of present study shows that the extracts of both the plants caused signi- ficant behavioural changes in both the freshwater snails. The most obvious sign of distress in the treated snails were muscular twitching and spiral twisting of the body, followed by crawling on each other. The nature and rapid onset 7O of these behavioural responses indicates that, the latex perhaps contains some neurotoxins, which amongst other think, might be active at the neuromus- cular system of the exposed animals. Similar behavioural responses were also observed SINGH AND AGARWAL (1990), in their study on acute toxicity of latices of Euphorbia royleana, Euphorbia antisyph- liatica and Jatropha gossypifolia on snail Lymnaea acuminata. The behavioural changes are indeed reminiscent to the response of snails to organophosphorus and carbamate pesticides (SINGH AND AGARWAL, 1981). No such behavioural symptoms and death occurred in control groups indica- ting that no factor other than plant moieties was responsible for altered behaviour and mortality. Mortality caused by the plant parts preparation showed a clear significant positive correlation between dose and mortality. For example, for latex of Croton tiglium present mortality of snail Lymnaea acuminata after 24h was 10% at 0.015 mg DW/L which increased up to 90% at 0.004 mg DW/L (Table I) which YADAV AND SINGH: Environmentally safe molluscicides from two common euphorbiales 12 B [] Croton tiglium | Codiaeum variegatum Figure 1. Bar diagram showing the toxicity (LCS0; ml/l) of aqueous stem bark extract of Croton tiglium and Codiaeum variegatum against Lymnaea acuminata (A) and Indoplanorbis exustus (B) at different time intervals. Batches of 10 snails were exposed to four different dilutions of aqueous extract of bark of C. tíglium and C. variegatum. Doses are expressed as final concentration (V/V) of stem bark in aquarium. There was no mortality in control group. Figura 1. Diagrama de barras que muestra la toxicidad (LC50) de extractos acuosos de corteza de tallos de Croton tiglium y Codiaeum variegatum frente a Lymnaea acuminata (A) y Indoplanorbis exustus (B) a diferentes intervalos de tiempo. Se expusieron grupos de 10 caracoles a 4 concentraciones distintas de extractos de corteza de C. tiglium y C. variegatum. Las dosis se expresan como concentracio- nes finales (V/V) de corteza en el acuarion. No hubo mortalidad en el grupo de control. in case of Codiaeum variegatum mortality it increased from 10% to 90%, when doses increased from 0.159 mg DW/L to 0.090 mg DW/L (Table III). Same trend was also observed in case of stem bark of both the plants at all the exposure periods. The positive correlation between dose and mortality in all cases was noted because increase concentration of pesticides in aquarium water resulted in more intake or entry of pesticides in the body of animals. This trend is also inde- pendent upon several factors such as, rate Of penetration, nature of slope, variability and maximal effects of active mojieties. Aqueous preparation of all the plant parts showed a significant negative correlation between LC value and expo- sure periods e. g LC50 of latex extracts of Croton tiglium were decreased from 0.06 mg DW/L (24h); > 0.04 mg DW/L (48h); > 0.02 mg DW/L (72h); > 0.014 mg DW/L (96h) and 0.034 mg DW/L (24h); > 0.02 mg DW/L (48h); > 0.015 mg DW/L (72h); > to 0.009 mg DW/L (96h) in the case of Lymnaea acuminata and Indoplanorbis exustus respectively (Tables L, ID. Increased in mortality with increa- sed in exposure periods could be affec- ted by several factors, which may be acting separately or conjointly. For example, uptake of active moiety is time dependent, which leads progressive increase the entrance of the drug and its effects in the snail body (SINGH AND AGARWAL, 1988; 1993a; 1993b). Stability (life span) of active moiety of pesticides in environment and the rate of their detoxification in animal body also alter the mortality and exposure periods, relationships (MITRA, SUD AND MITRA, 1978; KOUNDINYA AND RAMAMMURTHY 1979; MATSUMURA, 1985). This possibi- lity cannot be ruled out in case of plant origin pesticides also. More important is the fact that the latex of these plants is much more toxic than synthetic pesticides. The present study demonstrates that the latex of Croton tiglium and Codiaeum variegatum have higher molluscicidal activity than 71 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 any of the prevalent synthetic pyreth- roids. Thus, the 24h LC50 of mexacarba- mate (3.5 ppm), aldicarb (30.00 ppm), farmothion (27.00 ppm), Cypermethrin (2.5 ppm), permethrin (0.82 ppm) and fenavalerate (2.5 ppm) against the Lymnaea acuminata (SINGH AND AGARWAL 1981; SINGH AND AGARWAL 1986; 1987; 1988 and 1991; SAHAY, SINGH AND AGARWAL, 1991) is higher than that of the Croton tiglium (0.06 ppm) which is about 196 times stronger the standard molluscicides niclosamide (LC50 11.8 ppm) (SINGH AND AGARWAL, 1984). Statistical analysis of the data on toxicity brings out several important points. The yx? test for goodness of fit (Heterogeneity) demonstrated that the mortality counts were not found to be significantly heterogeneous and other variables, e.g. resistance etc. do not sig- nificantly affect the LC50 values, as these were found to lie within the 95% confidence limits. The dose mortality graphs exhibit steep slope values. The steepness of the slope line indicates that there is a large increase in the mortality of snails with relatively small increase in the concentration of the toxicant. The slope is, thus an index of the susceptibi- lity of the target animal to the pesticides used. A steep slope is also indicative of BIBLIOGRAPHY AMUSAN, O. O. G., MsoTHI, J. D. AND MAk- HUBA, L. P., 1997. Molluscicidal activity of Ur- gina epigea. Fitoterapia, 68: 185-186. APHA/AWWA/WPCE, 1985. Standard met- hods for the examination ofwater and wastes wa- ter. 16% edition, American Public Health As- sociation, New York, U.S.A. 1080 pp. GEERTS, S., ALARD, F., BELOT, J. AND SIDHOM, M., 1992. The toxicity of Ambrosia maritima to snails and non-target organisms. In Symo- ens, J. J., Geerts, S. and Terriest, L. (Eds.): Vec- tors control of schistosomiasis using Native African plants. Seminar Brussels Royal Academy of Overseas Sciences (Brussels): 89-100. GOPALSAMY, N., GUEHO, J., JULIEN, H. R., OwA- DALLY, A. W. AND HOSTETIMAN, K., 1990. Molluscicidal saponins of Polyscias dichroos- tachya. Phytochemistry, 29: 793-795. AZ rapid absorption and onset of effects. Even though the slope alone is not a very reliable indicator of toxicological mechanism, yet it is a useful parameter (RAND AND PETROCELLI, 1988) for such a study. Since the LC50 of the latices of different euphorbiales lay within the 95% confidence limits, it is obvious that in replicate test of random samples, the concentration response lines would fall in the same range (RAND AND PETROCE- LLI, 1988). The doses, that can be, used for killing the snails are safe for fish. This is supported by our observations on a mixed population of snails and fish. In conclusion, it is believed that the extracts of above plants may be used as potent source of molluscicides, because plant products are less expensive, easily available, easily soluble in water and less hazardous to the non-target animals than the synthetic molluscicides. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS One of the authors (Ram P. Yadav) is thankful to Department of Environment and Forest Govt. of India (Sanction No.F- 14/35/96/MAB-RE dated 9.11.1999) for financial assistance. KOUNDINYA, R. P. AND RAMAMMURTHY, R., 1979. Effect of sumithion (Fentothion) on some selected enzymes system in the fish, Ti- lapia mossambica (Reters). Indian Journal of Ex- perimental Biology, 16: 808-811. LAURENS, A., FOURNEAN, C., HOAQONEMILLER, R., CARE, A., BORIES, C. AND LOISEAU, P.M., 1997. Antivectorial activities of casheunut shell ex- tracts from Anacardium occidentale. L. Phy- totherapy Research, 11: 145-146. MARSTON, A. AND HOSTETIMAN, K., 1987. An- tifungal molluscicidal and cytotoxic com- pounds from plants used in traditional me- dicine. In Hostettman, K. and Lea, P.]J. (Eds.): Biologically Active Natural Products. Oxford Science Publications, Clarendon Press Ox- ford pp. 65-85. YADAV AND SINGH: Environmentally safe molluscicides from two common euphorbiales MARSTON, A., DUDAN, G., GUPTA, M. P., SALIS, P. N., CORREA, M. D. AND HOSTETTMAN, K., 1996. Screening of Panamanian plants for molluscicidal activity. International Journal of Pharmacognosy, 34: 15-18. MATSUMURA, F., 1985. Toxicity of Insecticides. 2r4d ed, Plenum Press, New York. pp. 47, 74, 78-80, 163-165, 446. MEDINA, F. R. AND RITcHI, L. S., 1980. Mollus- cicidal activity of the Pureto Rican weed So- lanum nodiflorum against snail host of Fas- ciola hepatica. Economic Botany, 34: 368-375. MITRA, P. K., SUD S. C. AND MITRA, H. C., 1978. Acute oral toxicity of metasystoxin in buffalo calves. Indian Journal of Experimental Biology, 16: 813-815. RAND, G. M. AND PETROCELLI, S. R., 1988. Fun- damentals ofaquatic toxicology. Rand, G. M. and Petrocelli, S. R. (Eds.) Hemisphere Publis- hing Corporation, New York. 415 pp. RussELL, R. M., ROBERTSON, J. L. AND SEVIN, N. E., 1977. POLO: A new computer programme for probit analysis. Bulletin of the Entomolol- gical Society of Am.erica, 23: 209-213. SAHAY, N., SINGH, D. K. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1991. Synergistic effect of piperonyl buto- xide the toxicity of synthetic pyrethroids in the snail Lymnaea acuminata. Journal of Medi- cal and Applied Malacology, 3: 107-111. SINGH, A. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1988. Possibi- lity of using latex of euphorbiales for snail control. The Science of the total Environment, 77: 231-267. SINGH, A. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1990. Mollus- cicidal properties of synthetic pyrethroids. Jo- runal of Medical and Applied Malacology, 2: 141-144. SINGH, A. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1993a. Toxicity of the synthetic pyrethroid fenvalerate, on enzymes of the target snail Lymnaea acumi- nata and the non-target fish Channa striatus. Journal of Medical and Applied Malacology, 5: 87-91. SINGH, A. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1993b. Effect of Cypermethrin on lactate Succinic dehy- drogenase and Cytochrome oxidases of snail and fish. Bulletin of Environmental contami- nation and Toxicology, 51: 445-452. SINGH, K., SINGH, A. AND SINGH D. K., 1996. Mo- lluscicidal activity of neem (Azadirachta indica A. Jus). Journal of Ethnopharmacology, 52: 35- 40. SINGH, D. K. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1984. Co- rrelation of the anticholinesterase and mo- lluscicidal activity of the latex of Euphorbia roy- leana Bloss. on Lymnaea acuminata. Journal of Natural Products, 47: 702-705. SINGH, D. K. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1986. Toxi- city of pesticides to fecundity, hatchability and survival of young snail Lymnaea acumi- nata. Acta Hydrochimica et Hydrobiologica, 14: 191-194. SINGH, D. K. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1987. Effect of the synthetic pyrethroids permethrin on the snail Lymnaea acuminata. The Science of the total Environment, 67: 263-267. SINGH, D. K. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1991. Action sites of Cypermethrin a synthetic pyreth- roids in the snail Lymnaea acuminata. Acta Hydrochimica et Hydrobiologica, 19: 425-430. SINGH, O. AND AGARWAL, R. A., 1981. Toxicity of certain pesticides to two economic species of snails in northern India. Journal of Econo- mic Entomology, 74: 568-571. SINGH, S., SINGH, V. K. AND SINGH D. K., 1997. Molluscicidal activity of some common spi- ces plants. Biological Agriculture and Horti- culture, 14: 237-249. SOKAL, R. R. AND ROHEF F. J., 1973. Introduction to Biostatics. Fremon, W. H. San Francisco. 365 PP- SUKUMARAN, D., PRASHAR, B. D. AND Rao, K. M., 1994. Molluscicidal properties of Agave americana and Balaenities aegyptica. Interna- tional Journal of Pharmacognosy, 31: 232-238. 73 Rio 6-1 ANNA EA O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (1): 75-82, 2001 The Opisthobranch Molluscs from Porto Santo Island (Madeira Archipelago, Northeastern Atlantic)' Moluscos Opistobranquios de la Isla de Porto Santo (Archipiélago de Madeira, Atlántico Nordeste)' Manuel António E. MALAQUIAS*, Juan Lucas CERVERA**, António D. ABREU*** and Pablo J. LÓPEZ-GONZÁLEZ**** Recibido el 24-XT-2000. Aceptado el 27-111-2001 ABSTRACT New data on the opisthobranch fauna from Porto Santo island (Madeira Archipelago) are presented. A list of the previously recorded sixteen species and their relatives references, together the first record of twelve additional species, is supplied. RESUMEN En este trabajo se presentan nuevos datos sobre la fauna de moluscos opistobranquios de la isla de Porto Santo [Archipiélago de Madeira). Se confecciona una lista de las dieciseis especies previamente citadas en esta isla, junto a sus correspondientes referencias, la cual se ve incrementada con otras doce especies adicionales citadas por primera vez en esta contribución. KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Opisthobranchia, Porto Santo, Madeira, Portugal. PALABRAS CLAVE: Mollusca, Opisthobranchia, Porto Santo, Madeira, Portugal. INTRODUCTION Among the islands of Madeira Archipelago, Porto Santo is one of the less known with respect to the opistho- branchs. Only seven papers are known to us referring the presence of 16 species of opisthobranchs in Porto Santo (WATSON, 1897; NOBRE, 1937; NORD- SIECK, 1972; NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA- TALAVERA, 1979; WIRTZ, 1994; FONSECA, GUERREIRO AND GIL, 1995; WIRTZ, 1999). Porto Santo is the second largest island of Madeira archipelago and is situated 21 miles on the Northeast of Madeira island. It lies between 33 07” N 1 Contribution of the Instituto Portugués de Malacologia é * Centro de Ciéncias do Mar, Faculdade de Ciéncias do Mar e do Ambiente, Universidade do Algarve, Campus de Gambelas, 8000 — 810 Faro, Portugal, mmalaquiCualg.pt ** Departamento de Biologia Animal, Vegetal y Ecologia, Facultad de Ciencias del Mar, Universidad de Cádiz, Apartado 40 — 11510 Puerto Real, Cádiz, España, lucas.cerveraGuca.es *** Estacáo de Biologia Marinha do Funchal, Cais do Carváo, Promenade da Orla Marítima do Funchal, Gorgulho, 9000 - 107 Funchal, Portugal, antonio.d.abreuCmail.cm-funchal.pt *ex* Laboratorio de Biología Marina, Departamento de Fisiología y Biología Animal, Facultad de Biología, Universidad de Sevilla, Av. Reina Mercedes 7, Apdo. 1095, 41080 Sevilla, España, jlopezOcica.es 75 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Porto Santo yaa 4 Madeira y Mhéu Cháo Npesera Grande Desertas Ú Bugio Porto Santo EN Figure 1. (A) Madeira archipelago and (B) Porto Santo Island with sampling localities. 1 llhéu de Ferro; 2: Porto de Abrigo; 3: Pedras Altas; 4: Ilhéu do Farol; 5: Ponta da Galé; 6: Porto dos Frades; 7: Pontinha. Figura 1. (A) Archipiélago de Madeira y (B) Localidades de muestreo en la Isla de Porto Santo: 1: llhéu de Ferro; 2: Porto de Abrigo; 3: Pedras Altas; 4: Ilhéu do Farol; 5: Ponta da Galé; 6: Porto dos Frades; 7: Pontinba. - 33” 00” N and 16? 25” W-16* 17” W and has an approximate area of 41 Km” with a coastal line of 38 Km. It is surrounded by seven islets, three of them with conside- rable dimensions. The littoral of Porto Santo is quite different from that of Madeira, mostly due to the presence of calcareous rocks and a large sandy beach. Whether these features are responsible or not for any particular faunistical compo- sition of Porto Santo's littoral ecosystems is not yet known, by lacking of available ecological information. As part of the research Programme OpisthoMadeira, launched in 1994 by the Museu Municipal do Funchal (His- tória Natural), several field sampling were carried on Porto Santo island, which results are reported here together with a compilation of the previous bibliographical records. MATERIAL AND METHODS During the period of 18 to 23 Septem- ber 2000, opisthobranch molluscs were 76 collected in eight different localities in a total of ten sampling efforts, covering both the intertidal and the subtidal areas down to 20 meters depth. On the subtidal areas the specimens were collected by SCUBA diving, using a suction device and by manual collecting after direct observation. Substratum covered with seaweeds, sponges, bryozoans and hydrozoans colo- nies were particularly searched. After sieving, the specimens were studied with stereomicroscopes, photo- graphed, fixed in formalin 4% and pre- served in ethanol 70%. The specimens were kept in the collections of the Museu Municipal do Funchal (História Natural) (designated as MMPB). RESULTS Fourteen species were collected and identified during the present Campaign (1 Cephalaspidea, 1 Anaspidea, 1 Saco- glossa, 2 Tylodinoidea, 1 Pleurobran- choidea, and 8 Nudibranchia) and MALAQUIAS ET 4Lz.: Opisthobranch molluscs from Porto Santo Island Table 1. Opisthobranch molluscs from Porto Santo island. Tabla I. Moluscos Opistobranquios de la Isla de Porto Santo. Cephalaspidea Fischer, 1863 (sensu MIkkELSEN, 1996) Chelidonura africana PruvotFol, 1953 Present account. Porto de Abrigo, 18th September 2000, one specimen with 3 mm in length. 22nd September 2000, one specimen [MMF31629) with 3mm in length, collected at night time under a floating ¡etty. Cylichna cylindracea (Pennant, 1767) Norbsieck (1972: 15), NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1979: 170) Pyrunculus spretus (Watson, 1897] WATSON (1897: 234), Nosre (1937: 15) Philine monterosatoi [Vayssiére, 1885) Norbsieck (1972: 22 as Philingwynia monterosati), NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1979: 171) Philine desmotis Watson, 1897 WATSON (1897: 236), NobrE (1937: 17) and NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1979: 172) Retusa truncatula [Bruguiere, 1792) WATSON (1997: 326 as Utriculus truncatulus), NORDSIECK (1972: 34 as Retusa mariei], NoBrE (1937: 14 as Tornatina truncatula) Retusa mamillata (Brusina, 1865) NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1979: 177 as Retusa [Mamilloretusa) mamillata] Retusa leptoleinema (Brusina, 1865) NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1979: 176 as Retusa leptoleynema) Retusa tornata (Watson, 1883) Norbsieck (1972: 36 as Semiretusa tornata), NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA [1979: 177 as Semiretusa tornata) Scaphander (W.) diaphana Aradas and Maggiore, 1839 WATSON (1897: 315), Nosre (1937: 14) Anaspidea Fischer, 1883 Aplysia parvula Guilding in Mórch, 1863 Present account. Porto de Abrigo, 20th September 2000, one specimen [MMF31626) with 20 mm in length. 22nd September, three specimens ([MMF31631) with 2,5, 3 and 4 mm in length, collected during night time under a floating ¡etty. Sacoglossa lhering, 1876 Ascobulla fragilis [Jefreys, 1856) WATSON (1897: 284) and Nosre (1937: 16) Elysia flava Verril, 1901 Present account. Pontinha, 22nd September 2000, one specimen [MMF31636) with 9 mm in length, collected under a stone at 10 m depth. Pleurobranchoidea Ferussac, 1822 Berthellina edwardsi (Vayssiére, 1896) Present account. llhéu de Ferro [Southeast shore), 19th September, one specimen ([MMF31637) with 13 mm in length, collected under a stone at 10 m depth. Tylodinoidea Gray, 1847 Tylodina perversa (Gmelin in L., 1791) WIRTZ (1999: 6), Present account. Ilhéu de Ferro [Southeast shore], 19th September 2000, one specimen with 4 mm of shell length, collected near the sponge Aplysina aerophoba at 10 m depth. Pedras Altas, 20th September 2000, two specimens with 5 mm of shell length, collected near the sponge Aplysina aerophoba at 3 m depth. llhéu do Farol [Southeast shore), 21st September 2000, one specimen with 7 mm in length. Umbraculum umbraculum [Lightfoot, 1796) Present account. Pontinha, 22nd September 2000, one specimen ([MMF31634) with 50 mm of shell length, collected crawling on a wall at 10:m depth. 77 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Table I. Continuation. Tabla I. Continuación. Nudibranchia Blainville, 1814 Aegires sublaevis Odhner, 1931 Present account. Porto dos Frades, 21st September 2000, one specimen (MMF31624) with 3,5 mm in length, collected bellow algae between 0 and 1 m depth. Aldisa smaragdina Ortea, Pérez and Llera, 1982 Present account. Ilhéu de Ferro [Southeast shore], 19th September 2000, five specimens (MMF31641) with 10, 12, 14, 16 and 20 mm in length, under stones covered by a red sponge at approximately 10 m depth. Pedras Altas, 20th September 2000, one specimen with 23 mm in length, collected at 3 m depth, under a stone with red sponges. Chromodoris purpurea |Laurillard, 1831) Present account. Porto de Abrigo, 20th September 2000, one specimen ([MMF31632) with 7 mm in length, collected under a stone at 4 m depth. Porto de Abrigo (out part of the west harbour protection near the beach], 23rd September 2000, one specimen (MMF3164) with 10 mm in length, collected under a stone between 4 to 5 m depth. Discodoris atromaculata [Bergh, 1884] Wirtz (1994: 169; 1999: 7) Discodoris confusa Ballesteros, Llera and Ortea, 1984 WIrTZ (1999: 8), Present account. Ponta da Galé, 18th September 2000, one specimen with 40 mm in length, collected under a stone at 6 meters depth. Hypselodoris bilineata [Pruvot-Fol, 1953) WIrTZ (1999: 7) Hypselodoris picta [d'Orbigny, 1839) Present account. llhéu de Ferro [Southeast shore], 19th September 2000, one specimen (MMF31623) with 50 mm in length, collected under a stone at 9 m depth Tambja ceutae García-Gómez and Ortea, 1988 Present account. Porto de Abrigo, 22nd September 2000, five specimens [MMF31627) with 4, 16, 20, 26 and 27 mm in length, collected at night time under a floating ¡etty on colonies of the bryozoan Bugula dentata. Taringa cf. fanabensis Ortea and Martínez, 1992 WirTz (1999: 9) Platydoris argo (Linné, 1767) Present account. Ilhéu de Ferro [Southeast shore), 19th September 2000, two specimens [MMF31625) with 18 and 28 mm length, collected under stones at about 10 m depth. Pontinha, 22nd September 2000, two specimens ([MMF31642) with 10 and 12 mm in length, collected under stones at about 10 m depth. Plocamopherus maderae (Lowe, 1842) Present account. Pontinha, 22nd September 2000, one specimen [MMF31622) with 20 mm in length, collected under a stone at 10 m depth. Pseudovermis sp. FONSECA ET AL. (1995: 243) (Right page) Figure 2. A: Chelidonura africana (10 mm; specimen collected at Porto Santo, 24th June 1999); B: Aplysia parvula (20 mm); C: Tylodina perversa (7 mm); D: Umbraculum umbraculum (50 mm of shell length); E: Elia flava (9 mm); E: Berthellina edwardsi (13 mm); G: Aegires sublaevis (7 mm; the illustrated specimen is from the southern coast of Madeira Island); H: Tambja ceutae (20 mm). (Página derecha) Figura 2. A: Chelidonura africana (10 mm; ejemplar capturado en Porto Santo el 24 Junio 1999); B: Aplysia parvula (20 mm); C: Tylodina perversa (7 mm); D: Umbraculum umbraculum (50 mm de longitud de la concha); E: Elysia lava (9 mm); F: Berthellina edwardsi (13 mm); G: Aegires sublae- vis (7 mm; el ejemplar ilustrado proviene de la costa sur de la Isla de Madeira); H: Tambja ceutae (20 mm). 78 MALAQUIAS ET AL.: Opisthobranch molluscs from Porto Santo Island Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 twelve of them are new records for Porto Santo island. Table I shows this news records and all the explicit histori- cal and recently references for opistho- branch molluscs on Porto Santo island. DISCUSSION Despite the newifecords for Porto Santo, itimust be pointed out that all the species were already known for Madeira Island. Our- record of Elysia flava is a confirmation of the hypotheti- cal occurrence of this species in the archipelago since Ortea, Moro and Espi- nosa (1997) have quoted this sacoglos- san species for Madeira without provi- ding any information about the location of those speeimens. However, the geo- graphical distribution given by Ortea, Moro, Bacallado and Espinosa (1998) for this species does not include Madeira. Four apparently undescribed species, two of them belonging to the cephalaspi- dean genus Runcina and the remaining to the nudibranch genera Geitodoris and Cratena, were also collected and are currently under study. Taking in account the present results (excluding the unidentified species) and the bibliographical data, we can say that the known opisthobranch fauna in Porto Santo island comprises a total of 28 species, 10 belonging to the Cephalaspidea, 1 to the Anaspidea, 2 to the Sacoglossa, 2 to the Tylodinoidea, 1 to the Pleurobran- choidea and 12 to the Nudibranchia. Some remarks can be commented taking into consideration the geographic distribution of the species collected in Porto Santo Island. Most of the species (65.2%) are considered NE Atlantic Mediterranean species. About half of these (34 % of the total) are restricted mainly to the Lusitanic + Mauritanic + Mediterranean area, being the temperate caracter (Mauritanic + Mediterranean) represented by the 17.4% of the total. Those opisthobranch species only collected in the central Macaronesian archipelagos (Madeira islands and Canary islands) are here considered endemic of this area, and reach the 13% of the total (Discodoris confusa, Pyruncu- lus spretus and Philine desmotis). The presence of widely distributed species (circuntropical, 8.7%; amphia- tlantic, 4.4%), as well as, temperate or subtropical NE Atlantic species is not very significant (8.7%). In conclusion, Porto Santo possesses an intermediate position between the European and African faunae. The South European and North African species are the most important compo- nents, being moderately low the partici- pation of widely distributed species and central Macaronesian endemism. Addi- tional data from future campaigns will surely improve our knowledge about the biogeographical relationships of the different Macaronesian archipelagos. Another interesting aspect is the evalua- tion of the importance of these islands as intermediate steps in the dispersion of temperate-subtropical species, as well as, the possible gradient of endemic species from Azores throughout Madeira and Canary up to Cape Verde, following the Eastern Gulf Stream branch and Canary current influence. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Thanks are due to the Clube Naval do Porto Santo, the Administracáo de Portos da Regiáo Autónoma da Madeira, the crew of the vessel Fonte da Areia and to (Right page) Figure 3. A: Plocamopherus maderae (20mm); B: Chromodoris purpurea (7mm); C: Hypselodoris picta (S0mm); D: Aldisa smaragdina (12mm); E: Discodoris confusa (40mm); E: Platy- doris argo (28mm); G: Aldisa smaragdina (23mm). (Página derecha) Figura 3. A: Plocamopherus maderae (20mm); B: Chromodoris purpurea (7mm); C: Hypselodoris picta (50mm); D: Aldisa smaragdina (12mm); E: Discodoris confusa (40mm); F: Platydoris argo (28mm); G: Aldisa smaragdina (23mm). 80 MALAQUIAS ET AL.: Opisthobranch molluscs from Porto Santo Island 81 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 the Directive Staff of the Escola B+S Pro- fessor Dr. Francisco de Freitas Branco (Porto Santo) for all the logistic support and facilities supplied during our stay in Porto Santo island. This work was partially sponsored by the CRUP-Conselho de Reitores das Uni- BIBLIOGRAPHY FONSECA, L. C., GUERREIRO, J. AND GIL, J., 1995. Note on the macrozoobenthos of the upper level sediments of Porto Santo lIs- land (Madeira, Portugal). Boletim do Museu Municipal do Funchal, Suplemento 4: 233- 252. MIKKELSEN, P. M., 1996. The evolutionary re- lationships of Cephalaspidea s. 1. (Gastro- poda: Opisthobranchia): a phylogenetic analysis. Malacología, 37 (2): 375-442. NOBRE, A., 1937. Moluscos Testáceos Marin- hos do Arquipélago da Madeira. Memórias e Estudos do Museu Zoológico da Universidade de Coimbra, 101p. NORDSIECK, F., 1972. Die europaischen Mee- resschnecken (Opisthobranchia mit Pyramidelli- dae; Rissoacea) vom Eismeer bis Kap Verden, Mittelmeer und Schwarzes Meer. Gustav Fischer Verlag, 327p. NORDSIECK, F. AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA, F., 1979. Moluscos marinos de Canarias y Madera (Gas- tropoda). Aula de Cultura de Tenerife, 208p., pls. EXLVL 82 versidades Portuguesas, acc0es integra- das Luso-Espanholas E91/00 and Subdi- rección General de Formación y Promo- ción del Conocimiento, Ministerio de Educación y Cultura “HP1999-0093” and by the Scientific Affairs Division from NATO, reference action CRG.970607. ORTEA, J., MORO, L., AND ESPINOSA, J., 1997. Nuevos datos sobre el género Elysia Risso, 1818 (Opisthobranchia: Sacoglossa) en el Atlántico. Revista de la Academia Canaria de Ciencias, 9 (número 2, 3 y 4): 141-155. ORTEA, J., MORO, L., BACALLADO, J. J. AND Es- PINOSA, J., 1998. Catálogo abreviado de las es- pecies del orden Sacoglossa (=Ascoglossa, Mollusca: Opisthobranchia) de las islas Ca- narias y de Cabo Verde. Revista de la Acade- mia Canaria de Ciencias, 10 (número 4): 85-96. WATSON, R. B., 1897. On the Marine Mollusca from Madeira; with Descriptions of Thirty- five new Species, and an Index-List of all the know Sea-dwelling Species of that Island. Linnean Society's Journal — Zoology, 26: 18-320. WIRTZ, P., 1994. Three shrimps, five nudi- branchs, and two tunicates new for the ma- rine fauna of Madeira. Boletim do Museu Mu- nicipal do Funchal, 46 (257): 167-172. WIRTZ, P., 1999. Opisthobranch Molluscs from the archipelago of Madeira. Vita Marina, 46 (1-2) 1-18. O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (1): 83-114, 2001 Contribution to the marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian Ocean Contribución a la fauna de moluscos marinos de las Islas Kerguelen, Sur del Océano Índico Nicolás TRONCOSO*, Jackie L. VAN GOETHEM** and Jesús S. TRONCOSO* Recibido el 1-X11-2000. Aceptado el 27-11-2001 ABSTRACT The present work contributes to the knowledge of the mollusc fauna of the Kerguelen ls., on the basis of a collection of the Institut Royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique. This collection include 32 species of gastropods and 12 of bivalves collected in shallow waters of the Morbihan Bay, among the gastropods Margarites cf. porcellana and Perissodonta mirabilis are the most abundant, whereas among the bivalves the commonest species are Gaimardia trapesina and Laternula elliptica. Most of the species in this collection have a wide distribution, although some species are endemics of Kerguelen ls. or of the Kergue- len-Heard platform and another species circumantartic. RESUMEN El presente trabajo es una contribución al conocimiento de la fauna de moluscos de las Islas Kerguelen, basada en una colección del Institut Royal des Sciences naturelles de Bel- gique. Esta colección incluye 32 especies de gasterópodos y 12 de bivalvos recolectadas en aguas someras de la Bahía de Morbihan, entre los gasterópodos Margarites cf. porce- llana y Perissodonta mirabilis son las especies más abundantes, mientras que entre los bivalvos las especies más comunes son Gaimardia trapesina y Laternula elliptica. La mayoría de las especies de esta colección tienen una amplia distribución, aunque algunas de ellas son endémicas de las Islas Kerguelen o de la plataforma Kerguelen-Heard y otras son de distribución circumantartica. KEY WORDS: Molluscs, Gastropods, Bivalves, Taxonomy, Kerguelen Ís., Subantarctic region. PALABRAS CLAVE: Moluscos, Gasterópodos, Bivalvos, Taxonomía, Islas Kerguelen, Región Subantartica. INTRODUCTION During the second half of the 19th century and during the 20th, there were many expeditions to the Southern Ocean, resulting in a great number of taxonomic and ecological studies on molluscs. The Kerguelen archipelago fauna is well known, due to the number of collections that have been made and reported since the original report of Smith (PowELL, 1957). The benthic fauna of the Kerguelen Is. was first studied by Studer in 1889 (ARNAUD, * Dpto. Ecoloxía e Bioloxía Animal, Facultade de Ciencias, Campus Lagoas-Marcosende, Universidade de Vigo, E-36200, Vigo, Spain. ** Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Rue Vautier 29, B-1000, Bruxelles, Belgium. 83 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 1974) and later a few works about Ker- guelen were published, among them one may emphasise the works made by PoweLL (1957), ARNAUD (1974) and CANTERA AND ARNAUD (1985). Follo- wing the work published by CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985), the Kerguelen and Crozet gastropods are well known, but our work provides taxonomic remarks to make's easy the identification of the Kerguelen fauna. Kerguelen Is. are located at about 2000 km from the Antarctic continent, on the Kerguelen-Heard platform in the subantarctic waters and is composed of about 300 islands and islets (ARNAUD 1974). They are placed between the sub- tropical and the antarctic convergence and have a volcanic origin (CANTERA and ARNAUD, 1985). Most of the speci- mens were collected in the Morbihan Bay, in the oriental part of the archipe- lago. This work is a revision of the fauna collected by a Belgian expedition, giving taxonomic remarks of some species. The present collection comprises 44 species of molluscs. A number of species are impossible to identify without access to the type material; for this reason these species are recorded with doubts. We follow the nomenclature of DELL (1990) and that of CANTERA and SYSTEMATICS ARNAUD (1985) for the species absent from Dell's work. MATERIAL AND METHODS The present material was collected by C. De Broyer during January and February of 1982 during the mission Ker-82 of the Institut Royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique (I.G. 26.482 [.R.Sc.N.B.-K.B.LN.). Sample stations in the Morbihan Bay are represented in Figure 1 and stations situation and cha- racteristics are included in Table L. In the record of the material, “sp.” denotes live collected material, “shell” refers to empty gastropod shells, and “valve” refers to dead bivalve shells. Anatomical descriptions are based on preserved material and the radulae were removed by dissection and drawn with the aid of a camera lucida connec- ted to an Olympus BX 40 microscope. Photographs were obtained using a digital camera Olympus DP10 and pro- cessed using Microimage analysis soft- ware. Shells measurements were obtai- ned with a electronic digital caliper, measuring the minor axis first. The major and minor specimens are separa- ted by a dash. Class GASTROPODA Family FISSURELLIDAE Fleming, 1822 Genus Puncturella Lowe, 1827 Puncturella conica (Orbigny, 1841) (Fig. 2) Rimula conica Orbigny, 1841. Puncturella noachina (non Linn.) Watson, 1886: 42; Strebel, 1908: 79; Thiele, 1912: 234. Puncturella conica: Powell, 1951: 86; Powell, 1957: 125; Powell, 1960:127; Arnaud, 1972: 113; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 32; Branch et al., 1991: 55. Material: 1 broken shell (7.5 x 3.5 x 3.6 mm), D9; 1 shell (8.13 x 5.60 x 4.05 mm), D37. Remarks: Only two empty shells were collected agreeing in size and shell characteristics with Puncturella conica, which appears in BRANCH ET AL. (1991). ARNAUD (1972) records P. spirigera 84 Thiele, 1912 as a synonym of P. conica Orbigny, 1841 and says that it only differs in the apex position, imputing it to small size of the type material of spiri- gera. TRONCOSO ET 4L.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean 1 Kerguelen Islands N $ Plateu du Four RD37 Port > Jeanne d'Arc ORE LR Morbihan Bay TOSLSAE Port Aux Francas E Pointe Guite Passe Royd— *DI2-DI4 D19-D21 po *D17-D17 R D31-D32 Figure 1. Sample stations in the Morbihan Bay, Kerguelen ls. Figura 1. Estaciones de muestreo en Morbihan Bay, islas Kerguelen. Distribution: Type localities of this species are Falkland Is. (conica and fal- klandica) and Kerguelen Is. (P. analoga). WATSON (1886 as noachina) finds this species at Marion, Prince Edward and Kerguelen Is. and in the Strait of Mage- llan. STREBEL (1908) records P. noachina in Berkeley Sound. PowELL (1951) records conica in South Georgia, Cla- rence, South Shetlands and Falkland Is. Later he finds this species in open sea near Kerguelen Is. (POwELL, 1957). The distribution range given by POwELL (1960) includes Strait of Magellan, Fal- kland, South Georgia, South Shetland and Kerguelen Is. ARNAUD (1972) finds one specimen in Adelie Land and CANTERA AND ARNAUD (1985) records this species in Crozet and Kerguelen Is. BRANCH ET AL. (1991) record this species in Marion and Prince Edward Ís., 5-355 m. 85 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Family TROCHIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 GenusMargarites Gray, 1847 Margarites cf. porcellana Powell, 1951 (Figs. 3, 43) Margarella porcellana Powell, 1951: 98, pl. 5, fig. 2; Branch et al., 1991: 56. Material: 1 shell (10.0 x 11.0 mm), D2; 1 sp. (4.98 x 5.21 mm), D3-D4; 1 sp. (7.69 x 9.05 mm), D5; 1 sp. (5.72 x 6.44 mm), D6; 21 shells (7.25 x 9.18 mm — 4.14 x 4.90 mm), D9; 8 sp. (9.42 x 10.88 mm — 5.94 x 6.68 mm), D10; 9 sp. (12.35 x 13.96 mm — 10.98 x 13.61 mm) and 10 broken shells, D18; 1 shell (9.37 x 10.01 mm), D19-21; 10 sp. (8.45 x 9.7 mm -—3.1 x 3.5 mm) and 1 shell (9.51 x 10.13 mm), D25- D29; 18 sp. (8.75 x 10.36 mm — 2.5 x 3.0 mm), D35. Remarks: DEAMBROSI (1969 in DELL 1990) was the first author who separated the genus Margarella and Margarites on the basis of the first lateral tooth, including in Margarella the species with the first lateral tooth large. This author shows that the first lateral tooth of other species is rudi- mentary and takes this character to sepa- rate the genus Margarites and Margarella. Later, Dell (1990) remarks that Margarella Thiele, 1893 and Margarites Gray, 1847 must be considered synonyms, on the basis of the expansa radula, the type species of Margarella, which belongs to the first group, with a first lateral teeth large. Individuals of this species found in this collection have a radula with the first lateral tooth well developed (see fig. 43), belonging to this genus. On the basis of shell characters we think that these indi- viduals belong to the species M. porcellana. These individuals have a uniformly white shell with a white columelar callus, four and half whorls and the suture adpressed, these characters agree with the descrip- tion of the species given by POWELL (1951). On the other hand the shell measurements are larger in our individuals than in the type material. In this collection we found individuals that reach 12.35 mm x 13.96 mm while the individuals described by POowELL (1951) were 8.0 mm x 7.0 mm. Moreover the columelar callus of the Ker- guelen individuals do not reach the outer lip as in the type material. These two dif- ferences make us record this species with doubts. Unfortunately the radula of Mar- garella porcellana is not known and because of that it is not possible to compare with our radula. Distribution: The type locality is off Marion I. POWELL (1951) describes this species with material found in three sta- tions off Marion I. in a bathymetric range of 97-113 m, BRANCH ET AL. (1991) record this species from Marion and Prince Edward Is. at depths of 10-151 m, as rare to abundant. A total of 48 indivi- duals were found in mud ,sand and algae from depths of 10-50 m. Margarites violacea (King and Broderip, 1831) (Figs. 4, 44) Margarita violacea (King and Broderip, 1831) Photinula (Margarella) violacea: Strebel, 1908: 72. Margarella violacea: Powell, 1951: 96; Powell, 1957: 125; Powell, 1960: 131; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 37. Material: 1 shell (9.20 x 9.94 mm), D5; 2 sp. (8.47 x 10.19 mm, 6.01 x 6.66), D6; 2 sp. (8.95 x 10.18 mmy 4.16 x 4.92 mm), D8; 1 sp. (10.55 x 11.40 mm), D12-D14; 1 shell (8.54 x 9.55 mm), D16-D17; 1 sp. (10.52 x 11.96 mm), D19-D21; 7 sp. (9.37 x 8.81 mm — 3.39 x 3.73 mm), D25-D29; 2 sp. (7.29 x 8.68 mm, 5.98 x 7.90 mm) and 1 deteriorated sp., D31-D32; 7 sp. (6.53 x 7.55 mm — 5.27 x 6.36 mm), D35. Remarks: We follow Dell's nomencla- nonyms. DEAMBROSI (1969 in DELL, ture, which considers Margarella Thiele, 1893 and Margarites Gray, 1847 sy- 86 1990) showed that the first lateral tooth of violacea was large, including this spe- TRONCOSO ET AL.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean Table 1. Place, date and characteristics of the sample stations. Tabla I. Lugar, fecha y características de las estaciones de muestreo. Station Place Date Depth (m) Bottom Sample device Posse de Buenos-Aires, D2 NW. Glénan 19/01/1982 23 Mud Dredge D3-D4 Posse de Buenos-aires. 19/01/1982 42 Mud, spicles and serpulids tubes Dredge Posse de Buenos-Aires, A E D5 NW. Glénan L 19/01/1982 23 Mud, spicles and Macrocystis Dredge D6 S. Suhm 1. 19/01/1982 40 Mud and spicles Dredge D7 NW. Boyle l. 19/01/1982 65 Mud Dredge D8 N. Boyle 1. 19/01/1982 48 Mud Dredge D9 Port aux Francais-Channer |. 28/01/1982 30 Mud Dredge D10 Pointe Guite 28/01/1982 30 Mud, sand and Macrocystis Dredge D12-D14 Posse Royale 28/01/1982 30 Mud, sand and Macrocystis Dredge D16-D17 N. Antares |. 28/01/1982 50 - Dredge DI8 Anse du Hologe Pod 29/01/1982 10 Mud Dredge Jeanne d'Arc D19-D21 SW. Suhm 1. 29/01/1982 40-50 - Dredge D25-D29 S. Suhm |. 10/02/1982 30-50 Mud and Rhodophyces Dredge D31-D32 N. Antares l. 23/02/1982 50 Mud Dredge D35 SW. Suhm |. 23/02/1982 25 Macrocystis and Rhodophyces Dredge Fosse de l'Hrogrophie. Between D36 a 23/02/1982 9 Mud Dredge D37 Plateu du Four. 23/02/1982 25 Sand, Pebble and gravel Dredge D38-D39 Passe de Buenos-Aires. 1/03/1982 35 - Dredge M4 Arca de He Eo 10/02/1982 0,104 Sond Hand nel Jeanne d'Arc Pl In front Biomar laboratory 18/01/1982 Over Macrocystis Hand net diving TI Port aux Francais in the shore. ¡97/1989 18/02/1982. 15 Stomachic contens Boited trap of Pointe des Cormorans cies in the genus Margarella that later DELL (1990) considers synonym of Mar- garites. There are two species of Margare- lla-Margarites recorded in the Kerguelen Is.; expansa with a ligth olivaceus colora- tion and a maximum size of 20 mm and violacea that it is close to expansa but dif- fers in a more elevated spire, honey co- lour and a minor size (max. 12 mm). DELL (1990) points out that expansa, the type species of Margarella, has the first lateral tooth rudimentary, whereas viola- cea has the first lateral tooth large. Our specimens is honey-coloured with a white callus and its radula have the first lateral tooth large (see fig. 44), for these reasons we have included them in viola- cea. Distribution: The type locality is Strait of Magellan. STREBEL (1908) records this species in the magellanic region. POWELL (1951) found violacea in the magellanic region and Falkland Is. and later records this species with doubts in Kerguelen Is. (POWELL, 1957). CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) found death shells of M.violacea in Crozet. In this collection there are 23 individuals found in mud, sand and algae from depths of 23-50 m. 87 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Family PATELLIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Nacella Schumacher, 1817 Nacella cf. mytilina (Helbling, 1779) (Fig. 5) Patella mytilina Helbling, 1779 Nacella mytilina Powell, 1951: 80; Powell, 1957: 126; Powell, 1960: 128. Material: 1 sp. (12.50 x 8.99 x 4.0 mm), P1. Remarks: Only one thin individual with brown ovate shell and anterior central apex has been found. It has fine concentric grown lines. POWELL (1951) restricted the genus to “the thin, ovate shells with anterior apex”. Moreover this individual has the gill cordon conti- nuous and the foot encircled by a scallo- ped epipodial ridge, exactly like the genus description made by POWELL (1951). Our material presents these shell characteristics, although we cannot access to the description and figures of this species. Distribution: The type locality is Strait of Magellan and its distribution includes Falkland and Kerguelen Is. PowELL (1951) points out that “Nacella seems to be restricted to the subantarctic from the Magellan region to the Kergue- len”. THIELE (1912) records this species in Observatory Bay in Kerguelen. Our specimens was found in Macrocystis from Morbihan Bay in Kerguelen. Nacella (Patinigera) edgari (Powell, 1957) (Fig. 6) Patinigera (Patinella) fuegiensis Smith, 1877 (non Reeve, 1855), 180, pl. 19, figs. 14, 14a. Nacella (Patinigera) fuegiensis: Thiele, 1912: 234. Patinigera fuegiensis edgari Powell, 1957: 127, pl. 2, fig. 5 and text figs. B; Powell, 1960: 129. Nacella (Patinigera) edgari: Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 35. (Right page) Figure 2: Puncturella conica, 8.1 x 5.6 mm. Figure 3: Margarites cf. porcellana, 8.9 x 10.8 mm. Figure 4: Margarites expansa, 6.1 x 7.1 mm. Figure 5: Nacella cf. mytilina, 12.50 x 8.99 x 4.0 mm. Figure 6: Nacella (Patinigera) edgari, 12.5 x 9.0 x 3.5 mm. Figure 7: Nacella (Patinigera) delicatissima, 12.90 x 9.15 x 3.6 mm. Figure 8: lothia cf. coppingeri, 7.0 x 4.0 x 2.5 mm. Figure 9: Pellilitorina setosa, 10.2 x 6.8 mm. Figure 10: Eatoniella k. kerguelenensis, 2.8 x 1.7 mm. Figure 11: Banzarecolpus austrina, 11.5 x 4.1 mm. Figure 12: Eumetula ornata, 15.6 x 5.7 mm. Figure 13: Perissodonta mirabilis, 23.81 x 36.05 mm. Figure 14: Kerguelenatica bioperculata, 9.5 x 10.1 mm. Figure 15: Falsilunatia cf. delicatula, 13.6 x 15.2 mm. Figure 16: Falsilunatia cf. xantha, 11.79 x 12.86 mm. Figure 17: Sinuber sculpta, 20.0 x 17.0 mm. Figure 18: Marseniopsis cf. pacifica, 14.0 x 11.0 mm. Figure 19: Neobuccinum eatoni, 23.5 x 15.6 mm. (Página derecha) Figura 2: Puncturella conica, 8,1 x 5,6 mm. Figura 3: Margarites cf. porcellana, 8,9 x 10,8 mm. Figura 4: Margarites expansa, 6,1 x 7,1 mm. Figura 5: Nacella cf. mytilina, 12,50 x 8,99 x 4,0 mm. Figure 6: Nacella (Patinigera) edgari, 12,5 x 9,0 x 3,5 mm. Figura 7: Nacella (Pati- nigera) delicatissima, 12,90 x 9,15 x 3,6 mm. Figura 8: lothia cf. coppingeri, 7,0 x 40 x 2,5 mm. Figura 9: Pellilitorina setosa, 10,2 x 6,8 mm. Figura 10: Eatoniella k. kerguelenensis, 2,8 x 1,7 mm. Figura 11: Banzarecolpus austrina, 11,5 x 4,1 mm. Figura 12: Eumetula ornata, 15,6 x 5,7 mm. Figura 13: Perissodonta mirabilis, 23,81 x 36,05 mm. Figura 14: Kerguelenatica bioperculata, 9,5 x 10,1 mm. Figura 15: Falsilunatia cf. delicatula, 13,6 x 15,2 mm. Figura 16: Falsilunatia cf xantha, 11,79 x 12,86 mm. Figura 17: Sinuber sculpta, 20,0 x 17,0 mm. Figura 18: Marseniopsis cf. paci- fica, 14,0 x 11,0 mm. Figura 19: Neobuccinum eatoni, 23,5 x 15,6 mm. 88 TRONCOSO ET AL.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Material examined: 2 broken shells, D5; 1 sp. (12.5 x 9.0 x 3.5 mm) and 2 broken shells, D7; 1sp. (30.08 x 21.20 x 9.5 mm) and 3 shells (38.58 x 29.01 x 8.8 mm — 11.93 x 9.13 x 5.0 mm), D9; 3 broken shells, D18; 8 sp. (43.28 x 32.45 x 13.1 mm — 19.90 x 13.82 x 4.91 mm) and 1 shell (29.5 x 21.6 x 7.0 mm), D25-D29; 3 sp. (42.50 x 31.8 x 17.9 mm — 13.2 x 8.9 x 4.2 mm), P1. Remarks: Southern limpets are very difficult to identify PowELL (1951) records Patinigera as a genus in which the species fuegiensis edgari is included. He points out that Nacella and Patinigera “have the gill cordon continuous and the foot encircled by a scalloped epipo- dial ridge” and characterized Nacella by the “thin, ovate shells with anterior apex”, while the “shell in Patinigera has a subcentral apex and is of normal shape and solidity”. However here, we follow the nomenclature of CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) considering that Patinigera is only a subgenus of Nacella. Our individuals agree with description of P. fuegiensis edgari given by POWELL (1957), who revised a large series of Ker- guelen specimens. Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound in Kerguelen Is. POWELL (1957) records this species in several BANZARE localities and also from Port Jeanne d'Arc, CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) point out that this species is very abundant in the Morbihan Bay and find dead shells in Crozet Is. This species is known only from Kerguelen in a depth range of 8 to 67 m, although it is more abundant in 8 to 30 m (CANTERA and ARNAUD, 1985). In the present collection there are specimens collected in muddy bottoms and algae in Kerguelen from depths of 10-65 m. Nacella (Patinigera) delicatissima (Strebel, 1907) (Fig. 7) Patinella delicatissima Strebel, 1907; Strebel, 1908: 80, pl. 1, figs. 75-75a. Patinigera delicatissima Powell, 1951: 82; Powell, 1960: 129. Nacella (Patinigera) delicatissima Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 34. Material: 1 sp. (19.30 x 14.92 x 3.1 mm) and 1 shell (12.90 x 9.15 x 3.6 mm), D12-D14. Remarks: This small species of Nacella has a bronze coloured shell with brown spots externally and a nacreous interior. It is a thin species with delicately squa- mose ribs (POWELL, 1951). Our specimens reach 19 mm of length and have a low profile (3.1 mm) as Powell remarks in his work (PowELL, 1951). CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) give for this species a maximum length of 23 mm and record it in Morbihan Bay. Distribution: The type locality is Strait of Magellan. Since Strebel's description, the same author records this species from Falkland Is. (STREBEL, 1908). Afterwards PowELL (1951) records it in many Falkland localities and CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) find delicatissima in Kerguelen and Crozet Is., a new record for this species. Our mate- rial come from Morbihan Bay in Kergue- len and was dredged in mud and sand with Macrocystis from a depth of 30 m. Family LEPETIDAE Dall, 1869 Genus lothia Gray, 1857 lothia cf. coppingeri (Smith, 1881) (Fig. 8) Tectura (Pilidium) coppingeri Smith, 1881: 35, pl. 4, figs 12, 12a. Pilidium coppingeri: Strebel, 1908: 83. Lepeta coppingeri: Thiele, 1912: 183, 233, 257; Hedley, 1916: 41; Powell, 1951: 84; Powell, 1957: 128; Powell, 1960: 129; Arnaud, 1972: 114, fig. 1 (radula); Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 35; Linse, 1997: 27. lothia coppingeri: Egorova, 1982: 12, figs. 73,74; Dell, 1990: 105, figs. 185, 186; Linse, 1998: 883. 90 TRONCOSO ET 4L.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean Material: 1 deteriorated shell (7.0 x 4.0 x 2.5 mm), D5. Remarks: Our specimen is refered to Í. coppingeri according to its radial sculp- ture and shell profile, but its scales have disappeared, probably due to the erosión. Distribution: The type locality is Sandy point, Patagonia. 1. coppingeri is a widely distributed species, with circu- mantarctic distribution (DELL 1990). It is recorded from Falkland Is. (STREBEL, 1908; PowELL, 1951), Gauss Station (THIELE, 1912) Commonwealth Bay (HEDLEY, 1916), Ross Sea (POWELL, 1951; DELL, 1990; CATTANEO-VIETTI ET AL., 2000), Kerguelen and Crozet ls. (POwELL, 1957; CANTERA and ARNAUD, 1985), Commonwealth Bay and Enderby Land (PoweELL, 1958), Adelie Land (ARNAUD, 1972), Davis Sea (EGOROVA, 1982) and Beagle Channel (LinsE, 1997; LINSE and BRANDT, 1998). Our shell was dredged in mud with organogenic com- ponents (spicles and Macrocystis) from 23 m depth. Family LITTORINIDAE Gray, 1840 Genus Pellilitorina Pfeffer, 1886 Pellilitorina setosa (Smith, 1875) (Fig. 9) Littorina setosa Smith, 1875: 69. Pellitorina setosa: Strebel, 1908: 50. Pellilitorina setosa: Thiele, 1912: 235; Powell, 1951: 109; Powell, 1960: 135; Arnaud and Bandel, 1979: 218, fig. 5, pl. 2, figs. 4,6-8, pl. 3, figs. 7-10, pl. 4, figs. 6-10; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 41; Dell, 1990: 108, fig. 181. Material: 16 shells (7.26 x 10.75 mm — 4.24 x 5.84 mm), D9; 1 shell (5.0 x 7.0 mm), D10; 2 sp. (4.5 x 5.5 mm, 2.5 x 3.2 mm), D35. Remarks: The genus Pellilitorina has a typical radula, different of the others members of the family. POWELL (1951) described Pellilitorina"s radula “with a broad, shallow-based central tooth bea- ring five cusps, the middle one stron- gest, laterals with three strong cusps, marginal foliated and with several den- ticles”. This radula corresponds with large, globose shells with only a narrow umbilical perforation and an epidermis covered with hair-like processes (Po- WELL 1951). Later ARNAUD and BANDEL (1978) point out that the Powell's defini- tion differs from the original definition in that the outer marginal tooth of this genus shows three cusps and show that the greatest diference of the Pellilitorina radula is the central tooth without late- ral wings. Our specimens have a radula with a central tooth with five cusps, two laterals teeth with three cusps and a la- teral one foliated, and can be placed ea- sily in the genus Pellilitorina. Two spe- cies of Pellilitorina were recorded in Ker- guelen Ís.; P. setosa and P. pellita. Shell and radular characteristics place our specimens in Pellilitorina setosa but since they are juvenile their shell characteris- tics are least reliable. ARNAUD and BLANDEL (1978) show a figure of a juve- nile shell that agree with our specimens in shells characteristics. Distribution: The type locality is Swain's Bay, Kerguelen Is. STREBEL (1908) records in Cumberland Bay and later THIELE (1912) records it in Observa- tory Bay. A study of the radula of the southern Littorinidae was made by POwELL (1951). This author showed the radula of P. setosa and records it in South Georgia and off Bouvet 1. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) collect this species in Crozet and Kerguelen Is. and included within the distribution range Heard and South Orkneys. DELL (1990) points out that it is a common species in South Georgia, South Orkneys, Heard and 91 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 shallow-water habitats. We found this species in mud, sand and algae at Mor- bihan Bay, from depths of 25-30 m. Kerguelen Is. and suggests that its res- tricted range around the continent is probably due to the lack of stable Family EATONIELLIDAE Ponder,1965 Genus Eatoniella Dall, 1876 Entoniella kerguelenensis kerguelenensis (Smith, 1875) (Figs. 10, 43) Eantonia kerguelenensis Smith, 1875: 70. Eantoniella kerguelenensis: Thiele, 1912: 235, pl. 14, fig. 26, pl. 16, fig. 1 (radula); Hedley, 1916: 46; Powell, 1957: 129; Arnaud, 1972: 118, fig. 9, 12. Eatoniella kerguelenensis kerguelenensis: Powell, 1960: 138; Ponder, 1983: 11, figs. 2a, 7 e-f; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 42. Material: 24 sp. (1.98 x 3.2 mm — 0.5 x 0.5 mm), D35. Remarks: PONDER (1983) points out the need for the presence of operculum and radula to assure the identification of this species. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) point out a maximum length of 4.5 mm in specimens found in Kergue- len and 4.0 mm in Crozet. Our speci- mens do not exceed 3.2 mm, have a pale yellowish operculum that it is very close to the figure 12 of ARNAUD (1972). The radula is the typical of genus, it has a central tooth with five small cusps, two lateral teeth, the first with five cusps and the second with two, and one mar- ginal tooth with several denticles. These radular characteristics agree with the radula of E. kerguelenensis kerguelenensis as figured by other authors (THIELE, 1912; ARNAUD, 1972; PONDER, 1983). Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound, Kerguelen Is. There are four subspecies of Eatoniella kerguelenen- sis. E. k. regularis and E. k. contusa have a western Antarctic distribution, E. k. chil- toni from New Zealand and the New Zealand subantarctic Is., and E. k. ker- guelenensis is confined to Kerguelen Is. (PONDER, 1983). E. k. kerguelenensis has been recorded from Observatory Bay (THIELE, 1912) Commonwealth Bay (HEDLEY, 1916), in BANZARE localities at Kerguelen Is. (POwELL, 1957) and Pointe Geologie archipelago (ARNAUD, 1972). All these authors recorded it as E. kerguelenensis. PONDER (1983) renames the species E. kerguelenensis kerguelenen- sis and CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) found this species in some stations of Kerguelen and Crozet Is. Our specimens come from Morbihan Bay in Kerguelen and was collected in algae from 25 m depth. Family TURRITELLIDAE Woodward, 1851 Genus Banzarecolpus Powell, 1957 Banzarecolpus austrina (Watson, 1881) (Fig. 11) Turritella austrina Watson, 1881: 224; Watson, 1886: 470, pl. 29, fig. 2; Thiele, 1912: 240. Banzarecolpus austrina: Powell, 1957: 131; Powell, 1960: 141; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985. 48; Branch et al., 1991: 57. Material: 1 shell (3.5 x 8.2 mm), D8; 5 sp. (4.47 x 11.61 mm — 2.98 x 8.22 mm) and 16 shells (5.2 x 13.5 mm -2.5x 7.1 mm), D9; 1 shell (5.0 x 15.0 mm), D10; 2 shells (4.07 x 10.35 mm, 2.56 x 6.86 mm), D16-D77,; 3 shells (4.0 x 10.0 mm — 3.0 x 8.0 mm), D31-D32. 92 TRONCOSO ET 4L.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean Remarks: Two species of Banzarecol- pus are known in Kerguelen ls., B. aus- trina with a maximum length of 21 mm and B. frigida with a maximum length of 6.0 mm (CANTERA and ARNAUD, 1985). Our specimens have a typical austrina shell sculpture and round aperture, white colour and a length never shorter than 8.0 mm. Distribution: Type locality is Kergue- len Is. WATSON (1886) finds this species off Marion I., Prince Edward l. and in the Royal Sound (Kerguelen). THIELE (1912) records it in Kerguelen and des- cribed a new species Banzarecolpus frigida from Kerguelen too. POWELL (1957) records B. austrina from a series of BANZARE localities in Kerguelen. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) record it in Crozet and Kerguelen Is. in depths of 2 to 1390 m. BRANCH ET AL. (1991) record this species in Marion and Prince Edward Is. between 85 and 228 m. In this collection the only live specimens are from Port aux Francais and was collected in mud at 30 m. Family CERITHIDAE Fleming, 1822 Genus Eumetula Thiele, 1912 Eumetula ornata Thiele, 1912 (Fig. 12) Eumeta ornata Thiele, 1912: 242, pl. 15, fig 14. Eumetula ornata: Powell, 1957: 129; Powell, 1960: 140; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 53. Material: 1 sp. (5.79 x 15.69 mm), D16-D17; 1 sp. (2.78 x 7.54 mm), D 35. Remarks: This species was described by THIELE (1912) from specimens found in Observatory Bay. The original speci- men have 4.25 mm of length and seven and half body whorls. Later CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) record two species of Eumetula based on dead shells: one has 12.0 mm of length and a maximum length of 7.0 mm for Eumetula ornata. We have found a specimen of 16 mm of length and ten and half body whorls and other with 7.8 mm of length and eight and half body whorls. We consider these specimens found in the shallow waters of Kerguelen Is. as Eumetula ornata specimens. Distribution: Type locality THIELE (1912) is Observatory Bay, Kerguelen Is. PowELL (1957) finds it in BANZARE localities in Kerguelen Is. and CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) records it in Crozet and Kerguelen ls., in depths of 15 to 22 m in Kerguelen, where they found live specimens. Our specimens come from Morbihan Bay and was collected in algae from depths of 25-50 m. Family STRUTHIOLARIIDAE Gabb, 1868 Genus Perissodonta Martens, 1878 Perissodonta mirabilis (Smith, 1875) (Fig. 13) Struthiolaria mirabilis Smith, 1875. Perissodonta mirabilis var. georgiana Strebel, 1908: 46, pl. 3, figs. 33a, b, c. Perissodonta mirabilis georgiana: Powell, 1951: 129, pl. 8, figs. 40-42. Perissodonta mirabilis: Powell, 1957: 131; Powell, 1960: 144; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 57. Material: 2 sp. (25.89 x 41.98 mm; 24.44 x 41.18 mm) and 2 shells (28.22 x 43.38 mm - 20.02 x 35.13 mm), D6; 2 sp. (25.53 x 38.48 mm, 23.81 x 34.44 mm) and 2 broken shells, D7; 11 sp. (26.04 x 43.64 min — 23.27 x 34.02 mm) and 1 broken shell, D9; 2 sp. (22.31 x 34.07 mm - 21.01 x 32.98 mm) and 2 broken shells, D10; 2 sp. (22.77 x 35.95 mm, 20.79 x 32.16 mm) and 2 shells (25.77 x 39.97 mm, 23.43 93 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 x 34.86 mm), D12-D14; 4 shells (24.51 x 35.87 mm - 23.81 x 36.05 mm), D16-D17; 7 sp. (26.78 x 41.97 mm- 21.99 x 32.50 mm) and 3 shell (27.55 x 39.88 mm - 18.62 x 31.52 mm), D19-21; 9 sp. (27.10 x 41.02 mm - 13.72 x 22.63 mm) and 2 shells (25.38 x 39.0 mm — 23.01 x 42.61 mm), D25-D29; 4 sp. (24.20 x 38.79 mm, 23.86 x 28.97 mm) and 1 shell (23.27 x 36.08 mm), D31-D32; 1 sp. (22.34 x 32.98 mm), D36. Remarks: This family is restricted to southern waters and only one species of the genus is living in Antarctic waters; Perissodonta mirabilis. STREBEL (1908) records a variety or subspecies called P. mirabilis georgiana from material found in Seymour I. and PoweELL (1951) main- tains this variety based on the opercular variation. Later POWELL (1957) considers that differences between Kerguelen and Georgia populations were unsufficient for maintaining the validity of Strebel's variety. Distribution: Type localities are Swain's Bay, Kerguelen (P. m. mirabilis) and Cumberland Bay, South Georgia (P. m. georgiana). STREBEL (1908 as P. m. georgiana) finds this species in Seymour I., PowELL (1951 as P. m. georgiana) records this species in South Georgia and later in different BANZARE locali- ties in Kerguelen (PowELL 1957). CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) record it in Kerguelen and Crozet Is. They find P. mirabilis specimens alive in depths of 15 to 3025 m in Kerguelen and point out that it is particularly abundant between 15 and 150 m. In this collection P. mirabi- lis is the most abundant gastropod and was found in muddy and sandy bottoms with Macrocystis from depths of 30 to 90 m. Family NATICIDAE Forbes, 1838 Genus Kerguelenatica Powell, 1951 Kerguelenatica bioperculata Dell, 1990 (Fig. 14) Natica grisea Martens, 1878; Watson, 1886: 432, pl. 28, fig. 5; Strebel 1908: 61. Fraginatica grisea: Hedley, 1916: 52. Amauropsis (Kerguelenatica) grisea: Powell, 1951: 118; Powell, 1957: 130; Powell, 1958: 190; Powell, 1960: 144; Arnaud, 1972: 125, fig. 16; Egorova, 1982: 29. Kerguelenatica bioperculata, n. n. Dell, 1990: 145, figs. 252, 253, 264. Material: 1 sp. (10.29 x 11.01 mm), D9; 1 sp. (8.51 x 9.23 mm), D19-D21; 1 sp. (8.34 x 8.43 mm), D25-D29; 2 sp. (9.75 x 9.81 mm - 7.65 x 8.34 mm), D31-D32,; 3 shells (7.63 x 8.35 mm — 6.58 x 6.75 mm), D37. Remarks: The first author to place this species in a different subgenus was PoweLL (1951), who considered Kergue- lenatica as a subgenus of Amauropsis. The same author points out that it is easily recognised by the composite nature of the operculum and points that it is pos- sible that more that one species is repre- sented here. Dell (1990) suggests that it is treated as a genus and renames the species as Kerguelenatica bioperculata. This species could be easily confused with a species of the genus Falsilunatia, DELL (1990) points out that some publis- hed records of bioperculata may have been based on Falsilunatia delicatula. Our specimens have a horny operculum 94 with an outer calcareous covering, cha- racteristics that included them in the genus Kerguelenatica (DELL 1990), it has a maximum length of 11.0 mm although usually the length is about 8.0 mm, it has a pale brown to yellowish epidermis and a chink shaped umbilicus. These characteristics fits the description of the shell gives by DELL (1990). Distribution: The type locality is Ker- guelen. WATSON (1886 as Natica grisea) finds this species in Kerguelen within “Challenger” material. STREBEL (1908 under Natica grisea) and Hedley (1916 under Fraginatica grisea) record it, the la- ter one in Commonwealth Bay and Shackleton Ice-shelf. Later POWELL TRONCOSO ET AL.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean (1951), ARNAUD (1972) and EGOROVA (1982) record this species as a subgenus of Amauropsis in South Shetlands, Bou- vet I., Ross Sea and Adelie Land. Some records of bioperculata may be based on delicatula specimens. For this reason the distribution of Kerguelenatica bioperculata is still uncertain (DELL 1990), although this author points out that its distribu- tion range is around the Antarctic conti- nent from 49? E to 140" E and records a long series of places from the Ross Sea to South Georgia and Kerguelen (DELL 1990). Specimens of this collection was collected in mud, sand, pebble and gra- vel from depths of 25-50 m. Family NATICIDAE Forbes, 1838 Genus Falsilunatia Powell, 1951 Falsilunatia cf. delicatula (Smith, 1902) (Figs. 15, 46) Natica delicatula Smith, 1902; Thiele, 1912: 199, pl. 12, figs. 16, 17. Falsilunatia delicatula: Dell, 1990: 148, figs. 237, 256, 257, 269. Material: 1 sp. (13.65 x 15.21 mm), D19-D21; 1 shell (9.86 x 10.68 mm), D36. Remarks: The shell characteristics of our single specimen are very close to Kerguelenatica bioperculata. The shell is thin, with a pale brown epidermis, open umbilicus and has a horny operculum without a outer calcareous covering. Its radula is of the Falsilunatia type, with a central tooth with a central cusp and a pair of peg-like basal cusps, lateral teeth with a single cusp and a small subsi- diary cusp near the upper and marginal teeth simple. These radular characteris- tics included it in the genus Falsilunatia, and the characteristics of the shell oper- culum poin to F. delicatula. DELL (1990) gives a good description of delicatula, with shell measurements and figures, which fit our specimens. Distribution: DELL (1990) remarks that it is impossible to analyse the range of delicatula adequately. This is due to the uncertainly of previous identifica- tions and records it in the Ross Sea between 47-1890 m. Our specimen was collected in muddy bottoms from off Suhm I. in 45-50 m and a dead shell was found from Fosse de 1'Hydrographie in a depth of 90 m. Falsilunatia cf. xantha (Watson, 1881) (Figs. 16, 47) Natica xantha Watson, 1881; Watson, 1886: 445, pl. 27, fig. 8. Amauropsis xantha: Powell, 1958: 189; Powell, 1960: 144; Arnaud, 1972: 125; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 58; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 58. Falsilunatia cf. xantha: Dell, 1990: 152, figs. 232, 272. Material: 2 sp. (4.5 x 4.9 mm), D6; 1 sp. (6.5 x 7.3 mm) and 2 shells (7.0 x 7.0 mm), D10; 2 sp. (10.3 x 11.50 mm), 6.01 x 6.90 mm) and 2 shells (10.50 x 11.68 mm, 6.14 x 9.48 mm), D19-D21; 2 sp. (11.89 x 13.68 mm, 5.63 x 7.21 mm), D25-D29; 1 sp. (11.79 x 12.86 mm) and 1 shell (12.51 x 12.62 mm), D31-D32. Remarks: A series of specimens found in this collection are very close to xantha. These Kerguelen specimens have a globose shell with a thin yellowish to pale brown epidermis and a white columellar callus, the umbilicus is a slight chink. They have a spiral sculpture of fine threads and a horny operculum. The radula is of the Fal- silunatia type, and very close to delicatu- la's radula, but the central tooth is wider. These characteristics agree with the des- cription of Dell's specimens, which con- 95 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 sidered them referable to Falsilunatia cf. xantha (DELL 1990). He points out that the topotypic material of xantha must be exa- mined to settle the generic placing (DELL 1990: 153). The specimens in our collec- tion cannot be identified with certainty with xantha for the same reason. Distribution: Type locality WArson (1886) between Kerguelen and Heard ls. PowELL (1958) records it off Enderby Land, ARNAUD (1972) in Adelie Land, and CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) record live specimens in Kerguelen in a depth of 17 to 650 m and death shells in Crozet. DELL (1990) remarks that due to the difficulties of identification the range of xantha cannot be stated and records it in the Ross Sea between 348 and 549 m. Specimens of this collection were found in mud, sand and algae irí Kerguelen between 30 to 50 m. Family NATICIDAE Forbes, 1838 Genus Sinuber Powell, 1951 Sinuber sculpta Martens, 1878 (Fig. 17) Natica perscalpta Martens, 1878; Watson, 1886: 454, pl. 28, fig. 4. Sinuber perscalpta: Powell, 1957: 130; Powell, 1960: 145; Sinuber sculpta: Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 60. Material: 2 shells (17.02 x 20.01 mm, 16.15 x 19.98 mm), D18. Remarks: These thin shells are of great size (about 20 mm), with an inconspicuous periostracum, sculpture of grooves and a chink-like umbilicus. Itis easy to separate from S. sculptum by its great size and its chink-like umbilicus, almost closed by the columellar callus. The Watson's figure shows a thin globose shell with fine linear grooves (WATSON 1886). Our specimens are very close to it but the spires are more acute and the aperture is a little larger. Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound, Kerguelen Is. WATSON (1886) records this species in Kerguelen Is. and POWELL (1957) finds it in two BANZARE localities at Kerguelen. Later CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) record it in Kerguelen and Crozet with a maximum size of 40 mm in Kerguelen and 8 mm in Crozet. Shells of this collec- tion were found in muddy bottoms at 10 m. Naticidae indet. Material: 2 shells, D5; 2 broken shells and 2 shells, D8; 2 broken shells, D9; 1 broken shell and 1 shell, D12-D14; 4 broken shells, D19-21. Remarks: Here we include badly pre- served shells of the family found in dif- ferent localities. All were impossible to identify. Family LAMELLARIDAE Orbigny, 1841 Genus Marseniopsis Bergh, 1886 Marseniopsis cf. pacifica Bergh, 1886 (Fig. 18) Marseniopsis pacifica Bergh, 1886; Thiele, 1912: 200, pl. 12, fig. 18; Powell, 1951: 123; Marcus, 1959: 8, figs. 1-8; Powell, 1960: 146; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 62; Dell, 1990: 165; Cattaneo-Vietti et al., 2000: 176. Material: 1 sp. (11.0 x 14.0 mm), D38-D39. 96 TRONCOSO ET AL.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean Remarks: There are three species of Marseniopsis described from Antarctica, but only one is represented in Kerguelen Is., M. pacifica. The external aspect of our single specimen agrees with the Mar- cus's figure (MARCUS, 1959) and makes us suppose that it is a specimen of M. pacifica, but its anatomy and radular characteristics must be checked. Distribution: The type locality is Kerguelen Is. POWELL (1951) records pacifica in South Georgia, South Orkneys and Palmer Archipelago. MARCUS (1959) records this species on the coast of Chile and CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) find it in Kerguelen and Crozet Is. Dell (1990) gives the range of Marseniopsis pacifica as including Mage- llan strait and Antarctic Peninsula, and CATTANEO-VIETTI ET AL. (2000) record this species in Terra Nova Bay, Ross Sea. Family BUCCINIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Neobuccinum Smith, 1877 Neobuccinum eatoni (Smith, 1875) (Fig. 19) Buccinopsis eatoni Smith, 1875 Neobuccinum eatoni Watson, 1886: 216; Thiele, 1912, 211; Hedley, 1916:59 pl. 9, fig. 97; Powell, 1951: 143; Powell, 1957: 132; Powell, 1958: 193; Powell,1960: 150; Arnaud, 1972: 128; Egorova, 1982: 41, figs. 172-176; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 70; Dell, 1990: 165, figs. 280-282; Cattaneo- Vietti et al., 2000: 175. Neobuccinum praeclarum Strebel, 1908:31, pl. 3, fig. 38. Material: 2 sp. (15.64 x 23.51 mm, 14.18 x 22.27 mm), T1. Remarks: Our two specimens have a deciduous straw coloured epidermis pro- duced in fine spiral lines and only persis- ting on the last whorl. The operculum is horny with a subterminal nucleus and fine grow lines, it agrees with the Egorova's figure (EGOROVA 1982). DELL (1990) points that the variation of the shell proportion with size and the variation in the shell outline may be the indication that more than one species could be represented. Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound, Kerguelen (N. eatoni) and Graham Land (N. praeclarum). Some authors consider this species with a cir- cumantarctic distribution (POWELL 1958, 1960) or circumantarctic and subantarc- tic (ARNAUD 1972) and it is one of the most widely distributed molluscs in the Antarctic (POWELL 1957). This species does not appear to reach South Georgia and it is not represented in the Magelia- nic region (DELL, 1990). CATTANEO- VIETTI ET AL. (2000) record this species in Terra Nova Bay, Ross Sea and point out that it is the most common buccinid gas- tropod. Our specimens were collected in stomachic contens from Morbihan Bay in Kerguelen Is., which seems to be its northern limit (POWELL 1957). Family BUCCINIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Pareuthria Strebel, 1905 Pareuthria chlorotica (Martens, 1878) (Fig. 20) Euthria chlorotica Martens, 1878. Fusus Euthria chloroticus: Watson, 1886: 209, pl. 18, fig. 8. Pareuthria chlorotica: Thiele, 1912 (in faunal list); Powell, 1957: 132; Powell, 1960: 147; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 66. 97 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Material: 4 sp. (10.15 x 16.34 mm — 6.97 x 10.81 mm) and 3 damaged shells (11.0x 16.11 mm — 10.69 x 14.09 mm), D7; 1 sp. (10.89 x 19.25 mm) and 2 shells (8.4 x 12.8 mm), D8; 2 sp. (13.0 x 19.17 mm, 6.46 x 10.60 mm), D16-D17; 1 shell (11.38 x 17.66 mm), D19-21; 3 sp. (12.33 x 18.35 mm - 8.62 x 12.16 mm) and 1 damaged shell (5.9 x 9.09 mm), D31-D32; 2 sp. (9.75 x 15.75 mm, 7.88 x 13.13 mm) and 2 shells (11.91 x 18.0 mm, 12.12 x 17.71 mm), D36. Remarks: Shell ovate, of moderate size (about 20 mm) with a pale brown deciduous epidermis in juvenile speci- mens, which is brown in dead and eroded shells. The surface is covered with a spiral sculpture of close-set threads and in the last whorl, near the canal, it has a sculpture of fine lines. The operculum is leaf-shaped with a subter- minal nucleus and the aperture is semi- circular, ending in a curved canal. Our measurements with the Watson's figure (WATSON 1886). Distribution: The type locality is Ker- guelen Is. WATSON (1886) records this species from Kerguelen Is. THIELE (1912) records in a faunal list and POwELL (1957) finds it in a BANZARE localities at Kerguelen. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) find chlorotica in Kerguelen and Crozet Is., being the later a new record. Our specimens were collected in muddy specimens agree in shell features and bottoms from depths of 48-90 m. Pareuthria regulus (Watson, 1882) (Fig. 21) Fusus (Sipho) regulus Watson, 1882. Fusus (Neptunea) regulus: Watson, 1886: 204, pl. 12, fig. 7. Pareuthria regulus: Powell, 1957: 132; Powell, 1960: 148; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 66; Branch et al., 1991: 59. Material: 1 sp. (3.0 x 6.5 mm), D6. (Right page) Figure 20: Pareuthria chlorotica, 19.2 x 10.8 mm. Figure 21: Pareuthria regulus, 6.5 x 3.0 mm. Figure 22: Falsimohnia albozonata, 4.0 x 8.5 mm. Figure 23: Prosipho propinquus, 5.0 x 2.5 mm. Figure 24: Trophon albolabratus, 12.8 x 7.5 mm. Figure 25: Trophon septus, 22.5 x 10.1 mm. Figure 26: Admete carinata, 11.5 x 8.0 mm. Figure 27: Admete specularis, 10.4 x 6.7 mm. Figure 28: Paradmete fragillima, 12.1 x 6.1 mm. Figure 29: Spirotropis studeriana, 8.0 x 4.1 mm. Figure 30: Typhlodaphne translucida, 10.1 x 5.4 mm. Figure 31: Toledonia elata, 4.3 x 2.2 mm. Figure 32: Yoldia (Aequiyoldia) isonota, 18.2 x 10.9 mm. Figure 33: Yoldia (Aequiyoldia) eightsi, 19.0 x 12.9 mm. Figure 34: Pseudokellya cardiformis, 4.6 x 4.5 mm. Figure 35: Gaimardia t. trape- sina, 16.6 x 12.2 mm. Figure 36: Neolepton umbonatum, 4.5 x 5.5 mm. Figure 37: Limatula (Antarctolima) pygmaea, 11.2 x 8.5 mm. Figure 38: Cyclocardia astartoides, 14.4 x 18.1 mm. Figures 39, 40: Hiatella antarctica, 19.0 x 8.2 mm. Figure 41: Laternula elliptica, 20.5 x 12.4 mm. Figure 42: Thracia meridionalis, 20.5 x 14.3 mm. (Página derecha) Figura 20: Pareuthria chlorotica, 19,2 x 10,8 mm. Figura 21: Pareuthria regulus, 6,5 x 3,0 mm. Figura 22: Falsimohnia albozonata, 4,0 x 8,5 mm. Figura 23: Prosipho propinquus, 5,0 x 2,5 mm. Figura 24: Trophon albolabratus, 12,8 x 7,5 mm. Figura 25: Trophon septus, 22,5 x 10,1 mm. Figura 26: Admete carinata, 11,5 x 8,0 mm. Figura 27: Admete specularis, 10,4 x 6,7 mm. Figura 28: Paradmete fragillima, 12,1 x 6,1 mm. Figura 29: Spirotropis studeriana, 8,0 x 4,1 mm. Figura 30: Typhlodaphne translucida, 10,1 x 5,4 mm. Figura 31: Toledonia elata, 43 x 2,2 mm. Figura 32: Yoldia (Aeqviyoldia) isonota, 18,2 x 10,9 mm. Figura 33: Yoldia (Aeqviyoldia) eightsi, 19,0 x 12,9 mm. Figura 34: Pseudokellya cardiformis, 4,6 x 4,5 mm. Figura 35: Gaimardia t. trapesina, 16,6 x. 12,2 mm, Figura 36: Neolepton umbonatum, 4,5 x 5,5 mm. Figura 37: Lima- tula (Antarctolima) pygmaea, 11,2 x 8,5 mm. Figura 38: Cyclocardia astartoides, 14,4 x 18,1 mm. Figuras 39, 40: Hiatella antarctica, 19,0 x 8,2 mm. Figura 41: Laternula elliptica, 20,5 x 12,4 mm. Figura 42: Thracia meridionalis, 20,5 x 1 43 mm. 98 TRONCOSO ET AL.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean 99 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Remarks: Our specimens have a fusi- form shell with axial ribs present in the body whorl and an ovate operculum with a terminal nucleus. These features included this species in the subfamily Cominellinae and together with its small size, anterior canal and opercular characteristics locate it in the genus Pareuthria. (CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) include Fusus (Sipho) edwardiensis in the synomy of P. regulus, but edwar- diensis have not axial ribs in the last whorl. For lack of type material to compare with, we think that our speci- men is a Pareuthria regulus. BRANCH ET AL. (1991) recorded P. regulus but refered it to WATSON (1883). However Branch's figure agrees in shell features with our specimen. Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound, Kerguelen Is. Warson (1886) records two species of Fusus (Neptunea): regulus from Kerguelen and edwardiensis from between Marion I. and Prince Edward I. POWELL (1957) records Pareuth- ria regulus in a BANZARE locality at Ker- guelen, later in a summary records two species refereed to F. regulus in the Ker- guelen. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) record Pareuthria regulus in Kerguelen and Crozet Is. and BRANCH ET AL. (1991) in Marion and Prince Edward Is. between 0 and 527 m. Specimen of this collection was collectec in mud with spicles at 40 m. Family BUCCINIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Falsimohnia Powell, 1951 Falsimohnia albozonata (Watson, 1882) (Fig. 22) Buccinum albozonatum Watson, 1882; Watson, 1886: 212, pl. 13, fig. 7. Falsimohnia albozonata: Powell, 1951: 138; Powell, 1957: 133; Powell, 1960: 149; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 67. Material: 3 sp. (4.0 x 8.5 mm — 3.0 x 6.0 mm), Dé; 1 shell (2.5 x 4.5 mm), D35. Remarks: The shell is easy to recog- nise by its brown colour with a white band in each whorl and in the pillar. It has a small and very thin shell with a tall spire and a spiral sculpture of fine threads. Our specimens reach 8.0 mm long but CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) give a maximum size of 12.0 mm from specimens collected in Kerguelen. Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound, Kerguelen Is. Later Powell records E. albozonata from South Georgia (POWELL, 1951) and Kerguelen (POWELL, 1957). More recently CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) find this species in Kerguelen and Crozet Is., being the second locality a new record for this species. Our specimens were collected in mud with spicles at 40 m. Family BUCCINIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Prosipho Thiele, 1912 Prosipho propinquus Thiele, 1912 (Fig. 23) Prosipho propinquus Thiele, 1912: 245, pl. 13, fig. 11; Powell, 1957: 133; Powell, 1960: 152; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 73. Material: 1 sp. (2.5 x 5.0 mm), D35. Remarks: This species has a small (4.8 x 2.5 mm) brown shell with radial ribs, 3 whorls and a protoconch of one and half 100 whorls and a D-shaped aperture. The shell colour is white in the canal and external lip. In the first and second TRONCOSO ET AL.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean whorl it has two radial ribs and over six in the body whorl. Distribution: The type locality is Ob- servatory Bay, Kerguelen Is. It has been recorded in Kerguelen. POWELL (1957) re- cord this species in Bras Bolinder but CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) did not find it in their samples from Kerguelen. Our specimen was collected in algae co- llected in Morbihan Bay at depth of 25 m. Family BUCCINIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Bathydomus Thiele, 1912 Bathydomus sp. Material: 1 damaged shell, D7; 1 sp., D9; 1 sp. and 1 shell, D10; 1 sp., D12-D14; 1 sp. and 2 shells, D25-D29. Distribution: The specimens were found in Kerguelen ls. Remarks: Not assigned to any species. Family MURICIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Trophon Montfort, 1810 Trophon albolabratus Smith, 1875 (Fig. 24) Trophon albolabratus Smith, 1875; Strebel, 1908: 42; Powell, 1957: 134; Powell, 1960: 153; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 63. Material: 1 broken shell (9.44 x 24.73 mm), D8; 1 shell (10.95 x 20.61 mm), D9; 1 sp. (4.43 x 8.24 mm) and 2 shells (11.40 x 20.71 mm; 8.66 x 16.59 mm), D10; 1 shell (8.79 x 17.55 mm), D12-D14; 1 shell (10.76 x 19.13 mm), D16-D17; 1 shell (16.2 x 22.8 mm) and 3 broken shells, D19-21; 3 sp. (14.92 x 26.87 mm - 7.56 x 13.22 mm) and 1 shell (8.7 x 16.1 mm), D25-D29; 2 sp. (7.29 x 13.18 mm, 7.25 x 12.61 mm), D35. Remarks: This species is easy to recognise by the reticulation formed by axial lamellae and spiral cords. In Ker- guelen specimens this reticulation pro- duced usually interspaces higher than wide. POWELL (1957) points out that the Macquarie shells, recorded erroneously by HEDLEY (1916) produce interspaces two or three times wider than high and in T. albolabratus the reticulation have rectilinear interspaces. Distribution: The type localities are Swain's Bay and Royal Sound, Kergue- len. This species has been recorded from Kerguelen by STREBEL (1908). POWELL (1957) finds this species in a series of BANZARE localities at Kerguelen and later extends its range to South Georgia and South Orkneys (Powell, 1960). A more complete distribution range was given by CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985), including Falkland Is. Our material comes from mud, sand and algae collec- ted in Morbihan Bay, where CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) recorded it as a common on a variety of bottoms. Trophon septus Watson, 1882 (Fig. 25) Trophon septus Watson, 1882; Watson, 1886: 170, pl. 10, fig. 11; Powell, 1957: 134; Powell, 1960: 154; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 65; Branch et al., 1991: 59. Material: 1 sp. (6.03 x 10.66 mm), D7; 2 sp. (10.29 x 22.75 mm, 10.36 x 22.62 mm), D8; 1 sp. (6.46 x 14.64 mm) and 1 shell (7.62 x 16.65 mm), D31-D32. 101 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Remarks: This species is easy to recognise by the angulose shoulder, where are placed prominent tubercles and it has a long, narrow canal. The shell is porcelaneus white with 5 or 6 whorls, paucispiral protoconch and a horny, ovate operculum with a terminal nucleus. Our specimens agree in shell features with the Watson's figure (WATSON, 1886). However the specimen represented by BRANCH ET AL. (1991) has a more globose shell, the tubercles are less prominent than in Watson's figure and has a short canal. Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound, Kerguelen. Later POWELL (1957) finds this species in BANZARE localities from Kerguelen. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) record T. septus in Ker- guelen and Crozet, pointing out that is a species living in a great variety of bottoms and with a bathymetric range of 30 to 620 m in the Kerguelen Is. BRANCH ET AL. (1991) record it from Marion and Prince Edward ls. in depths of 140 to 200m. Our specimens were collected in mud from depths of 48-65 m. Family CANCELLARIIDAE Forbes and Hanley, 1853 Genus Admete Kroyer, 1842 Admete carinata (Watson, 1883) (Fig. 26) Cancellaria (Admete) carinata Watson, 1883; Watson, 1886: 275, pl. 18, fig 9. Admete carinata: Powell, 1960: 157; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 76. Material: 1 sp. (8.02 x 11.53 mm), D7. Remarks: The systematics of the an- tarctic forms of Admete present a num- ber of problems. This genus contains a few species of southern latitudes and some species which have been placed here but actually belong to other groups (BOUCHET and WARÉN 1985). The shell is white with a yellowish epidermis and it has two collumelar teeth and it lacks of operculum. This species of Admete dif- fers from A. specularis in the stronger shelter and the fine spiral threads below the shelter, besides A. carinata has 5 whorls and the spire is short while A. specularis has 5 */2 whorls and its spire is larger. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) give a maximum size of 20 mm for cari- nata and 13 mm for specularis. Our speci- men has 12.5 mm of length and agree in shell features with the Watson's descrip- tion and figure (WATSON 1886). Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound, Kerguelen Is. POWELL (1960) records this species in Falkland Is. and Tierra del Fuego. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) find it in Kerguelen between 71 and 195 m. Our single speci- men was collected in mud at 65 m. Admete specularis (Watson, 1882) (Fig. 27) Cancellaria (Admete) specularis Watson, 1882; Watson, 1886: 274, pl. 18, fig. 9. Admete specularis: Powell, 1957: 134; Powell, 1960: 158; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 76; Branch et al., 1991: 59. Material: 2 sp. (6.71 x 10.16 mm - 4.92 x 7.47 mm) and 5 shells (6.42 x 9.70 mm - 5.62 x 8.6 mm), D9); 4 shells (6.0 x 10.0 mm — 6.0 x 9.5 mm), D10; 1 broken shell, D31-D32. Remarks: This shell is white with a yellowish epidermis, below the shelter that is only marked by an angulation it 102 has a sculpture of spiral lines on the whole shell surface and it has two collu- melar teeth. This shell is shorter than ca- TRONCOSO ET 4L.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean rinata but its spire is longer because the body whorl of specularis is shorter than the body whorl of carinata. The mouth is semicircular and differs from carinata where the mouth is wide, angulated and reaches half the size of the shell. Distribution: The type locality is near Royal Sound, Kerguelen Is. WATSON (1886) found it also off Heard Is. PoweLL (1957) records it in the BANZARE material collected in Kergue- len, CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) from Kerguelen and Crozet Is. and BRANCH ET AL. (1991) from Marion and Prince Edward Is. between 49 and 228 m. Spe- cimens of this collection were collected in mud and sand with Macrocystis from depths of 30-50 m. Family VOLUTOMITRIDAE Gray, 1845 Genus Paradmete Strebel, 1908 Paradmete fragillima (Watson, 1882) (Fig. 28) Volutomitra fragillima Watson, 1882; Watson, 1886: 263, pl.14, fig. 7: Thiele, 1912: 264; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 75. Paradmete fragillima: Powell, 1951: 165, Powell, 1957: 134; Powell, 1958: 198; Powell, 1960: 157; Egorova, 1982: 37, fig. 166; Dell, 1990: 222, fig. 390. Paradmete typica Strebel, 1908: 22, pl. 3, figs. 35 a-f. Material: 1 broken shell, D2; 1 sp. (6.02 x 12.2 mm) and 2 shells (7.22 x 14.11 mm, 6.59 x 13.8 mm), D9; 2 shells (7.58 x 15.1 mmy 6.92 x 13.97 mm), D16-D17; 1 sp. (6.62 x 12.44 mm), D31-D32; 2 shells (3.86 x 8.83 mm, 3.36 x 5.81 mm), D37. Remarks: P. fragillima has white shell, smooth with four oblique teeth in the columella. Sculpture of fine longitudinal grown lines with a fine yellowish epi- dermis. It reaches a maximun size of 23 mm in Kerguelen and it is more abun- dant in the bays (CANTERA and ARNAUD 1985). Only two live specimens were collected in the Morbihan Bay between 30-50 m, reaching 14 mm of length and 6.4 mm of wid. Distribution: The type localities are Royal Sound, Kerguelen Is. (P. fragillima), South Georgia (P. typica). PowELL (1951) collected it in South Georgia and Palmer archipelago and later the same author found it in BANZARE localities at Kerguelen Is. (PoweLL, 1957) and in the Victoria — Ross Quadrant's (PowELL, 1958). CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) collected this species in a many stations at Ker- guelen and Crozet, between 37 and 315 m of depth. DELL (1990) gives a com- plete description of the range distribu- tion of P. fragillima and the bathymetric range where this species was found. This species was collectec in a great variety of bottoms from depths of 23-50 m. Family TURRIDAE Swainson, 1840 Genus Spirotropis G. O. Sars, 1878 Spirotropis studeriana (Martens, 1878) (Fig. 29) Pleurotoma (Spirotropis) studeriana Martens, 1878; Watson, 1886: 322, pl. 25, fig. 7. Spirotropis studeriana: Powell, 1957: 135; Powell, 1960: 160; Powell, 1966: 75; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 78; Branch et al., 1991: 59. Material: 2 sp. (5.99 x 14.47 mm, 5.03 x 11.51 mm) and 1 shell (4.71 x 11.12 mm), D7; 1 sp. (4.07 x 7.95 mm), D8; 5 sp. (6.02 x 13.61 mm -— 3.61 x 7.63 mm) and 1 shell (5.61 x 12.89 mm), D31-D32. 103 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Remarks: This shell is characterised by its tall spire, angulated whorls and a sub- sutural sinus. The aperture is pyriform, ending in a short and straight canal, it has a sculpture of wavy axial ribs and white colour. The protoconch is smooth, rounded and has 1 */2 whorls, we could not see the operculum because the animal was retracted in all the specimens that we found, but the typical Spirotropis opercu- lum is leaf- shaped with a terminal nucleus (POWELL 1966). Our specimens reach a maximum of 14 mm of length, but in adult specimens the maximum size is 26 mm (CANTERA and ARNAUD, 1985). BRANCH ET AL. (1991) give a size of 15 mm from specimens collected in Marion and Prince Edward Is. Distribution: The type locality is Ker- guelen Is. POWELL (1957) find it in the material collected in Kerguelen belonging to the BANZARE Expedition. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) find this species in Kerguelen and give a new record to Crozet. BRANCH ET AL. (1991) collect it in Marion and Prince Edward Is., between 140 and 204 m. Our specimens were collected in mud from depths of 48-65 m. Family TURRIDAE Swainson, 1840 Genus Typhlodaphne Powell, 1951 Typhlodaphne translucida (Watson, 1881) (Fig. 30) Pleurotoma (Thesbia) translucida Watson, 1881; Watson, 1886: 330, ¡11223 Mate TL Thesbia translucida: Thiele, 1912: 248, pl. 15, fig. 15. Typhlodaphne translucida: Powell, 1951: 175; Powell, 1957: 136; Powell, 1958: 204; Powell, 1960: 160; Powell, 1966: 129; Cantera and Arnaud, 1985: 80; Dell, 1990: 239; Branch et al., 1991: 59. Material: 2 sp. (5.46 x 10.08 mm, 4.5 x 8.5 mm) and 1 shell (6.52 x 12.49 mm), D25-D29; 1 shell (2.0 x 5.0 mm), D31-D32. Remarks: The shell is oval, white in colour and smooth, it has not opercu- lum and presents a sculpture of fine lines of growth. CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) give a maximum size of 14 mm for Kerguelen specimens, our two speci- mens measured 11 mm in length. Distribution: The type locality is halfway between Marion I. and Prince Edward 1. Typhlodaphne translucida has been also recorded in material of a BANZARE expedition from Kerguelen (POWELL 1957) and Victoria — Ross Qua- drant's (POWELL 1958). CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) collect this species from Kerguelen and Crozet, being the later a new record. DELL (1990) gives a range distribution of T. translucida that inclu- ded the antarctic continent between 49? E-53? E and BRANCH ET AL. (1991) collec- ted it from Marion and Prince Edward Is. between 210 and 355 m. Our speci- mens were collected in mud with Rho- dophyces from depths of 30-50 m. Family DIAPHANIDAE Odhner, 1914 Genus Toledonia Dall, 1902 Toledonia elata Thiele, 1912 (Fig. 31) Toledonia elata Thiele, 1912: 249, pl. 14, fig. 22; Powell, 1957: 137; Powell, 1958: 206; Powell, 1960: 161; Dell, 1990: 256, figs. 471, 472. Material: 1 sp. (2.26 x 4.33 mm), D16-D17. Remarks: Among the species of Tole- donia endemic of Kerguelen Dell (1990) 104 points out that T. punctata is distinguis- hable by “the sculpture of the proto- TRONCOSO ET AL.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean conch, the strongly developed spiral sculpture and the relatively straight- sided whorl outlines”, while T. elata have smooth protoconch and a polished shell surface. Our specimen has a smooth protoconch and a polished white shell surface with very fine spiral lines, this spiral sculpture is only notica- ble with a great magnification. Its mea- surements are 4.6 x 2.5 with a D/H ratio of 54. We think it is a T elata specimen relying on the smooth protoconch and the absence of a strongly spiral sculp- ture. Distribution: The type locality is Observatory Bay, Kerguelen Is. Powell records this species in material from BANZARE expedition collected in Ker- guelen (POWELL 1957) and in the Victo- ria — Ross Quadrant (PowELL 1958). PoweELL (1960) points out that it has been also recorded from Enderby Land and DELL (1990) found T. elata in the Ross Sea between 238 and 351 m. Family PHILINIDAE Gray, 1850 Genus Philine Ascanius, 1772 Philine cf. amoena Thiele, 1925 Material: 1 broken shell, D5; 1 shell (6.0 x 7.0 mm), D8; 2 sp. (4.1x 7.5 mm; 4.1 x 8.0 mm), D25-D29. Remarks: This species seems to be amoena, but without access to type mate- rial, we only suspect that it is this species. The shell characteristics agree with this species of Philine, although its identity may be confirmed. Distribution: The type locality is Gazelle Bay, Kerguelen Is. This specie was recorded by POWELL (1957) from two stations of the BANZARE expedi- tion at Kerguelen Is. of which the species is endemic. Class BIVALVIA Family SAREPTIDAE A. Adams, 1860 Genus Yoldia Moller, 1842 Subgenus Aegviyoldia Scoot-Ryen, 1951 Yoldia (Aegviyoldia) isonota Martens, 1881 (Fig. 32) Yoldia isonota Smith, 1885: 242, pl. 20, figs. 5-5b. Yoldia (Aequiyoldia) isonota Powell, 1957: 115; Powell, 1960: 170. Material: 3 valves (8.56 x 15.15 mm - 8.10 x 12.44 mm), D2; 11 valves (10.8 x 19.2 mm — 7.9 x 12.8 mm), D3-D4; 2 sp. (15.15 x 26.98 mm, 10.52 x 15.83 mm) and 6 valves (14.5 x 25.0 mm - 9.5 x 15.2 mm), D5; 1 sp. (11.36 x 18.94 mm) and 6 valves (12.42 x 20.23 mm - 9.20 x 14.50 mm), D7; 2 valves (8.83 x 16.58 mm), D16-D17; 2 sp. (10.98 x 18.19 mm; 8.56 x 14.44 mm), D31-D3?; 1 sp. (8.59 x 14.01 mm), D36. Remarks: This species was recorded by Smith (1885) in Kerguelen Is. He pointed out that it is not comparable with any other species. Distribution: The type locality is Kerguelen Is., from where it was also recorded by the BANZARE expedition (POwELL, 1957). It appears to be endemic of Kerguelen, but ARNAUD (1979) records it at Kerguelen Is. and includes this species in a group with subantartic distribution. In this collec- tion appear three individuals alive in muddy bottoms from 50-90 m, being the remaining material only empty valves. 105 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Yoldia (Aegviyoldia) eightsi (Couthouy, in Jay, 1839) (Fig. 33) Nucula eightsii Couthouy, in Jay, 1839. Yoldia (Aequiyoldia) eightsi: Dell, 1990: 10, figs. 2, 5; Cattaneo-Vietti et al. 2000: 176. Yoldia subaequilateralis Smith, 1885: 243. Yodia (Aequiyoldia) subaequilateralis: Powell, 1957: 114; Powell, 1960: 170. Material: 1 sp. (19.27 x 32.11 mm) and 3 valves (17.65 x 25.91 mm - 16.22 x 26.59 mm), D5; 1 valve (18.24 x 28.17 mm), D8; 3 sp. (10.93 x 16.81 mm - 8.22 x 12.64 mm) and 5 valves (13.53 x 20.67 mm - 10.57 x 15.76 mm) D9; 1 sp. (14.71 x 22.18 mm) and 4 valves (15.2 x 22.3 mm - 13.2 x 19.5 mm), D10; 1sp. (9.16 x 13.85 mm) and 1 valve (13.59 x 20.81 mm), D12-D14, 1 sp. (15.32 x 22.43 mm) and 1 valve (13.42 x 20.26 mm), D19-21; 2 sp. (12.94 x 19.04 mm, 11.66 x 16.91 mm) and 1 valve (9.02 x 12.84 mm), D25-D29. Remarks: This is one of the commo- nest bivalves in antarctic shallow waters (DELL, 1990; CATTANEO-VIETTI ET'AL., 2000). Y. eightsi was found in the Ross Sea with densities of 70-80 ind./m2 (CATTANEO-VIETTI ET AL., 2000). Distribution: The type locality is Swain's Bay, Kerguelen ls. This species with circumantarctic distribution (DELL, 1990) extends to the South Shetlands, South Orkneys, South Sandwich ls., South Georgia, Falkiand Is., Tierra del Fuego, Southern Chile and to Kerguelen Is. Although its known range is 4-824 m, DELL (1990) remarks that this species is much commoner at depth shallower than at 100 metres. CATTANEO-VIETTI ET AL. (2000) find this species in Terra Nova Bay, Ross Sea with a maximum size of 30 mm and between depths of 36 and 380 m. Ar- NAUD (1979) found Y. isonota in Kergue- len Is. in coarse sand with a detritic and organogenic components. In the present collection Y. eightsi was found in muddy and sandy bottoms with an organogenic components (spicles) from 23 to 50 m. Family MALLETIDAE Adams and Adams, 1858 Genus Malletia Desmoulins, 1832 Malletia gigantea (Smith, 1875) Solenella gigantea Smith, 1875. Malletia gigantea: Thiele, 1912: 254; Powell, 1957: 115; Powell, 1960: 171. Material: 1 sp. (24.63 x 44.06 mm) and 13 valves (31.0 x 57.2 mm — 25.0 x 47.0 mm), D18; 3 valves, D31-D32. Remarks: It is the largest bivalve found in this collection and its measure- ments are 44.06 mm x 24.63 mm. Smith's type is the largest known with 62 mm x 32 mm (PowELL, 1957). Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound, Kerguelen Is. This species was also recorded in Kerguelen Is. by THIELE (1912) in Observatory Bay and by POWELL (1957) ina BANZARE localities between 4 and 150 m. ARNAUD (1979) records it from Ker- guelen Is. and points out that is another species with subantarctic distribution. Shells and the individual of this collection come from muddy bottoms, agreeing with ARNAUD (1979), who found this species in muddy bottoms and included it in the deposit-feeders. Family MYTILIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Aulacomya Moerch, 1853 Aulacomya ater regia Powell, 1957 106 TRONCOSO ET AL.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean Mytilus magellanicus Thiele, 1912: 253. Aulacomya ater regia Powell, 1957: 120, pl. 2, figs. 1-2; Powell, 1960: 174. Material: 2 sp. (49.0 x 98.0 mm, 8.0 x 18.0 mm), D10; 6 sp. (50.98 x 112.31 mm - 12.72 x 26.83 mm), D12-D14; 1 sp. (46.06 x 105.42 mm) and 1 valve (30.51 x 56.82 mm), D16-D17; 3 sp. (50.57 x 106.85 mm - 47.74 x 115.64 mm), D19-21; 1 sp. (41.63 x 85.51 mm), D29-25; 1 sp. (1.4 x 2.2 mm), D35. Remarks: This species has the same shape as Aulacomya ater ater, but it is dis- tinguishable by the number of ribs in the umbonal area (POWELL, 1957). In our Ker- guelen individuals the number of ribs reaches a range of 9-14, while the range known for this subspecies is 10-13 (POWELL, 1957). This author described the Kerguelen population as a new subspe- cies upon the umbonal rib count (POWELL, 1957). The greater individual found in this work was 115.6 mm x 47.7 mm with 14 ribs in the umbonal area and golden brown coloration, features that agree with the subspecies described by Powell. ARNAUD (1974 and 1979) do not maintain this subes- pecies for Kerguelen populations. Distribution: The type locality is Bras Bolinder, Kerguelen Is. THIELE (1912) records this species in Observatory Bay, Kerguelen Is. and PowELL (1957) in some BANZARE stations at Kerguelen. Family KELLIDAE Forbes and Hanley, 1958 Genus Pseudokellia Pelseneer, 1903 Pseudokellia cardiformis (Smith, 1885) (Fig. 34) Kellia cardiformis Smith, 1885: 202, pl. 11, figs. 6-66. Pseudokellia stillwelli Hedley, 1916: 31, pl. 3, figs. 38, 39; Powell, 1960: 178; Egorova: 1982: 72, figs. 326, 327. Pseudokellia cardiformis: Powell, 1957: 122; Powell, 1960: 178; Dell, 1990: 40, figs 66, 67. Material: 3 valves (4.5 x 4.6 mm), D8; 1 sp. (2.5 x 3.0 mm), D25-29. Remarks: Only one young individual was found alive in this collection. It is a whitish, circular and very thin shell. In the empty shells we can see the hinge com- posed of two cardinal teeth in the left valve and only one in the right, ligament is inter- nal and it is situated just below the umbo. Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound in Kerguelen Is. HEDLEY (1916) records P. cardiformis in Adelie Land and Davis Sea, POWELL (1957) found it in BANZARE localities and EGOROVA (1982) records this species in the Results of the Soviet Antartic Expedition. According to DELL (1990) this species has a probably circumantarctic distribution. Antarctic Peninsula, South Sethlands, South Sand- wich Is., South Georgia, Shag Rocks, off the Falkland Is., Kerguelen Is. and Ross Sea. This author records P. cardiformis in the Ross Sea at 51-377 m. CATTANEO- VIETTI ET AL. (2000) record P. cardiformis in Terra Nova Bay, Ross Sea between 49 and 544 m. Our specimen was collected in muddy bottom with Rhodophyces from depths of 30-50 m. Family GAIMARDIIDAE Hedley, 1916 Genus Gaimardia Gould, 1852 Gaimardia trapesina trapesina (Lamarck, 1819) (Fig. 35) Gaimardia trapesina Hedley, 1916: 25, with the following synonyms: Modiolarca crassa, cannellieri, lephayi, savatieri, fuegiensis and hahni, all of Rochebrune and Mabille, 1889: 120-123; Powell, 1957: 122; Branch et al., 1991: 47, 52, 61, 63. 107 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Gaimardia trapesina trapesina: Powell, 1960: 179 Material: 79 sp. (15.56 x 22.39 mm — 5.5 x 8.8 mm), D5; 1 valve (0.6 x 0.8 mm), D9; 1 broken valve, D19-21; 54 sp. (16.52 x 22.56 mm — 96.54 x 10.39 mm), D25-D29. Remarks: According to BRANCH ET AL. (1991) this species can reach up to 25 mm of length. The largest individual found by us in Kerguelen Is. was 23 mm length. G. trapesina has a fragile shell, with a coloration pale buff to brown and the typical rostrum of trapesina, we found most of the samples associated to the kelp. Samples found by PowELL (1957) in Kerguelen Is. are shorter than 10 mm, while the largest Macquarie 1. samples that were found by Hedley are 19 mm (HeDLEY 1916). This author remarks that Lamarck's type is 22 mm and BRANCH ET AL. (1991) point out that this species is usually attached to the blades of the kelp Macrocystis pyrifera, and records this bivalve in sand with depth range of 5-200 m. Distribution: The type locality of G. trapesina appears to be unknown, pro- bably Magellan province (POWELL 1960). HeDLEY (1916) records the coccinea variety in Macquarie I. This species has almost a subantarctic distribution follo- wing the Macrocystis pyrifera distribution (ARNAUD, 1979; HAREAU and ARNAUD, 1984). It has been recorded in the Mage- llanic province, including Falkland Is,, Kerguelen Is. and Crozets (POWELL 1960). BRANCH ET AL. (1991) records this species from Marion and Prince Edward Is. between 5 and 200 m. Our samples come from Port aux Francais, Channer I., Suhm I., Glénan Is. and Passe de Buenos Aires and were collected in muddy bott- tons whit spicles and Marocystis from depths of 23-50 m. Family NEOLEPTONIDAE Thiele, 1934 Genus Neolepton Monterosato, 1875 Neolepton umbonatum (Smith, 1885) (Fig. 36) Davila (?) umbonata Smith, 1885: 82, pl. 6, figs 1, 1b. Notolepton umbonatum: Powell, 1955: 37; Powell, 1957: 123; Powell, 1960: 180. Neolepton umbonatum: Branch et al., 1991: 54; Linse, 1997: 57; Linse and Brandt, 1998: 884, 887. Material: 2 valves (2.0 x 2.0 mm, 1.5 x 2.0 mm), D5; 1 sp. (3.5 x 5.0 mm), Dé; 1 sp. (3.0 x 4.0 mm), D7; 5 valves (4.5 x 5.5 mm — 3.0 x 4.0 mm), D8. Remarks: SMITH (1885) described this species from individuals found in Balfour Bay and Royal Sound in Ker- guelen Is. and places it in the genus Davila, although he points out that it did not correspond in the hinge with the typical Davila. Later this species has been recorded under different genera. DELL (1964a in DELL 1990) places a spe- cimen of Lepton parasiticum from Ker- guelen in the genus Neolepton and consi- ders this one as a synonymy of Notolep- ton. BRANCH ET AL. (1991) describe the shell of N. umbonatum as more longer than high, a little inflated and with a 108 prominet umbo, these shell features agree with our individuals. Distribution: The type localities of this species are Balfour Bay and Royal Sound in Kerguelen Is. POWELL (1955) records it in Auckland Is. and later records this species in BANZARE mate- rial POwELL (1957). BRANCH ET AL. (1991) records it in Marion and Prince Edward lIs., 10 to 750 m. LinsE (1997) found this species in the Beagle Channel, 25 to 271 m. Our specimens were collected in muddy bottoms with an organogenic components (spicles) from depths of 23-65 m. TRONCOSO ET 4Z.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean Family LIMIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Limatula Searles- Wood, 1839 Limatula cf. pygmaea (Philippi, 1845) (Fig. 37) Lima pygmaea Philippi, 1945; Thiele, 1912: 251, pl. 17, figs. 6-8. Limatula pygmaea: Powell, 1955: 27; Powell, 1957: 116; Powell, 1960: 176; Branch et al., 1991: 50; Linse, 1997: 52; Linse and Brandt, 1998: 884. Limatula cf. pygmaea: Arnaud, 1979: 222; Hareau and Arnaud, 1984: 466. Limatula (Antarctolima) pygmaea: Dell, 1990: 55. Material: 3 sp. (8.51 x 11.26 mm -— 5.54 x 7.22 mm), D3-D4; 1 broken valve, D5; 1sp. (8.55 x 11.26 mm) and 11 valves (11.0 x 14.28 mm - 4.84 x 6.11 mm), D8; 1 valve (9.31 x 12.37 mm), D9; 12 valves (11.33 x 14.49 mm — 10.16 x 14.06 mm), D10; 2 sp. (11.30 x 14.85 mm, 7.39 x 9.59 mm), D19-21; 29 sp. (12.67 x 16.42 mm - 6.89 x 8.76 mm) and 2 valves (12.5 x 16.1 mm, 10.5 x 12.8 mm), D25-D29. Remarks: The greatest specimen of this collection reaches 16.5 mm, is a white bro- adly oval shell with radial ridges and growth rings. POWELL (1957) points out that it is better to maintain the name pyg- maea for the Kerguelen shells until com- parative material can be examined. Ar- NAUD (1979) and HAREAU and ARNAUD (1984) point out that Stuardo (1968) con- cluded that the Kerguelen specimens of L. pygmaea defered of L. pygmaea (Philippi, 1845) but the new name could not be em- ployed because remains unpublished. DELL (1990) explains that “the relations- hip of L. pygmaea and L. ovalis will be bet- ter understood when more material of eas- tern Antarctica can be critically compared with material of the full range of L. pyg- maea”. We consider that our specimens are very close to L. pygmaea (Philippi, 1845) in measurements and shell characteristics but we agree with Arnaud's nomenclature and consider this species as cf. Distribution: It has a wide distribution range and has been recorded from Sout- hern Chile and the Magellanic region to Kerguelen and Macquarie Is. in depths of 6 to 598 m (DELL 1990). BRANCH ET AL. records this species from Marion and Prince Edward I. between 38 and 240 m and recently it has been collected in the Beagle Channel by LINsE (1997) and LINSE AND BRANDT (1998), 5 to 665 m. HAREAU and ARNAUD (1984) included, in the dis- tribution range of Stuardo's species, Crozet and Kerguelen Is. and pointed out that some of L. pygmaea (Philippi, 1845) records could be about Stuardo's species. We found this species in muddy and sandy bottoms from depths of 23-50 m. Family CARDITIDAE Fleming, 1828 Genus Cyclocardia Conrad, 1867 Cyclocardia astartoides (Martens, 1878) (Fig. 38) Cardita astartoides: Smith, 1885: 212, pl. 5, figs. 2-2a; Thiele, 1912: 230, pl. 18, fig. 10. Venericardia astartoides: Hedley, 1916: 30, pl. 3, figs. 33, 34. Cyclocardia astartoides: Powell, 1957: 121; Powell, 1958: 177; Powell, 1960: 177; Egorova, 1982: 72, figs. 328, 329; Dell, 1990: 59, figs. 98, 99; Cattaneo-Vietti et al., 2000: 176. Cyclocardia antarctica: Powell, 1960: 177. Material: 4 sp. (23.93 x 30.04 mm - 8.0 x 9.5 mm) and 5 valves (34.2 x 43.5 mm -— 8.8 x 11.5 mm), D3- D4; 1 sp. (4.5 x 5.2 mm) and 9 valves (14.44 x 18.15 mm - 6.42 x 6.74 mm), D5; 1 sp. (30.70 x 36.54 mm), D8; 1 valve (26.07 x 29.43 mm), D10; 52 valves (29.0 x 37.2 mm - 18.5 x 22.2 mm), D12-D14; 1 sp. (23.51 x 27.16 mm) and 2 valves (14.45 x 16.78 mm), D16-D17; 8 sp. (31.02 x 36.34 mm — 17.34 x 20.03 mm) and 12 valves (31.44 x 39.17 mm - 11.25 x 13.31 mm), D19-21; 5 sp. (23.0 x 27.7 mm - 9.42 x 10.61 mm) and 5 valves (27.21 x 32.19 mm - 8.28 x 9.95 mm), D25-D29. 109 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Remarks: POwELL (1960) records three types of Cyclocardia in Antarctic waters: antarctica, astartoides and interme- dia that later DELL (1964a in DELL, 1990) suggests as the variants of the widely distributed C. astartoides. Afterwards NICOL (1966 in DELL, 1990) reiterates the differences between the type antarctica and typical form astartoides and gives the ratio of length to height of this types. DELL (1990) revises the ratios and other characteristics of a series of speci- mens belonging to astartoides and con- cludes that until a better evidence is found, antarctica is based on a single aberrant specimen of astartoides. Distribution: The type locality is Ker- guelen Is. C. Astartoides has been recor- ded from Kerguelen and between Ker- guelen and Heard Is. ( SMITH, 1885; THIELE, 1912; POWELL, 1957), Davis Sea and Shackleton Ice-shelf (HEDLEY, 1916), Enderby Land and Adelie Land (PowELL 1958) and Terra Nova Bay, Ross Sea (CATTANEO-VIETTI ET AL., 2000). Moreover it has been recorded from South Shetlands, South Orkneys, South Sandwich Is., South Georgia, Bouvet 1, Ross Sea and Kerguelen (see DELL 1990). This author points out that it is a common species in the Ross Sea, 18-1674 m. In this collection it is one of the cha- racteristic bivalves, appearing in muddy and sandy bottoms with organogenic components and algae from depths of 30-50 m. Family HIATELLIDAE Gray, 1824 Genus Hiatella Daudin, 1801 Hiatella cf. antarctica (Philippi, 1845) (Figs. 39, 40) Saxicava antarctica Hedley, 1916: 33. Hiatella cf. antarctica: Powell, 1955: 44. Hiatella antarctica: Powell, 1957: 124; Powell, 1960: 183. Material: 1 sp. (19 mm x 8.2 mm), D3-D4. Remarks: This species has a very va- riable shape and POWELL (1957) ascribes all irregular Subantarctic and Antarctic Hiatella to antarctica. HAREAU and AR- NAUD (1984) point out that determina- tion of South hemisphere Hiatella is un- certain and consider the similarity bet- ween this species and H. arctica (Linné, 1767). This collection have only one in- dividual, found in Passe de Buenos Ai- res. It is elongate (19 mm x 8.2 mm), slightly gaping with concentric growth rings and two rows of little spines only visible in the anterior dorsal margin. This shell is white with pale brown deci- duous periostracum, ligament external and one cardinal tooth in the right valve. We have not enougth data on which to base a judgement and for this reason we consider this species as cf. Distribution: The distribution range can not be critically established with the specific discusions existing. In this collection there is one specimen collec- ted in muddy bottoms with organogenic components from a depth of 42 m. Family LATERNULIDAE Hedley, 1918 Genus Laternula Róding, 1798 Laternula elliptica (King and Broderip, 1831) (Fig. 41) Anatina elliptica: Smith, 1885: 76; Thiele, 1912: 256. Laternula elliptica: Hedley, 1916: 27; Powell, 1957: 120; Powell, 1960: 185; Egorova, 1982: 68, figs. 197-299; Dell, 1990: 62, fig. 106; Branch et al., 1991: 51; Cattaneo-Vietti et al., 2000: 176. 110 TRONCOSO ET AL.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean Figure 43: Eatoniella k. kerguelenensis, radula. Figure 44: Margarites cf. porcellana, radula. Figure 45: Margarites violacea, radula. Figure 46: Falsilunatia cf. dalicatula, radula. Figure 47: Falsilunatia cf. xantha, radula. Scale bars, 43: 25 um, 44-47: 100 um Figura 43: Eatoniella k. kerguelenensis, radula. Figura 44: Margarites cf. porcellana, radula. Figura 45: Margarites violacea, radula. Figura 46: Falsilunatia cf. dalicatula, radula. Figura 47: Falsilunatia cf. xantha, radula. Escalas, 43: 25 qm, 44-47: 100 ym. Material: 1 broken valve, D7; 1 sp. (12.42 x 22.07 mm), D9; 2 sp. (28.0 x 45.0 mm; 9.77 x 16.67 mm) and 1 valve (33.61 x 60.80 mm), D16-D17; 2 valves (28.27 x 50.05 mm, 21.82 x 37.91 mm), D18; 2 sp. (13.85 x 27.37 mm, 9.43 x 22.15 mm), D19-21; 5 sp. (21.88 x 37.86 mm - 8.5 x 17.5 mm), D25-D29; 3 sp. (12.41 x 20.53 mm - 10.8 x 17.5 mm), D31-D32; 1 valve (19.65 x 36.59 mm), M14. Remarks: This species of bivalve is easy to recognize by its shell and the big siphon. L. elliptica is an abundant shallow waters species, DELL (1990) remarks this species as probably com- moner in depths shallower than 20 m. CATTANEO-VIETTI ET AL. (2000) found in the Terra Nova Bay a specimen with a maximum size of 83 mm, whereas in this collection the maximum size is 60.8 mm. Distribution: The type locality is South Shetlands. L. elliptica has been recorded from Betsy Cove and Royal Sound (SMITH, 1885), Observatory Bay (THIELE, 1912) and Commonwealth Bay (HEDLEY, 1916) all in Kerguelen. POWELL (1957) also records this species in a series of BANZARE localities at Kergue- len Is. L. elliptica has a completely circu- mantarctic distribution, being known from Antarctic Peninsula, South She- tlands, South Orkneys and South Sand- wich Ís., South Georgia and Kerguelen (DELL, 1990). BRANCH ET AL. (1991) find this species in Marion and Prince Edward Is. CATTANEO-VIETTI ET AL. (2000) record this specie in Terra Nova Bay, Ross Sea. Individuals of this collec- tion have been collected in muddy and sandy bottoms with Rhodophyces from depths of 0,1-65 m. 111 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Family THRACIDAE Stoliczka, 1870 Genus Thracia Sowerby, 1823 Thracia meridionalis Smith, 1885 (Fig. 42) Thracia meridionalis Smith, 1885: 68, pl. 6, figs. 4-4b; Hedley 1916: 29; Powell, 1958: 178; Powell, 1960: 184; Egorova, 1982: 69, figs. 304-306; Dell, 1990: 63, figs. 109, 110, 111; Branch et al., 1991: 51; Linse, 1997: 61; Linse and Brandt, 1998: 884; Cattaneo-Vietti et al., 2000: 176. Mysella truncata Thiele, 1912: 230, pl. 18, fig. 18. Mysella frigida Thiele, 1912: 231, pl. 18, fig. 19. Material: 1 valve, D9; 3 valves (15.7 x 20.8 mm - 14.3 x 20.5 mm), D25-D29. Remarks: This characteristic bivalve is easy to recognize, besides its shell fea- tures, by its pallial sinus and its muscle scars. Although this species is a common antarctic bivalve, in this collec- tion T. meridionalis is only represented by empty valves. CATTANEO-VIETTI ET AL. (2000) found, in Terra Nova Bay, Ross Sea, a specimen with a length of 25 mm. Distribution: The type locality is Royal Sound in Kerguelen Is. DELL (1990) points out that it is another species with probably circumantarctic distribution and records it in the Antarc- tic Peninsula, South Shetland, South CONCLUSIONS A total of 843 individuals was identi- fied belonging to 44 species of molluscs. Twelve of these species are bivalves with a total of 434 individuals and thirty-two species are gastropods with a total of 409 individuals. All the species are characteristics of shallow waters, being the samples collected in a maximum depth of 90 m. Amony the bivalves, the most abun- dant species are Gaimardia t. trapesina with 132 individuals and Limatula cf. pygmaea with 35 individuals and 27 valves. Whereas among the gastropods the most abundant species are Margarites cf. porce- llana with 48 individuals and 34 shells and Perissodonta mirabilis with 40 individuals and 19 shells. Only one species of bivalve, Thracia meridionalis, is represented by empty valves whereas three species of gas- tropods, Puncturella conica, lothia coppin- 112 Orkneys, South Sandwich Is., South Georgia, Magellanic region, Falkland Is., Kerguelen, Marion and Prince Edward Is. and in the Ross Sea with a bathyme- tric range of 5-752 m. This author remarks that it is more common in rela- tively shallow depths. BRANCH ET AL. (1991) collect this species from Marion and Prince Edward Ís., 15-120 m. LINSE (1997) records this species in the Beagle Channel. CATTANEO-VIETTI ET AL. (2000) record T. meridionalis in Terra Nova Bay, Ross Sea, 30-123 m. In this collection there are two shells collected in mud with Rhodophyces from depths of 30-50 m. geri and Sinuber sculpta, are represented by empty shells. The small size of most of the species of this collection must be emp- hasized. There are a few exceptions like the limpets Nacella (Patinigera) edgari and N. delicatissima or Perissodonta mirabilis and among the bivalves Aulacomya ater regía and Laternula elliptica. In this collection, there are one spe- cies of bivalve and two of gastropods that are endemics of the Kerguelen ls., the bivalve Aulacomya ater regia, and the gastropods Nacella (Patinigera) edgari and Prosipho propinquus. This latter species have not been recorded after POWELL (1957) and CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985) included it in the faunal list. There are four species of bivalves that ARNAUD (1979) and HAREAU and ARNAUD (1984) pointed out that have a subantarctic dis- tribution, these species are: Yoldia (Aequi- TRONCOSO ET 4£.: Marine molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean yoldia) isonota, Malletía gigantea, Gaimar- dia t. trapesina and Limatula cf. pygmaea. Most of the species formerly conside- red as endemic of Kerguelen ls., have been recorded from Crozet Is. by CANTERA and ARNAUD (1985): Eatontella k. kerguelenensis, Eumetula ornata, Pareuth- ria chlorotica, Spirotropis studeriana, Trophon septus and Admete specularis. There are only one species of gastropod (lothia coppingeri) with a circumantarctic distribution whereas there are four species of bivalves with this distribution: Yoldia (Aequiyoldia) eightsi, Laternula ellip- tica, Thracia meridionalis and Pseudokellya cardiformis. The two latter species are recorded by DELL (1990) as with a proba- ble's circumantarctic distribution. If the specific identity of Margarites cf. porcellana, one of the most abundant gastropod is confirmed, it would be a new record for the Kerguelen Is., since its the type locality is off Marion I. and 1ts recent records Marion and Prince Edward Is. (BRANCH ET AL., 1991). BIBLIOGRAPHY ARNAUD, P. M., 1972. Invertébrés marins des Xlléme et XVéeme Expéditions Antarcti- ques Francaises en Terre Adélie. 8. Gasté- ropodes prosobranches. Tethys, Supplé- ment 4: 105-134. ARNAUD, P. M., 1974. Contribution a la biono- mie marine benthique des régions antarcti- ques and subantarctiques. Tethys, 6: 465-656. ARNAUD, P. M,, 1979. Ecologie, biogéographie et caracteres biologiques des pélécypodos macrobentiques du Plateau des iles Kergue- len (Sud Océan Indien). Memoires Museum Histoire Naturelle, 43: 221-233. París. ARNAUD, P. M. AND BANDEL, K., 1978. Comment on six species of marine antarctic littorinacea (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Tethys, 8 (3): 213-230. BRANCH, M. L.; ARNAUD, P. M.; CANTERA, J. AND GIANAKOURAS, D., 1991. The benthic Mo- llusca and Brachiopoda of subantarctic Ma- rion and Prince Edward 1.: 1) llustrated keys to the species 2) Records of the 1982-1989 University of Cape town Surveys. South Afri- can Journal of Antarctic Research, 21, 1: 45-64. BOUCHET, P. AND WARÉN, A., 1985. Revision of the Northeast Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Neogastropoda excluding Turridae (Mo- llusca, Gastropoda). Bollettino Malacologico, Supplemento 1: 121-296. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The present molluscan material was collected at Kerguelen Is. with the support of IFRTP, Brest and TAAE Paris. We are very grateful to Dr. C. De Broyer (K.B.LN.) for provide the stations list of the mission Ker-82 and the Morbihan chart. We wish to express our thanks to Dr. Thierry Backeljau and the techni- cians of the K.B.I.N. for providing the necessary working facilities.We are extremely grateful to Dr. Patrick Arnaud (Station Marine d'Endoume), who pro- vides us with a lot of useful biblio- graphy and for his helpful comments on the manuscript. We also thanks to J. Moreira and Dr. Emilio Rolan for their assistance at various stages of manus- cript preparation, especially with the making of the plates. Digital photo- graphy was supported by Infraestruc- tura Científica of the Secretaría Xeral de Investigación e Desenvolvemento and the proyect PGIDT 00PXI30119PR. CANTERA, J. AND ARNAUD, P. M., 1985. Les gas- téropodes prosobranches des Illes Kerguelen et Crozet (de l'Océan Indien) comparison écologique et particularités biologiques. CN- FRA (Comité National Francais des Recherches Antarctiques), 56: 1-169. CATTANEO-VIETTI, R.; CHIANTORE, M.; SCHIA- PARELLI, S. AND ALBERTELLI, G., 2000. Shallow- and deep-water mollusc distribution at Te- rra Nova Bay (Ross Sea, Antarctica). Polar Biology, 23: 173-182. DELL, R. K., 1990. Antarctic Mollusca. Bulletin of the Royal Society of New Zealand, 27: 1-311. EGOROVA, E. N., 1982. Biological results of the Soviet Antarctic expeditions, 7. Mollusca of the Davis Sea. Explorations of the faunas of the Sea, 26 (34): 1-142 [in Russian]. HAREAU, A. AND ARNAUD, P. M., 1984. Macro- pelecipodos de las IslasCrozet (Índico Sur). 1. Composición faunística y zoogeografía. Revista de la Facultad de Humanidades y Cien- cias, Serie Ciencias Biológicas, Volumen 1, 28: 457-476. HEDLEy, C., 1916. Mollusca. Australasian An- tarctic Expedition 1911-1914, Scientifics Re- ports, C- Zoology and Botany, 4 (1): 1-80. 113 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 LinsE, K., 1997. Die Verbreitung epibenthis- cher Mollusken im chilenischen Beagle-Ka- nal. Berichte zur Polarforschung, 228, 1-131 [in German]. Linsk, K. AND BRANDT, A., 1998. Distribution of epibenthic mollusca on a transect through the Beagle channel (Southern Chile). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United King- dom , 78, 875-889. MARCUS, E., 1959. Reports of the Lund Uni- versity Chile Expedition 1948-49. 36. Lame- llariacea und Opisthobranchia. Lunds Uni- versitets Arsskrift. N.F. (2), 55 (9): 1-137. PONDER, W. F., 1983. Rissoaform gastropods from the Antarctic and Subantarctic. British Antarctic Survey Scientific Reports, 108: 1-96. PoweELL, A. W. B., 1951. Antarctic and Suban- tarctic Mollusca: Pelecypoda and Gastro- poda. Discovery Reports, 26: 47-196. PowELL, A. W. B., 1955. Mollusca of the Sout- hern Islands of New Zealand. Cape Expedition Series Bulletins, 15: 1-151. PowELL, A. W. B., 1957. Mollusca of the Ker- guelen and Macquarie Islands. B.A.N.Z. An- tarctic Research Expedition 1929-1931 Reports B, 6: 107-149. 114 PoweLL, A. W. B., 1958. Mollusca from the Vic- toria-Ross quadrants of Antarctica. B.A.N.Z. Antarctic Research Expedition 1929-1931 Re- ports B, 6: 165-215. PoweELL, A. W. B., 1960. Antarctic and Suban- tarctic Mollusca. Records of the Auckland Ins- titute and Museum, 5: 117-193. POowELL, A. W. B., 1966. The molluscan families Speightiidae and Turridae. Bulletin of the Auc- kland Institute and Museum, 5: 1-184. SmITH, E. A., 1885. Report on the Lamellibran- chiata collected by H.M.S. Challenger du- ring the years 1873-766. Report on the Scien- tific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Zoology, 13: 1-341. STREBEL, H., 1908. Die Gastropoden. Wissens- chaftliche Ergebnisse der schwedischen Súdpolar Expedition. 1901-1903, 6 (1): 1-112. THIELE, J., 1912. Die Antarktischen und Sch- necken und Muscheln. Deutsche Siidpolar-Ex- pedition 1901-1903, 13: 183-285. WATSON, R.B., 1886. Report on the Scaphopoda and Gastropoda collected by H.M.S. Cha- llenger during the years 1873-1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Cha- llenger. Zoology, 15: 1-756. O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (1): 115-128, 2001 The genus Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) in West Africa El género Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) en África Occidental Emilio ROLÁN* and Franck BOYER** Recibido el 10-11-2001. Aceptado el 30-11-2001 ABSTRACT Five species of Mitrolumna Bucquoy, Dautzenberg and Dollfus, 1883, are identified from West Africa, mostly from recent unpublished findings. Three species from Senegal, already known, are revised: M. monodi (Knudsen, 1956), M. cf crenipicta Dautzenberg, 1889 and M. smithi (Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896). Two species are described as new for science: Mitrolumna senegalensis spec. nov. from Senegal and Mitrolumna saotomensis spec. nov. from Sáo Tomé, Príncipe and Annobón. RESUMEN Cinco especies del género Mitrolumna Bucquoy, Dautzenberg y Dollfus, 1883, han sido encontradas en África occidental, la mayoría de ellas de hallazgos recientes no publica- dos. Tres especies ya conocidas de Senegal: M. monodi (Knudsen, 1956), M. cf creni- picta Dautzenberg, 1889 and M. smithi (Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896). Dos especies más se describen como nuevas para la ciencia: Mitrolumna senegalensis spec. nov. de Senegal y Mitrolumna saotomensis spec. nov. de Sáo Tomé, Príncipe y Annobón. KEY WORDS: Mitrolumna, Lusitanian Province, West Africa, variability, distribution, new species. PALABRAS CLAVE: Mitrolumna, Provincia Lusitanica, África Occidental, variabilidad, distribución, especies nuevas. INTRODUCTION The genus Mitrolumna was described by BUCOQUOY, DAUTZENBERG AND DOLLFUS (1883), and several species are known in the Lusitanian Province. M. olivoidea (Cantraine, 1835), type species of the genus, is known as a common 'and somewhat variable species, ranging at infralittoral and cir- calittoral levels throughout the western basin of the Mediterranean and the neighbouring Atlantic. M. crenipicta Dautzenberg, 1889, described from one beached shell collected in the Acores Islands, has been recognized by several authors as ranging throughout the southwest Mediterranean, the adjacent Atlantic and the Canarian Archipelago. Two more species have been descri- bed in the last century from deep levels off the Acores Islands: M. dalli (Dautzen- berg and Fischer, 1896) and M. smithi (Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896). More recently, two other species have been described: M. wilheminae van Aartsen, Menkhorst and Gittenberger, 1984, from a subtidal level in the Strait of Gibraltar, * C/Cánovas del Castillo, 22, 36202 Vigo, Spain, E-mail:emiliorolanCGinicia.es ** 110, Chemin du Marais du Souci, 93270 Sevran, France 115 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 and M. melitensis Mifsud, 1993 from cir- calittoral levels off Malta. Many published taxa (clandestina, columbellaria, columbellaris, granulosa, greci, leontocroma, major, oliviformis, striarella, etc.) are presently considered synonyms or forms of these species. However, all the taxa of Mitrolumna from the Lusitanian Province deserve a complete revision, including the study of intraspecific varia- bility, the range of geographic and bathy- metric distribution of the species, and the possible description of new taxa based on phenae recently discovered off the Acores Islands, Canary Islands (Figs. 22, 49) and Western Sahara (Figs. 9-11). Such a revision is under study by C. Mifsud (pers. com.) Little is known about Mitrolumna in West African waters. Records of only two species ascribable to Mitrolumna are to be found in the literature: one species described on the basis of four shells by KNUDSEN (1956) from Gorée Islands (Dakar, Senegal) as Mitra monodi, and another species designated in the same paper as Mitromorpha olivoidea (Can- traine) from a single shell collected at a bathyal level off the Cap Vert Peninsula, Dakar, Senegal. RESULTS The area of West Africa included in Qur study is that extending from Capo Blanco, North of Mauritania to the nort- hérn border of Namibia. Investigations by both authors demonstrated the occurrence of several different phenae in Senegal waters, and also some others from the islands off the Guinean Gulf. These phenae are presen- ted in this work and they are provisio- nally ascribed to appropriate taxa. Abbreviations MNHN Muséum National d' Histoire Naturelle, Paris MNCN Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid MOM Museo Oceanographique, Monaco CAP collection A. Peñas, Vilanova i la Geltrú CER collection E. Rolán, Vigo CFB collection EF. Boyer, Sevran CJP collection J. Pelorce, Le Grau du Roi sp, live collected specimen s, empty shell f, fragment ], juvenile Family TURRIDAE Swainson, 1840 Subfamily Mitromorphinae Casey, 1904 Genus Mitrolumna Bucquoy, Dautzenberg and Dollfus, 1883 Type species by original designation, Mitra olivoidea Cantraine, 1835 Mitrolumna monodi (Knudsen, 1956) (Figs. 1-8) Mitra monodi Knudsen, 1956: 519, pl. 1, fig. 1. [Type locality: Baie de Gorée, Dakar, 15 ml). Type material: Holotype in MNHN (5.9 x 2.8 mm). Other material studied: Senegal: 1 sp, 2 s, diving, 1-2 m, Cap Vert Peninsula (CJP); 22 s, 13-15 m, Tacoma, Gorée (CJP); 2 s, 3j, 25 m Groupe Teni Mbot (CJP); 7 sp, 40 m, Grand Thiouriba (CJP); 10 s, 3j, 0-1 m, Anse Bernard, Dakar (CFB); 1 sp, 1 s, 32 m, Epopal (CFB); 29 s, beached, Almadies (CFB); 4 sp, Petite Corniche, Dakar (CER); 6 sp, 13 m, Tacoma (CFB); 1 sp, Cap Vert Peninsule (CIP); 3 s, Petit Thiouriba, 30 m, Dakar (CER); 1 s, 250 m, Mboro (CFB). Description: See KNUDSEN (1956). Knudsen gave an accurate drawing of a subadult biconical shell with a granular 116 sculpture. The upper part is whitish, the lower part is dark. The species was founded on a lot of 4 shells. The outline ROLÁN AND BOYER: The genus Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) in West Africa Figures 1-8. Mitrolumna monodi. 1: 4.4 mm, Peninsule of Cap Vert (CJP); 2: 7.0 mm, Anse Bernard (CFB); 3: 5.0 mm, Petit Thouriba, Dakar, Senegal (CFB); 4: 5.1 mm, Tacoma, Gorée I., Dakar (CEB); 5: 4.2 mm, Tacoma (CJP); 6: 3.8 mm, Epopal (CEB); 7: 4.0 mm, Tacoma (CJP); 8: 3.8 mm, Tacoma (CJP). Figures 9-11. Mitrolumna sp. 9: 5.3 mm, Dahkla, Western Sahara (CER); 10, 11: 5.7 mm, 5.3 mm, Dahkla, Western Sahara (CFB). Figuras 1-8. Mitrolumna monodi. 1: 44 mm, península de Cap Vert (CJP); 2: 7,0 mm, Anse Bernard (CFB); 3: 5,0 mm, Petit Thouriba, Dakar, Senegal (CFB); 4: 5,1 mm, Tacoma, Gorée 1., Dakar (CFB); 5: 4,2 mm, Tacoma (C]P); 6: 3,8 mm, Epopal (CFB); 7: 40 mm, Tacoma (CJP); 8: 3,8 mm, Tacoma (CJ]P). Figuras 9-11. Mitrolumna sp. 9: 5,3 mm, Dabkla, Sáhara occidental (CER); 10, 11: 5,7. mm, 5,3 mm, Dahkla, Sáhara occidental (CFB). INE Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 and the decoration of the holotype matches the shell pictured in Figure 5. The protoconch is totally white. The adult shell has a length of 4.2 to 7.2 mm. The animal is uniformly white, with no operculum. Radula (Fig. 46): The radula is toxo- glossan with marginal teeth only. Their number is about 134. The position of the teeth seems similar to that of Conus with the greater part aligned in a radular sac and a small group in a different direction in a radular caecum. Each tooth has a wider and more compact base and a lig- ament connected to it. There is a slight enlargement in the upper third of the radular tooth. For a shell of 4.2 mm, the size Of the radular tooth was 0.08 mm. Habitat: M. monodi has been collected on hard bottoms, in short algae, from low tide level to 40 m. Numerous sam- plings on soft bottoms made in Baie de Gorée (5-20 m) and on Petite Cóte (Pointe Sarene, 3-8 m) have not yielded any specimen of the species, which seems to indicate that it is restricted to hard bottoms. Distribution: M. monodi is distributed in small colonies around the Peninsula of Cap Vert. The species is apparently the best represented of the micro-turrids from hard bottoms at infralittoral levels in the area. The shell trawled at Mboro (North Senegal, 250 m) may have been trans- ported, due to the steep slopes and strong currents at this locality. However, its good state of preservation suggests that transport had been recent and that the species may also occupy bottoms from the lowest circalittoral levels and range at least along the whole North Senegal coast. Discussion: KNUDSEN (1956) descri- bed the present species in the genus Mitra, deceived by the immature condi- tion of the anterior part of the shell. Nevertheless, its belonging to the Mitro- morphinae is well testified by the pres- ence of the two faint columellar plaits. The adult shell of M. monodi is very variable (Figs. 1-8). Outline suboval (Figs. 1-4) to sharp biconical (Fig. 5). Extreme colourations are from dark brown (Figs. 1-3) to pure white (Fig. 8). The general pattern is bicoloured, with a medium tendency to a whitish upper part and honey brown lower part. The shell may have a sculpture of coarse nodules on strong spiral cords (Fig. 3) or dominant axial ribs (Fig. 4). Some shells are almost smooth. The external lip can be regularly arched (Fig. 7) or deeply inflexed (Fig. 5). Such differences in shell features could suggest the occurrence of sibling species. In fact, all morphological and chromatic intergrades were observed in shells of live collected material, and the occurrence of a single variable species is corroborated by constant features of the animal, the protoconch and of the habitat. Large, slender suboval and dark shells seem to be restricted to shallow water on the southern side of the Cap Vert Peninsula (Anse Bernard, 0-1 m, and Tacoma wreck, 7-13 m). The dark forms of M. monodi may be differentiated from M. olivoidea by their subsutural light colour and the white protoconch. The shells with white and brown colour can be differentiated from M. wilhelminae (Fig. 23), which is wider, with more numerous spiral cords, no axial sculpture in the last whorls and, frequently, with spiral darker bands. Mitrolumna cf crenipicta Dautzenberg, 1889 Mitrolumna olivoidea Cantraine var. crenipicta nov. var. Dautzenberg, 1889: 31, pl. 2, figs. 6a-6c. [Type locality: San Miguel, Acores, on the beach]. Mitromorpha olivoidea (Cantraine) Knudsen, 1956: 525, pl. 2, fig. 12. Type material: Holotype of M. crenipicta in MOM (5 mm), figured in VAN AARTSEN ET AL. (1984, fig. 205a). 118 A ROLÁN AND BOYER: The genus Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) in West Africa Figures 12-15. Mitrolumna senegalensis spec. nov., off Lompoul, Senegal. 12, 13: Holotype, 7.95 mm, (MNHN); 14: paratype (MNCN); 15: protoconch of the holotype. Figures 16-19. Mitro- lunma smithi, off St. Louis, Senegal. 16: adult, 8.5 mm (CFB); 17: adult, 7.4 mm (CER); 18: juvenile, 6.7 mm (CER); 19: juvenile, 5.9 mm (CEB). Figuras 12-15. Mitrolumna senegalensis spec. nov., frente a Lompoul, Senegal. 12, 13: holotipo, 7,95 mm, (MNHN); 14: paratipo (MNCN); 15: protoconcha del holotipo. Figuras 16-19. Mitrolunma smithi, frente a St. Louis, Senegal. 16: adulto, 8,5 mm (CFB); 17: adulto, 7,4 mm (CER); 18: juvenil, 6,7 mm (CER); 19: juvenil, 5,9 mm (CFB). 119 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Description: See DAUTZENBERG (1889). A shell collected at 200-600 m off Cap Vert Peninsula, Dakar, Senegal, is figured by KNUDSEN (1956, pl. 1, fig. 12) as Mitromorpha olivoidea (Cantraine). A shell from the Mediterranean (Alboran Island) is pictured in MIFSUD (1993: 16). The protoconch of the holotype of M. crenipicta is in poor condition and not adequate for a diagnosis. The size of the shell from Senegal is not given by Knudsen. Habitat: Unknown. Distribution: Acores, shallow water. Some specimens recorded from shallow or deep waters in the Mediterranean and the Canary Islands are referred to this species. The figure of KNUDSEN (1956) appears to extend the range of this species up to Senegal. Discussion: The shell pictured by KNUDSEN (1956, fig. 12) as M. olivoidea closely resembles the original figure of M. crenipicta, both in the general outline of the shell and the pattern of the deco- ration. The shape of the holotype, as figured in VAN AARTSEN ET AL. (1984), is however somewhat different. It might fall within the general range of variability of M. monodi, but it also corresponds to the range of the outline of the original figure of M. crenipicta from the Acores. When M. monodi shows a bicoloured pattern, the lighter part is always the upper one, and the dark part is the lower one; but the pattern presen- ted by the shell of Knudsen is inverted. M. wilheminae Aartsen, Menkhorst and Gittenberger, 1984 (Fig. 23) presents similarity to the shell of Knudsen. The geographic range of M. wilheminae needs checked, because the species does not seem to be restricted to the Strait of Gibraltar. We have examined shells from Alborán (CAP) and from Algeria (CER) that appear to be this species. Mitrolumna senegalensis spec. nov. (Figs. 12-15) Type material: Holotype (Figs. 12, 13), 7.95 x 3.7 mm, in MNHN. Paratype 1 (Fig. 14), 8.85 x 4.0 mm, in MNCN (15.05/43738); paratype 2, 8.15 x 4.0, in CER; paratypes 3-9, 7.5 x 3.9, 8.9 x 4.15, 9.0 x 4.2, 8.25 x 4.0, 8.25 x 3.8, 7.25 x 4.0 and 7.6 x 3.5 mm, in CFB, all from the type locality, trawled by Research Vessel, Marcel Pin, March 1991. Etymology: From the type locality, situated off the northern coast of Senegal. Type locality: Off Lompoul (Northern coast of Senegal, 150 m). Description: Shell (Figs. 12-14) small, solid and fusiform, almost biconical. Pro- toconch smooth and shining, 1.5 whorls, somewhat produced, chesnut colored (Fig. 15). Teleoconch usually with 4-5 whorls, bearing a coarse sculpture of raised spiral cords, 4-5 per whorl on spire, the body whorl with 26-28 cords. Intervals between the cords on the body whorl decrease towards the base. Faint axial ribs are visible on the early whorls of the teleoconch, but absent on the two last whorls. Aperture somewhat narrow, representing 45-50 % of the total length. Outer lip straight. The columella bears 2 strong plaits; 6 to 8 wide spiral pleats inside the labrum, somewhat distant from the edge. The second upper pleat is the largest one and forms a small denti- cle. Colour whitish to tan. 120 Adult shells length, 7.5 to 9.0 mm, width 3.8 to 4.15 mm. The animal and radula are unknown. Habitat: Unknown. Distribution: Only known from the type locality. Discussion: The new species presents very distinctive features compared with other species known from the eastern Atlantic. The most comparable species is Mitrolumna dalli (Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896), known from a single shell dredged at bathyal depths (1300 m) off the Acores Islands. The description and the figure of this holotype (see DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER, 1896: 431-432, pl. 15, fig. 18 and BOUCHET AND WARÉN, 1980: 77, fig. 160) show a shell large for the genus (14 x 6 mm), with a slender suboval outline. The whorls are somewhat convex and bear ROLÁN AND BOYER: The genus Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) in West Africa Figures 20, 21. Mitrolumna olivoidea. 20: shell, 5.9 mm, Getares, Algeciras (CFB); 21: shell, 8.3 mm, Vilassar del Mar (CAP). Figure 22. Mitrolumna sp., 6.4 mm, Arguineguin, Gran Canary (CFB). Figure 23. Mitrolumna wilhelminae, shell, 6.7 mm, Alborán (CAP). Figures 24, 25. Mitrolumna sao- tomensis spec. nov. 24: holotype, 5.0 mm (MNCN); 25: paratype, 5.3 mm (MNHN), Esprainha, Sáo Tomé. Figures 26, 27. Mitrolumna saotomensis morpho 1, 4.2 mm, 4.4 mm, Tortuga I., Annobón. Figures 28, 29. Mitrolumna saotomensis morpho 2, 4.0 mm, 4.6 mm, Tortuga 1., Annobón. Figuras 20, 21. Mitrolumna olivoidea. 20: concha, 5,9 mm, Getares, Algeciras (CFB); 21: concha, 8.3 mm, Vilassar del Mar (CAP). Figura 22. Mitrolumna sp., 6,4 mm, Arguineguin, Gran Canaria (CFB). Figura 23. Mitrolumna wilhelminae, concha, 6,7 mm, Alborán (CAP). Figures 24, 25. Mitrolumna saotomensis spec. nov. 24: holotipo, 5,0 mm (MNCN); 25: paratipo, 5,3 mm (MNHN), Esprainha, Sáo Tomé. Figuras 26, 27. Mitrolumna saotomensis morpho 1, 4,2 mm, 4,4 mm, Tortuga 1., Annobón. Figures 28, 29. Mitrolumna saotomensis morpho 2, 4,0 mm, 4,6 mm, Tortuga I., Annobón. 121 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 thick wavy cords (about 5 on teleoconch whorls and 20 on the body whorl) crossed by well spaced strong axial ribs. Intervals between the cords on the body whorl widen towards the anterior end. Because of these differences, the conjecture rela- tionship between these species is probably not very close. Mitrolumna smithi (Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896) (Figs. 16-19) Mitromorpha smithi Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1896: 432-433, pl. 15, fig. 19. [Type locality: Acores Islands, 800 m, Hirondelle Vessel, Stn. 34]. Type material: Holotype in MOM (6 x 3 mm). Other material examined: Senegal: off Saint-Louis, 500 m, Research Vessel, M. Pin, 31 March 1987: 5 s, 11 (CFB) 1 s, 13 (CER). Description: See DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1896). The description is based on a single shell. Another shell was collected during Campaign Biacores off Acores Islands (390-620 m) and is recor- ded by BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1980: 78). However, no comment nor figure is given of this shell, and the variability of M. smithi in its type locality remains unknown. The holotype was described as having a decoration of spiral dull yellow bands on a white glossy back- ground, correctly illustrated in the type figure. This decoration is now comple- tely faded and the shell is whitish, faintly shining, as illustrated by an enlarged picture in BOUCHET AND WARÉN (1980, fig. 161). The material studied is white. Animal and radula unknown (collec- ted material consist only of empty shells). Habitat: Unknown. Distribution: The species was known only from the type locality. The disco- very of a population from Senegal, pro- posed here as conspecific, allow us to extend the distribution of the species to northern Senegal. It can be observed that the bathymetric range is rather ho- mogeneous (Acores: 800 and 390-620 m; Senegal: 500 m). On the basis of these data, it is assumed that the species is distributed in the medium-bathyal zo- ne, possibly off most of northwest Afri- ca. This last point remains however to be verified by further sampling, as a discontinuous distribution is also possi- ble. 122 Discussion: The shells discovered in northern Senegal (Figs. 16-19) show very similar features to M. smithi as in the original description and figure. The simi- larity is well-correlated for shell size (6.9 to 8.5 mm in Senegal versus 6 mm for the holotype), proportions and outline; pattern of spiral levelled cords and the tendency to a smooth central body whorl; shape of the aperture and labrum; 5 to 6 pleats inside the labrum, the upper one forming a strong denticle; slightly sigmoid columella bearing 2 medium sized plaits. The protoconch is similar in the holotype (with a maximum diameter of 0.5 mm) and in the shells from Senegal (average width of 0.48 mm). The sole differences may lie in details of the sculpture, principally in the fact that the spiral cords seem to be wider and less numerous in the holotype than in the shells from Senegal. However, it is observed that in shells from Senegal, the axial ribs and spiral cords are respectively more or less dominant on the teleoconch and on the last whorl, the smooth central zone of the body whorl and the smooth lower zone of the penultimate whorl are more or less wide, and width and number of spiral cords are somewhat variable depending on the individual. The holotype of M. smithi can be considered to belong to the same range of variabi- lity as the shells from Senegal. Our single reservation concerns the fact that there is no record of such a phena in the interval between the Acores Islands and Senegal. ROLÁN AND BOYER: The genus Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) in West Africa Figures 30-33. Mitrolumna saotomensis. 30, 31: paratypes, 5.3 mm and 5.4 mm, Esprainha, Sáo Tomé (CER); 32, 33: shells, 4.2 mm and 3.8 mm, Baia das Agulhas, Príncipe I. (CER); 34: detail of the aperture of a paratype (CER); 35: detail of the subsutural cord, Esprainha (CER); 36: proto- conch of paratype (CER). Figure 37. Mitrolumna olivoidea, detail of the subsutural cord, La Herra- dura (CAP). Figure 38. Protoconch of M. melitensis, Murcia (CVG). Figures 39, 40. Protoconchs of M. olivoidea, La Herradura, Málaga (CAP). Figuras 30-33. Mitrolumna saotomensis. 30, 31: paratipos, 5,3 mm y 5,4 mm, Esprainha, Sáo Tomé (CER); 32, 33: conchas, 4.2 mm y 3.8 mm, Baia das Agulhas, Príncipe I. (CER); 34: detalle de la abertura de un paratipo (CER); 35: detalle de la cuerda subsutural, Esprainha (CER); 36: protoconcha de un paratipo (CER). Figura 37. Mitrolumna olivoidea, detalle de la cuerda subsutura, La Herra- dura (CAP). Figura 38. Protoconcha de M. melitensis, Murcia (CVG). Figures 39, 40. Protoconchas de M. olivoidea, La Herradura, Málaga (CAP). 1:23 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 Mitrolumna saotomensis. spec. nov. (Figs. 24-36, 41-45) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 24), 5.0 x 2.2 mm, in MNCN (15.05/43739). Paratype 1 (Fig. 25): 5.3 x 2.6 mm, in MNHN,; paratypes 2-4: 5.5 x2.3 mm, 4.7 x2.1 mm, 4.4 x 2.0 mm, in CFB, and 22 paraty- pes more in CER. All from type locality. Other material examined: Sáo Tomé: 4 sp, 6 s, 3-4 m, Lagoa Azul (CER); 6 j, 8 m, Sant'Ana (CER); 10s, 3j, 1 f£, 2-6 m, Praia Mutamba (CER), 13 s, 6 j, 4 m, Sáo Tomé city (CER); 2 sp (destroyed for radular studies), 2 s, 7 j, 8 £, 4-9 m, Esprainha (CER). Príncipe: 3 sp, 8 m, Baia das Agulhas (CER). Annobón: morph 1: 15 s, 9 f, 8 m, Isla Tortuga (CER); 2 s, 10 m, Santo Antonio (CER); morph 2: 49 s, 20 f, 8 m, Isla Tortuga (CER); 4 s, 10 m, Santo Antonio (CER). Etymology: The specific name refers to the island where the species was first collected. Type locality: Esprainha, Sáo Tomé, Republica de Sáo Tomé and Príncipe. Description: Shell (Figs. 24-25, 30-33) small, fusiform and solid. Protoconch (Fig. 36) with 1 and '/4 whorls, and about 450 ym maximum diameter; its surface is covered with fine granulations and is uniformly brown. Teleoconch of about 5 whorls with axial ribs crossed by spiral cords forming small nodules. The spiral cords number 3-4 on the spire whorls; on the last whorl there are a to- tal of 17-20 cords, with 4-5 to the perip- hery. The subsutural cord (Fig. 35) is wi- der than the rest. The axial ribs are na- rrower than the interspaces. Last whorl is nearly ?/3 the total length of the shell. In the latter middle part of the last whorl the ribs and cords are attenuated. The aperture (Fig. 34) is elongate and narrow. The outer lip has an anal notch at its upper part. There is an enlarge- ment on the external lip but a little pre- vious to the edge. The columella is obli- que and presents 2 folds placed deeply near its middle part. The inner part of the outer lip has a large denticle at its upper third, 3 smaller above it and 5-8 below, all forming folds. The colour of the shell is brown, usually with a lighter subsutural band of varying width. Dimensions: Larger specimens reach 6 mm. Shells from Príncipe (Figs. 32-33) are smaller, usually 4.5 mm in maximum size. Animal: In specimens from Sao Tomé, the animal is whitish with nume- rous milky-white spots. Radula (Fig. 47): The radular teeth are similar to that described for M. monodi being slightly wider. They number are about 130. For a shell of 4.0 mm, the size of the radular tooth is 0.08 124 mm and for a shell of 3.7 mm the tooth is 0.075 mm. Habitat: Collected under bearing short algae in 3-8 m. Distribution: The new species has been recorded from Sao Tomé as M. olivoidea (Cantraine, 1835) by TOMLIN AND SHAC- KLEFORD, 1914; this record was cited later by KNUDSEN (1956) arid FERNANDES and ROLÁN (1993). The original range of M. oli- voidea is the Mediterranean Sea and it is extended to Casablanca (PASTEUR- HUMBERT, 1962). M. saotomensis is known from Sáo Tomé, Príncipe and Annobón. Discussion: Specific variability: we are including in the taxon M. saotomensis, shells from Sáo Tomé, Prín- cipe and two morphs from Amnobón. The shells from Príncipe Island agree with those from Sao Tomé and are con- specific, being smaller in size. The shells from Annobón Island (situated 200 Kms South of Sáo Tomé) show sculptural differences, as follows, but appear to be conspecific. “Two morphs of Mitrolumna are found here in the same samples. One of these morphs (Figs. 26-27) presents a very coarsely sculptured shell with a reduced number of axial ribs and thick, produced nodules, whereas the other morph (Figs. 28-29) has a finer sculpture with numer- ous axial ribs and small nodules. The ground colour is also different, the first being dark brownish orange, whereas the second is lighter. In fact, these morphs could be extreme variations of M. saotomensis. The issue is about three points: - the variability observed in the population from Sao Tomé and Príncipe rocks ROLÁN AND BOYER: The genus Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) in West Africa Figures 41-45. Mitrolumna saotomensis. 41: morpho 1, Tortuga 1., Annobón (CER); 42: morph 2., Tortuga 1., Annobón (CER); 43, 44: protoconch of morph 1, Tortuga 1. (CER); 45: protoconch of morph 2, Tortuga Í. Figuras 41-45. Mitrolumna saotomensis. 41: morfo 1, Tortuga 1., Annobón (CER); 42: morfo 2., Tortuga I., Annobón (CER); 43-44: protoconcha de morfo 1, Tortuga I. (CER); 45: protoconcha de morfo 2, Tortuga l. is far less than the variability observed in Annobón. - we have not found clearly intergra- ding specimens between the two morphs in our material from Annobón, the most median form being represen- ted by one single shell, as Fig. 42. - one of the variant characters observed in the morphs from Annobón (the number of axial ribs) could be of specific value. We note that, in the other species studied, the number of axial ribs, as well as the number of spiral cords, is not very variable (cf. the varia- bility displayed in M. monodi, Figs. 1-8) Although the variations could be of specific value it is more likely that they represent geographic or ecological variants. The axial and spiral structural variations are of degree only rather than kind. It is probable that further intergra- des will be discovered with more material. Comparison with other species: The new species shows affinity with M. olívoi- dea for shell features that species usually being larger, wider, more uniform in colour, with more spiral cords, and less evident axial sculpture on the last whorl. As noted by VAN AARTSEN ET AL. (1984) there are some doubts about the true iden- 125 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 10 um 10 um 46 A7 10 um 10 um 48 49 Figures 46-49. Radular teeth of Mitrolumna species. 46: M. monodi, specimen of 4.2 mm, Petite Corniche, Dakar; 47: M. saotomensis, specimen of 4.0 mm, Esprainha, Sáo Tomé; 48: M. olivoidea, specimen of 6.1 mm, Getares, South Spain; 49: Mitrolumna sp., specimen of 6.8 mm, Arguine- guin, Canary. Figuras 46-49. Dientes radulares de las especies de Mitrolumna. 46: M. monodi, ejemplar de 4,2 mm, Petite Corniche, Dakar; 47: M. saotomensis, ejemplar de 4,0 mm, Esprainha, Sáo Tomé; 48: M. oli- voidea, ejemplar de 6,1 mm, Getares, South Spain; 49: Mitrolumna sp. ejemplar de 6,8 mm, Argui- neguin, Canarias. tity of the taxon M. olivoidea. The original description of this species by CANTRAINE (1835) is superficial and the lectotype illus- trated by CERNOHORSKY (1975, figs. 55-56) does not resolve by itself the questions created by the great variability of the forms attributed to M. olivoidea in the Mediterranean. The bathyal range of M. olivoidea is recorded from intertidal down to 70-90 m, at Marbella by F. Gubbioli (pers. com.) and 90 m at Elba Island in ARDOVINI AND COSSIGNANI (1999). A com- plete revision of this species, including its morphologic variability, will allow us to fully determine the specific status of M. olivoidea and to verify the possible occur- rence of sibling species in the Mediterra- nean and adjacent Atlantic. Except for the dubious mention from Senegal by KNUDSEN (1956), there are no 126 records of M. olivoidea south of Casa- blanca (Morocco). Intensive collecting at infralittoral levels around the Peninsula of Cape Vert during, the last fifty years on hard and soft bottoms (Marche- Marchad, Pin, Pelorce and Boyer, the two last collectors specializing in micro- gastropods during the last decade) leads us to conclude that M. olivoidea is absent in this area. The same can be said of Ghana, extensely sampled in recent years by Peter Ryall (pers. com.). The populations found in Sáo Tomé, Prín- cipe and Annobón Islands must be con- sidered as geographically separated from M. olivoidea by wide gaps. The animal of M. saotomensis spec. nov. is white spotted on a whitish ground, whereas that of M. olivoidea (specimens from Getares, Algeciras) 1s ROLÁN AND BOYER: The genus Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) in West Africa uniformly light sulphur yellow. This point is of importance for determination at the specific level, as the chromatism of the soft parts is very constant within each species of Mitrolumna examined for this character: M. olivoidea in Algeciras; M. sp, Gran Canaria (Fig. 22); M. monodi, in Dakar, Senegal. The protoconchs of both species are similar (Figs. 36, 39-40) but are slightly larger in M. olivoidea (about 520-540 um, whereas M. saotomensis is about 450 um). The radular teeth are similar, the teeth of M. olivoidea being more slender (Fig. 48) and with a higher number (184 teeth) in the specimen studied. Another species with brown ground colour and with spiral sculpture is M. melitensis Mifsud, 1993; this can be dis- tinguished by its more uniform ground colour, and by its larger size (usually re- aching 9 mm). Furthermore, the 2-3 sub- CONCLUSIONS Five species of the genus Mitrolumna from West Africa have been studied: three of them were previously known (M. monodi, M. smithi and M. cf crenipicta) and two are described as new (M. senegalensis and M. saotomensis). The new species seem to have a res- trict geographic range: M. senegalensis was only collected north of Senegal and M. saotomensis in the islands south of the Gulf of Guinea. M. monodi is also only known from Senegal. The other two species reported here are attributed to known taxa described from the Acores Islands, an oceanic archipelago situated ' at a much further distance on the north- west border of the Lusitanian Province. Some of the studied species (M. smithi, M. senegalensis and M. cf creni- picta) appear to have low variability of shell morphology. The other two species (M. monodí and M. saotomensis) are variable in colour, shape and sculpture. The radular teeth are very similar providing few useful characters for comparison althought those of M. saoto- mensis are broader. The protoconch is very similar in most of the species, sutural cords are separated by deeper interspaces, the last whorl may have up to 30 spiral cords (about 16-21 in M. sao- tomensis spec. nov.) and the penultimate whorl has 6-9 (instead of 3-4 of M. saoto- mensis). M. melitensis also lacks the axial sculpture on the last whorl. Its proto- conch (Fig. 38) is similar to that of M. olivoidea, presenting also fine granula- tions (usually absent in adult shells) but being wider (usually about 550 um) and having a further */4 whorl. M. saotomensis can be differentiated from the dark forms of M. monodi by several shell features: the first species has a dark protoconch instead of a whitish one, axial ribs extending all along the shell instead of disappearing towards the base, uniform brown ground colour on spire whorls lacking lighter nodules, and an enlargement on the external lip instead of an simple one. however, this was not studied with SEM in some of them because erosion made this impractical. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS To Franco Gubbioli, José Verdejo Guirao, Jacques Pelorce, and Anselmo Peñas, for loan of material of Mitrolumna from their collections. To Jesús Méndez of CACTI of the University of Vigo for the SEM photographs. To Jesús S. Tron- coso for the optical photographs made in the Departamento de Biología. To D. Tippet and R. N. Kilburn, referees of the manuscript for their help. This work has been partially suppor- ted by the project of the XUNTA DE GALICIA PGIDTOOPXB0121PR. ADDENDUM While the present paper was in press, Mifsud (April, 2001) published a work entitled “The genus Mitromorpha Carpen- ter, 1865 (Neogastropoda: Turridae) and 127 Iberus, 19 (1), 2001 its subgenera with notes on the European species”. In this paper, the author employs Mitromorpha Bucquoy, Dautzen- berg and Dollfus, 1883 as a subgenus for the European species. Obviously, the shells of the types of Mitromorpha (M. filosa Carpentier, 1864) and Mitrolumna (Mitra olivoidea Cantraine, 1835) have some similarities in shell and radula, but BIBLIOGRAPHY AARTSEN, J. ]. VAN, MENKHORST, H. P. M. G. AND GITTENBERGER, E., 1984. The marine Mollusca of the Bay of Algeciras, Spain, with notes on Mitrella, Marginellidae and Turridae. Baste- ria, suppl. 2: 1-135. ARDOVINI, R. AND COSSIGNANI, T., 1999. Atlante delle conchiglie di profundita del Mediterraneo. L'Informatiore Piceno, Ancona. 111 pp. BucQuoYy, E., DAUTZENBERG, P. AND DOLLFUS, G., 1883. Les Mollusques Marins du Roussillon. Bailliere et Fils, Paris, 570 pp, 66 pls. BOUCHET, P. AND WARÉN, A., 1980. Revision of the Northeast Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Turridae (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Journal of Molluscan Studies, suppl. 8: 1-119. CANTRAINE, F., 1835. Diagnosis ou descriptions succinctes de quelques especes de mollus- ques. Bulletin Academie Royal Sciences, Bru- xelles, 11: 1-31. CERNOHORSKY, W. O., 1975. The taxonomy of some Indo-Pacific Mollusca. Part. 3. Records of Auckland Institute and Museum, 12: 213-234. DAUTZENBERG, P., 1889. Contribution a la faune malacologique des Íles Acores. Résume des Campagnes Scientifiques du Prince Albert I, 1: 1-112. 128 also differences, firstly in the columellar pleats and, probably, in the internal thic- kening of the outern lip. At present, we have not enough information on the anatomy of the soft parts, for which a comparison has not been made. For this reason, we prefer to keep the name Mitro- lumna as a genus-name for the West African species in this paper. DAUTZENBERG, P. AND FISCHER, H., 1896. Dra- gages effectués par L'Hirondelle et par la Princesse-Alice. Mémories Societé Zoologie de France, 9: 1-104, 8 pls. FERNANDES, F. AND ROLÁN, E., 1993. Moluscos marinos de Sao Tomé y Príncipe: actualiza- ción bibliográfica y nuevas aportaciones. Ibe- rus, 11 (1): 31-47. KNUDSEN, J., 1956. Remarks on a collection of marine prosobranchs from Senegal. Bulletin de l'I.F.A.N., ser. A (2): 514-529, 2 pls. MIFSUD, C., 1993. Two new gastropod species from Malta. La Conchiglia, 15 (266): 14-17, 28. PASTEUR-HUMBERT, C., 1962. Les mollusques marins testacés du Maroc. Travaux de l'Insti- tut Scientifique Chérifien. 1. Serie Zoologie, 23: 1-245. TOMLIN, J. R. LE B. AND SHACKLEFORD, L. J., 1914. The marine Mollusca of Sao Thomé. Journal of Conchology, 14 (9): 239-276. NORMAS DE PUBLICACIÓN * La revista /berus publica artículos de fondo, notas y monografías que versen sobre cualquiera de los aspectos relacio- nados con la Malacología. Se entiende por artículo un trabajo de investigación de más de 5 páginas de texto, meca- nografiadas, incluidas láminas, gráficos y tablas. Las notas son trabajos de menor extensión. Las monografías son tra- bajos sobre un tema único, de extensión superior a las 50 páginas de la revista y que serán publicadas como un suple- mento de /berus. Los autores interesados en publicar monografías deberán ponerse previamente en contacto con el Editor de Publicaciones. Se entiende que el contenido de los manuscritos no ha sido publicado, ni se publicará en otra parte ni en su totalidad ni resumido. * Los manuscritos, así como toda la correspondencia relacionada con los mismos, deberán ser remitidos a: D. Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero, Editor de Publicaciones, Apartado 156, 33600 Mieres, Asturias, España. * El texto del trabajo podrá estar redactado en cualquier lengua culta moderna. * En los trabajos que superen las 20 páginas, cada página de exceso será abonada por el(los) autor(es) a precio de coste. * Los artículos, notas y monografías deberán presentarse mecanografiados sobre DIN A-4, por una sola cara a doble espacio (incluyendo referencias, pies de figura y tablas), con al menos 3 centímetros de margen por cada lado. Los tra- bajos se entregarán por triplicado (original y dos copias). En caso de autoría compartida, uno de los autores deberá hacerse responsable de toda la correspondencia. * Junto con el trabajo debe incluirse una lista de al menos 4 posibles revisores del mismo, sin perjuicio de los que el propio Editor considere oportunos. + Los manuscritos se presentarán de acuerdo al siguiente esquema: Primera página. Deberá incluir un título conciso, pero sugerente del contenido del trabajo, así como una traducción al inglés del mismo (si el artículo no está escrito en inglés). Cuando sea preciso, deberá incluir referencia a familia o táxones superiores. Á continuación figurarán, por este orden, el nombre y apellidos completos del autor o autores, las direcciones completas de los mismos, y un resumen del trabajo y su traducción al inglés. Dicho resumen deberá sintetizar, en conjunción con el título, tanto los resultados como las conclusiones del artículo; se sugiere una exten- sión de 100 a 200 palabras. El resumen deberá estar seguido de una lista de palabras clave, también con su versión inglesa para su inclusión en los bancos de datos internacionales. Páginas siguientes. Incluirán el resto del artículo, que debe dividirse en secciones precedidas por breves encabeza- mientos. Siempre que sea posible, se recomienda seguir el siguiente esquema: Introducción, Material y métodos, Resultados, Discusión, Conclusiones, Agradecimientos y Bibliografía. Si se emplean abreviaturas no habituales en el texto, deberán indicarse tras el apartado de Material y Métodos. * Las notas breves deberán presentarse de la misma forma, pero sin resumen. * Deberán evitarse notas a pie de página y referencias cruzadas. Deberán respetarse estrictamente los Códigos Internacionales de Nomenclatura Zoológica y Botánica (últimas ediciones). Cuando un táxon aparezca por primera vez deberá citarse su autor y fecha de su descripción. En el caso de artículos sistemáticos, cuando se den las sinonimias de los táxones, éstas deberán citarse COMPLETAS, incluyendo en forma abreviada la publicación donde fueron des- critas, y la localidad tipo si es conocida entre corchetes, según el siguiente esquema (préstese especial cuidado a la pun- tuación): Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) Sinonimias Doris limbata Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. Paris, 4 (24): 468-469 [Localidad tipo: Marsella]. Doris nigricans Otto, 1823, Nov. Act. Ac. Caes. Leop. Car., 10: 275. Dichas referencias no deberán incluirse en la lista de Bibliografía si es la única vez que se nombran en el texto. Si se incluyen una lista completa de referencias de un taxon inmediatamente tras éste, deberá seguirse el mismo esque- ma (sin incluir en Bibliografía las referencias que no se mencionen en otro lugar del texto). * Sólo los nombres en latín y los de táxones genéricos y específicos deberán llevar subrayado sencillo o preferentemente ir en cursiva. En ningún caso deberá escribirse una palabra totalmente en letras mayúsculas, ni siquiera el Título. Las unidades a utilizar deberán pertenecer al Sistema Métrico Decimal, junto con sus correctas abreviaturas. En artículos escritos en castellano, en los números decimales sepárese la parte entera de la decimal por una coma inferior (,), NUNCA por un punto (.) o coma superior ('). » Las referencias bibliográficas irán en el texto con minúsculas o versalitas: Fretter y Graham (1962) o FRETTER Y GRAHAM (1962). Si son más de dos autores se deberán citar todos la primera vez que aparecen en el texto [Smith, Jones y Brown (1970)] empleándose et al. las siguientes veces [Smith ez al. (1970)]. Si un autor ha publicado más de un trabajo en un año se citarán con letras: (Davis, 1989a; Davis, 1989b). No deberá emplearse op. cit. La lista de refe- rencias deberá incluir todas las citas del texto y sólo éstas, ordenadas alfabéticamente. Se citarán los nombres de todos los autores de cada referencia, sea cual sea su número. Los nombres de los autores deberán escribirse, en letras minús- culas o VERSALITAS. No deberán incluirse referencias a autores cuando éstos aparezcan en el texto exclusivamente como autoridades de un taxon. Los nombres de las publicaciones periódicas deberán aparecer COMPLETOS, no abreviados. Cuando se citen libros, dése el título, editor, lugar de publicación, n* de edición si no es la primera y número total de páginas. Deberán evitarse referencias a Tesis Doctorales u otros documentos inéditos de difícil con- sulta. Síganse los siguientes ejemplos (préstese atención a la puntuación): Eretter, V. y Graham, A., 1962. British Prosobranch Molluscs. Ray Society, London, 765 pp. Ponder, W. F., 1988. The Truncatelloidean (= Rissoacean) radiation - a preliminary phylogeny. En Ponder, W. EF. (Ed.): Prosobranch Phylogeny, Malacological Review, suppl. 4: 129-166. Ros, J., 1976. Catálogo provisional de los Opistobranquios (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) de las costas ibéricas. Miscelánea Zoolgica, 3 (5): 21-51. * Las gráficas e ilustraciones deberán ser originales y presentarse sobre papel vegetal o similar, con tinta china negra y ajustadas al formato de caja de la revista o proporcional a éste. Este formato es de 57 mm (una columna) o 121 mm (dos) de anchura y hasta 196 mm de altura, si bien se recomienda utilizar el formato a dos columnas. En caso de pre- parar figuras para que ocupen el total de una página, se ruega ajustar su tamaño para que puedan caber los pies de figura bajo ella. Si han de incluirse gráficas de ordenador, deberán imprimirse con impresora láser sobre papel de buena calidad. Las fotografías, bien contrastadas y sin retocar, deberán ajustarse siempre a los tamaños mencionados. Al componer fotografías sobre una hoja, procúrese que los espacios entre ellas sean regulares y que estén debidamente alineadas. Téngase en cuenta que incluir fotografías de distinto contraste en una misma página conlleva una pobre reproducción final. Las escalas de dibujos y fotografías deberán ser gráficas, y las unidades que se utilicen del sistema métrico decimal. Considérese la reducción que será necesaria a la hora de decidir el tamaño de las escalas o letras en las figuras, que no deberán bajar de los 2 mm. En figuras compuestas, cada parte deberá etiquetarse con letras mayús- culas, el resto de las letras deberán ser minúsculas. No deberán hacerse referencias a los aumentos de una determi- nada ilustración, ya que éstos cambian con la reducción, por lo que debe emplearse una escala gráfica. En su caso, se recomienda la utilización de mapas con proyección UTM. Cada figura, gráfica o ilustración deberá presentarse en hojas separadas y con numeración arábiga (1, 2, 3,...), sin separar “Figuras” y “Láminas”. Los pies de figura, en una hoja aparte, deberán acompañarse de su traducción al inglés (o español si el inglés es la lengua del trabajo). Utilícese el esquema siguiente: Figura 1. Neodoris carvi. A: animal desplazándose; B: detalle de un rinóforo; C: branquia. Las abreviaturas empleadas en las ilustraciones deberán incluirse en la hoja de pies de figura. Los autores interesados en incluir láminas en color deberán abonarlas a precio de coste (30.000 ptas por página). Por lo demás, deberán ajustarse a los mismos requisitos que los indicados para las figuras. Si se pretende enviar gráficas o ilustraciones en formato digital es IMPRESCINDIBLE contactar previamente con el Editor * Las Tablas se presentarán en hojas separadas, siempre con numeración romana (1, II, IIL...). Las leyendas se inclui- rán en una hoja aparte acompañándose de una traducción al inglés. Deberán evitarse las tablas particularmente com- plejas. Se recomienda reducir el número y extensión de ilustraciones, láminas o tablas al mínimo necesario. * Los artículos que no se ajusten a las normas de publicación serán devueltos al autor con las indicaciones de los cam- bios necesarios. » El Comité Editorial comunicará al autor responsable del trabajo la fecha de recepción del trabajo y la fecha de envío a revisión. Cada original recibido será sometido a revisión por al menos dos investigadores. El Comité Editorial, a la vista de los informes de los revisores decidirá sobre la aceptación o no de cada manuscrito. El autor recibirá en cada caso copia de los comentarios de los revisores sobre su artículo. En caso de aceptación, el mismo Comité Editorial, si lo considera conveniente, podrá solicitar a los autores otras modificaciones que considere oportunas. Si el trabajo es aceptado, el autor deberá enviar una copia impresa del mismo corregida, acompañada por una versión en disco flexi- ble (diskette), utilizando procesadores de texto en sus versiones de DOS o Macintosh. La fecha de aceptación figura- rá en el artículo publicado. e Las pruebas de imprenta serán enviadas al autor responsable, EXCLUSIVAMENTE para la corrección de erratas, y deberán ser devueltas en un plazo máximo de 15 días. Se recomienda prestar especial atención en la corrección de las pruebas. * De cada trabajo se entregarán gratuitamente 50 separatas. Aquellos autores que deseen un número mayor, deberán hacerlo constar al devolver las pruebas de imprenta, y NUNCA POSTERIORMENTE. El coste de las separatas adi- cionales será cargado al autor. INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS * Tberus publishes research papers, notes and monographs devoted to the various aspects of Malacology. Papers are manus- cripts of more than 5 typed pages, including figures and tables. Notes are shorter papers. Monographs should exceed 50 pages of the final periodical, and will be published as Supplements. Authors wishing to publish monographs should contact the Editor. Manuscripts are considered on the understanding that their contents have not appeared or will not appeared, elsewhere in substantially the same or any abbreviated form. + Manuscripts and correspondence regarding editorial matters must be sent to: D. Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero, Editor de Publicaciones, Apartado 156, 33600 Mieres, Asturias, Spain. + Manuscripts may be written in any modern language. + When a paper exceeds 20 pages, extra pages will be charged to the author(s) at full cost. » Manuscripts must be typed double spaced (including the references, figure captions and tables) on one side on A-4 (297x210 mm) with margins of at least 3 cm. An original and two copies must be submitted. When a paper has joint authorship, one author must accept responsability for all correspondence. * The authors must include a list of at least 4 possible referees; the Editor can choose any others if appropriate. » Papers should conform the following layout: First page. This must include a concise but informative title, with mention of family of higher taxon when appropriatte, and its Spanish translation. It will be followed by all authors' names and surnames, their full adress(es), an abstract (and its Spanish translation) not exceeding 200 words which summarizes not only contents but results and conclusions, and a list of Key Words (and their Spanish translation) under which the article should be indexed. Following pages. These should content the rest of the paper, divided into sections under short headings. Whenever pos- sible the text should be arranged as follows: Introduction, Material and methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, Acknowledgements and References. Unusual abbreviations used in the text must be grouped in one alphabetic sequence after the Material and methods section. + Notes should follow the same layout, without the abstract. » Footnotes and cross-references must be avoided. The International Codes of Zoological and Botanical Nomencla- ture must be strictly followed. The first mention in the text of any taxon must be followed by its authority including the year. In systematic papers, when synonyms of a taxon are given, they must be cited IN FULL, including the perio- dical, in an abbreviate form, where they were described, and the type localities in square brackets when known. Follow this example (please note the punctuation): Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) Synonyms Doris limbata Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. Paris, 4 (24): 468-469 [Type locality: Marseille]. Doris nigricans Otto, 1823, Nov. Act. Ac. Caes. Leop. Car., 10: 275. These references must not be included in the Bibliography list, except if referred to elsewhere in the text. I£a full list of references of the taxon is to be given immediately below it, the same layout should be followed (also excluding those nowhere else cited from the Bibliography list). Only Latin words and names of genera and species should be underlined once or be given in ¿talics. No word must be written in UPPER CASE LETTERS. SI units are to be used, together with their appropriate symbols. In Spanish manuscripts, decimal numbers must be separated with a comma (,), NEVER with a point (.) or upper comma (*). + References in the text should be written in small letters or SMALL CAPITALS: Fretter 8 Graham (1962) or FRETTER 87 GRAHAM (1962). The first mention in the text of a paper with more than two authors must include all of them [Smith, Jones 8% Brown (1970)], thereafter use et al. [Smith et al. (1970)]. Ifan author has published more than one paper per year, refer to them with letters: (Davis, 1989a; Davis, 1989b). Avoid op. cit. The references in the reference list should be in alphabetical order and include all the publications cited in the text but only these. ALL the authors of a paper must be included. These should be written in small letters or SMALL CAPITALS. The references need not be cited when the author and date are given only as authority for a taxonomic name. Titles of periodicals must be given IN FULL, not abbreviated. For books, give the title, name of publisher, place of publication, indication of edition if not the first and total number of pages. Keep references to doctoral theses or any other unpu- blished documents to an absolute minimum. See the following examples (please note the punctuation): Fretter, V. and Graham, A., 1962. British Prosobranch Molluscs. Ray Society, London, 765 pp. Ponder, W. F., 1988. The Truncatelloidean (= Rissoacean) radiation - a preliminary phylogeny. In Ponder, W. F. (Ed.): Prosobranch Phylogeny, Malacological Review, suppl. 4: 129-166. Ros, J., 1976. Catálogo provisional de los Opistobranquios (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) de las costas ibéricas. Miscelá- nea Zoológica, 3 (5): 21-51. ; * Figures must be original, in Indian ink on draughtsman's tracing paper. Keep in mind page format and column size when designing figures. These should be one column (57 mm) or two columns (121 mm) wide and up 196 mm high, or be proportional to these sizes. Two columns format is recomended. It is desirable to print figures with their legend below, so authors are asked to take this into account when preparing full page figures. If computer generated graphics are to be included, they must be printed on high quality white paper with a laser printer. Photographs must be of good contrast, and should be submitted in the final size. When mounting photographs in a block, ensure spacers are of uni- form width. Remember that grouping photographs of varied contrast results in poor reproduction. Take account of necessary reduction in lettering drawings; final lettering must be at least 2 mm high. In composite drawings, each figure should be given a capital letter; additional lettering should be in lower-case letters. A scale line is recomended to indi- cate size, magnification ratio must be avoided as it may be changed during printing. UTM maps are to be used if neces- sary. Figures must be submitted on separate sheets, and numbered with consecutive Arabic numbers (1, 2, 3,...), without separating Plates' and “Figures”. Legends for Figures must be typed in numerical order on a separate sheet, and an Spa- nish translation must be included. Follow this example (please note the punctuation): Figure 1. Neodoris carvi. A: animal crawling; B: rinophore; C: gills. If abbreviations are to be used in illustrations, group them alphabetically after the Legends for Figures section. Authors wishing to publish illustrations in colour will be charged with additional costs (30,000 ptas, 180 euros per page). They should be submitted in the same way that black and white prints. If the authors want to send Figures in digital format, CONTACT the Editor first. * Tables must be numbered with Roman numbers (I, II, IL...) and each typed on a separate sheet. Headings should be typed on a separate sheet, together with their English translation. Complex tables should be avoided. As a general rule, keep the number and extension of illustrations and tables as reduced as possible. + Manuscripts that do not conform to these instructions will be returned for correction before reviewing. + Authors submitting manuscripts will receive an acknowledgement of receipt, including receipt date, and the date the manuscript was sent for reviewing. Each manuscript will be critically evaluated by at least two referees. Based of these evaluations, the Editorial Board will decide on acceptance or rejection. Anyway, authors will receive a copy of the refe- rees” comments. Ifa manuscript is accepted, the Editorial Board may indicate additional changes if desirable. Accep- table manuscripts will be returned to the author for consideration of comments and criticism; a finalized manuscript must then be returned to the Editor, together with a floppy disk containing the article written with a DOS or Macin- tosh word processor. Dates of reception and acceptance of the manuscript will appear in all published articles. * Proofs will be sent to the author for correcting errors. At this stage no stylistic changes will be accepted. Pay special attention to references and their dates in the text and the Bibliography section, and also to numbers of Figures and Tables appearing in the text. e Fifty reprints per article will be supplied free of charge. Additional reprints must be ordered when the page proofs are returned, and will be charged at cost. NO LATER orders will be accepted. cil ol ds ús E AE O A Ma Ha PS nd o bc micilo Ñ y 0d A LA SoOcieDAD ESPAÑOLA DE IMALACOLOGÍA Junta Directiva desde el 14 de noviembre de 2000 Presidente Emilio Rolán Mosquera Vicepresidente Diego Moreno Lampreave Secretario Luis Murillo Guillén Tesorero Jorge J. Otero Schmitt Avda. de las Ciencias s/n, Campus Universitario, 15706 Santiago de Compostela, España Editor de Publicaciones Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero Apartado 156, 33600, Mieres del Camino, Asturias, España Bibliotecario Rafael Araujo Armero Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, c/ José Gutierrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, España Vocales Ramon M. Álvarez Halcon Benjamín Gómez Moliner Eugenia María Martínez Cueto-Felgueroso Jesús Souza Troncoso José Templado González La Sociedad Española de Malacología se fundó el 21 de agosto de 1980. La sociedad se registró como una aso- ciación sin ánimo de lucro en Madrid (Registro N“ 4053) con unos estatutos que fueron aprobados el 12 de diciembre de 1980. Esta sociedad se constituye con el fin de fomentar y difundir los estudios malacológicos mediante reuniones y publicaciones. A esta sociedad puede pertenecer cualquier persona o institución interesada en el estudio de los moluscos. SEDE SOCIAL: Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, c/ José Gutierrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, España. CUOTAS PARA 2001: Socio numerario (en España): 5.500 ptas. (= 33,06 euros) (en Europa) 6.000 ptas. (= 36,06 euros) (fuera de Europa): 7.000 ptas (= 42,07 euros) Socio estudiante (en España): 3000 ptas. (= 18,03 euros) (en el extranjero): 4000 ptas (= 24,04 euros) Socio Familiar: (sin recepcion de revista) 500 ptas. (= 3 euros) Socio Protector: (mínimo) 7.000 ptas. (= 42,07 euros) Socio Corporativo (en Europa): 7.000 ptas. (= 42,07 euros) (fuera de Europa): 8.000 ptas (= 48,08 euros) INSCRIPCIÓN: 1.000 ptas. (= 6,01 euros) además de la cuota correspondiente. A los socios residentes en España se les aconseja domiciliar su cuota. Todos los abonos deberán enviarse al Tesorero (dirección reseñada anteriormente) el 1 de enero de cada año. Los abonos se harán sin recargos para la sociedad y en favor de la Sociedad Española de Malacología y no de ninguna persona de la junta directiva. Aque- llos socios que no abonen su cuota anual dejarán de recibir las publicaciones de la Sociedad. Los bonos de ins- cripción se enviarán junto con el abono de una cuota anual al Tesorero. Membess living in foreing countries can deduce 6 euros if paid before 15 April. Cada socio tiene derecho a recibir anualmente los números de /berus, Reseñas Malacológicas y Noticiarios que se publiquen. ÍNDICE Iberus 19 A ZOO SRIVASTAVA, V. K. AND SINGH, A.Toxicity of Alphamethrin, Dimethoate and Carbaryl pesticides to the freshwater snails Lymnaea acuminata and Indoplanorbis exustus Toxicidad de los pesticidas Alfametrín, Dimetoato y Carbaril sobre los caracoles dulceacuícolas Lymnaea acuminata y Indoplanorbis exustus AN RODRÍGUEZ, M, BARQUÍN, J]. AND PÉREZ-DIONIS, G. Eulimid gastropods (Caenogastropoda: Eulimidae) of the Canary Islands. Part I. Species parasiting sea urchins Eulímidos (( “aenogastropoda: Eulimidae) de las Islas Canarias. Parte 1. Especies parásitas de erizos de mar 7-24 RODRÍGUEZ, M., PEREZ-DIONIS, G. AND BARQUÍN, J. Eulimid gastropods (Caenogastropoda: Eulimidae) of the Canary Islands. Part II. Species parasiting the crinoid Antedon bifida Eulímidos (Caenogastropoda: Eulimidae) de las Islas Canarias. Parte 11. Especies parásitas del crinoideo Antedon bifida 25-35 MALAQUIAS, M. A. E. Updated and annotated checklist of the opisthobranch molluscs (excluding Thecosomata and Gymnosomata) from the Azores archipelago (North Atlantic Ocean, Portugal) Lista comentada y actualizada de los moluscos opistobranquios (excepto los Thecosomata y Gym- nosomata) del archipiélago de las Azores (Océano Atlántico Norte, Portugal) 37-48 ROLÁN, E. A new species of Alvania (Mollusca, Rissoidae) from Annobón (Gulf of Guinea, West Africa) Una nueva especie de Alvania (Mollusca, Rissoidae) de Annobón (Golfo de Guinea, África occi- dental) 49-52 PEÑAS, A. Y ROLÁN, E. La superfamilia Pyramidelloidea Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Hete- rostropha) en África Occidental. 8. Los géneros Bacteridium y Anisocycla The superfamily Pyramidelloidea Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, ( rastropoda, Heterostropha) in West Africa. 8. The genera Bacteridium and Anisocycla 53-63 YADAV, R. P. AND SINGH, A. Environmentally safe molluscicides from two common euphorbiales Molusquicidas no perjudiciales para el medioambiente obtenidos a partir de dos euforbiá- ceas 65-73 MALAQUIAS, M. A. E., CERVERA, J. L., ABREU, A. D. AND LÓPEZ-GONZALEZ, P. J. The Opistho- branch Molluscs from Porto Santo Island (Madeira Archipelago, Northeastern Atlantic) Moluscos Opistobranquios de la Isla de Porto Santo (Archipiélago de Madeira, Atlántico Nor- deste) 75-82 TRONCOSO, N., VAN GOETHEM, J. L. and TRONCOSO, J. S. Contribution to the marine mollus- can fauna of Kerguelen Islands, South Indian ocean Contribución a la fauna de moluscos marinos de las Islas Kerguelen, Sur del Océano Índico 83-114 ROLÁN, E. AND BOYER, E The genus Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) in West Africa El género Mitrolumna (Gastropoda, Turridae) en África Occidental 115-128 ISSN 0212-3010 L Ol na. ¡MOX [berus Vol. 19 (2) REVISTA DE LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Oviedo, diciembre 2001 HI Iberus Revista de la SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Comité DE ReDAcciÓN (BOARD OF EDITORS) EDITOR DE PUBLICACIONES (EDITOR-IN=CHIEF) Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero Universidad de Oviedo, Oviedo, España EDITORA EJECUTIVA (MANAGING EDITOR) Eugenia M* Martínez Cueto-Felgueroso Universidad de Oviedo, Oviedo, España EDITORES ADJUNTOS (ASSOCIATE EDITORS) Benjamín Gómez Moliner Ángel Antonio Luque del Villar Emilio Rolán Mosquera José Templado González Jesús S. Troncoso Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Madrid, España Universidad de Vigo, Vigo, España Museo nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, Madrid, España Universidad de Vigo, Vigo, España Comité EDITORIAL (BOARD OF REVIEWERS) Kepa Altonaga Sustacha Eduardo Angulo Pinedo Rafael Araujo Armero Thierry Backeljau Rúdiger Bieler Sigurd v. Boletzky Jose Castillejo Murillo Karl Edlinger Antonio M. de Frias Martins José Carlos García Gómez Edmund Gittenberger Serge Gofas Ángel Guerra Sierra Gerhard Haszprunar Yuri 1. Kantor María Yolanda Manga González Jordi Martinell Callico Ron K. 0'Dor Takashi Okutani Marco Oliverio Pablo E. Penchaszadeh Winston E. Ponder Carlos Enrique Prieto Sierra Me de los Ángeles Ramos Sánchez Francisco Javier Rocha Valdés Paul G. Rodhouse Joandoménec Ros ¡ Aragones María Carmen Salas Casanovas Gerhard Steiner Victoriano Urgorri Carrasco Anders Warén PORTADA DE Jlberus Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid, España Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruselas, Bélgica The Field Museum, Chicago, Estados Unidos Laboratoire Arago, Banyuls-sur-Mer, Francia Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Santiago de Compostela, España Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Viena, Austria Universidade dos Acores, Acores, Portugal Universidad de Sevilla, Sevilla, España National Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden, Holanda Universidad de Málaga, España Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas, CSIC, Vigo, España Zoologische Stautssammlung Múnchen, Múnchen, Alemania AN. Severtzov Institute of Ecology and Evolution, Moscú, Rusia Estación Agrícola Experimental, (SIC, León, España Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona, España Dalhousie University, Halifax, Canada Nihon University, Fujisawa City, Japón Universitá di Roma “La Sapienza”, Roma, Italia Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales “Bernardino Rivadavia”, Buenos Aires, Argentina Australian Museum, Sydney, Australia Universidad del País Vasco, Bilbao, España Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, Madrid, España Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas, CSIC, Vigo, España British Antorctic Survey, Cambridge, Reino Unido Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona, España Universidad de Málaga, Málaga, España Institut fur Zoologie der Universitat Wien, Viena, Austria Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Santiago de Compostela, España Swedish Museum of Natural History, Estocolmo, Suecia Iberus gualterianus (Linnaeus, 1758), una especie emblemática de la península Ibérica, que da nombre a la revista. Dibujo realizado por José Luis González Rebollar “Toza”. Iberus REVISTA DE LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Vol. 19 (2) Oviedo, diciembre 2001 Iberus Revista de la SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Iberus publica trabajos que traten sobre cualquier aspecto relacionado con la Malacología. Se admiten también notas breves. /berus edita un volumen anual que se compone de dos o más números. INSTRUCCIONES PARA LOS AUTORES Los manuscritos deben remitirse a: D. Gonzalo Rodríguez, Apartado 156, 33600 Mieres del Camino, Asturias, España. Los trabajos se entregarán por triplicado (original y dos copias). Se recomienda a los autores leer cuidadosamente las normas de publicación que se incluyen en cada número de la revista. SUBCRIPCIONES Iberus puede recibirse siendo socio de la Sociedad Española de Malacología, en cualquiera de sus formas, o mediante intercambio. Aquellos socios que deseen adquirir números atrasados deberán diri- girse al bibliotecario. Los no socios deberán ponerse en contacto con BACKHUYS PUBLISHERS, PO. Box 321, 2300 AH Leiden, The Netherlands. Tel.: +31-71-51 70 208, Fax: +31-71-51 71 856, Correo Elec- trónico: backhuysCeuronet.nl Los resumenes de los artículos editados en esta revista se publican en Aquatic Science and Fisheries Abstracts (ASFA) y en el Zoological Records, BIOSIS. Contents list published in Aquatic Science and Fisheries Abstracts and Zoological Records, BIOSIS. Dep. Leg. B-43072-81 ISSN 0212-3010 Diseño y maquetación: Gonzalo Rodríguez Impresión: LOREDO, S. L. - Gijón O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (2): 1-7, 2001 Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus spec. nov. (Mollusca, Polyplacophora), an Atlantic species from the Iberian Penin- sula Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus (Mollusca, spec. nov. Polyplacophora), nueva especie para el atlántico ibérico Pilar CARMONA-ZALVIDE*, Victoriano URGORRI** and Francisco Javier GARCÍA* Recibido el 26-VII-2000. Aceptado el 20-XI1-2000 ABSTRACT A new species of the genus Ischnochiton, subgenus Stenosemus (Mollusca, Polyplacophora) from the Eastern Atlantic is described. The species has been named Ischnochiton (S.) gallae- cus in honour of Galicia, a region located in the Northwest of the Iberian Peninsula. lt was collected in A Quiniela (Galicia) (43% 17' 22” - 52”N; 9% 36' 38" - 45"W). RESUMEN Se describe una especie nueva del género Ischnochiton y subgénero Stenosemus [Mollusca Polyplacophora), del Atlántico Ibérico, denominada, Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus. La espe- cie está dedicada a Galicia, situada geográficamente en el Noroeste de la Península Ibérica. La localidad tipo es A Quiniela (Galicia) (43? 17' 22” - 52 “N; 09% 36' 38” - 45” O). KEY WORDS: Polyplacophora, Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus, new species, description, taxonomy, Iberian Peninsula. PALABRAS CLAVE: Polyplacophora, /schnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus, especie nueva, descripción, taxono- mía, Península Ibérica. INTRODUCTION The specimen was collected during the “Cangrexo I” campaign in A Qui- niela (Galicia, NW Spain) at depths ranging from 753 to 880 m. The expedi- tion was organised by the Animal Biology Department at the University of Santiago de Compostela. The specimen was found on bottoms having ferroman- ganesic nodules with calcareous plaques, coal slag and small stones. After reviewing the monographic studies by KAAS AND VAN BELLE (1985; 1987; 1990; 1994), who have compiled all the species described belonging to the genus Ischnochiton Gray, 1847, it was found that the specimen collected pre- * Departamento de Fisiología y Biología Animal, Facultad de Biología, Universidad de Sevilla. Apdo. 1095 41080 Sevilla (Spain) e-mail: figarciaOcica.es ** Laboratorio de Zooloxía Mariña,Departamento de Bioloxía Animal, Universidade de Santiago de Compostela. 15706 Santiago de Compostela (Spain) e-mail: bavitucoGusc.es Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 sented taxonomical features that are very different from the species descri- bed in previous papers. Therefore, in this article we describe what we consi- der to be a new species, Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus. This work has been partially suppor- ted by the project “FAUNA IBERICA IVADCICNARBIS-0235) MATERIAL AND METHODS The specimen was collected in A Quiniela (43* 17' 22”-52” N; 09% 36' 38”- RESULTS 45”"W) (VII/1991) at 753 m depth during the Cangrexo I campaign. Samples were caught with traps used for the royal crab (Chaceon affinis). The specimen was separated using sieves of 5, 2, and 0.5 mm mesh. The material collected was preser- ved in 70% alcohol. The structure of this species was studied by placing it in 10% KOH, which allowed for the separation of the shell valves, corpuscles scales and spicules of the girdle and the radula. The structures of the different parts were examined under the scanning elec- tronic microscope (Philips XL-20). Class POLYPLACOPHORA Gray, 1821 Order NEOLORICATA Bergenhayn, 1955 Suborder IsSCHNOCHITONINA Bergenhayn, 1930 Family ISCHNOCHITONIDAE Dall, 1889 Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus spec. nov. Type material: The only specimen collected is the holotype. Four valves and the radula were meta- llized as required by the methodology used to examine it with a scanning electronic microscope, and the rest of the specimen has been preserved in 70% alcohol. It is stored at the Museo de Cien- cias Naturales de Madrid with code number MNCN 15.03 /485. Une type locality is A Quiniela (Galicia) (43? 17' 22”-52” N; 09* 36' 38"-45” W). Derivatio nominis: This species is dedicated to Galicia, a region located in the Northwest of the Iberian Peninsula. Diagnosis: The specimen is 2.5 mm long and 1.8 mm wide. It is oval-shaped with the cephalic area being flatter than the caudal area. The shell is strongly carinated at valves Il, IM and IV with well marked apices on the same valves. The ornamentation consists of rounded granules, which are more noticeable on the sides. These areas are slightly higher than the central area. The perinotum is made up of oval-shaped, imbricated scales with stems, having a smooth appearance, although they are slightly striated. The marginal fringe is not highly visible; among its spicules, we can clearly see several cylindrical spicu- les with stems. The uncinal plate of the major lateral tooth of the radula is tri- cuspid, with the central cusp being much longer than the lateral ones, al- though there are three cusps, similar in size in the older area of the radula. Description: Tegmentum. The speci- men under study is white. The head valve is larger in size than the tail valve and has a semicircular anterior border and a triangular posterior border, with a considerably sharp apex (Fig. 1). The strong slope that originates at the valve tends to be convex. The intermediate valves decrease in size from the second to the seventh (Figs. 2-5). Despite being strongly carinated, they are rectangular shaped, with the exception of valve II. This valve has a convex anterior border, rounded sides, and at the apex the pos- terior borders converge forming a concave shape. The remaining interme- diate plates have an almost straight anterior border, with a certain tendency CARMONA-ZALVIDE: Ischnochiton gallaecus spec. nov. from the Iberian Peninsula Figures 1-10. Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus spec. nov. 1: valve l; 2: valve Il; 3: valve IV; 4: valve V; 5: valve VIII; 6: articulamentum of valve VII; 7: ornamentation of the jugal zone; 8: orna- mentation of the pleural zone; 9: ornamentation of the lateral area; 10: arrangement of aesthetes. Figuras 1-10. Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus spec. nov. 1: valva l; 2: valva Il; 3: valva IV: 4: valva Ve 5: valva VIII: 6: articulamentum de la valva VI; 7: ornamentación de la zona jugal; 8: orna- mentación de la zona pleural; 9: ornamentación del área lateral; 10: disposición de las estetas. Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 to be concave at the jugal sinus. The lateral borders are rounded and the pos- terior is straight with an apex that is not well-defined. The lateral areas protrude from the central area. The anterior border of the tail valve tends to be straight, although we can see that it has a slight tendency to become convex. One third of the posterior border is semicircular. The mucro is located in an anterocentral position and is not highly prominent, so that the slope that it creates is moderate and straight (Fig. 5). The ornamentation is comprised of granules arranged quincuncially on the head valve, lateral areas of the interme- diate valves (Fig. 9), and the postmucro- nal zone of the tail valve. The arrange- ment varies in the middle area, and they are less pronounced in the jugal area, although it is possible to see a tendency to form longitudinal chains without the granules actually touching each other (Fig. 7). In the pleural zone, however, where the granules are more visible, they are seen to overlap and the chains tend to come together (Fig. 8). The aesthetes are arranged over the entire tegmentum and have a tendency to form straight lines, which vary in layout from longitudinal in the jugal zone of the central area to radial in the head valve, lateral areas, pleural zone and postmucronal zone. The mean dia- meter of the aesthetes is 4.96 um (0: 0.97), mean length between aesthetes in the same row is 21.21 um (0: 2,5) and the average separation between aesthe- tes in parallel rows is 14.96 um (0: 4,30) (Fig. 10). Articulamentum (Fig. 6). White in color with a weak consistency. The teeth, which are slightly uneven, tend to protrude from the tail valve. The apophyses of valve II to IV tend to be triangular, while valve V to VII become trapezoidal in shape. The insertion line formula is 11/1/11. Girdle. The perinotum is similar in color to the tegmentum. It consists of imbricated, oval-shaped scales that have a small stem in the basal area, with 4 orifices (Figs. 15-17). In the dorsal area of the corpuscle, there are three slight striations (Fig. 16). They range in size from 50 to 90 um on the largest axis. The mean stem diameter is 23.33 um (0 : 1.36). If we observe the corpuscle side- ways, it appears to have the shape of a boot, as the stem is located at one end. The ventral scales are arranged in over- lapping lines. They are rectangular- shaped and feature two protuberances in the apical area of the scale (Fig. 18). They range between 30 and 40 um in length and between 20 and 25 um at the base. The marginal fringe is made up of cylindrical spicules with ribs that start at the base and come together at the sharp end of the spicule (Figs. 19, 20). Length is between 51 and 72 um. Among these spicules, we observed another type of spicules, which are smaller in number and larger in size. They are arranged on a narrow and elongated appendix, which makes them protrude even farther out from the mar- ginal fringe. The spicules are lanceolate with three ribs that run parallel over the spicule. Length varies from 80 to 100 ym. Gills. They are classified as mero- branchial adanal with interspace. They start at the level of valves VI-VII and extend to the anus. They gradually increase in size and decrease at the last two valves. The number of gills on each side is 8. (Right page) Figures 11-20. Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus n. sp. 11, 2: radula; 13: uncinal plate of the major lateral tooth; 14: central tooth of the radula and first lateral tooth; 15: arrange- ment of the dorsal corpuscles on the perinotum; 16: dorsal corpuscles, dorsal view; 17: dorsal cor- puscle, ventral view; 18: ventral scales, dorsal view; 19, 20: marginal spicules. (Página derecha) Figuras 11-20. Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus 7». sp. 11, 2: rádula; 13: placa uncinada del diente lateral mayor; 14: dientes central y primer lateral; 15: disposición de los corpúsculos dorsales del perinoto; 16: corpúsculos dorsales, vista dorsal; 17: corpúsculo dorsal, vista ventral; 18: escamas ventrales, vista dorsal; 19, 20: espículas marginales. CARMONA-ZALVIDE: Ischnochiton gallaecus spec. nov. from the Iberian Peninsula ,20 um Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Radula (Fig. 11). The central tooth of the radula is rectangular-shaped with a pronounced flexible border (Fig. 12, 13). The maximum length observed was 25 yum. The first lateral tooth, is longer, rea- ching up to 30 ym in length. The uncinal plate of the major lateral tooth is tricus- pid, with the central cusp much longer than in the lateral teeth, although in the most utilized zone of the radula, the three cusps are similar in size (Fig. 13). The plumose tooth is small and does not DISCUSSION The specimen has been classified in the Family Ischnochitonidae given that the terminal valves have multiple fissu- res, the intermediate valves have a notch on both sides and it does not present pectinated insertion teeth. The “eyes” are not pigmentary; the apophy- ses are separated, and the perinotum is made up of scales. It has been classified in the genus Ischnochiton because its tegmentum is sculpted by granules, it is twice as wide as it is long and on its jugal sinus there are no types of notches; nor does it have lines connecting the apophyses. It belongs to the subgenus Stenosemus since the perinotum scales do not have stems. After reviewing the species that are classified in Ischnochiton (Stenosemus), we found no other species presenting similar traits. The specimen may be distinguis- hed primarily because of the morphology of its body, which is wider in the cephalic area than in the caudal area and because valves II to IV are strongly carinated, while valves V to VII are subcarinated. As far as ornamentation is concerned, it is easily distinguishable from the species of Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) which have a clearly visible sculpture such as 1. (S.) exa- ratus (G.O. Sars, 1878), 1. (S.) stearnsíi Dall, 1902, 1. (S.) vanbellei Kaas, 1985 and 1 (S.) robustus Kaas, 1991, since in 1. (S.) gallae- cus the granules are not very pronoun- ced; they are quincuncially arranged and tend to form chains in the pleural zone. These characteristics also serve to diffe- rentiate it from species having a micro- reach the uncinal plate of the major lateral tooth, The two small interme- diate teeth, internal and external, as well as the last three, have the typical scale form (Fig. 11). Biology: The only specimen of Ischno- chiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus was collec- ted at a depth of 752 m in strong currents. The animal was attached to a stone on bottoms with ferromanganesic nodules, calcareous plaques and coal slag. granulated tegmentum which do not tend to form chains such a: 1.(S.) albus (Linneo, 1767), 1.(S.) chiversi (Ferreira, 1981) and 1.(S.) vitreolus Kaas, 1985. Our species differs from 1.(S.) substriatus Kaas and Van Belle, 1990 as it has chains in both the jugal and pleural areas. It does not show clear striations in the corpuscles of the perinotum, which happens with 1. (S) substriatus. Besides, in this species, the uncinal plate of the major lateral tooth of the radula is bicuspid, with sharp apexes, whereas that of 1. (S.) gallaecus is tricuspid and its denticles are blunt. It differs from I. (S.) delicatus Kaas, 1991 because it has well-defined radial ribs in the lateral areas of the intermediate valves and head valve. It is also different from 1. (S.) perfo- ratus Kaas, 1990 due to the perforations found in the pleural zone of this species. In comparasion to the species collec- ted in the same habitat, such as Leptochi- ton (Leptochiton) gascognensis Kaas and Van Belle, 1985, L. (L.) compostellanum Carmona and Urgorri, 1999, Hanleya hanleyi (Bean in Thorpe, 1844), 1. (S.) exa- ratus (G. O. Sars, 1878) and Connexochiton platynomenus Kaas, 1979, it differs from the species belonging to the families Leptochitonidae and Hanleyidae and the species l. (S.) exaratus. To start with, it can be identified with a small specimen of C. platynomenus. However, this species shows an ornamentation formed by cor- puscles quincuncially arranged, while those of I. (S.) gallaecus are not so marked and tend to form chains. The arrange- ment of aesthetes changes, as in C. platy- CARMONA-ZALVIDE: ¿schnochiton gallaecus spec. nov. from the Iberian Peninsula nomenus they are located in the corpus- cles and not lined up as in 1. (S.) gallae- cus. At the same time, the apophyses of C. platynomenus are interconnected. The central radular tooth is notably sharp and convexly curved, features not present in 1. (S.) gallaecus. BIBLIOGRAPHY KAas, P., AND VAN BELLE, KR. A., 1985. Mono- graph of living chitons. 2, Suborder Ischnochi- tonina, Ischnochitonidae: Schizoplacinae, Ca- llochitoninae and Lepidochitoninae. E.J. Brill, Leiden). 198 pp. KAAS, P., AND VAN BELLE, R. A., 1987. Mono- graph of living chitons. 3, Ischnochitonidae: Chaetopleurinae, Ischnochitoninae. Aditions to vols 1 and 2. (E.J. Brill/ W. Backhuys, Lei- den). 302 pp. Based on the comparisons made between 1.(S.) gallaecus and the other species of the subgenus Stenosemus and C. platynomenus, and not having found any other that presented the same cha- racteristics as the species described, we consider this to be a new species. KAAS, P., AND VAN BELLE, R. A., 1990. Mono- graph of living chitons. 4, Suborder Ischnochi- tonina: Ischnochitonidae: Ischnochitoninae (continued) Additions to vols 1,2 and 3. E. J. Brill/W. Backhuys, Leiden. 298 pp. Kaas, P., AND VAN BELLE, R. A., 1994. Monograph of living chitons. 53 Suborder Ischnochitonina: Ischnochitonidae: Ischnochitoninae (conclued). Callistoplacinae; Mopalidae. Additions to vols 1-4. E. J. Brill/W. Backhuys, Leiden. 403 pp. O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (2): 9-13, 2001 Seasonal infection dynamic of tetraphyllidean cestodes in the ommastrephid squids from Galician waters Dinámica estacional de la infección por cestodos tetrafilídeos en los omastréfidos de aguas de Galicia Santiago PASCUAL* Recibido el 29-1-2001. Aceptado el 26-1V-2001 ABSTRACT The seasonal dynamic of cestode tetraphyllidean infection by the genus Phyllobothrium on the shortfinned squids /llex coindetii and Todaropsis eblanae from fishing grounds off Galicia is described. Seasonal changes in parasite infrapopulation counts were evident in northern and southern fishing areas but varying depending on host source. In any case highest infection values were found in late winter at the time of large mature squids, whe- reas lowest (and even no parasite recruitment to the host populations) infection values were found in the summertime. This corresponding with abundant hatchings and paralar- vae supported by peaks in upwelling and blooms in available food related to the upwelled Eastern North-Atlantic Central Water (ENACW). RESUMEN Este trabajo describe la dinámica estacional de las infecciones por cestodos tetrafiliídeos del género Phyllobothrium en las potas Illex coindetii y Todaropsis eblanae capturadas en las áreas de pesca de Galicia. Se evidenciaron cambios estacionales en el número de las infrapoblaciones parásitas en las áreas de pesca del norte y del sur, aunque éstos varia- ron en función de la especie hospedadora. En cualquier caso, los niveles más altos de infección se produjeron al final del invierno coincidiendo con las potas grandes y madu- ras. Mientras, los valores más bajos de infección [incluso sin reclutamiento de los parási- tos en las poblaciones hospedadoras), se encontraron en el verano, coincidiendo con el periodo de puesta y abundancia de paralarvas, relacionada con los picos de aflora- miento y disponibilidad de alimento en la masa de Agua Central NorAtlántica (ACNA). KEY WORDS: cestode, tetraphyllidean, Phyllobothrium, Illex coindetiz, Todaropsis eblanae. PALABRAS CLAVE: cestodo, tetrafilideo, Phyllobothrium, lex coindetiz, Todaropsis eblanae. INTRODUCTION Despite symbiotic relationships between adult tetraphyllidean cestodes and their elasmobranch final hosts have been largely studied, little work has been done on the larval procercoid and plerocercoid stages. This lack of infor- mation is especially evident with regard to the cephalopod hosts, in spite of the fact that tetraphyllidean larvae have been recovered and taxonomically iden- * Laboratorio de Parasitología, Grupo PB2, Facultad de Ciencias del Mar, Universidad de Vigo, Aptdo. 874, 36200, Vigo, España. E-mail: spascualGuvigo.es Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 > Northern area >€ Western area Ribadeo" + ICES división VIILc Galicia ICES división ICaN'£ | / Figure 1. The location of sampling zones off Galician waters (NW Spain). Figura 1. Localización de las zonas de muestreo en las costas gallegas (NO España). tified from a wide diversity of coastal, neritic and / or oceanic squid, cuttlefish and octopus species worldwide (see review by HOCHBERG, 1990). Among this, only a few studies by Canadian, Russian and Spanish researchers (e.g., BROWN AND THRELFALL, 1968; BOWER, MARGOLIS AND YANG, 1990; NIGMATU- LLIN AND SHUKHGALTER, 1990; PASCUAL, GONZÁLEZ, ARIAS AND GUERRA, 199%5a; PASCUAL, RASERO, ARIAS AND GUERRA, 1995b) have dealt with the demographic infection values and/or host-parasite relationships, but neither study provi- ded a detailed account of the seasonal population dynamics of the infection in the wild, though this may be essential for a better understanding of the para- site recruitment and their ecological impact on wildlife cephalopod popula- tions (PASCUAL, 1996). In temperate waters off the NE Atlantic, relatively large ommastrephid samples were routinely available for study in commercial fisheries (GONZÁ- 10 LEZ, RASERO AND GUERRA, 1996), thus providing an opportunity to describe the seasonal infrapopulation behavior of the plerocercoid tetraphyllideans in commercially-important ommastrephid squid populations. MATERIAL AND METHODS At monthly intervals between 1992- 1993, 1200 post-recruit of lesser flying squids lllex coindetii (Vérany, 1839) and broadtailed short-finned squids Todarop- sis eblanae (Ball, 1841) (600 each) were collected by fishermen from local fishing grounds off Galicia (42? 5' to 45? 15' N, 7? to 9? 20” W) (Fig. 1). Samples comprising 25 individuals per host species and sampling area were obtai- ned from commercial landings in several ports within two hydrographi- cally well-differentiated areas (FRAGA, MOURIÑO AND MANRÍQUEZ, 1982). The northern group consisted of all squids PASCUAL: Seasonal infection dynamic of cestodes in squids from Galicia Abundance -500 -750 DD E-MA My Ja Jn Ss Os N 1D / 1 ue Mature Inmature Submature Figure 2. Monthly values in abundance of infection by Phyllobothrium spp. in squid at both sam- pling areas. (0 ICN, //lex coindetii from the northern area; O ICS, 7. coindetii from the southern area; W TEN, Zodaropsis eblanae from the northern area; U TES, 7. eblanae from the southern area). Mature, immature and submature squids (i.e., condition of the gonad) was assessed using an universal maturity scale (LIPINSKY, 1979). The histogram represents the upwelling index (UL, expressed as m3s-1Km-1). Figura 2. Valores medios de infección por Phyllobothrium spp. en calamares de ambas áreas de muestreo. (0 /CN, Illex coindetii del área norte ; O ICS, 1. coindetii del área sur; MM TEN, Todaropsis eblanae del área norte; U TES, T. eblanae del área sur). La condición de la gónada de los calamares (maduro, inmaduro y submaduro) se ajusto usando una escala universal de madurez (LIPINSKY, 1979). El histo- grama representa el índice de afloramiento (Ul, expressed as m3s-1Km-1). collected from Burela to Finisterre (ICES division VllIc) and the southern group consisted of squids caught from Finiste- rre to Miño river (ICES division IXa). Each month, the viscera was removed from fresh dead squid and examined for larval tetraphyllidean cestodes. Seasonal differences among log-transformed parasite infrapopulation counts were compared using one-way ANOVA. To this end, data were analyzed on a quar- terly basis: winter (January-March), spring (April-June), summer (July-Sep- tember) and autumn (October-Decem- ber). The abundance of infection (defined as the number of individuals of a parasite species in a host species regardless of whether or not the host is infected) was calculated each month for both host species and fishing areas as the most appropriate demographic infection value due to its population sig- nificance (BusH, LAFFERTY, LOTZ AND SHOSTAK, 1997). RESULTS In the northern area, a clear seasonal pattern of plerocercoid infection by Phy- llobothrium van Beneden, 1850 larvae in both squid populations (F= 23.56; p< 0.001 for 1. coindeti1) (F= 4.885; p< 0.05 for T. eblanae) was observed (Fig. 2). Abun- dance of infection increased throughout the winter, reaching a maximum in late winter and early spring at the time of spawning. The highest infection values were found in the largest mature squids but declining towards the summer, when 11 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 immature individuals are abundant. In the southern area, a significant seasonal variation was only found in the short- finned squid /. coindetii (F= 5.89; p<0.05). By the contrast, no seasonal variation in infection values (F= 0.289; p=0.602) was evident in T. eblanae. Nevertheless, the general pattern of seasonal parasite dynamic clearly suggests that infection is higher during colder months than during, warmer months which is inversely corre- lated with the upwelling index, regard- less of host source or sampling area. DISCUSSION According with HOCHBERG (1990), plerocercoids of Phyllobothrium spp. in teuthoid cephalopods exhibit a marked ecological-specificity, ¡.e., they are more dependent on trophic levels occupied by the host species than on host phylogeny per se. The highest values of cestode in- frapopulation counts during squid spawningtime herein reported, suggest that many species of selachians feed on the fast-moving squids mainly during the massive die-offs that occur follo- wing spawning. This clearly represents a synchronization of parasite and squid life-history strategies, in which the para- site utilizes the optimal stage of ontoge- nesis (i.e., trophic level) of the host to in- sure the maximum probability of entry into the final host. This pattern was also suggested by NIGMATULLIN AND SHUKH- GALTER (1990) in the Patagonian squid Illex argentinus from 45-47%S but they ob- served no seasonal fluctuations among intraspecific groupings of similar size and maturity. In this way, the bimodal pattern of seasonal infection (highest during winter to springtime and lowest during summertime) herein reported, may be due to variations in squid size, age and/or maturity and ultimately to host feeding habits (PASCUAL, GONZÁ- LEZ, ARIAS AND GUERRA, 1996). In fact, the abundance of infection clearly incre- ased with increasing host maturity over the entire life cycle, a characteristic com- mon to many ommastrephid squids (BROWN AND THRELFALL, 1968; THREL- 12 FALL 1970; GAEVSKAYA AND NIGMATU- LLIN 1981; NIGMATULLIN AND SHUKH- GALTER 1990; PASCUAL ET AL., 1995a, b). Nevertheless, the abundance of infec- tion did not increase with host maturity in the squids from the southern group which may be due to a lower overdis- persion pattern of parasite infrapopula- tions than it accounted in the northern group. The effect of accumulation factor resulting from feeding patterns has been previously described in other trophi- cally-transmitted cephalopod parasites by PASCUAL, GONZÁLEZ, ARIAS AND GUERRA (1999). Otherwise, it is important to note that seasonal behavior of infection he- rein reported reflect variation in hydro- graphically-distinct sampling local areas of a single host species. In fact, regional variations (north-south) in the composi- tion of the helminth fauna of both squid species has been also previously noted by PASCUAL ET AL. (1996). Despite the short distance between both sampling areas, these regions exhibit differences in oceanography, biological producti- vity, fauna composition, and diversity which may explain differences in infec- tions values to the northern and sout- hern mature squids. This clearly indica- tes that long-term sampling surveys should be carried out when comparing infection patterns in cephalopod popu- lations, even at a microgeographic scale. Results also suggests that despite the in- fluence of abiotic factors which could af- fect the infective free-living parasitic sta- ges and thus their seasonal behavior, re- cruitment of worms to squid populations does not appear to be conti- nuous. Infections were thus less abun- dant during late spring and summer, which coincided with the periodicity of host spawning for both squid species (GONZÁLEZ AND GUERRA, 1996) where hatchings and paralarvae are supported by peaks in upwelling and blooms in available food related to the upwelled Eastern North-Atlantic Central Water (ENACW) (ROCHA, GUERA, PREGO AND PIATKOWSKI, 1999). This type of periodi- city appear similar to that described r- strategist organisms which have well- PASCUAL: Seasonal infection dynamic of cestodes in squids from Galicia defined seasonal cycles in temperate waters of the world. Therefore, an ecolo- gical specificity based on host-related biotic factors rather than an oceanograp- hic or host specificity is likely to be the caused of seasonal infection dynamic of tetraphyllidean cestodes of Phylloboth- rium in the short-finned squids from Ga- BIBLIOGRAPHY BOWwER, S. M., MARGOLIS, L. AND YANG, D. T. C., 1990. A preliminary investigation of the helminth parasites of flying squid, Ommas- trephes bartrami, in northeastern Pacific wa- ters and comparison with other parasite surveys of Ommastrephidae. Canadian Tech- nican Report of Fisheries and Aquatic Science, No. 1750. BROWN, E. L. AND THRELFALL, W., 1968. A quan- titative study of the helminth parasites of the Newfoundland short-finned squid, 1llex illecebrosus illecebrosus (LeSueur) (Cephalo- poda: Decapoda). Canadian Journal of Zoo- logy, 46: 1087-1093. Bush, A. O., LAFFERTY, K. D., Lorz, J. M. AND SHOSTAK, A. W., 1997. Parasitology meets ecology on its own terms: Margolis et al. re- visited. Journal of Parasitology, 83 (4): 575-583. FRAGA, F.; MOURIÑO, C. AND MANRÍQUEZ, M., 1982. Las masas de agua en las costas de Ga- licia: junio-octubre. Resultados de Expediciones Científicas, 10: 51-77. GAEVSKAYA, A. V. AND NIGMATULLIN, CH. M., 1981. Several ecological aspects of the parasi- tic relationships of the flying squid (Stheno- teuthis pteropus) (Steenstrup, 1855). (En Ruso). Biologicheskii Nauki, Moscow, 1: 52-57. GONZÁLEZ, A. F. AND GUERRA, A., 1996. Re- productive biology of the short-finned squid Illex coindetii (Cephalopoda, Ommastrephi- dae) of the Northeastern Atlantic. Sarsia, 81: 107-118. GONZÁLEZ, A. F., RASERO, M. AND GUERRA, A., 1996. La explotación de los omastréfidos lllex coindetii y Todaropsis eblanae (Mollusca: Cep- halopoda) en aguas de Galicia. Nova Acta Científica Compostelana (Bioloxía), 6: 191-203. HOCHBERG, F. G., 1990. Diseases of Mollusca: Cephalopoda. In: Kinne, O. (Ed.) Diseases of marine animals.V ol. UL, Cephalopoda to Uro- chordata Biologisches Anstalt Helgoland, Hamburg; 47-227. LiPINSKY, M. R., 1979. Universal maturity scale for the commercially-squids (Cephalopoda: Teuthoidea). The results of maturity classi- fication of Illex illecebrosus (LeSueur, 1821) populations for the years 1973-1977. ICNAF Research Documents, 79 / 11/38. lician waters. Additionally, a wide dis- tribution of both host and parasite cle- arly show the potential cosmopolitan character of the infection and the impor- tant role played by large, mature om- mastrephids as second intermediate hosts for Phyllobothrium in temperate waters off the NE Atlantic. NIGMATULLIN, CH. M. AND SHUKHGALTER, O. A., 1990. Helmintofauna y aspectos ecológi- cos de las relaciones parasitarias del cala- mar (lllex argentinus) en el Atlántico Sudoc- cidental. Frente Marítimo, Vol. 7, Sec. A: 57- 68. PASCUAL, S., GONZÁLEZ, A., ARIAS, C. AND GUE- RRA, A., 1995 a. Helminth infection in the short-finned squid lllex coindetii (Cephalo- poda, Ommastrephidae) off NW Spain. Di- seases of Aquatic Organisms, 23: 71-75. PASCUAL, S., RASERO, M., ARIAS, C. AND GUE- RRA, A,, 1995 b. Helminthfauna of the short- finned squid Todaropsis eblanae (Ball, 1841) (Cephalopoda: Ommastrephidae) off NW Spain. Research and Reviews in Parasitology, 55 (2):113-116. PASCUAL, S., 1996. Los sistemas hospedador-pa- rásito en la pesquería de omastréfidos de Galicia. Tesis doctoral. Universidad de Vigo. 167 pp. PASCUAL, S., GONZÁLEZ, A., ARIAS, C. AND GUE- RRA, A., 1996. Biotic relationships of lllex coin- detii and Todaropsis eblanae (Cephalopoda, Ommastrephidae) in the Northeast Atlan- tic: evidence from parasites. Sarsia, 81: 265- 274. PASCUAL, S., GONZÁLEZ, A., ARIAS, C. AND GUE- RRA, A., 1999. Larval Anisakis simplex B (Ne- matoda: Ascaridoidea) of short-finned squid (Cephalopoda: Ommastrephidae) in north- west Spain. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 79: 65-72. ROCHA, F., GUERRA, A., PREGO, R. AND PIAT- KOwSKI, U., 1999. Cephalopod paralarvae and upwelling conditions off Galician waters. Journal of Plankton Research, 21 (1): 21-33. THRELFALL, W., 1970. Some helminth parasites from lllex argentinus (de Castellanos, 1960) (Cephalopoda: Ommastrephidae). Canadian Journal of Zoology, 48: 195-198. IS O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (2): 15-21, 2001 Two new species of Mitrella Risso, 1826 (Gastropoda, Columbellidae) from west Atlantic Dos nuevas especies de Mitrella Risso, 1826 (Gastropoda, Columbellidae) del Atlántico oeste Paulo Márcio Santos COSTA* and Paulino José Soares de SOUZA** Recibido el 2-X-2000. Aceptado el 20-X1I1-2000 ABSTRACT Two new species of Mitrella Risso, 1826 are described from the west Atlantic Ocean. Mitre- lla cabofrioensis sp.nov. is known only from the southeastern coast of Brazil. This species is diagnosed by its pattern of white flamules over a reddish brown background, and a dome- like, paucispiral protoconch, with 2 whorls. Mitrella antares sp. nov. is know from the Baha- mas, Cozumel island, and Brazilian coast. This species is diagnosed by its large, globose, multispiral protoconch, with 3 whorls, and by two strong denticles on the columella. RESUMEN Se describen dos nuevas especies de Mitrella Risso, 1826 del Atlántico Oeste. Mitrella cabofrioensis sp. nov. se conoce sólo de la costa sudeste de Brasil. La especie se distingue por su patrón de manchas blancas sobre fondo pardo rojizo y por su protoconcha paucis- piral, con foma de cúpula y dos vueltas. Mitrella antares sp. nov. se conoce de las Baha- mas, isla Cozumel y costa de Brasil. Se distingue por su protoconcha grande, globosa, multispiral, con 3 vueltas, y por los dos fuertes dentículos en la columela. KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Columbellidae, Mitrella, West Atlantic, Brazil. PALABRAS CLAVE: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Columbellidae, Mitrella, Atlántico oeste, Brasil. INTRODUCTION The inventory of Brazilian mollus- can diversity is still far from complete. Examination of specimens deposited in collections as well as originating from diverse sources such as oceanographic vessels, trawling boats, and scuba divers often yield new taxa. Herein we des- cribe two species of Mitrella from the west Atlantic. Mitrella Risso, 1826 is comprised of small columbellids (4-20 mm). It has a circum-tropical distribution and its species are found from intertidal to bathyal depths (BOUCHET AND WARÉN, 1985). The genus still needs a thorough diagnosis. This causes much confusion and the species assigned to this genus vary greatly (ABBOT, 1974; LEAL, 1991; RADWIN, 1978; Rios, 1994). Herein we consider the following west Atlantic species as belonging to Mitrella: M. oce- llata (Gmelin, 1791); M. dichroa * Laboratório de Malacologia, Dep. de Zoologia, Instituto de Biologia - C.C.S., Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro. llha do Fundáo, 21941-590, Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil. e-mail: pmscostaChotmail.com ** Instituto de Biociéncias, Universidade de Sáo Paulo. Mailing address: Museu de Zoologia, Universidade de Sáo Paulo. PO Box 42694. Sáo Paulo, SP, 04299-970, Brazil. e-mail: pjsouzaOyahoo.com IIS Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 (Sowerby, 1844), M. lunata (Say, 1826); M. profundi (Dall, 1889); and M. nitidu- lina (Locard, 1897). MATERIAL AND METHODS Shells were photographed under a stereomicroscope Zeiss SV11. The scan- ning electron microscope (SEM) photo- graphs were made at Centro de Pesqui- sas da Petrobrás, Rio de Janeiro. Specimens of M. cabofrivensis were collected by trawling off Cabo Frio, Rio de Janeiro state, southeastern Brazil (see Figure 1) and specimens of Mitrella antares sp. nov. were collected by SCUBA diving, and oceanographic vessels between Bahamas and Marataí- zes, Espirito Santo state, southeastern Brazil (Fig. 1). SYSTEMATICS Abbreviations used: ANSP Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadephia, U.S.A. BMNH The Natural History Museum, London, U.K. IBUFRJ Instituto de Biologia da Universi- dade Federal do Rio de Janeiro, Brazil MCZ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, U.S.A. MNHN Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France MNRJ Museu Nacional - Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro, Brazil MORG Museu Oceanográfico Professor Eliézer de Carvalho Rios, Rio Grande, Brazil MZSP Museu de Zoologia da Universi- dade de Sáo Paulo, Brazil USNM United States National Museum, Washington D.C., U.S.A. Family COLUMBELLIDAE Swainson, 1840 Subfamily PYRENINAE Suter, 1913 Genus Mitrella Risso, 1826 Mitrella Risso, 1826: 246 - 247. Type species by SD, Mitrella flaminea Risso, 1826 [= Mitrella scripta (Linnaeus, 1758)], Mórch, 1859: 257-258. Holotype Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Mitsella Mórch, 1859: 257 - 258 (error pro Mitrella). Diagnosis: Shell surface generally smooth, except for spiral grooves on anterior part of sheel. Rarely, first whorls of teleoconch, with thin spiral striae. Spire high, acute. Inner surface of external lip denticulated Mitrella cabofrioensis sp. nov. (Figs. 2-4, 9-11) Holotype MORG 39010 (length 9.5 mm, width 4.0 mm). Paratypes: MNRJ 7162 (length 10 mm, width 4.0 mm); IBUFRJ 6930 (length 9.8 mm, width 4.0 mm); USNM 880111 (length 9.6 mm, width 3.8 mm); MNHN (length 9.6 mm, width 3.9 mm); BMNH 1995189 (length 9.2 mm, width 3.8 mm): off Cabo Frio, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 23” 18' 00” S, 42%00' 00” W, 23/1V/1993, trawler boat “Muriaé III”, 140m, on calcareous conglomerate; MZUSP 28194 (length 6.6 mm, width 3.0 mm, juvenile), off Cabo Frio, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, N. Oc. W. Besnrad. Type locality: off Cabo Frio, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 23? 18' 00” S, 42” 00' 00” W, depth 140m. Etymology: The specific epithet cabofrivensis refers to the type locality. Diagnosis: Shell large (- 9.5 mm) slightly inflated; protoconch dome-like, large with 2 whorls; pattern composed of irregular sigmoidal white flamules over a reddish brown background, sip- honal canal distinct. 16 COSTA AND SOUZA: Two new species of Mitrella from west Atlantic North America * Mitrella antares O Mitrella cabofrioensis Figure 1. Geographic distribution of Mitrella cabofrivensis sp. nov. and Mitrella antares sp. nov. Figura 1. Distribución geográfica de Mitrella cabofrioensis sp. nov. y Mitrella antares sp. 10. Description: Shell (Figs. 2-4) large (length 9-10 mm), fusiform, acute, slightly inflated. Surface glossy, marked with very tenuous growth lines; anterior part of the body whorl with numerous (about 20) spiral groves, broadening to- wards the tip of the siphonal canal. pat- tern consisting of a series of irregular sigmoidal white flamules over a reddish brown background. Spire moderately high, comprising slightly more than half of total shell length. Protoconch (Fig. 9) dome-like, very large, smooth, vitreous, paucispiral with 2 whorls. Teleoconch with 3.25 slightly convex whorls, impar- ting a inflated aspect to the shell. Aper- ture moderately broad, internally with purplish white ation; inner margin of external lip with 6 denticles; columella slightly concave, with keel, on anterior end, reaching siphonal canal. Siphonal canal distinctive, short, slightly bent up- wards. Operculum oval, corneous, with yellow coloration, nucleus terminal. Radulae (Figs. 10, 11) rachiglossate, central tooth rectangular, about four times wider than long. Anterior edge straight or slightly convex, posterior edge is slightly concave. Lateral tooth approximately 1.55 longer than wide, slender, falcate with three cusps: basal cusp short, blunt; middle cusp sharp, short, thin, moderately curved; external cusp long, sharp, almost straight atits terminal part; distance between cusps subequal; base measuring 28.0 um, from its anterior margin to the edge of basal cusp, length 43.5 ym between base and tip of distal cusps. Habitat: Calcareous conglomerate, at approximately 140 m. Range: Known only from off Cabo Frio, Rió de Janeiro State, Brazil (Fig. 1). Remarks: Mitrella cabofrioensis has a very distinctive colour pattern, different from all other Mitrella. It differs from M. dichroa (Sowerby, 1844) by being slightly larger, more inflated, having more convex whorls, and protoconch shape. It is diffe- rent from M. lunata in its much larger size, and protoconch shape. M. ocellata has a similar radula and paucispiral protoconch, but M. cabofrivensis differs by being slightly smaller, more inflated, having thinner shell, and larger siphonal canal. M. pro- fundi Dall, 1889 differs from M. cabofrio- ensis by having a lighter coloration, smaller, more inflated shell, a conical, mul- tispiral protoconch, and a columellar pli- cation. M. nitidulina Locard, 1897, differs from M. cabofrivensis in its uniform cream white color, and in the multispiral, sculp- tured protoconch. 17 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Mitrella antares sp. nov. (Figs. 5-8, 12-14) Holotype MORG 33314 (length 3.6 mm, width 1.9 mm). Paratypes: ANSP 367004, Indian Cay, Grand Bahama Island, Bahamas, J. Worsfold, 1980, 14 spe- cimens; MNRJ 7257, Itapua, Salvador, Bahia State, Brazil, 1 specimen; MORG 21241, Abrolhos Archi- pelago, Bahia State, Brazil, 8 specimens; MNRJ 7185 (length 3.5 mm, width 1.8 mm); IBUFR] 8465 (length 3.4 mm, width 1.9 mm); USNM 880119 (length 3.6 mm, width 1.8 mm); MNHN (length 3.5 mm, width 2.0 mm); BMNH 1996073 (length 3.2 mm, width 1.7 mm); MZUSP 28244 (length 3.55 mm, width 1.8 mm); IBUFRJ 8.466 (length 3.2 mm, width 1.7 mm); MORG 33315 (length 3.6 mm, width 1.8 mm); ANSP 399368; off Marataízes, Espírito Santo state, 20 10' S, 40 37' W, Brazil, collec- ted by diver, 30 m depth, 04/1995. Type locality: off Guarapari - Espírito Santo state, Brazil, 20? 41' S, 40? 22” W, depth 25 m. Etymology: The specific epithet antares refers to the red giant star in the Scorpio constellation. Diagnosis: Shell small (- 3.5 mm) inflated, protoconch large, convex whorled with 3 */2 whorls, columella 2 strong denticles in parietal wall. Description: Shell (Figs. 5-7) small (length 3.2 — 3.6 mm) fusiform, inflated, translucent. Surface glossy, sculptured with very thin sigmoidal growth lines, anterior part of shell sculptured with 9 spiral grooves. Colour pattern composed of brown subsutural blotches, extending anteriorly, forming sigmoidal flames. Spire high, about !/3 of total shell length. Protoconch (Fig. 12) globose, high, mul- tispiral with 3.00 to 3.50 convex whorls, suture of the first nuclear whorl marked with dark brown coloration. Teleoconch with 3.5 distinctively convex whorls. Aperture trapezoidal, outer lip thicke- ned forming a varix, inner margin of ou- ter lip with five lirate teeth, decreasing in size anteriorly. Parietal wall smooth. Co- lumella (Fig. 8) with two strong, colsely set denticles on its anterior half. Siphonal canal short. Operculum corneous, oval with terminal nucleus. Radulae (Figs. 13, 14) rachiglossate, central tooth rectangular, about four times wider than long, anterior edge straight or slightly convex, posterior edge slightly concave. The lateral tooth approximately 1.65 longer than wide, falcate, stout with three cusps: basal cusp triangular, sharp, straight; middle cusp sharp, short, slightly shorter than basal cusp, moderately curved; external cusp long, sharp, almost straight at its terminal part; distance between basal and middle cusps about half of distance between middle and external cusps, 18 base measuring 14.0 um, from its ante- rior margin to edge of basal cusp, length 23.0 ym, between base and tip distal cusp. Habitat: Calcareous algae and cora- line bottoms between 10 and 90 m depth. Range: Known from Abaco, Bahamas; Cozumel island, Mexico; and in Brazil between Abrolhos Archipelago, Bahia state and Off Marataízes, Espírito Santo state, 20” 10' S, 40? 37” W (Fig. 1). Remarks: Mitrella antares 1s most similar to M. lunata due to similar size (3.5 mm) and color pattern. M. antares is more infla- ted, has a globose protoconch, wider aper- ture, and denticles present on the colu- mella. These species have been confused with each other in museum collections and we have found lots of M. antares identi- fied as M. lunata (ANSP 367.004, MORG 21.241). M. antares differs from M. dichroa by being much larger, more inflated, having more convex whorls, and proto- conch shape. M. antares differs from M. ocellata by being much smaller, more infla- ted, and its pattern. M. profundi also has a similar color pattern to M. antares, only somewhat lighter it also differs from M. antares in being larger, and having a conical, multispiral protoconch. M. niti- dulina a deep water species, differs from M. antares by being larger, more elongate, with a uniform cream coloration, and mul- tispiral sculptured protoconch. The multispiral protoconch (with 3.00 to 3.50 whorls), suggests a planktotrophic development pattern of M. antares, that might help explain its wide geographic range. Other columbellids with multispi- COSTA AND SOUZA: Two new species of Mitrella from west Atlantic Figures 2-4. Mitrella cabofrivensis sp. nov. holotype (MORG 39010), shell length 9.5 mm. Figures 5-8. Mitrella antares sp. nov. 5-7: holotype (MORG 33314), shell length 3.6 mm; 8: detail of aper- ture showing denticles on columella (paratype: ANSP 367004). Figuras 2-4. Mitrella cabofrioensis sp. nov. holotipo (MORG 39010), longitud de la concha 9,5 mm. Figuras 5-8. Mitrella antares sp. nov. 5-7: holotipo (MORG 33314), longitud de la concha; 8: detalle de la apertura mostrando los dentículos de la columela (paratipo: ANSP 367004). ral protoconchs [e.g. Anachis obesa (Adams, 1845) e M. dichroa (Sowerby, 1844)] also present similar ranges, in the Caribbean islands., and along the west Atlantic coast, between Florida, EUA, and south east Brazil. However, there is no register of these species, either in meso-Atlantic islands, nor in the east coast of the Atlantic. See Table 1 for a comparison among all the cited species. 19 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Figures 9-11. Mitrella cabofrivensis sp. nov. 9: protoconch; 10: radula, central teeth; 11: lateral teeth. Figures 12-14. Mitrella antares sp. nov. 12: detail of protoconch; 13, 14: radula, lateral teeth. Figuras 9-11. Mitrella cabofrioensis sp. nov. 9: protoconcha; 10: rádula, dientes centrales; 11: dientes laterales. Figuras 12-14. Mitrella antares sp. nov. 12: detalle de la protoconcha; 13, 14: rádula, dientes laterales. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are indebted to Dr. Arnaldo C. dos vided additional material for this study. Santos Coelho, (MNRJ), Dr. Eliézer C. Rios, Dr. Luiz R. Simone and M. Sc. Renata (MORG), M. Sc. Sérgio Floeter and Mrs. Gomes, made valuable comments and cri- José Coltro and Colin Redfern, who pro- ticisms on the manuscript. Dr. Eduardo Table [. Comparison among different species of Mitrella from the studied area. Tabla I. Comparativa entre varias especies de Mitrella presentes en el área estudiada. Teleoconch Protoconch External Columellar Length mm Width mm Depth range m wrhorls whorls lip teeth plicae M. ocellata 11.0 5.0 4-5 1.75-2.0 6-8 no Intertidal M. dichroa 75 3.2 5-5.5 2.75-3.0 6-8 no 0-30 M. cabofrioensis 9.5 4.0 4 2.0 6 no 135 M. profundi 87.7 3.7 6 3.25 9 yes 196-1400 M. nitidulina 11.5 5.2 6 3.5-4 e no 1200-2900 M. lunata 3.2 1,5 4-4.5 3.25-4 5-] no 0-30 M. antares 3.6 1,9 3.5 3.0 5 no ** 15-35 *no fully adult specimens were examined * in fully adult specimens there are two closely set teeth on the columella 20 COSTA AND SOUZA: “Two new species of Mitrella from west Atlantic Koutsoukos, director of SEBIPE-DIVEX, Centro de Pesquisas da Petrobrás, for the use of the scanning electron microscope. The senior author is supported by doctoral grant of the CAPES (Fundacáo Coordenacáo de Aperfeicoamento de Pessoal de Nível Superior). The junior author is supported by doctoral grant of BIBLIOGRAPHY ABBOTT, R. T., 1974. American Seashells 2nd ed. 663 pp. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York. BOUCHET, P. AND WARÉN, A., 1985. Revision of the northeast Atlantic bathyaland abyssal Neogastropoda excluding the Turridae (Mo- llusca, Gastropoda). Bollettino Malacologico, Supplemento 1: 121-296. LANGE DE MORRETES, F., 1949. Ensaio de catá- logo dos Moluscos do Brazil. Arquivos do Mu- seu Paranaense 7: 3-216. LgaL, J. H., 1991. Marine prosobranch gastropods from oceanic islands off Brazil: Species composi- tion and biogeography. x + 419 pp. Backhuys / U.B.S., Oegstgeest. the FAPESP (Fundacáo de Amparo a Pesquisa do Estado de Sáo Paulo), proc. 97/11429-3. This work was funded by Fundacáo Universitária José Bonifácio, Universidade Federal do Rio-de Janeiro, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia (“Jessup Award”), and Ameri- can Museum of Natural History. MORCH, O. A. L., 1859. Note sur les Dents Lin- guales du Genre Columbella. Journal de Conchy- liologie 7: 254 — 262. RADWIN, G. E., 1978. The Family Collumbelli- dae in the Western Atlantic, Part IIb. - The Py- reninae (Continued). The Veliger 20 (4): 328 - 344. Rios, E. C., 1994. Seashells of Brazil. 368 pp., p1.113. Editora FURG, Rio Grande. Risso, J. A., 1826. Histoire Naturelle des Principales Productions de l'Europe Méridionale et Particu- liérement de Celles des Environs de Nice et des Alpes Maritimes. 4: i-vii + 1-439; pl. 1-12. 21 E En E el O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (2): 23-30, 2001 The presence of Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921) (Mollusca, Solenogastres: Simrothiellidae) in waters off the Iberian Peninsula Presencia de Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921) (Mollusca, Solenogastres: Simrothiellidae) en aguas de la Península Ibérica Óscar GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ*, Luitfried v. SALVINIPLAWEN** and Victo- riano URGORRI* Recibido el 10-X1-2000. Aceptado el 31-VII-2001 ABSTRACT This paper offers a description of a species hitherto unknown in Iberian waters, Simrothie- lla borealis (Odhner, 1921), and which has only been cited off the Norwegian coast. The genera of the family Simrothiellidae are discussed and the species of the genus Simrothie- lla are compared. RESUMEN En este trabajo se estudia una especie desconocida para las aguas ibéricas, Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921), que solamente estaba mencionada en las costas noruegas. Se discuten los géneros de la familia Simrothiellidae y se comparan las especies del género Simrothiella. KEY WORDS: Simrothiella borealis, Mollusca, Solenogastres, Galicia, Iberian Peninsula. PALABRAS CLAVE: Simrothiella borealis, Moluscos, Solenogastros, Galicia, Península Ibérica. INTRODUCTION Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921) is a species hitherto known only off the Nor- wegian coasts (ODHNER, 1921), its pre- sence in Galician waters (NW Spain) extends its known distribution conside- rably. At present, four species of the genus Simrothiella Pilsbry, 1898 are known, all of them have a geographical distribution restricted to clearly defined areas and depths between 75 and 5931 m. Simrothiella margaritacea (Koren and Danielssen, 1877) has been cited from Norwegian waters (ODHNER, 1921); Sim- rothiella minima (Nierstrasz, 1903) is known from the Gulf of Naples (NIERS- TRASZ AND STORK, 1940); and Simrothiella schizoradulata Salvini-Plawen, 1978 and Simrothiella (?) rhynchota Salvini-Plawen, 1978 have been located in Antartic and Subantartic zones (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1978). The family Simrothiellidae Salvini- Plawen, 1978, characterised by: hollow or solid acicular spicules; a biserial radula; a partially paired radular sac; type € epit- helial ventral foregut glandular organs (GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ, SALVINI-PLAWEN AND * Laboratorio de Zooloxía Mariña. Departamento de Bioloxía Animal. Facultade de Bioloxía. Universidade de Santiago de Compostela. 15706 Santiago de Compostela. España. E-mail baoscarOusc.es, bavitucoGusc.es ** Institut fúr Zoologie. Universitat Wien. Althanstrasse, 14. A-1090 Wien IX. Austria. 2 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 URGORRI, 2001), is at present formed by six genera (Table I) with regard to which there are, as in the cases of Helicoradome- nia y Birasoherpia, serious doubts about their appropriate classification. MATERIAL AND METHODS The specimen studied, of 4.2 mm in length and 1.5 mm in width at the ante- rior part and 1 mm at the posterior part (sectioned in seriated cuts), comes from the fishing bank A Quiniela, situated to the West of the Galician coast (NW Spain), station M-5 (43* 15 90” N; 099 36' 36” W) of the CANGREXO Í campaign for the study of the brachyuran decapod Chaeceon affinis (A. Milne Edwards and Bouvier, 1894) (“cangrexo real”), carried out in June 1991, on bottoms with ferro- RESULTS manganesic nodules, calcareous plates and coal slag stones of terrigenous origin, at a depth of 835 m. The speci- men was fixed and preserved in 70% alcohol. The spicules were studied by separation of small pieces of cuticle from the central dorsal area of the body and from the ventral groove. These pieces were treated with 5% sodium hypochlorite for 12 hours in order to isolate the spicules; they were them rinsed with distilled water, dried under a heater at 40"C and mounted using synthetic resin. For the anatomical study, the specimen were decalcified in an ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) solution 12 hours, embedded in paraffin and a series of 10 um cross sec- tions cut. which were stained with Azan of Heidenhain. The anatomy was reconstructed from the serial sections. Order CAVIBELONIA Salvini-Plawen, 1978 Family SIMROTHIELLIDAE Salvini-Plawen, 1978 Genus Simrothiella Pilsbry, 1898 Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921) Description of the specimen studied. Habitus: This animal has a thick body, which is somewhat flat dorso-ven- trally, no lumps and no keel (Fig. 14). The spicules project radially from the cuticle, those located right at the back are longer and project backwards. It has a clearly visible pedal groove. In alcohol, its colour is yellowish white. Mantle: The cuticle is up to 40 um thick, below it is the epidermis with papillae. The spicules are arrayed in several layers within the cuticle and many of them project radially from it. The spicules are hollow and acicular in form (Fig. 1B), some of them are curved and up to 390 ym in length and others are slightly sigmoidal and up to 230 ym in length. On the pedal groove there are blade shaped scales of up to 100 ym in length (Fig. 1C). Pedal groove: The pedal groove begins in a ciliated pedal pit situated 24 below the pharynx (Fig. 2A), which is connected to the outside by a narrow opening. The pedal groove has a ciliated fold, which begins in the pit and enters the pallial cavity. Pallial cavity: The pallial cavity (Fig. 3A) is connected to the outside by a narrow ventro-terminal opening. It has 10-12 longitudinal respiratory folds, which are long, thin and radially arrayed (Figs. 3A, C). It possesses a couple of strong copulatory spicules, which are situated ventro-laterally to the spawning duct. At the distal end, each copulatory spicule has two smaller lateral spicules, which very closely follow the path of the central copulatory spicule. Besides, each copulatory spicule is accompanied by a voluminous mid- dorsal diverticle, which emerges from the front of the pallial cavity (Figs. 3A, B). The spawning duct open unpaired in the centre of the frontal wall of the GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ ET AL.: Simrothiella borealis in the Iberian Peninsula Table I. A comparative table of the generic traits of the genera belonging to the family Simrothie- llidae. Tabla 1. Tabla comparativa de las características de los géneros pertenecientes a la familia Simrothielli- dae. Simrothiella Cyclomenia Biserramenia — Birasoherpia Helicoradomenia Spiomenia Cuticle Thick Thick Thin Thick Thin Thick Hollow acicular Hollow acicula Spicules Hollow acicular Hollow acicular SE Hollow acicular Mossive acicular— Hollow harpoon-like Hollow knife-like at the end Mouth In the atrium Notin the atrium — Notin the otrium —— Intheatrium In the atrium In the atrium Biserial. Plates Biserial. Plates Biserial. Plates ad Biserial. Plates de ha Le Radula with small lateral — withssmoll lateral — withsmoll lateral 40 o with few large : q 4 distal denticle and S small lateral denticles denticles denticles a lateral denticles n small lateral dentices denticles Postbuccal glandular No No No Yes No No organs Ventral foregut Tipo ( Tipo ( Tipo C No Tipo C Tipo ( glondular organs Globular Globular Short Globular Short tubular Large tubular Dorsoterminal sense Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes organ Copulatory spicules Ves Yes No Yes Ves Yes Respiratory folds Ves Yes No Yes Yes Yes pallial cavity, and the anus is located dorsally to the genital pore (Fig. 3A). Sense organs and nervous system: On its dorsal and lateral walls, the atrium has numerous, long, narrow papillae, which may be individual or form groups of two or four (Fig. 2A). The only atrio-buccal space is connected to the outside ventro-anteriorly via a narrow longitudinal opening. It has just one dorsoterminal sense organ, situated above the middle part of the pallial cavity (Figs. 3A, C). The only part of the nervous system that it was possible to see was a short cerebral ganglion (40-50 ym), situated above the pharynx (Fig. 2A). Digestive tract: The mouth opens from the posterior area of the atrium (Fig. 2A). It continues in a pharynx which has longitudinal folds on its walls. The back of the pharynx is surrounded by musculature and has pharyngeal glands (Fig. 2A). The radula is located in a ventral groove of the pharynx, it has strong ventral muscula- ture with massive cells situated longitu- dinally along both sides of the radular groove (Figs. 2A, B). The radula is bise- rial and each row is formed by pairs of pectinated plates, of about 50 um in length with 60 small denticles (Fig. 1D). A short narrow radular sac (30-40 yum in length) is situated ventrally to the oesophagus (Figs. 2A, C). The short ventral foregut glandular organs are epithelial (type C) (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1978), and opens laterally in the pharynx on both sides of the beginning of the radula (Figs. 2A, B). The structure of these organs is tubular at the front near the opening, whilst at the rear it has a globular aspect which continues below the oesophagus. The pharynx continues into a short oesophagus which opens through a sphincter in the IS Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 á pe he y PL JA A A, 7 100 um 20 um Figure 1. Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921). A: habitus; B: acicular spicules; C: spicules along the edges of the pedal groove; D: radula plates. Figura 1. Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921). A: habitus; B: espículas huecas aciculares; C: escamas de los bordes del surco pedio; D: placas radulares. centre of the midgut (Figs. 2A, C). The midgut has a short dorso-rostral caecum (Fig. 2A), and has seriated lateral cons- trictions due to the dorso-ventral mus- culature. The digestive tract opens into the pallial cavity through the anus, situated dorsally to the genital pore (Fig. 3A). Reproductive system: The gonads were full of spermatozoa and ovules. The pericardium is voluminous, it contains the heart, which is free and is only linked at the anterior and posterior ends to the 26 dorsal wall of the pericardium (Fig. 3A). The pericardioducts (Fig. 3A) begin at the back of the pericardium, and curve forwards until they join the anterior part of the spawning duct. The two spawning ducts have a lobular frontal wall, which serves as a seminal vesicle (Fig. 3A). These ducts then join to become a single spawning duct, which open into an unpaired genital pore in the centre of the frontal wall of the pallial cavity. It has two voluminous seminal receptacles, situated laterally to the point where the GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ ET AL.: Simrothiella borealis in the Iberian Peninsula 500 um e 2, y ES | S SERAN | SS ES de ES EE] É SS A S SENT Figure 2. Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921). A: schematic organisation of the anterior body; B: cross-section corresponding to line 1; C: cross-section corresponding to line 2. Abbreviations, At: atrial sense organ; Cc: massive cells; Cg: cerebral ganglion; Gl: pharyngeal glands; Ma: mantle; Mg: midgut; Mu: musculature; Oe: oesophagus Ph: pharynx; Pp: pedal pit; Ra: radula; Rs: radular sac; Sp sphincter; Vfg: ventral foregut glandular organ. Figura 2. Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921). A: organización esquemática de la parte anterior del cuerpo; B: corte en sección correspondiente a la línea 1; C: corte en sección correspondiente a la línea 2. Abreviaturas, At: órgano sensitivo atrial; Cc: células masivas; Cg: ganglio cerebral; Gl: glándulas farín- geas; Ma: manto; Mg: intestino; Mu: musculatura; Oe: esófago; Ph: faringe; Pp: foseta pedia; Ra: rádula; Rs: saco radular; Sp: esfínter; Vfe: órgano glandular ventral de la faringe. two ducts become one. These receptacles join the single spawning duct dorso-late- rally (Figs. 3A, B). Remarks: Simrothiella borealis be- longs to the order Cavibelonia, since it possesses several layers of hollow acicu- lar spicules in the cuticle and included within the family Simrothiellidae be- cause of its biserial radula and its type C epithelial ventral foregut glandular or- gans (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1978; GARCÍA- ÁLVAREZ ET AL., 2001). The specimen studied has well defined generic charac- teristics: the buccal opening is in the atrium, the ventral foregut glandular or- gans are blister-like in shape; the radula is biserial; the midgut has seriated sacs; it has a dorsoterminal sense organ, an unpaired genital orifice, copulatory spi- cules and respiratory folds (SALVINI- 20 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Ar Ear Y 123/ í Figure 3. Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921). A: schematic organsation of the posterior body; B: cross-section corresponding to line 1; C: cross-section corresponding to line 2. Abbreviations, Cs: copulatory spicules; Dso: dorsoterminal sense organ; Go: gonad; Ht: heart; ; Ma: mantle; Mg- midgut; Pc: pallial cavity; Pd: pericardioduct; Pr: pericardium; Rf: respiratory folds; Sd: spawning duct; Sr: seminal receptacle; Vs: seminal vesicle Figura 3.- Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921). A: organización esquemática de la parte posterior del cuerpo; B: corte en sección correspondiente a la línea 1; C: corte en sección correspondiente a la línea 2. Abreviaturas, Cs: espícula copulatriz; Dso: órgano sensitivo dorsoterminal; Go: gónada; Ht: corazón; Ma: manto; Mg: intestino; Pc: cavidad paleal; Pd: pericardioducto; Pr: pericardio; Rf: pliegues respira- torios; Sd: conducto de desove; Sr: receptáculo seminal; Vs: vesícula seminal. PLAWEN, 1967; SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1978). The characteristics which identify it as Simrothiella borealis are clearly defined: it is a small animal with a body with no lumps and no keel; the pedal groove has a fold which enters the pallial cavity; the biserial radula is formed by pairs of pec- tinated plates; it has a short narrow ra- dular sac; it has a midgut with a small dorsal caecum and seriated constric- 28 tions; it has a pair of lobular seminal ve- sicles and two voluminous seminal re- ceptacles located at the bifurcation of the spawning ducts, a pair of copulatory spicules, accompanied at the distal end by smaller spicules and 10-12 respira- tory folds (ODHNER, 1921). The specimen studied was collected off West Galicia (NW Spain) at a depth of 835 m. Until now Simrothiella borealis GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ ET AL.: Simrothiella borealis in the Iberian Peninsula was only known from the coast of Norway (Sunde, Hardangerfjorrd, Bukenmnfjord) at depths between 110 and 350 m (ODHNER, 1921). Therefore this DISCUSSION The composition of the family Sim- rothiellidae has recently been modified, since two of the genera belonging to it, Uncimenia Nierstrasz, 1903 and Sialoher- pia Salvini-Plawen, 1978 characterized by having circumpharyngeal glands, have been included, together with the new genus Unciherpia, in the family Pararrhopalidae, within the subfamily Unciherpiinae (GARCÍA- ÁLVAREZ EMPADS 2001). For this reason the family Simrot- hiellidae is at present composed by six genera: Simrothiella Pilsbry, 1898, of which 5 species have been described; Cyclomenia Nierstrasz, 1902, monotypi- cal; Biserramenia Salvini-Plawen, 1967, monotypical; Birasoherpia Salvini- Plawen, 1978, monotypical; Helicorado- menia Scheltema and Kuzirian, 1991, of which 3 species have been described; and Spiomenia Arnofsky, 2000, monoty- pical (NIERSTRASZ, 1902; SALVINI- PLAWEN, 1968, 1978; SCHELTEMA AND KUZIRIAN, 1991; ARNOFSKY, 2000; SCHEL- TEMA, 2000). Some of these genera have significant morphological differences (see Table I), and for this reason their origin does not appear to be monophy- letic. The genera Simrothiella, Biserrame- nia, Cyclomenia and Spiomenia possess all the synapomorphic characters which define the family, such as: a biserial radula formed by pairs of plates which have small denticles, type C epithelial ventral foregut glandular organs and hollow spicules on the mantle. However, in both Birasoherpia and Heli- coradomenia there are notable morpholo- gical differences, which cast doubt on whether they are classified correctly as belonging to the family Simrothiellidae. In the genus Birasoherpia there are no ventral foregut glandular organs, but it does possess three ventral postbuccal organs which do not exist in the other genera of the family Simrothiellidae and record, besides being the first for the coasts of the Iberian Peninsula, conside- rably extends the geographical and the bathymetric distribution of this species. whose phylogenetic interpretation is not clear. On the one hand, due the similar position they occupy (SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1978), they are reminiscent of the cir- cumpharyngeal follicular glands, which justify the inclusion of the genera Unci- menia and Sialoherpia together with Uni- ciherpia in the subfamily Unciherpiinae (part of the family Pararrhopaliidae) after considering these a synapomorp- hic characters (GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ et al., 2001). But on the other hand, such post- buccal glandular organs, could be an autapomorphy of the genus Birasoherpia within the family Simrothiellidae. The genus Helicoradomenia only has sturdy spicules on the mantle and the radula, although it is biserial, it is formed by morphologically different plates, due it has only a few large denticles . Only four species of the genera Sim- rothiella are currently known, besides Simrothiella borealis (NIERSTRAZ, 1905; ODHNER, 1921; NIERSTRAZ AND STORK, 1940; SALVINI-PLAWEN, 1978). Simrothie- lla margaritacea (Koren and Danielssen, 1877) is a species known only in Norwe- glan waters, it was collected in Stavan- ger at 75-115 m, Kopervik at 75-95 m and in the N of Norway at 1400 m. It is differentiated from Simrothiella borealis because it has some large radular plates, most of them with numerous denticles, and the anterior plates with only a few strong denticles; the radular sac large and paired; the ventral foregut glandu- lar organs tubular, short and arrayed dorsally to the radular sac; the two se- minal receptacles in front of the spaw- ning ducts; and it has 20 respiratory folds. Simrothiella minima (Nierstrasz, 1903), is only known from the Medite- rranean Sea, collected in the Gulf of Na- ples between 250 and 1100 m. The des- criptions and illustrations presented by NIERSTRASZ (1905) and NIERSTRASZ AND DS) Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 STORK (1940) for Simrothiella minima, have certain similarities with the speci- men of Simrothiella borealis studied by us, but there are also some clear diffe- rences. In the drawings of the radular plates of Simrothiella minima there are 30 denticles, whilst Simrothiella borealis has about 60; the dorsoterminal sense organ in Simrothiella minima occupies a termi- nal position, whilst in Simrothiella borea- lis it is located dorsally in the middle part of the pallial cavity; the seminal re- ceptacle in Simrothiella minima is placed in front of the spawning ducts and not dorso-laterally to them as in the case of Simrothiella borealis; and the organisation of the diverticles of the copulatory spi- cules in Simrothiella minima includes glandular cells and does not have small spicules for the purpose of substitution. Simrothiella schizoradulata Salvini-Pla- wen, 1978 is an Antartic and Subantartic species found at great depths, it was co- llected in the Strait of Drake, near the South Shetland Islands at 4780 m and in the Atacama Deep (N. of Perú) at depths between 5821 and 5931 m. It may be dis- tinguished from Simrothiella borealis by BIBLIOGRAPHY ARNOFSKY, P., 2000. Spiomenia spiculata gen. et sp. nov. (Aplacophora: Neomeniomorpha) collected from the deep waters of the west Eu- ropean basin. The Veliger, 43 (2): 110-117. GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ, O., SALVIN-PLAWEN, L. v. AND URGORRI, V., 2001. Unciherpia hirsuta a new genus and species (Mollusca Soleno- gastres: Paratrrhopaliidae) from Galicia, northwest of Spain. Journal of Molluscan Stu- dies, 67 (1): 113-119. NIERSTRASZ, H., 1902. The Solenogastres of the Sibóga-Expedition. Siboga-Expeditie Mono- graphie, 47: 1-46 NIERSTRASZ, H. F., 1905. Kruppomenia minína und die Radula der Solenogastren. Zoolog1s- chen Jahrbichern Abteilung fur Anatomie und Ontogenie der Thiere, 21: 665-702. NIERSTRASZ, H. F. AND STORK, H. A., 1940. Mo- nographie der Solenogastren des Golfes von Neapel. Zoologica (Stuttgart), 99: 1-92. ODHNER, N., 1921. Norwegian Solenogastres. Bergens Museums Aarbok for 1918-1919 Na- turvidenskabelig Raekke, 3: 1-86. 30 its very small atrium; the absence papi- llae on the epidermis; its pallial cavity with paired terminal sacs, a suprapallial gland and 8 respiratory folds; a pair of very characteristic ventral radular sacs; its midgut does not have a dorsal cae- cum and it has a pair of seminal recepta- cles in the form of a sac placed in front of the spawning ducts. Simrothiella (?) rhynchota Salvini-Plawen, 1978, is a South Pacific species collected at a depth of 3694 m. Little is known of the organisation of the posterior part of the anatomy of this species. The main diffe- rences between this species and Simrot- hiella borealis are the radular plates with 20-25 denticles and the pallial cavity with 4 respiratory folds. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This paper is part of the research projects: Fauna Ibérica HI (PB92-0121); CICETGA (20005B95); and “Acciones Integradas de Cooperación Hispano- Austríaca”: HU1995-0002; HU1996-0002; HU1997-0002. SALVINI-PLAWEN, L. v., 1967. Kritische Bemer- kungen zum System der Solenogastres (Mo- llusca, Aculifera). Zeitschrift fúr zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung, 5 (4): 398- 444. SALVINI-PLAWEN, L. v., 1968. Neue Formen im marinen Mesopsammon: Kamptozoa und Aculifera. Annalen des Naturhistorischen Mu- seums in Wien, 72: 231-272. SALVINI-PLAWEN, L. v., 1978. Antarktische und subantarktische Solenogastres. Eine Mono- graphie: 1898-1974. Zoologica (Stuttgart), 128: 1-315. SCHELTEMA, A. H., 2000. Two new hydrother- mal vent species, Helicoradomenia bisquama and Helicoradomenia acredema, from the Eas- tern Pacific Ocean (Mollusca, Aplacophora). Argonauta, 14 (2): 15-25. SCHELTEMA, A. H. AND KUZIRIAN, A.,M., 1991. Helicoradomenta juani gen. et sp. nov. a Paci- fic Hydrothermal Vent Aplacophora (Mo- llusca: Neomeniomorpha). The Veliger, 34 (2):195-203. O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (2): 31-40, 2001 Iwo new species of the genus Monophorus (Gastropoda, Triphoridae) in the east Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea Dos nuevas especies del género Monophorus (Gastropoda, Triphoridae) en el Atlántico oriental y el Mediterráneo Emilio ROLÁN* and Anselmo PEÑAS** Recibido el 35-11-2001. Aceptado el 2-VII-2001 ABSTRACT The species of the genus Monophorus Grillo, 1877, (Gastropoda, Triphoridae) in the east Atlantic are studied. Two new species are described, together with a form that possibly represents M. thiriotae. The new species are compared with those previously known and distribution are plotted. RESUMEN Se revisan las especies del género Monophorus Grillo, 1877, [Gastropoda, Triphoridae) existentes en el Atlántico oriental, describiendo dos especies nuevas y mostrando un morfo que podría corresponderse con la especie M. thiriotae, pero cuya relación especí- fica no está todavía bien determinada. Las especies nuevas se comparan con las previa- mente conocidas y se aporta un esquema de las áreas de distribución del género Mono- phorus en el Atlántico oriental. KEY WORDS: Monophorus, Triphoridae, West Africa, Canary islands, Alboran Sea, new species, distribution range. PALABRAS CLAVE: Monophorus, Triphoridae, Africa Occidental, Islas Canarias, Mar de Alborán, nuevas especies, área de distribución. INTRODUCTION In recent years several works on the eastern Atlantic Triphoridae have been published. These studies provide impor- tant information on the colour of the soft parts, on radula and protoconch, as correct method of the study of this family. In contrast with those of the older authors who considered shell characters alone, MARSHALL (1983) treated shell and radulas, being the first author who provided unique and original interpreta- tions of the family in the Australian species. BOUCHET AND GUILLEMOT (1978) and BOUCHET (1984) made a revision on the Mediterranean and the close Atlantic species. FERNANDES AND ROLÁN (1988, 1993) studied the family in the Cape Verde archipelago. BOUCHET (1996) added new observations on the family and reported a list of the known species for European and closer Atlantic. Some Triphoridae from Canary Islands (like Triphora decorata canarica Nordsieck and García-Talavera, 1979) have been studied by BoucHer (1984) showing itis a valid species in the genus * Cánovas del Castillo, 22, 36202 Vigo, (Pontevedra), Spain. ** Carrer Olérdola, 39, 59C, 08800 Vilanova 1 la Geltrú, (Barcelona), Spain. 31 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Cosmotriphora more extended in the West African coast. Further more, other species described by NORDSIECK AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA (1979) present addi- tional taxonomic problems, as a shell described with the name Triphora pseudo- besula n. sp. in the plates and as Triphora grimaldi macaronesica n. spp. in the text. New observations on material recently collected belonging to the genus Monophorus Grillo, 1877, are the object of the present work. Some other species belonging in this genus have been previously studied in BOUCHET (1984) and FERNANDES AND ROLÁN (1988), and we have nothing to add on them: they will be mentioned only with the references to the previous studies. Since much of the West African coast has not been adequately sampled, the RESULTS fauna is poorly known, and precise dis- tributions of few species are known. Abbreviations: MNCN Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid MNHN Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris CAP collection of A. Peñas, Vilanova i la Geltrú CDM collection of D. Moreno, Cabo de Gata CER collection of E. Rolán, Vigo CFA collection of F. Azpilicueta, San Sebastián CWE collection of W. Engl, Dússeldorf sp shells with soft parts s empty shell f fragment Genus Monophorus Grillo, 1877 Type species: Trochus perversus Linné, 1758 Description: Following BOUCHET (1984, p. 20) the generic characters are: animal with red blotches; protoconch embrionic shell with cruciform tuber- cles; radular formula (8-13)-1-C-1-(8-13), marginal teeth with 4-5 cusps, some- what different from the lateral and central ones. Monophorus perversus (Linné, 1758) Material examined: That mentioned in BOUCHET (1984) in the MNHN. Some additional shells from several Mediterranean localities. Description: See BOUCHET (1984). Distribution: Mediterranean Sea, Canary Islands, Senegal, Ivory Coast and Angola (BOUCHET, 1984). ROLÁN's (1983) record from Galizian coasts (NW Spain) is Of uncertain identity being based on a single shell from ship sediments trans- porte from elsewhere by fishermen. Monophorus erythrosoma (Bouchet and Guillemot, 1978) Material examined: That mentioned in BOUCHET (1984) in the MNHN. Six specimens more from Cape Verde Islands. Description: See BOUCHET AND GUI- LLEMOT (1978) and BOUCHET (1984). The animal colour has been always black in head and foot. [68] N Distribution: Mediterranean and the Gulf of Gascoigne (BOUCHET, 1984). Cape Verde Islands (FERNANDES AND ROLÁN, 1988). ROLÁN AND PEÑAS: New east Atlantic and Mediterranean species of Monophorus Figures 1, 7. Monophorus thiriotae, holotype, 6.3 mm, Calvi, France (MNHN); 7: last whorl. Figures 2, 8. Monophorus sp., 6.9 mm, Sal Rei, Boa Vista, CV (CER); 8: last whorl. Figures 3, 9. M. pantherinus, holotype, 8.5 mm, Las Canteras, Gran Canaria (MNCN); 9: last whorl. Figures 4, 11. M. verdensis, paratype, 5.3 mm, Sal Rei, Boa Vista, CV (CER); 11: last whorl. Figures 5, 6, 10. M. alboranensis, holotype, 7.6 mm, Alborán Sea (MNCN); 10: last whorl. Figuras 1, 7. Monophorus thiriotae, holotipo, 6,3 mm, Calvi, Francia (MNEN); 7: última vuelta. Figuras 2, 8. Monophorus sp., 6,9 mm, Sal Rei, Boa Vista, CV (CER); 8: última vuelta. Figuras 3, 9. M. pantherinus, holotipo, 8,5 mm, Las Canteras, Gran Canaria (MNCN); 9: última vuelta. Figuras á, 11. M. verdensis, paratipo, 5.3 mm, Sal Rei, Boa Vista, CV (CER); 11: última vuelta. Figuras 5, 6, 10. M. alboranensis, holotipo, 7.6 mm, Mar de Alborán (MNCN); 10: última vuelta. 3 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Monophorus verdensis Fernandes and Rolán, 1988 (Figs. 4, 11) Material examined: All the type material and about 40 additional shells more from several locali- ties in the Cape Verde Archipelago. Description: See FERNANDES AND RO- LÁN (1988). Distribution: Cape Verde archipel- ago. Remarks: We represent photographs of one paratype of this species for compari- son with the new species to be described (see below), which are somewhat similar. Monophorus thiriotae (Bouchet, 1984) (Figs. 1, 7, 21A) Material examined: Holotype (Fig. 1) and the material recorded from Calvi (France) and Acores by BOUCHET (1984) (UNHN). Acores: 1 sp, Agua d'Alto, Sao Miguel, infralittoral rocks (MNHN); 1 sp, Feteiras, Sao Miguel, infralittoral rocks (MNHN ); 1 sp, Ponta Galera, Sáo Miguel, infralitoral rocks (MN HN). Spain: 8 s, 4 f, San Sebastián, intertidal sediments (CEA); 1 sp, St. Jean de Luz, Costa Vasca, infralitoral rocks (UNHN); 1 sp, Candás, Ermita de San Pedro, Oviedo, (MNHN), infralit- toral rocks. Canary: 10 s, 7 £, Puerto del Carmen, Lanzarote, 30-50 m (CWE). Description: See BOUCHET (1984). Distribution: Atlantic European and the Acores (BOUCHET, 1984). Species here recorded from Canary islands are probably this species, but soft parts and radula are not available for checking. Monophorus sp. (Figs. 2, 8, 21B) Material studied: Canary: 44 s, Puerto del Carmen, Lanzarote, 30-50 m (CWE); 1 s, Mala, Lanza- rote, 40 m (CWE). Cape Verde Islands: the material mentioned in FERNANDES AND ROLÁN (1993) as M. thiriotae; 1 s, Furna, Brava, 30 m (CER); 1 s, Palmeira, Sal, 30 m (CER). Senegal: 3 s, Madelei- nes, 30 m (CER). Angola: 1 s, Luanda, 20 m (CER). Description: Shell (Fig. 2) conic elon- gate, moderately wide for the genus, solid, sinistral. Protoconch of about 3 whorls; first whorl with a diameter of about 170 ym wide, sculptured with cruciform tuber- cles that interconnet to form a net; subse- quent whorls with 2 spiral cords and numerous axial ribs. Teleoconch of 9-11 whorls, flat, with axial ribs crossed by spiral cords, forming nodules at intersec- tions; nodules rounded, only shouldered on the adapical part of the cord 3. Spiral cords 1 and 3 appearing at the beginning, cord 2 appears on the 7h whorl, remains smaller than others. On base there are 4 additional cords numbers, 4 and 5 with nodules similar to those on 2 and 3 and smaller than those on cord 1; cord 6 irre- gularly nodulous, the 7% smooth. Aper- ture ovoid, siphonal canal short and almost closed by a reflection of the external lip. First 2-3 whorls of teleoconch white, the rest cream in background with dark 34 brown in interspaces between nodules, not extended around them. Dimensions: Up to 9 mm high, but smaller shells (5-6 mm) may be adult. The diameter up to 3 mm. Animal cream and white with reddish blotches. Radula (Figs. 20, 21B): Formula n-1- C-1-n, central tooth with 7 cusps, medial cusp small, adjacent cusp larger, outer 4 cusp smalest. Lateral teeth each with 6 cusps of different size: counting out- wardly, the largest are cusps 2 and 5, the smallest being 1 and 4. The marginal teeth each have 4 cusps, large innermost and outermost small, median 2 large. Distribution: Canary Islands, Cape Verde Islands, Senegal and Angola. Remarks: The present morph was recorded in FERNANDES AND ROLÁN (1993) as M. thiriotae. All the shells inclu- ded in this morph had a very similar morphology. We thought that these ROLÁN AND PEÑAS: New east Atlantic and Mediterranean species of Monophorus q105E pa ZE Figures 12, 18, 19. Monophorus pantherinus. 12: protoconch; 18, 19: radula. Figures 13-17. M. alboranensis. 13: protoconch; 14: detail of the protoconch; 15: paratype; 16, 17: paratypes, detail of the last whorl. Figure 20. Monophorus sp., radula. Figuras 12, 18, 19. Monophorus pantherinus. 12: protoconcha; 18, 19: rádula. Figuras 13-17. M. alboranensis. 13: protoconcha; 14: detalle de la protoconcha; 15: paratipo; 16, 17: paratipos, detalle de la última vuelta. Figura 20. Monophorus sp., rádula. 98 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 shells could be really assigned to the taxon M. thiriotae, but, in comparison with the holotype and the shells of M. thiriotae from Europe and the Acores, we have some doubts for the following reasons: e the shells can be larger reaching 9 mm (while the holotype of M. thiriotae is 6.1 mm and most of the shells of similar size); e the shells are typically wider, with a length /width ratio of 2.9 (in M. thirio- tae 1s 3.5); e the background of the shell is lighter, cream or almost white (brown in M. thiriotae); e the first whorls of the teleoconch are white (brown in M. thiriotae); e the nodules are larger than in M. thiriotae and most of them are not shouldered adapically; e there are some radular differences: Monophorus sp (Fig. 21B) has a the central tooth with two external cusps more than in M. thiriotae; in the lateral teeth, Monophorus sp has the cusps more irregular (while M. thiriotae has four small cusps and one larger). The problem with this comparison is that it was made from a small number of samples, and the value of these diffe- rences remais to be established. We have found some shells with the typical morph of M. thiriotae from the Canary Islands (see material studied). This would seem to be a case of sym- patry without intergradation, but the problem could not be resolved because of the lack of intact protoconchs and soft parts. Accordingly, we are doubtful about whether or not they belong to the taxon M. thiriotae. Monophorus pantherinus spec. nov. (Figs. 3, 9, 12, 18, 19, 21B) Type material: Holotype (Fig. 3) and 1 paratype in MNCN (15.05 /44158). Paratypes: 1 in MNHN and 1 in CER. All alive collected at the type locality. Other material examined: Canary Islands: Gran Canaria: 1 sp, intertidal, Las Canteras, Las Palmas, (dissolved for the radular study). Lanzarote: 2 s, 1 j, El Reducto, Arrecife, 5 m (CWE); 1 s, Puerto del Carmen, 5 m (CWE); 3 f, Tamara, intertidal (CAP). La Palma: 2 s, 3 £, Los Cancajos, Santa Cruz de la Palma, 20-40 m (CWE). Gomera: 1 s, San Sebastián de la Gomera, 12 m (CWE). Type locality: Las Canteras Beach, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Canary Islands. Etymology: The specific name alludes to the blotched pattern of the shell. Description: Shell (Fig. 3) conic elon- gate, moderately wide for the genus, solid, sinistral. Protoconch (Fig. 12) of about 3 whorls, the first whorl 180 ym wide, with a microsculpture of cruci- form tubercles that interconnect to form a net; subsequent whorls with 2 spiral cords and numerous axial ribs. Teleo- conch of about 9-12 whorls, flat-sided, with axial ribs crossed by spiral cords forming nodules at intersections; nodules relatively large and rounded, only shouldered on the last whorl on the adapical side of cord 3. Spiral cords 1 and 3 commencing immediatly, cord 2 commencing on about 9th whorl, smaller up to the last whorl, where all are similar. Base with 4 additional cords, the 4 and 5 with nodules similar to those of 2 and 3 and smaller than those on cord 36 l; cord 6 irregularly nodulous, 7 smooth. Aperture ovoid with a small sinus adapically. Siphonal canal short and a gently curved towards the dorsum, borders of siphonal aperture on its Upper part are in contact. First 2-3 whorls of teleoconch darker brown than rest of shell; later whorls cream with numerous dark brown blot- ches, the latter more evident in subsutu- ral area; interspaces between nodules brown, limited to the cord except in the area with brown blotches. Dimensions: the holotype is the largest specimen, reaching 8.5 mm x 2.5 mm. Animal with head brown between eyes, the eyes rounded by a white area. Tentacles transparent with yellow dots. Foot with irregular black and brown ROLÁN AND PEÑAS: New east Atlantic and Mediterranean species of Monophorus Figure 21. A: Monophorus thiriotae, drawing made from BOUCHET (1984, fig. 9); B: drawing of the radula of Monophorus sp., Sal Rei, Boa Vista; C: drawing of the radula of Monophorus pantheri- nus, Las Canteras, Gran Canaria. (Ce: central tooth; L: lateral tooth; M1: marginal tooth number 1; Mn: most external marginal tooth). Figura 21. A: Monophorus thiriotae, dibujo tomado de BOUCHET (1984, fig. 9); B: rádula de Monophorus sp., Sal Rei, Boa Vista; C: rádula de Monophorus pantherinus, Las Canteras, Gran Canaria. (Ce: diente central; L: diente lateral; M1: primer diente marginal; Mn: diente marginal más externo). blotches in middle, with some irregular yellow parts. Both sides of frontal and caudal part of foot reddish. Operculum rounded, paucispiral, nucleus central. Radula (Figs. 18-19, 21C). Formula n-1-C-1-n; central tooth with 5 cusps, median smaller, adjacent cusps larger, outermost cusp very small; lateral tooth with 6 cusps of different size: from the internal side, 4 are similar, the following larger, and outer very small. Marginal teeth with 5 cusps, the innermost sma- llest. Outermost marginal teeth with only three cusps. Distribution: Canary Islands. Remarks: The differences with the most similar species of the genus are the following (see also Table [): e M. perversus usually forms more whorls, the shell is narrower, and more elongate, the colour is darker brown with fewer white blotches, and the pro- toconch has weaker sculpture with smooth parts. e M. thiriotae has a more uniformly dark shell, and more darkly pigmented brownish background colour, without darker blotches, and the darker colour in the interspaces between the nodules is more extended. The nodules are smaller, and all are clearly shouldered adapically. The distribution of the colour of the soft parts as given in the original description is quite different. e M. erythrosoma has a monochrome brown-red shell, with up to 15 teleo- conch whorls, it is not darker in the interspaces between nodules, and spiral cord 2 appears on about the 10' or 11% whorl. The colour of the soft parts as described by BoucHET (1984) is quite different. e M. verdensis has a small and narrower shell, and it is cream-whitish in background colour with only isolates subsutural brown blotches. e M. sp. (also present in Canary Islands) has a shell more uniform in pattern colour without dark blotches, SA Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 the first whorls of the teleoconch being white. e Some other triphorids present in Canary Islands belonging to different genera can be confused with these Monophorus species: Cosmotriphora cana- rica (Nordsieck and Talavera, 1979) has smaller nodules, three cords on most of the teleoconch, and lacks of dark colour between tubercles. Cosmotriphora pseu- docanarica Bouchet, 1984 has a smaller shell, with only one cord on the first two whorls of the protoconch, brown axial lines continued along the shell and no dark brown colour in the inter- nodular spaces. Monophorus alboranensis spec. nov. (Figs. 5, 6, 10, 13-17) Type material: Holotype (Figs. 5, 6, 10) in MNCN (15.05 /44159). Paratypes: 1 in MNHN, 2 in CER, 4 in CAP, all from type locality ex-CAP. Other material examined: 2 s, 2 j, 3 f, Alborán Sea, 200 m (CAP); 1 s, Piedras del Charco, Almería Bay, 50 m (CDM). Type locality: Alborán Sea, Mediterranean, 100-200 m. Etymology: The specific names alludes to the area where the species was collected. Description: Shell (Figs. 5, 6, 15) conic elongate, solid, sinistral. Protoconch (Figs. 13, 14) of almost 4 whorls, the first one with a diameter of about 200 yum, and a microsculpture formed by cruciform tubercles which form a net; subsequent whorls with 2 spiral cords crossed by numerous axial ribs. Teleoconch of about 11 whorls, flat-sided, with axial ribs crossed by spiral cords forming nodules at intersections; nodules rounded and not shouldered except on last adult whorl, adapically on cord 3. Spiral cords 1-3 appearing immediatly, cord 2 commen- cing on 6H whorl, smaller before adult penultimate whorl, where equal to the 3 primaries. Base, with 4 additional cords, 4 and 5 with nodules similar to those on 2 and 3, smaller than those on cord 1; cord 6 irregularly nodulous; cord 7 very small, smooth and adherent to the siphon. Spiral cords without additional duplica- tions at end of last whorl. Aperture ovoid with small sinus on its upper part. Sipho- nal canal larger than other species, rea- ching almost diameter of the aperture. Colour cream, with some variations, of light brown. First 2-3 whorls of teleo- conch same colour as rest of shell; some whorls with cream white or light brown colour, more evident sometimes on the 2 lower spiral cords includind nodules; colour in interspaces between nodules same colour as nodules. 38 Dimensions: Holotype 7.6 mm long, being the largest shell studied. Animal unknown. Operculum (found into a shell from which animal had decayed) rounded and paucispiral. Radula unknown. Distribution: Only known from the Alborán Sea and the Almería Bay, Spain. Remarks: The shell of M. alboranensis has a typical pattern different from most of the species of the area. - M. perversus usually has more teleoconch whorls, is more elongate, is darker in colour with a pattern of blot- ches of white and brown, with a proto- conch that typically has weaker sculp- ture with smooth parts. - M. thiriotae has a darker shell, has brownish background colour, lacks blot- ches, is darker in the interspaces between the nodules, and has smaller nadules, that are well shouldered api- cally. - M. erythrosoma has a monochrome brown-red shell, with up to 15 teleo- conch whorls, spiral cord 2 appearing about on the 10% or 11% whorl. - M. verdensis has a shorter and narrower shell, is cream-whitish in background colour with only isolated small brown blotches limited to the subsutural cord. Spiral cord 2 appears only on the last adult whorl. Finally, the siphonal canal is shorter. ROLÁN AND PEÑAS: New east Atlantic and Mediterranean species of Monophorus Table 1. Differences between Monophorus thiriotae, M. sp. and M. pantherinus. Tabla 1. Diferencias entre Monophorus thiriotae, M. sp. y M. pantherinus. Form Ratio length/wigth General impression of colour Background colour Pattern colour Brown colour of internodules Colour of suture Colour of first 3 whorls of teleconch Medium spiral cord Nodules Nodules Whorls of protoconch M. thiriotae M. sp elongate-narrow moderately wide 3,5 2.9 brown light brown brown cream or whitish nodules light brown; dark brown in interspaces extended a little around the nodules darker same as rest of shell at 8th whorl small clearly shouldered adapically 3.15 nodules cream; dark brown in interspaces extended below but not around the nodules same colour lighter than rest of shell at 7th whorl medium size weokly shouldered adopically on cord 3 3 M. pantherinus wider 2.1 spotted cream with dark brown blotches spotiy nodules anternating 2-3 cream with other light brown; dark brown in interspaces except in the brown blotches limited only to cord between nodules alternating parts cream and other darker darker than rest of shell at 9th whorl large weokly shouldered adopically on cord 3 on last whorl only 3 - M. sp. from Canary and Cape Verde (see above) has a wider shell and a very uniform colour pattern without differences in other parts of the shell, the first whorls of the teleoconch are white and the spaces between nodules are dark brown. - M. pantherina has a larger and wider shell, with more dark brown blotches, the 294 spiral cord appears about the 7 whorl. Table II. Distribution range of the species of the genus Monophorus in East Atlantic. EM: East Mediterranean; WM: West Mediterranean; EA: European Atlantic; AC: Acores; C: Canary; CV: Cape Verde Islands; S: Senegal and close areas; AN: Angola. Tabla 11. Distribución de las especies del género Monophorus en el Atlántico este. EM: Mediterráneo este; WM: Mediterráneo veste; EA: Atlántico europeo; AC: Azores; C: Islas Canarias; CV: Cabo Verde; S: Senegal y áreas cercanas; AN: Angola. EM WM M. perversus . . ¿ M. erythrosoma . M. verdensis M. thiriotae M. sp M. pantherina M. alboranensis . EA AC C cv S AN 0 0 0 o o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 51 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 DISCUSION At present we have scarce informa- tion on the West coast of Africa but we have tried to represent in Table II the known distribution range of the species of the genus Monophorus in East Atlantic. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank the following institutions and persons: PARSYST project and MNHN for access to material and litera- ture for the present work; to Winfried BIBLIOGRAPHY BOUCHET, P., 1984. Les Triphoridae de Medi- terranée et du proche Atlantique (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Lavori S.I.M., 21: 5-58. BOUCHET, P., 1996. Nouvelles observations sur la systematique des Triphoridae de Medite- rranée et du proche Atlantique. Bollettino Malacologico, 31 (9-12): 205-220. BoucHEr, P. AND GUILLEMOT, H., 1978. The Triphora perversa-complex in Western Eu- rope. Journal of Molluscan Studies, 44: 344- 356. FERNANDES, F. AND ROLÁN, E., 1988. A familia Triphoridae (Mollusca: Gastropoda) no ar- quipélago de Cabo Verde. Publicacoes Oca- sionais da Socidade Portuguesa de Malacología, (11): 17-32. 40 Engl and Diego Moreno for the loan of material from Canary islands and Almería Bay; to Philippe Bouchet for his opinions about the group; to Jesús $. Troncoso by the optical photographs made in the Department of Ecology, University of Vigo, and to Jesús Méndez of the CACTI for the SEM photographs, University of Vigo; to Bruce A. Marshall for a critic revision of the manuscript. This work has been partially suppor- ted by a grant of the Xunta de Galicia PGIDTOOPXI50121PR. FERNANDES, F. AND ROLÁN, E., 1993. Nuevas aportaciones a la familia Triphoridae (Mo- llusca, Gastropoda) para el Archipiélago de Cabo Verde. Iberus, 10 (1): 143-148. MARSHALL, B. A., 1983. A revision of the Recent Triphoridae of Southern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum, supl. 2: 1-119. NORDSIECK, F. AND GARCÍA-TALAVERA, F., 1979. Moluscos marinos de Canarias y Madera (Gas- tropoda). Aula de Cultura de Tenerife, Madrid. 208 pp, 46 pls. ROLÁN, E., 1983. Moluscos de la Ria de Vigo. 1. Gasterópodos. Thalassas, 1, supl. 1: 1-383. O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (2): 41-55, 2001 New species of Trochidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) from the Cape Verde archipelago Nuevas especies de Trochidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) del archipié- lago de Cabo Verde Emilio ROLÁN* and José TEMPLADO ** Recibido el 15-1/-2001. Aceptado el 8-VI1-2001 ABSTRACT Few species of trochids have been found in the Cape Verde Archipelago. Two of them [Osilinus atratus and Gibbula senegalensis) are wide-spread along the West African coast, as well as being common in shallow waters of this Archipelago. Another (Gibbula corallioides) is a circalittoral species that appears to be endemic to the Cape Verde islands. In addition, four species (three of the genus Gibbula and one of Jujubinus) are considered undescribed and the present work is focused on their description. Two of these species are common in shallow waters of most islands. Two reddish forms of Juju- binus from deeper water are also found, but they remain undescribed, due the scarcity of material studied. RESUMEN Son pocas las especies de la familia Trochidae encontradas en el litoral del archipiélago de Cabo Verde. Dos de ellas (Osilinus atratus y Gibbula senegalensis) están amplia- mente distribuidas por las costas del oeste de Africa y son también comunes en las aguas someras de este archipiélago. Otra [Gibbula corallioides) es una especie circali- toral que parece ser endémica de estas islas. Además, se han encontrado cuatro espe- cies consideradas como nuevas para la ciencia (tres del género Gibbula y una de Juju- binus), en cuya descripción se centra el presente trabajo. Asimismo, se mencionan dos formas rojizas de Jujubinus que permanecen sin describir, debido al poco material de las mismas estudiado. Key words: Trochidae, Gibbula, Jujubinus, Osilinus, new species, Cape Verde Islands, West Africa. Palabras clave: Trochidae, Gibbula, Jujubinus, Osilinus, nuevas especies, islas de Cabo Verde, África occidental. INTRODUCTION Since the publication of the book by BURNAY AND MONTEIRO (1977) and the catalogue by COSEL (1982) on the marine molluscs of the Cape Verde Archipelago, the marine gastropods from these * Cánovas del Castillo 22, 36202 Vigo, Spain islands have been the subject of a consi- derable number of papers, in which many groups have been revised (see BURNAY AND COSEL, 1987, ROLÁN AND RUBIO, 1999 and ROLÁN AND LUQUE, ** Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales (CSIC), José Gutierrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, Spain 41 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 2000 for a list). As a consequence of this work, about 200 new species have been described. However, the family Trochi- dae has not received any attention, and no trochid species have been described from these islands since the 19th century. It is therefore not surprising that some common trochids are currently undescribed. As CURINI-GALLETTI (1985) pointed out, Atlantic archipelagos harbour fewer trochid species than southern Europe and continental West Africa. Twelve species of this family are inclu- ded in the catalogue of COSEL (1982): three of the genus Solariella; three of Gibbula, G. corallioides (Locard, 1898), G. senegalensis Menke, 1853 and G. gorgo- narum P. Fischer, 1883; one of Mono- donta, M. punctulata (Lamark, 1822); one of Calliostoma, C. conulus (Linné, 1758) (with doubts); three of Jujubinus, J. exas- peratus (Pennant, 1777), J. striatus (Linné, 1758) and J. gravinae (Montero- sato, 1884); and finally, Clelandella milia- ris (Brocchi, 1814). Of these species, G. gorgonarum, Clelandella miliaris and the three Solariella species are deep-water species. After this catalogue the only mention of Cape Verde trochids was in GUERREIRO AND REINER (2000). This book included only three species: Gibbula magus form corallinoides (sic), Gibbula senegalensis Menke, 1853, and Monodonta atrata Wood, 1828. Several trochid species have been collected during many trips to the Cape Verde archipelago (from 1978 to 2001). Regarding the littoral species, our obser- vations verify the presence of Osilinus atratus Wood, 1828) (usually recorded as M. punctulata in most of the works on these islands), Gibbula senegalensis, and Gibbula corallioides. The former two species are widely distributed along the west African coast, and they are also very common in the Cape Verde Archi- pelago. On the other hand, Gibbula cora- llioides is a less common circalittoral species, recorded by DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER (1906), MARCHE-MARCHAD (1958) and SAUNDERS (1977). In addition, some forms of Jujubinus to which Euro- 42 pean names have been applied are also common. However, we consider them to be clearly different species. Finally, we have found three species of Gibbula pre- viously undescribed, despite the fact that one of them is apparently a common littoral species in all the islands. The present work focused on these littoral Trochidae considered by us to be new species: three of the genus Gibbula and one of Jujubinus. MATERIAL AND METHODS The present work is based on the material and data obtained by the first author from eleven trips to the Cape Verde archipelago during the last 25 years, including the “I Expedición Cien- tífica Ibérica al Archipiélago de Cabo Verde” (1985) (IEIACV), in which the two authors participated. Most of the material was collected by skin diving to a depth of 10 m, and some additional material was obtained by dredging down to 100 m. Trochids from different areas Of Europe and West Africa in MNCN and CER have been used for comparison. The type material has been deposi- ted in the institutions mentioned in the tex; the material coming from the TEIACV is deposited at DBUA, and the rest in the collection of the first author (not specify in the text). Abbreviations: MNCN Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid MNHN Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris AMNH American Museum of Natural History, New York DBUA Departamento de Biología, Uni- verisdad Autónoma, Madrid CER collection of Emilio Rolán, Vigo H height of he shell d diameter of the shell jjuvenile shells s empty shells sp specimens collected alive ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: New species of Trochidae from the Cape Verde archipelago RESULTS Family TROCHIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Gibbula Risso, 1826 Among the material studied by us, we recognize five species belonging to the genus Gibbula. Two of them are the two species previously recorded in the Cape Verde Islands, G. senegalensis and G. corallioides. The former is a common shallow water species, found in sheltered areas of most islands. It is clearly distin- guished from the other species by its pattern of black-orange-white bands with irregular white blocks in the shell (Figs. 3-4). G. corallioides has been collected mainly by dredging deeper than 20 m. This species is similar to the European G. magus (L., 1758) and it has often been considered as a synonym of this last one (e.g. in GUERREIRO AND REINER, 2000). We consider it as valid species due its smaller size and the constant differences in the colour pattern of the shell (Figs. 1, 2) and soft parts. It seems to be an endemic species from Cape Verde islands. The other three species found by us are considered undescribed species. One of them is very common in exposed rocky areas in shallow waters and its elevated profile resembles a species of Jujubinus. The other two species are less common, restricted to one or two islands, and vaguely resemble to the European G. tumida-G. racketti. Below we describe these three species as new. Gibbula verdensis n. sp. (Figs. 5-10, 36-41, 53-57) Type material: Holotype (Figs. 5-7) and 2 paratypes in MNCN (catalog number 15.05 /44458). Other paratypes in the following collections: MNHN (2); AMNH (2); CER (127), all from the type locality. Other material studied: Sal: 25 sp, 15 s, 45 j, Regona, 1-3 m;, 5 sp, Regona (DBUA); 22 sp, Santa Maria, 1-2 m,77 sp, 25 s, 28j, Rabo de Junco, 0-1 m;, 1 sp, 5j, Mordeira, 1-2 m; 6 sp, Mordeira (DBUA y; 4 sp, 2 j, Serra Negra, 1-3 m; 3 s, 20 j, Palmeira, 6-8 m; 10 sp, Fontona, 1-2 m; 1 sp, 2j, Fontona (DBUA); 2 sp, 153, Parda, 0-1 m;, 3 sp, Palhona, 1 m; 1 sp, Monte Leste, 1 m; 1 sp, Pesqueiro do Air, 1 m; 2 sp, Santa Maria (DBUA,), 2 sp, Fiura (DBUA); 1 sp, Guincho do Ninho (DBUA). Boa Vista: 1 sp, Sal Rei (DBUA ); 28 sp, 14 s, 16 j, Sal Rei, 1-3 m; 1 sp, 2 s, 30 j, 3 f, lIheu Sal Rei, 2-5 m; 7 j, Baia Teodora, 1 m, 4 j, Rife de Chaves, 6 m; 16 sp, Baia da Gata, 2-4 my 4 sp, 2 s, Derrubado, 1-3 m. Maio: 5 s, 2 j, Navio Quebrado, 4 my 5 sp, Galeao, 2 m; 1 s, 7 j, Baijos de Joáo Valente, 4 m; 3 s, Pau Seco, 1-4 m. Santiago: 3 sp, Calheta de San Miguel, 4 m; 4 sp, 5 s, 18 j, 3 f, Tarrafal, 3-5 my 1 sp, Punta Geneanes, 2-5 m. Brava: 3 s, 20j, Pedrinha, 1-4 m; 12 s, 46, Furna, 2-8 my 6 sp, 36, Porto do Anciáo, 4 m. Fogo: 13, San Felipe, 30 m. Sao Vicente: 193, Porto Mindelo, 15 m; 1 sp, Saragaca (DBUA). Santa Luzia: 1 sp, Agua Doce (DBUA). Ilheu Branco: 2 sp (DBUA). Type locality: Sal Rei, Boa Vista Island, Cape Verde Archipelago. Etymology: The specific name refers to the archipelago where it is a common species in shallow waters. Description: Shell (Figs. 5-10) solid, elevate-conical, with high spire that pro- vides a general aspect and profile similar to a Jujubinus. Protoconch (Figs. 36-41) with less than one whorl, surface rough with three fine threads obliquely disposed; usually lighter in colour. Tele- oconch of about 3-4 whorls, which have 2-4 spiral cords in first whorl, about 5 on the last whorl, and 4-5 at the base, below the peripherical angulation. This angulation is very evident in juveniles but is more attenuated in larger speci- mens. The lower spiral cord in each whorl is stronger and wider than the others. Columella slightly prosocline; columellar area white, with a small pro- minence below the middle. Aperture rounded, greenish, nacreous at the inte- rior. Umbilical area white with a very A3 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Figures 1,2. Gibbula corallioides (12.1 mm), Guincho do Ninho, Sal Island. Figures 3, 4. Gzbbula senegalensis (6.5 mm), Mordeira, Sal Island. Figures 5-10. Gibbula verdensis n. sp. 5-7: holotype (4.5 mm), Sal Rei, Boa Vista Island; 8, 9: shell from Derrubado, Boa Vista Island; 10: paratype, Sal Rei, Boa Vista Island. Figuras 1, 2. Gibbula corallioides (12,1 mm), Guincho do Ninho, isla de Sal. Figuras 3, 4. Gibbula senegalensis (6,5 mm), Mordeira, isla de Sal. Figuras 5-10. Gibbula verdensis a. sp. 5-7: holotipo (4,5 mm), Sal Rei, isla de Boa Vista; 8, 9: concha de Derrubado, isla de Boa Vista; 10: paratipo, Sal Rez, isla de Boa Vista. 44 ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: New species of Trochidae from the Cape Verde archipelago Figures 11-16. Gibbula sementis n. sp. 11, 12: holotype (5.0 mm), Punta Geneanes, Santiago Island; 13: paratype, Punta Geneanes, Santiago Island; 14-16: shell from Furna, Brava Island. Figures 17-21. Gibbula clandestina n. sp. 17-19: holotype (1.9 mm), Palmeira, Sal Island; 20, 21: paratype, Palmeira, Sal Island. Figuras 11-16. Gibbula sementis 7. sp. 11, 12: holotipo (5,0 mm), Punta Geneanes, isla de Santiago; 13: paratipo, Punta Geneanes, isla de Santiago; 14-16: concha de Furna, isla de Brava. Figuras 17-21. Gibbula clandestina ». sp. 17-19: holotipo (1,9 mm), Palmeira, isla de Sal; 20, 21: paratipo, Pal- meira, isla de Sal. 45 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 narrow umbilicus, sometimes as a small furrow. The shell colour is variable. Most of the darker shells appear grey- greenish, but with magnification it is clear that this colour is not uniform, and grey or greenish rectangles alternating with yellow ones on the spiral cords. In lighter shells, the rectangles of the cords are alternating red, and cream or white. They are sometimes larger than those in the darker shells and there is light green in the interspaces. Some specimens are almost cream or white, or white with grey blotches. There are intergradations between the different colour patterns. This variability can be observed within the same population, but no remarkable differences have been observed among samples from different islands. Size: up to 7 mm. Mean values: H= 5.753 mm, d= 5.09, H/d= 1.13 (n= 20 adult shells). The holotype measures 4.7 x 4.6 mm. Soft parts: Head and lateral parts of the foot blackish, sometimes with some white blotches; sole of the foot cream. Cephalic tentacles finely micropapillated, blackish with a darker line mid-dorsally. Eye stalks relatively short and thick, with terminal eyes. In adult specimens a white circle with a digitiform and short postop- tic tentacle has been observed immedia- tely behind the right eye stalk. Snout short and broad. Cephalic lappets small and simple. Neck lobes lighter in colour, being dark greenish at their base, with some silvered blotches on the dorsum. Anterior margin of the right neck lobe partially fused with the basal portion of the right eye stalk and with the right cep- halic lappet. Margin of the right neck lobe almost smooth, while the left one is somewhat fringed. There are three pairs of blackish epipodial tentacles, with two white, rounded epipodial sense organs at their base. Another conspicuous rounded and white epipodial sense organ is located under the right neck lobe. Operculum (Figs. 54-55) multispiral and almost transparent. Radula (Figs. 56-57) as in other species of the genus, with the rachidian tooth with a narrow shaft and reduced cusp. Habitat: Usually found under rocks in shallow water of exposed areas. In the same habitat but in sheltered areas it is replaced by G. senegalensis. Distribution: Known from most of the islands of the Cape Verde Archipe- lago. Discussion: The profile of the shell of this species is similar to Jujubinus species and differentiates it from most species of Gibbula from Europe and West Africa. The only species of this genus with a similar high spire is G. cineraria (Linné, 1758), from the Atlantic coast of Europe, but this species is notably larger. The other common, sympatric species of Gibbula, G. senegalensis (Figs. 3-4) is clearly different, with a more depressed spire, larger last whorl, very small umbilicus, and with black, orange and white rectangles on the spiral cords of the base. In the other hand, G. verden- sis can be differentiated from all species of Jujubinus by its small but always evident umbilicus, and by the partial fusion of the right neck lobe with the right eye stalk. In addition, G. verdensis lives on rocky surfaces, while species of Jujubinus live among seaweeds and sea grasses (HICKMAN AND MCLEAN, 1990). Gibbula sementis n. sp. (Figs. 11-16, 42-45) Type material: Holotype (Figs. 11-12) and 2 paratypes in MNCN (catalog number 15.05 / 44459). Paratypes in the following collections: MNHN (2); AMNH(2); CER (19), all from the type locality. Other material studied: Brava: 11 s, Furna, 15-30 my 5 f, 6 j, Porto do Anciáo, 8 m. Type locality: Ponta Geneanes, Santiago Island, Cape Verde Archipelago. Etymology: The specific name alludes to the similarity of the shell with a seed. Description: Shell (Figs. 11-16) small, solid, roundly top-shaped. Protoconch 46 (Figs. 42-45) with less than one whorl, usually dark in colour; surface rough ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: New species of Trochidae from the Cape Verde archipelago with three narrow threads which are not in spiral arrangement, but oblique. Tele- oconch of about 3 convex whorls, without remarkable angulation; suture impressed. Spirally sculptured with 3-4 fine spiral cords in first whorls and between 12-15 in the last one. There is not a more prominent peripherical cord. Columella orthocline; columellar area white, without any prominence. Aper- ture rounded, bluish iridescent in the interior. Umbilical area white, someti- mes bordered with light green, with an evident deep umbilicus. The shell colour is a rather uniform olive-green, with small whitish spots on the spiral ribs in most of the species. The shells from Brava Island (Figs. 14-16) are somewhat different, with stronger spiral threads, more angulated whorls and with reddish-brown and yellowish spots alternating on the spiral cords. We consider these differences as intraspecific variability between popula- tions of different islands. Size: up to 6.1 mm the larger speci- men. Mean values: H= 4.12 mm, d= 4.6, H/d= 0.89 (n= 20 adult shells). The holotype measures 5.0 x 4.7 mm. Soft parts: Not observed. Habitat: On rocks with small seawe- eds in shallow water. Distribution: Only known from San- tiago and Brava Islands. Discussion: The species is clearly dif- ferent from all others in this genus from Europe and West Africa. It slightly resem- bles G. candei (D'Orbigny, 1838), from the Canary Islands, but the latter species is notably larger, with shouldered whorls and different colour pattern, often with pinkish tints. G. sementis can be distin- guished from G. verdensis (described above) because the latter has a higher spire, flattened profile of the whorls, smaller umbilicus and suture not impres- sed. Both species are sympatric in San- tiago. G. senegalensis is more depressed, lacks a clear umbilicus and the colour of the spiral cords is white, orange and black. Gibbula clandestina n. sp. (Figs. 17-21, 46-47) Type material: Holotype (Figs. 17-19) in MNCN (catalog number 15.05 /44460). Paratypes in the following collections: MNHN (1) (Figs. 20-21); AMNH (1); CER (10), all from the type locality. Type locality: Palmeira, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archipelago. Etymology: The specific name refers to the fact that this species may be confused at first sight with juveniles of other congeneric, and because it is very uncommon. Description: Shell (Figs. 17-21) minute, solid, roundly top-shaped, somewhat depressed. Protoconch (Figs. 46-47) with less than one whorl, usually dark with rough surface and with three fine threads which are not spiral, but oblique. Teleoconch of about 4 whorls, somewhat convex subsuturally. Sculp- ture consisting of 3 very fine spiral cords in the first whorl, 8 in the second, and about 19 in the body whorl, one of them more prominent and making a slight angulation in the periphery. Aper- ture rounded, shiny in the interior. Columella curved, almost orthocline at its lower part, where a small promi- nence is present. Umbilical area cream- white with a narrow umbilicus. Shell colour cream with irregular light brown and whitish blotches axially. The subsu- tural area and the more prominent spiral cord of the periphery are whitish with light brown spots. The light brown pigmentation becomes pinkish in some shells. Size: up to 2.4 mm. Mean values: H= 1.95 mm, d= 1.90, H/d= 1.02 (n= 10 adult shells). The holotype measures 1.9 x 2.0 mm. Soft parts: Un:mown Habitat: Unknown. Empty shells were collected in sediments from 15 to 50 m in depth. Distribution: Known only from Sal Island. Discussion: The most similar species are the European Gibbula tumida (Montagu, 1803) and G. racketti (Pay- 47 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Figures 22-27. Jujubinus rubioi n. sp. 22-24: holotype (4.9 mm), Mordeira, Sal Island; 25-27: paraty- pes of the same locality. Figures 28-31. Jugubinus sp. 1. 28-30: shell (3.7 mm) from Palmeira, Sal Is- land, 50 m; 31: shell (3.2 mm) from Ilheu Branco, 50 m. Figures 32-35: Jujubinus sp. 2. 32: shell (2.8 mm), Ilheu Branco, 50 m; 33: shell (3.5 mm), Pau Seco, 30 m; 34, 35: shell (2.4 mm), Fogo, 30 m. Figuras 22-27. Jujubinus rubioi ». sp. 22-24: holotipo (4,9 mm), Mordeira, isla de Sal; 25-27: paratipos de la misma localidad. Figuras 28-31. Jujubinus sp. 1. 28-30: concha (3,7 mm) de Palmeira, isla de Sal, 50 m; 31: concha (3,2 mm) de llheu Branco, 50 m. Figures 32-35: Jujubinus sp. 2. 32: concha (2,8 mm), llheu Branco, 50 m; 33: concha (3,5 mm), Pau Seco, 30 m; 34, 35: concha (2,4 mm), Fogo, 30 m. 48 ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: New species of Trochidae from the Cape Verde archipelago Figures 36-41. Gibbula verdensis, protoconchs. 36, 37: Sal Rei, Boa Vista; 38, 39: Rabo de Junto, Sal; 40, 41: Furna, Brava. Figuras 36-41. Gibbula verdensis, protoconchas. 36, 37: Sal Rei, Boa Vista; 38, 39: Rabo de Junto, Sal; 40, 41: Furna, Brava. raudeau, 1927), but they are larger, with stronger and more irregular spiral cords. The umbilicus is wider in G. rac- ketti. Furthermore, G. tumida has a smooth protoconch (see RODRÍGUEZ BABIO AND THIRIOT-QUIÉVREUX, 1975, plate 2, fig 1). The West African species G. joubini Dautzenberg, 1910 is similar in colour but larger, with a lower number of spiral cords, which are more prominent. The angulation on the body whorl is more evident and the umbilicus wider in this last species. 49 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 | 200 pum Figures 42-45. Gibbula sementis, protoconchs. 42, 43: Punta Geneanes, Santiago; 44, 45: Furna, E IS Y a AGAN Brava. Figures 46, 47. Gibbula clandestina, protoconch, Palmeira, Sal, 30 m. Figuras 42-45. Gibbula sementis, protoconchas. 42, 43: Punta Geneanes, Santiago; 44, 45: Furna, Brava. Figuras 46, 47. Gibbula clandestina, protoconcha, Palmeira, Sal, 30 m. Genus Jujubinus Monterosato, 1884 This genus is widespread along the coasts of Europe and West Africa, from Norway to Angola. According to CURINI-GALLETTI (1985), a number of 50 highly variable and phenotypically scar- cely distinguishable species are found within this large area. Along the Euro- pean coast the species of Jujubinus have ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: New species of Trochidae from the Cape Verde archipelago Figures 48, 49. Jujubinus rubioí, protoconchs. 48: Palmeira, Sal; 49: Sal Rei, Boa Vista. Figures 50, 51. Jujubinus sp. 1, Sáo Felipe, Fogo. Figure 52. Jujubinus sp. 2, Palmeira, Sal, 30 m. Figure 53. Gibbula verdensis, Mordeira, Sal, soft parts. Figuras 48, 49. Jujubinus rubioi, protoconchas. 48: Palmeira, Sal; 49: Sal Rez, Boa Vista. Figuras 50, 51. Jujubinus sp. 1, Sáo Felipe, Fogo. Figura 52. Jujubinus sp. 2, Palmeira, Sal, 30 m. Figura 53. Gibbula verdensis, Mordeira, Sal, partes blandas. been relatively well studied (see the from Angola by Goras (1991), but no complete review of CRETELLA, 1992- other paper has been devoted to Jujubi- 1993), meanwhile they are poorly nus from the West African mainland. known in West Africa. A new species of CURINI-GALLETTI (1985) pointed out that this genus (J. fulgor) has been described the northeastern Atlantic archipelagoes Sl Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 (Macaronesia) have in general a high level of endemicity of Jujubinus species. At present one species is known to be endemic to the Azores (J. pseudogravinae Nordsieck, 1973), one to Madeira (]. vexationis Curini-Galletti, 1990), two to the Canaries (J. guanchus Curini-Galletti, 1985 and J. poppei Curini-Galletti, 1985), and none are known from the Cape Verde Islands. As we commented before, three of the most common and widespread Euro- pean species have been recorded from the Cape Verde Islands. In fact, we have found three probable different species of Jujubinus in these islands. One of them is very common in shallow waters and wide-spread within the whole archipe- lago. It resembles /. gravinae, but it is clearly a different species (described below). The other two reddish species are much more scarce, and are found in deeper water. One of them, Jujubinus sp. 1 (Figs. 28-31, 50-51), may be a deeper- water form of the former species, and the other, Jujubinus sp. 2 (Figs. 32-35, 52), belongs to a different group of species (]. exasperatus species-group), to which J. fulgor, from Angola, also belongs. To reach a definitive conclusion about the taxonomic status of these two reddish forms of Jujubinus a complete revision of similar species from West Africa and Macaronesia would be necessary. It is also necessary to take into account the polytypic trends of most species in the genus. This is not within the scope of the present work. Jujubinus rubioi n. sp. (Figs. 22-27, 48-49) Type material: Holotype (Figs. 22-24) and 1 paratype (Figs. 26, 27) in MNCN (catalog number 15.05 /44459). Paratypes in the following collections: MNHN (2); AMNH (2); CER (19), all from the type locality. Other material studied: Sal: 1 sp, 1 j, Calheta Fonda, Sal, 4 m; 25 c, 16 j, Palmeira, 10-15 m, 11 sp, Palmeira (DBUA ); 6 s, 6j, Regona, 2-6 m; 103, Rabo de Junco, 2-6 my 1 sp, 1 s, Monte Leste, 1 m. Boa Vista: 13 s, 13 j, 5 f, Sal Rei, 1-8 m; 2 s, 4 j, Ilheu Sal Rei, 8 m; 2 s, Santa Maria, 30 m. Santiago: 1 sp, 3 s, Praia, 10m;2s, 123, 1 f Tarrafal, 4 m; 103, Tarrafal, 30 m; 3 s, 16 j, Cidade Velha, 4-6 m; 53, Pedra Badejo, 4 m. Sáo Vicente: 12 j, Porto Mindelo, 15 m, 1 s, 6 j, Salamanca, 3 m. Sao Nicolau: 6 s, 3 j, Tarrafal, 6 m. Fogo: 1 s, 7 j, San Felipe, 20-30 m. Brava: 5 s, 4 j, Furna, 8-15 m, 1 sp, 6 s, 2 j, Furna, 25-30 m, 5 j, Pedrinha, 6 m. Type locality: Mordeira Bay, Sal Island, Cape Verde Archipelago. Etymology: The species is named after a good friend, Federico Rubio, for his important contribu- tion to the knowledge to the Trochoidea of West Africa. Description: Shell (Figs. 22-27) conical, solid, thick, remarkably shiny, with flattened or only slightly convex whorls and convex basis. Protoconch (Figs. 48-49) usually white in colour, with less than one whorl, surface rough with three fine threads not arranged spi- rally, but obliquely. Teleoconch of about 5-6 whorls, the two uppermost with 3-4 flattened and smooth spiral cords and 6 in the penultimate. Basal threads well developed, wider than the others, being formed by a group of several small cords; markedly crenulated, resulting in a waved peripheral ridge. Furrows narrower than the threads and crossed by numerous growth lines strongly pro- Di socline, raised almost as true lamellae. About 6-7 coloured basal concentric ridges, narrower than the furrows, with another thinner colourless ridge between them. Aperture almost rectan- gular with a vertical columella and a small elevation on its lower part. Umbi- licus absent. Inner part of the aperture very nacreous. Shell vividly coloured. Most specimens with a cream to light green background colour, with some irregular white axial blotches and gree- nish-brown or light olive-green flammu- les. Spiral cords dotted with burgundy or greenish-brown and white. The cre- nulations of the lower cord and the ” undulations of the peripherical ridge are ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: New species of Trochidae from the Cape Verde archipelago Figures 54-57. Gibbula verdensis, Mordeira, Sal. 54, 55: operculum; 56, 57: radula. Figuras 54-57. Gibbula verdensis, Mordeira, Sal. 54, 55: operculum; 56, 57: rádula. SCAR A te 53 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 highlighted, being whitish on a darker background. Almost white, pinkish, or greyish specimens can be found. Size: Larger shells reach up to 6 mm. Mean values: H= 5.12 mm, d= 4.20, H/d= 1.16 (n= 20 adult shells). The holotype measures 4.9 x 3.9 mm. Soft parts: Head-foot brightly pigmen- ted with light violet, pinkish, green or intense yellow irregular spots over a yellowish or cream background body colour. Foot broad, truncated anteriorly, and tapered posteriorly. Sole of the foot whitish. Long cephalic tentacles, micro- papillated, semi-transparent with bluish shades. Epipodium well developed. Three pairs of long and extensible epipo- dial tentacles, very active when the animal is crawling. They are micropapi- llated and semitransparent with some whitish pigmentation. Two white epipo- dial sense organs are present one above and the other below the base of each ten- tacle. Neck lobes semitransparent with some irregular white pigmentation, not fused with the eye stalks. The margin of the right neck lobe is smooth, but the left one is irregular. An epipodial sense organ is present under each neck lobe. Cephalic lappets small and pointed, almost white. Operculum multispiral, very thin and almost transparent. Radula (not figured) as in other species of the genus. Habitat: Among small seaweeds under or over the rocks, from the interti- dal level to about 10 m in depth. Distribution: Known in most of the Cape Verde Islands. Probably it is endemic to this archipelago. Discussion: This new species shows most of the characters described for the J. gravinae species-group (see CURINI- GALLETTL 1990 and CRETELLA, 1992), into which three species are recognized to date: the nominal species, J. gravinae (Dautzenberg, 1881), is widespread in ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are indebted to everyone who participated in the different expeditions to Cape Verde Archipelago along many 54 Lusitanian and Mauretanian regions including the Canary Islands, J. karpat- hoensis Nordsieck, 1973, is restricted to the southeastern Aegean Sea, and J. vexationis Curini-Galletti, 1990, is endemic to Madeira J. rubioi can be differentiated from J. gravinae, because the latter has a proto- conch with a single fine thread (CRETE- LLA ET AL., 1990, p. 60, fig. 10) (three in J. rubioi), higher H/d ratio, wider basal concentric ridges subequal to the furrows (thin and clearly narrower than the furrows in J. rubio), somewhat diffe- rent colour pattern of shell and soft parts, oak-leaf-shaped cephalic lappets (small and pointed in J. rubioi), and left neck lobe with finely scalloped margin (somewhat irregular in /. rubioi) (CRETE- LLA ET AL., 1990, and own observations). J. vexationis, from Madeira, has a similar H/d ratio to /. rubio, but accor- ding to its original description (CURINI- GALLETT1,1990), it has a higher number of spiral threads, which are narrower than in /. rubioi, a thinner basal thread, and a more convex basis. CURINI-GALLETTI (1990) postulated that the widespread species J. gravinae gave rise to a distinct species in the Madeira Archipelago, while the Canary specimens are phenotypically linked to Western Mediterranean populations. He noted that this is probably due to the differences in distance from the main- land. The Canaries (closer to the conti- nent) are “in general comparatively easier to colonize, and consequently less liable to promote speciation” (CURINI- GALLETTI,1990). In the same way, J. rubioi may come from a common ances- tor of species in the J. vexationis group, which once colonized the Cape Verde Islands, and subsequently became a dis- tinct species by progressive speciation, due the great distance from the West African mainland (about 450 km). years. To Jesús S. Troncoso, for the optical photographs made at the Depar- tamento de Ecología of the University of ROLÁN AND TEMPLADO: New species of Trochidae from the Cape Verde archipelago Vigo; and to Jesús Méndez, for the SEM photographs made in the CACTI, Uni- versity of Vigo. The English was correc- ted by Rachel Collin. We are also grate- ful to Massimo Cretella and Angel BIBLIOGRAPHY BURNAY, L. P. AND COSEL, R. VON, 1987. History of the investigations of the marine Mollusca of the Cape Verde Islands. Courier Forschungs- Institut Senckenberg, 95: 5-11. BURNAY, L. P. AND MONTEIRO, A. A., 1977. Se- ashells from Cape Verde Islands. Lisboa, 88 pp. COSEL, R. vOnN, 1982. Marine Mollusken der Kapverdischen Inseln. Courier Forschungs- Institut Senckenberg, 52: 35-76. CURINI-GALLETTI, M. C., 1985. Taxonomic no- tes on Trochidae (Mollusca, Prosobranchia): two new species of Jujubinus from the Canary Islands. Basteria, 49: 133-144. CURINI-GALLETTI, M. C., 1990. Revision of the genus Jujubinus Monterosato, 1884: the]. gra- vinae (Dautzenberg, 1881) species-group. La- vori della Societa Italiana di Malacologia, 23: 37- 50. CRETELLA, M., 1992-1993. Rassegna delle spe- cie viventi del genere Jujubinus Monterosato, 1884 (Gastropoda: Trochidae) (Parts 1-IV). La Conchiglia, 264 (1992): 14-23, 265 (1992): 16- 20, 266 (1993): 45-50, 266 (1993): 40-46. CRETELLA, M., SCILLITANI, G. AND PICARIELLO, O., 1990. The systematic position of “Tro- chus” miliaris Brocchi, 1814 (Gastropoda: Tro- chidae); morphological and biochemical evi- dences. Lavor1 della Societa Italiana di Malaco- logía, 23: 51-81. DAUTZENBERG, P. AND FISCHER, H., 1906. Mo- lIlusques provenant des dragages effectués a l'Ouest de l'Afrique pendant les campagnes scientifiques de S. A. S. le prince de Monaco. Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques Acom- plies sur son yatch par Albert 1er Prince de Mo- 1aco oz 1123 pis ico: Luque for their helpful comments on the manuscript. The work has been partially suppor- ted by the project of the XUNTA DE GALICIA PGIDT00PXI30121PR. GOFAS, S., 1991. Un nouveau Jujubinus (Gas- tropodas: Trochidae) d'Angola. Apex, 6(1): 21- 24. GUERREIRO, A. AND REINER, F., 2000. Moluscos marinhos da ilha de S. Vicente (Archipélago de Cabo Verde). Cámara Municipal de Oeiras, Europress, Póvoa de Santo Adriáo, 279 pp. HICKMAN. C. S. AND MCLEAN, J. H. 1990. Sys- tematic revision and suprageneric classification of the trochacean gastropods. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Science Series, So SO MARCHE-MARCHAD, I., 1958. Nouveau catalo- gue de la collection de Mollusques testacés de 'L.F.A.N. Catalogues de l1.F.A.N., 14: 66 pp. RODRÍGUEZ BABIO, C. AND THIRIOT-QUIÉVREUX, C. 1975. Trochidae, Skeneidae et Skeneopsi- dae (Mollusca, Prosobranchia) de la région de Roscoff. Observations au microscope élec- tronique a balayage. Cahiers de Biologie Ma- rine, 16: 521-530. ROLÁN, E. and LUQUE, A. A., 2000. The subfa- mily Rissoininae (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Ris- soidae) in the Cape Verde Archipelago (West Africa). Iberus, 18(1): 21-94. ROLÁN, E. AND RUBIO, F., 1999. New informa- tion on the malacological fauna (Mollusca, Gastropoda) of the Cape Verde Archipelago, with the description of five new species. Apex, 14(1): 1-10. SAUNDERS, G. D.,1977. Some notes on shelling in the Cape Verde Islands. La Conchiglia, (97- E)? SL IS O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (2): 57-66, 2001 The endemic species of Conus from Angola. 2. Description of three new species Los Conus endémicos de Angola. 2. Descripción de tres nuevas espe- cies Emilio ROLÁN* and Dieter ROCKEL** Recibido el 22-111-2001. Aceptado el 11-VI1-2001 ABSTRACT Three new species of the genus Conus from Angola are described. The morphological cha- racters of the shell and radula are shown, making comparisons with other similar species from the studied area. RESUMEN Se describen tres nuevas especies del género Cónus procedentes de Angola. Se muestran las características morfológicas de la concha y diente radular comparándolas con otras especies similares del área de estudio. KEY WORDS: Conidae, Conus, new species, Angola. PALABRAS CLAVE: Conidae, Conus, especies nuevas, Angola. INTRODUCTION The Angolan Conus have been revised recently by ROLÁN AND RÓCKEL (2000). In this work all the previous studies on this group were mentioned and listed in the introduction and the references were included. Some other populations were being studied at the same time as those publis- hed in 2000 but were unable to be finis- hed at that time due to the sudden death of Francisco Fernandes. Francisco was the person who knew most about this group and had collected many samples in most locations on the Angola coast. Now we have had the time and more information to conclude that there are three populations, presented herein, that we consider to be new taxa. Abbreviations: AMNH American Museum of Natural History, New York BMNH The Natural History Museum, London MNCN Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid MNHN Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris SMNS Staatliches Museum fur Natur- kunde, Stuttgart USNM The National History Museum, Washington CDR collection Dieter Róckel, Eberbach, Neckar CER collection Emilio Rolán, Vigo CFF collection Francisco Fernandes, Cacelas * Cánovas del Castillo 22, 36202 Vigo, Spain. E-mail: emiliorolanGinicia.es ** Neckaranlage, 6, D-69412 Eberbach/Neckar, Germany. E-mail: D.RoeckelOt-online.de II Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 CGR collection Gabriella Raybaudi Mas- silia, Roma CMF collection Michael Filmer, Chobham CPR collection Peter Ryall, Takoradi D Number of denticles in serration DR/PA Total length of the radula tooth / apical portion F Blade of radula tooth L Shell length LC/DR Length of the shell /length of the radula tooth ND Number of teeth in the radula %PA Extension of the apical portion covered by the blade of radula tooth (E) (100*F/PA) RESULTS PMD Position of maximum diameter of last whorl = height of maximum dia- meter / aperture height. RD Relative diameter of last whorl = maximum diameter / aperture height RSH Relative spire height, as proportion of shell length = height of maximum diameter / aperture height. RW Relative weight of the shell = abso- lute weight /L S Serration jjuvenile s shells sp specimen(s) with soft parts Conus tenuilineatus n. sp. (Figs. 1-6, 21) Conus sp. Róckel, 1988. Club Conchylia, 1988: 4-5, pl. 2 fig. 14. Conus sp. Róckel and Fernandes, 1982. La Conchiglia, 14 (164-165): 18, fig. 34. Type material: Holotype (Figs. 1-2) in MNCN (15.05 /44374) 26.7 x 14.5 mm. Paratypes (sp) in the following collections: MNHN (1), SMNS (1), CDR (2) CER (3), CGR (1), CMF (1) and CPR (1), all from type locality. Other material studied: Angola: 2 s, Baía do Binga (CER); 1 s, Baía do Canoco (SMNS); 3 sp, Baía de Santa Maria (SMNS); 2 sp, Caota (Benguela) (CER); 9 sp, Caota (Benguela), 1-3 m (CER); dubious material: 13 sp, Piambo (CER). Type locality: Baía do Binga, Angola. Etymology: The name is derived from the shell-pattern. Shell description: Small to moderately small, moderately solid. Last whorl ven- tricosely conical. Outline convex at ada- pical third, almost straight below. Aper- ture slightly wider at base than near shoulder. Shoulder subangulate. Spire of low to moderate height, outline usually slightly convex. Teleoconch sutural ramps convex, with numerous spiral striae. Last whorl smooth and dull, with some broad and weak spiral grooves at base. Ground colour of shell white or light brown tinted with numerous wavy or straight, brown, close-set (10/cm up to 40/cm) hair-lines from spire to base, flowing together at shoulder and base, occasionally punctated and forming traces of a spiral-band at the central area. Base dark brown, aperture white. Specimens from Santa Maria and 58 Canoco may have light bluish-white ground colour and a light violet aper- ture with two white bands at centre and shoulder. Periostracum: Brown, transparent. Shell morphometry: L 18-29 mm RD 0.54-0.61 RSH 0.09-0.14 PMD 0.76-0.82 RW 0.09-0.14 g/mm Description of the animal: Animal not available for study although the radula was Obtained from dry soft parts. Radula: In radula sac 48-58 teeth. Tooth of a vermivorous type, relatively wide (Fig. 21). PA scarcely larger than half DR; S narrow, with only a single row of D, which are about 20 in number, being free of them on its upper part. Fis covering near 80%. ROLÁN AND ROCKEL: Three new species of endemic Conus from Angola Radula morphometry: (n=4) D 19-21 ABS 30-40" LC/DR 38-43 DR/PA 1.93-1.98 Distribution: Baía do Binga, Baía de Canoco, Baía de Santa Maria, Benguela, and Caota. The affiliation of the speci- mens from Piambo to C. tenuilineatus is questionable. Habitat: 1-3 m, buried in sand under stones. C. tenuilineatus lives sympatri- cally with C. bulbus, C. neoguttatus, C. variegatus, C. carnalis, C. zebroides, C. no- brei, C. musivus, C. naranjus, C. albuquer- quei, C. micropunctatus, and C. trovao!. Discussion: The specimens of C. tenuilineatus from Canoco and Santa Maria differ from the typical specimens in their slightly violet ground colour as well as in the violet colored inside of the aperture. Those from Caota may have the axial lines less evident. We consider all them local variants of the same species. The specimens from Piambo show certain similarities in shell pattern, but their taxonomical status remains doubtful, considering their living space is far from the typical specimens; we cannot exclude the possibility that they belong to an other species. C. tenuilineatus is similar to the sym- patric living C. zebroides in its colour- pattern. The latter species has a larger size (28-51 mm vs. 18-29 mm) and a broader last whorl (0.64-0.70 vs. 0.54-0.61). The axial pattern of C. zebroides is composed of distant instead of close-set uninterrup- ted axial streaks instead of hairlines. The tooth of C. zebroides (see ROLÁN AND RÓCKEL, 2000, fig. 124) is more elongate, relativelly smaller (LC/DR 51-97 vs. 38- 53), narrower and its DR/PA higher (2.0- 3.6 vs. 1.93-1.98) (see Figure 26). Other similar species are C. naranjus and C. cepasi. C. naranjus can be distin- guished by its different shape (RD 0.62- 0.69 vs. 0.54-0.61, PMD 0.68-0.76 vs. 0.76- 0.82), the orange colour and the pattern, consisting of punctated axial lines. C. ce- pasi has — like C. naranjus - a broader RD (0.64-0.70 vs. 0.54-0.61) and a smaller PMD (0.68-0.77 vs. 0.76-0.82), has a larger size (up to 50 mm), and an orange colour. C. naranjus and C. cepasi additionally dif- fer in the shape of radula tooth (see Ro- LÁN AND RÓCKEL, 2000, figs. 128 and 132- 133): C. cepas: and C. naranjus have radu- lar teeth more primitive and smaller in size. In C. tenuilineatus the apical portion is covered by the blade of radula tooth at 77.2%, in C. naranjus and C. cepasi the api- cal portion is completely uncovered (%PA = 0). Also the radular teeth are dif- ferent in other characters, particularly in LC/DR proportion: C. tenuilineatus: 40 vs. C. cepasi:94 and vs. C. naranjus: 73 (see the graphic comparison of some characters of the radular teeth in Figure 27). Somewhat closer but still different is the radula tooth of C. micropunctatus (see ROLÁN AND RÓCKEL, 2000, fig. 139). But the latter, living sympatrically in Canoco, differs conspicuously in shell morphometry and shell pattern and cannot be confused with C. tenuilineatus. Conus anabelae n. sp. (Figs. 7-12, 22, 25) Conus sp. Róckel, 1988. Club Conchylia Informationen, 1988 (4-5): pl. 2, fig. 16. Type material: Holotype (Figs. 7-8) in MNCN (15.05 /44375) 23.3 x 15.1 mm. Paratypes in MNHN (1), AMNH (1) BMNH (1), SMNS (1), CDR (2), CGR (1), CER (17), CMF (1) and CPR (1), all from the type locality. Other material studied: Angola: 36 sp, Praia Amelia, 3-6 m (CEE); 47 sp, 17 j, Praia Amelia 3-6 m (CER); 8 sp, Praia Amelia, 15-20 m (CER); 5 sp, Ponta de Noronha, Baía de Mocamedes (CER); 12 sp, Ponta de Noronha (SMNS); 14 sp, Praia Amelia, Baía de Mocamedes (SMNS); 3 sp, Praia das Conchas, Baía de Mocamedes (SMNS). Type locality: Praia Amelia, in the Baía de Mocamedes. Etymology: Named in honour of Anabela, daughter of Francisco Fernandes. Both, Anabela and Francisco, collected the material here described. 7) Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Figures 1-6. Conus tenuilineatus. 1, 2: holotype, 26.7 mm, Baía do Binga (MNCN); 3: paratype, 25.5 mm, Baía do Binga (MNHN); 4: shell, 21.0 mm, Baía do Canoco (CER); 5: paratype, 20.6 mm, Baía do Binga (CER); 6: paratype, 21.1 mm, Baía do Binga (CPR). Figures 7-12. Conus ana- belae. 7, 8: holotype, 23.3 mm, Praia Amelia (MNCN); 9: paratype, 31.6 mm, Praia Amelia (MNHN); 10: paratype, 25.0 mm, Praia Amelia (AMNH); 11: paratype, 27.8 mm, Praia Amelia (CPR); 12: paratype, 26.2 mm, Praia Amelia (BMNH). Figuras 1-6. Conus tenuilineatus. 1, 2: holotipo, 26,7 mm, Baía do Binga (MNCN); 3: paratipo, 25,5 mm, Baía do Binga (MNAHN); 4: concha, 21,0 mm, Baía do Canoco (CER); 5: paratipo, 20,6 mm, Baía do Binga (CER); 6: paratipo, 21,1 mm, Baía do Binga (CPR). Figuras 7-12. Conus anabe- lae. 7, 8: holotipo, 23,3 mm, Praia Amelia (MNCN); 9: paratipo, 31,6 mm, Praia Amelia (MNHN); 10: paratipo, 25,0 mm, Praia Amelia (AMNH); 11: paratipo, 27,8 mm, Praia Amelia (CPR); 12: paratipo, 26,2 mm, Praia Amelia (BMNAH). 60 ROLÁN AND ROCKEL: Three new species of endemic Conus from Angola Figures 13-20. Conus babaensis. 13-14: holotype, 25.8 mm, Baía do Baba (MNCN); 15: paratype, 34.1 mm, Baía do Baba (CER); 16: paratype, 34.5 mm, Baía do Baba (CER); 17: paratype, 28.0 mm, Baía do Baba (AMNH); 18: paratype, 29.3 mm, Baía do Baba (MNHN); 19: paratype, 21.9 mm, Baía do Baba (CER); 20: paratype, 35.1 mm, Baía do Baba (CER). Figures 13-20. Conus babaensis. 13-14: holotipo, 25,8 mm, Baía do Baba (MNCN); 15: parat1po, 34,1 mm, Baía do Baba (CER); 16: paratipo, 34,5 mm, Baía do Baba (CER); 17: paratipo, 28,0 mm, Baía do Baba (AMNH); 18: paratipo, 29,3 mm, Baía do Baba (MNHN); 19: paratipo, 21,9 mm, Baía do Baba (CER); 20: paratipo, 35,1 mm, Baía do Baba (CER). Shell description: Small to moderately small, moderately light to moderately solid. Last whorl ventricosely conical. Outline convex at adapical third, slightly concave below. Aperture wider at base than near shoulder. Shoulder subangulate to rounded. Spire low, outline straight or slightly convex. Teleoconch sutural ramps convex,, with numerous spiral striae. Last whorl smooth and dull, with some broad and weak spiral grooves at base. Ground colour light brown, changing to darker and lighter zones, spiral bands or spiral lines. Usually darker brown near base and often with a lighter brown broad spiral-band at centre or above centre. Lighter zones with very close-set axial brown lines. Aperture white. Periostacum: Brown, transparent. Shell morphometry: L 18-29 mm RD 0.66-0.73 (specimens of Praia das Conchas: 0.75-0.78) RSH 0.07-0.14 PMD 0.76-0.80 RW 0.09-0.21 Description of the animal: Animal not available for study although the radula was obtained from dry soft parts. 61 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 wr 001 wr! 001 wn 901 22 Figures 21-23: Radular teeth. 21: Conus tenuilineatus, sp of 25.4 mm, Baía Binga; 22: C. anabelae, sp of 20.2 mm, Ponta de Noronha; 23: C. babaensis, sp of 35.4 mm, Baía da Baba. Figures 24, 25. Operculum. 24: C. babaensis, sp 0 22.1 mm; 25: C. anabelae, sp 0f 22.2 mm. Figuras 21-23: Dientes radulares. 21: Conus tenuilineatus, sp de 25,4 mm, Baía Binga; 20 C. ana- belae, sp de 20,2 mm, Ponta de Noronha; 23: C. babaensis, sp de 35,4 mm, Baía da Baba. Figuras 24, 25. Opérculos. 24: C. babaensis, sp de 22,1 mm; 25: C. anabelae, sp de 22,2 mm. Radula: In radula sac 70-100 teeth. Tooth of vermivorous type, relatively primitive (Fig. 22). PA shorter than half of DR; S narrow, with about 15 D in a single row, being present on its upper part; F covering near 80% of PA. Radula morphometry: (n = 9) D 13-20 ABS 45” LC/DR 52-60 DR/PA 2.09-2.25 %PA 70-76 Habitat: Shallow water, under rocks, buried in sand. C. anabelae is sympatric with C. filmeri and C. fuscolineatus. Distribution: Found in several locali- ties around Baía de Mocamedes (Praia Amelia, Ponta de Noronha, Praia das Conchas). Discussion: Specimens from Praia das Conchas differ from the typical spe- cimens conspicuously by their larger relative diameter (0.75-0.78 vs. 0.66- 62 0.73). As all other characters are identi- cal, we consider the population of Praia das Conchas to be a geographical variant of C. anabelae. C. anabelae is most similar to C. baba- ensis (see below) in shell characters, but can be distinguished by its brown instead of white ground colour. While the pattern of C. anabelae merges from lighter to darker brown, in C. babaensis brown and white bands and flecks are clearly separa- ted. The tooth of C. anabelae is rather dif- ferent from the tooth of C. babaensis (see Figs. 22 and 23-25), firstly in the ratio DR/PA (2.09-2.25 vs. 1.71-2.09) which conspecificy excludes. In addition, C. ana- belae has about 50% more teeth in the radula (70-100 vs. 48-62) and more D in S (29 vs. 15) (see Figure 28). Most similar - although not identical - in radula shape is the sympatrically living C. filmeri, but the latter can easily be distinguished by its different shell characters (shell shape and ROLÁN AND ROCKEL: Three new species of endemic Conus from Angola Table 1. Distribution of the known species of endemic Conus in Angola. 1: Luanda area (Praia San- tiago, Cacuaco, Corimba, Farol das Lagostas, Baía de Mussulo, Barra de Cuanza).; 2: Lobito; 3: Benguela (Sombreiro, Caotinha, Caota, Baía Azul, Baía Farta); 4: Cuio, Baía de Equimina, Ponta Campeona, Baía dos Elefantes, Piambo; 5: Baía dos Limagens; 6: Baía do Binga; 7: Meva, Baía do Canoco, Baía de Santa Maria; 8: Bonfim, Baía da Bissonga, Baía da Lucira, Baía do Cesar, Doca, Capato, Calonga.; 9: Sáo Nicolau, Bentiaba; 10: Baía das Salinas; 11: Chapeu Armado; 12: Calungo; 13: Piambo; 14: Baía do Baba; 15: Baía do Mocuio; 16: Baía das Pipas; 17: Charungo, Praia das Conchas; 18: Baía do Saco Mar (do Saco), Baía de Mogamedes, Ponta de Noronha, Praia Amelia,; 19: Ensenada dos Tres Irmáos; 20: Pinda, Porto Alexandre, Ponta Albina; 21: Baía dos Tigres. Tabla 1. Distribución de las especies de Conus endémicos de Angola. 1: Luanda area (Praia Santiago, Cacuaco, Corimba, Farol das Lagostas, Baía de Mussulo, Barra de Cuanza).; 2: Lobito; 3: Benguela (Sombreiro, Caotinha, Caota, Baía Azul, Baía Farta); 4: Cuio, Baía de Equimina, Ponta Campeona, Baía dos Elefantes, Piambo; 5: Baía dos Limagens; 6: Baía do Binga; 7: Meva, Baía do Canoco, Baía de Santa Maria; 8: Bonfim, Baía da Bissonga, Baía da Lucira, Baía do Cesar, Doca, Capato, Calonga.; 9: Sáo Nicolau, Bentiaba; 10: Baía das Salinas; 11: Chapeu Armado; 12: Calungo; 13: Piambo; 14: Baía do Baba; 15: Baía do Mocuio; 16: Baía das Pipas; 17: Charungo, Praia das Conchas; 18: Baía do Saco Mar (do Saco), Baía de Mogamedes, Ponta de Noronha, Praia Amelia,; 19: Ensenada dos Tres Irmáos; 20: Pinda, Porto Alexandre, Ponta Albina; 21: Baía dos Tigres. apa lalels[ól7[ojo[rojwjijis [ra Jos [16 [07/18/19 202 Combo A A C. africanus NAS C. albuquerquei e C. babaensis a C. bocagei ES C. bulbus PaRrAaEn C. carnalis 7 €. cepasi EE C. chytreus A a C. filmeri AAA C. flavusalbus EE Chemo | | | ||| Chuscos | | | | | || €. anabelae C. gabrielae oia €. micropunctatus MOON €. musivus E EEN € naranjus A E C neoguitatus AAN Ea C nobra HS 2224 4 C. tenvilineatus AA A C. frovaoi DO aDa IRQDNE C. variegatus EE a MAA A A A Caobos EF En ODE aa aba 0 63 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 white colour pattern). Both species appear very similar when the periostra- cum is not removed. The radula tooth is also different from other species of superficial simila- rity: C. flavusalbus, C. africanus and C. naranjus (see Figures 29, 30). On the other hand, C. bulbus has obvious diffe- rent shell characters, while the radular characters are similar, except the number of teeth in radula sac (C. anabe- lae 70-100 vs. 58-63). Conus babaensis n. sp. (Figs. 13-20, 23, 24) Type material: Holotype (Figs. 13-14) in MNCN (15.05 /44376) 25.8 x 15.7 mm, paratypes in AMNH (1), BMNH (1) MNHN (1), SMNS (1), USNM (1), CDR (2), CGR (1), CER (20), CMF (1) and CPR (1), all from the type locality. Other material examined: Angola: 36 sp, Baía do Baba, 1-3 m (CFF); 20 sp, Baía do Baba, 1-3 m (CER) Type locality: Baía do Baba, Province of Namibe, Angola. Etymology: The name derives from the type locality. Shell description: Small to moderately small, moderately solid. Last whorl ven- tricosely conical to broadly ovate. Outline convex at adapical third, almost straight below. Left side concave near base. Aperture slightly wider at base than near shoulder. Shoulder rounded. Spire of low to moderate height, outline convex, slightly sigmoid near apex. Te- leoconch sutural ramps slightly convex, with fine spiral striae. Last whorl smooth but not glossy, with some weak spiral ribs near base. Ground colour white. Last whorl with two light brown, broad spiral bands, leaving a white spiral band of varying extent below centre and a white base. The brown areas often show irreg- ular darker brown spiral lines. Spire usually white with brown lines along suture, oOccasionally with irregular brown flecks. Aperture white. Periostracum: Light brown, some- what transparent. Shell morphometry: L 17-32 mm RD 0.67-0.71 RSH 0.09-0.14 PMD 0.70-0.78 RW 0.09-0.19 g/mm Description of the animal: Animal not available for study although the radula was obtained from dry soft parts. Radula: In radula sac 48-78 teeth. Tooth of a vermivorous type, narrow and elongate (Fig. 23). PA larger than 64 half DR, except in very juvenile speci- mens; S narrow, with about 33 in a single row of D, being present on its upper part. F covering near 80%. Radula morphometry: (n= 12) D 27-38 ABS 45-507 LC/DR 40-55 DR/PA 1.71-2.09 %PA 51-74 Habitat: Shallow water under rocks buried in sand. C. babaensis lives sympa- trically with C. flavusalbus, and C. fuscoli- neatus. Distribution: Found in Baía do Baba and Baía das Pipas, Province of Namibe, Angola. Discussion: Conus babaensis is a typical member of the endemic cones of Angola (being small sized, with rounded shoulders and a smooth and dull surface), but can be distinguished from all others by its colour-pattern. Most similar in size and shell shape are C. anabelae - living in the adjoining area of Mocamedes — and Conus chytreus Melvill. C. anabelae can be distinguised by its colour pattern, in particular by the very different characters of its radular tooth. For comparison, see the Discus- sion of the latter species and the Figure 28. C. chytreus and C. bulbus have a similar radula morphometry. However, C. chytreus differs in the number of D in S (C. chytreus 17-26 vs. 27-38) and in its ROLÁN AND ROCKEL: Three new species of endemic Conus from Angola Ni | ND D [N] C. anabelae MM C. babaensis DR/PA a Naranjus C. cepasj + MiCropyp, Saa En ina. o E C. cepasi [TT] C. micropunctatus S C.tenuilineatus 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 (0) C. anabelao Cc Naranjus C. filmeri NC. anabelae %PA JN C. naranjus [+] C. filmeri Figure 26. Comparison of some radula teeth characters of Conus zebroides and C. tenuilineatus. Figure 27. Comparison of some radula teeth characters of Conus naranjus, C. cepasi, C. micropunc- tatus and C. tenuilineatus. Figure 28. Comparison of some radula teeth characters of Conus anabe- lae and C. babaensis. Figure 29. Comparison of some radula teeth characters of Conus anabelae, C. naranjus and C. filmeri. Figure 26. Comparación entre algunos caracteres radulares de Conus zebroides y C. tenuilineatus. Figura 27. Comparación entre algunos caracteres radulares de Conus naranjus, C. cepasi, C. micro- punctatus y C. tenuilineatus. Figura 28. Comparación entre algunos caracteres radulares de Conus anabelae y C. babaensis. Figura 29. Comparación entre algunos caracteres radulares de Conus anabe- lae, C. naranjus y C. filmeri. shell characters: its dark reddish brown colour of pattern, composed of spiral lines, the lack of a white central band, and the dark brown coloured spire. C. l,ulbus has — apart from small differences -n morphometry - an obviously different colour pattern (compare Figures 2-6 in ROLÁN AND RÓCKEL, 2000). C. bulbus lives far from C. babaensis. For the radula teeth characters see Figure 31. C. filmeri Rolán and Róckel, 2000, may have apparently the most similar radular tooth (different in DR/PA of 2.1- 2.3 vs. 1.71-2.09), but differs clearly in shell morphometry and colour-pattern (pure white), so conspecificy cannot be assumed. The tooth of C. babaensis is very dif- ferent from those of C. flavusalbus, C. naranjus, and C. africanus. The latter two species are from the north of the Cuanzo River, while C. babaensis occurs in the distant places of Baía do Baba and Baía das Pipas (Figures 31, 32). 65 Iberus, MA C. anabelae | C.africanus [E] C. chytreus E C. bulbus MM] C babaensis [T] C. flavusalbus E C. naranjus 19 (2), 2001 31 50 : "y A= [E] C. babaensis 100 C.africanus [E] C. chytreus Figure 30. Comparison of some radula teeth characters of Conus anabelae with those of C. africa- nus, C. chytreus and C. bulbus. Figure 31. Comparison of some radula teeth characters of Conus babaensis with those of C. africanus, C. chytreus and C. bulbus. Figure 32. Comparison of some radula teeth characters of Conus babaensis with those of C. flavusalbus and C. naranzus. Figura 30. Comparación entre algunos caracteres radulares de Conus anabelae con los de C. africanus, C. chytreus y C. bulbus. Figura 31. Comparación entre algunos caracteres radulares de Conus baba- ensis con los de C. africanus, C. chytreus y C. bulbus. Figura 32. Comparación entre algunos caracte- res radulares de Conus babaensis con los de C. flavusalbus y C. naranjus. : FINAL COMMENTS We present the list of the species of Conus and the distribution area of all the species described from Angola, which was published in the previous work (ROLÁN AND RÓCKEL, 2000) with the addition of the species here described. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors thank Anabela Fernan- des, daughter of the late Francisco Fer- BIBLIOGRAPHY ROLÁN, E. AND RÓCKEL, D., 2000. The endemic Conus of Angola. Argonauta, 13(2): 5-44. 66 nandes, for her help in sending material for study, M. Filmer for critical revision of the manuscript. Also Jesús S. Troncoso of the Departamento de Biología y Ecología of the University of Vigo, is thanked for the use of the digital camera of this department for the colour photographs. This work has been partially sup- ported by a grant from the XUNTA DE GALICIA PGIDTOOPXIS0121PR and with the help of the PARSYST PROJECT. O Sociedad Española de Malacología ——_______—_——T— lIberus, 19 (2): 67-85, 2001 Actualización del catálogo de los moluscos marinos de la costa vasca, en campañas realizadas por AZTI Update of the checklist of marine molluscs from the Basque Coast, from surveys conducted by AZTI Ángel BORJA e Iñigo MUXIKA* Recibido el 25-XI-2000. Aceptado el 15-VIII-2001 RESUMEN Se han recopilado las especies de moluscos marinos identificadas en los últimos 22 años en la Costa Vasca por el personal del Departamento de Oceanografía y Medio Ambiente Marino de AZTI. Con los datos obtenidos se ha actualizado el catálogo publicado en 1987 introduciendo los cambios necesarios y añadiendo las nuevas citas. Ha aparecido 1 nueva cita de especies de Poliplacóforos, 27 de Gasterópodos (no se incluyen Opisto- branquios sin concha) y 14 de Bivalvos, totalizando 42 nuevas citas. Además se ha con- firmado la presencia de 1ó especies que se citaban en trabajos antiguos. En total, se incluyen 7 Poliplacóforos, 208 Gasterópodos, 3 Escafópodos, 150 Bivalvos y 17 Cefaló- podos, que suman 385 especies. Además se añaden otras especies citadas en la Costa Vasca hasta totalizar 410. ABSTRACT The species of marine molluscs identified along the last 22 years in the Basque Coast by the staff of the Department of Oceanography and Marine Environment of AZTI have been compiled. The obtained data have been used to update the checklist published in 1987 inserting necessary changes and adding new records. One new records of species of Chi- tons, 27 new records of Gastropods (Opistobranch without shell are not included) and 14 new records of Bivalves have been identified, totalizing 42 new records. Besides, it has been confirmed the presence of 16 species cited in old works. In all, 7 Chitons, 208 Gas- tropods, 3 Scaphopods, 150 Bivalves and 17 Cephalopods are included, adding up 385 species. Moreover other species cited in the Basque Coast were added, totalizing 410. PALABRAS CLAVE: catálogo, moluscos marinos, Costa Vasca KEY WORDS: checklist, marine molluscs, Basque Coast INTRODUCCIÓN A finales de los ochenta se publicó muestreos que se realizaron para distin- un primer catálogo de los moluscos tos trabajos. Se trataba de recopilar marinos de la Costa Vasca (BORJA, 1987), todas las especies que se habían citado aprovechando los datos obtenidos en en nuestras costas para poder llenar el * AZTI Herrera Kaia; Portualdea s/n; 20110 Pasaia. aborjaG pas.azti.es 67 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 hueco que el País Vasco representaba en las obras de recopilación realizadas en el resto de las costas peninsulares (BONNIN Y RODRÍGUEZ, 1990; GIRIBET Y PEÑAS, 1997, entre otros). A partir de 1990, desde el Departa- mento de Oceanografía y Medio Ambiente Marino de la Fundación AZTI (Instituto Tecnológico Pesquero y Ali- mentario, entidad sin ánimo de lucro dedicada a la investigación y los servi- cios en el medio marino), se han reali- zado multitud de nuevos proyectos y ha aumentado el número de estaciones en las que se han realizado muestreos de bentos, tanto de sustrato duro como de blando. De este modo, se ha cubierto ya la práctica totalidad de la Costa Vasca, sobre todo la de las provincias españo- las. Por esta razón, se ha pensado que ha llegado el momento de actualizar dicho listado y ampliarlo añadiendo las nuevas especies aparecidas en los últimos años e incluyendo citas en nuevas localidades de las especies que ya habían aparecido antes. Sin embargo, este trabajo no pre- tende ser definitivo, ya que futuros estu- dios pueden confirmar la presencia de especies antes citadas pero que no se han localizado en los últimos años o pueden enriquecer el listado incluyendo nuevas especies, sobre todo en la costa de Lapurdi (País Vasco francés) que es la que menos se ha cubierto. MATERIAL Y MÉTODOS Tal y como se hizo en el anterior trabajo (BORJA, 1987), en éste el material también ha sido recogido por diferentes métodos. Se ha utilizado el raspado de superficies, la búsqueda directa de ejem- plares, la inmersión con escafandra autónoma, la extracción con dragas y testigos, la recogida en aparejos de pesca, etc., proviniendo una pequeña parte de campañas oceanográficas no específicamente malacológicas, terceras personas y material conchífero deposi- tado en las playas. La identificación se llevó a cabo con claves, tablas, libros y separatas entre 68 los que se pueden citar, como más importantes: LeLOUP Y VoLz (1938), MATTHEWS (1953), ANADÓN (1979), y KAAS (1979, 1981) para Poliplacóforos y TEBLE (1966), NORDSIECK (1968, 1969, 1972, 1977, 1982), GHISOTTI Y MELONE (1969, 1970, 1971, 1972, 1975), PARENZAN (1970, 1974, 1976), FRETTER Y GRAHAM (1976, 1977, 19784 YB, 1980, 11981, 1982) SABELLI Y SPADA (1977, 1978, 1979, 1980, 1981, 1982), ROLÁN MOSQUERA (1983) y FRETTER, GRAHAM Y ANDREWS (1986) para el resto de los grupos, excepto Opistobranquios sin concha que no se incluyen. Para algunas especies oO grupos determinados, se han tenido en cuenta revisiones como las de BOUCHET (1984, 1997), BOUCHET Y GUILLEMOT (1978), BOUCHET Y WARÉN (1980, 1985, 1986, 1993), GIANNUZZI-SAVELLI, PUSA- TERI, PALMERI Y EBREO (1994, 1997, 1999), GOFAS Y WARÉN (1991), Kaas (1985), MARIOTTINLI, SMRIGLIO Y OLIVERIO (2000), PONDER (1989), ReiD (1996), ROLÁN, DANTART Y FERNANDES (1997), RUBIO Y RODRÍGUEZ BaABíÍO (1996), SABELLI, GIANUZZI-SAVELLI Y BEDULLI (1990-1992) y VERDUIN (1988). Para citar una especie se ha tenido en cuenta que ésta se haya recogido por el personal del Departamento de Ocea- nografía de AZTI en los últimos 22 años, pero otras especies citadas anterior- mente y no encontradas en este último periodo se han incluido en la Tabla IL En la presente recopilación se han tenido en cuenta los nombres más actua- les propuestos por SABELLI ET AL. (1990- 1992); POPPE Y GOTO (1991); ROLÁN MOSQUERA, OTERO SCHMITT Y ROLÁN ÁLVAREZ (1989) para poliplacóforos, bivalvos, escafópodos y cefalópodos; y los propuestos por GUERRA (1992) para los cefalópodos. También se ha usado la recopilación de taxones publicados en Iberus (1981-1997) (MURILLO, 1998). Pos- teriormente, y teniendo en cuenta que algunas guías eran antiguas, se han revi- sado y actualizado las denominaciones de todas las especies siguiendo la nomenclatura de la CLEMAN (http: / /www.mnhn.fr /base/malaco.ht ml) y del European Register of Marine Species (http: / /erms.biol.soton.ac.uk/). BORJA Y MUXIKA: Actualización del catálogo de moluscos marinos vascos Tabla I. Claves de abreviatura. Table I. Abbreviations key. Distribución (Localidades) A= Arminza Ab= Abra Al= Abra Interior Al= Algorri An= Punta Ansora Ar= Arrigunaga Ba= Bakio Be= Bermeo Bi= Biarritz CG= Costa Gipuzkoa Cl= Costa Lapurdi CM= Cala Murgita CV= Costa Bizkaia D= Deba Ea= Ea F= Fuenterrabia G= Getaria Ga= Gaztelugatxe Go= Gorliz Gy= Guethary H= Higer He= Hendaya I= Igeldo J= Jaizkibel L= Lekeitio LA= La Arena M= Monpas Ma= Matxitxako Me= Meñacoz Mo= Motriko Mu= Mundaka Oe Ono On= Ondarroa P= Pasajes PE1= Playa de Eskote PE2= Playa de Eskote PG= Plataf. continental de Gipuzkoa RB= Ría del Barbadún RBi= Ría del Bidasoa RD= Ría del Deba RG= Ría de Gernika RN= Ría del Nervión Para cada especie se da la localidad donde se encontró, la abundancia (tanto por el número de individuos como por las veces o muestras en las que se ha localizado), batimetría (tanto en los dife- RO= Ría del Oria ROn= Ría de Ondarroa RP= Ría de Pasajes RPl= Ría de Plentzia RUr= Ría del Urumea RZu= Ría de Zumaia S= Sopelana Sj= San Juan de Luz SS= San Sebastián St= Santurtze TC= Toda la Costa Vasca Tx= Txatxarramendi Z= Zarautz Zu= Zumaia Abundancia l= Muy raro 2= Raro, escaso 3= Abunda localmente 4= Común 5= Muy común Batimetría B= Batial C= Circalitoral |= Infralitoral M= Mediolitoral Mi= MI. inferior Mm= MI. medio Ms= MI. superior S= Supralitoral Biotopo B= Bentónico D= Demersal E= Estuario PD= Pelágico-Demersal SA= Sustrato animal SB= Sustrato blando a= arena f= fango SD= Sustrato duro SV= Sustrato vegetal rentes niveles del intermareal, como en la plataforma continental y, ocasional- mente, en fondos hasta 800 metros) y biotopo que ocupaba al ser recolectada (claves de abreviatura en Tabla 1). En el 69 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Me RPl Tx Costa de Bizkaia Costa de Lapurdi y Figura 1. Mapa de la Costa Vasca con las localidades citadas (para abreviaturas ver Tabla D. Figure 1. Basque coast map showing cited locations (abbreviations key in Table 1). caso de la localidad, cuando la especie ha aparecido en cuatro o más lugares de una misma provincia se da como Costas de Gipuzkoa, Bizkaia o Lapurdi (País Vasco francés), respectivamente, y cuando se ha localizado en más de siete localidades entre las tres provincias se da como TC, es decir, que se distribuye - por toda la costa del País Vasco (Figura 10). En cuanto a la batimetría, cuando la especie es circalitoral o batial se da también la profundidad aproximada a la que se encontró, o los valores extremos cuando se ha encontrado varias veces. RESULTADOS Y DISCUSIÓN Se han identificado 7 (1,8 %) Polipla- cóforos, 208 (54 %) Gasterópodos (no se incluyen Opistobranquios sin concha), 3 (0,8 %) Escafópodos, 150 (39 %) Bivalvos y 17 (4,4 %) Cefalópodos, que suman un total de 385 especies (Tabla Il, ver también Tabla III). De todas estas, cons- tituyen nuevas citas 1 especie de Poli- placóforo, 27 Gasterópodos y 14 Bival- vos, totalizando 42 (10,9 %). De entre las especies citadas en la bibliografía 70 antigua, siguen sin haber sido encontra- das por nosotros 25 especies: 18 Gaste- rópodos, 6 Bivalvos y 1 Cefalópodo. Sin embargo, cabe señalar que Plagyostila asturiana fue citada por GOFAS Y PONDER (1991) en la costa vasca (San Juan de Luz y Hendaya). Sin duda, lo peculiar de su hábitat, bajo grandes bloques rocosos semienterrados, dificulta la localización de ejemplares de esta especie. Sin tener en cuenta estas últimas especies, el número de ellas presentes al menos en un punto por provincia es de 142 (36,9%), siendo 104 (27%) las que se encuentran distribuidas por toda la costa, es decir en más de 7 localidades entre las tres provincias. En Bizkaia se localizan 320 (83,1%) especies, en Gipuzkoa se identificaron 252 (65,5%) y 196 (50,9%) en Lapurdi. Sin duda, esto tiene que ver con el esfuerzo de mues- treo, ya que en Bizkaia hay 25 estaciones y en Gipuzkoa 21, por lo que el número de especies encontrado por estación es muy similar (12,8 en el primer caso y 12 en el segundo). Sin embargo, en Lapurdi, con 6 estaciones, se llega a un número de 32,7 especies por estación. Probablemente, si se aumentara el número de estaciones, el valor obtenido BORJA Y MUXIKA: Actualización del catálogo de moluscos marinos vascos Tabla IL. Listado de las especies localizadas en la costa vasca durante los últimos 22 años; la especie se nombre en primer lugar, a continuación se dan los posibles nombres con los que se ha mencio- nado también en la costa vasca. En el circalitoral o batial se da la profundidad de localización, o su rango, en metros. 1: primera cita de la especie en la costa vasca; 2: especie localizada cuando el anterior trabajo se encontraba en prensa; 3: especie citada en trabajos antiguos, pero no localizada para el anterior trabajo. Para abreviaturas, ver Tabla I. Table II. List of species found in the Basque coast for the last 22 years: the species is named. first, possible names used to cite the species in the Basque coast are also included. In the circalitoral and batial areas, depth is given. 1: first record in the Basque coast; 2: species found when a previous paper was in press; 3: species cited in ancient papers, but not recorded in the already mentioned previous paper. Abbreviations shown in Table 1. Especie Distribución Abundancia Batimetría Biotopo POLYPLACOPHORA 1 Lepidopleurus cajetanus (Poli, 1791) TC 2 | SD 2 Leptochiton asellus (Gmelin, 1791) Ma, H 2 (: 100 SD 3 Leptochiton cancellatus (Sowerby 6. B. Il, 1840) TC 1 Mm, Mi, 1, (100 SD 4 Lepidochitona cinerea (Linné, 1767) TC 2 Mm Mil (5-25 SD 5 Collochiton septemvalvis (Montagu, 1803) Me, Al, Zu, H, He 1 Mi, C-20-25 SD Callochiton laevis Montagu, 1803 6 Acanthochitona crinita (Pennant, 1777) TC 4 — S,Mm,Mi 1, (¿5-25 — $D,SB:a Acanthochitona fascicularis (Linné, 1767) Acanthochitona communis Risso, 1826 7. 1Aconthochiton discrepans (Brown, 1827) H l Mi SD o GASTROPODA 8 Tectura virginea (Miller O. F., 1776) TC 1 Mil, 25 SV, SD 9 1Tectura testudinalis (Múller O. F., 1776) lu, CM, He 2 Mm, Mi, (5-15 SD Collisella tessulata (Miller O. F., 1776) 10 Patella vulgata Linné, 1758 TC 5 S, M SD, SB: a 11 Patella ulyssiponensis Gmelin, 1791 TC 5 Mm, Mi, | SD Patella aspera Lamarck, 1822 12 Patella rustica Linné, 1758 TC 4 S,M SD Patella lusitanica Gmelin, 1791 13 Patella intermedia Murray, 1857 TC 5 S,M, | SD, SB: a Patella depressa Pennant, 1777 (n. dubium) 14 lothia fulva (Miller, 1776) Ma l C: 100 SB Pilidium fulvum Forbes 8. Hanley, 1849 15 1Propilidium exiguum (Thompson, 1844) Al 2 (5 SD 16 Ansates pellucida (Linné, 1758) TC 3 |, C615 SV, SD Patina pellucida (Linné, 1758) Helcion pellucidum Linné, 1758 Helcion pellucidus laevis (Pennant) 17 Scissurella costata (d'Orbigny, 1824) Ma 1 (- 100 SD 18 — Anatoma crispata (Fleming, 1828) Ma 1 (: 100 5D Scissurella crispata (Fleming, 1828) 19 — Haliotis tuberculata Linné, 1758 TC 2 Mil, € 5 SD Haliotis tuberculata lamellosa Lamarck, 1822 20 Emarginula fissura (Linné, 1758) Emarginula reticulata (da Costa, 1778) Ma, J, CL 2 (: 100 SB: a Emarginula reticulata Sowerby, 1813 21 Puncturella noachina (Linné, 1771) A, Ga 1 |, (9,8 SD 22 Diodora graeca (Linné, 1758) Diodora apertura Montagu, 1803 Ga, Ma, CG 2 Mm, Mil, €5-100 SD Diodora reticulata (Montagu) 71 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Tabla II. Continuación. Table HL. Continuation. Especie 23 Diodora gibberula (Lamarck, 1822) 24 Donilia otaviana (Cantraine, 1835) Danilia tinei (Calcara, 1839) 25 Osilinus lineatus (da Costa, 1778) Monodonta lineata (da Costa, 1778) 26 Jujubinus exasperatus (Pennant, 1777) 27 Clelandella miliaris (Brocchi, 1814) 28 Gibbula magus (Linné, 1758) 29 Gibbula cineraría (Linné, 1758) 30 Gibbula pennanti (Philippi, 1846) 31 Gibbula umbilicalis (da Costa, 1778) 32 Calliostoma zizyphinum (Linné, 1758) 33 Colliostoma granulatum (Von Born, 1778) 34 2Callumbonella suturalis (Philippi, 1836) 35 Bolma rugosa (Linné, 1767) Astraea rugosa (Linné, 1767) 36 Homalopoma peloritanum (Cantraine, 1835) (citada erróneamente como H. sanguineum) 37 Tricolia pullus (Linné, 1758) 38 Tricolia speciosa (Von Múhlfeldt, 1824) 39 1Skenea serpuloides (Montagu, 1808) 40 Dikoleps cutleriana (Clark W., 1848) Tubiola cutleriana (Clark W., 1850) 41 1Lacuna vincta Montagu, 1803 42 Littorina littorea (Linné, 1758) 43 Littorina obtusata (Linné, 1758) 44 Littorina rudis (Maton, 1797) 45 Littorina saxatilis (Olivi, 1792) 46 Melarhaphe neritoides (Linné, 1758) 47 1Liftorina neglecta Bean, 1844 48 — 1Littorina compressa Jeffreys, 1865 Littorina nigrolineata Gray, 1839 49 Potamopyrgus antipodarum (Gray, 1840) Hydrobia jenkinsi Smith, 1889 Potamopyrgus jenkinsi (Smith, 1889) 50 1Hydrobia neglecta Muus, 1963 51 Hydrobia ulvae (Pennant, 1777) Peringia ulvae (Pennant, 1777) 52 Tornus subcarinatus (Montagu, 1803) 53 Circulus striatus (Philippi, 1836) 54 Skeneopsis planorbis (Fabricius, 1780) 55 Fatonina fulgida (Adams J., 1797) Microsetia fulgida (Adams J., 1797) 56 Barleeia unifasciata (Montagu, 1803) Barleeia rubra (A. Adams, 1975) 57 Obtusella intersecta (Wood S., 1857) Putilla alderi (Jeffreys, 1858) 58 — Cingula cingillus (Montagu, 1803) 59 Ceratia proxima (Forbes 8 Hanley, 1850) 60 Hyala vitrea (Montagu, 1803) Distribución Abundancia Ga, Ma, CL Ma A, SJ, Gy TC TC TC TC Ma PE2 TC Ma TC A, Ga Ab Ma Al, Zu, H, He TC S, A, Gy A, Mu, Gy 4) TC Al, H Al RG, RUr RUr TC Ma, D CV, S) TC TC TC Ma S, Me, Mu, D, SJ H Ab NN NN — NOOO La — — — e] == —= UU — Nm 0 NN NN =-— — Batimetría (: 10,6-100 (100 S, M, | C: 15-100 C: 100 M MI M M M, |, € 5-35 C: 100 C: 500 M1, €E15 E100 M, 1, 0:5-70 M1 (- 15-30 C-100 Mm, Mi Mi, | Ms Mm Mm, | S,M, 1 Mm Mi Mm, | , Mm Mm, Mi, l, (1-30 Mm, € 100 M, (15-30 Mm, Mi, | Mi, | M, I, 5-53 (: 100 Mm, Mi C- 100 (15-30 Biotopo 5D SB SD SV, 5D, SB: a SD, SB: a SD, 5B: a 5D sB:f iz BORJA Y MUXIKA: Actualización del catálogo de moluscos marinos vascos Tabla IL Continuación. Table IT. Continuation. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 10 Ñ 12 13 14 15 16 11 18 19 80 8l 82 Especie Onoba striata (Montagu, 1803) Onoba semicostata (Montagu, 1803) Crisilla semistriata (Montagu, 1808) Setia semistriata (Montagu, 1808) Alvania semistriata (Montagu, 1808) Rissoa parva (da Costa, 1778) Turboella parva da Costa, 1778 Turboella interrupta Adams J., 1798 Pusillina radiata (Philippi, 1836) Turboella radiata (Philippi, 1836) Turboella pulchella (Philippi, 1836) Pusillina sarsii (Lovén, 1846) Rissoa albella Lovén, 1846 Risoella diaphana Alder, 1848 Rissoa decorata Philippi, 1846 Apicularia decorata (Philippi, 1846) Rissoa guerini Recluz, 1843 Apicularia guerinii (Recluz, 1843) 1 Pusillina inconspicua (Alder,1844) Turboella inconspicua (Alder, 1844) 1 Rissoa membranacea (Adams J., 1800) Rissoa labiosa (Montagu, 1803) Pusillina lineolata (Michaud, 1832) Rissoa lineolata Michaud, 1832 Rissoa lilacina Récluz, 1843 Rissoa rufilabrum Alder, 1844 (citada erróneamente como R. violacea) Manzonia crassa (Kanmacher, 1798) Folinia crassa Kanmacher, 1798 Alvania crassa (Kanmacher, 1798) Alvania beani (Hanley in Thorpe, 1844) Turbona reticulata (Montagu, 1803) Turbona calathus (Forbes 8. Hanley, 1853) Alvania cancellata (da Costa, 1778) Acinopsis cancellata (da Costa, 1778) Alvania subcrenulata (Bucquoy, Dautzenberg 8. Dollfus, 1884) Acinopsis subcrenulata (Schwartz, 1869) Alvania jeffreysi (Waller, 1864) Alvinia jeffreysi (Waller, 1864) Alvania punctura (Montagu, 1803) Arsenia punctura (Montagu, 1832) Alvania carinata (da Costa, 1778) Galeodina carinata (da Costa, 1778) Alvania lactea (Michaud, 1832) Alvania zetlandica (Montagu, 1815) Taramellia zetlandica (Montagu, 1811) Alvania hispidula (Monterosato, 1884) Turbona hispidula (Monterosato, 1884) Alvania cimicoides Forbes, 1844 Turbona cimicoides (Forbes, 1844) Distribución Abundancia Batimetría TC TC TC LA, S, Al Me, D , Ma, CM, H TC H Al Ma TC TC Ab, Ma, J, H Ab, Ma, Zu, J, SJ Ga, Ma Ma Ma, SJ, Bi Ma, SJ, Gy Ab, Ma, CL Ab, Ma Ma Mo 3 2 1 M,| Biotopo 5D Mm, Mi, l, (15-30 SV, SD, SB: a M, l, € 5-35 Mi, | , M,| |, (5-25 Mm, 1, (5-32 (25 Mi | Mm, Mi, (5 Mi, 1, € 15-70 Mm, |, (100 |, (20-100 1, (:10,6-100 C- 100 (100 (100 Mi |, (100 E 100 (100 SV, SD, SB: a SD SV, SD, SB: a SD SV, SD, SB SD 5D SD SV, SD SV, SD, SB SD, SB: a SD, SB: a SD, SB: a SD, SB: a SD, SB: a SD, SB: a SD 5D SD, SB: a SD, SB: a YES Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Tabla IL. Continuación. Table IT. Continuation. Especie Distribución Abundancia Batimetría Biotopo 83 — Alvania cimex (Linné, 1758) Mu 3 mM! SD Turbona cimex (Linné, 1758) 84 Turritella communis Risso, 1826 TC 1 |, (15-100 SB 85 Turritella turbona Monterosato, 1877 Ab, Ma, J 1 (: 20-100 SB Turritella triplicata Brocchi, 1855 86 Vermetus semisurrectus Bivona Ant., 1832 Ma 1 100 SD 87 Cuecum trachea (Montagu, 1803) Ma, |, SJ 1 (: 70-100 SB: a 88 Caecum glabrum (Montagu, 1803) Ga, An, S) 2 | SB 89 Caecum vitreum Carpenter, 1858 Ga, Ma 2 1, (100 SB 90 Bittium reficulatum (da Costa, 1778) TC 5 M,1, 1-70 SD, SB (hay citadas subespecies: B. r. reticulatum y B. r. exiguum) 91 Bittium latreillii (Payraudeau, 1826) A, Ga, Al, Zu, H, He 1 Mi, 25-45. SD, SB: a 92 — Bittium lacteum (Philippi, 1836) A, Ga 2 Mi SD, 5B: a 93 — Cerithium vulgatum (Bruguiére, 1792) CG 2 Mi SD 94 Capulus ungaricus (Linné, 1758) A, Ga, Ma, Zu, SJ 1 |, (20-100 SD, SB Capulus hungaricus Linné, 1758 95 Aporrhais pespelicani (Linné, 1758) TC l |, 15-180 SB 96 Aporrhais pespelecani (Linné, 1758) Ma l Cc 100 SB: a 97 Aporrhais serresianus (Michaud, 1828) Ma, 6 l | SB: a 98 Lamellaria perspicua (Linné, 1758) Mu 2 M SB 99 Erato voluta (Montagu, 1803) SS, H, SJ 1 10625 SD, SB 100 Trivia arctica (Pulteney, 1799) TC 2 | SD 101 - Trivia monacha (da Costa, 1778) TC l Mi, 1, 15-35 SD, SB 102 Pseudosimnia carnea (Poiret, 1789) Ma 1 100 SB 103 — Neosimnia spelta (Linné, 1758) H 2 | SD 104 Euspira catena (da Costa, 1758) TC 1 |, (: 15-45 SD, SB Lunatia catena (da Costa, 1778) 105 Euspira fusca (de Blainville, 1825) H 2 C- 100 SB Natica fusca de Blainville, 1825 106 Euspira pulchella (Risso, 1826) TC 2 (- 9-100 SB Lunatia pulchella Risso, 1826 Lunatia alderi Forbes, 1838 107 Galeodea rugosa (Lnné, 1771) TC 2 ( SD, SB Galeodea tyrrhena Chemnitz, 1789 Cassidaria tyrrhena (Bruguiére, 1789) (a veces equivocado con 6. echinophora) 108 2Phalium saburon (Bruguiere, 1792) PG l (- 150 SB 109 Ranella olearium (Linné, 1758) L 2 (: 100-200 SB: f Ranella gigantea Lamarck, 1816 Argobuccinum olearium (Linné, 1758) 110 Cabestana cutacea (Linné, 1767) TC 1 (30 SD, SB Cymatium cutaceum (Linné, 1767) 111. Cymativm corrugatum (Lamarck, 1822) Mu 2 M,! SB 112 - Charonia lampas (Linné, 1758) TC 4 |, C SD, SB: a Charonia rubicunda (Pery, 1811) 113 Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Montagu, 1803) TC l |, C12 SD, SB 114. 1Cerithiopsis fayalensis Watson, 1886 Al 1 (:70 5D 115 Cerithiopsis minima (Brusina, 1864) S, A, 5), Gy 2 M 5D 116 3 Metaxia metaxae (delle Chiaje, 1828) lu, He, SJ l (: 45 SD Cerithiopsis metaxa (delle Chiaje, 1828) 74 BORJA Y MUXIKA: Actualización del catálogo de moluscos marinos vascos Tabla II. Continuación. Table II. Continuation. Especie Distribución Abundancia Batimetría Biotopo 117 1 Cerithiopsis jeffreysi Watson, 1885 lu 1 (45 SD Cerithiopsis pulchella Jeffreys, 1858 118 — Dizoniopsis coppolae (Aradas, 1870) Me 2 M SD Dizoniopsis clarki Forbes 8. Hanley, 1858 119 1Marshallora adversa (Montagu, 1803) CG 2 M, (5-25 SD, SB: a Triphora adversa (Linné, 1758) 120 1Strobiligera brychia (Bouchet 8: Guillemot, 1978) RB, Ab, Ga, J 1 |, (15-35 SD, SB Triphora brychia Bouchet 8. Guillemot, 1978 Triphora aspera (Jeffreys, 1885) 121 Monophorus erytrhosoma (Bouchet 8 Guillemot, 1978) Al 1 Mi SD Triphora erythrosoma Bouchet 8. Guillemot, 1978 122 Monophorus perversus (Linné, 1758) TC 1 Mi, 1, (5-70 SD, SB Triphora perversa (Linné, 1758) 123 Epitonium commune (Lamarck, 1822) Ab, Al, Ma, CG 1 Mi, 1, € 9,5-39 SD, SB Epitonium clathrus (Linné, 1758) 124 Epitonium clathratulum (J. Adams, 1798) Ma, SJ 1 C- 100 SB: a 125 Gyroscalo lamellosa (Lamarck, 1822) Me, An 2 Mi, | SB Epitonium lamellosum (Lamarck, 1822) 126 Epitonium turtonis (Turton, 1819) Ma 1 (: 100 SB: a Scalaria tenuicostata Michaud, 1829 127 1 Epitonium pulchellum (A. Bivona, 1832) Al l 70 SD 128 Opalia (Dentiscala) crenata (Linné, 1758) Mu, CL 2 Mi SB 129 —Janthina janthino (Linné, 1758) SS, 5), Gy 1 PD 130 1Aclis guísonae (Clark, 1850) Ab, Al 1 (: 15-30 SB 131 Eulima (Strombiformis) bilineata (Alder, 1848) Ma, J 2 C: 100 SB: a 132 3Vitreolina incurva (Bucquoy, Dautzenberg 8. Dollfus, 1883) Ab, H, SJ, Gy l (25 SD Balcis incurvata (Renier, 1807) Eulima incurva (Bucquoy, Dautzenberg 8. Dollfus, 1883) 133 — Balcis devians (Monterosato, 1884) TC 4 |, 100 SB: a 134 1Muricopsis cristata (Brocchi, 1814) Ma 1 Mi, E-10,6-15 5D 135 Trophon muricatus (Montagu, 1803) Ab, Ma, Al 1 Mi, 1, 13,8-30 SD, SB Trophonopsis muricata (Montagu, 1803) 136 — Ocenebra erinaceus (Linné, 1758) TC 5 Mi, l, € 5-45 SD, SB 137 Ocinebrina aciculata (Lamarck, 1822) Ma, CG, He, SJ 2 M, |, C15-25 SD 138 Ocinebrina edwardsi (Payraudeau, 1826) An, CL 2 M SD 139 Stramonita haemastoma (Linné, 1766 TC 2 Mi, | SD) Thais haemastoma (Linné, 1766) 140 Nucella lapillus (Linné, 1758) LA, Gy l Mi, | y) 141 1Urosalpinx cinerea (Say, 1822) CG 3 Mm, Mi, 1, (25 SD, SB: a 142 Orania fusulus (Brocchi, 1814) Ma 1 (100 SD, SB: a Urosalpinx fusulus (Brocchi, 1814) 143 - Coralliophila alucoides (de Blainville, 1826) Ma 1 (: 100 SD Coralliophila lamellosa (Cristofori 8. Jan, 1832) 144 Neptunea antiqua (Linné, 1758) TC 1 (: 370 SB 145 Neptunea contraria (Linné, 1771) Ma 1 (: 100 SB 146 Buccinum undatum Linné, 1758 lu 2 (:165 SB 147 Buccinum humpreysianum Bennet, 1825 0 2 (160 SB 148 1Pollia dorbignyi (Payraudeau, 1826) Ma 1 (: 10,6 SD Cantharus dorbignyi (Payraudeau, 1826) 149 Chauvetia brunnea (Donovan, 1804) Ab, Ga, Mu, Al, SS, H, SJ 2 Mi, l, (15-30 SD, SB Chauvetia minima (Montagu, 1803) US Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Tabla II. Continuación. Table IT. Continuation. 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 7Ó Especie Colus gracilis (da Costa, 1778) Colus jeffreysianus (Fischer, 1868) Nassarivs cuvierii (Payraudeau, 1826) Nassarivs costulata (Renier, 1804) Nassarius corniculum (Olivi, 1792) Amyclina corniculum (Olivi, 1792) Cyclope neritea (Linné, 1758) Nassarivs reticulatus (Linné, 1758) Hinia reticulata (Linné, 1758) Nassarius incrassatus (Stróm, 1768) Hinia incrassata (Stróm, 1768) Nassarius pygmaeus (Lamarck, 1822) Hinia pygmaea (Linné, 1758) Kryptos elegans (Jeffreys, 1896) Fusinus elegans (Jeffreys, 1896) Fusinus pulchellus (Philippi, 1844) Mitra cornea Lamarck, 1811 Mitra nigra Gmelin in Linné, 1791 Mitra fusca AA. non Swainson, 1829 Crassopleura (Clavus) maravignae (Bivona, 1838) Mangelia attenuata (Montagu, 1803) Mangelia coarctata (Forbes, 1840) Cythara coarctata (Forbes, 1843) Mangelia costata (Donovan, 1804) lMangelia smithi (Forbes, 1840) Mangelia wareni Piani, 1980 Bela nebula (Montagu, 1803) Bela ornata (Locard, 1897) Bela septemvillei (Monterosato in Dautzenberg, 1913) l Bela powisiana (Recluz, 1846) Clathromangelia quadrillum (Dujardin, 1837) Clathromangelia granum (Philippi, 1844) Mangiliella bertrandi (Payraudeau, 1826) Raphitoma echinata (Brocchi, 1814) Raphitoma reticulata (Renier, 1804) l Raphitoma leufroyi (Michaud, 1828) Raphitoma concinna (Scacchi, 1836) Raphitoma linearis (Montagu, 1803) Raphitoma purpurea (Montagu, 1803) Clothurella purpurea (Montagu, 1803) Raphitoma philberti (Michaud, 1829) Comarmondia gracilis (Montagu, 1803) Omalogyra atomus (Philippi, 1841) Ammonicera rota (Forbes 8. Hanley, 1853) Rissoella diaphana (Alder, 1848) Rissoella glabra (Brown, 1827) Rissoella globularis (Forbes 8. Hanley, 1853) Jeffreysia globularis Forbes 8. Hanley, 1853 Rissoella opalina (Jeffreys, 1848) Rissoella cylindrica (Jeffreys, 1856) Distribución Abundancia Batimetría Biotopo TC 2 C, B: 620 SB TC 2 C, B: 450 SB TC 1 |, (30 SD, SB Be, SJ, Gy 3 M sD Ma, An, RP 2 M1, 8-12 SB TC 5 Mm, Mi, |, (1-53 SD, $B TC 4 Mm, Mi, 1, (5-45 SD, $B Ab, RN, S, O, CM, RP, SJ 2 Mm, |, € 5-32 SD, SB Ma 2 (- 100 SD, SB: a Ma 1 (100 SD, SB: a Ab, An 1 | SD, $B Ma 1 (100 SD, SB: a Ab, Al, Ma, Al, RP, H, SJ 2 (: 8-100 SD, 5B Mu, An, CM, H 1 (: 5-100 SD, 5B: a TC 1 (: 15-100 SD, SB Ea, D, Zu 1 (: 32-45 SD, SB: a Ma 1 (: 100 SD, SB: a CV, D, RP 1 (: 9,8-100 SD, SB Ma 1 (100 SD, SB Ma | (100 SD, SB SS | (25 SD LA 2 MI SD LA 2 MI SD Ma, J 1 |, (28,5-100 SD, SB Ab, Ma, 6 l (:28,5 SD Ma, Al, Zu, H l (: 20-100 SD Ma, CG, SJ l Mi, € 5-100 SD TC 1 |, 5-30 SD, $B H, 5) 1 (100 SD Ma 2 100 SD, SB: a Ma 1 (: 100 SD Ma, Mu, An 2 | SD CV, He 2 Mm, Mi SD, SB LA, S, Ma 2 | SD, SB LA, S, Al, Ma, He 2 Mm, Mi, | SD, SB BORJA Y MUXIKA: Actualización del catálogo de moluscos marinos vascos Tabla H. Continuación. Table IT. Continuation. Especie Distribución Abundancia 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 Chrysallida excavata (Philippi, 1836) Chrysallida indistincta (Montagu, 1808) Clathrella clathrata (Philippi, 1844) Phasianema clathratulum (Philippi, 1844) Phasianema costata (Brocchi, 1814) Fossarus costatus (Brocchi, 1814) Eulimella acicula (Philippi, 1836) Odostomia plicata (Montagu, 1803) Odostomia striolata Alder in Forbes 8. Hanley, 1853 Odostomia umbilicaris (Malm, 1858) Odostomia acuta Jeffreys, 1848 Turbonilla lactea (Linné, 1758) Turbonilla elegantissima (Montagu, 1803) Turbonilla pusilla (Philippi, 1844) Turbonilla delicata Monterosato, 1874 3Turbonilla ruta (Philippi, 1836) 1 Turbonilla acuta (Donovan, 1804) Chrysallida fenestrata (Jeffreys, 1848) Tragula fenestrata (Jeffreys, 1848) Acteon tornatilis (Linné, 1758) Retusa truncatula (Bruguiere, 1792) Retusa truncatella Locard, 1883 Cylichnina umbilicata (Montagu, 1803) Bulla umbilicata Montagu, 1803 Cylichnina subcylindrica (Brown, 1844) Cylichnina nitidula (Loven, 1846) Retusa mammillata (Philippi, 1836) Mamilloretusa mammillata (Philippi, 1836) Volvulella acuminata (Bruguiere, 1792) 3Ringicula auriculata (Menard, 1811) Marginella auriculata Menard, 1811 Ringicula conformis Monterosato, 1875 Philine aperta (Linné, 1767) Philine quadripartita Ascanius, 1772 3Philine catena (Montagu, 1803) 1 Philine punctata (Adams J., 1800) 1 Philine scabra (Miller, 1784) Philine loveni Malm, 1855 Scaphander lignarivs (Linné, 1758) Scaphander punctostriatus (Mighels 8. Adams, 1842) 3Cylichna cylindracea (Pennant, 1777) lAplysia punctata (Cuvier, 1803) 1Myosotella myosotis (Draparnaud, 1801) Ovatella myosotis (Draparnaud, 1801) 1 Onchidella celtica (Cuvier, 1817) SCAPHOPODA 2Dentalium dentalis Linné, 1758 3Dentalium novemcostatum Lamarck, 1818 Dentalium vulgare da Costa, 1768 Ab, Ma, SJ Ma, 5) Ma, SJ Ab, Ma, | Ma, SJ Mo Ma Ma, P Ab, Ma, M, J, SJ Ma Ma Mu, D,M Ab Ma CV CV, 1, SS CV, J, SJ Ma Ea, P, H, S) Ab, RN Ab, Ma, 5) Ab, Al, RN, P, H CM, S) Mo Ab TC Mo CV, D, M, SJ Ga, CG, He ROn CM, H 1 PG, 1, M, PE2 PJ, 5) Ba, Ma, He Batimetría (100 (100 (100 (: 20-100 (100 (100 (- 100 (13-100 (15-100 C- 100 (: 100 (: 31-43 (- 15-30 (100 1, (100 1, (15-100 (: 15-100 |, (100 - 13-100 El (- 20-100 |, (15-100 (15-25 (15 (15-30 |, (34-640 (: 100 (: 14-58 Mm, Mi, |, € 5-15 Mi Mm, | lÁ (:70-500 (13-73 C: 45-100 Biotopo SB: a SB: a SB: a SB: a SB 5D SB SB SD, SB: a 77 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Tabla IT. Continuación. Table IT. Continuation. 219 220 221 122 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 247 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 251 258 78 Especie BIVALVIA Nucula nucleus (Linné, 1758) Nucula hanleyi Winckworth, 1931 Nucula sulcata Bronn, 1831 Nucula tenuis (Montagu, 1808) Nucula nitidosa Winckworth, 1930 Nucula turgida Leckenby 8. Marshall, 1875 Nucula nitida Sowerby, 1833 Nuculana commutata (Philippi, 1844) Arca fragilis Chemnitz, 1784 lNuculana pernula Miller O. F., 1779 Pristigloma lenticula philippiana (Nyst, 1843) Árca noae Linné, 1758 Arca (Tetrarca) tetragona Poli, 1795 Barbatia barbata (Linné, 1758) Striarca lactea (Linné, 1758) Glycymeris glycymeris (Linné, 1758) Glycymeris violacescens (Lamarck, 1819) Arca insubrica Brocchi, 1814 Myrilus edulis Linné, 1758 Mytilus galloprovincialis Lamarck, 1819 Mytilaster minimus (Poli, 1795) Crenella decussata (Montagu, 1808) 1 Crenella prideauxi (Leach, 1815) Gregariella barbatella (Cantraine, 1835) Gregariella opifex Say, 1825 Gregariella petagnae Scacchi, 1832 (nomen nudum) Gregariella semigranata (Reeve, 1858) Modiola subclavata Libassi, 1859 lMusculus costulatus (Risso, 1826) Musculus discors (Linné, 1767) Musculus subpictus (Cantraine, 1835) Musculus marmoratus Forbes, 1838 1Adula simpsoni (Marshall, 1900) Myoforceps aristata (Dillwyn, 1817) Myoforceps caudigera Lamarck, 1819 Modiolus barbatus (Linné, 1758) Modiolus adriaticus (Lamarck, 1819) Modiolus modiolus (Linné, 1758) Modiolula phaseolina (Philippi, 1844) 2Pinna nobilis Linné, 1758 Pteria hirundo (Linné, 1758) Pecten maximus (Linné, 1758) Chlamys multistriata (Poli, 1795) Chlamys varia (Linné, 1758) Chlamys furtiva (Lovén) Chlamys sulcata (Miller, 1776) Hinnites distorta (da Costa, 1778) Hyalopecten similis (Laskey, 1811) Palliolum incomparabile (Risso, 1826) (citada también como P. hyalinum) Distribución Abundancia Ma, CG, SJ Ma TC Mo, | TC Ma, J Al Ma 6a, Al Ga, Ma, Al, Zu, H, 5) Ma TC TC Ma TC 0, CL TC Ma Mo TC Ga, SJ Ga, Ma, CG, He Ma Ma, SJ, Gy Ma Ma MN) — Rh) — —= hn) — MN — — 01 O) UU A CI TS Batimetría |, C-15-100 C:100 |, € 14-100 C:70-100 €: 15-100 (- 100 (: 45 C: 100 1615 |, E5-100 (: 100 Mi, 1, E 5-30 1, (100 C- 100 S, M, 1, € 4-45 Mi, | M, Il, € 5-25 (100 (15 Mm, Mi, |, € 5-40 Mi Mm, Mi, 1, G 5-40 S, M, l, € 5-45 Mi, (5-25 | S,M, Il, (5-25 MI, (5-45 1, 100 Mm, Mi, ( 1-30 Mm, Mi, |, € 5-42 (150 1, (25-100 100 1, 100 |, 25-100 C: 100 (100 (100 C- 100 C: 100 Biotopo BORJA Y MUXIKA: Actualización del catálogo de moluscos marinos vascos Tabla IT. Continuación. Table IT. Continuation. 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 211 212 273 274 215 276 217 278 279 280 2681 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 Especie Pseudamussium septemradiatum (Múller, 1776) Aequipecten opercularis (Linné, 1758) Camptonectes striatus (Miller, 1776) Peplum clavatum (Poli, 1795) Anomia ephippium Linné, 1758 1 Pododesmus patelliformis (Linné, 1761) l Pododesmus squama (Gmelin, 1791) Limaria hians (Gmelin, 1791) Limatula subauriculata (Montagu, 1808) Limea loscombii (Sowerby 6. B..l, 1820) Ostrea edulis Linné, 1758 Crassostrea gigas (Thunberg, 1793) Crassostrea angulata (Lamarck, 1819) Neopycnodonte cochlear (Poli, 1795) Ciena decussata (Costa O. G., 1829) Ctena reticulata Poli, 1795 Loripes lacteus (Linné, 1758) 3Lucinella divaricata (Linné, 1758) Myrtea spinifera (Montagu, 1803) Lucinoma borealis (Linné, 1767) Thyasira flexuosa (Montagu, 1803) Axinulus croulinensis (Jeffreys, 1847) Lasaea rubra (Montagu, 1803) Galeomma turtoni (G. B. Sowerby |, 1825) Kellia suborbicularis (Montagu, 1803) Montacuta goudi van Aartsen, 1996d Montacuta cylindracea Smith E. A., 1885 Mysella bidentata (Montagu, 1803) Tellimya ferruginosa (Montagu, 1808) Epilepton clarkiae (W. Clark, 1852) Turtonia minuta (Fabricius O., 1780) Astarte sulcata (da Costa, 1778) Digitaria digitaria (Linné, 1758) Goodallia triangularis (Montagu, 1803) Acanthocardia aculeata (Linné, 1758) Acanthocardia echinata (Linné, 1758) Acanthocardia tuberculata (Linné, 1758) 1 Parvicardium exiguum (Gmelin, 1791) Parvicardium parvum Philippi, 1844 Parvicardium commutatum B. D. D., 1892 Parvicardium scriptum (B. D. D., 1892) Parvicardium minimum (Philippi, 1836) Parvicardium fasciatum Montagu, 1803 Parvicardium ovale (G. B. Sowerby Il, 1844) Parvicardium scabrum (Philippi, 1844) Parvicardium nodosum Turion, 1819 3Plagiocardium papillosum (Poli, 1795) Cerastoderma edule (Linné, 1758) l Cerastoderma glaucum (Poiret, 1789) Cerastoderma lamarcki Reeve, 1844 Distribución Abundancia Ma Ma Me, Ga, CM, RP, H, He TC TC A 6 SS, M Go, Ea, CG, SJ Ab, Ma, J Ab, Ma, SJ CV, CG Ma TC RN, Zu, CL TC Ma TC TC CV, SS Al, Ma, SS, H, He Ma, RP Ab, Ma, On, Zu, He, SJ CV, SJ Ab, Al, 6, $) Ab, RN, G TC RP RB, RN, Ma Cv, CG R8, RN, Ma Mu, Al, Zu, H,S] TC RBi (70) WIN —=N — — =N —= == —= — — A E A E ES A A — DN) — —=——=—_ —-—00o Batimetría - 100 |, 100 C- 100 |, 100 M, 1, (5-45 Mm, (4-15 15 Mi, 1, €15 |, 100 C- 100 M,1,€8 S, M, | 100 | Mi, | Mm, € 8-70 15-100 (15-100 1, (-8-100 |, 100 S, M, | |, (15-30 Mi, 1, C 12-45 (100 Mi, 11-100 C- 1-100 Mi, l, (15-100 Mm, Mi, (5-30 (22-100 (: 15-100 l, (15-51 |, 15-30 |, (15-30 Mi, 1, €-12,5-30 (- 13,6 |, (-1-100 Mm, |, (1-73 |, (15-100 (20-40 Mm, Mi, 1, ( 1-30 Mm Biotopo SD SB SB: a SB SD, SB: a SD, SB: f SD SD, SB SB: a SB SD, SB: f SD, SB SD, SB: a E, SB SB: a 79 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Tabla Il. Continuación. Table IT. Continuation. 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 80 Especie Mactra stultorum (Linné, 1758) Mactra corallina Linné, 1758 Mactra glauca (Von Born, 1778) 2Mactra cinerea atlantica Bucquoi, Dautzenberg € Dollfus, 1889 35pisula solida (Linné, 1758) Spisula elliptica (Brown, 1827) Spisula subtruncata (da Costa, 1778) 3Lutraria angustior (Philippi, 1844) 3Lutraria lutraria (Linné, 1758) Lutraria elliptica Lamarck, 1801 Pharus legumen (Linné, 1758) Solen marginatus Pennant, 1777 Ensis ensis (Linné, 1758) Ensis minor (Chenu, 1884) Ensis siliqua (Linné, 1758) lPhaxas pellucidus (Pennant, 1777) Tellina tenuis da Costa, 1778 Tellina crassa Pennant, 1777 3Tellina fabula Gronovious, 1781 Tellina incarnata Linné, 1758 Tellina donacina Linné, 1758 Tellina pygmaea Lovén, 1846 Tellina pusilla Philippi, 1836 lTellina compressa Brocchi, 1814 1 Tellina serrata Brocchi, 1814 Donax vittatus (da Costa, 1778) Donax (Capsella) variegatus Gmelin, 1791 Donax trunculus Linné, 1758 Gari depressa (Pennant, 1777) Gari costulata (Turton, 1822) Psammobia costulata Turton, 1822 Gari tellinella (Lamarck, 1818) Psammobia tellinella Lamarck, 1818 3Gari fervensis (Gmelin, 1791) Psammobia fervensis (Gmelin in Linné, 1791) Psammobia faeroensis Chemnitz, 1782 inv. 1. C. 7. N. op. 144/1944 Scrobicularia plana (da Costa, 1778) Scrobicularia piperata Poiret, 1789 lAbra tenuis (Montagu, 1803) Abra nitida (Miller, 1789) Abra prismatica (Montagu, 1808) Abra alba (W. Wood, 1802) Glossus humanus (Linné, 1758) Venus verrucosa Linné, 1758 Venus casina Linné, 1758 Chamelea gallina (Linné, 1758) Chamelea gallina gallina (Linné, 1758) Chamelea gallina striatula (da Costa, 1778) Venus striatula (da Costa, 1778) Clausinella (Venus) fasciata (da Costa, 1778) Timoclea ovata (Pennant, 1777) Gouldia minima (Montagu, 1803) Distribución Abundancia Batimetría TC 2 1, 1-100 SS 2 | PG 2 200 Ab, He | (15-30 RB, Ab, Ma, 0, SS, Bi 1 1, €1-100 TC 2 |, 13-53 Mu | (31 Ab, 6, $$ | (21,5 Ab, RG, S) 1 Mi, € 15-30 TC 1 |, (4-30 RG, 6, 5S 3 | RG, RBi 1 Mi Ab, Mu, Ea, M 1 (15-58 TC 2 1, (1-70 Ma 2 100 TC 2 (1-73 G, SS, RBi 1 | TC 1 Mi, C 6-100 CV, SS, RBi, 5) 1 Mi, 1, ( 34-70 Al, M, RP, He 2 (: 9,5-70 M 1 C: 58 TC 4 | TC 2 | TC 4 | TC 3 | Ab, Ma, Mu l (: 15-100 Ma 1 ( Ab, RN, 6, SS, 5) 1 (15-30 TC 4 Mm, Mi, 1, (1-30 RB, RN 2 |, (1-30 CV, J, RBi, Bi 2 1, 1-73 CV, M, RP 2 |, (8-45 TC 4 Mm,C:1-100 0 1 C: 100 TC ] 1098 CV, M 1 C- 15-100 TC 2 1, (12-53 CV, M 1 (14-100 Cv, CG 2 €: 1-100 TC 2 C: 13-73 Biotopo SB SB SD, SB SD, SB BORJA Y MUXIKA: Actualización del catálogo de moluscos marinos vascos Tabla II. Continuación. Table IT. Continuation. Especie Distribución Abundancia Batimetría Biotopo 340 Dosinia lupinus (Linné, 1758) TC 2 Mm, Mi, 1, € 5-70 SB Dosinia lincta Pulteney, 1813 341 Dosinia exoleta (Linné, 1758) TC 4 | SB: a 342 Pitar rudis (Poli, 1795) Ma l C: 100 SB 343 — Callista chione (Linné, 1758) TC 5 1,0 SB 344 Tapes decussatus (Linné, 1758) TC 2 Mm, Mi, 1, 1-30 SB 345 Irusirus (Linné, 1758) TC 2 M, 1, € 5-40 SD, SB 346 Venerupis aurea (Gmelin, 1791) Ma, P 1 - 100 SB 347 3Venerupis rhomboides (Pennant, 1777) Al, RN, He, SJ | Mi, G 15-30 SD, SB 348 — Venerupis senegalensis (Gmelin, 1791) TC 1. Mm Mi1,C15-30 SD,SB Venerupis geographica Chemnitz, 1784 Venerupis pullastra Montagu, 1803 349 1Venerupis saxatilis (Fleuriau de Bellevue, 1802) He 2 Mm, Mi SD 350 - Petricola lithophaga (Philippson, 1788) TC 3 Mm, 1,625 SD, SB: a 351 3Mysia undata (Pennant, 1777) Ab, SJ l (: 15-30 SB:f 352 Sphenia binghami Turton, 1822 Go, Ma, H, SJ 1 Mi, |, 25-34 SD, SB: a 353 — Corbula gibba (Olivi, 1792) TC 4 1, (-8-100 SB 354 Gastrochaena dubia (Pennant, 1777) TC 2 Mil, E 5-25 SD 355 Hiotella arctica (Linné, 1767) TC 4 S, M, 1, € 5-45 SD, SB 356 Hiotella rugosa (Pennant, 1777) TC 1 Mi, € 40 SD 357 — Pholas dactylus Linné, 1758 Ar, A, SS, S) 4 MI SD Pholas callosa Cuvier, 1817 358 — Barnea (Anchomasa) parva (Pennant, 1777) lu, 6, $) 1 Mi $D 359 Pholadidea loscombiana Goodall in Turton, 1819 Ma 2 € 100 SD 360 Xylophaga dorsalis (Turton, 1819) lu 2 MI SD 361 Teredo navalis Linné, 1758 lu 2 mM! SD 362 Psiloteredo megotara (Hanley, 1848) SS 1 Mi SD 363 — Thracia papyracea (Poli, 1791) 6, SS, SJ 1 | SB 364 1Thracia villosiuscula (Mac Gillivray, 1827) F 1 (- 33 SB: a 365 Pandora inaequivalvis (Linné, 1758) Ab, Mu, SS, S) 2 Mi, (20-31 SD, SB: a 366 2Cuspidaria rostrata (Spengler, 1793) PG 1 (: 200 SB 367 Cardiomya costellata (Deshayes, 1833) Ma 1 C: 100 SB 368 Mya arenaria Linné, 1758 TC 4 | SD CEPHALOPODA 369 — Sepia officinalis Linné, 1758 TC 5 ,C D 370 2Sepia elegans de Blainville, 1827 PG 2 (: 150-200 PD 371 Sepia orbignyana Férussac, 1826 * Ma 3 (- 100 D 372 Sepietta oweniana (Orbigny, 1840) PG 3 (: 150-200 PD 373 Rossia macrosoma (Delle Chiaje, 1830) A, Ea, On 3 (: 290-370 D 374 2Neorossia caroli (Joubin, 1902) PE2 | C: 500 PD 375 Illex coindetti (Vérany, 1839) Ea, On 5 (- 100-330 PD 376 Todaropsis eblanae (Ball, 1841) En, SS, PE 4 (: 100-640 PD 377 Loligo vulgaris Lamarck, 1798 TC 5 ( PD 378 - Loligo forbesi Steenstrup, 1856 Eq, PE] 4 (- 100-450 PD 379 Alloteuthis media (Linné, 1758) lu, H 4 (92-155 PD 380 Alloteuthis subulata (Lamarck, 1798) lu 3 (:92 PD 381 Opisthoteuthis agassizii Verrill, 1883 PE] 3 C- 650 D 382 Octopus macropus Risso, 1826 Ea, Zu 3 (: 165-333 B 383 Octopus vulgaris Cuvier, 1798 TC 5 |, C SD 384 2Eledone cirrosa (Lamarck, 1798) PG, PE2 2 (: 150-500 PD 385 Bathypolipus sponsalis (Fischer 8. Fischer, 1892) PEl 4 (: 450-630 B 81 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Tabla II. Lista de especies citadas en la Costa Vasca que no han sido localizadas en los últimos 22 años por AZTI; la especie se nombre en primer lugar, a continuación se dan los posibles nombres con los que se ha mencionado también en la costa vasca. Para abreviaturas, ver Tabla 1. Table III. List of'species cited in the Basque coast not found in the last 22 years by AZTI, the species is named first, possible names used to cite the species in the Basque coast are also included. Abbreviations shown in Table I. Especie Distribución GASTROPODA 1. Emarginula sicula Gray J. E., 1825 Emarginula rosea Bellini, 1829 S) 2 Osilinus sauciatus (Koch, 1845) Monodonta colubrina (Gould, 1852) Monodonta sauciata (Koch, 1845) Monodonta sagittifera Hidalgo non Lamark St, CG 3 Jujubinus striatus (Linné, 1758) 6 4 Truncatella subcylindrica (Linné, 1767) S) 5 Plagyostila asturiana Fischer P. in de Folin, 1872 S) 6 Pusillina philippi(Aradas 8 Maggiore, 1844) Turboella dolium (Nyst, 1843) Bi, 5) 7 Porastrophia asturiana Folin, 1870 S) 8 Dizoniopsis bilineata (Húrnes, 1848) SJ, Gy 9 Melanella jeffreysi (Tryon, 1886) Eulima jeffreysi (Tryon, 1886) CV 10 Fossarus ambiguus (Linné, 1758) SJ, Gy 11. Haedropleura septangularis (Montagu, 1803) Bellaspira septangularis (Montagu, 1803) S] 12 Bela laevigata (Philippi, 1836) Mangelia nebula var. Laevigata (Philippi, 1836) l S 13 Ringicula gianninii Nordsieck, 1974 Ringicula nitida Verrill A. E., 1872 Ab 14 Haminoea navicula (da Costa, 1778) Haminoea cornea (Lamarck, 1822) s 15 Odostomia scalaris McGillivray, 1843 Odostomia rissoides Hanley, 1844 S) 16 Odostomia interstincta Philippi, 1844 5 17 Chrysallida pellucida (Dillwyn, 1817) Partulida spiralis (Montagu, 1803) S 18 — Cylichna semisulcata 5 BIVALVIA 19 — Pseudopythina macandrewi (P. Fischer, 1867) Pseudopythina setosa autoc. Non Dunker, 1864 CG 20 Laevicardium crassum (Gmelin in Linné, 1791) Bi 21 Gastrana fragilis (Linné, 1758) SS 22 Coralliophaga lithophagella (Lamarck, 1819) 6 23 — Barnea candida (Linné, 1758) lu, 6 24 Lyrodus pedicellatus (Quatrefages, 1849) P CEPHALOPODA 25 Spirula spirula (Linné, 1758) SS 82 BORJA Y MUXIKA: Actualización del catálogo de moluscos marinos vascos se aproximaría bastante a los de las otras dos provincias, ya que las especies más abundantes ya han sido identifica- das. Según la Clase, se encuentran: - en las tres provincias (al menos una estación por provincia): 5 Poliplacóforos (3,5%), 67 Gasterópodos (47,2%), 66 Bivalvos (46,5%) y 4 Cefalópodos (2,8%). - en Bizkaia: 6 Poliplacóforos (1,9%), 178 Gasterópodos (55,6%), 1 Escafópodo (0,3%), 126 Bivalvos (39,4%) y 9 Cefaló- podos (2,8%). - en Gipuzkoa: 7 Poliplacóforos (2,8%), 123 Gasterópodos (48,8%), 2 Escafópodos (0,8%), 110 Bivalvos (43,7%) y 10 Cefalópodos (4%). - en Lapurdi: 5 Poliplacóforos (2,6%), 98 Gasterópodos (50%), 3 Escafópodos (1,5%), 81 Bivalvos (41,3%) y 9 Cefalópo- dos (4,6%). - por toda la Costa Vasca (al menos 7 estaciones en total): 4 Poliplacóforos (3,8%), 50 Gasterópodos (48,1%), 47 Bivalvos (45,2%) y 3 Cefalópodos (2,9%). Por otro lado, cabe destacar la gran abundancia de especies que aparece en el Cabo de Matxitxako, en Bizkaia, con 243 (75,9% de las especies encontradas en Bizkaia). Si se tuviese que destacar alguna estación en Gipuzkoa, habría que tener en cuenta la del Cabo de Higer, donde se encuentran 149 especies (59,1%), y la rasa de Algorri con 140 (55,6%). La mayoría de las especies (300; 77,9%) son circalitorales, aunque sólo BIBLIOGRAFÍA ANADÓN, N., 1979. Poliplacóforos de las costas asturianas I: Estudios taxonómicos. Suple- mento Ciencias Boletín IDEA 24: 119-130 BONNIN, J. Y RODRÍGUEZ, C., 1990. Catálogo provisional de los moluscos bivalvos mari- nos de la plataforma continental de las cos- tas mediterráneas de la Península Ibérica de las Islas Baleares. Iberus, 9 (1-2): 97-110. BORJA, A., 1987. Catálogo de los moluscos ma- rinos de la costa vasca. Iberus, 7 (2): 211-223 BOUCHET, P., 1984. Les Triphoridae de Medi- terranée et du proche Atlantique (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Lavori SIM, 21: 5-58. 164 (42,6%) no aparecen en zonas inter- mareales o supralitorales. Además, más de la mitad (258; 67%) viven en sustrato blando; pero sólo 145 (37,7%) se han encontrado exclusivamente en este tipo de biotopo, mientras que el resto se han localizado también en sustrato rocoso. AGRADECIMIENTOS Los datos correspondientes a este estudio proceden de trabajos realizados por AZTI para diversos organismos en los últimos años. Estos son: Departa- mentos de Agricultura y Pesca; Ordena- ción del Territorio, Vivienda y Medio Ambiente; Transportes y Obras Públi- cas, del Gobierno Vasco; Diputaciones de Gipuzkoa y Bizkaia; Consorcio de Aguas de Bilbao; Autoridad Portuaria de Bilbao y Confederación Hidrográfica del Norte, a todos ellos nuestro agrade- cimiento por permitir la publicación de estos resultados. Nuestro agradeci- miento también a los miembros de la Sociedad Cultural INSUB, que han reali- zado parte de la identificación. Iñigo Muxika ha disfrutado de una beca de Introducción a la Investigación Agropesquera del Departamento de Agricultura y Pesca del Gobierno Vasco. Por último, debemos agradecer las sugerencias realizadas por un revisor anónimo y, especialmente, por José Tem- plado que han mejorado sustancial- mente el primer borrador. BOUCHET, P., 1997. Nouvelles observations sur la systematique des Triphoridae de Medite- rranée et du Proche Atlantique. EAS Ma- lacologico, 31 (9-12): 205-220. BOUCHET, P. Y GUILLEMOT, H., 1978. The Trip- hora perversa-complex in Western Europe. Journal of Molluscan Studies, 44: 344-356. BoucHeEr, P. Y WARÉN, A., 1980. Revision of the North-East Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Turridae (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Journal of Molluscan Studies, supplement 8: 1-119. 83 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 BOUCHET, P. Y WARÉN, A., 1985. Revision of the North-East Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Neogastropoda excluding Turridae (Mo- llusca, Gastropoda). Bolletino Malacologico, supplemento 1: 8: 120-296. BoucHEr, P. Y WARÉN, A., 1986. Revision of the North-East Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Aclididae, Eulimidae, Epitoniidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Bolletino Malacologico, supple- mento 2: 297-576. BOUucHEr, P. Y WARÉN, A., 1993. Revision of the North-East Atlantic bathyal and abyssal Mesogastropoda. Bolletino Malacologico, sup- plemento 3: 577-840. CLEMAM. Unitas Malacologica Check List of European Marine Mollusca. Internet site (cu- rrent URL http: / /www.mnhn.fr/base /ma- laco.html). FRETTER, V. Y GRAHAM, A., 1976. The Proso- branch molluscs of Britain and Denmark Part 1. Pleurotomariacea, Fissurellacea and Pate- llacea. Journal of Molluscan Studies, supple- ment 1: 21-37. FRETTER, V. Y GRAHAM, A., 1977. The Proso- branch molluscs of Britain and Denmark Part 2: Trochacea. Journal of Molluscan Studies, supplement 3: 38-100. FRETTER, V. Y GRAHAM, A., 1978a. The Proso- branch molluscs of Britain and Denmark Part 3: Neritacea, Viviparacea, terrestrial and freshwater Littorinacea and Rissoacea. Jour- nal of Molluscan Studies, supplement 5: 101- 152. FRETTER, V. Y GRAHAM, A., 1978b. The Proso- branch molluscs of Britain and Denmark Part 4: Marine Rissoacea. Journal of Molluscan Stu- dies, supplement 6: 153-241. FRETTER, V. Y GRAHAM, A., 1980. The Proso- branch molluscs of Britain and Denmark Part 5: Marine Littorinacea. Journal of Molluscan Studies, supplement 7: 242-284. FRETTER, V. Y GRAHAM, A., 1981. The Proso- branch molluscs of Britain and Denmark Part 6: Cerithiacea, Strombacea, Hipponicacea, Calyptraecea, Lamellariacea, Cypreacea, Na- ticacea, Tonnacea, Heteropoda. Journal of Mo- lluscan Studies, supplement 9: 285-363. FRETTER, V. Y GRAHAM, A,, 1982. The Proso- branch molluscs of Britain and Denmark Part 7: Heterogastropoda (Cerithiopsacea, Trifo- racea, Epitoniacea, Eulimacea). Journal of Molluscan Studies, supplement 11: 364-434. FRETTER, V. Y GRAHAM, A., 1985. The Proso- branch molluscs of Britain and Denmark Part 8: Neogastropoda. Journal of Molluscan Stu- dies, supplement 15: 438-556. FRETTER, V., GRAHAM, A. Y ANDREWS, E. B., 1986. The Prosobranch molluscs of Britain and Denmark Part 9, Pyramidellacea. Journal of Molluscan Studies, supplement.16: 557-649. 84 GHISoTTI, F. Y MELONE, G. C., 1969. Catalogo illustrato delle conchiglie marine del Medi- terraneo. Conchiglie, 5 (11-12). GHIsorTI, F. Y MELONE, G. C., 1970. Catalogo illustrato delle conchiglie marine del Medi- terraneo. Conchiglie, 6 (3-4). GHISOTTI, F. Y MELONE, G. C., 1971. Catalogo illustrato delle conchiglie marine del Medi- terraneo. Conchiglie, 7 (1-2). GHISOTTI, F. Y MELONE, G. C., 1972. Catalogo illustrato delle conchiglie marine del Medi- terraneo. Conchiglie, 8 (11-12). GHISOTTI, F. Y MELONE, G. C., 1975. Catalogo illustrato delle conchiglie marine del Medi- terraneo. Conchiglie, 11 (11-12). GIANNUZZI-SAVELLI, R., PUSATERI, F., PALMERI, A. Y EBREO, C., 1994. Atlante delle conch1gglie marine del mediterranea / Atlas of the Medite- rranean seashells. Vol. 1 (Archaeogastropoda). Edizione de “La Conchiglia”, Roma, 112 pp. GIANNUZZI-SAVELLI, R., PUSATERI, F., PALMERI, A. Y EBREO, C., 1997. Atlante delle conchigglie marine del mediterranea / Atlas of the Medite- rranean seashells. Vol. 2 (Caenogastropoda parte 1: Discopoda-Heteropoda). Edizione de “La Conchiglia”, Roma, 258 pp. GIANNUZZI-SAVELLI, R., PUSATERI, F., PALMERI, A. Y EBREO, C., 1999. Atlante delle conchigglie marine del mediterranea / Atlas of the Medite- rranean seashells. Vol. 3 (Caenogastropoda parte 2: Ptenoglossa). Edizione de “La Conchiglia”, Roma, 127 pp. GIRIBET, G. Y PEÑAS, A., 1997. Fauna malacoló- gica del litoral del Garraf (NE de la Península Ibérica). Iberus, 15 (1): 41-93. GOFAs, S. Y PONDER, W.F., 1991. The habitat and relationships of Plagyostila asturiana (Gas- tropoda, Rissoidae). Bulletin Muséum nationale d' Histoire naturelle, Paris, 4 sér., section A (1- 2): 39-47. GUERRA, A., 1992. Fauna Ibérica, Vol. 1: Mollusca, Cephalopoda. Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Consejo Superior de Investiga- ciones Científicas, Madrid, 227 pp. + 12 láms. Kaas, P., 1979. On a collection of Polyplacop- hora (Mollusca, Amphineura) from the Bay of Biscay. Bulletin du Mussée National d'His- torie Natural de Paris 4 (1), A (1): 13-31. Kaas, P., 1981. Scandinavian species of Lepto- chiton Gray 1847 (Mollusca, Polyplacophora). Sarsia 66: 217-229. Kaas, P., 1985. The genus Acanthochitona Gray, 1821 (Mollusca, Polyplacophora) in the north- eastern Atlantic Ocean and in the Medite- rranean Sea, with designation of neotypes of A. fascicularis (L., 1767) and of A. crinita (Pen- nant, 1777).. Bulletin du Mussée National d'- Historie Natural de Paris 7 (3), A (4): 579-609. LELOUP, E. Y VOLZ, P., 1938. Die Chitonen (Poly- placophoren) der Adria. Thalassia 2 (10): 3-64. BORJA Y MUXIKA: Actualización del catálogo de moluscos marinos vascos MARIOTTINI, P., SMRIGLIO, C. Y OLIVERIO, M., 2000. The Ringicula leptocheila complex, with the description of a new species (Opisto- branchia: Ringiculidae). Bolletino Malacolo- gico, 36 (5-8): 71-82. MATTHENWS, G., 1953. A key for use in the iden- tification of British Chitons. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 29: 241-248. MURILLO, L., 1998. Taxones publicados en Ibe- rus (1981-1997). Iberus, 155 p. NORDSIECK, F., 1968. Die Europaischen Meeres- Geháuseschnecken (Prosobranchia) Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, 273 pp. NORDSIECK, F., 1969. Die Europaischen Meeres- muscheln (Bivalvia). Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, 256 pp. NORDSIECK, F., 1972. Die Europaischen Mee- resschnecken (Opisthobranchia mit Pyramidelli- dae, Rissoacea). Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stutt- gart, 326 pp. NORDSIECK, E., 1977. The Turridae of the European Seas. Ed. La Piramide, Roma, 131 pp. NORDSIECK, F., 1982. Die Europaischen Meeres- Gehúuseschnecken. 2 Auflage. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, 359 pp. PARENZAN, P., 1970. Carta d'identita delle con- chiglie del Mediterraneo. Vol. 1. Gasteropodi. Ed. Bios Taras, Taranto, 238 pp. PARENZAN, P., 1974. Carta d'identita delle con- chiglie del Mediterraneo. Vol. 2 (1). Bivalvi. Ed. Bios Taras, Taranto, 277 pp. PARENZAN, P., 1976 Carta d'identita delle conchi- glie del Mediterraneo. Vol. 2 (2). Bivalvi. Ed. Bios Taras, Taranto, 277-546 pp. PONDER, W. F., 1989. Mediterranean Cingu- lopsidae, a relect eastern Tethyan fauna (Gas- tropoda: Cingulopsoidea). Bolletino Malaco- logico, 25: 85-90. PorpE, G. T. Y GOTO, Y., 1991. European Seashells Vol I (Polyplacophora, Caudofoveata, Soleno- gastra, Gastropoda). Verlag Christa Hemmen, Wiesbaden, 352 pp. POPPE, G. T. Y GOTO, Y., 1993. European Seashells Vol II (Scaphopoda, Bivalvia, Cephalopoda). Ver- lag Christa Hemmen, Wiesbaden, 221 pp- RerD, D. G., 1996. Systematics and evolution of Lit- torina. The Ray Society, London, 463 pp. ROLÁN MOSQUERA, E., 1983. Moluscos de la Ría de Vigo l: Gasterópodos. Velograf, Santiago de Compostela, 383 pp. ROLÁN MOSQUERA, E., OTERO, J. Y ROLÁN ÁLVA- REZ, E., 1989. Moluscos de la Ría de Vigo Il: Po- liplacóforos, Bivalvos, Escafópodos y Cefalópodos. Revista de ciencias del mar Thalassas, Anexo 2,276 pp. ROLÁN, E., DANTART, L. Y FERNANDES, F., 1997. On some dark species of Mitra from the Me- diterranean and the Atlantic. La Conchiglia, 289: 11523; RUBIO, F. Y RODRÍGUEZ BABÍO, C., (1995) 1996. La familia Cingulopsidae (Gastropoda: Pro- sobrnachia: Cingulopsidae) en las costas es- pañolas, con la descripción de una especie nueva. Iberus, 13 (2): 23-33. SABELLI, B., G/ANUZZI-SAVELLI, R. Y BEDULLI, D., 1990-1992. Catalogo annotato dei molluschi ma- rini del Mediterraneo. Vol. 1 (1990), Vol. 2 (1992), Vol. 3 (1992). Libreria Naturalistica Bo- lognese, Boloña, 781 pp. SABELLI, B. Y SPADA, G., 1977. Guida illustrata all'identificazione delle conchiglie del Me- diterraneo. Conchiglie, 13(3-4), 13(7-8), 13(9- 10), 1311-12). SABELLI, B. Y SPADA, G., 1978. Guida illustrata all'identificazione delle conchiglie del Me- diterraneo. Conchiglie, 14(3-6), 14(9-10), 14(11- 12). SABELLI, B. Y SPADA, G., 1979. Guida illustrata all identificazione delle conchiglie del Me- diterraneo. Bolletino Malacologico, 15(3-4), 15(7-8). SABELLI, B. Y SPADA, G., 1980. Guida illustrata all'identificazione delle conchiglie del Me- diterraneo. Bolletino Malacologico, 16(1-2), 16(7-8). SABELLI, B. Y SPADA, G., 1981. Guida illustrata all'identificazione delle conchiglie del Me- diterraneo. Bolletino Malacologico, 17(3-4), 17(11-12). SABELLI, B. Y SPADA, G., 1982. Guida illustrata all'identificazione delle conchiglie del Me- diterraneo. Bolletino Malacologico, 18(5-6). TEBBLE, N., 1966. British Bivalve Seashells. Royal Scotish Museum, Edinburgh, 212 pp. VERDUIN, A., 1988. On the taxonomy of some Rissoacean species from Europe, Madeira and Canary Islands (Gastropoda: Proso- branchia). Basteria, 52: 9-35. 85 Ea A y e a LÍA y A qe do A AOS O Sociedad Española de Malacología ———_—_—__—_———— Iberus, 19 (2): 87-95, 2001 Vexing question on fisheries research: the study of cephalo- pods and their parasites Un asunto embarazoso en investigación pesquera: el estudio de los cefalópodos y sus parásitos Santiago PASCUAL*! and Ángel GUERRA** Recibido el 10-11-2001. Aceptado el 7-1X-2001 ABSTRACT For the beginning of this century it is evident that support for research will be increasingly dependent upon the results of that research having relevance to society's needs and public benefits. Within this web and coupled with the transfer of scientific knowledge is the opportunity to more effectively explain the society the benefits it receives for ¡ts investments in research. This viewpoint paper enlighten the general public on the scientific, industrial and commercial relevance of the research on cephalopods and their parasites. In a com- parative analysis with other commercially-important taxa, a historical negligible financial support for research on diseases in this important animal group was noted. Because of that policy-makers on Fisheries Research should balance this public debt in the future. RESUMEN En el comienzo de este siglo es evidente que el apoyo a la investigación se incrementará en función de la relevancia que para las necesidades de la sociedad y de los beneficios públicos se obtenga de los resultados de dicha investigación. En este contexto y paralela- mente a la transferencia de conocimientos científicos, surge la oportunidad de explicar más eficazmente a la sociedad los beneficios que recibe de su inversión en investigación. El punto de vista de este artículo ilustra al público en general sobre la relevancia cientí- fica, industrial y comercial de la investigación de los cefalópodos y sus parásitos, así como de la histórica e insignificante financiación destinada a la investigación de las enfermedades en este importante grupo animal. Un análisis comparativo con otros taxo- nes comercialmente importantes, sugiere que los gestores de la política de Investigación Pesquera deberían equilibrar esta deuda pública en el futuro. KEY WORDS: cephalopod, parasite, fisheries research. PALABRAS CLAVE: cefalópodo, parásito, investigación pesquera. INTRODUCTION Cephalopods are fast-growing car- ecosystems (CLARKE, 1996). Moreover, nivorous molluscs that play an impor- cephalopod stocks are of great interna- tant role in the trophic webs of marine tional importance in commercial fishe- * Area de Parasitología, Grupo PB2, Facultad de Ciencias del Mar. Universidad de Vigo, Apdo. 874, 36200 Vigo. Spain. e-mail: spascualGuvigo.es ** Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas (C.S.I.C.). Eduardo Cabello 6, 36208 Vigo. Spain. ! Corresponding author 87 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 Bivalves 36.95 % 1D / Marine fishes 39.25 % (1.88) Cephalopods 17.95% (0.86) Sea crustaceans 5.85 % (0.28) Figure 1. Percentage values and ratios (in parentheses, Y10-6) which represent the relative scientific effort by nominal catch unit for each group of species. Ratios are calculated as the total number of publications that address parasitology and associated-pathology (mean for the period 1992-98: source of information in Biological Abstracts) and the nominal catch per group of species (mean number for the period 1992-98: source of information in EA.O., 2000). Figura 1. Porcentajes y ratios (en paréntesis Y10-6) que representan el esfuerzo científico relativo por unidad de captura nominal para cada grupo de especies. Los ratios se han calculado como número total de publicaciones sobre parasitología y patología asociada (media del periodo 1992-98; fuente: Biological Abstracts) y la captura nominal para cada grupo de especies (media para el periodo 1992-98; fuente: EA.O., 2000). ries (BOYLE, 1990; GUERRA, 1992; Josu- PEIT, 1995). World catch statistics record a total catch of 3.5 million metric tons in 1999 (JosupPErtT, 2000), with a rate of in- crease significantly greater than that for finfish species for the period 1970-1992 (BOYLE, 1990; CADDY, 1995). For the combined marine catch, all categories, between 1970-1992 there was an increa- se rate of 2%per year. In contrast, for cephalopods, the rate of increase over the same period averaged 8% per year. Because of their importance as a human food resource (PIERCE AND GUERRA, 1994) and because cephalopods have proved to be valuable as experimental animals for biomedical and behavioural research (GILBERT, ADELMAN AND AR- NOLD, 1990; ABBOT, WILLIAMSON AND MADDICK, 1995; HANLON AND MESSEN- GER, 1996), scientists have spent consi- derable time and money studying cep- halopods in the last two decades: how many species are there, how long do they live, how fast do they grow, how do they respond to changes in fishing intensity and environmental conditions, 88 how do they find food, escape from enemies, migrate, signal to one another and reproduce, how does their nervous system function and what is their fis- hery potential in terms of biomass. By comparison, in the last decade marine scientists have devoted very little time and money to the study of cephalopod parasites and parasite-induced patho- logy in wild and cultivated popula- tions. SCIENTIFIC PRODUCTIVITY Among 700,000 scientific papers a year published around the world (see Scientific Citation Index), almost nothing is written on cephalopod disea- ses (Fig. 1). Based on current trends there also appears to be an overall decline in the number of recent papers that treat taxonomy and basic research on parasites of other, non-commercial marine invertebrates. This may be due in part to the loss of parasite workers (specially taxonomists) through lack of PASCUAL AND GUERRA: Study of cephalopods and their parasites on fisheries research funding support or redirection of rese- arch efforts to the study of human pat- hogens or ecological studies. Neverthe- less, despite the obvious scarcity of scientific effort, recent world literature has stressed the important role of squids, cuttlefishes and octopuses as reservoirs for all taxa of marine eukario- tic parasites at both macro- and micro- geographic sampling levels (HOCHBERG, 1990; PASCUAL, GESTAL, ESTEVEZ, RODRI- GUEZ, SOTO, ABOLLO AND ARIAS, 1996). Most large free-living, mature cephalo- pods carry some microscopic (viruses, bacteria, fungi, protists) and macrosco- pic parasites (metazoans) in almost all their tissues and organs (HOCHBERG, 1990). This author, in an extensive survey of the literature, record a total of 225 parasite species in cephalopods world-wide. Since the HANLON AND FORSYTHE (1990) review on diseases caused by microorganisms and the HOCHBERG (1990) contribution on disea- ses caused by protistans and metazoans, only 32 scientific papers have dealt with cephalopod pathology. Of these, only 16 papers have been published in interna- tional scientific journals, 4 of these being chapter reviews within a zoological and/or fisheries biology context. Despite the fact that cephalopod lan- dings have increased over the period 1992-1998, the number of people invol- ved in this field and the number of papers on cephalopod pathology is still remarkably low. In fact, the scientific effort dealing with cephalopod parasites and associated pathology related to rela- tive nominal catch by group of species account less than 54% of that on parasi- tic diseases of other commercially- important invertebrates (bivalve molluscs) and marine fish (Fig. 1). Why is this so? Diversity of hosts versus number of researchers is a key factor. Thus, there are approximately 700 species of cepha- lopods and very few researchers compa- red with about 100,000 species of fishes and numerous researchers. Neverthe- less, the scientific productivity with regard to papers on cephalopod parasi- tes actually is not too bad considering how few researchers there are in the field. THE SPANISH POLICY In this context, we may look at the Spanish situation which is comparable with other fish-catching countries in Europe. Spain is the fifth largest cepha- lopod consuming country in the world, the first in Europe. In Spain cephalo- pods represent an important component of the diet (4 Kg./inhabitant/per year), yet no financing has been directed at research on cephalopod parasitic disea- ses. Although over 4 million US $ per year is assigned by Plan Nacional de Investigación y Desarrollo (Comisión Interministerial de Ciencia y Tecnología) to Research and Development (hereafter RandD) to finance research activities and projects on Marine Science and Technology, nothing was assigned to the investigation of cephalopod diseases in the last decade. In this context, it is rele- vant that cephalopod landings in Spain (averaging 110,000 metric tons per year for that period) contributed 308,000,000 US $ per year to our domestic economy. It seems quite remarkable that at least a small portion of the money derived from the fishery and manufacture pro- cesses profits should be returned to support research on diseases of wild and cultured cephalopods. The absence of support for a technology transfer mechanism clearly indicates that the res- ponsibilities of the Spanish research funding agencies does not closely follow current fishing trends to support both established and emerging activities as the management of the ecological impact of parasitism in wildlife and cul- tured populations are (GRENFELL AND GULLAND, 1995). In other words, this indicates that in this field the Science- Technology-Industry Spanish System (STISS) still has an imbalance between the scientific and productive spheres. As regards STISS (involving parasitolo- gists), it appears to be particularly sti- mulated by the production of scientific publications and thus, the most impor- tant yardstick to promote researches is 89 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 the number of publications within the Scientific Citation Index (SCI). STISS lacks, however, of sufficient support to employ young trained scientists in rese- arch activities and seems to be insuffi- ciently motivated by the food technolo- gical and sanitary aspects that imply a suitable development of the research on parasitic-caused cephalopod patholo- gies. In the case of Food technology, STISS have an important drawback which is the low level of interest of many private companies to deal with the necessary innovation of its products or processes. Consequently, financial and human resources being assigned by public policy and the private sector to develop research activities aimed at a scientific assessment of the impact of infectious processes in cephalopod stocks are patently insufficient. This situation is made worse when public organizations or businessmen have to solve serious problems related to the tre- atment and control of cephalopod disea- ses at present day in industrial proces- ses. And the situation will be still worse if, following the successful results in experimental rearing of planktonic common octopus from hatching to set- tlement (VILLANUEVA, 1995) and on growing of this species in floating cages (HEBBERECHT, 1996; MORAL-RAMA, 1996; GUERRA, unp. data), the industrial culture of the octopuses become a busi- ness that rent good profits. In this regard, a recent study by the Industrial Research and Development Advisory Committee of the European Commis- sion (1994) warns of the obvious danger of economic stagnation, unless there is a greater coordination between the pro- ductive system (extraction or produc- tion, processing and marketing of the resource) and the much-needed scienti- fic environment (comprising the RandD groups). FUTURE RESEARCH DIRECTIONS In this article we should not forget some of the general trends emerging from the study of cephalopod parasitic 90 diseases in the 1990's. Such a brief synopsis is urgently required in the light of the many advances which have been made utilizing new techniques. Although older reports of infectious diseases emphasized description and systematic classification of cephalopod parasites, considerable confusion exists. The identifications of the parasites and sometimes even the hosts are often in doubt, with high synonymy rates (close to 70%) for numerous parasitic nominal species identified by light microscopy (PASCUAL, ARIAS AND GUERRA, 1995; MATTIUCCI, NASCETTI, CIANCHI, PAGGI, ARDUINO, MARGOLIS, BRATTEY, WEBB, DÁMELIO, ORECCHIA AND BULLINI, 1997). Researchers trained in modern techni- ques, new trends in systematic, and improved technologies for detecting and defining species have allowed us to elucidate and re-evaluate the taxonomic status and the host-parasite relations- hips of many already described species. For example, recent papers dealing with scanning and transmission electron microscopy (SEM and TEM) and atomic force microscopy (AFM) studies have showed how much a combination of increased depth of field, resolution and magnification is needed in the identifi- cation and examination of the morpho- logy, microtopography, topometry and cell biology of cephalopod parasites and the host-parasite interface (GESTAL, PASCUAL, CORRAL AND AZEVEDO, 1999). Additionally, our understanding of the epizootiology (which involves inves- tigations on the demographic infection values, patterns of transmission, and disease control) of many parasitic species in cephalopods is severely ham- pered by morphological characters of difficult interpretation The existence of morphologically identical cryptic species and parasitic races or morphoty- pes which can reflect selection pressure rather than taxonomic affiliation are problems faced by all taxonomists, but present particular difficulties because of the plasticity of body structures in endo- parasites. Moreover, when histological, isolation and purification processes and parasitic dissection techniques are all PASCUAL AND GUERRA: Study of cephalopods and their parasites on fisheries research needed to reveal diagnostic characters of some protozoan and metazoan ecto- parasites, respectively, a high degree of skill (and training) is required. A number of molecular techniques should be developed to overcome these pro- blems and should be applied worldwide as useful taxonomic tools for parasite detection and their species identification in cephalopods. Diseases and pathology caused by microparasites on wild and cultured cephalopods have been reported in a few cases (HANLON AND FORSYTHE, 1990; POYNTON, REIMSCHUESSEL AND STOSKOFE, 1992; GESTAL, 2000). However, it should be noted that in Spain, during the massive culture of paralarvae and juveniles in system crowding, high mor- talities rates have been assigned to several environmental factors including diseases by bioagressors (GESTAL, ABOLLO AND PASCUAL, 1998). Further- more, despite cephalopod macroparasi- tes typically have been considered sym- bionts (HOCHBERG, 1990), histopatholo- gical analysis on heavily parasitized cephalopods revealed the destruction of vital organs and potential loss of their functionality (PASCUAL, 1996; ABOLLO, GESTAL, LOPEZ, GONZALEZ, GUERRA AND PASCUAL, 1998). Unfortunately, in the past although attention has been paid to the presence of parasitic diseases in wild cephalopods, most of the early studies can be classified as single or short-time observations. Seasonal and continuous long-term parasite studies are missing, resulting in the current absence of relia- ble data to be used in comparative analysis. These data will improve our knowledge about whether present disease prevalence in wild exploited cephalopod stocks exceed natural pre- valence, change with abiotic parameters and / or are influenced by host exploita- tion rates and discarding practices. These studies will be also very useful for mapping the existence of hot-spot areas by using the grid systems of Inter- national Fishery Organisations. To obtain base-line data, cephalopod disease recording in standard stock- assessment surveys is potentially useful since it agrees with demographic para- meters observed during special cephalo- pod disease surveys in the same area (PASCUAL, 1996). Although an extensive literature dealing with diseases and defence mechanisms is available for other com- mercially-important molluscs, little emphasis has been placed on the defence mechanisms of cephalopods. Despite humoral and cellular defence associated responses having been des- cribed for cephalopods maintained in closed sea-water systems for biomedical studies or fattening against potential bacterial pathogens (HANLON AND FORSYTHE, 1990; ForD, 1992), the effects of other microscopic and macroscopic parasites on phagocyte capabilities, inflammation, wound healing and func- tional morphology of cephalopod hae- mocytes has not been investigated in depth. The study of inmunobiology of cephalopods is just starting (MALHAM, 1996; MALHAM , DUNHAM AND SECOM- BES, 1997). A better understanding of host defence reactions in cephalopods would also help to avoid or control out- breaks of parasitic diseases in commer- cial mariculture conditions where animal densities, intensive husbandry and stress may increase occurrence of parasitic disease. Because cephalopods are a food source in many regions of the world, the effects of parasitic infections on the biochemical composition and physiological characteristics including condition, growth rate, nutrient assimi- lation and protein/energy ratio of cep- halopods in nature and culture systems should also be evaluated. Most wildlife parasitic diseases have been investigated via pathological post- mortem examinations, or by producing; lists of parasites identified in small samples of hosts. There have been few attempts to assess the impact of a disease at the population rather than individual level, or to describe the dis- tribution of the disease agent in a manner sufficient to understand its epi- demiology. PASCUAL, (GESTAL AND ABOLLO (1997) considered the statistical distribution of parasites throughout the 91 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 host species population, and confirmed the negative effect of gill macroparasites on the condition of exploited ommas- trephid stocks. That study clearly sug- gests the existence of causal relations- hips, expressed in negative modifica- tions of ecological potential, between parasitic infection and cephalopod stock productivity. Finally, an economic loss is present (PASCUAL, GONZALEZ AND GUERRA, 1998). Although further bio- chemical data on infected and parasite- free cephalopod tissues should be recor- ded to ascertain the physiological inte- ractions between cephalopods and para- sitic infections, parasites may have a considerable effect on infected stocks or individuals, as has been recently noted by GEsTAL (2000). Less obvious to most fisheries scientists is the important role of parasites in regulating the general “well-being or fitness” of the host popu- lation (i.e. in regulating host abundance or fecundity). To this end, we should attempt to blend mathematical models for host-parasite relationships with those used by fisheries biologists to determine how parasites can affect the dynamics of exploited cephalopod populations, following the seminal arti- cles of CROFTON (1971), ANDERSON AND MarY (1978, 1979), SINDERMANN (1987), DOBSON AND May (1987) and GRENFELL AND GULLAND (1995). The complications introduced by the presence of parasitic disease will in general further increase the levels of uncertainty that cephalo- pod fisheries managers have to contend with (BEDDINGTON, 1984), this mostly in relation to cephalopod condition and its potential fecundity (i.e., its recruitment dynamics). Roughly 10% of the known species of living cephalopods (i.e. over 80 of the 700 known species) have been either maintained, reared or cultured in capti- vity (BOLETZSKY AND HANLON, 1983). The vast majority of these 82 species (representing 30 genera) have mainly been maintained or reared, while 12 species (7 genera) have been cultured through their entire life cycle (HANLON, 1987). No signs of diseases were ever observed during small-scale production, 2 but when large-scale culture in high density groups was initiated, fatal infec- tious diseases occurred (HANLON, FORSYTHE, COOPER, DINUZZO, FOLSE AND KELLY, 1984; GESTAL ET AL., 1998). In Spain, where cephalopod mariculture is changing from experimental to indus- trial sphere, implementation of procedu- res for detection and monitoring the pathology and parasitic diseases on a wide scale in the ongrowing cephalopod industry should be common, together with other yet established diseases assessment policy (e.g. on cultured fishes and bivalve molluscs). Furthermore, parasitoses in cephalo- pods appears not only as an important problem in the management of infected stocks, but also a zoonotic problem during food-processing. Larval stages of macroparasites are found in many species of squids, cutlefishes and octo- puses, which are of commercial impor- tance. The appearance of parasites makes cephalopods unsightly and unappealing to consumers. Moreover, although several species of anisakid nematodes and trypanorhynch cestodes, at the larval stage, can be pathogenic if consumed in raw or improperly cooked cephalopod dishes, few cases of illness by helminths in man have been reported in Spain (ABOLLO ET AL., 1998). Cephalopod ecologists may also benefit by applying new ideas such as the study of the host-parasite systems. PASCUAL AND HOCHBERG (1996) revised the use of parasites as non-intrusive natural tags of cephalopod hosts in fis- heries science. Protozoan and metazoan parasites have been used to assess the status of current stocks of several com- mercially-exploited cephalopod species. Few examples of the trophic status of cephalopods within food webs and their parasite community structure are availa- ble from the literature. The quantifica- tion of genetic variation obtained from allozyme frequencies among or within populations of larval anisakid nemato- des (i.e., the parasite most frequently employed as tags for marine organisms and the most commonly encountered macroparasite in cephalopods) can PASCUAL AND GUERRA: Study of cephalopods and their parasites on fisheries research provide valuable data on trophic rela- tionships and stock identity of most wild cephalopod stocks. Through workshops and symposia CIAC (Cephalopod International Advi- sory Council) aims to present current research and to stimulate and promote future research. Among the almost 40 symposia and workshops on cephalo- pods held by fisheries biologists from 1973, the 1996 workshop on cephalopod parasites developed on behalf of Com- mission Internationale pour l'Explora- tion Scientifique de la Mer Méditerranée (CIESM) by Boletzsky and Hochberg (Laboratory Arago, Banuyls-sur-mer, France) was the first attempt to provide on the parasite diseases processes of wild and reared cephalopods. The con- tents of this workshop established itself as the main introductory handbook of working techniques on cephalopod parasitology. Today is well-established that support for research is increasingly dependent upon the results of that rese- arch having relevance to society's needs and public benefits. Coupled with the transfer of knowledge is the opportu- nity to more effectively explain to fishe- ries managers and companies the bene- BIBLIOGRAPHY ABOLLO, E., GESTAL, C., LÓPEZ, A., GONZÁLEZ, A. F., GUERRA, A AND PASCUAL, S., 1998. Squids as trophic bridges for parasite flow within marine ecosystems: the case of Ani- sakis simplex or when the wrong way can be right. South African Journal of Marine Science, 20: 223-232. ABBOT, N.]J., WILLIAMSON, L. AND MADDICK, L., 1995. Cephalopod neurobiology. Neuroscience studies in squid, octopus and cuttlefish. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 542 pp. ANDERSON, R. M. AND May, R. M,, 1978. Re- gulation and stability of host-parasite po- pulation interactions. 1. Regulation processes. Journal of Animal Ecology, 47: 219-247. ANDERSON, R. M. AND MAY, R. M,, 1979. Po- pulation biology of infectious diseases: Part I. Nature, 280: 361-367. BEDDINGION, J. R., 1984. Management under un- certainty. In May, R. M. (Ed.): Exploitation of Marine Communities. Dahlem Workshop 32, Springer Verlag, Berlin, pp 227-244. fits they receive for their investments in research (MURRELL, 1996). Bearing in mind all the comments above, we feel that few cephalopod parasitologists have succeeded well in communicating many aspects of scientific and technical knowledge, but they have been less effective in enlightening the general public and private partnerships on the societal value and economic relevance of their research contributions. To over- come this it is imperative to encourage public and private managers, fisheries scientists and parasitologists to contact each other to go one step further in the 21h century. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank Comisión Interministerial de Ciencia y Tecnología (CICYT) for their financial support (CICYTMAR95- 1919-C05). Thanks also are extended to an anonymous review and all members of the research groups University of Vigo-PB2 and Instituto de Investigacio- nes Marinas (ECOBIOMAR-CSIC) for aid and numerous helpful suggestions for a decade of fruitful joint collabora- tion. BOLETZSKY, S.V. AND HANLON, R. T., 1983. A re- view of the laboratory maintenance, rearing and culture of cephalopod molluses. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria, 44: 147- 187. BovLE, P.R., 1990. Cephalopod biology in the fisheries context. Fisheries Research, 8: 303-321. CADDY, J. F., 1995. Cephalopod and demersal finfish stocks: some statistical trends and bio- logical interactions. Squid'94 Venice Interna- tional Cephalopod Trade Conference Proceedings. Agra Europe London Ltd, 25 pp. CLARKE, M. R., 1996. Role of cephalopods in the world's oceans. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B, 351 (1343): 977- AIGIEos CROFTON, M. D., 1971. A model of host-para- site relationships. Parasitology, 63: 343-364. Dobson, A. P. AND May, R. M,, 1987. The ef- fects of parasites on fish populations- theo- retical aspects. International Journal for Para- sitology, 17: 363-370. 93 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 F.A.O., 2000. Yearbook-Fishery Statistics-Cap- ture production. Vol. 86/1. Food and Agri- culture Organisation of the United Nations, Rome 2000: 713 pp. FORD, L. A., 1992. Host defence mechanisms of cephalopods. Annual Review of Fish Diseases, pp. 25-41. GESTAL, C., 2000. Epidemiología y patología de las coccidiosis en cefalópodos. Ph.D. Thesis. Uni- versidad de Vigo, Vigo. España. GESTAL, C., ABOLLO, E. AND PASCUAL, S., 1998. Rickettsiales-like organismos in the gills of re- ared Octopus vulgaris (Mollusca, Cephalo- poda). Bulletin of the European Association of Fish Pathologists, 18 (1): 13-14. GESTAL, C., PASCUAL, S., CORRAL, L. AND AZE- VEDO, C., 1999. Ultrastructural aspects of the sporogony of Aggregata octopiana (Apicom- plexa, Aggregatidae), a coccidian parasite of Octopus vulgaris (Mollusca, Cephalopoda) from NE Atlantic coast. European Journal of Protistology, 35: 417-425. GILBERT, D. L., ADELMAN, W. J. AND ARNOLD, J. M., 1990. Squid as Experimental Animals. Plenum Press, New York and London, 516 ad B. T. AND GULLAND, F. M. D.,, 1995. Introduction: ecological impact of parasitism on wildlife host populations. Parasitology, 111 (Suppl), S3-S14. GUERRA, A., 1992. Cephalopod resources of the world: a present day view. Squid'91 Madrid International Cephalopod Trade Confe- rence Proceedings. Agra Europe London ¡Eire TlS, HANLON, R. T., 1987. Mariculture. In Boyle, P. R. (Ed.): Cephalopod life cycles. Vol. 1. Aca- demic Press London, 291-305. HANLON, R. T. AND FORSYTHE, J. W., 1990. Di- seases Of Mollusca: Cephalopoda. Diseases caused by microorganisms. In Kinne, O (Ed.): Diseases of Marine Animals. Biologisches Ans- talt Helgoland, Hamburg. Vol. III, 23-46. HANLON R. T. AND MESSENGER, J. B., 1996. Cep- halopod Behaviour. Cambridge University Press, 232 pp. HANLON, R. T., FORSYTHE, J. W., COOPER, K. M., DINUZZO, A. R., FOLSE, D.S. AND KELLY, M. T., 1984. Fatal penetrating skin ulcers in laboratory reared octopuses. Journal of In- vertebrate Pathology, 44: 67-83. HEBBERECHT, C., 1996. Experiencia de cultivo in- tensivo de pulpo (Octopus vulgaris) en su fase de engorde en artefacto flotante. Memoria. Con- sellería de Pesca, Marisqueo e Acuicultura. Xunta de Galicia. Santiago de Compostela. Spain, 5 pp. HOCHBERG, F. G., 1990. Diseases of Mollusca: Cephalopoda. Diseases caused by protistans and metazoans. In Kinne, O (Ed.): Diseases of Marine Animals. Biologisches Anstalt Helgo- land, Hamburg. Vol. III, 47-227. 94 IRDAC (Industrial Research and Development Advisory Committee of the European Com- mission), 1994. Quality and Relevance: the cha- llenger to European Education. Unlocking Eu- rope's Human Potential. E.C. March: 156 pp. JosuPErr, H., 1995. World supply and markets. In: Squid 94 Venice. The 3rd International Cep- halopod Trade Conference. Agra-Europe (Lon- don). Ltd: 13 pp. JosurPErr, H., 2000. Los mercados mundiales de cefalópodos. Productos del Mar, Noviembre- Diciembre: 43-48. MALHAM, S. K., 1996. Inmunobiology of Eledone cirrhosa (Lamarck) Ph. D. Thesis, University of Wales, Bangor, U.K. MALHAM, S. K., DUNHAM, N. W., SECOMBES, C. J. 1997. Phagocytosis by haemocytes from the lesser octopus Eledone cirrhosa. Iberus, IRM MATTIUCCI, S., NASCETTII, G., CIANCHI, R., PAGGI, L., ARDUINO, P., MARGOLIS, L, BRATTEY, J., WEBB, S., D'AMELIO, S., ORECCHIA, P. AND BU- LLINI, L., 1997. Genetic and ecological data on the Anisakis simplex complex, with evidence for a new species (Nematoda, Ascaridoidea, Ani- sakidae). Journal of Parasitology, 83 (3): 401-416. MORAL-RaMA, A., 1996. Estudios bioquímicos e histológicos de cefalópodos relacionados con la aplicación de tecnologías convencionales y nue- vas y con el control de calidad. Informe final del proyecto TS3 CT93-0109. MURRELL, K., 1996. Communications: techno- logy transfer in the developed world. Vete- rimary Parasitology, 64: 107-120. PASCUAL, S., 1996. Los sistemas hospedador-parási- toen lapesquería deommastréfidos de Galicia. Ph.D. Thesis, Universidad de Vigo, Vigo, España. PASCUAL, S. AND HOCHBERG, F. G., 1996. Ma- rine parasites as biological tags of cephalo- pod hosts. Parasitology Today, 12 (8): 324-327. PASCUAL, S., ARIAS, C. AND GUERRA, A., 1995. Electrophoretic identification of L3 larvae of Anisakis simplex (Ascaridida: Anisakidae), parasites of squids in NE Atlantic. Research and Reviews in Parasitology, 55(4): 239-241. PASCUAL, S., GESTAL, C. AND ABOLLO, E., 1997. Effect of Pennella sp. (Copepoda, Pennellidae) on the condition of Illex coindetii and Toda- ropsis eblanae (Cephalopoda, Ommastrephi- dae). Bulletin of the European Association of Fish Pathologists, 17 (3/4): 91-95.. PASCUAL, S., GONZÁLEZ, A. F. AND GUERRA, A. 1998. Effect of parasitism on the productivity of the ommastrephid stocks in Galician wa- ters (NW Spain): economic loss. Iberus, 16 (2): 95-98. PASCUAL, S., GESTAL, C., ESTÉVEZ, J., RODRÍ- GUEZ, H., SOTO, M., ABOLLO, E. AND ARIAS, C., 1996. Parasites in commercially-exploited cephalopods (Mollusca, Cephalopoda) in Spain: an updated perspective. Aquaculture, 142: 1-10. PASCUAL AND GUERRA: Study of cephalopods and their parasites on fisheries research PIERCE, G. AND GUERRA, A., 1994. Stock as- SINDERMANN, C. J., 1987. Effects of parasites sessment methods used for cephalopod fis- on fish populations: practical considerations. heries. Fisheries Research, 21: 255-285. International Journal for Parasitology, 17: 371- POYNTON, S. L., REIMSCHUESSEL, R. AND STOS- 382. KOFF, M. K., 1992. Ageregata dobelli n.sp. and VILLANUEVA, R., 1995. Experimental rearing Aggregata millerorum n. sp. (Apicomplexa: and growth of planktonic Octopus vulgaris Ageregatidae) from two species of Octopus from hatching to settlement. Canadian Jour- (Mollusca: Octopodidae) from the Eastern nal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 52: 2639- North Pacific Ocean. Journal of Protozoology, 2650. 39 (1): 248-256. 95 1 ANO O Sociedad Española de Malacología —_—_—__—_———— Iberus, 19 (2): 97-100, 2001 Fusinus malhaensis sp. nov., a new species from Saya de Malha, Indian Ocean (Gastropoda: Fasciolariidae) Fusinus malhaensis spec. nov., una nueva especies de Saya de Malha, Océano Índico (Gastropoda: Fasciolariidae) Roland HADORN*, Koen FRAUSSEN** and Igor BONDAREV*** Recibido el 16-VIE2001. Aceptado el 10-1X-2001 ABSTRACT Fusinus malhaensis sp. nov. is described from Saya de Malha Bank in the western Indian Ocean and compared to F. colus (Linnaeus, 1758), F. longissimus (Gmelin, 1791), F. for ceps (Perry, 1811), E salisburyi Fulton, 1930 and FE. multicarinatus (Lamarck, 1822). RESUMEN Se describe Fusinus malhaensis spec. nov. de Saya de Malha Bank en el oeste del Océ- ano Indico y se compara con F. colus (Linnaeus, 1758), F. longissimus (Gmelin, 1791), F forceps (Perry, 1811), E salisburyi Fulton, 1930 y F. multicarinatus (Lamarck, 1822). KEY WORDS: Gastropoda, Fasciolariidae, Fusinus, new taxon, Saya de Malha, Indian Ocean. PALABRAS CLAVE: Gastropoda, Fasciolariidae, Fusinus, nuevo taxon, Saya de Malha, Oceano Índico. INTRODUCTION E malhaensis is one of the numerous part of the Mascarene Ridge in the Western new sea shell species collected by scientists Indian Ocean (8” 02” S - 12? 00'S, 59 30 "E and fishermen of the former USSR on the - 627 30' E). Five specimens are studied jus- Saya de Malha Bank, a seamount which is tifying the following description. SYSTEMATICS Family FASCIOLARIIDAE Gray, 1853 Genus Fusinus Rafinesque, 1815 Type species Murex colus Linnaeus, 1758 (by monotypy) Fusinus malhaensis sp. nov. (Figs. 1-9) Type material: Holotype : Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (UNHN), Paris (149.8 x 42.3 mm), southwestern part of Saya de Malha Bank, collected by an Ukrainian fishing boat in 1992, 200-300 * Schuetzenweg 1, CH-3373 Roethenbach, Switzerland. e-mail: fusinusCbluewin.ch ** Leuvensestraat 25, B-3200 Aarschot, Belgium. e-mail: koen.fraussenpandora.be *** October Revolution Ave. 22/12, kv. 12, 335038 Sevastopol, Ukraine. e-mail: bondarevCstel.sebastopol.ua 97 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 m deep, dead collected, spire tip and tip of siphonal canal broken. (Figs. 1, 2). Paratype 1: Coll. Bon- darev (141.0 mm), same data. Paratype 2: Coll. Hadorn (141.7 x 36.2 mm), same data, dead collec- ted, spire tip broken. (Figs. 3, 4). Paratype 3: Coll. Fraussen (174.3 x 41.1 mm), same data, subadult, dead collected, spire tip broken. (Figs. 5, 6) Material examined: The type material, and one dead collected specimen with same data (91.0 x 36.0 mm, coll. Hadorn), most probably a dwarf form (Figs. 7, 8). Etymology: Named after the type locality Saya de Malha, derived from “Malha”. Type locality: 11” 46' S, 59* 33' E, southwestern part of Saya de Malha Bank, Mascarene Ridge, Indian Ocean, 200-300 m deep, on sandy silt. Description: Shell large (91-175 mm), elongate, fusiform, conspicuously thin, light in weight, spire high, siphonal canal long, straight. Protoconch and spire tip broken in all available speci- mens, leaving 9 remaining whorls. Ori- ginal number of teleoconch whorls 11 or 12 by estimation. Upper whorls rounded, middle whorls with peripheral keel, lower whorls with small pointed knobs. Suture deeply incised, shoulder slope straight or convex. Upper whorls with 7 or 8 narrow, rounded axial ribs extending from suture to suture. Interspaces weakly impressed, about as broad as ribs. On following whorls 7-10 axial ribs, with- drawing from both sutures and gra- dually transforming in small pointed knobs. 7-11 knobs on penultimate and 8- 12 on body whorl. Spiral sculpture consisting of conspi- cuously fine spiral cords and fine inter- calated threads. 5 or 6 primary cords on uppermost remaining whorls. On follo- wing whorls, a secondary thread appears between primary cords, beco- ming as strong as primary ones on next whorls. On following whorls, fine inter- calated tertiary threads between primary and secondary ones. Their number increasing by intercalation to up to 6 on latter whorls. Primary and secondary cords becoming weaker and tertiary threads becoming slightly stron- ger, sometimes from penultimate whorl on. Finally, all spirals have about the same strength on body whorl. Primary cord at periphery forming the strongest cord of carinated whorls. Spiral sculp- ture crossed by fine growth lines, giving the surface a uniform, minutely granu- lated appearance. 98 Aperture ovate, white. Outer lip simple, slightly crenulated with nume- rous rather strong, close-set internal lirae. Parietal callus strongly developed, outer edge free and detached from lower part of body whorl, surface of callus smooth or with some weak irre- gular folds. Columellar folds absent. Siphonal canal conspicuously long, slender, straight. Outer side ornamented with weak spirals on upper half of sip- honal canal, lower half almost smooth. Uniformly white, one specimen (dwarf form) with brown coloured axial knobs. Periostracum, operculum and radula unknown. Range and habitat: Only known from the type locality, 200-300 m deep on sandy silt. Probably endemic. Discussion: Little is known about this striking species because only five dead collected specimens without proto- conch, periostracum and animal have been collected. However, the shell of E malhaensis is conchologically characteris- tic for Fusinus s.s. and similar to the type species E. colus (Linnaeus, 1758). E. malhaensis is easily recognizable and characterized by the conspicuously fine spiral sculpture, the large, elongate and light-weight shell, by the straight or clearly convex shoulder slope, and by the unicarinated lower whorls. F. colus differs in having a stronger spiral sculpture with a smaller number of spirals, a less constricted suture, usually a smaller adult size, a thicker shell, white axial ribs with brown-colou- red interspaces at least on upper whorls, and often a red-brown tinged spire and siphonal canal. E. longissimus (Gmelin, 1791) can be distinguished by the stronger spiral sculpture, the smaller number of spiral HADORN ET AL.: Fusinus malhaensis sp. nov. from Saya de Malha, Indian Ocean Figures 1-9. Fusinus malhaensis sp. nov., Saya de Malha Bank, 200-300 m deep. 1, 2: holotype MNHN, 149.8 mm; 3, 4: paratype 2, coll. Hadorn, 141.7 mm; 5, 6: paratype 3, coll. Fraussen, 174.3 mm, 7, 8: coll. Hadorn, 91 mm, dwarf form; 9: detail of shell sculpture on penultimate whorl. Figuras 1-9. Fusinus malhaensis sp. nov., Saya de Malba Bank, 200-300 m de profundidad. 1, 2: holotipo MNHN, 149,8 mm; 3, 4: paratipo 2, coll. Hadorn, 141,7 mm; 5, 6: paratipo 3, coll. Fraus- sen, 174,3 mm; 7, 8: coll. Hadorn, 91 mm, forma enana; 9: detalle de la escultura de la concha en la penúltima vuelta. 99 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 cords, the less constricted suture, the clearly heavier and thicker shell, the usually straight or concave shoulder slope and by the darker coloured inters- paces between the axial ribs on upper whorls. E. forceps (Perry, 1811) and F. salis- buryi Fulton, 1930 have both a conspi- cuously strong spiral sculpture, a clearly smaller number of spiral cords, a slightly channeled suture, a broader BIBLIOGRAPHY FULTON, H. C., 1930. Descriptions of new spe- cies of Fusinus, Biplex, Trochus, and Bushia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society, 19: 16, pl. 2, fig.1. GMELIN, J. F., 1791. Caroli a Linné Systema natu- rae per regna tria naturae, Vermes: 3021-3910. Leipzig /Germany. GRAY, J. E., 1853. On the division of cteno- branchous gasteropodus Mollusca into lar- ger groups and families. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 21: 32-44, figs. 1- 26 LAMARCK, J. B. P. A. DE M. DE, 1822. Histoire na- turelle des Animaux sans vertebres, 7. Paris. 100 spire angle, a stronger and broader si- phonal canal, and finally a thicker and heavier shell. Moreover, F. forceps has unkeeled whorls. E. multicarinatus (Lamarck, 1822) from Somalia has a broader spire angle, ventricose whorls, a heavier and thicker shell, a stronger spiral sculpture, less numerous spirals, a less constricted suture, and a broader and shorter sipho- nal canal. LINNAEUS, C. VON., 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae. Editio decima, reformata. Vol. 1, Regnum animale. Stockholm, 824 pp. PERRY, G., 1811. Conchology, or the natural history of shells. London, pp. 1-4, pls. 1-61 and expl. RAFINESQUE, C. S., 1815. Analyse de la nature ou tableau de l'univers et des corps organizes. Pa- lerme, 224 pp. [Included in: The complete writings of Constantine Smalz Rafinesque on Recent «z fossil conchology edited by W.G. Binney and G.W. Tryon. New York: Bailliere Brothers. 1864. Reprinted 1984.] O Sociedad Española de Malacología Iberus, 19 (2): 101-106, 2001 The superfamily Pyramidelloidea Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Heterostropha) in West Africa. 9. The genus Clatbrella La superfamilia Pyramidelloidea Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Heterostropha) en África Occidental. 9. El género Clatbrella Anselmo PEÑAS* and Emilio ROLÁN** Recibido el 24-111-2001. Aceptado el 17-1X-2001 ABSTRACT Clathrella volumen n. sp., the only West Africa species of the genus Clathrella is described here. Comparison of the new species with C. clathrata and C. sulcosa demonstrates they can be distinguished on the basis of shell characters. RESUMEN Se revisa la Única especie del género Clathrella encontrada en Africa Occidental que se describe como nueva para la ciencia. La nueva especie es comparada con otros taxones próximos como C. clathrata y C. sulcosa diferenciándola en base a los caracteres de la concha. KEY WORDS: Pyramidelloidea, Clathrella, West Africa, new species. PALABRAS CLAVE: Pyramidelloidea, Clathrella, África Occidental, nuevas especies INTRODUCTION BROCCHI (1814: 298, pl. 1, figs. 3a,b) described Nerita sulcosa, a fossil species, from the Pliocene outerops near Pia- cenza (North Italy). This material appears to be more properly assigned to the pyramidellid genus Clathrella. Most of the older works on the African molluscan fauna, mentions a species that appears to belong to the taxon of Brocchi, but which is frequently placed in the Vanikoridae. NICKLÉS (1950) recorded Fossarus sulcosus, present in the european Miocene and Pliocene, and live collected material from Mauritania. ROLÁN AND FERNANDES (1993) recorded similar material under the same name, from Sáo Tomé in a checklist of the species of the archipelago. ROLÁN AND RYALL (1999) referred this material to Clathrella sulcosa, in the Pyramidellidae. In our studies we have reached the conclusion that the recent African species is different from the fossil N. sulcosa of Brocchi and therefore it is des- cribed as new in the present work. Abbreviations: MHNM Museo Civico di Storia Natu- rale, Milano MNHN Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris * Carrer Olérdola, 39, 52 C, 08800 Vilanova 1 la Geltrú, (Barcelona). ** Cánovas del Castillo, 22, 36202 Vigo (Pontevedra). 101 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 MNCN Museo Nacional de Ciencias CJP collection J. Pelorce, Le Grau du Naturales, Madrid Roi CAP collection A. Peñas, Vilanova i la sp specimen with soft parts Geltrú s empty shell CER collection E. Rolán, Vigo ] juvenile RESULTS Order HETEROSTROPHA Superfamily PYRAMIDELLOIDEA Familia AMATHINIDAE Ponder, 1987 Genus Clathrella Recluz, 1864 Type species: Nerita costata Brocchi, 1814, by original designation. Clathrella volumen spec. nov. (Figs. 8-16) Type material: Holotype (Figs. 11-13) in the MNHN; paratypes in MNCN (1), CAP (1), CER (1), from the type locality; 61 paratypes in MNHN from Guinea Conakry: Expeditions “Sedigui” and “Chalgui 7”: 1 s, W of the lle de Los /Conakry, stn. BL1DW, 9? 30'N 15? 09.6'W, 45 m (MNHN); 10 s, W of the lle de Los/Conakry, stn. 261, 9” 30'N 14? 02'W, 25 m (MNHN) 7 s, W of the fron- tier of Sierra Leona, stn. 71, 9 05.9 N 13? 35'W, 23 m (MNHN y 1 s, W of the frontier of Sierra Leona, stn. 72, 9 06'N 13* 32'W, 16 m (MNHN); 1 s, W of the frontier of Sierra Leona, stn. 69, 92 06” N 13? 41” W, 23 m (MNHN 3 s, W of the frontier of Sierra Leona, stn. B27DW, 9” 06.6” N 142 04” W, 45-47 m (MNHN); 1 s, W of Kaporo, stn. 276, 9” 36" N 14” 06' W, 18 m (MNHN y 2 s, W of Kaporo, stn. 277, 9” 36" N 14” 09 W, 23 m (MNHN 1 s, W of Kaporo, stn. 302, 9? 36' N 15* 24” W, 36 m (MNHN ) 1 s, W of the Morébaya River, stn. 174, 9? 24” N 13? 57" W, 21 m (MNHN) 2 s, W of Ouendi, stn. B7DW, 9* 55.5 N 14? 27” W, 23 m (MNHN); 1 j, W of lle Tannah, stn. 13D, 92 09 N 13? 37' W, 18-20 m (MNHN ); 4 s, W of lle Tannabh, stn. 80, 9 12.3" N 13? 37” W, 16 m (MNHN) 1 s, W of lle Tannah, stn. 81, 9 12 N 13? 40.5" W, 20 m (MNHN y 6 s W Ile Tannab, stn. 82, 9” 12 N 13? 43.5" W, 24 m (MNHN y; 2 s, W of lle Tannabh, stn. 83, 9? 12” N 13* 46.8” W, 28 m (MNHN y 1 s, W of Ile Tannah, stn. 84, 9? 12” N, 13? 49.5" W, 33 m (MNHN); 1 s, W of Baie de Sangarea, stn. 338, 9” 42 N 15” 39.5" W, 38 m (MNHN); 1 s, W of Koumba River, stn. B6CH, 10 21.5" N 14? 48.5" W, 20 m (MNHN); 5 s, W of lle Kabak, stn. 153, 9? 18” N 14? 03 W, 26 m (MNHN); 13, W of lle Kabak, stn. 155, 9? 18” N 13? 57 W, 21 m (MNHN y 1 s, W of Pointe Goro, stn. 534, 10? 06" N 16% 21” W, 50 m (MNHN y 5 s, W of Pointe Goro, stn. 544, 10? 06' N 15* 50' W, 41 m (MNHN) 2 s, W of Cap Verga, stn. 593, 10? 12” N 14? 50.5" W, 34 m (MNHN). Other material examined: Mauritania: 6 s, Bank d'Arguin, beached (CER); 1 s, Bahía de lEtoile, 3 m (CER). Senegal: 5 s, M'Bao, Cap Vert, 8 m, (CJP); 3 j, Gorée, Dakar (CJP). Guinea Bissau: Expe- dition “Chalbis II”: 3, S of Ilha do Mel, stn. 8, 10? 41'N 15? 44.5'W, 25 m (MNHN). Ghana: 20 s, 13 ], Miamia, 8-25 m (Fig. 14)(CER); 2 s, Miamia, 8-25 m (CAP). Sáo Tomé and Príncipe: 4 s, Baía das Agulhas, Príncipe L, 8 m (CER). Angola: 1 s, Matuco, 120 m (CER); 4 s, Palmeirinhas, 15-20 m (Figs. 15-16/(CER); 10 s, 2 sp, Buraco, 3 m (CER); 3 s, Buraco, 3 m (CAP); 2 s, Mussulo, litoral (CER), 1 s, Cacuaco, 20 m (CER). Type locality: Guinea Conakry, W of the frontier of Sierra Leona, Stn. 71, 9 05.9 N 13% 35 W, 23 m. Etymology: The specific name derives of the latin word “volumen” meaning “coiled”. Description: Shell (Figs. 11-16) capuli- form, solid, white, with a short spire scar- cely prominent only when the shell has less than 1*/2 whorls. Protoconch (Figs. 8- 10) emergent and very short, about 273 ym. Teleoconch with between 1-2 spiral 102 whorls and a fast expansion. At the begin- ning there are only 2-3 spiral cords, but more new ribs appear near the suture. In the last whorl there are between 12 and 16 prominent cords. Over the entire shell, these cords are crossed by sligthly proso- PEÑAS AND ROLÁN: The Pyramidelloidea in West Africa. 9. The genus Clathrella Figures 1-3. Nerita sulcosa, holotype, 11.4 mm, (MHNM) from Pliocene of Piacenza (North Italy). Figures 4-7. Clathrella sp., from Ferriere-Larcon “Placete (La)”, Indre and Loire, Langhien de Touraine (MNHN, coll. Lozouet and Maestrati) Middle Miocene. 4-6: shells of 3.1, 3.8 and 3.8 mm; 7: protoconch. Figures 8-10. Clathrella volumen spec. nov. 8: protoconch; 9, 10: juvenile shells, 1.6 and 1.2 mm. Figuras 1-3. Nerita sulcosa, holotipo, 11,4 mm, (MHNM) del Plioceno de Piacenza (norte de Italia). Figuras 4-7. Clathrella sp., de Ferriere-Larcon “Placete (La)”, Indre y Loire, Langhien de Touraine (MNHN, col. Lozouet y Maestrati) Mioceno medio. 4-6: conchas de 3,1, 3,8 y 3,8 mm; 7: protocon- cha. Figuras 8-10. Clathrella volumen spec. nov. 8: protoconcha; 9, 10: conchas juveniles, 1,6 y 1,2 mm. 103 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 cline axial ribs, narrower than the cords and visible in the interspaces. These ribs are a little irregular and with growth lines between, more separated in the last whorl and sometimes causing elevation on the spiral cords. Aperture rounded, a little ovoid, the border serrated due to the end of the cords. Animal: The only information recor- ded is that it is white in colour. We have disolved two dry animals from Angolan material in order to observe radula or jaws, but they were not found. Dimensions: The holotype is 12.5 mm in maximum dimension. The largest shell examined is 14.7 mm. Habitat: C. volumen is found attached to stones or shells at variable depths. Distribution: It is known from Mauri- tania to Angola, and is present in Sáo Tomé island, but not in the Cape Verde archipelago. Discussion: AARTSEN, MENHORST AND GITTENBERGER (1984) placed Nerita costata Brocchi, 1814 in the genus Clath- rella Recluz, 1864 and considered that this genus is more appropriated than Phasianema S. Wood, 1872 where this species is often placed. The type species of the genus Clathrella is Nerita costata Brocchi, 1814 (=Fossarus clathratus Phi- lippi, 1844). Nerita sulcosa Brocchi, 1814 has also been placed in the genus Clath- rella (as in ROLÁN AND RYALL (1999))due to its similarity to C. costata. LOZOUET, LESPORT AND RENARD (2001) use the genus Carinorbis Conrad, 1862 for the species Turbo burdigalus (d'Orbigny, 1852), which has a shell morphology similar to Nerita costata. SCHANDER, VAN AARTSEN AND CORGAN (1999) consider that the genus Carinorbis is valid and synonymized it with the genus Clathrella, with reservations. PONDER (1987) employs the genus Amathinoides Sacco, 1896 for the species Nerita sulcosa but he also mentions that this genus is probably best considered a synonym of Clathrella. This synonymy is also accep- ted by LOZOUET, LESPORT AND RENARD (2001). We have placed our new species which is very similar to Clathrella sulcosa in this genus, because Carinorbis may be 104 different as it designates smaller and more globose shells with a more promi- nent spire. Clathrella volumen spec. nov. can be differentiated from Clathrella clathrata (Philippi, 1844) from European seas and Canary Islands because the latter species is smaller in size (usually rea- ching 3-4 mm), the spire is always clearly prominent and the development of the spire is smaller. In contrast, the protoconch of C. volumen, is only scar- cely prominent in the smallest shells, and not at all in larger ones. Further- more, in C. clathrata the emergent part of the protoconch is larger and almost as long as it is wide, while in C. volumen it is more elongate. The whorl expansion in C. clathrata is slow and uniform, while it is faster in C. volumen. So, the apertural size is smaller in relation to the height of the shell in C. clathrata than in C. volumen. Because C. volumen was called Clath- rella sulcosa (Brocchi, 1814) in some pre- vious works on African shells, a compa- rison with this taxon is necessary. We have examined photographs of the holotype of C. sulcosa (Figs. 1-3) in the MHNM and the shell of 11.4 mm appears to be different from C. volumen in the following characters: the spire of Clathrella sulcosa is slightly prominent, the aperture is almost circular (some- what ovoid in C. volumen); the spiral sculpture is reduced to 8 strong cords (in C. volumen there are 16 cords in larger shells and 12-14 in smaller); the upper part of the teleoconch is almost smooth (Fig. 3) up to the first spiral cord (while in C. volumen new cords appear subsequently (see Figs. 9, 10, 12, 14, 15 and 16). Also, axial ribs are not present in C. sulcosa, while in C. volumen they are well marked throughout the shell, being smaller and more distant on the last whorl. As the protoconch of the holotype of N. sulcosa is not in good con- dition, we have examined material from other shells which are from Ferriere- Larcon (France) (see Figs. 4-7). In these shells, probably the same species, the protoconch appears very similar to that PEÑAS AND ROLÁN: The Pyramidelloidea in West Africa. 9. The genus Clathrella Figures 11-16. Clathrella volumen spec. nov. 11-13: holotype, from Guinea Conakry, 12.5 mm (MNHN); 14: shell, 1.7 mm, Miamia, Ghana, (CER); 15, 16: shells, 2.4 and 2.5 mm, Palmeiri- nhas, Angola (CER). Figuras 11-16. Clathrella volumen spec. nov. 11-13: holotipo, de Guinea Conakry, 12,5 mm (MNHEN); 14: concha, 1,7 mm, Miamia, Ghana, (CER); 15, 16: conchas, 2,4 y 2,5 mm, Palmeiri- nhas, Angola (CER). of C. volumen, but 338 ym in diameter axial sculpture slightly marked, and the (in C. volumen it is 273 um). The other upper part of the whorls below the shell characters of C. sulcosa are: a more suture is smooth, without new spiral prominent spire, fewer spiral cords, cords. 105 Iberus, 19 (2), 2001 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank the PARSYST project and the MNHN which allowed us to examine the material of this species; to Alessandro Garassino (MHNM) for the photographs of the holotype of Nerita sulcosa; Pierre Lozouet for his help and the loan of fossil material employed in comparison, J. Pelorce for the loan of material; to Jesús BIBLIOGRAPHY AARTSEN, J. J. VAN, MENKHORST, H. P. M. G. AND GITTENBERGER, E. 1984. The marine Mollusca of the Bay of Algeciras, Spain, with general notes on Mitrella, Marginellidae and Turri- dae. Basteria. Suppl. 2: 1-135. BROccHII, G., 1814. Conchiologia fossile subapen- nina con osservazioni geologiche sugli Appennini e sul suolo adiacente. Stamperia Reale, Milano, vol IL, pp 241-712. Lozourr, P., LesPORT, J. F. AND RENAROD, P., 2001. Révision des Gastropoda (Mollusca) du Stratotype de l'Aquitanien (Miocene inf.) site de Saucats “Lariey”, Gironde, France. Cossmanniana, H. série 3: 1-189. NICKLÉS, M., 1950. Mollusques testacés marins de la cóte occidentale d'Afrique. Lechevalier, Pa- ris, 269 pp. 106 Méndez (CACTT of the University of Vigo) for the SEM photographs; Jesús S. Tron- coso (Department of Ecología y Biología Marina of the University of Vigo) for the photos with the digital camera. This work has been partially suppor- ted by the project of the XUNTA DE GALICIA PGIDT00PXI30121PR. PONDER, W. F., 1987. The anatomy and rela- tionships of the Pyramidellacean limpet Amathina tricarinata (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Asian Marine Biology, 4: 1-34. ROLÁN, E. AND FERNANDES, F., 1993. Moluscos marinos de Sao Tomé y Príncipe: actualiza- ción bibliográfica y nuevas aportaciones. Ibe- rus, 11(1): 31-47. ROLAN, E. AND RYALL, P., 1999. Checklist of the Angolan marine molluscs. Reseñas Mala- cológicas, 10: 1- 132. SCHANDER, C., AARTSEN, J. J. VAN AND COR- GAN, J. X., 1999. Families and genera of the Pyramidelloidea (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Bo- llettino Malacologico, 34 (9-12): 145-146. NORMAS DE PUBLICACIÓN e La revista /berus publica artículos de fondo, notas y monografías que versen sobre cualquiera de los aspectos relacio- nados con la Malacología. Se entiende por artículo un trabajo de investigación de más de 5 páginas de texto, meca- nografiadas, incluidas láminas, gráficos y tablas. Las notas son trabajos de menor extensión. Las monografías son tra- bajos sobre un tema único, de extensión superior a las 50 páginas de la revista y que serán publicadas como un suple- mento de /berus. Los autores interesados en publicar monografías deberán ponerse previamente en contacto con el Editor de Publicaciones. Se entiende que el contenido de los manuscritos no ha sido publicado, ni se publicará en otra parte ni en su totalidad ni resumido. * Los manuscritos, así como toda la correspondencia relacionada con los mismos, deberán ser remitidos a: D. Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero, Editor de Publicaciones, Apartado 156, 33600 Mieres, Asturias, España. » El texto del trabajo podrá estar redactado en cualquier lengua culta moderna. * En los trabajos que superen las 20 páginas, cada página de exceso será abonada por el(los) autor(es) a precio de coste. * Los artículos, notas y monografías deberán presentarse mecanografiados sobre DIN A-4, por una sola cara a doble espacio (incluyendo referencias, pies de figura y tablas), con al menos 3 centímetros de margen por cada lado. Los tra- bajos se entregarán por triplicado (original y dos copias). En caso de autoría compartida, uno de los autores deberá hacerse responsable de toda la correspondencia. * Junto con el trabajo debe incluirse una lista de al menos 4 posibles revisores del mismo, sin perjuicio de los que el propio Editor considere oportunos. * Los manuscritos se presentarán de acuerdo al siguiente esquema: Primera página. Deberá incluir un título conciso, pero sugerente del contenido del trabajo, así como una traducción al inglés del mismo (si el artículo no está escrito en inglés). Cuando sea preciso, deberá incluir referencia a familia o táxones superiores. A continuación figurarán, por este orden, el nombre y apellidos completos del autor o autores, las direcciones completas de los mismos, y un resumen del trabajo y su traducción al inglés. Dicho resumen deberá sintetizar, en conjunción con el título, tanto los resultados como las conclusiones del artículo; se sugiere una exten- sión de 100 a 200 palabras. El resumen deberá estar seguido de una lista de palabras clave, también con su versión inglesa para su inclusión en los bancos de datos internacionales. Páginas siguientes. Incluirán el resto del artículo, que debe dividirse en secciones precedidas por breves encabeza- mientos. Siempre que sea posible, se recomienda seguir el siguiente esquema: Introducción, Material y métodos, Resultados, Discusión, Conclusiones, Agradecimientos y Bibliografía. Si se emplean abreviaturas no habituales en el texto, deberán indicarse tras el apartado de Material y Métodos. e Las notas breves deberán presentarse de la misma forma, pero sin resumen. e Deberán evitarse notas a pie de página y referencias cruzadas. Deberán respetarse estrictamente los Códigos Internacionales de Nomenclatura Zoológica y Botánica (últimas ediciones). Cuando un táxon aparezca por primera vez deberá citarse su autor y fecha de su descripción. En el caso de artículos sistemáticos, cuando se den las sinonimias de los táxones, éstas deberán citarse COMPLETAS, incluyendo en forma abreviada la publicación donde fueron des- critas, y la localidad tipo si es conocida entre corchetes, según el siguiente esquema (préstese especial cuidado a la pun- tuación): Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) Sinonimias Doris limbata Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. Paris, 4 (24): 468-469 [Localidad tipo: Marsella]. Doris nigricans Otto, 1823, Nov. Act. Ac. Caes. Leop. Car., 10: 275. Dichas referencias no deberán incluirse en la lista de Bibliografía si es la única vez que se nombran en el texto. Si se incluyen una lista completa de referencias de un taxon inmediatamente tras éste, deberá seguirse el mismo esque- ma (sin incluir en Bibliografía las referencias que no se mencionen en otro lugar del texto). e Sólo los nombres en latín y los de táxones genéricos y específicos deberán llevar subrayado sencillo o preferentemente ir en cursiva. En ningún caso deberá escribirse una palabra totalmente en letras mayúsculas, ni siquiera el Título. Las unidades a utilizar deberán pertenecer al Sistema Métrico Decimal, junto con sus correctas abreviaturas. En artículos escritos en castellano, en los números decimales sepárese la parte entera de la decimal por una coma inferior (,), NUNCA por un punto (.) o coma superior (*). e Las referencias bibliográficas irán en el texto con minúsculas o versalitas: Fretter y Graham (1962) o FRETTER Y GRAHAM (1962). Si son más de dos autores se deberán citar todos la primera vez que aparecen en el texto [Smith, Jones y Brown (1970)] empleándose et al. las siguientes veces [Smith et al. (1970)]. Si un autor ha publicado más de un trabajo en un año se citarán con letras: (Davis, 1989a; Davis, 1989b). No deberá emplearse op. cit. La lista de referencias deberá incluir todas las citas del texto y sólo éstas, ordenadas alfabéticamente. Se citarán los nombres de todos los autores de cada referencia, sea cual sea su número. Los nombres de los autores deberán escribirse, en letras minúsculas o VERSALITAS. No deberán incluirse referencias a autores cuando éstos aparezcan en el texto exclusiva- mente como autoridades de un taxon. Los nombres de las publicaciones periódicas deberán aparecer COMPLETOS, no abreviados. Cuando se citen libros, dése el título, editor, lugar de publicación, n* de edición si no es la primera y número total de páginas. Deberán evitarse referencias a Tesis Doctorales u otros documentos inéditos de difícil con- sulta. Síganse los siguientes ejemplos (préstese atención a la puntuación): Fretter, V. y Graham, A., 1962. British Prosobranch Molluscs. Ray Society, London, 765 pp. Ponder, W. F., 1988. The Truncatelloidean (= Rissoacean) radiation - a preliminary phylogeny. En Ponder, W. EF. (Ed.): Prosobranch Phylogeny, Malacological Review, suppl. 4: 129-166. Ros, J., 1976. Catálogo provisional de los Opistobranquios (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) de las costas ibéricas. Miscelánea Zoolgica, 3 (5): 21-51. e Las gráficas e ilustraciones deberán ser originales y presentarse sobre papel vegetal o similar, con tinta china negra y ajustadas al formato de caja de la revista o proporcional a éste. Este formato es de 57 mm (una columna) o 121 mm (dos) de anchura y hasta 196 mm de altura, si bien se recomienda utilizar el formato a dos columnas. En caso de pre- parar figuras para que ocupen el total de una página, se ruega ajustar su tamaño para que puedan caber los pies de figura bajo ella. Si han de incluirse gráficas de ordenador, deberán imprimirse con impresora láser sobre papel de buena calidad. Las fotografías, bien contrastadas y sin retocar, deberán ajustarse siempre a los tamaños mencionados. Al componer fotografías sobre una hoja, procúrese que los espacios entre ellas sean regulares y que estén debidamente alineadas. Téngase en cuenta que incluir fotografías de distinto contraste en una misma página conlleva una pobre reproducción final. Las escalas de dibujos y fotografías deberán ser gráficas, y las unidades que se utilicen del sistema métrico decimal. Considérese la reducción que será necesaria a la hora de decidir el tamaño de las escalas o letras en las figuras, que no deberán bajar de los 2 mm. En figuras compuestas, cada parte deberá etiquetarse con letras mayús- culas, el resto de las letras deberán ser minúsculas. No deberán hacerse referencias a los aumentos de una determi- nada ilustración, ya que éstos cambian con la reducción, por lo que debe emplearse una escala gráfica. En su caso, se recomienda la utilización de mapas con proyección UTM. Cada figura, gráfica o ilustración deberá presentarse en hojas separadas y con numeración arábiga (1, 2, 3,...), sin separar “Figuras” y “Láminas”. Los pies de figura, en una hoja aparte, deberán acompañarse de su traducción al inglés (o español si el inglés es la lengua del trabajo). Urilícese el esquema siguiente: Figura 1. Neodoris carvi. A: animal desplazándose; B: detalle de un rinóforo; C: branquia. Las abreviaturas empleadas en las ilustraciones deberán incluirse en la hoja de pies de figura. Los autores interesados en incluir láminas en color deberán abonarlas a precio de coste (30.000 ptas por página). Por lo demás, deberán ajustarse a los mismos requisitos que los indicados para las figuras. Si se pretende enviar gráficas o ilustraciones en formato digital es IMPRESCINDIBLE contactar previamente con el Editor e Las Tablas se presentarán en hojas separadas, siempre con numeración romana (1, II, IIL...). Las leyendas se inclui- rán en una hoja aparte acompañándose de una traducción al inglés. Deberán evitarse las tablas particularmente com- plejas. Se recomienda reducir el número y extensión de ilustraciones, láminas o tablas al mínimo necesario. e Los artículos que no se ajusten a las normas de publicación serán devueltos al autor con las indicaciones de los cam- bios necesarios. + El Comité Editorial comunicará al autor responsable del trabajo la fecha de recepción del trabajo y la fecha de envío a revisión. Cada original recibido será sometido a revisión por al menos dos investigadores. El Comité Editorial, a la vista de los informes de los revisores decidirá sobre la aceptación o no de cada manuscrito. El autor recibirá en cada caso copia de los comentarios de los revisores sobre su artículo. En caso de aceptación, el mismo Comité Editorial, si lo considera conveniente, podrá solicitar a los autores otras modificaciones que considere oportunas. Si el trabajo es aceptado, el autor deberá enviar una copia impresa del mismo corregida, acompañada por una versión en disco flexi- ble (diskette), utilizando procesadores de texto en sus versiones de DOS o Macintosh. La fecha de aceptación figura- rá en el artículo publicado. * Las pruebas de imprenta serán enviadas al autor responsable, EXCLUSIVAMENTE para la corrección de erratas, y deberán ser devueltas en un plazo máximo de 15 días. Se recomienda prestar especial atención en la corrección de las pruebas. » De cada trabajo se entregarán gratuitamente 50 separatas. Aquellos autores que deseen un número mayor, deberán hacerlo constar al devolver las pruebas de imprenta, y NUNCA POSTERIORMENTE. El coste de las separatas adi- cionales será cargado al autor. INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS e Iberus publishes research papers, notes and monographs devoted to the various aspects of Malacology. Papers are manus- cripts of more than 5 typed pages, including figures and tables. Notes are shorter papers. Monographs should exceed 50 pages of the final periodical, and will be published as Supplements. Authors wishing to publish monographs should contact the Editor. Manuscripts are considered on the understanding that their contents have not appeared or will not appeared, elsewhere in substantially the same or any abbreviated form. * Manuscripts and correspondence regarding editorial matters must be sent to: D. Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero, Editor de Publicaciones, Apartado 156, 33600 Mieres, Asturias, Spain. + Manuscripts may be written in any modern language. * When a paper exceeds 20 pages, extra pages will be charged to the author(s) at full cost. + Manuscripts must be typed double spaced (including the references, figure captions and tables) on one side on A-4 (297x210 mm) with margins of at least 3 cm. An original and two copies must be submitted. When a paper has joint authorship, one author must accept responsability for all correspondence. * The authors must include a list of at least 4 possible referees; the Editor can choose any others if appropriate. * Papers should conform the following layout: First page. This must include a concise but informative title, with mention of family of higher taxon when appropriatte, and its Spanish translation. It will be followed by all authors' names and surnames, their full adress(es), an abstract (and its Spanish translation) not exceeding 200 words which summarizes not only contents but results and conclusions, and a list of Key Words (and their Spanish translation) under which the article should be indexed. Following pages. These should content the rest of the paper, divided into sections under short headings. Whenever pos- sible the text should be arranged as follows: Introduction, Material and methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, Acknowledgements and References. Unusual abbreviations used in the text must be grouped in one alphabetic sequence after the Material and methods section. + Notes should follow the same layout, without the abstract. e Footnotes and cross-references must be avoided. The International Codes of Zoological and Botanical Nomencla- ture must be strictly followed. The first mention in the text of any taxon must be followed by its authority including the year. In systematic papers, when synonyms of a taxon are given, they must be cited IN FULL, including the perio- dical, in an abbreviate form, where they were described, and the type localities in square brackets when known. Follow this example (please note the punctuation): Dendrodoris limbata (Cuvier, 1804) Synonyms Doris limbata Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. Paris, 4 (24): 468-469 [Type locality: Marseille]. Doris nigricans Otto, 1823, Nov. Act. Ac. Caes. Leop. Car., 10: 275. These references must not be included in the Bibliography list, except if referred to elsewhere in the text. I£a full list of references of the taxon is to be given immediately below it, the same layout should be followed (also excluding those nowhere else cited from the Bibliography list). Only Latin words and names of genera and species should be underlined once or be given in ¿talics. No word must be written in UPPER CASE LETTERS. SI units are to be used, together with their appropriate symbols. In Spanish manuscripts, decimal numbers must be separated with a comma (,), NEVER with a point (.) or upper comma (/). » References in the text should be written in small letters or SMALL CAPITALS: Fretter 872 Graham (1962) or FRETTER 82 GRAHAM (1962). The first mention in the text of a paper with more than two authors must include all of them [Smith, Jones 8 Brown (1970)], thereafter use et al. [Smith et al. (1970)]. Ifan author has published more than one paper per year, refer to them with letters: (Davis, 1989a; Davis, 1989b). Avoid op. cit. The references in the reference list should be in alphabetical order and include all the publications cited in the text but only these. ALL the authors of a paper must be included. These should be written in small letters or SMALL CAPITALS. The references need not be cited when the author and date are given only as authority for a taxonomic name. Titles of periodicals must be given IN FULL, not abbreviated. For books, give the title, name of publisher, place of publication, indication of edition if not the first and total number of pages. Keep references to doctoral theses or any other unpu- blished documents to an absolute minimum. See the following examples (please note the punctuation): Eretter, V. and Graham, A., 1962. British Prosobranch Molluscs. Ray Society, London, 765 pp. Ponder, W. F., 1988. The Truncatelloidean (= Rissoacean) radiation - a preliminary phylogeny. In Ponder, W. EF. (Ed.): Prosobranch Phylogeny, Malacological Review, suppl. 4: 129-166. Ros, J.. 1976. Catálogo provisional de los Opistobranquios (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) de las costas ibéricas. Miscelá- nea Zoológica, 3 (5): 21-51. e Figures must be original, in Indian ink on draughtsman 's tracing paper. Keep in mind page format and column size when designing figures. These should be one column (57 mm) or two columns (121 mm) wide and up 196 mm high, or be proportional to these sizes. Two columns format is recomended. It is desirable to print figures with their legend below, so authors are asked to take this into account when preparing full page figures. If computer generated graphics are to be included, they must be printed on high quality white paper with a laser printer. Photographs must be of good contrast, and should be submitted in the final size. When mounting photographs in a block, ensure spacers are of uni- form width. Remember that grouping photographs of varied contrast results in poor reproduction. Take account ef necessary reduction in lettering drawings; final letrering must be at least 2 mm high. In composite drawings, each figure should be given a capital letter; additional lettering should be in lower-case letters. A scale line is recomended to indi- cate size, magnification ratio must be avoided as it may be changed during printing. UTM maps are to be used if neces- sary. Figures must be submitted on separate sheets, and numbered with consecutive Arabic numbers (1, 2, 3,...), without separating Plates' and “Figures”. Legends for Figures must be typed in numerical order on a separate sheet, and an Spa- nish translation must be included. Follow this example (please note the punctuation): Figure 1. NVeodoris carví. A: animal crawling; B: rinophore; C: gills. If abbreviations are to be used in illustrations, group them alphabetically after the Legends for Figures section. Authors wishing to publish illustrations in colour will be charged with additional costs (30,000 ptas, 180 euros per page). They should be submitted in the same way that black and white prints. If the authors want to send Figures in digital format, CONTACT the Editor first. * Tables must be numbered with Roman numbers (I, II, TIT...) and each typed on a separate sheet. Headings should be typed on a separate sheet, together with their English translation. Complex tables should be avoided. As a general rule, keep the number and extension of illustrations and tables as reduced as possible. * Manuscripts that do not conform to these instructions will be returned for correction before reviewing. * Authors submitting manuscripts will receive an acknowledgement of receipt, including receipt date, and the date the manuscript was sent for reviewing. Each manuscript will be critically evaluated by at least two referees. Based of these evaluations, the Editorial Board will decide on acceptance or rejection. Anyway, authors will receive a copy of the refe- rees” comments. lfa manuscript is accepted, the Editorial Board may indicate additional changes if desirable. Accep- table manuscripts will be returned to the author for consideration of comments and criticism; a finalized manuscript must then be returned to the Editor, together with a floppy disk containing the article written with a DOS or Macin- tosh word processor. Dates of reception and acceptance of the manuscript will appear in all published articles. * Proofs will be sent to the author for correcting errors. At this stage no stylistic changes will be accepted. Pay special attention to references and their dates in the text and the Bibliography section, and also to numbers of Figures and Tables appearing in the text. e Fifty reprints per article will be supplied free of charge. Additional reprints must be ordered when the page proofs are returned, and will be charged at cost. NO LATER orders will be accepted. LA SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MALACOLOGÍA Junta Directiva desde el 14 de noviembre de 2000 Presidente Emilio Rolán Mosquera Vicepresidente Diego Moreno Lampreave Secretario Luis Murillo Guillén Tesorero Jorge J. Otero Schmitt Avda. de las Ciencias s/n, Campus Universitario, 15706 Santiago de Compostela, España Editor de Publicaciones Gonzalo Rodríguez Casero Apartado 156, 33600, Mieres del Camino, Asturias, España Bibliotecario Rafael Araujo Armero Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, c/ José Gutierrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, España Vocales Ramon M. Álvarez Halcon : Benjamín Gómez Moliner Eugenia María Martínez Cueto-Felgueroso Jesús Souza Troncoso José Templado González La Sociedad Española de Malacología se fundó el 21 de agosto de 1980. La sociedad se registró como una aso- ciación sin ánimo de lucro en Madrid (Registro N“ 4053) con unos estatutos que fueron aprobados el 12 de diciembre de 1980. Esta sociedad se constituye con el fin de fomentar y difundir los estudios malacológicos mediante reuniones y publicaciones. A esta sociedad puede pertenecer cualquier persona o institución interesada en el estudio de los moluscos. SEDE SOCIAL: Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, c/ José Gutierrez Abascal 2, 28006 Madrid, España. CUOTAS PARA 2001: Socio numerario (en España): 5.500 ptas. (= 33,06 euros) (en Europa) 6.000 ptas. (= 36,06 euros) (fuera de Europa): 7.000 ptas (= 42,07 euros) Socio estudiante (en España): 3000 ptas. (= 18,03 euros) (en el extranjero): 4000 ptas (= 24,04 euros) Socio Familiar: (sin recepcion de revista) 500 ptas. (= 3 euros) Socio Protector: (mínimo) 7.000 ptas. (= 42,07 euros) Socio Corporativo (en Europa): 7.000 ptas. (= 42,07 euros) (fuera de Europa): 8.000 ptas (= 48,08 euros) INSCRIPCIÓN: 1.000 ptas. (= 6,01 euros) además de la cuota correspondiente. A los socios residentes en España se les aconseja domiciliar su cuota. Todos los abonos deberán enviarse al Tesorero (dirección reseñada anteriormente) el 1 de enero de cada año. Los abonos se harán sin recargos para la sociedad y en favor de la Sociedad Española de Malacología y no de ninguna persona de la junta directiva. Aque- llos socios que no abonen su cuota anual dejarán de recibir las publicaciones de la Sociedad. Los bonos de ins- cripción se enviarán junto con el abono de una cuota anual al Tesorero. Members living in foreing countries can deduce 6 euros if paid before 15 April. Cada socio tiene derecho a recibir anualmente los números de /berus, Reseñas Malacológicas y Noticiarios que se publiquen. ÍNDICE Iberus 19 (2) 2001 CARMONA-ZALVIDE, P., URGORRI, V. AND GARCÍA, E J. Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus spec. nov. (Mollusca, Polyplacophora), an Atlantic species from the Iberian Peninsula Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) gallaecus spec. nov. (Mollusca, Polyplacophora), nueva especie para el atlántico ibérico | 1-7 PASCUAL, S. Seasonal infection dynamic of tetraphyllidean cestodes in me ommastrephid squids from Galician waters Dinámica estacional de la infección por cestodos tetrafilídeos en los omastréfidos de aguas de Galicia 9-13 Costa, P. M. S. AND SOUZA, P. J. S. DE. Two new species of Mitrella Risso, 1826 (Gastropoda, Columbellidae) from west Atlantic Dos nuevas dE de Mitrella Risso, 1826 (Gastropoda, Columbellidae) del Atlántico oeste 15-21 GARCÍA-ÁLVAREZ, O., SALVINI- PI AWEN, L. VON AND URGORRI, V. The presence of Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921) (Mollusca, Solenogastres: Simrothiellidae) in waters off the Iberian Peninsula Presencia de Simrothiella borealis (Odhner, 1921) (Mollusca, Solenogastres: Simrothiellidae) en aguas de la Península Ibérica 23-30 ROLÁN, E. AND PEÑAS, A. Two new species of the genus Monophorus (Gastropoda, Triphoridae) in the east Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea Dos nuevas especies del género Monophorus (Gastropoda, Triphoridae) en el Atlántico oriental y el Mediterráneo 31-40 ROLÁN, E. AND TEMPLADO, J. New species of Trochidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) from the Cape Verde archipelago Nuevas especies de Trochidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) del archipiélago de Cabo Verde ... 41-55 ROLÁN, E. AND RÓCKEL, D. The endemic species of Conus from Angola. 2. Description of three new spec le S Los Conus endémicos de Angola. 2. Descripción de tres nuevas especies 57-66 BORJA, A. Y MUXIKA, I. Actualización del catálogo de los moluscos marinos de la costa vasca, en campañas realizadas por AZTI Update of the checklist of marine molluscs from the Basque Coast, from surveys conducted by AZTI 67-85 PASCUAL, S. AND GUERRA, A. Vexing question on fisheries research: the study of cephalopods and their parasites Un asunto embarazoso en investigación pesquera: el estudio de los cefalópodos y sus parási- LOS 87-95 HADORN, R., FRAUSSEN, K. AND BONDAREV, 1. Fusinus malhaensis sp. nov., a new species from Saya de Malha, Indian Ocean (Gastropoda: Fasciolariidae) Fusinus malhaensis spec. nov., una nueva especies de Saya de Malha, Océano Índico (Gastro- poda: Fasciolariidae) 97-100 PEÑAS, A. AND ROLÁN, E. The superfamily Pyramidelloidea Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gastropoda, epi in West Africa. 9. The genus Clathrella La superfamilia Pyramidelloidea Gray, 1840 (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Heterostropha) en África Occidental. 9. El género Clathrella ell 101-106 ISSN 0212-3010 Y ps 'l pl Di yl 3 9088 010 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI | 'I SS Mie Are STA O A Aulas: AS ode LA Ai e EITC Ar EIA AS Ma DISTA cia MP7 2OzA=n Pe